DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORP
10-K, 1999-03-26
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, DATA PROCESSING, ETC.
Previous: NATIONAL BANCSHARES CORP /OH/, 10-K405, 1999-03-26
Next: PENNROCK FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP, DEF 14A, 1999-03-26





                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM 10-K

(X)      ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1998.

                                       OR

(        ) TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                         Commission file number 0-15405.

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                               Delaware 47-0669375
              (State of Incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer ID Number)

             9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200, Omaha, Nebraska 68114
               (Address of principal executive office)      (Zip Code)


       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (402) 390-2328

        Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

           Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $.001 Par Value
                                (Title of Class)

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during the  preceding  12 months and (2) has been  subject to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X    No
                                      ---      ---

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K [ ].

         The aggregate  market value of voting stock (based upon the "bid" price
as quoted on NASDAQ) of the registrant held by  non-affiliates  on March 1, 1999
was approximately $259,000,000.

         At March 1, 1999, the registrant had outstanding  11,625,320  shares of
its common stock.

                                       
<PAGE>


                                                      
                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1.    Portions of the Registrant's  Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal
      year ended December 31, 1998 are  incorporated  by reference into Parts I,
      II, and IV.

2.    Portions of the  Registrant's  definitive  Proxy  Statement  filed for the
      Registrant's Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 28, 1999, are
      incorporated by reference into Part III.


                                     PART I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS.

      (a) General Development of Business:

      Data  Transmission   Network   Corporation  (the  "Company",   "DTN")  was
incorporated on September 17, 1987 to change the name and state of incorporation
of its predecessor company, Dataline, Inc. from Nebraska to Delaware pursuant to
an  Agreement  and Plan of  Merger  dated  October  8,  1987.  The  Company  was
originally  incorporated  in Nebraska on April 9, 1984,  as Scoular  Information
Services,  Inc., a subsidiary of a regional  grain  company,  later changing its
name to Dataline, Inc.

      On  December  19,  1985 and January  31,  1986,  in related  transactions,
certain  employees of the Company  purchased all of the outstanding stock of the
company from the regional grain company.

      In January,  1987,  the Company  completed an initial  public  offering of
common stock selling 698,085 shares at $5.40 per share (pre-stock split).

         (b)    Financial Information About Industry Segments:

                Financial Information about industry segments for the company is
                on Page 6, of the company's  1998 Annual Report to  stockholders
                and is incorporated herein by reference.
        
         (c)    Narrative Description of Business:

      Data Transmission Network Corporation (DTN) began operations in April 1984
and  continues  to  provide   comprehensive,   time-sensitive   information  and
communication services for a variety of industries via all relevant distribution
technologies. DTN had over 159,000 subscribers throughout the U.S. and Canada at
the end of 1998 with the majority receiving agricultural, weather, financial and
energy  related  services.  A review of these  industries  and services with the
year's highlights are discussed in this report.

      The Company's subscription services are targeted at niche business markets
and  designed  to be  timely,  simple  to use,  and  convenient.  The  Company's
distribution  technology  provides  an  efficient  means  of  sending  data  and
information  from point to  multi-point.  The  development  and  enhancement  of
cost-effective  distribution  methods such as electronic  satellite delivery and
the  Internet,  plus a total  commitment  to customer  service  and  information
quality has enabled the Company to become a major  player in the  communications
industry.

      The Company  continues  take  advantage of many  engineering  and software
advancements  available for developing and improving distribution in an exciting
and growing industry.

                       INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION TECHNOLOGY

      The  Company is  committed  to  researching  and  developing  distribution
technologies  to  cost-effectively  deliver  the  timely  information  that  the
Company's  subscribers  demand.  DTN supports several  information  distribution
technologies  allowing the  distribution,  reception and display of information.
These technologies  include small dish Ku-band satellite (Ku), the Internet,  FM
radio  side-band  channels (FM),  Fax, the vertical  blanking  interval within a
television signal sent via Cable TV (VBI), e-mail, leased lines and DIRECTV.

                                       1
<PAGE>

      The first  technology used by the Company was FM radio  side-band.  The Ku
technology was added in 1989,  providing the ability to reach customers  outside
the  geographic  territory of the signal of the FM stations.  Fax, VBI,  e-mail,
Internet,  leased lines and DIRECTV have since been added to further  expand the
distribution   network.   

      The Company  provides the equipment  necessary for  subscribers to receive
certain services using FM, Ku or VBI technologies. This equipment includes a DTN
receiver,  a video monitor,  FM antenna or a small 30" Ku-band satellite dish. A
keyboard,  mouse and printer may be provided  depending on the  service.  DTN is
responsible for the normal maintenance and repair of subscriber equipment.

      Prior to 1992, the Company utilized a "page-based" receiver and monochrome
display system.  The monochrome system translates the Company's data stream into
text and is capable of receiving and  displaying  up to 246  different  pages of
information.  The monochrome receiver can also download information to a printer
or computer.

      In 1992, the Company introduced the Advanced  Communications  Engine (ACE)
receiver,  a color graphics receiver system,  expanding the Company's ability to
provide  information  and  communication  services.  The ACE  receiver  contains
multiple  processors.  One is dedicated to data communications and storage.  The
second  processor  is for  manipulating  data,  interacting  with  the  user and
displaying high-resolution color pictures,  graphics and text. A third processor
enables the unit to play audio clips for weather forecasts, voice advertisements
or audio alarms set for when a futures contract or stock price reaches a pre-set
price. In addition, this processor can send and retrieve information by using an
internal modem connected to a phone line.  Additional processors may be present,
as necessary,  based on the method of information  distribution technology used,
such as satellite, VBI, etc. 

      The ACE receiver can also download  information  to a printer or computer.
This  receiver  is  equipped  with an  internal  hard drive  allowing  processed
information  to be stored,  archived  and  displayed.  The  receiver's  built-in
control panel,  keyboard or mouse allows  subscribers to conveniently  view this
information.

      One of  the  unique  aspects  of the  Company's  information  distribution
technology  is the computer  software  developed by the Company for use with the
broadcast  system that feeds data to the ACE  receivers.  This software  manages
information from a wide array of input sources,  runs routines,  sets priorities
and then  initiates  transmission  to the satellite.  The software  provides the
capability to individually  address each receiver unit placed with a subscriber.
This  permits  the  Company  to  transmit  specific  information  to a  specific
subscriber or group of subscribers.

      The Company leases FM radio side-band channels, satellite channels and VBI
space to deliver the information to receivers used by the Company's subscribers.
All information is up-linked from Omaha to satellite (except  Internet,  Fax and
other  telephone  delivery  technology)  and  downlinked  from the  satellite to
subscribers based on their distribution technology.

      FM monochrome subscribers receive their information using FM antennas that
receive the information via side-band  signals  transmitted from radio stations.
The Ku subscribers  utilize a 30" satellite dish, a direct downlink,  to receive
their information.

      Early  in 1994,  the  Company  began  using a new  cable  TV  distribution
technology   involving  vertical  blanking  intervals  (VBI).  The  Company  has
contracted with a major cable TV superstation to transmit information along with
the station's TV signal. This technology  eliminates the need for FM antennas or
satellite dishes and is available to businesses or residences that are wired for
cable TV and  receive the  superstation's  service.  

      The Company has  introduced  several  Internet  products  since 1995.  DTN
currently  offers  services  via the  Internet  for the  agricultural,  weather,
financial and energy  industries and plans to expand the services  offered using
this information  distribution  technology. A major milestone for DTN's Internet
services was the leasing of Internet  technology from SmartServ Online, Inc. for
the  real-time  streaming  quote  service  offered  by the  Company's  Financial
Services Division (www.dtniq.com)(see page 12).

                                       2
<PAGE>

      In 1998,  the Company  began  delivering  services to customers via direct
leased line  circuits.  This gives  customers  in major  metropolitan  areas the
ability to receive the Company's  information  where options,  such as satellite
dishes, are impractical. In many instances, this technology provides a redundant
delivery method to insure maximum availability of the Company's information.

      At the end of 1998, DTN Marine Center, a specialty weather service,  began
delivering  its  information  via DIRECTV's  satellite  system.  Information  is
received  directly into the subscriber's  computer from an 18-inch DIRECTV dish.
This  initial  product  rollout  is  expected  to be the first of many using the
newest information  distribution  technology.  The new product launch also marks
the  introduction  of DTN for  Windows,  a software  product  for the PC using a
satellite  dish which is capable of  operating  without an ACE receiver or other
external hardware devices.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Information Distribution Technologies             Subscribers
- -------------------------------------             -----------
<S>                                               <C>    
Ku-Band Satellite                                 144,800
Internet                                            4,700
FM Radio Side-band                                  8,400
VBI                                                 1,300
Lease Lines/DIRECTV                                   100
                                                  -------
Total                                             159,300
</TABLE>


      The  following is a summary of  subscribers  by  information  distribution
technology at December 31, 1998. The Company has approximately  15,000 customers
receiving  information using Fax technology.  The e-mail business is primarily a
subscriber  (an e-mail  source)  communicating  specific  messages to a group of
subscribers.  There are over 1,200 e-mail sources delivering over 3,500 pages of
information to subscribers daily.


                                SERVICES OFFERED

      The  Company's  revenue  is derived  primarily  from six  categories:  (1)
monthly, quarterly or annual subscriptions,  (2) equipment sales, (3) additional
(optional) services, (4) communication services, (5) advertising and (6) service
initiation fees. The percentage of total revenue for each category over the last
three fiscal years was:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1998              1997             1996
                                         ----              ----             ----
<S>                                      <C>               <C>              <C> 
      Subscriptions                      80 %              80 %             76 %
      Equipment Sales                     3 %              -                 -
      Optional Services                   5 %               5 %              6 %
      Communication services              7 %               8 %              9 %
      Advertising                         3 %               3 %              3 %
      Service Initiation Fees             2 %               4 %              6 %

</TABLE>

      Subscription  revenue  is  generated  from  monthly,  quarterly  or annual
subscription  fees  for one of the  Company's  services.  The  Company  offers a
discount  to  subscribers  who  pre-pay  their  subscriptions  annually.  A more
detailed review of each service is found later in this report.

      A new  business  unit  of the  Company,  DTN  Kavouras  Weather  Services,
generates  equipment sales of weather  systems,  workstations  and weather radar
systems.  DTN Kavouras Weather Services' weather systems and workstations  allow
customers  to receive  weather  information  provided by the Company for monthly
subscriptions.  This  business  unit also builds small and large  doppler  radar
systems.

                                       3
<PAGE>

      Optional  services are offered to  subscribers  on an "a la carte"  basis,
similar  to  premium  channels  on cable TV. A third  party  primarily  provides
information  for these  services with DTN receiving a share of the  subscription
revenue paid by the subscriber.  Optional  services revenue continues to grow in
total dollars at a rate commensurate with the overall growth of the Company due,
in part, to new technological  innovations using the Internet. 

      The  Company   sells   communication   services   allowing   companies  to
cost-effectively  communicate  a large  amount  of timely  information  to their
customers or field offices.  This category  includes revenue  generated from FAX
and e-mail services.  Communications  revenue continued to grow in total dollars
and management believes this area offers opportunities for future growth.

      The Company  sells  advertising  interspersed  among the pages of news and
information,  similar to a newspaper or magazine. The advantage of an electronic
advertisement  over typical  print media is the ability to change or replace the
advertising  message  quickly and as  frequently as market  conditions  dictate.
Advertising  revenue  maintained  the same  percentage  of total  revenue due to
subscriber  and  subscription  revenue  growth  as well as the  addition  of new
services with available advertising space.

      Service  initiation  fees  are  one-time  charges  for  new  subscriptions
depending on the service and the information distribution  technology.  DTN also
charges an initiation fee for those  subscribers  who convert to another service
(i.e. from a monochrome FM to a Ku color service).


The Agricultural Industry

      The DTN  Agricultural  Division  consists of five major  services:  DTN Ag
Services, DTNstant, DTN PROduce, DTNiron, and DTN Cotton Network.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1998                     1997                      1996
                                    -----------------         -------------              -------------
<S>                                 <C>                        <C>                        <C>        
Revenues                            $88,300,000                $87,600,000                $69,700,000
Subscribers at year end                 113,800                    120,500                    116,200

</TABLE>


      New  subscriptions  are primarily sold by the Agricultural  Division's own
dedicated sales force. These individual sales  professionals began working under
the direct control of the Ag Division in August 1998. The ag sales force is made
up of district sales  representatives,  in-house sales staff,  and  independent,
commission-only sales  representatives.  By dissolving the former national sales
group into a smaller,  more focused staff,  the division is able to provide more
knowledgeable   and  service  oriented  sales   professionals  for  current  and
prospective customers. DTN AgServices,  DTNstant and DTNiron each have their own
individual group of sales professionals, selling their basic products. For these
three services, the prospective customer base is essentially the same, and these
sales  professionals are encouraged to sell any of the products  associated with
Ag when the  opportunity  presents  itself.  DTN PROduce  deals with a different
prospect than the normal  livestock and grain farmer,  and therefore DTN PROduce
sales  professionals  sell  primarily  to  produce  oriented  prospects.  The Ag
Division  provides  its  sales  force  with  leads  that  are  obtained  through
telemarketing,  direct mail, print media advertising,  customer  referrals,  and
Internet advertising.

      The main  competition  to these  services  is the  combination  of printed
advisory services,  radio,  television,  telephone,  other satellite information
services,  Internet  services,  and the  changing  of old  information-gathering
habits.

      There are over 200 premium  (optional)  services available to agricultural
subscribers to enhance the primary product subscriptions. These premium services
consist of advisory, informational and educational products as well as newswire,
association  and additional  free services.  DTN subscribers can customize their
DTN unit to meet  specific  needs by  choosing  from a broad  mix of these "a la
carte"  services.  DTN is continually  developing  new premium  services to meet
customer  demands by listening  closely to the  marketplace and to the customer.

                                       4
<PAGE>

Premium  services are marketed  through a combination of individual free trials,
system-wide  trials,  on-screen  advertising,  direct  mail,  invoice  stuffers,
equipment stuffers, and telemarketing. Premium Services' prices range from $6 to
$1,200 per quarter. The average subscription price is $60 per quarter. Effective
marketing campaigns helped to increase premium service sales in 1998.

      Communication services (DTN InfoMail) plays an important role in providing
a cost effective means to reach a large number of targeted  customers  daily. At
the touch of a button,  subscribers  have instant  access to messages 24 hours a
day. DTN  InfoMail  customers  receive  information  tailored to their  specific
needs.  The  service  provides  information  for  elevators,  seed  sales  reps,
agronomists,  chemical  sales reps and technical  advisors,  commodity  brokers,
processing  plants,  feedlots  and  anyone  with a need  to  communicate  to DTN
subscribers. Over 75 new InfoMail providers began messaging in 1998.

      Advertising  on DTN Ag  Services  plays  a major  role  in the  division's
revenue. The Advanced  Communication  Engine (ACE) satellite receiver,  with its
animation and inter-active ability, provides an excellent avenue for advertising

sales.  With the  development  of the ag  Internet  service,  (www.agdayta.com),
advertising  will have a new avenue in which to grow.  In 1998,  the Ag Division
sold over $3.2  million in  advertising  space to  numerous  ag  industries,  ag
chemical and seed companies, and equipment and finance businesses.

DTN Ag Services Review
      Approximately 80% of DTN Ag Services' subscribers are farmers or livestock
producers   with  the  balance   consisting   primarily   of  grain   elevators,
agribusinesses and financial  institutions.  Subscribers to DTN Ag Services farm
nearly one third of the nations  total  cropland and market more that 50% of the
nation's cattle and hogs.  

      FarmDayta was the primary  competition for DTN AgDaily until May 1996 when
DTN acquired Broadcast Partners.  The addition of FarmDayta gives DTN AgServices
a fully  integrated  agricultural  product line with price entry points across a
wide  spectrum,  expanding  the  marketing  horizons  for all  DTN  agricultural
services. DTN maintains the DTN FarmDayta facilities in Des Moines, Iowa.

DTN AgDaily
      DTN  AgDaily is an  agricultural  market  information,  quote and  weather
service. Subscribers receive delayed commodity futures and options quotes, local
cash grain and livestock  prices,  selected  regional and world weather updates,
and a variety  of daily  analysis,  commentary  and news that  affect  grain and
livestock  prices.  DTN AgDaily color  graphics  allows for an advanced  weather
segment  with  national  and  regional  radar maps  (updated  every 15 minutes),
infrared  satellite cloud cover maps,  precipitation,  temperature,  jet stream,
surface  wind and snow cover  maps,  and much more.  The  subscriber  can custom
design high resolution charts and/or select from a library that holds over 1,000
charts.  The system is capable of custom programming the futures quotes pages to
display only the quotes desired.  The service also includes information segments
for specific crop and livestock enterprises as well as general,  business, sport
and entertainment  news.  AgDaily offers crop liability  insurance and livestock
profitability  calculators  through  use of the  inter-activity  feature,  which
allows subscribers to search a comprehensive database.

DTN Pro Series
      The DTN Pro/Premier  services feature a more advanced AgDaily product. The
Pro Series enhanced functionality includes a high interest window to view future
or  options  quotes on any page as well as  keyword  search  that  automatically
searches the news story database for articles affecting the user's operation. It
also allows  subscribers  to  customize a segment  with up to five of the user's
favorite pages, and a personal library serving as a customized  archive segment.
There are seven DTN Pro  products,  all of which  include the  complete  AgDaily
service plus additional specific information:  Weather Pro, News Pro, Chart Pro,
Intraday Pro, Stock Pro, Premier and Premier Plus.

      DTN Weather Pro provides 32 programmable pages for creating unique weather
      information.  It allows  subscribers  to choose from over 70 weather  maps
      including detailed regional,  state and zone forecasts, and lets them zoom
      in on a  particular  spot on the  map.  These  maps  can  also be put into
      motion.

                                       5
<PAGE>

      DTN News Pro provides the AP Online  service (a service of the  Associated
      Press),  an audio  summary of the day's  agricultural  news as well as the
      general news of the day.

      DTN Chart  Pro  includes  40 pages for  programmable  charts  which  allow
      subscribers  to create an  extensive  "chart book" for  analyzing  trends,
      patterns, and cycles.

      DTN   Intraday   Pro  offers  the   ability  to  chart   market   sessions
      minute-by-minute during the trading day. This allows subscribers to choose
      time intervals for charting to keep them abreast of the markets.

      DTN Stock Pro provides  access to prices for over 50,000 issues of stocks,
      bonds and funds.  The service includes stock quotes using either the quick
      quote  feature  or the  programmable  quotes  pages.  Additional  features
      include a personal  library  for  storing  news and  information  and high
      interest  windows  allowing  subscribers  to constantly  monitor up to six
      futures, options, stock or bond quotes.

      DTN Premier  combines  Weather Pro,  News Pro,  Chart Pro and Intraday Pro
      into a comprehensive ag marketing and information package.

      DTN Premier Plus includes all Pro products  (Weather Pro, News Pro,  Chart
      Pro,  Intraday Pro, and Stock Pro) into one complete  package for farmers,
      ranchers or agribusinesses needing all the market information available in
      one convenient location.

DTN FarmDayta
      DTN FarmDayta II is an agricultural market information,  quote and weather
service  delivering  delayed  commodity  futures and options quotes,  local cash
grain and livestock prices,  selected regional and world weather updates,  and a
variety of daily analysis,  commentary and news that affects grain and livestock
prices.

      DTNFarmDayta  Elite HD includes all the DTN  FarmDayta  II features,  plus
      options quotes,  charting,  weather maps and a receiver with a hard drive,
      which is critical to  maintaining  storage of  information  during a power
      outage.

      DTN FarmDayta Elite Plus includes all of the  information  provided on the
      DTN FarmDayta  Elite HD, plus more advanced news (Reuters  Headline News),
      quotes,  weather (including motion and zoom capabilities) and programmable
      charts.  The Elite  Plus  product  is  similar  in  content to the DTN Pro
      services.  DTN FarmDayta  Elite Plus is  considered  the "top of the line"
      product in the FarmDayta line.

DTN AgDayta
      DTN  AgDayta  (www.agdayta.com)  is the  Company's  agricultural  Internet
service.  AgDayta  combines  DTN  FarmDayta  Elite Plus and DTN Premier  Plus to
produce the most content rich product offered by DTN Ag Services. DTN AgDayta is
designed for the  producer  preferring  to use his/her own personal  computer to
receive  information,  or for the  individual  that is not able to  utilize  the
traditional  satellite-based  system supplied by DTN. The information on AgDayta
includes animated weather maps, satellite and summary maps, short and long range
forecast maps,  news commentary and analysis,  plus unlimited  access to futures
and option quotes from all the major  exchanges.  Also  available on AgDayta are
commodities for energy, finance, currency, metals and other exchanges as well as
instant access to daily,  weekly and monthly commodity charts. The customization
capabilities  allow for the  organization of information that is most often used
for business decisions.

DTN AgBasic
      DTN AgBasic was introduced in 1998 and is the most economical agricultural
color satellite  system offered by DTN. The service came about through  requests
from prospective customers for a more condensed version of the AgDaily/FarmDayta
products. AgBasic was developed as a "start up" color service for the first time
DTN customer. The service includes select quotes for 20 futures and two options,
the national radar map, local weather,  state news, USDA Flash, USDA Pre-Report,
state  grains  and  livestock  bids,  FarmDayta  grains,   livestock  and  other
commentaries.

                                       6
<PAGE>

DTNstant
      DTNstant is a leader in providing  satellite delivery of real-time futures
and options  quotes from the major  commodity  exchanges and headline  commodity
news from multiple sources such as the Associated Press, Reuters,  Futures World
News and  Bridge.  The  service  also  provides  market-leading  cash  grain and
livestock  information,  in-depth charting capabilities plus all the information
available on the DTN AgDaily color service.  

      In addition,  the service  provides  information  for the energy,  metals,
softs (ie: orange juice, coffee,  cocoa),  transportation and lumber industries.
DTNstant uses compatible  software to allow the "pass thru" of data and graphics
into a computer's  local area network  (LAN).  With this  capability,  a DTN ACE
receiver can feed  information to multiple  users/traders on the LAN. This "pass
thru" software opens new markets by utilizing information  distribution within a
customer's LAN, enhancing analytical capabilities.

      Other valuable features are user-programmable  formulas for data analysis,
high  interest  windows  to  include  news  stories,   and  increased   keyboard
functionality.

      DTNstant  operates in a very  competitive  market with many  providers  of
instant commodity quotes. The primary subscribers are commercial grain companies
and elevators,  feedlots,  commodity brokers and commodity speculators. No other
service  in the  industry  offers  a more  comprehensive  news  and  information
service.  Due to the  nature of this  industry,  the  Company  provides  on-site
service and installation by professional service technicians.

      In February 1997, DTN acquired 500 subscribers (mainly grain elevators and
brokers) from Market Quoters and Northern Data Services.  These  subscribers are
located in Minnesota,  the Dakotas and Iowa. In March of 1997 DTNstant  acquired
2,400 subscribers from Market Communications Group LLC (MCG).

      The MCG  acquisition  made it possible to  redistribute  Reuters  news,  a
renowned  leader,  to  the  DTNstant  subscribers.   The  service  now  provides
unparalleled  information  and strategic  news for commodity  traders  including
access to additional international information, news packages for softs (coffee,
sugar, cocoa and orange juice), metals and energy.

DTNiron
      DTNiron is a cost-effective communication resource for the farm implement,
construction,  truck and trailer dealers which provides an equipment locator and
advertising service for dealers at the wholesale and retail levels.

      A detailed  implement  listing remains on the DTNiron system for a minimum
of 30 days,  renewable at the dealer's  request.  Subscribers  receive  industry
news,  financial  information,  economic indicators and information from the DTN
AgDaily service.

      In 1997,  DTNiron added retail  equipment  listings to its newly developed
web site on the  Internet  (www.dtniron.com).  This allows  subscribers  to gain
additional  exposure for their listings at no additional charge.  Internet users
can easily  locate  equipment  for sale by using a  drill-down  database  search
engine  directing  them to  DTNiron's  complete  web  listing.  Dealers can also
receive e-mail from  potential  buyers or, if they are not e-mail  enabled,  DTN
will call or fax the message to the dealer.

DTN PROduce
      DTN PROduce is an  authority in providing  the produce  industry  with the
timeliest  information  available  through use of satellite  technology  and the
Internet  (www.dtn.com/ag/produce).  Weather, market conditions,  transportation
information, and news are the four main components with the greatest impact on a
subscriber's  daily  operation.  DTN PROduce has become the industry's  accepted
source for receiving this information.

                                       7
<PAGE>

      Price Link was introduced in 1997 allowing subscribers to send and receive
real-time  pricing  information  for  a  fraction  of  the  time  and  money  of
conventional  faxing  methods.  The service allows  suppliers to advertise their
products  or announce  available  inventories  to buyers.  Prices can be quickly
changed, added or downloaded from the DTN service to a personal computer.

      DTN PROduce  continues  to network  itself  with the major  players in the
produce  industry by providing the necessary  tools to save time, make money and
communicate  pricing and other information at a fraction of the time and cost of
other existing systems.

DTN Cotton Network
      DTN Cotton Network is an electronic  communications  system for the cotton
industry  designed  to  operate on a user's  personal  computer  using  software
developed  specifically for cotton  accounting and marketing.  Based in Lubbock,
Texas,  with an office in Memphis,  Tennessee,  the Network  serves its customer
base in the mid-South and Southeast.

      Users  dial into a DTN data  center  via modem to  upload  bale  ownership
information  and to  list  cotton  for  broadcast  to  prospective  buyers.  The
information  is broadcast via DTN Ku-band  satellite and passed through a serial
port into the personal computers located at both buyer and seller locations.


The Weather Industry

DTN Weather Center Service Review
      DTN  Weather  Services  consists of three  major  components,  DTN Weather
Center  Services,   Kavouras,  Inc.  and  Weather  Services  Corporation  (WSC).
Kavouras,  Inc. was acquired by DTN on July 1, 1998 and is now doing business as
DTN Kavouras  Weather  Services.  DTN  acquired  WSC on December  11, 1998.  The
addition of these two companies truly makes DTN a leader in the weather industry
providing  critical weather  information and  meteorological  equipment to small
businesses, military, federal government, broadcast television, major utilities,
Internet portals and everyone in between.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1998                      1997                       1996
                             ----------------          ----------------           ----------------

<S>                             <C>                        <C>                         <C>       
Revenues                        $25,800,000                $10,700,000                 $5,600,000
Subscribers at year end              18,300                     13,100                      7,900
</TABLE>

      DTN Weather  Services'  future  plans are to  concentrate  on the untapped
middle  markets where  customers  number in the tens of thousands.  The Internet
also  provides  many  additional  opportunities  for growth such as  advertising
supported sites, monthly subscription sites, "pay-per-view" sites, etc.

      DTN Weather  Services  employs a dedicated  weather sales force made up of
nearly 100 sales  professionals for its sales and marketing efforts.  This sales
force is unique to DTN in the  weather  industry  and is a major  reason for the
success of the division.

      Weather  information  is always in high  demand  for many  small and large
businesses  as  well  as   individuals   planning  their  vacation  and  outdoor
activities. DTN Weather Services has a handful of competition from several large
private  weather  companies.  Television  and the  Internet  also  provide  some
competition  on a smaller scale,  but lack the timeliness and local  information
the DTN service  provides.  DTN Weather  Services  constantly looks for more and
better  ways to  provide  this  critical  information  to its  customers  in the
quickest, most dependable and cost effective way.

DTN Weather Center
      DTN Weather Center is a comprehensive  weather information system designed
to meet the weather information needs of many industries.  Markets  specifically
targeted by DTN Weather  Center are golf  courses,  turf  management,  emergency
management,   state  transportation   departments,   public  works  departments,

                                       8
<PAGE>

construction, broadcast and aviation. DTN Weather Center introduced new products
in  1998  designed  especially  for the  broadcast,  transportation  and  safety
industries.

      DTN  Weather  Center  provides  more  than 100  full-color  maps and other
in-depth  weather  information,  from local forecasts and regional radar maps to
national infrared satellite images. The service provides short-range  (immediate
to 48-hour) forecasts, long-range (30-90 day) outlooks and 10-day city forecasts
for more than 550 major cities across the United States. A personal programmable
segment  allows users to customize  maps and the archive  feature  easily stores
maps for future reference.

      DTN Weather Center provides the important weather information and planning
tools to make businesses safer, more profitable and easier to manage.

DTN Aviation Center
      DTN Aviation Center is a comprehensive  aviation weather package specially
designed for pilots, airports and Fixed Based Operators (FBO's),  supplying them
with  the  extensive  flight-plan  information  found on many  premier  "online"
systems.

      This package includes U.S. and regional  depiction maps, 24-hour low-level
significant weather prognosis, U.S. region winds and temperatures aloft and also
METAR (the aviation acronym for airport observations) and TAF (Terminal Aerodome
Forecast)  information.  Subscribers  use  DTN  Aviation  Center  during  flight
services to visualize  current  weather  conditions  while creating their flight
plans. This service also aids in determining alternate route destinations.

      Subscribers   choose   from  the  Level  I  service,   designed   for  the
local/regional  flyers up to 18,000 feet, or the Level II service,  designed for
pilots and airports  flying  nationally up to 45,000 feet.  The Level II service
also provides European flight information.

DTN Broadcast Weather
      DTN Broadcast  Weather is a weather and news information  service designed
for the broadcast  industry.  Along with the comprehensive  local,  regional and
national weather forecasts and information, subscribers receive National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration Warnings & Alerts (NOAA).

      Learfield  World & National  News  Summary  provides  hourly  summaries of
international  and national news. The segment  contains 20 pages,  formatted for
about two to three  minutes  of "rip and  read".  Announcers  can  organize  the
material, print it out or read it right off the DTN screen.

DTN Contractor Weather
      DTN  Contractor  Weather is designed  for the  construction  industry  and
includes  construction-related  news and information,  which gives subscribers a
competitive  advantage.  This  service  provides  valuable  weather  information
necessary for important day-to-day business decisions.

      Job site weather  management  options include the DTN Weather Alert Paging
System, which provides immediate  notification of severe weather directly to the
user's alpha pager, and DTNonline  (Weather  Center's  Internet  service).  NOAA
Weather  Wire and Severe  Weather Maps are  included in DTN  Contractor  Weather
Level II, along with the subscriber's  choice of the Weather Alert Paging System
or DTNonline.

      The service is a practical tool in improving employee safety, saving labor
and material costs, and providing  effective  scheduling and staffing management
for the construction industry.

DTN Forestry Center
      DTN  Forestry  Center  provides   critical  forest  fire   information  to
subscribers.  Previously,  district  forest  service  offices  relied on a modem
network  assembled  in the late  1960's for crucial  information  on forest fire
locations and fire weather forecasts. With DTN Forestry Center, forecast service
district  managers  quickly  access fire  weather  text  bulletins  along with a
comprehensive set of weather maps.

                                       9
<PAGE>


      Bulletins  provided  for the forest  service  markets  are Forest  Weather
Forecasts, Red Flag Warnings, Fire Danger Indexes, Fire Weather Observations and
Fire Weather Notices. A special chapter of fire weather maps provides additional
information such as Haines Fire Index,  Current and Forecast Relative  Humidity,
Current and Forecast Wind Speed and Direction,  upper air analysis from 5,000 to
10,000 feet,  and moisture index  information  from both the Crop Moisture Index
and Palmer Drought Index.

DTN Marine Center
      DTN Marine Center provides satellite-delivered weather information for all
areas of the marine  industry.  The service provides  information  necessary for
cost-effective,  efficient decision making regarding towing,  shipping,  salvage
and recreation.  It includes Lake and Marine Text Bulletins,  Buoy Reports, Lake
and Marine Maps and Tide Tables, as well as general weather  information and sea
conditions.

      New to the  product in 1998 was the  addition  of DTN  OnBoard,  a service
allowing the user to receive DTN Marine  Center  through a DIRECTV dish on their
PC while at anchor or underway.  Sea Surface  Temperatures are also available as
an optional service.

 
DTN Transportation Weather
      DTN  Transportation  Weather is designed for anyone  responsible  for road
maintenance or whose business depends on road conditions.  Comprehensive  local,
regional  and  national  weather  forecasts  and  information  are  available to
transportation professionals, allowing them to make informed decisions regarding
the weather.

      Subscribers  have the choice of the DTN  Weather  Alert  Paging  System or
DTNonline  (DTN Weather  Center's  Internet  service).  The Weather Alert Paging
system provides immediate  notification of severe weather directly to the user's
alpha pager. DTNonline enables the subscriber to make management decisions based
on weather at home or away from the office with a PC.

      NOAA  Weather  Wire and Severe  Weather  Maps,  Travel  Cast Maps and Road
Conditions,  and EarthSAT Winter Weather  Information are important  features of
this product.

DTN Travel Center
      DTN Travel Center is an interactive  hotel guest service  designed for the
hospitality  and travel  industries.  The service targets hotels and motels with
50+ rooms and includes NEXRAD  Real-Time Radar Maps,  travel  forecasts and road
conditions,  detailed  city and  national  forecasts,  national  and world news,
sports and sports  scores.  In  addition,  the  service  provides  business  and
financial news and market quotes and indexes.

      DTN Travel Center  provides a comprehensive  weather and news  information
package for both the business and vacation traveler.

DTN Turf Manager
      DTN Turf Manager is available to businesses  and  individuals  involved in
turf-related operations such as golf courses, lawn maintenance,  landscaping and
sod farms. The service provides the weather and chemical  information needed for
effective  turf  management,  making  the  safest,  most  cost-effective  use of
chemicals, labor and other resources.

      Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are available with Turf Manager,  along
with the C&P Press Turf Product Index, an information  database of more than 275
turf  pesticides.  Plant  Protection  Chemical  Product Labels were added to the
service in 1998. This important  segment  provides full information on chemicals
used in turf care and management.

      ThorGuard,  the  only  lightning  prediction  system  available,  warns of
lightning  strikes  before they happen and is available as an optional  service.
Evapotranspiration Tables provide regional  evapotranspiration rates to plan for
watering and chemical application.

                                       10
<PAGE>

      Golf  information,  such as ESPN Sports  Ticker,  the National Golf Course
Directory, GCSAA News and USGA News, is provided with DTN Turf Manager.

DTN Weather Safety Center
      DTN Weather Safety Center provides  weather  information for anyone who is
responsible  for  protecting  lives  and  property  from the  hazards  of severe
weather.  NOAA Weather  Wire,  the most  comprehensive  warning and alert system
available  today, is available with the service,  along with radar and satellite
images, local, regional and national outlooks.

      DTN  Weather  Safety  Center  is  invaluable   for  emergency   management
professionals.  Coupled with the DTN Weather  Alert Paging  System,  subscribers
receive immediate notification of severe weather directly to their alpha pagers.
Weather watches,  warnings and storm movement,  along with local weather updates
twice  daily for an  8-county  area of the user's  choice,  are  included in the
service.


DTN Kavouras Weather Service
Meteorological Equipment
Triton Doppler Radar Series
      Triton Doppler Radar Series is a complete line of advanced, fully coherent
Klystron or TWT-based  Doppler weather radars,  representing  the most powerful,
the most accurate,  the most versatile and the most cost-effective Doppler radar
performance  in  the  world.  Users  include  broadcast  television,   aviation,
universities, government and military.

Triton RT
      Triton RT is a real-time 3-D and 2-D weather and news  graphics  animation
system  focused on, but not limited to, the broadcast  television  market.  This
product uses weather data to create an informative and exciting weather show.

MetWork FileServer
      MetWork  FileServer is a robust and dynamic network solution for real-time
dissemination of meteorological information based on the versatile and efficient
NT format,  supporting  standard  Internet  communications  protocol and various
network configurations.

Meteorological Services
Storm Pro
      Storm Pro is a workstation that integrates real-time Doppler weather radar
with a  geographic  information  data system to create an accurate  display with
broadcast-quality appearance. The display can be individualized for a unique and
defining look important in the television market.

StormSentry
      StormSentry is  around-the-clock  storm tracking  software that identifies
dangerous weather cells, analyzes their characteristics,  their locations, their
speeds, their directions, their estimated times of arrival...all automatically.

StormWatch
      StormWatch is customizable software that monitors either a weather wire or
a DTN Kavouras  MetWork  Fileserver to generate  color-coded maps and/or a crawl
message for important watch, warning or advisory weather situations.  StormWatch
also allows a television  station to edit and prioritize  information  for their
viewing areas.

                                       11
<PAGE>

SchoolWatch
      SchoolWatch  is  customizable  software  for  the  Triton  RT  that  helps
television stations easily update,  prioritize and display late-start and school
closing information.  This software can also be configured to update information
on a station's web site.

      Data and  Customizable  Forecasting  Services  provides  a broad  range of
standard  data for a wide variety of markets.  In addition,  DTN Kavouras  staff
provides  24-hour,  365 days a year coverage for  tailor-made  forecasts to meet
customers' special needs.

The Financial Services Industry

      DTN Financial Services offers five primary  information  services,  DTN.IQ
(www.dtniq.com), DTN Real--Time, DTN SPECTRUM, DTN Wall Street and DTN FirstRate
as well as a suite  of  business  applications  for the  financial  professional
through National Datamax, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     1998                       1997                      1996
                                -----------------           ---------------           --------------

<S>                               <C>                       <C>                        <C>       
Revenues                          $13,400,000               $10,300,000                $8,600,000
Subscribers at year end                15,800                    12,900                    11,300
</TABLE>

      These services offer a complete line of fully  integrated  information for
financial  professionals and individual investors.  As a full-service  provider,
DTN  Financial   Services   brings  together  a  broad  selection  of  financial
information  to  accurately  cover the  markets,  real-time  or delayed  quotes,
real-time business newswires, and an array of back-office applications including
client management systems and trading capabilities. DTN Financial Services' main
objective is to provide  comprehensive,  in-depth  financial  information  at an
affordable cost to its subscribers. This objective is critical due to the highly
competitive nature of the industry.

      DTN Financial  Services  integrates  information from a variety of sources
such as Bridge, Liberty Brokerage and Market News Service,  ZionsBank,  UPI, New
York Times, PR Newswire, Business Wire, Futures World News, Dow Jones, AP Online
and others. In addition, a la carte, optional services offer subscribers an even
greater  variety of financial data including  stock selection and timing advice,
earnings  estimates,  fundamental  stock market data,  U.S.  Treasury quotes and
other financial market-related services. This combination allows each service to
maintain its competitive advantage in the market.

      Subscribers include individual investors,  independent brokers,  financial
advisors and financial  institutions.  With competition coming from sources such
as commodity  news  services,  diversified  media  companies  and smaller  niche
providers,  DTN  Financial  Services  continues to  differentiate  itself in the
market by offering services that are broader in scope, yet remain  strategically
priced.

      DTN Financial  Services  revenue grew 29% in 1998,  continuing its bullish
27% compounded revenue growth for the past five years.

DTN.IQ
      In May 1998,  DTN Financial  Services  acquired a technology  license from
SmartServ  Online  (SSOL) along with their  existing  Internet  customers.  This
license  granted DTN exclusive  rights to market a real-time  Internet-delivered
quote and news service previously developed by SmartServ Online.  Renamed DTN.IQ
(www.dtniq.com),   it  was   released  in  June  1998,   with  new  pricing  and
functionality.

      DTN.IQ has begun to fulfill its initial promise of satisfying the needs of
investors  and traders who prefer to use the Internet as a market data  delivery
channel.  By year-end,  DTN.IQ had begun to generate  positive cash flow and had
become the fastest-growing service released by DTN Financial Services.

                                       12
<PAGE>

      In addition  to  providing  streaming  real-time  quotes and news,  DTN.IQ
offers functionality not found in other DTN services. Primary among these is the
ability to retrieve a chart on any  security at any time with up to two years of
daily  history or five days of tick  history.  In  addition,  DTN.IQ  takes full
advantage  of  32-bit  architecture,  complete  windowing  capability,  and  the
flexibility of Internet delivery.

DTN RealTime
      DTN REALTIME  delivers  real-time stock and stock option quotes as well as
real-time futures quotes,  fixed income  government  securities  quotes,  market
statistics and indicators,  news, commentary and other time-sensitive  financial
market information.  The service is delivered at a rate of 18,800 characters per
second,  roughly three times faster than a computer  modem  operating at 56 kbs.
DTN  REALTIME  is two to four times  faster than other  dedicated,  competitive,
real-time quote services.

      As an adjunct service with DTN REALTIME,  NASDAQ Level II quotes were made
available in the fourth  quarter of 1998,  an important  step in DTN's effort to
gain  market  share  among  institutional  customers.   Level  II  quotes  offer
institutional money managers and active day-traders more detailed information on
the bid and asked prices offered by NASDAQ market makers.

      DTN REALTIME was the first DTN service delivered  directly to a PC without
displaying  information on a proprietary system or stand-alone unit. This allows
users maximum flexibility in displaying and manipulating the data.

      As  part  of the  service,  subscribers  are  offered  free  use of  DTN's
Chameleon software to display market data, news and other financial information.
Chameleon  also provides  market  condition  alarms,  news alerts and archiving,
charting, and portfolio monitoring.  There are several other popular third-party
software  programs  available  for  formatting,   manipulating,   analyzing  and
displaying market data and news on a single PC or networked PC's.

DTN SPECTRUM
      DTN SPECTRUM is an enhanced  version of DTN Wall Street  utilizing the ACE
receiver  technology.  The service provides  advanced quote selection and custom
programming along with alarms, news search and charting  capabilities  appealing
to a broad market of individual investors and investment professions.

      An extension of DTN SPECTRUM is the DTN SPECTRUM RT service.  DTN SPECTRUM
RT provides  real-time futures and commodity quotes along with  exchange-delayed
stock quotes, news and other information.

DTN Wall Street
      DTN Wall Street provides  exchange-delayed quotes on stocks, bonds, mutual
and money market funds, futures,  interest rates, currencies and real-time index
quotes.  This service also provides  in-depth  economic,  financial and business
news  and   other   time-sensitive   financial   market   information   such  as
company-specific  news and earnings.  The service  allows  subscribers to custom
program the system to track their selection of financial quotes.

      The majority of subscribers  to DTN Wall Street are individual  investors,
independent brokers, financial advisors and financial institutions.

DTN FirstRate
      DTN FirstRate is a service for the mortgage industry  providing  wholesale
mortgage  rates in an  easy-to-use  standard  format and intraday  interest rate
information  indicating the direction of mortgage loan rates.  This service also
provides  subscribers  with  snapshots  of  real-time  rates from Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac plus other news, commentary and analysis for mortgage lenders.

                                       13
<PAGE>

      DTN FirstRate+ is an enhanced color version of DTN FirstRate. This service
provides  additional  features which are well received by subscribers.  Features
include keyword search, quick quote, alarms and zoom capabilities for weather.

National Datamax
      In June 1998,  DTN Financial  Services  acquired  National  Datamax,  Inc.
(NDM),  a provider  of software  and data  services to  financial  planners  and
independent  broker-dealers.  Within the financial services industry, NDM enjoys
strong  name  recognition  and was one of the first  firms to offer  its  unique
business solutions.

      NDM solves two distinct problems faced by brokers. By consolidating client
account  information  from a variety  of  sources,  NDM  assists  the  broker in
presenting a comprehensive  financial picture to his/her clients,  no matter how
many securities or fund families are involved.

      Brokers also need analysis tools to help them pinpoint the best investment
options  for  their  clients.   NDM  offers   fundamental   data  combined  with
sophisticated  scanning  routines  that help select  appropriate  mutual  funds,
variable annuities and stocks based on client-defined risk/reward parameters.

      NDM  represents  a key element in DTN's  strategy  to become an  important
player  in  the  institutional  marketplace  as  well  as  add  value  to  basic
information delivery.


The Energy Industry

      Energy related services include DTNergy for the refined fuels, natural gas
industries and electric industries.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1998                       1997                      1996
                                -----------------          -----------------         ----------------

<S>                               <C>                       <C>                      <C>        
Revenues                          $16,100,000               $14,300,000              $12,200,000
Subscribers at year end                 8,400                     8,400                    7,700

</TABLE>

DTNergy Service Review
      DTNergy provides pricing  information and  communication  services for the
refined fuels industry. This service consists of several pages of delayed energy
futures and options quotes plus selected news and financial information.

      DTNergy is designed to connect  refiners  (producers of refined  fuels) to
wholesalers  (distributors  of refined  fuels).  The refiner  sends refined fuel
prices to  wholesalers  authorized to receive this  information.  The refiner is
also   capable  of  sending   terminal   alerts,   electronic   funds   transfer
notifications, invoices, and other communications to the wholesaler. The DTNergy
system  carries  more  than two  million  messages  a month  for this  industry.
Subscribers  can also  select  from a variety  of  optional  services  providing
additional prices or news related to the petroleum industry.

      The  strength  of the  DTNergy  Refined  Fuel  service  is the  ability to
deliver,  within  seconds,  accurate  refiner  terminal  prices and other  vital
communications  to the  wholesalers.  This service is more reliable,  timely and
less  expensive  than  the  competition,   which  utilize  telephone   delivered
printer-only systems and FAX services.

      DTNergy generates revenue from two primary sources, the wholesaler and the
refiner.  Wholesalers  currently pay a monthly  subscription  fee of $40 for the
monochrome Ku-band satellite service.  Refiners pay fees based on the number and
length of communications sent to wholesalers.

      Refiners use DTNergy  communications to link to their wholesalers with the
implementation  in 1997 of EDI  (Electronic  Data  Interchange)  fuel  invoices.
EDI/VAN  (Value  Added  Network)  services  help  automate  customers'  business
processes by converting  refiner text invoices into an industry standard format.
Once these  invoices are in a standard  format,  the invoice data is transferred
into a customer's accounting system from the ACE unit.

                                       14
<PAGE>

      DTNergy  also  provides  an  information  service  for the natural gas and
electric industries. Subscribers receive instant or delayed NYMEX energy futures
and options quotes, a comprehensive  weather package and industry  specific news
and market  information.  This service targets energy  producers and generators,
transporters, marketers, utilities and larger energy consumers.


Other Industries and Services

DTNauto Service Review
      DTNauto is a  communication  and  information  service for the  automobile
industry.  This service offers  automobile  dealers  precision  information  for
valuing  trade-ins and locating used car inventory.  DTNauto  provides a host of
convenient  features for the industry such as the ability for automobile auction
companies and manufacturers to communicate directly with the dealers.

      DTNauto  provides  information  on more  than 125  pre-auction  automobile
listings,  results of past auctions, new and used car industry news, weather and
other news. The service allows  subscribers to perform  searches of upcoming and
past auction listings for specific automobile information.

      DTNauto  offers a variety of optional  services  providing  information on
credit reporting (CREDCO), vehicle histories (CARFAX), warranty information (The
Warranty Guide) and residual value of leased vehicles (Lease Guide).  The CARFAX
and CREDCO optional services  extensively utilize the internal modem to send and
receive information.  These services create a comprehensive  information service
placing the "subscriber in the driver's seat".

DTN Joint Venture Services

      DTN joined forces with several  companies to market their  services  using
DTN technology. These services are DAT Transportation Terminal, TracElectric and
DTN Missing Children Information Center (MCIC).

DAT
      The  DAT  (Dial-A-Truck)   Transportation  Terminal  service,  located  in
Beaverton, OR, is an information communication system for the trucking industry.
The service  provides load and truck matching  performed on a database of 80,000
listings updated daily.

      DAT allows  subscribers  to input their listings into the DTN receiver and
send this  information  to a database  using the  internal  modem.  The  service
provides  subscribers with the ability to perform  extensive  searches to locate
loads and trucks and to set alarms alerting users of a match.

      The service also provides  regional  radar weather maps of major  highways
and  interstate  systems,  transportation  news,  diesel  fuel  prices and other
financial information related to the trucking industry.

      DAT targets all freight brokers and carriers throughout the United States,
Canada and Mexico.

Trac Electric
      TracElectric is an equipment locator service for the electrical  equipment
industry. This service provides over 100 pages of new,  remanufactured,  surplus
and used electrical equipment listings.  The service connects buyers and sellers
throughout the United States and Canada.

Missing Children Information Center
      DTN  Missing   Children   Information   Center  (MCIC)  provides   instant
transmission of data regarding children in danger to local,  regional,  national
and Canadian  outlets.  In an effort to assist parents,  police and the National
Center for Missing and Exploited  Children  (NCMEC) in locating missing children
and the criminals involved,  photos and information regarding these children are
posted as a public service on all DTN color systems.

                                       15
<PAGE>

      As a result of the close working  relationship with NCMEC a national kiosk
program has been  developed.  Plans are  underway to identify  sponsors  for the
kiosk  units to be placed in  high-pedestrian  traffic  areas  such as  shopping
malls, airports, grocery stores, theaters, government buildings, etc.


Employee Data

      At  December  31,  1998  the  company  had  approximately  1,100  full and
part-time employees.

(d)   Financial  Information  about Foreign and Domestic  Operations  and Export
      Sales:

      Not applicable

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES.

      The Company  leases its  executive  and  administrative  offices in Omaha,
Nebraska.  Approximately 108,000 square feet of office space is leased for these
offices for periods up through May 2005. The Company also occupies approximately
19,000  square feet of office  space  located in  Urbandale,  Iowa,  through the
Broadcast Partners  acquisition.  As part of the acquisition of Kavouras,  Inc.,
the Company  acquired a building in  Burnsville,  Minnesota  with  approximately
52,000  square feet which is  Kavouras'  headquarters.  the Company  also leases
office  space in Lubbock,  Texas;  Memphis,  Tennessee;  San Diego,  California;
Milwaukee,  Wisconsin;  and  Lexington,  Massachusetts  for business  operations
related to acquisitions.

      In addition, the Company leases three distribution centers for the purpose
of storing and  distributing  the electronic  equipment needed by subscribers to
receive  the  company's  services.  The main  distribution  center is located in
Omaha, Nebraska and occupies  approximately 28,000 square feet. The Company also
serves its Canadian  subscribers  with a 2,500 square foot  distribution  center
located in Winnipeg,  Manitoba.  Approximately  7,000  square  feet,  located in
Urbandale,  Iowa, was added to the Company's  distribution  center by way of the
1996  acquisition.  The leases  related to these  distribution  centers  are for
various periods up through December, 2003.

      The  information  set  forth in  Footnote  10  "Leases"  on page 59 of the
Company's  1998  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  is  incorporated   herein  by
reference.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

      The Company is not a party to nor is its property  subject to any material
pending legal proceedings,  other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to
its business.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

      No matter was  submitted to a vote of the security  holders of the Company
during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

                                       16
<PAGE>



                      EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

      Information  on  the  current  executive  officers  of the  company  is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Year Joined
     Name                              Title                                 Age        the Company

<S>                          <C>                                             <C>            <C> 
Roger R. Brodersen           Chairman of the Board and                       53             1984
                             Chief Executive Officer

Greg T. Sloma                President and Chief                             47             1993
                             Operating Officer

Brian L. Larson              Vice President, Chief Financial                 38             1993
                             Officer and Secretary

James J. Marquiss            Senior Vice President, Director                 54             1986
                             of Business Research and Product
                             Development

Roger W. Wallace             Senior Vice President and                       42             1984
                             President, Ag Services Division

Charles R. Wood              Senior Vice President and                       58             1989
                             President, Financial Services Division

William R. Davison           Vice President and                              44             1989
                             President, Ag Services

Scott A. Fleck               Vice President and                              31             1991
                             Director of Engineering

H. Wade German               Vice President,                                 57             1992
                             Business Research

Daniel A. Petersen           Corporate Controller and Treasurer              33             1990

Joseph Urzendowski           Vice President, Operations                      35             1992


</TABLE>
      The executive officers serve annual terms, and are elected by the board of
directors at their annual board of directors meeting in April of each year.

                                       17
<PAGE>




                                     PART II


ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR THE  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON STOCK AND RELATED  STOCKHOLDER
          MATTERS.

      Information  concerning  the market for the Company's  common  stock,  the
number of stockholders of record and the Company's  dividend history is on pages
63  and  65  of  the  Company's  1998  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders  and  is
incorporated herein by reference.

      Over-the-counter  market quotations reflect inter-dealer  prices,  without
retail  mark-up,  mark-down or  commissions  and may not  necessarily  represent
actual transactions.

      The  company's  most  restrictive  loan covenant  restricts  cash dividend
payments to 25% of net income after taxes in the previous four quarters.

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

      Selected  financial  data for the  Company is on page 40 of the  company's
1998 Annual Report to Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

      Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of
operations  is on pages 41 through 48 of the  Company's  1998  Annual  Report to
Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Certain Factors That May Affect Future Results

      From time to time, information provided by the Company, statements made by
its employees or  information  included in its filings with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  (including  this Form 10-K and documents  incorporated  by
referenc)  may contain  statements  which are not  historical  facts,  so-called
"forward-looking statements". These forward-looking statements are made pursuant
to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. The Company's  actual future results may differ  significantly  from those
stated in any forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking statements involve a
number  of risks and  uncertainties,  including,  but not  limited  to,  product
demand, pricing, market acceptance,  inflation,  risks in product and technology
development,  product competition,  acquisitions,  key personnel, and other risk
factors  detailed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the Company's  other
Securities and Exchange Commission filings.

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

      The  financial  statements of the Company,  together with the  Independent
Auditors' Report, are on pages 49 through 62 of the Company's 1998 Annual Report
to Stockholders and are incorporated herein by reference.

      Supplementary  quarterly  financial  information  is on  page  63  of  the
Company's  1998 Annual  Report to  Stockholders  and is  incorporated  herein by
reference.

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
          FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

      None

                                       18
<PAGE>

                                    PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS OF THE REGISTRANT.

      Information  concerning  the  present  directors  of the  Company  and all
persons  nominated to become  directors at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of
the Company to be held April 28, 1999,  is  contained  in the section  captioned
"Election of Directors" of the Proxy  Statement  for such annual  meeting.  Such
section is on pages 2 through 3 of such  Proxy  Statement,  and is  incorporated
herein by reference.  Information concerning the registrant's executive officers
is furnished in a separate item captioned  "Executive  Officers of the Company",
included in Part I of this Form 10-K.

Compliance With Section 16(a) Of The Exchange Act

      Section  16(a) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended (the
"Exchange  Act"),  requires  the  Company's  directors,  executive  officers and
holders  of more  than  10% of the  Company's  common  stock  to file  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  initial reports of ownership and reports of
changes in ownership of common stock and other equity securities of the Company.
The Company  believes that during the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1998,  its
executive  officers,  directors  and  holders of more than 10% of the  Company's
common stock  complied with all Section 16(a) filing  requirements,  except that
Mr.  German and Mr. Sloma each filed one late report  covering  one  transaction
each. In making these statements, the Company has relied solely upon a review of
Forms 3 and 4 furnished to the Company during its most recent fiscal year, Forms
5 furnished  to the Company with  respect to its most recent  fiscal  year,  and
written representations from reporting persons that no Form 5 was required.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

      Information  concerning  executive  compensation  paid by the  Company  is
contained in the sections captioned  "Executive  Compensation" and "Compensation
Committee  Report on Executive  Compensation" on pages 8 through 12 of the Proxy
Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company to be held April
28, 1999, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

      Information  concerning the ownership of equity  securities of the Company
by certain  beneficial  owners  and  management  is  contained  in the  sections
captioned  "Ownership By Certain  Beneficial Owners" and "Election of Directors"
on  pages  2  through  7 of the  Proxy  Statement  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders  of the  Company to be held  April 28,  1999,  and is  incorporated
herein by reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

      Information  concerning   transactions  with  management  and  others  and
indebtedness of management is contained in the section  captioned  "Transactions
with  Management"  on page 19 of the Proxy  Statement for the Annual  Meeting of
Stockholders of the Company to be held April 28, 1999 and is incorporated herein
by reference.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.


(A)   1.  Financial Statements:

      The  Registrant's  financial  statements,  together  with the  Independent
Auditors' Report, are incorporated herein by reference to the 1998 Annual Report
to Stockholders,  pages 49 through 62. With the exception of the  aforementioned
information and the information incorporated by reference into Items 2,5,6,7 and
8 of this report,  the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December
31, 1998, is not to be deemed filed as a part of this report.  The  supplemental
financial  information  listed  below  should  be read in  conjunction  with the
financial  statements  in the Annual Report to  Stockholders  for the year ended
December 31, 1998.


(A)   2.  Financial Statement Schedule:                              Page

          Auditors' Report on Financial Statement Schedule            27

          Schedule
           Number          Description of Schedule
             II         Valuation and Qualifying Accounts             28

      All other  schedules  are omitted  because they are not  applicable or not
required,  or because the  required  information  is  included in the  financial
statements or notes thereto.

(B)   Reports on Form 8-K:

      1. The Registrant filed a report on 8-K dated June 11, 1998 related to the
Agreement to Lease Space on a more powerful  satellite.  The Registrant  filed a
report on 8-K dated July 16,  1998  related to the  acquisition  of the  capital
stock of Kavouras,  Inc. The Registrant  filed a report on 8-K/A dated September
11, 1998 related to the acquisition of the capital stock of Kavouras, Inc.

      No  reports  on Form 8-K were  filed by the  Registrant  during the fourth
quarter of the year ended December 31, 1998.

(C)   Exhibits:

(3)   (a)      Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.

      (b)      By-Laws of Registrant.  (These documents are filed as exhibits to
               the  Registrant's  Registration  Statement  on Form  S-1 as filed
               December 4, 1987.)

(4)   (a)      Specimen  certificate  representing  shares of Common  Stock,
               $.001 par value,  of  Registrant.  (This  document is filed as an
               exhibit to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 as
               filed November 4, 1988.)

      (b)      Certificate of  Incorporation  of  Registrant.  (This document is
               filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
               Form S-1 as filed December 4, 1987.)

                                       20
<PAGE>

(10)  (a)      Registrant's  Stock  Option  Plan  of  1989.  
      (This  document  is  included  as an  exhibit  to the  Registrant's  Proxy
      Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on April 26, 1989.)

      (b)      Registrant's  Non-employee  Directors  Stock Option  Plan. 
      (This  document  is  included  as an  exhibit  to the  Registrant's  Proxy
      Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on April 26, 1989.)

      (c)      Form of indemnification  agreement between the Registrant and the
               Officers and Directors of the Registrant.
      (This  document  is filed as an exhibit to the  Registrant's  Registration
      Statement on Form S-1 as filed May 22, 1989.)

      (d)      First  Amendment to  Registrant's  Employee  Stock Option Plan of
               1989.

      (e)      First  Amendment to  Registrant's  Non-employee  Directors  Stock
               Option Plan.
      (These  documents  are  included  as exhibits  to the  Registrant's  Proxy
      Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on April 25, 1990.)

      (f)      Second  Amendment to  Registrant's  Employee Stock Option Plan of
               1989.

      (g)      Second  Amendment to  Registrant's  Non-employee  Directors Stock
               Option Plan.
      (These  documents  are  included  as exhibits  to the  Registrant's  Proxy
      Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on April 24, 1991.)

      (h)      Third Amendment to Registrant's Stock Option Plan of 1989.

      (i)      Third  Amendment to  Registrant's  Non-Employee  Directors  Stock
               Option Plan.

      (j)      Fourth  Amendment  to Employee  Stock Option Plan of 1989.

      (k)      Fourth Amendment to Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan .
      (These  documents  are  included  as exhibits  to the  Registrant's  Proxy
      Statement  for the  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  to be held April 27,
      1994).
      
      (l)      Restated and amended  Non-Employee  Directors  Stock Option Plan.
      (This  document  is  included  as an  exhibit  to the  Registrant's  Proxy
      Statement  for the  annual  meeting of  stockholders  to be held April 26,
      1995).
     
      (m)      Senior   Subordinated  Note  dated  June  30,  1994  between  the
               Registrant  and  Equitable  Capital  Private  Income  and  Equity
               Partnership II, L.P.
      (These  documents  are  included as exhibits  to the  Registrant's  Annual
      Report on Form 10-K as filed March 28, 1995).
      
      (n)      Lease  agreement dated May 2, 1995 between the Registrant and The
               Prudential Insurance Company of America.

      (o)      First  Amendment to lease agreement dated May 2, 1995 between the
               Registrant and The Prudential Insurance Company of America.

      (p)      Purchase  and service  agreement  dated July 13, 1995 between the
               Registrant and Knight-Ridder Financial.

                                       21
<PAGE>

      (q)      Senior  Subordinated  Notes and Warrant Purchase  Agreement dated
               June 30, 1994 between  Registrant and Equitable  Capital  Private
               Income and Equity Partnership II, L.P.

      (r)      First Amendment to Senior Subordinated Notes and Warrant Purchase
               Agreement  dated June 30, 1994 between  Registrant  and Equitable
               Capital Private Income and Equity Partnership II, L.P.
      (These  documents  are  included as exhibits  to the  Registrant's  Annual
      Report on Form 10-K as filed March 22, 1997).

      (s)      Independent  Sales  Representative  Agreement  dated September 1,
               1997, between Registrant, Huston, Inc., and Phil Huston.

      (t)      Second  Amendment  to the  lease  agreement  dated  May 2,  1995,
               between the Registrant and The  Prudential  Insurance  Company of
               America.

      (u)      Third Amendment to the lease agreement dated May 2, 1995, between
               the Registrant and The Prudential Insurance Company of America.

      (v)      Fourth  Amendment  to the  lease  agreement  dated  May 2,  1995,
               between the Registrant and LAFP-SF,  Inc., successors in interest
               to The Prudential Insurance Company of America.
     
      (w)      Second  Amendment  to the Senior  Subordinated  Notes and Warrant
               Purchase  Agreement  dated June 30, 1994,  between the Registrant
               and Equitable  Capital Private Income and Equity  Partnership II,
               L.P.
      (These  documents  are  included as exhibits  to the  Registrant's  Annual
      Report on Form 10-K as filed March 27, 1997).

      (x)      Fifth  Amendment  to Employee  Stock  Option Plan of 1989.  
      (This  document  is  included  as an  exhibit  to the  Registrant's  Proxy
      Statement for the Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  to be held on April 23,
      1997).

      (y)      Purchase  and Sale of Assets  Agreement  dated  January  2, 1997,
               between the  Registrant,  and Northern  Data  Communications  and
               Market Quoters, Inc.

      (z)      Purchase and Service  Agreement  dated October 24, 1997,  between
               the Registrant and the Arkansas Farm Bureau.

      (aa)     Purchase and Restrictive Covenant Agreement dated March 14, 1997,
               between the Registrant and Market Communications Group, LLC.

      (ab)     Asset  Purchase   Agreement  dated  July  1,  1997,  between  the
               Registrant and Cotton Communications Network, Inc.

      (ac)     Fifth Amendment to the lease agreement dated May 2, 1995, between
               the Registrant and LAFP-SF,  Inc.,  successors in interest to The
               Prudential Insurance Company of America.

      (ad)     Sixth Amendment to the lease agreement dated May 2, 1995, between
               the Registrant and LAFP-SF,  Inc.,  successors in interest to The
               Prudential Insurance Company of America.

      (ae)     Seventh  Amendment  to the lease  agreement  dated  May 2,  1995,
               between the Registrant and LAFP-SF,  Inc., successors in interest
               to The Prudential Insurance Company of America.

                                       22
<PAGE>

      (af)     Eighth  Amendment  to the  lease  agreement  dated  May 2,  1995,
               between the Registrant and LAFP-SF,  Inc., successors in interest
               to The Prudential Insurance Company of America.

      (ag)     Ninth Amendment to the lease agreement dated May 2, 1995, between
               the Registrant and LAFP-SF,  Inc.,  successors in interest to The
               Prudential Insurance Company of America.

      (ah)     Tenth Amendment to the lease agreement dated May 2, 1995, between
               the Registrant and LAFP-SF,  Inc.,  successors in interest to The
               Prudential Insurance Company of America.

      (ai)     1997 Revolving Credit Agreement dated February 26, 1997,  between
               the Registrant and a group of banks.

      (aj)     First  Amendment to the 1997  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated
               February 26, 1997, between the Registrant and a group of banks.

      (ak)     Second  Amendment to the 1997 Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated
               February 26, 1997, between the Registrant and a group of banks.
               
      (al)     1997 Term Credit  Agreement  dated  February 26, 1997 between the
               Registrant and a group of banks.

      (am)     1997  Security  Agreement  dated  February  26, 1997  between the
               Registrant and a group of banks.

      (an)     Sixth  Amendment  to  Non-Employee  Directors Stock  Option Plan.

      (ao)     Seventh  Amendment to Non-Employee  Directors  Stock Option Plan.
      (These  documents  are  included as exhibits  to the  Registrant's  Annual
      Report on Form 10-K as filed March 30, 1998).

      (ap)     Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated  February  5, 1998  between the
               Registrant and Market Information of Colorado, Inc.

      (aq)     Asset  Purchase   Agreement  dated  March  3,  1998  between  the
               Registrant, CDS Group, Inc. and Tim Huggins.

      (ar)     Stock  Acquisition  Agreement  dated  March  30,  1998  among the
               Registrant,  Stephen P.  Kavouras  and the  Stephen  P.  Kavouras
               Revocable  Trust under agreement dated September 13, 1995 and the
               Irrevocable  GST Trust for Stephen P.  Kavouras  under  agreement
               dated July 29, 1997.

      (as)     Stock  Purchase   Agreement   dated  March  30,  1998  among  the
               Registrant,  Stephen P.  Kavouras  and the  Stephen  P.  Kavouras
               Revocable  Trust under agreement dated September 13, 1995 and the
               Irrevocable  GST Trust for Stephen P.  Kavouras  under  agreement
               dated July 29, 1997.

      (at)     License Agreement dated April 6, 1998 between Kavouras,  Inc. and
               Earthwatch Communications, Inc.

      (au)     Option Agreement dated April 6, 1998 between  Kavouras,  Inc. and
               Earthwatch Communications, Inc.

                                       23
<PAGE>

      (av)     Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated  April  23,  1998  between  the
               Registrant and SmartServ Online.

      (aw)     Stock  Purchase   Agreement   dated  May  27,  1998  between  the
               Registrant   and   Donald   W.   Bowles,   Excel   Interfinancial
               Corporation, Charter Financial Holdings, LLC, Steven L. Reynolds,
               and Douglas Vanderbilt.

      (ax)     Purchase Agreement dated October 14, 1998 between the Registrant,
               Asset Growth Corporation, Marcia C. Kennedy and Scott L. Brown.

      (ay)     Agreement and Plan of Merger dated  November 12, 1998 between the
               Registrant,  Weather  Services  Corporation  and  ABRY  Broadcast
               Partners II, L.P.

      (az)     Issue of Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated December 11, 1998 to
               Peter R.  Leavitt,  pursuant to the  Agreement and Plan of Merger
               dated as of November 12, 1998 between the Registrant, Merger Sub,
               WSC, and ABRY.

      (ba)     Issue of Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated December 11, 1998 to
               ABRY Broadcast Partners II, LP pursuant to the Agreement and Plan
               of Merger dated as of November  12, 1998  between the  Registrant
               Merger Sub, WSC, and ABRY.

      (bb)     Amendment  dated  January  12, 1999 to Stock  Purchase  Agreement
               dated May 27, 1998 between the  Registrant  and Donald W. Bowles,
               Excel  Interfinancial  Corporation,  Charter Financial  Holdings,
               LLC, Steven L. Reynolds, and Douglas Vanderbilt.

      (bc)     Letter of Intent  dated  January 26, 1999 to merge  wholly  owned
               subsidiary of the Registrant with SmartServ Online, Inc.

      (bd)     Consent to Prepayment of  Subordinated  Debt dated March 16, 1998
               between Registrant and a group of banks.

      (be)     Third  Amendment to the 1997  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated
               February 26, 1997 between the Registrant and a group of banks.

      (bf)     Fourth  Amendment to the 1997 Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated
               February 26, 1997 between the Registrant and a group of banks.

      (bg)     Fifth  Amendment to the 1997  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated
               February 26, 1997 between the Registrant and a group of banks.

      (bh)     First Amendment to the 1997 Term Credit  Agreement dated February
               26, 1997 between the Registrant and a group of banks.

      (bi)     Second Amendment to the 1997 Term Credit Agreement dated February
               26, 1997 between the Registrant and a group of banks.

      (bj)     First Amendment to the 1997 Security Agreement dated February 26,
               1997 between the Registrant and a group of banks.

      (bk)     1998 Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated December 7, 1998 between
               the Registrant and a group of banks.

                                       24
<PAGE>

      (bl)     First  Amendment to the 1998  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated
               December 7, 1998 between the Registrant and a group of banks.

      (bm)     1998 Term Credit  Agreement  dated  December 7, 1998  between the
               Registrant and a group of banks.


      (bn)     1998  Security  Agreement  dated  December  7, 1998  between  the
               Registrant and a group of banks.

      (bo)     Subsidiary Security Agreement dated June 1, 1998 between National
               Datamax, Inc. and a group of banks.

      (bp)     Subsidiary   Security   Agreement  dated  July  1,  1998  between
               Kavouras, Inc. and a group of banks.


(12)   Not applicable.
(13)   Registrant's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders.
       (This document is hereby incorporated by reference.)
(16)   None.
(18)   None.
(21)   Subsidiaries.
(22)   None.
(23)   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
(24)   None.
(27)   Financial Data Schedule.
(28)   None.
(99)   Proxy  Statement  for the  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  of the
       Registrant  to  be  held  April  28,  1999.   (This  document  is  hereby
       incorporated by reference.)




                                       25
<PAGE>




                                   SIGNATURES


      Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Data Transmission Network Corporation,
a Delaware Corporation

By:     /s/ Roger R. Brodersen
        Roger R. Brodersen
        Chief Executive Officer

Dated March 23, 1999.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                              <C> 
By:     /s/ Roger R. Brodersen                                   March 23, 1999
        -----------------------------------
        Roger R. Brodersen, Chairman of the
        Board, Chief Executive Officer
        and Director


By:     /s/ Greg T. Sloma                                        March 23, 1999
        -----------------------------------
        Greg T. Sloma, President and
        Chief Operating Officer
        and Director


By:     /s/ Roger W. Wallace                                     March 23, 1999
        -----------------------------------
        Roger W. Wallace, Senior Vice
        President, President-Ag Services
        Division and Director


By:     /s/ Scott A. Fleck                                       March 23, 1999
        -----------------------------------
        Scott A. Fleck, VP and Director of 
        Engineering


By:     /s/ Brian L. Larson                                      March 23, 1999
        -----------------------------------
        Brian L. Larson, Vice President,
        Chief Financial Officer, and
        Secretary


By:     /s/ David K. Karnes                                      March 23, 1999
        -----------------------------------
        David K. Karnes, Director


By:     /s/ J. Michael Parks                                     March 23, 1999
        -----------------------------------
        J. Michael Parks, Director


By:     /s/ Jay E. Ricks                                         March 23, 1999
        -----------------------------------
        Jay E. Ricks, Director


By:     /s/ Peter H. Kamin                                       March 23, 1999
        -----------------------------------
        Peter H. Kamin, Director
</TABLE>

                                       26
<PAGE>








INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



Board of Directors and Stockholders
Data Transmission Network Corporation
Omaha, Nebraska




      We have audited the considered  financial  statements of Data Transmission
Network  Corporation as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and for each of the three
years in the period ended  December 31, 1998 and have issued our report  thereon
dated February 12, 1999;  such  financial  statements and report are included in
the 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders and are incorporated herein by reference.
Our audits also included the financial  statement  schedule of Data Transmission
Network Corporation, listed in Item 14(a)2. This financial statement schedule is
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an  opinion  based on our  audits.  In our  opinion,  such  financial  statement
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as
a whole,  presents  fairly in all material  respects the  information  set forth
therein.






DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP


Omaha, Nebraska
February 12, 1999

                                       27
<PAGE>




                                                                     Schedule II



                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997, AND 1996



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Balance at                         Charged to                            Balance at
                                   Beginning         Charged to          Other                                  End
Description                        of Period         Expenses          Accounts          Deductions          of Period
- -----------------------------     -----------        ----------       ----------         ----------         -----------
Allowance for doubtful
accounts:

<S>                                 <C>               <C>                                    <C>                <C>     
Year ended December 31, 1998:       $810,000          $1,294,000             -               $804,000           $1,300,000

Year ended December 31, 1997:       $520,000          $  842,000             -               $552,000           $  810,000

Year ended December 31, 1996:       $300,000          $  672,000             -               $452,000           $  520,000






</TABLE>

                                       28



         THIS  ASSET  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT  ("Agreement")  is  made  5th  day  of
February,  1998  between  Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,  a  Delaware
corporation ("DTN"), located at 9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200, Omaha, Nebraska
68114, and Market Information of Colorado,  Inc. ("MIC"), a Colorado corporation
located at 12445 E. 39th Ave., Suite 305, Denver, CO 80439.

                                    RECITALS

         A. DTN is the owner and operator of an  electronic  information  system
using  satellite  data terminals (the  "System")  which  continuously  transmits
information  to DTN's  subscribers  ("DTN  Subscribers").  DTN provides  various
information  services (the "Services"),  including a real time commodity service
(DTNstant), to DTN Subscribers over the System.

         B. MIC is engaged in the business of sales,  installation,  and service
of systems  which provide  stock,  commodities,  and financial  data using Trade
Station,  Ensign and Market Center  software to subscribers.  Those  subscribers
using Ensign and Market Center software ("MIC Subscribers") shall be included in
this Agreement.

         C. MIC owns  certain  equipment  such as data  receivers,  Ku satellite
receivers,  LNBs cable, and satellite dishes. Some of this equipment may be used
by  DTN in  providing  information  to DTN  Subscribers  on  the  System.  Other
equipment may be provided by DTN to replace MIC  equipment for MIC  Subscribers'
conversion to the Services.

         D.  MIC  desires  for DTN to make  the  Services  available  to the MIC
Subscribers  and MIC is willing to promote  DTN's  Services  as provided in this
Agreement.  DTN  desires to provide  its  Services  to the MIC  Subscribers  who
contract to receive such Services.

         E. DTN, at its option,  desires to purchase  certain of MIC's equipment
used by it in transmitting information to MIC Subscribers, and DTN is willing to
purchase such equipment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

         NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of the aforementioned recitals and the
covenants and conditions herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Sale and  Purchase.  DTN agrees to purchase from MIC, and MIC agrees
to sell to DTN the  equipment  and  accessories  now owned by MIC and  currently
being used by the MIC  Subscribers  to receive MIC's  information  service.  MIC
represents   that  there  are   approximately   100  Terminals   installed  with
approximately 70 MIC  Subscribers.  Such equipment and accessories may include a
data  receiver,  Ku  satellite  receiver,  LNB,  cable,  and  satellite  dish. A
"Terminal" is defined as an independent  location with hardware and software for
individual  viewing  of data  displayed  by either  the  Ensign/Vista  or Market
Center,  but not Trade Station,  software.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the
term "Converted Subscribers" shall mean those MIC Subscribers who convert to and
become DTN Subscribes  during the Transition  Period upon the terms set forth in
this Agreement, including the minimum requirement of a 1-year subscription term.
The  Units  used  by  Converted  Subscribers  which  are to be  sold  to DTN are
collectively  referred to in this Agreement as the "Converted Subscriber Units".
For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Transition Period" shall mean prior to

                                       1
                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>

July 1, 1998,  although the final day for MIC  Subscribers  to receive data from
the current MIC source is March 31, 1998.  Units shall not include any equipment
of MIC Terminals not converted.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  all Converted
Subscriber  Terminals  and Units shall be referred  to in the  aggregate  as the
"Purchased Equipment".

         2. Payments.  In consideration for the Purchased  Equipment and for the
services to be performed by MIC  pursuant to this  Agreement,  DTN agrees to pay
MIC,  and MIC agrees to accept from DTN as payment in full,  $1330 per  Terminal
for real time  Subscribers  as (1) listed in Exhibit A; and (2)  Terminals  from
Subscribers  with Trade  Station  software  but  agreeing to convert  during the
Transition Period and $865 per Terminal for delayed Subscribers.  DTN shall have
no  obligation  to pay  MIC  for  Subscribers  who  convert  to and  become  DTN
Subscribers  who are not  listed in Exhibit A or are listed in Exhibit A and are
leasing their  computer from MIC but do not wish to convert  because they do not
want to purchase their own computer.  MIC shall be responsible  for any sales or
related taxes which may occur as a result of the payments made to MIC under this
Agreement.  DTN shall remit payment to MIC  consisting of 2/3 of total as of the
Date of the Agreement,  1/6 of total on April 16, 1998 and the remainder on June
30,  1998.  MIC may add  terminals  to  Exhibit  A in their  ordinary  course of
business until March 31, 1998.

         3.  Conversion.  For purposes of this Agreement the  Conversion  Period
will be the period of time from the date of this Agreement until April 15, 1998.
MIC and DTN shall share the  responsibility  for obtaining the DTN  subscription
agreement signed by the MIC Subscriber for the Terminal(s) that will operate the
DTN Service.  An MIC Subscriber  will not be considered as a Converted  Terminal
until  the  subscription  agreement  is  accepted  by  DTN in  Omaha,  Nebraska.
Conversion  Agents,  who will be responsible for converting the MIC Subscribers,
will  install a DTN ACE  Databox  configured  to  receive  the DTN  Service  and
determine  whether  any  existing  equipment  can  be  utilized.   MIC  will  be
responsible  for the cost of retrieving any equipment that is not utilized.  MIC
and DTN will  share  the  expenses  incurred  by two of the  Conversion  Agents,
Leonard Kotta and John Salewske,  during this  Conversion  period.  DTN shall be
responsible  for  providing  other  Conversion  Agents  required to complete the
conversion of the MIC  Subscribers  which will include  entering into a separate
agreement with Spectrum  Communications,  as independent  contractor,  to retain
their services during this Conversion period.

         4.  Transition.  DTN  shall  be  responsible  for  installing  the  DTN
equipment  for the  Converted  Subscriber  Terminals and providing the necessary
assistance  and support to assure MIC  Subscribers  a smooth  conversion  to the
System. DTN will be responsible for training these new DTN Subscribers on how to
use the DTN equipment.  Under a separate  agreement,  DTN shall retain  Spectrum
Communications as an independent contractor through December 31, 1998 to provide
continuous  support  services  for the  Converted  Subscribers.  DTN will  begin
billing for its service on the first of the month following  installation of the
services.

         5. Term. The term of this Agreement shall be until June 30, 1998.

         6.  Promotion.  During  the  term  of this  Agreement,  MIC  agrees  to
encourage MIC Subscribers to use DTN's  services,  to promote to MIC Subscribers
the DTN  services  provided on the System,  and to be available  for  occasional
phone-call  assistance to DTN and Spectrum  Communications during the Transition
Period.  MIC  agrees to  cooperate  with DTN to  market  DTN's  services  to MIC

                                       2
                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>

Subscribers; provided, however, MIC shall not be required to incur out-of-pocket
costs for such marketing, except as specifically below:

         During the Conversion  Period,  MIC shall solicit (via telephone  call,
         written correspondence, or face to face meeting) each MIC Subscriber to
         enter into DTN's  standard form of  subscription  agreement for the DTN
         Service on the System for at least a 12 month  subscription  term.  MIC
         agrees at its expense to send during the Conversion  Period to each MIC
         Subscriber a letter recommending DTN's Services to such MIC Subscriber,
         which letter is to be accompanied by promotional materials furnished by
         DTN. Such letter shall be in a form satisfactory to both DTN and MIC.


         7. Bill of Sale.  Concurrently  with payment by DTN to MIC as specified
in paragraph 2 above, MIC agrees to sell, transfer, assign and convey to DTN the
Purchased Equipment by duly executed warranty bill of sale and assignment,  free
and clear of all liens,  encumbrances,  security interests,  leasehold interest,
actions,  claims,  and equities of any kind whatsoever.  MIC agrees to take such
actions  from  time  to  time  as may in the  reasonable  judgment  of DTN to be
necessary  or  advisable  to  confirm  the  title of DTN to any of the  items of
personal property acquired by DTN from MIC pursuant to this Agreement. DTN shall
be entitled to possession of the Purchased Equipment upon the payment to MIC for
such equipment.

         8. Bulk Sales  Transfer.  If applicable,  DTN waives  compliance by MIC
with the Bulk Sales provisions of the Uniform  Commercial Code or any equivalent
statute,  and MIC agrees to indemnify DTN and to hold DTN harmless from any loss
or expense arising by reason of such non-compliance.

         9.  Representations of MIC. MIC warrants,  represents and convenants to
and with DTN that MIC is the sole and lawful owner and has good and merchantable
title to all of the  Purchased  Equipment to be acquired by DTN pursuant to this
Agreement and that,  upon the transfer and assignment of such property to DTN by
warranty bill of sale and assignment as hereinbefore mentioned, DTN will acquire
good and  merchantable  title  thereto,  free and clear of interests,  leasehold
interests, and claims of any kind whatsoever.  MIC further warrants,  represents
and convenants to and with DTN that the Purchased Equipment, when it is received
by  DTN,  will  be in the  same  condition  as it was  when  located  at the MIC
Subscriber  sites and,  otherwise,  DTN accepts the  Purchased  Equipment in its
present condition. The representations,  warranties, and convenants contained in
this  Agreement  shall  survive the date of this  Agreement and shall be binding
upon the parties  hereto and their  successors  and assigns  until four (4) days
following receipt by DTN of the equipment.

         10.  Indemnification.  Each party hereto  agrees to indemnify  and hold
harmless the other part, its officers, directors, employees, and agents from and
against any and all claims, demands,  liability,  loss, cost, damage, penalty or
expense,  including  attorney's fees and costs of settlement,  resulting from or
arising out of the failure of the indemnifying  party to observe any covenant or
condition set forth in this Agreement, and the inaccuracy of any representations
made by the indemnifying party in this Agreement.

         11. Covenant Not to Compete.  After the Conversion  Period, MIC and its
owners  shall not,  directly  or  indirectly,  whether as an agent,  consultant,
independent contractor, owner, partner or otherwise:

                                       3
                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>


         a)      Solicit  for itself or others,  or advise or  recommend  to any
                 other  person  that  such  person  solicit,   any  customer  or
                 prospective customer of DTN or any current or future subscriber
                 of MIC,  for the  purpose of  obtaining  the  business  of such
                 customer or subscriber, in competition with DTN; or

         b)      Offer,  transmit,  facilitate  or promote the  distribution  or
                 transmission  to MIC  subscribers  of  information  services in
                 competition with DTN.

The phrase "in conjunction with DTN" shall mean any business that distributes or
transmits  via any  electronic  information  system the same or similar  type of
information as is currently offered by MIC.

         The  convenants  contained in this  paragraph  are  independent  of one
another and are  severable.  In the event any part of the covenants set forth in
this Section shall be held to be invalid or  unenforceable,  the remaining parts
thereof will continue to be valid and  enforceable.  MIC  acknowledges  that the
restrictions contained in this paragraph are reasonable and necessary to protect
the  goodwill  of that  portion of the  business  of MIC being  acquired  by DTN
hereunder.

         12.  Severability.  In the  event  that  one or more of the  provisions
contained in this  Agreement  shall for any reason be held  invalid,  illegal or
unenforceable in any respect,  such invalidity,  illegality or  unenforceability
shall not affect any of the other provisions contained in this Agreement,  which
provisions shall remain in full force and effect.
         
         13. Relationship of Parties.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall
be deemed or construed to create the  relationship  of principal and agent or of
partnership,  joint venture, or any association  whatsoever between the parties,
it being expressly understood and agreed that each party shall be an independent
contractor with respect to the other party in connection with the work performed
hereunder. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party shall bear
its own expenses with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

         14. Notices.  Any and all written notices,  communications  or payments
shall be made to the  respective  parties as follows or at such other address as
the party may indicate in a written notice to the other party of this Agreement:

                  DTN                            9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
                                                 Omaha, Nebraska  68114

                  Market Information             POB 4400, 22 Shoshone Lane
                                                 Frisco, Colorado 80443

         15. Choice of Law. This Agreement  shall be subject to and  interpreted
in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska.

         16.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  one or  more
counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts,  each
of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

                                       4
                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>

         17. Binding  Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and their  respective  successors,  legal
representatives,  and assigns;  provided,  however, that the rights, duties, and
privileges of MIC hereunder may not be assigned or otherwise  transferred by it,
in whole or in part,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of DTN which may be
withheld for any reason.

         18.  Entire   Agreement.   This   Agreement   constitutes   the  entire
understanding  of the parties  hereto with respect to the subject matter of this
Agreement and shall  supersede all prior offers,  negotiations,  and  agreements
with  respect to such subject  matter.  Any  provision of any party's  invoices,
statements, orders,  acknowledgments,  or other forms which is inconsistent with
or in  addition  to the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be of no force or
effect unless specifically consented to in writing by the party to be charged.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

                                    DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION.
                                    a Delaware corporation

                                    By:/s/ Jim Payne
                                       ---------------------------------
                                       Jim Payne, Vice President


                                    MARKET INFORMATION OF COLORADO, INC.,
                                    a Colorado corporation

                                    By:/s/ Don Sather
                                       ---------------------------------
                                       Don Sather, Vice President




                                       5
                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>





                                  BILL OF SALE


         KNOW  ALL  PERSONS  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  Market  Information  of
Colorado, Inc. (Seller), a Colorado corporation, in consideration of One Hundred
and Thirty-Three Thousand Two Hundred and Five Dollars ($133,205.00), to MIC, in
hand  paid  and  with  further  promise  to pay  by  Data  Transmission  Network
Corporation  (Buyer),  a Delaware  corporation,  the  receipt  whereof is hereby
acknowledged,  has bargained and sold, and by these presents does grant,  assign
and transfer to Buyer all equipment as listed on the Exhibit A hereto attached.

         TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same  unto  the said  Buyer  forever,  the said
Seller  covenants  and agrees to and with the Buyer,  to WARRANT  AND DEFEND the
sale of said  property,  goods and  chattels,  against  all and every  person or
persons whomever.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Seller has caused this Bill of Sale to be executed
by its Vice  President  thereunto  duly  authorized on this 5th day of February,
1998, at Minneapolis, Minnesota.

                                 Market Information of Colorado, Inc.

                                 By:/s/ Don Sather
                                    -------------------------------
                                    Don Sather, Vice President

                                       6
                                     - 34 -


                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     THIS ASSET  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT  is made and  entered  into this 3rd day of
March, 1998, by and among CDS Group, Inc., a Tennessee  corporation  ("Seller"),
Data Transmission Network Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Buyer"), and Tim
Huggins, an individual (the "Stockholder").

                                    RECITALS:

     A. Seller is engaged in the business of selling computer hardware,  selling
and  licensing  computer  software,  and  supporting  such hardware and software
through  hardware  maintenance  contracts and software  support  contracts  (the
"Business").

     B. Seller desires to sell substantially all of the assets used by it in the
conduct of the Business with respect to those customers receiving any portion of
Seller's services related to the cotton industry (the "Cotton  Customers"),  and
Buyer desires to acquire such assets.

     C. Stockholder,  as the owner of all of the issued and outstanding stock of
Seller, joins in this Agreement to confirm certain  representations,  warranties
and  agreements  of Seller  herein and to  indemnify  Buyer in  connection  with
certain matters.

     In  consideration  of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein,
and for other good and valuable  consideration  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which are hereby acknowledged,  Seller,  Stockholder and Buyer,  intending to be
legally bound, agree as follows:

     1.  Purchase  and Sale.  Buyer agrees to purchase  from Seller,  and Seller
agrees to sell to  Buyer,  the  following  assets of the  Business  (except  the
Excluded Assets as defined at the end of this Paragraph 1), to-wit:

     (a)  All  of  Seller's  motor  vehicles,  equipment,  inventory,  supplies,
          furniture, trade fixtures, leasehold improvements,  tools, promotional
          materials, and other tangible personal property used in the conduct of
          the  Business,  including  but not  limited  to the  items  listed  on
          Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference;

     (b)  All of Seller's intangible property used in the Business to the extent
          assignable,  including but not limited to rights, privileges, benefits
          and interests under all contracts,  agreements, consents and licenses;
          computer  software used or useful in the Business  (including  but not
          limited to the software listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto); permits
          or certificates of occupancy; agreements, leases and arrangements with
          respect to  intangible  or  tangible  property or  interests  therein;
          agreements  with  suppliers  and the Cotton  Customers;  and  Seller's
          rights in and to the trade name "Cotton Data Systems";

                                       1
                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>

     (c)  All of Seller's accounts receivable, prepaid items, and unbilled costs
          and  fees  arising  from  or with  respect  to the  Cotton  Customers,
          including,  without  limitation,  the accounts receivable and unbilled
          costs and fees generated  from Seller's  general  accounting  software
          services to the Cotton Customers,  but excluding those items generated
          from Seller's customers who are not the Cotton Customers;

     (d)  All of Seller's information, files, records, data, plans, and recorded
          knowledge,  including  customer  and  supplier  lists,  related to the
          Business  and  similar or related  data,  but  excluding  those  items
          related  exclusively  to  Seller's  customers  other  than the  Cotton
          Customers; and

     (e)  All of Seller's goodwill pertaining to or arising out of the Business.

The term "Excluded Assets" means (i) Seller's cash and cash equivalents, in hand
or in bank  accounts,  and all  securities  of Seller,  (ii)  Seller's  computer
software  furnished  exclusively to customers  other than the Cotton  Customers,
(iii) contracts with customers other than the Cotton Customers, (iv) any records
not  relating to the  Business  and all  corporate,  accounting  and tax records
relating to the Business, and (v) Seller's rights under this Agreement.

     2. Purchase Price. Buyer agrees to pay, and Seller agrees to accept, as the
entire aggregate purchase price for the assets of Seller being acquired by Buyer
pursuant  to  Paragraph  1, the lesser of (i) the  aggregate  amount of Seller's
unpaid  liabilities  described on Schedule 2 attached  hereto or (ii) the sum of
$250,000  (hereinafter  referred to as the "Purchase Price"). The Purchase Price
may be paid by Buyer to Seller or, at the sole discretion of Buyer,  directly to
the creditors of Seller in amounts not to exceed  Seller's  liabilities  to such
creditors as  designated  by Seller.  The Purchase  Price shall be paid upon the
execution  of this  Agreement,  except for that  portion of the  Purchase  Price
related to  unsecured  creditors as set forth on Schedule 2, which shall be paid
in compliance with the Tennessee Uniform Commercial Code Bulk Transfers Act.

     3. Assumption of  Liabilities.  Buyer shall assume,  agree to perform,  and
discharge  when  due  only  those  obligations  of  Seller  arising  out  of the
contracts,  leases and agreements listed on Schedules 7(j) and 7(k) with respect
to  the  period  from  and  after  the  date  of  this  Agreement  (the  Assumed
Liabilities").  Seller and Buyer agree that, other than the Assumed Liabilities,
Buyer does not agree to assume and shall have no  responsibility  for any of the
debts, obligations or liabilities of Seller (the "Excluded Liabilities"), all of
which shall remain the sole  responsibility  of and shall be paid and discharged
by  Seller  as  they  become  due.  The  Excluded  Liabilities  include  without
limitation all of the following:

     (a)  Any  tax  liability  or  tax  obligation  of  Seller,  its  directors,
          officers, shareholders and agents which has been or may be asserted by
          any taxing authority,  including without limitation any such liability
          or obligation  arising out of or in connection  with this Agreement or
          the transactions contemplated hereby.

                                       2
                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>

     (b)  Any liability or obligation of Seller whether incurred prior to, at or
          subsequent to the date of this  Agreement for any amounts due or which
          may  become due to any person or entity who is or has been a holder of
          any debt or equity security of Seller.

     (c)  Any trade  account  payable or note  payable of Seller or any contract
          obligation  of Seller  (other  than the Assumed  Liabilities)  whether
          incurred prior to, at or subsequent to the date of this Agreement.

     (d)  Any  liability  or  obligation  arising out of any  litigation,  suit,
          proceeding, action, claim or investigation,  at law or in equity or in
          arbitration,  related to Seller's  operation of the Business  prior to
          the date of this Agreement.

     (e)  Any claim,  liability or obligation,  known or unknown,  contingent or
          otherwise,  the  existence  of which is a breach  of, or  inconsistent
          with, any representation,  warranty or covenant of Seller set forth in
          this Agreement.

     (f)  Any liability or obligation  specifically  stated in this Agreement or
          the Schedules hereto as not to be assumed by Buyer.

     4. Transfer  Documents.  Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement,
Seller shall sell,  transfer,  assign,  convey,  and deliver to Buyer the assets
referred to in Paragraph 1 by duly  executed  titles,  warranty bill of sale and
assignment,  and other  good and  sufficient  instruments  of sale,  assignment,
conveyance and transfer as shall be required to effectively vest in Buyer all of
Seller's right, title, and interest in and to such assets, free and clear of all
liens,  encumbrances,  security interests,  actions,  claims and equities of any
kind whatsoever.  Seller agrees to take such actions as may be necessary to make
available  for use by Buyer in Tennessee  the trade name  "Cotton Data  Systems.
Buyer shall be entitled to  possession of such assets upon the execution of this
Agreement.

     5. Additional Documents. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement,
Seller shall cause its legal counsel to execute and deliver to Buyer the opinion
of such  counsel  in the  form of  Exhibit  "A"  hereto.  Concurrently  with the
execution  of this  Agreement,  Seller and Buyer shall enter into a lease of the
premises used by Seller in the conduct of the Business (plus additional space as
described therein) in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto.

     6. Obligations to Employees. Seller agrees that it shall be responsible for
any  obligations  to any of its employees  which  heretofore  may have arisen or
hereafter  may arise by  reason  of any  services  rendered  by such  employees,
including  but not  limited  to  salaries,  bonuses,  vacation  pay,  retirement
benefits, and other fringe benefits; and Seller hereby agrees to pay all of such
obligations directly to the employees involved when due. Seller agrees timely to
pay  all  payroll  tax,  withholding,  and  unemployment  compensation  payments
required to be made with respect to the  compensation  of such  employees and to
hold Buyer  harmless  therefrom.  Seller shall furnish to Buyer such evidence of
Seller's  compliance  with the provisions of this paragraph as Buyer  reasonably
may request from time to time.

                                       3
                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>

     7.  Representations and Warranties.  Seller and the Stockholder jointly and
severally warrant, represent and covenant to and with Buyer:

     (a)  That  Seller has full right and  lawful  authority  to enter into this
          Agreement and to sell the items of personal property to be acquired by
          Buyer  pursuant to this  Agreement;  that Seller's  performance of its
          obligations  under this  Agreement  will not  violate  any  agreement,
          document, trust (constructive or otherwise), order, judgment or decree
          to which Seller is a party or by which it is bound; and that, upon the
          transfer  and  assignment  of such  property to Buyer as  hereinbefore
          mentioned,  Buyer will acquire good and  merchantable  title  thereto,
          free  and  clear  of  any  liens,  encumbrances,  security  interests,
          actions, claims, and equities of any kind whatsoever.

     (b)  That  Seller  is the  sole  and  lawful  owner  of and  has  good  and
          marketable  title  to all of the  items  of  personal  property  to be
          acquired by Buyer  pursuant to this  Agreement,  free and clear of any
          liens, encumbrances, security interests, actions, claims, and equities
          of any kind whatsoever.

     (c)  All  material  items of tangible  personal  property to be acquired by
          Buyer  pursuant to this  Agreement  are in good  operating  condition,
          subject to normal wear.

     (d)  That there are no suits,  arbitrations  or other legal or governmental
          proceedings   pending  or  threatened   against   Seller  which  might
          conceivably  affect the title to the items of personal  property to be
          acquired by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

     (e)  That Seller has duly and timely  filed all federal,  state,  and local
          tax returns of every kind whatsoever required to be filed on or before
          the date of this  Agreement  and has  paid in full  the tax  liability
          shown on such returns;  that no unpaid  deficiencies  are in existence
          which have been asserted against Seller by any official or agency as a
          result of the filing of such  returns;  and that,  to the knowledge of
          Seller,  there is not now pending any examination  with respect to any
          such returns nor does Seller know of any  impending  examination  with
          respect to any such returns.

     (f)  That promptly  after the date of this  Agreement  Seller shall pay all
          sales and use taxes  imposed  on or  collectible  by Seller  and shall
          furnish to Buyer  evidence  that all of  Seller's  sales and use taxes
          have been paid.

     (g)  The  property  to be  acquired  by Buyer  pursuant  to this  Agreement
          includes  all  rights and  property  necessary  to the  conduct of the
          Business by Buyer in the manner it is  presently  conducted  by Seller
          and no property excluded from Paragraph 1 hereof constitutes  property
          or rights material to the Business.

                                       4
                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>

     (h)  There is no fact, development,  or threatened development with respect
          to the markets, products, customers,  vendors, suppliers,  operations,
          assets or prospects  of the  Business  which are known to Seller which
          would  materially   adversely  affect  the  business,   operations  or
          prospects  of the  Business  considered  as a whole,  other  than such
          conditions as may affect as a whole the economy generally.

     (i)  The  financial  statements  of Seller for the year ended  December 31,
          1997, furnished to Buyer fairly and accurately represent the financial
          operations of the Business for such year.

     (j)  That  Seller has listed on  Schedule  7(j) all of  Seller's  contracts
          (oral or  written)  with the Cotton  Customers  and  suppliers  of the
          Business;  Seller has no other  contracts  (oral or written)  with the
          Cotton Customers or suppliers of the Business. Seller has delivered to
          Buyer true,  correct  and  complete  copies of all  written  contracts
          relating to the  Business  (other than those  related  exclusively  to
          customers other than the Cotton  Customers),  and written summaries of
          the terms of all oral contracts  relating to the Business  (other than
          those  related   exclusively  to  customers   other  than  the  Cotton
          Customers),  and all of such contracts are presently in full force and
          effect  and are  assignable  to Buyer.  Seller  has not  received  any
          notices from any of the Cotton  Customers or suppliers of the Business
          that indicate that they intend to terminate any of such contracts and,
          except as  reflected  in the copies  delivered to Buyer or on Schedule
          7(j),  such  contracts  have not been amended and Seller and the other
          parties to such  contracts are not in default in any material  respect
          under  such  contracts.  Seller  has not  been  apprised  and does not
          currently  believe or have  reason to  believe  that any of the Cotton
          Customers  plan to  cancel  or reduce  the  volume  under any of their
          contracts.

     (k)  That  Schedule  7(k)  contains  a  complete  list  of all of  Seller's
          contracts  (oral and  written)  relating to the  Business  (other than
          those  related   exclusively  to  customers   other  than  the  Cotton
          Customers),  if any,  other  than the  contracts  with  customers  and
          suppliers listed on Schedule 7(j). Seller has delivered to Buyer true,
          correct  and  complete  copies  of all such  other  written  contracts
          relating to the  Business  and written  summaries  of the terms of all
          such other oral  contracts  relating to the Business,  and all of such
          contracts are  presently in full force and effect and are  assignable,
          and,  except  as  reflected  in the  copies  delivered  to Buyer or on
          Schedule 7(k), such contracts have not been amended and Seller and the
          other  parties to such  contracts  are not in default in any  material
          respect under such contracts.

     8. Indemnification.  Seller and the Stockholder jointly and severally agree
to indemnify  Buyer and to hold Buyer  harmless  from any and all loss,  damage,
cost, or expense  incurred or sustained by Buyer by reason of the failure of any
warranty or representation contained in this Agreement to be true or as a result
of Seller's  failure to abide by any covenant or agreement on its part contained
in this Agreement.

                                       5
                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>

     9. Bulk Sales. Seller has taken any and all actions required under the bulk
transfer  laws of the  State  of  Tennessee  with  respect  to the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  and will satisfy on or before the date of this
Agreement (or make arrangements  satisfactory to Buyer in its sole discretion to
satisfy) all creditor claims, excluding Assumed Liabilities.

     10. Survival. The representations, warranties, and covenants on the part of
Seller  and/or the  Stockholder  contained in this  Agreement  shall survive the
closing of this  Agreement and shall be binding upon Seller and the  Stockholder
and their heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

     11.  Payment of  Liabilities.  Seller agrees to pay as promptly as possible
any and all  liabilities of Seller existing on the date of this Agreement and to
hold Buyer harmless therefrom. Buyer and Seller agree that Buyer is not assuming
and  shall  have  no  responsibility  for  any of  the  debts,  obligations,  or
liabilities  of  Seller,  including  but  not  limited  to  any  liabilities  or
obligations of Seller  (whether fixed,  absolute,  contingent,  known,  unknown,
direct,  indirect, or otherwise) whether incurred or accrued before or after the
date  of  this  Agreement,  which  in  any  way  relate  to the  performance  or
non-performance of, or any other liability or obligation relating to any service
or  product  furnished  or sold by  Seller  prior to or  after  the date of this
Agreement,  and Seller  hereby  agrees to hold Buyer  harmless  from any cost or
expense  arising  out  of  or  relating  to  any  such  debts,  obligations,  or
liabilities;  provided,  however, such indemnification by Seller does not extend
to any Assumed Liabilities.

     12.  Transfer  Taxes.  Seller shall pay all sales and other  similar  taxes
imposed on or  collectible  by Seller or Buyer by reason of the  transfer of the
property being acquired by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

     13.  Noncompete.  For a period of three  (3)  years  after the date of this
Agreement,  Seller and the Stockholder and their affiliates shall not,  directly
or  indirectly,  whether as a  shareholder,  partner or investor  possessing any
ownership interest, or as principal,  agent, employee,  proprietor,  independent
contractor, consultant or in any other capacity:

     (a)  Solicit  for itself or  others,  or advise or  recommend  to any other
          person that such person solicit,  any of the Cotton  Customers for the
          purpose of competing with Buyer in the Business.

     (b)  Offer,  sell,  license,  lease,  facilitate  or promote the use of any
          computer  software or related  services in  competition  with Buyer in
          that  portion of the  Business  serving the cotton  industry  anywhere
          within  those  territories  in the  United  States of America in which
          Seller was conducting the Business on the date of this Agreement.

                                       6
                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>

If any court having  jurisdiction  at any time hereafter  shall hold any of such
restrictive  covenants  to be  unenforceable  or  unreasonable  as to its scope,
territory,  or period of time,  and such court in its  judgment or decree  shall
declare or determine  the scope,  territory,  or period of time which such court
deems to be  reasonable,  then such scope,  territory or period of time,  as the
case may be, shall be deemed automatically to have been reduced to that declared
or determined to be reasonable by such court.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
any clause or  provision of this  paragraph  shall be  unenforceable,  then such
clause or provision shall be deemed to be deleted from this paragraph, but every
other  clause and  provision  shall  continue  in full force and  effect.  These
covenants are an integral part of the asset purchase transaction contemplated by
this  Agreement  and Buyer would not have  entered  into this  Agreement  in the
absence of such  covenants.  Seller  and the  Stockholder  acknowledge  that the
agreements  contained in this  paragraph are reasonable and necessary to protect
the Business being purchased by Buyer and that any breach thereof will result in
irreparable  injury  to Buyer for which  Buyer  has no  adequate  remedy at law.
Seller and the  Stockholder  therefore  agree that,  in the event either of them
breaches  any of the  agreements  contained  in this  paragraph,  Buyer shall be
authorized and entitled to seek from any court of competent  jurisdiction  (i) a
temporary  restraining order, (ii) preliminary and permanent  injunctive relief,
(iii) an  equitable  accounting  of all profits or benefits  arising out of such
breach, and (iv) direct,  incidental,  and consequential  damages resulting from
such breach.  Such rights or remedies shall be cumulative and in addition to all
other rights or remedies to which Buyer may be entitled.

     14. Entire Agreement. This document constitutes the entire agreement of the
parties  with  respect to the  subject  matter  hereof and may not be  modified,
amended, or terminated except by a written agreement  specifically  referring to
this Agreement and signed by all of the parties hereto.

     15. Binding  Agreement.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to
the  benefit  of  the  parties  hereto  and  their   respective   heirs,   legal
representatives, successors and assigns.

     16. Further Instruments.  The parties hereto shall execute and deliver such
additional  instruments  and documents as may be reasonably  requested by any of
them in order to carry out the  purposes  and  intent of this  Agreement  and to
fulfill their respective obligations.

     17. Further  Actions.  Seller agrees to take such actions from time to time
as may in the  reasonable  judgment  of Buyer or its  counsel  be  necessary  or
advisable to confirm the title of Buyer to any of the items of property acquired
by Buyer from Seller pursuant to this Agreement.

     18. Governing Law. This agreement shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of Nebraska.

     19. Severability. In the event that one or more of the provisions contained
in this Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect
any of the other provisions contained in this Agreement,  which provisions shall
remain in full force and effect.


                                       7
                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>



     20.   Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts,  each
of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

     21.  Schedules  and  Exhibits.  All  references  to Schedules  and Exhibits
herein,  unless otherwise  stated,  means the schedules and exhibits attached to
this Agreement which are hereby incorporated by reference.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                      CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation


                                      By:/s/Jim Payne
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Jim Payne, Vice President


                                      CDS GROUP, INC., a Tennessee corporation


                                      By:/s/ Tim Huggins
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Tim Huggins, President




                                       8
                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>







                                   EXHIBIT "A"

                  [Insert form of opinion of Seller's counsel]

















                                       9
                                     - 43 -
<PAGE>




                                   EXHIBIT "B"


                             [Insert form of lease]

































                                       10
                                     - 44 -
<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE 1


                             List of Certain Assets


Tangible Personal Property




















Computer Software

                                       11
                                     - 45 -
<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE 2

                       List of Seller's Unpaid Liabilities


















                                       12
                                     - 46 -
<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 7(j)

                  Contracts with Cotton Customers and Suppliers



























                                       13
                                     - 47 -
<PAGE>






                                  SCHEDULE 7(k)

                             List of Other Contracts









                                       14
                                     - 48 -




                      AGREEMENT REGARDING STOCK ACQUISITION

     AGREEMENT  REGARDING STOCK ACQUISITION (the "Agreement")  dated as of March
30,  1998,  by and among  DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("Buyer"),  STEPHEN P. KAVOURAS, an individual,  and the STEPHEN P.
KAVOURAS  REVOCABLE  TRUST  UNDER  AGREEMENT  DATED  SEPTEMBER  13, 1995 and the
IRREVOCABLE  GST TRUST FOR STEPHEN P. KAVOURAS  UNDER  AGREEMENT  DATED JULY 29,
1997 (the "Trusts") (the Trusts and Stephen P. Kavouras being sometimes referred
to herein collectively as the "Principals" and individually as a "Principal").

     WHEREAS,  the Trusts are the owners,  in the  aggregate,  of 130 of the 155
5/12  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of Common  Stock of  Kavouras,  Inc.,  a
Minnesota corporation (the "Company);

     WHEREAS, Stephen P. Kavouras is a current beneficiary of each of the Trusts
and,  accordingly,  is the  beneficial  owner of a majority  of the  outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Company;

     WHEREAS,  contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, Buyer and
certain of the  shareholders  of the Company  named  therein have  executed that
certain  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of even date  herewith (the "Stock
Purchase  Agreement")  and submitted such Stock Purchase  Agreement to the other
shareholders of the Company for execution (all such shareholders  being referred
to herein collectively as "Sellers"); and

     WHEREAS,  Principals  have agreed to execute this Agreement for the purpose
of  making  certain  representations,  warranties,  covenants,  agreements,  and
indemnifications  for the  benefit  of Buyer to induce  Buyer to enter  into the
Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  which  Buyer  would not do absent  such  actions by
Principals.

     NOW,   THEREFORE,   in   consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, and the benefits to
be received by the Trusts  pursuant to the Stock Purchase  Agreement,  Buyer and
Principals agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                           SALE OF SHARES AND CLOSING

     1.01 Sale of Shares.  Subject to the terms and conditions  therein  stated,
pursuant to the Stock Purchase  Agreement,  Sellers have agreed to sell, assign,
transfer and deliver to Buyer all of the issued and outstanding shares of Common
Stock of the Company (the "Shares"), and Buyer has agreed to purchase the Shares
from Sellers.

     1.02 Closing.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of the Stock  Purchase
Agreement, the sale referred to in Section 1.01 (the "Closing") shall take place
at the offices of Faegre & Benson, LLP, Minneapolis,  Minnesota, on such date as

                                       1
                                     - 49 -
<PAGE>

the parties thereto shall by written instrument designate, but no later than ten
(10) days after the later to occur of (i) the  expiration or  termination of all
applicable  waiting  periods  with  respect  to  each of the  antitrust  filings
referred to in Section 5.01(b) hereof (including any extensions thereof) or (ii)
the receipt of all FCC approvals  referred to in Section 5.01(c).  Such time and
date are herein referred to as the "Closing Date".

                                   ARTICLE II
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PRINCIPALS

     As of the date hereof (except as otherwise  specified  herein and except as
set  forth  in  the  disclosure  schedule   accompanying  this  Agreement)  (the
"Disclosure  Schedule"),  each  Principal  jointly and severally  represents and
warrants to Buyer as follows:

     2.01  Organization  and  Qualification.  The Company is a corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing (except in jurisdictions where
the concept of good standing does not exist) under the laws of the  jurisdiction
of its  incorporation,  has all requisite  power and authority to own, lease and
operate its properties  and to carry on its business as now being  conducted and
is duly  qualified  or  licensed  and in good  standing  to do  business in each
jurisdiction in which the property owned, leased or operated by it or the nature
of its business, as now being conducted,  makes such qualification necessary and
where the failure to so qualify,  be licensed or be in good standing would, when
taken together with all other such failures, affect materially and adversely the
financial condition or business of the Company.  Schedule 2.01 of the Disclosure
Schedule sets forth a complete list of the jurisdictions in which the Company is
qualified or licensed to do business.  Buyer has  heretofore  received  true and
complete copies of the Articles of  Incorporation  and By-laws (or other similar
charter documents), as currently in effect, of the Company.

     2.02 Capitalization; Title to Stock.

     (a) The authorized  capital stock of the Company  consists of 250 shares of
common stock,  no par value (the "Common  Stock"),  of which 155 5/12 shares are
issued  and  outstanding  as of the date  hereof  and no shares  are held in the
Company's  treasury.  Sellers are the  beneficial  and record  owners of all the
Company's  outstanding  shares of Common Stock. All of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock of the Company are duly authorized,  validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable.  Except  for the  sale to  Buyer  as  contemplated  by the  Stock
Purchase Agreement,  there are no outstanding options,  warrants, calls or other
rights to subscribe for or purchase or acquire from the Company or Principals or
any affiliate of the Company, or any plans,  contracts or commitments  providing
for the issuance of, or the granting of rights to acquire (i) any capital  stock
of the Company or (ii) any securities  convertible  into or exchangeable for any
capital  stock of the  Company.  The Company is not  contractually  obligated to
repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its outstanding shares of capital
stock.

     (b) Each Trust (i) has good and valid title, beneficially and of record, to
the respective  Shares set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1 attached to the
Stock Purchase Agreement,  free and clear of all liens,  encumbrances and rights
of others,  (ii) is in rightful  possession of duly and validly  authorized  and

                                       2
                                     - 50 -
<PAGE>

issued certificates  evidencing its ownership of record of the Shares, and (iii)
has full right,  power and  authority to sell,  transfer,  convey and deliver to
Buyer,  in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase  Agreement,  good and
valid  title,  beneficially  and of record,  to all of such Shares being sold by
such Trust to Buyer  thereunder,  free and clear of all liens,  encumbrances and
rights of others.

     2.03  Subsidiaries.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.03 of the Disclosure
Schedule, (a) the Company has no subsidiaries,  and (b) there is no corporation,
partnership,  joint  venture  or other  person or  entity in which the  Company,
directly or  indirectly,  has, or pursuant to any agreement or agreements has or
will have, a right or obligation to acquire or make by any means, an interest or
investment  (including,   without  limitation,  equity  ownership,   proprietary
interest, loans, guarantees of indebtedness and other similar obligations).

     2.04 Authority Relative to the Transactions Contemplated by this Agreement.
Each  Principal has all necessary  power,  capacity and authority  (corporate or
otherwise)  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and  to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby have been duly and
validly  authorized  on behalf of each  Principal  and no other  proceedings  on
behalf of  Principals  are  necessary to approve and authorize the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby.  This  Agreement  has been duly and validly  executed  and  delivered by
Principals,  and (assuming the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement by
Buyer)  constitutes  a valid and binding  agreement of  Principals,  enforceable
against  Principals  in  accordance  with  its  terms,  subject  to  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium and other laws of general applicability
relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general principles of equity.

     2.05 Consents and Approval;  No Violation.  Except as set forth on Schedule
2.05 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  neither the  execution  and delivery of this
Agreement or the Stock Purchase Agreement by Principals and Sellers, as the case
may be, nor the  consummation  by  Principals  or  Sellers  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby or thereby,  nor compliance by any Principal or Seller with
the provisions hereof or thereof, will (i) require any Principal, the Company or
any  Seller  to  file  or  register   with,   notify,   or  obtain  any  permit,
authorization,  consent or approval of, any governmental or regulatory authority
except (A) for filings with the Federal  Trade  Commission  ("FTC") and with the
Antitrust  Division of the United States  Department of Justice (the  "Antitrust
Division") pursuant to the Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976
as amended (the "HSR Act") and the rules and  regulations  thereunder or (B) for
those  requirements  which become  applicable  to the Company as a result of the
specific  regulatory  status  of Buyer or as a result of any  other  facts  that
specifically  relate to the business activities in which Buyer is engaged or (C)
for  filings  with the Federal  Communications  Commission  ("FCC")  pursuant to
Section  25.119 of the FCC Rules,  47 C.F.R.  Sec.  25.119,  with  regard to the
Company's FCC licenses for satellite earth station facilities and Section 5.5 of
the FCC Rules, 47 C.F.R. Sec. 5.5, with regard to the Company's experimental FCC
authorizations, as listed on Schedule 2.05 of the Disclosure Schedule or (D) for
any  requirements  of federal or state  securities  laws;  (ii) conflict with or
breach  any  provision  of the  Articles  of  Incorporation,  By-laws  or  trust
agreement  (or  other  similar  governing  documents)  of  the  Company  or  any
Principal;  (iii)  violate or breach a provision of, or constitute a default (or

                                       3
                                     - 51 -
<PAGE>

an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default)
under, any of the terms, covenants,  conditions or provisions of any note, bond,
mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, franchise, permit, lease, contract,
agreement or other  instrument,  commitment or obligation to which any Principal
or the Company is a party,  or by which any  Principal  or the Company or any of
their respective  properties or assets may be bound, except for such breaches or
defaults which when considered together do not have a material adverse effect on
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Stock Purchase Agreement,
or on the assets,  liabilities,  business or financial condition of the Company,
taken as a whole; or (iv) assuming compliance with all antitrust laws (including
the HSR Act), violate any order, writ, injunction,  decree,  judgment,  statute,
law or ruling of any court or governmental authority applicable to any Principal
or the Company or any of their material  assets,  except for  violations  which,
when  considered  together,  do  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or the Stock Purchase Agreement, or
on the assets,  liabilities,  business or  financial  condition  of the Company,
taken has a whole.

     2.06 Financial  Statements.  Principals have delivered to Buyer the audited
consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and
the related consolidated statements of operations and retained earnings and cash
flows for the years then ended,  including the notes thereto,  together with the
reports  thereon  of  Coopers  &  Lybrand,   L.L.P.   (the  "Audited   Financial
Statements").  The  Audited  Financial  Statements  (i) have  been  prepared  in
accordance  with the books and records of the Company,  and (ii) present  fairly
the  financial  position  of the  Company  as of  December  31,  1996 and  1995,
respectively,  and the results of  operations  for the years then ended,  all in
conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles.  Principals have also
delivered to Buyer the  unaudited  balance  sheets of the Company as of December
31, 1997 and February 28, 1998, and the related statements of income, changes in
capital  accounts and changes in  financial  position for the periods then ended
(the "Unaudited Financial  Statements").  The Unaudited Financial Statements (x)
have been prepared in accordance with the books and records of the Company,  and
(y) present fairly the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 1997
and February  28,  1998,  respectively,  and the results of  operations  for the
periods  then  ended,  provided  that  Buyer  acknowledges  that  the  Unaudited
Financial  Statements  were  prepared  internally  and have not been  audited or
prepared in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  (The
Audited Financial  Statements and Unaudited  Financial  Statements are sometimes
referred to collectively  herein as the "Financial  Statements").  The Unaudited
Financial  Statements do not contain any items of special or nonrecurring income
or any other  income not earned in the  ordinary  course of  business  except as
expressly  disclosed  therein or as set forth in Schedule 2.06 of the Disclosure
Schedule.

     2.07 [Intentionally left blank.]

     2.08  Absence  of Certain  Changes  or  Events.  Except (i) as set forth in
Schedule  2.08 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  (ii)  as  disclosed  in the  other
Schedules  hereto,  or (iii) as reflected  in the  Financial  Statements,  since
February  28,  1998,  the  Company  has not (a) taken any  action  specified  in
Sections  4.01 (a)-(o)  herein  (other than actions  taken after the date hereof
with the consent of Buyer),  (b)  suffered any  material  adverse  change in its

                                       4
                                     - 52 -
<PAGE>

assets, liabilities, business, results of operations or financial condition, (c)
suffered  any damage,  destruction  or casualty  loss  adversely  affecting  any
material  assets  of the  Company,  or (d)  entered  into  any  transaction,  or
conducted  its  business or  operations,  other than in the  ordinary  and usual
course of business, consistent with past practices.

     2.09 Title and Related Matters. (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.09 of
the Disclosure Schedule,  the Company does not own any real property. All of the
material properties,  rights and assets, tangible and intangible, now used in or
sufficient for the conduct by the Company of its business as presently conducted
are either  owned,  leased or  licensed by the  Company.  The  interests  of the
Company in its properties,  rights and assets (whether owned or as a lessee) are
free and clear of all Liens other than (i) Liens for taxes and  installments  of
any  special  assessments  not yet due and  payable,  (ii)  Liens  which  do not
materially affect the use by, or value to, the Company of its rights and assets,
(iii) other covenants,  conditions,  Liens, restrictions,  easements, charges or
encumbrances that are of record against the real property owned or leased by the
Company, (iv) mechanics, carriers workers, repairers and similar statutory Liens
arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business for amounts which are not
delinquent and which are not, individually or in the aggregate,  material to the
Company,  (v)  zoning,  entitlement,  building  and other  land use  regulations
imposed by  governmental  agencies and (vi) Liens set forth on Schedule  2.09 of
the Disclosure Schedule.  The term "Liens" shall mean any pledge, lien, security
interest, conditional sale agreement, or other similar encumbrance.

     (b) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.09 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  the
real  properties  owned or  leased  by the  Company  are used  and  operated  in
substantial  compliance  and in  conformity  in all material  respects  with all
applicable laws,  leases,  contracts,  commitments,  licenses and permits.  With
respect to all  buildings  which are owned or leased by the Company,  except for
restrictions under applicable zoning laws and ordinances,  no condition,  law or
regulation  precludes or restricts the use of such  properties  for the purposes
for which they are used.

     2.10  Material  Contracts.  Except  as set  forth in  Schedule  2.10 of the
Disclosure  Schedule,  the  Company  does  not  have  nor is it bound by (a) any
agreement,  contract or commitment  relating to the  employment of any person by
the Company,  or any bonus,  commission,  severance or termination pay, deferred
compensation,  pension,  profit sharing, stock option,  employee stock purchase,
retirement or other employee benefit plan, (b) any agreement, indenture or other
instrument which contains  restrictions  with respect to payment of dividends or
any other  distribution  in respect of its  capital  stock,  (c) any  agreement,
contract or commitment  relating to capital  expenditures  in excess of $10,000,
(d) any loan or advance to, or  investment  in, any other person other than cash
advances in the ordinary course of business  consistent  with past practice,  or
any agreement,  contract or commitment  relating to the making of any such loan,
advance  or  investment  except  for cash  advances  in the  ordinary  course of
business  consistent  with past practice,  (e) any debt  obligation for borrowed
money  or  any  guarantee  or  other  contingent  liability  in  respect  of any
indebtedness  or obligation of any other person (other than the  endorsement  of
negotiable  instruments  for  collection and other similar  transactions  in the
ordinary  course  of  business),  (f) any  management,  distributorship,  sales,
service  (personal  or  otherwise),  consulting  or any  other  similar  type of
contract, (g) any agreement,  contract or commitment limiting the freedom of the

                                       5
                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>

Company to engage in any line of business or to compete with any other person or
in any area, (h) any other  agreement,  contract or commitment which contains an
existing  obligation of the Company to pay $25,000 or more and is not cancelable
without  penalty  within 30 days,  (i) any  outstanding  powers of  attorney  or
proxies  granted to any person for any purpose  whatsoever,  (j) any contract or
oral or written  agreement  for the  acquisition  of any other  person,  (k) any
agreement  as to  which  the  United  States  Government,  any  state,  local or
municipal  government or any foreign government or any agency or instrumentality
of any of the  foregoing  is a  party,  exclusive  of any such  agreement  which
contains  solely the provisions set forth in a form contract used by the Company
in its  ordinary  course of  business,  which  forms have been  previously  made
available  to Buyer,  or (l) any  proposed  contract  or  agreement  which  upon
acceptance of a customer or third party would create a binding  obligation  upon
the Company and which would not be cancelable without penalty within thirty (30)
days and would  involve a commitment  to pay $25,000 or more  annually (all such
oral  or  written  agreements,   contracts,  arrangements  and  commitments  are
hereinafter referred to as the "Material Contracts"). True, complete and correct
copies of all such written  contracts,  commitments,  agreements or arrangements
described  on  Schedule  2.10 of the  Disclosure  Schedule  will  have been made
available  to Buyer  prior to  Closing.  To the best  knowledge  of  Principals,
Schedule 2.10 of the  Disclosure  Schedule  contains a complete list of all such
oral contracts, agreements,  commitments or arrangements and identifies which of
such  contracts are oral in nature.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.10 of the
Disclosure Schedule, under the Material Contracts,  there are no defaults on the
part of the Company or events which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute defaults on the part of the Company, which defaults,  individually or
in  the  aggregate,  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  assets,
liabilities,  business,  results of  operation  or  financial  condition  of the
Company  taken as a whole.  No  Principal or the Company has received any notice
from the other party to such Material Contracts of the termination or threatened
termination  thereof and no Principal  has  knowledge of the  occurrence  of any
event which would allow such other party to  terminate  such  Material  Contract
except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule. Except as set forth on
Schedule  2.10 of the  Disclosure  Schedule  or any other  Schedule  hereto,  no
indebtedness of the Company will be accelerated by its terms, or result from the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

     Schedule 2.10 of the  Disclosure  Schedule  contains a complete list of all
agreements  providing  for the  payment of  severance  pay to  employees  of the
Company (the "Termination Benefits  Agreements").  Except as expressly indicated
on Schedule 2.10 of the Disclosure Schedule,  no event has occurred under any of
the Termination  Benefits Agreements which alone or upon the giving of notice or
the passage of time or both would obligate the Company to make any payment under
any of the Termination Benefits Agreements.

     2.11 Major Customer  Contracts.  Schedule 2.11 of the  Disclosure  Schedule
identifies the twenty  customer  agreements  that yielded the greatest amount of
revenues  to the Company for the month of  February,  1998 (the "Major  Customer
Contracts"). With respect to the Major Customer Contracts:

     (a) The Company is the party that  provides the services  under each of the
Major  Customer  Contracts  and,  except  as set forth in  Schedule  2.11 of the
Disclosure  Schedule,  no Major  Customer  Contract  contains  provisions to the
effect that it will be subject to  termination or  renegotiation  as a result of
the transactions contemplated hereby;

                                       6
                                     - 54 -
<PAGE>

     (b) Prior to Closing  Principals  will have made available to Buyer correct
and complete  copies of all of the Major  Customer  Contracts and all amendments
thereto and all extensions and renewals thereof;

     (c) Except as set forth on Schedule  2.11 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  no
notice of  termination  of a Major  Customer  Contract has been  received by the
Company,  and no such  customer  has  indicated  in  writing  its  intention  to
terminate a Major Customer Contract;

     (d) There are no credits, monies or the like in excess of $1,000 due to any
customer who is a party to a Major Customer  Contract other than pursuant to the
terms of the Major Customer Contracts;

     (e) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  the
Company has not received any written notice of any warranty or indemnity  claims
by any customer  under a Major  Customer  Contract which has not been settled to
the satisfaction of the customer claimant;

     (f) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  the
Company has not received any written  notice of default from any customer  under
any of the Major Customer Contracts; and

     (g) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.11 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  the
Company has not received any notice of the filing by or against any customer who
is a party to a Major Customer Contract of a petition in bankruptcy,  assignment
for the benefit of creditors,  a petition seeking  reorganization,  composition,
liquidation, dissolution or similar arrangement.

     2.12  Leases.  Schedule  2.12 of the  Disclosure  Schedule  sets  forth  an
accurate  list of (a) all written  leases under which the Company is a lessee or
lessor of real  property or office  space and (b) all other  leases to which the
Company is a party (as lessee)  involving  annual  rental  payments in excess of
$12,000. All rents and additional rent due to date on such leases have been paid
and in each  case,  the  lessee  has  been in  peaceable  possession  since  the
commencement  of the original  term of such lease or  arrangement  and is not in
default  thereunder.  Except as set  forth on  Schedule  2.12 of the  Disclosure
Schedule,  there is not,  with respect to leases  referred to in clauses (a) and
(b) above, any existing default, or an event of default, or event which, with or
without notice or lapse of time or both,  would constitute a default or an event
of default, on the part of the Company.

     2.13  Proprietary  Rights;  Computer  Programs,   Databases  and  Software.
Schedule  2.13  of the  Disclosure  Schedule  contains  a  complete  list of all
trademarks,  trade names, assumed names, service marks, logos,  patents,  patent
applications  (both  United  States  and  foreign),   copyrights  and  copyright
registrations,  and any applications for registration and registrations therefor
presently owned or held by the Company or with respect to which the Company owns
or holds any license or other  direct or indirect  interest  (collectively,  the

                                       7
                                     - 55 -
<PAGE>

"Proprietary  Rights"); and no other material Proprietary Rights are used in or,
to the knowledge of Principals, are necessary for the conduct of the business of
the Company as such business is presently conducted.  Unless otherwise indicated
in such Schedule 2.13 of the Disclosure  Schedule,  the Company owns  sufficient
right,  title and  interest in and to the  material  Proprietary  Rights for the
conduct of its business. To the knowledge of Principals, no material Proprietary
Rights used by the  Company  conflict  with or infringe  the rights of any other
person.  No  claims  have  been  asserted  by any  person  with  respect  to the
ownership,  validity,  license or use of the Proprietary Rights and no Principal
knows of any basis for such claim.  The Company  has taken  reasonable  measures
which it believes to be  appropriate  to  maintain  and protect the  Proprietary
Rights.  The Company has the right to use all material  Proprietary  Rights,  to
provide  and sell the  services  and  products  provided  and sold by it, and to
conduct  its  business  as  heretofore  conducted,  and,  except as set forth on
Schedule 2.13 of the Disclosure  Schedule,  the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby and by the Stock Purchase Agreement will not alter or impair
any  such  rights.  Except  as set  forth  on  Schedule  2.13 of the  Disclosure
Schedule,  no person is known to be infringing  on or violating the  Proprietary
Rights used by the Company.

     (b) Prior to the Closing,  copies of the license agreements relating to all
computer  programs,  databases  and software used by the Company shall have been
made available to Buyer. The Company owns,  leases or licenses and has the right
to use computer  programs,  databases  and  software  which are  sufficient  and
adequate  to  operate  the  business  of the  Company as it is  presently  being
conducted.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.13 of the Disclosure Schedule, all
such computer programs, databases and software and the source codes thereof have
been maintained only at the Company's  offices at 11400 Rupp Drive,  Burnsville,
Minnesota.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.13 of the Disclosure Schedule, the
Company has not sold, licensed,  leased or otherwise  transferred or granted any
interest or rights to any of its computer programs, databases or software to any
other person.

     2.14  Litigation.  Schedule  2.14 of the  Disclosure  Schedule sets forth a
complete  list  and an  accurate  description  of all  claims,  actions,  suits,
proceedings and (to the knowledge of Principals)  investigations  pending or, to
the knowledge of Principals,  threatened, by or against or involving the Company
or its business and, in the case of collection  claims which have been asserted,
those  involving  claims in excess of $3,000.  Based solely on the advice of its
counsel  with  respect  to  probable   outcomes,   but  without  in  any  manner
guaranteeing those outcomes,  Principals do not believe that any such pending or
threatened claims, actions, suits,  proceedings or investigations,  if adversely
determined, would, individually or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect
the  business,  financial  condition,  results of operations or prospects of the
Company  taken as a whole or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  and by the
Stock Purchase Agreement. The Principals do not know of any reasonable basis for
any other such claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation.  The Company is
not  subject  to any  judgment,  order  or  decree  entered  in any  lawsuit  or
proceeding  which may have a material  adverse effect on any of its  operations,
business practices or on its ability to acquire any property or conduct business
in any area.

     2.15 Employee Benefit Matters.  (a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.15(a)
of the  Disclosure  Schedule  hereto and as  described in  subparagraph  (b) (i)

                                       8
                                     - 56 -
<PAGE>

below,  neither  the Company  nor any member of the  Control  Group  (within the
meaning of section 414(b) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code")  maintains,  contributes  to, or has any current  obligation to, for, on
behalf of or with respect to current or former  employees  of the  Company,  any
employee  benefit plan (as defined in Section  3(3) of the  Employee  Retirement
Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as amended  ("ERISA")),  multiemployer  plan (as
defined in ERISA  Section  3(37)),  stock  purchase  plan,  stock option plan or
deferred  compensation  agreement,  plan or  funding  arrangement  (collectively
"Employee Plans").

     (b) (i) The only  employee  welfare  benefit  plans  (as  defined  in ERISA
Section 3(1)) maintained by the Company are set forth on Schedule 2.15(b) of the
Disclosure Schedule (collectively "Company Plans").  Copies of the Company Plans
have been furnished to Buyer.

     (ii) For each Company Plan:

     (A) each such Company Plan which is intended to meet the  requirements  for
tax-favored  treatment  under  Subchapter  B of Chapter 1 of the Code meets such
requirements in all material respects;

     (B)  there is no  disqualified  benefit  (as such term is  defined  in Code
Section  4976(b))  which would  subject  Sellers,  the Company or Buyer to a tax
under Code Section 4976(a);

     (C) each and every such  Company Plan which is a group health plan (as such
term is defined in Code Section 162 (i)(3))  complies and has complied  with the
applicable  requirements of Code Section 162(k), Title XXII of the Public Health
Service Act and the  applicable  provisions  of the Social  Security  Act in all
material respects; and

     (D) each  such  Company  Plan  (including  any such  plan  covering  former
employees of the Company) may be amended or  terminated  by the Company or Buyer
on or at any time after the Closing Date.

     2.16  Governmental  Authorizations  and  Regulations.  The  Company has all
material licenses,  franchises,  permits and other  governmental  authorizations
necessary to the conduct of its business,  as presently conducted,  and the same
are in full force and effect.  The business of the Company is being conducted in
compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws, ordinances,  rules
and regulations of all  governmental  authorities  relating to its properties or
applicable to its business and in  compliance in all material  respects with all
applicable licenses,  franchises, permits and other governmental authorizations.
Except as set forth on Schedule 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has
not received any notice of any alleged violation of any of the foregoing.

     2.17 Labor Matters.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.17 of the Disclosure
Schedule,  (i) the Company is in  compliance  in all material  respects with all
applicable  laws  respecting  health and  occupational  safety,  employment  and
employment  practices,  terms and  conditions of employment  and wages and hours
(including,  without limitation,  the Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act

                                       9
                                     - 57 -
<PAGE>

of 1986),  (ii) there is no unfair labor practice  complaint against the Company
pending or threatened before the National Labor Relations Board, (iii) there are
no proceedings  pending or threatened  before the National Labor Relations Board
with respect to the Company, (iv) there are no discrimination  charges (relating
to sex, age,  religion,  race, color,  national origin,  ethnicity,  handicap or
veteran status or any other basis  protected by relevant law) pending before any
federal,  state or local agency or  authority  against the Company or any of its
employees,  (v) no grievance which might have a material adverse effect upon the
Company is currently  pending,  (vi) the Company is not bound by any  collective
bargaining  agreement and there is no collective  bargaining agreement currently
being  negotiated by the Company and (vii) the Company has not  experienced  any
material labor difficulty during the past three years.

     2.18 Insurance.  The Company maintains  insurance coverage which Principals
believe to be sufficient for compliance with all  requirements of law and of all
agreements to which the Company is a party and Principals believe such insurance
provides  adequate  insurance  coverage for the  business of the  Company.  With
respect to all policies,  all premiums  currently  payable or previously due and
payable  with  respect to all periods up to and  including  the date hereto have
been paid and no notice of  cancellation  or termination  has been received with
respect to any such policy.  Such  policies will remain in full force and effect
through the respective  dates set forth in such policies  without the payment of
additional premiums, unless called for in its original terms.

     2.19  Tax  Matters.  (a)  Except  as set  forth  in  Schedule  2.19  of the
Disclosure Schedule, the Company and its subsidiaries have filed within the time
and in the manner  prescribed by law all Federal,  state,  local and foreign tax
returns  and tax reports  which are  required on or before the date hereof to be
filed by, or with respect to, them. Such returns and reports  accurately reflect
all  liability  for taxes of the  Company and its  subsidiaries  for the periods
covered  thereby.  All  Federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  income,  profits,
franchise, sales, use, occupancy,  excise, withholding,  payroll, employment and
other taxes and assessments  (including  interest and penalties)  payable by, or
due from,  the Company or its  subsidiaries  have been fully paid or  adequately
disclosed and provided for in the Financial Statements of the Company.

     (b) The  Company has not filed any  election or caused any deemed  election
under Section 338 of the Code.

     (c) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.19 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  (i)
neither the Company nor any of its  subsidiaries is delinquent in the payment of
any Taxes (as defined in Section 8.10(f) hereof), and (ii) no extensions of time
have been granted to the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  to file any return
required by  applicable  law to be filed by it prior to the date  hereof,  which
have expired without such return having been filed.

     (d) The  federal  income tax  returns  of the  Company  (or  returns of any
consolidated  group which  include the  Company)  have not been  examined by the
Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "IRS").  No  foreign  income tax return of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries has been examined by the tax authority having
jurisdiction thereover.

                                       10
                                     - 58 -
<PAGE>

     (e) The Company  has not  participated  (nor will the  Company  participate
prior to the Closing) in or cooperate with an  international  boycott within the
meaning of Section 999 of the Code.

     (f) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.19 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  all
transactions  which could give rise to a substantial  understatement  of federal
income tax  (within  the  meaning of Section  6661 of the Code) were  adequately
disclosed on the returns  required in accordance with Section  6661(b)(2)(8)  of
the Code.

     2.20  Transactions  with Affiliates.  Except as expressly  provided in this
Agreement  or as set forth in  Schedule  2.20 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  the
Company does not owe any amount or have any liability (contingent or otherwise),
contract,  commitment,  arrangement  or  obligation  to or with  Sellers  or any
persons known by any  Principal to be  affiliates  of any Seller.  Except as set
forth on Schedule 2.20 of the Disclosure  Schedule,  no Principal owns, directly
or  indirectly,  any interest that will survive the Closing in, or is a director
or employee of, or consultant to, any  organization  that is a competitor in the
United States, supplier,  licensor, customer, creditor or debtor of the Company.
No Seller or Principal or persons known by any Principal to be affiliates of any
Seller have any material interest in any significant property, real or personal,
tangible or intangible, of the Company.

     2.21  Accounts  Receivable.  Except  as set forth on  Schedule  2.21 of the
Disclosure  Schedule,  the accounts receivable reflected on the January 31, 1998
balance sheet contained in the Financial  Statements and all accounts receivable
arising  between  January  31,  1998 and the date  hereof  arose  from bona fide
transactions in the ordinary course of business. Except as set forth on Schedule
2.21 of the Disclosure Schedule,  no account has been assigned or pledged to any
other person,  firm or corporation  and no defense or setoff to any such account
has been asserted by the account obligor.

     2.22  Environmental  Matters.  Except as set forth in Schedule  2.22 of the
Disclosure Schedule:
              
     (a) The Company is in material  compliance  with, and has not done anything
to be in material  violation of, the terms and  conditions of all  environmental
permits,  licenses,  and other  authorizations  required  under  all  applicable
federal,  state and local laws  relating  to the  environment,  or the  premises
owned, leased or occupied by them.

     (b) To the knowledge of  Principals,  there are no conditions at, on, under
or related  to, the real  property  listed in  Schedule  2.09 of the  Disclosure
Schedule as being  owned by the Company  (collectively,  the  "Premises")  which
presently poses a significant  hazard to human health or the environment.  There
has been no production,  use, treatment,  storage in underground tanks, pits, or
surface impoundments, transportation or disposal by the Company of any Hazardous
Substance,  as  hereinafter  defined,  on  the  Premises,  nor  any  release  or
threatened  release by the  Company of any  Hazardous  Substance,  pollutant  or
contaminant  into or upon or over the Premises or into or upon ground or surface
water at or within 2,000 feet of the  boundaries of the Premises in such form or

                                       11
                                     - 59 -
<PAGE>

quantities  so as to create  any  material  liability  for the  Company.  To the
knowledge of Principals,  except as set forth in Schedule 2.22 of the Disclosure
Schedule,  there are no asbestos or  asbestos-containing  materials incorporated
into the  buildings  or interior  improvements  that are part of the Premises or
other  assets to be  indirectly  transferred  pursuant  to this  Agreement.  For
purposes of this Agreement,  "Hazardous  Substance" shall mean, any hazardous or
toxic substance,  material or waste which is regulated by any local governmental
authority, or any State or the United States Government.

     (c)  Principals  have  delivered  to Buyer  copies of all  engineering  and
environmental  studies,  such as site analyses and core sampling,  environmental
reports, test results, notices, or other similar information,  pertaining to the
Premises that the Company has in its  possession,  or to which it is entitled to
possession  (the  "Environmental  Reports") and, except as set forth in Schedule
2.22,  the  Principals  know of no event or  occurrence  which  would  cause the
Environmental  Reports to no longer be accurate.  Buyer, at Buyer's expense, may
cause to be made engineering and  environmental  studies,  such as site analyses
and core  sampling,  in order to determine  the  environmental  condition of the
Premises.

     2.23  Brokers and Finders.  No Principal  has employed any broker or finder
and no broker or  finder is  entitled  to any  brokerage  fees,  commissions  or
finder's fees arising from any act,  representation or promise of any of them in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

     2.24 Books and Records. The minute books of the Company, as previously made
available  to Buyer,  constitute  the only  written  records  maintained  by the
Company of all  meetings  of and  corporate  actions or written  consents by the
respective  stockholders  and Boards of Directors of the Company.  Except as set
forth in Schedule 2.24 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not have any
of its  records,  systems,  controls,  data  or  information  recorded,  stored,
maintained, operated or otherwise wholly or partly dependent upon or held by any
means  (including any electronic,  mechanical or photographic  process,  whether
computerized or not) which (including all means of access thereto and therefrom)
are not under the  exclusive  ownership  or license  and  direct  control of the
Company.


                                   ARTICLE III
                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

     As of the date  hereof,  Buyer  represents  and warrants to  Principals  as
follows:

     3.01 Organization.  Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

     3.02 Authority  Relative to this Agreement.  Buyer has all necessary power,
capacity and  authority  (corporate  or  otherwise)  to execute and deliver this
Agreement and to consummate the transactions  contemplated hereby. The execution
and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  have  been  duly and  validly  authorized  by the Board of

                                       12
                                     - 60 -
<PAGE>

Directors  of  Buyer  and no  other  proceedings  on the  part of  Buyer  or its
stockholders  are  necessary to approve and authorize the execution and delivery
of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby.
This  Agreement  has been duly and validly  executed and  delivered by Buyer and
(assuming  the valid  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by  Principals)
constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in
accordance with its terms,  subject to bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
moratorium  and other laws of general  applicability  relating  to or  affecting
creditors' rights and to general principles of equity.

     3.03  Consents and  Approvals;  No  Violation.  Neither the  execution  and
delivery of this  Agreement  or the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  by Buyer nor the
consummation by Buyer of the transactions  contemplated  hereby or thereby,  nor
compliance  by Buyer  with any of the  provisions  hereof or  thereof,  will (i)
require  Buyer  to  file  or  register  with,  notify,  or  obtain  any  permit,
authorization, consent, or approval of, any governmental or regulatory authority
except (A) for filings with the FTC and with the Antitrust  Division pursuant to
the  HSR  Act  and  the  rules  and  regulations  thereunder  or (B)  for  those
requirements  which  become  applicable  to Buyer as a  result  of the  specific
regulatory  status  of the  Company  or as a  result  of any  other  facts  that
specifically  relate  to the  business  activities  in which the  Company  is or
proposes  to be  engaged;  (ii)  conflict  with or breach any  provision  of the
Certificate of  Incorporation  or by-laws of Buyer;  (iii) violate or breach any
provision of, or  constitute a default (or an event which,  with notice or lapse
of time or both, would constitute a default) under, any of the terms,  covenants
conditions or provisions of any note,  bond  mortgage,  indenture deed of trust,
license,  franchise,  permit,  lease,  contract,  agreement or other instrument,
commitment or obligation to which Buyer is a party,  or by which Buyer or any of
its  properties or assets may be bound,  except for such breach or default which
would not have a material  adverse effect on the  transactions  contemplated  by
this Agreement taken as a whole; or (iv) assuming  compliance with all antitrust
laws  (including  the HSR Act)  violate  any order,  writ,  injunction,  decree,
judgment,  statute,  law  or  ruling  of any  court  or  governmental  authority
applicable to Buyer or any of its material assets,  which violation would have a
material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement taken
as a whole.

     3.04 Litigation; Compliance with Law. Buyer is not a party to any action or
proceeding  which  seeks,  or  is  subject  to,  any  outstanding  order,  writ,
injunction  or  decree,   which   restrains  or  enjoins   consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated hereby or which otherwise challenges the transactions
contemplated hereby and (ii) there is no litigation, administrative, arbitral or
other  proceeding,  or  petition or  complaint  or, to the  knowledge  of Buyer,
investigation  before any court or governmental or regulating  authority or body
pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer,  threatened  against or relating to Buyer
that  would   materially   adversely  affect  Buyer's  ability  to  perform  its
obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

     3.05 Brokers and  Finders.  Buyer has not employed any broker or finder and
no broker or finder is entitled to any brokerage  fees,  commissions or finder's
fees arising from any act,  representations  or promise of Buyer,  in connection
with the transactions contemplated hereby.

                                       13
                                     - 61 -
<PAGE>

     3.06  Purchase for  Investment.  Buyer will acquire all of the  outstanding
stock of the Company to be  purchased  by it  hereunder  for its own account for
investment and not with a view toward any resale or distribution thereof.  Buyer
understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended,  or the securities  laws of any states and,  accordingly,  the
Shares  may not be  resold  by Buyer  unless  registered  under the 1933 Act and
applicable state securities laws, or sold in transactions  which are exempt from
registration thereunder.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                            COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

     4.01 Conduct of Business of the Company. During the period from the date of
this Agreement to the Closing Date, and except as otherwise  expressly  provided
in this Section 4.01 or Schedule  4.01 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  Principals
will cause the Company to (i) conduct its business and  operations  according to
its ordinary  course of business  consistent  with past  practice,  (ii) use its
reasonable  best efforts to preserve  intact its business  organization  and its
relationship with licensors, suppliers,  distributors,  employees, customers and
others  having  business  relationships  with them,  except as may  otherwise be
agreed by Principals  and Buyer,  and (iii) use its  reasonable  best efforts to
maintain the Major  Customers  Contracts in full force and effect in  accordance
with  their  terms  up to the  Closing  Date.  As used in  this  Article  IV and
elsewhere  in this  Agreement,  the term  "reasonable  best  efforts"  shall not
require  the party  using such  efforts to make any  payment to any other  party
which it is not otherwise  required to pay.  Without  limiting the generality of
the foregoing and except as otherwise expressly provided in Schedule 4.01 of the
Disclosure  Schedule,  prior to the Closing without the prior written consent of
Buyer, Principals will not permit the Company to:

     (a) change or amend its  Articles of  Incorporation  or By-laws (or similar
governing documents);

     (b) (i) create, incur or assume any debt,  liability or obligation,  direct
or indirect,  whether  accrued,  absolute,  contingent or otherwise,  other than
normal trade obligations  incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practice and  borrowings  by the Company in the ordinary  course under
its current lines of credit or (ii) pay any debt, liability or obligation of any
kind other than current liabilities  incurred in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice and current  maturities of existing long-term debt
or (iii) assume,  guarantee,  endorse or otherwise  become liable or responsible
(whether  directly,  contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of any other
person,  or make any loans or  advances to any  person,  except in the  ordinary
course of  business  consistent  with past  practice;  provided,  however,  that
without the prior written  consent of Buyer,  the Company shall not enter into a
new agreement to provide  services or products to a reseller of such services or
products or to a  competitor  of Buyer  (except in either  case with  respect to
renewals of agreements with current  customers in the ordinary  course) or amend
any Major Customer Contract in a material adverse manner to the Company;


                                       14
                                     - 62 -
<PAGE>

     (c) declare,  set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution  (whether
in cash, stock or property or any combination thereof) in respect of the capital
stock of the Company, or redeem or otherwise acquire any of the capital stock of
the Company or split, combine or otherwise similarly change the capital stock of
the Company or authorize the creation or issuance of or issue or sell any shares
of its  capital  stock or any  securities  or  obligations  convertible  into or
exchangeable  for, or giving any person any right to acquire from it, any shares
of its capital stock, or agree to take any such action;

     (d) (i)  change in any manner  the rate or terms of  compensation  or bonus
payable or to become payable to any director, officer or employee or (ii) change
in any manner the rate or terms of any insurance,  pension,  severance, or other
employee  benefit  plan,  payment  or  arrangement  made  to,  for or  with  any
employees;

     (e)  discharge  or satisfy  any lien other than in the  ordinary  course of
business and consistent with past practice, or subject to any Lien any assets or
properties, except for any Liens that would otherwise be permitted under Section
2.09 hereof;

     (f) except as  otherwise  permitted in this  Section  4.01,  enter into any
agreement  or  commitment  for any  borrowing,  capital  expenditure  or capital
financing in excess of $50,000 individually or in the aggregate;

     (g) sell,  lease,  transfer or dispose of any of its  properties or assets,
waive or release any rights of material value, or cancel, compromise, release or
assign any  indebtedness  owed to it or any claims held by it in each case other
than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

     (h) make any  investment of a capital nature either by purchase of stock or
securities, contributions to capital, property transfers or otherwise, or by the
purchase  of any  material  property  or assets of any other  individual,  firm,
corporation or entity, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past practice;

     (i) except as required by  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (A)
utilize  accounting  principles  different from those used in the preparation of
the Financial Statements, (B) change in any manner its method of maintaining its
books or accounts  and records from such methods as in effect on the date of the
Financial  Statements,  or (C) accelerate booking of revenues or the deferral of
expenses,  other  than as shall be  consistent  with  past  practice  and in the
ordinary course of business;

     (j)  take  any  action  to  permit  any  insurance  policy  naming  it as a
beneficiary  or a loss payable  payee to be canceled or terminated or any of the
coverage  thereunder to lapse,  unless  simultaneously  with such termination or
cancellation  replacement policies providing substantially the same coverage and
which are obtainable on substantially  the same economic terms are in full force
and effect;  provided,  however that if the Company shall receive  notice of any
such cancellation or termination, it shall so notify Buyer promptly upon receipt
thereof and, if feasible upon the payment of a premium  which is not  materially

                                       15
                                     - 63 -
<PAGE>

greater  than the premium  payable  under such  terminated  or canceled  policy,
obtain  simultaneously  with such  termination or cancellation  such replacement
policies;

     (k) enter into any collective bargaining agreement;

     (l) settle or compromise any claim,  suit or cause of action involving more
than $10,000;

     (m) license,  transfer, grant, waive, release, permit to lapse or otherwise
fail to preserve any of the material Proprietary Rights, dispose of or permit to
lapse any material license, permit or other form of authorization, or dispose of
any customer list;

     (n)  terminate,  materially  amend or fail to perform  any of its  material
obligations under any Material Contract; or

     (o) enter into an  agreement  to do any of the things  described in clauses
(a) through (n) above.

     4.02 Current Information. During the period from the date of this Agreement
to the Closing,  unless  already  disclosed in Schedule  4.01 of the  Disclosure
Schedule,  Principals  will promptly  notify Buyer in writing of any significant
development not in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice
or of  any  material  adverse  change  in  the  assets,  liabilities,  business,
financial condition, prospects or results of operation of the Company and of any
governmental complaints, investigations or hearings of which they or the Company
have been advised  involving the Company,  or the  institution  or threat of the
institution of any litigation or proceedings involving the Company of which they
or the Company have been advised.

     4.03  Access to  Information.  Between the date of this  Agreement  and the
Closing  Date,  Principals  will cause the  Company to (i) afford  Buyer and its
designated representatives full access to the premises, books and records of the
Company,  and (ii) cause the Company's  officers,  and use its  reasonable  best
efforts to cause the Company's advisors  (including,  without limitation,  their
auditors,  attorneys  and other  advisors) to furnish  Buyer and its  designated
representatives   (including  Buyer's  auditors,   accountants,   attorneys  and
representatives)  with financial and operating data and other  information  with
respect  to the  business  and  properties  of the  Company  for the  purpose of
permitting  Buyer  to  make  such  investigation  of the  business,  properties,
financial  and legal  condition  of the  Company  as Buyer  deems  necessary  or
desirable to familiarize  itself therewith.  Any information  delivered to Buyer
hereunder shall be subject to that certain Confidentiality Agreement between the
Company and Buyer dated as of December 30, 1997.

     4.04  Expenses.  Whether or not the  transactions  contemplated  hereby are
consummated,  all costs and expenses  incurred in connection with this Agreement
and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will be paid by the respective party
that  incurred  such cost or expense  (it being  understood,  however,  that all
reasonable  legal fees and expenses so incurred by  Principals  shall be paid by
Company.

                                       16
                                     - 64 -
<PAGE>

     4.05 Reasonable  Best Efforts.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement and except as otherwise  provided  herein,  all of the parties  hereto
will use their  reasonable  best  efforts  to take,  or cause to be  taken,  all
action,  and to do,  or  cause to be  done,  all  things  necessary,  proper  or
advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective
the  transactions   contemplated  by  this  Agreement  and  the  Stock  Purchase
Agreement. In case at any time after the Closing any further action is necessary
or desirable to carry out the purposes of this  Agreement or the Stock  Purchase
Agreement or to put Buyer in  possession  of all of the Shares of the Company or
the Company in  possession  of all of its assets,  each party to this  Agreement
will,  or will  cause  its  affiliates  as the  case  may be,  to take  all such
necessary action including,  without  limitation,  the execution and delivery of
such further  instruments  and  documents as may  reasonably be requested by the
parties  hereto for such  purposes  or  otherwise  to  complete  or perfect  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement.

     4.06  Consents.  Each of the parties  hereto will use its  reasonable  best
efforts  to  obtain  the  written  consents  of  all  persons  and  governmental
authorities  required  to be obtained  by each such party and  necessary  to the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement and the Stock
Purchase Agreement.  In addition,  Principals shall cause the Company to use its
reasonable  best  efforts to obtain the  written  consent of all  persons to the
material  contracts  shown  on  Schedule  2.05  of the  Disclosure  Schedule  as
requiring  consent to the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement and the
Stock Purchase  Agreement,  except those  contracts with Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association and the Small Business Administration Certified Development
Company Program "504" Notes.

     4.07 Filings. (a) Buyer, Principals and Sellers will promptly file with the
FTC and the Antitrust  Division pursuant to the HSR Act all requisite  documents
and  notifications  in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement  and the  Stock  Purchase  Agreement.  Buyer and each  Principal  will
coordinate  and cooperate  with each other in exchanging  such  information  and
providing  such  reasonable  assistance as the others may require to comply with
the HSR Act. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it is responsible for the filing
fee required under the HSR Act.

     (b) Buyer will,  and  Principals  will cause the Company to,  promptly file
with the FCC all  requisite  applications  in  connection  with the  transfer of
control of all FCC-licensed  satellite earth station facilities and experimental
FCC authorizations  currently held by the Company. In addition,  Buyer will, and
Principals  will cause the Company to,  promptly file with the FCC all requisite
applications  in  connection  with the transfer of control of all FCC  equipment
authorizations  currently  held by the Company  pursuant to Section 2.935 of the
FCC  Rules,  47  C.F.R.   Sec.  2.935  and  an  application  for   international
communications  services pursuant to Section 214 of the  Communications  Act, as
amended,  47 U.S.C.  Sec. 214.  With regard to the foregoing FCC filings,  Buyer
will,  and Principals  will cause the Company to,  coordinate and cooperate with
each  other  in  exchanging  such  information  and  providing  such  reasonable
assistance  as the  other  may  require  to  comply  with the FCC  Rules.  Buyer
acknowledges  and agrees that it is responsible for the FCC filing fees required
for these filings pursuant to the FCC Rules.

                                       17
                                     - 65 -
<PAGE>

     4.08  Disclosure  Supplements.  From  time to time  prior  to the  Closing,
Principals  will promptly  supplement or amend  ("Disclosure  Supplements")  any
Schedules  referred to in this  Agreement  with respect to any matter  hereafter
arising  which,  if  existing  or  occurring  at or  prior  to the  date of this
Agreement,  Principals  determine  would have been  required  to be set forth or
described in a Schedule or which is necessary  to correct any  information  in a
Schedule  or in any  representation  or warranty  of  Principals  which has been
rendered  inaccurate  thereby.  The representations and warranties of Principals
shall be amended  by the  Disclosure  Supplements  in all  respects  and for all
purposes  other  than  for  the  purposes  of  determining  satisfaction  of the
conditions to Closing set forth in Article V.

     4.09  Public  Announcements.  Between  the date of this  Agreement  and the
earlier of the Closing Date or the  termination  of this  Agreement  pursuant to
Section  7.01 hereof,  Principals  and Buyer will consult with each other before
any of them or the  Company  issues any press  releases or  otherwise  makes any
public statements  (including  statements made to employees of the Company) with
respect to this Agreement and the Stock Purchase  Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.

     4.10 Transfer  Taxes.  All transfer  taxes  (including  all stock  transfer
taxes,  if any) incurred in connection with this Agreement or the Stock Purchase
Agreement and the transactions  contemplated  hereby or thereby will be borne by
the respective  Sellers,  and such Sellers will, at their own expense,  file all
necessary tax returns and other  documentation with respect to all such transfer
taxes,  and, if required by applicable  law, the other parties  hereto will (and
will cause the  Company  to) join in the  execution  of any such tax  returns or
other documentation.

     4.11 No Solicitation. Between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of
the Closing Date or the  termination of this Agreement  pursuant to Section 7.01
hereof,  Principals  shall not, and  Principals  shall cause the Company not to,
initiate,  solicit,  encourage,  or  participate  in, any  discussions  with, or
provide any  information to, any  corporation,  partnership,  person,  entity or
group,  other than Buyer and its  employees and agents,  concerning  any merger,
consolidation,  sale of assets or similar transaction  involving the Company, or
any sale of  Shares  or  capital  stock  of the  Company,  including  securities
convertible into or exchangeable  for such  securities,  by the issuer (any such
transaction being referred to herein as an "Acquisition  Proposal").  Principals
will suspend any pre-existing discussions involving any Acquisition Proposal and
will  immediately  advise  Buyer  if  the  Company  or  Principals  receive  any
Acquisition Proposal from any corporation, partnership, person, entity or group.

     4.12 Access to Customers and Suppliers.  Between the date of this Agreement
and the  earlier  of the  Closing  Date  or the  termination  of this  Agreement
pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof,  Principals  will cause the Company to permit a
representative  of Buyer to accompany a representative  of the Company when they
meet with or talk to the officers and  employees of the  customers and suppliers
of the  Company.  In  addition,  Principals  will cause the  Company to permit a
representative  of Buyer to meet with or talk to the officers  and  employees of
the customers and suppliers of the Company, provided,  however, that the Company
shall  have a right  to have a  representative  present  at  such  meetings  and
discussions.

                                       18
                                     - 66 -
<PAGE>

     4.13 Bank Accounts.  Principals  will cause the Company to deliver to Buyer
at least 3 business  days prior to the Closing an  accurate  and  complete  list
showing the name and address of each bank in which the Company has an account or
safe  deposit  box, the number of any such account or any such box and the names
of all persons authorized to draw thereon or to have access thereto.

     4.14  Employees  of the  Company;  Benefits.  (a) It is the  intent  of the
parties that Principals  will not be responsible  for, and that the Company will
be  responsible  for,  any  amounts  required  by law  or  policies  of  general
application, including, but not limited to, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining
Notification  Act and any similar state laws that are applicable to the Company,
to be paid as a result of termination or layoff of any employee of the Company.

     (b) Effective on the Closing Date, Buyer shall provide or cause the Company
to provide (or  continue to provide) to each person who is and remains  employed
by the Company after the Closing,  including without limitation each such person
on medical,  disability,  family or other leave of absence  immediately prior to
the Closing (collectively, the "Employees"),  employee benefit plans (hereafter,
"Buyer's  Plans") which are those generally  provided from time to time by Buyer
to its employees at substantially the same level of employment.  Nothing in this
Section  4.15(c) shall obligate the Buyer or the Company to continue to maintain
any of Buyer's  Plans for any  specific  period of time after the  Closing or to
continue  employment  of  such  Employees.   Buyer  may  satisfy  the  foregoing
obligations  by causing the  Company to  continue  such plans of the Company set
forth on Schedules  2.15(a) and 2.15(b) effective as of the date hereof as Buyer
desires but only if such plans  provide for a comparable  level of benefit as is
provided under the applicable Buyer Plan. Buyer also may delay the transition of
the Employees to Buyer's Plans to the next available open  enrollment  period or
entry date under the applicable Buyer Plan.

     (c) For purposes of eligibility,  vesting and  entitlement to vacation,  if
permitted by Buyer's  Plans,  each Employee  shall be given credit under Buyer's
Plans (including  without  limitation the vacation  policy(ies)  included within
Buyer's Plans) for such Employee's service with the Company prior to the Closing
Date to the extent such service was credited under the Company's plans effective
immediately  prior to the  Closing;  and, if permitted  by Buyer's  Plans,  each
Employee and covered  dependent  thereof shall be allowed to participate in each
of Buyer's Plans without regard to preexisting  conditions,  waiting periods, or
actively at work  requirements  and, if permitted by Buyer's Plans, will receive
credit  toward  deductibles  and  co-payments  for expenses  under the Company's
medical and dental plans prior to Closing. Each Employee shall be credited under
the vacation policy(ies) included within Buyer's Plans with all vacation accrued
by such  Employee  prior to the  Closing  Date  under the  vacation  policy(ies)
included  within the Company's plans effective prior to the Closing and not used
by such Employee prior to the Closing Date; provided, however, no Employee shall
be credited  with more than two (2) weeks of unused  vacation  accrued from plan
years preceding the plan year in which Closing occurs.  Upon  termination  after
the Closing of any Employee's  employment  with the Company,  Buyer shall pay or
cause the Company to pay to such Employee the amount of all vacation  accrued by
such Employee  prior to the Closing Date and not used by such Employee  prior to

                                       19
                                     - 67 -
<PAGE>

such  termination of employment,  excluding unused vacation in excess of two (2)
weeks accrued from plan years preceding the plan year in which Closing occurs.

     (d) Following  the Closing,  Buyer shall cause the Company to create a pool
of $1,800,000 to be distributed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company to
certain key  employees  of the Company as fully paid,  non-contingent  retention
bonuses.

     4.15  Employment  Agreement.  At the Closing,  Stephen P.  Kavouras and the
Company shall enter into an employment  agreement in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A, dated as of the Closing Date.

     4.16 Non-Competition Agreement. At the Closing, Stephen P. Kavouras and the
Buyer shall enter into a Confidentiality  and  Non-Competition  Agreement in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit B, dated as of the Closing Date.

     4.17  Radac  Patent  Agreement.  At or prior  to the  Closing,  Stephen  P.
Kavouras shall,  at no expense to the Company or Buyer,  terminate his rights to
receive any  royalties,  fees or other  payments  pursuant to the  Agreement for
Title  Transfer of Radac Patent dated May 6, 1986,  between  Stephen P. Kavouras
and the Company,  and shall  transfer to the  Company,  in form  sufficient  for
filing in the U.S.  Patent and  Trademark  Office,  all of its right,  title and
interest in the Radac patent which is the subject of such agreement.

     4.18 1997 Audited Financial Statements.  Prior to Closing, Principals shall
cause the Company to deliver to Buyer the audited consolidated balance sheets of
the Company as of December 31, 1997, and the related consolidated  statements of
operations  and  retained  earnings  and cash  flows  for the year  then  ended,
including the notes  thereto,  together with the  unqualified  report thereon of
Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P. (the "1997 Audited Financial Statements").  Principals
will jointly and  severally  represent  and warrant to Buyer at Closing,  on the
form of  certificate  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  D,  that the  1997  Audited
Financial  Statements  (i) have been prepared in  accordance  with the books and
records of the Company,  and (ii) present  fairly the financial  position of the
Company as of December 31, 1997, and the results of operations for the year then
ended, all in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

     4.19 Tax Matters.  Principals  shall cause all tax allocation,  tax sharing
and  similar  agreements,  if any, to which the Company is or was a party at any
time on or before the Closing  Date to be  terminated  as of the  Closing  Date.
After the Closing,  the Company shall have no obligation  for the payment of any
amount pursuant to any such agreement,  except as expressly  provided for in the
Financial  Statements.  Principals  agree  that they will  cause the  Company to
prepare its fiscal  1997 U.S.  federal  income tax  returns  based upon the 1997
Audited  Financial  Statements.  Principals  agree that they will not permit the
Company to amend its U.S.  federal income tax returns  relating to periods prior
to January 1, 1997 in a manner that would adversely affect the Company or Buyer,
without the consent of Buyer.

                                       20
                                     - 68 -
<PAGE>

     4.20 Meteognosis S.A.. Prior to Closing, Principals shall cause the Company
to  divest  itself  of any  ownership  interest  in  Meteognosis  S.A.,  a Greek
corporation, without incurring any additional material liability with respect to
such investment not reflected on the Financial Statements.


                                    ARTICLE V
                                   CONDITIONS

     5.01  Conditions  to Each Party's  Obligations  to Effect the  Transactions
Contemplated  Hereby. The respective  obligations of each party hereto to effect
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement
shall be subject to the  fulfillment  at or prior to the  Closing of each of the
following conditions:

     (a) No statute,  rule, regulation,  executive order, decree,  injunction or
restraining order shall have been enacted,  entered,  promulgated or enforced by
any court of competent  jurisdiction  or governmental  authority,  nor shall any
action or proceeding brought by any governmental authority or agency be pending,
which (i) prevents,  restricts or delays or seeks to prevent,  restrict or delay
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Stock
Purchase  Agreement,  or (ii) seeks a  material  amount of  monetary  damages in
connection  with  the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement or the Stock Purchase Agreement.

     (b) Sellers,  Principals  and Buyer and any other person (as defined in the
HSR Act) required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and in
the Stock Purchase  Agreement to file a Notification and Report Form for Certain
Mergers and Acquisitions with the Antitrust Division and the FTC pursuant to the
HSR Act shall have made such  filings and all  applicable  waiting  periods with
respect  to each such  filing  (including  any  extensions  thereof)  shall have
expired or been terminated.

     (c) Buyer and the  Company  shall  have  filed  with the FCC all  requisite
applications  in  connection  with the  transfer of control of all  FCC-licensed
satellite  earth  station  facilities,   experimental  FCC  authorizations,  and
equipment  authorizations  currently  held by the  Company  pursuant  to the FCC
Rules, and each such application shall have been approved by the FCC.

     (d) Each  condition  to closing set forth in the Stock  Purchase  Agreement
shall have been fulfilled at or prior to Closing,  or such condition  shall have
been waived by the party whose obligations  under such Stock Purchase  Agreement
were contingent upon such condition.

     (e)  Seventy-five  percent  (75%)  of the  shares  held  by  non-interested
shareholders  of the  Company  (as  defined  in Section  280(g) of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) shall have approved the payments to be made to
Stephen P. Kavouras under the Employment  Agreement and the  Confidentiality and
Non-Competition Agreement.

                                       21
                                     - 69 -
<PAGE>

     5.02 Conditions to the Obligations of Principals to Effect the Transactions
Contemplated  Hereby.  The obligations of Principals to effect the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement shall be further
subject to the  fulfillment  at or prior to the Closing of each of the following
conditions,  any one or more of which  may be  waived in whole or in part by any
Principal in writing:

     (a) Buyer shall have  performed and complied in all material  respects with
all  agreements,   obligations,  conditions  and  covenants  contained  in  this
Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement required to be performed and complied
with by it at or prior to the Closing and all  representations and warranties of
Buyer contained in this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement shall be true
and correct in all material  respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of
the Closing  Date (as if the Closing Date was the date of this  Agreement),  and
Principals  shall  have  received  certificates  to that  effect  signed  by the
President or any Vice  President of Buyer  together  with such other  documents,
instruments  and  writings  required to be delivered by Buyer at or prior to the
Closing pursuant to this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement or otherwise
reasonably required by Buyer in connection herewith or therewith.

     (b) Principals shall have received an opinion from counsel to Buyer,  dated
the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

     (c) Buyer shall have  delivered to Principals a copy of the  Certificate of
Incorporation  of Buyer,  including  all  amendments  thereto,  certified by the
Secretary  of State of the State of  Delaware  and (ii) a  certificate  from the
Secretary of the State of Delaware to the effect that Buyer is in good  standing
in such State.

     (d) No actions or proceedings  which have a material  likelihood of success
shall have been  instituted  or, to the  knowledge of Buyer,  threatened  by any
governmental  body or authority to restrain or prohibit any of the  transactions
contemplated hereby.

     (e) All material consents, waivers, authorizations, licenses and approvals,
if  any,   necessary  to  permit   Principals  and  Sellers  to  consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement and the Stock  Purchase  Agreement
shall have been received.

     (f) All documents and  instruments  to be delivered at Closing or otherwise
in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreements and the
Stock Purchase Agreement shall be reasonably  satisfactory in form and substance
to Principals, Sellers and their counsel.

     (g) Buyer and DTN Market  Communications  Group,  Inc. shall have performed
all of their  obligations  under that certain  Agreement  Regarding  Purchase of
Contract  and  Contract  Rights  dated of even date  herewith  with the  Company
required to be performed by them prior to the Closing.

     5.03  Conditions  to the  Obligations  of Buyer to Effect the  Transactions
Contemplated  Hereby.  The  obligations  of Buyer  to  effect  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby shall be further  subject to the fulfillment at or prior to

                                       22
                                     - 70 -
<PAGE>

the Closing of each of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be
waived in whole or in part by Buyer in writing:

     (a)  Principals  and  Sellers  shall have  performed  and  complied  in all
material  respects with all  agreements,  obligations,  conditions and covenants
contained in this  Agreement  and the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  required to be
performed  and  complied  with  by  them  at or  prior  to the  Closing  and all
representations  and  warranties  of  Principals  and  Sellers set forth in this
Agreement  and the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  shall be true and  correct in all
material  respects  as of the  date  of this  Agreement  and as  amended  by any
Disclosure  Supplements  as of the Closing  Date (as if the Closing Date was the
date of this  Agreement),  and Buyer shall have received a  certificate  to that
effect signed by Principals, in the form attached hereto as Exhibits D, together
with such other documents,  instruments and writings required to be delivered by
Principals and Sellers or by the Company at or prior to the Closing  pursuant to
this  Agreement  and the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  or  otherwise  required  in
connection  herewith or therewith,  provided,  however,  that if the  Disclosure
Supplements  reveal a material change from the Schedules  attached hereto at the
date hereof that is  unacceptable  to Buyer,  Buyer  shall not be  obligated  to
effect the transactions  contemplated hereby. The immediately foregoing proviso,
however,  shall not apply to changes in the Disclosure Supplements regarding the
matters set forth in Schedule  5.03(a) of the Disclosure  Schedule,  as to which
changes  Buyer  shall  not be  relieved  from  its  obligations  to  effect  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

     (b)  Principals  shall have  delivered to Buyer (i) copies of the Company's
Articles of  Incorporation  including all  amendments  thereto  certified by the
Secretary  of  State of the  State of  Minnesota,  (ii) a  certificate  from the
Secretary  of State to the  effect  that the  Company  is in good  standing  and
listing all charter  documents of the Company on file,  (iii) a certificate from
the Secretary of State or other appropriate  official in each state in which the
Company is  qualified  to do  business to the effect that the Company is in good
standing in such state and (iv) certificates as to the tax status of the Company
in the State of Minnesota and each state in which the Company is qualified to do
business.

     (c) Prior to the Closing Date, there shall be no material adverse change in
the assets or liabilities, the business or condition, financial or otherwise, or
the results of operations of the Company,  from February 28, 1998 and Principals
shall have  delivered to Buyer the  certificate  in the form attached  hereto as
Exhibit D, dated the Closing Date, to such effect; provided,  however, that this
Section  5.03(c)  shall not apply to,  and no  condition  to Closing or right of
Buyer to elect not to  effect  the  transactions  contemplated  herein  shall be
created,  as a result  of any  action or  occurrence  contemplated  by  Schedule
5.03(a) of the Disclosure Schedule.

     (d) No action or proceedings which have a reasonable  likelihood of success
shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of any Principal,  threatened by
any  governmental  body  or  authority  to  restrain  or  prohibit  any  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby or by the Stock Purchase Agreement.

                                       23
                                     - 71 -
<PAGE>

     (e) Each party hereto shall have received all material  consents,  waivers,
approvals,  licenses or other  authorizations  required from any governmental or
non-governmental  entity for the  execution,  delivery and  performance  of this
Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement by the parties hereto and thereto.

     (f) Buyer shall have received an opinion from Faegre & Benson, LLP, counsel
to  Principals,  dated the  Closing  Date,  to the effect set forth in Exhibit E
hereto.

     (g) No  injunction  or other  court  order  requiring  that any part of the
business  or assets of the  Company be held  separate  or  divested  or that any
business or assets of Buyer or any  affiliate of Buyer be divested,  or imposing
or involving  any  conditions on Buyer or its  affiliates or the Company,  which
could be reasonably  expected to have a material  adverse  effect on the assets,
liabilities,  business, financial condition,  prospects or results of operations
of either Buyer or any affiliate of Buyer on the one hand, or the Company on the
other hand, shall be in effect and no proceedings shall be pending by or before,
or  threatened  in  writing  by or  before,  any  governmental  body or court of
competent jurisdiction with respect thereto.

     (h) The  Company  shall  not have  taken  any of the  actions  set forth in
Section  4.01(a) - (o) to the  extent  such  actions  were not  permitted  under
Section  4.01 and had,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  a material  adverse
effect on the assets, liabilities,  business, results of operations or financial
condition of the Company, taken as a whole.

     (i) Buyer shall have received  satisfactory  evidence of the resignation as
of the time of Closing of such of the  present  officers  (in their  capacity as
corporate  officers  only) of the Company  (other than  Stephen P.  Kavouras) as
Buyer may request at least 3 business days prior to Closing.

     (j) Other than as disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule,  there shall not be
in effect at the Closing Date any contractual provisions restricting the ability
of the Company or any affiliate  thereof to conduct any business or compete with
any person or restricting the area in which it may conduct any business.

     (k) Buyer and its counsel shall have approved  (which approval shall not be
unreasonably  withheld)  all documents  and  instruments  to be delivered at the
Closing or otherwise in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement.

     (l) Buyer shall have  received the 1997 Audited  Financial  Statements  and
they shall not show a material adverse change in the assets or liabilities,  the
business or condition,  financial or otherwise,  or the results of operations of
the Company  when  compared to the  Unaudited  Financial  Statements;  provided,
however,  that this  Section  5.03(l)  shall not apply to, and no  condition  to
Closing or right of Buyer to elect not to effect the  transactions  contemplated
herein  shall  be  created,  as a  result  of  any  such  action  or  occurrence
contemplated by Schedule 5.03(a).

                                       24
                                     - 72 -
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                          SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

     6.01 Survival of Representations,  Warranties and Covenants.  All covenants
and  agreements  of any party hereto set forth herein shall  survive the Closing
for the period  provided  for in such  covenant  or, if not so  provided,  for a
period of one year.  The  representations  and warranties set forth herein shall
survive the Closing and shall remain in effect for a period of one year from the
Closing Date, provided that (x) any claim for indemnification  which is asserted
within the time period set forth in Section  6.02(d) shall survive such one year
period,  for the  period  set  forth  in such  Section,  and (y) any  claim  for
indemnification pursuant to Section 6.02(a)(iii) shall survive indefinitely.

     6.02  Post-Closing  Indemnification.  (a) From and after the Closing  Date,
each Principal shall jointly and severally  defend,  indemnify and hold harmless
Buyer and its subsidiaries (including the Company) and each of their successors,
assigns,  officers,  directors  and  employees  (the "Buyer  Indemnitee  Group")
against  and in  respect of any and all  losses,  actions,  suits,  proceedings,
claims, liabilities, damages, causes of action, demands, assessments, judgments,
and  investigations  and any and all costs and expenses  paid to third  parties,
including   without   limitation,   reasonable   attorneys'  fees  and  expenses
(collectively,  "Damages"),  suffered  by any of them as a result of, or arising
from: (i) except for matters  referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) hereof,  any
inaccuracy  in or  breach  of or  omission  from any of the  representations  or
warranties made by Principals in Article II of this Agreement or pursuant hereto
(as amended by the Disclosure  Supplements),  or any nonfulfillment,  partial or
total,  of any of the  covenants  or  agreements  made  by  Principals  in  this
Agreement to the extent not waived by Buyer in writing;  (ii) any claim, action,
suit,  proceeding  or  investigation  of  any  kind  by WSI  Corporation  or its
successors or assigns relating to or arising from the  relationship  between the
Company and EarthWatch,  including without limitation any claim,  action,  suit,
proceeding or  investigation  by WSI Corporation in connection with that certain
Letter of Intent between the Company and EarthWatch referred to in Schedule 2.14
of the Disclosure  Schedule,  or agreements entered into between the Company and
EarthWatch  pursuant to such Letter of Intent; and (iii) there being outstanding
at the Closing any shares of capital  stock of the Company  other than those set
forth on Schedule 1 attached to the Stock  Purchase  Agreement or any right of a
person to purchase or receive any  additional  shares of capital  stock or other
securities  of  the  Company,   including  without  limitation  any  outstanding
subscriptions,  scrip, warrants, commitments,  conversion rights, calls, options
or agreements to issue or sell additional securities of the Company.

     (b) From and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall defend, indemnify and hold
harmless  Principals and their heirs,  trustees,  successors and assigns against
and in respect  of any and all  losses,  actions,  suits,  proceedings,  claims,
liabilities,  damages, causes of action, demands,  assessments,  judgments,  and
investigations  and  any and all  costs  and  expenses  paid to  third  parties,
including without limitation,  reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, suffered
by any of them as a result of, or arising from,  any  inaccuracy in or breach of
or  omission  from any of the  representations  or  warranties  made by Buyer in
Article  III of this  Agreement  or  pursuant  hereto,  or any  non-fulfillment,

                                       25
                                     - 73 -
<PAGE>

partial or total,  of any of the covenants or  agreements  made by Buyer in this
Agreement to the extent not waived by Principals in writing.

     (c) If a claim by a third party is made against an indemnified  party,  and
if such party intends to seek indemnity with respect  thereto under this Article
VI, the  indemnified  party shall  promptly  (and in any case within ten days of
such claim being made) notify the  indemnifying  party of such claim,  provided,
however,  that the  failure  to so  notify  the  indemnifying  party  shall  not
discharge the  indemnifying  party of its obligations  hereunder except that the
indemnifying  party  shall not be liable for  default  judgments  or any amounts
related  thereto  if the  indemnified  party  shall  not  have so  notified  the
indemnifying party.  Subject to the following  sentence,  the indemnifying party
shall have thirty days after  receipt of such notice to  undertake,  conduct and
control,  through  counsel of its own  choosing  (which is  satisfactory  to the
indemnified party) the settlement or defense thereof,  and the indemnified party
shall cooperate with it in connection  therewith (provided that the indemnifying
party shall permit the  indemnified  party to participate in such  settlement or
defense through counsel chosen by the indemnified party,  provided that the fees
and expenses of such counsel  shall be borne by the  indemnified  party) and the
indemnifying  party shall promptly  reimburse the indemnified party for the full
amount  of any loss  resulting  from  such  claim and all  related  expenses  as
incurred  by  the   indemnified   party  within   limits  of  this  Article  VI.
Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  the  indemnified  party shall
have the right to conduct and control the defense of any such claim in the event
that such claim (including a claim for equitable  relief) or the continuation of
such claim  could  reasonably  be expected to  materially  adversely  affect the
business,  results  of  operations,  prospects  or  financial  condition  of the
indemnified party or any of its affiliates,  provided, however, that (i) in such
event the  indemnified  party's  selection  of  counsel  shall be subject to the
approval of the  indemnifying  party,  which approval shall not be  unreasonably
withheld,  and (ii) the indemnified party may not settle any claim for an amount
in excess of  $25,000  or  consent to any  settlement  which  imposes  equitable
remedies on the indemnifying  party or its affiliates  without the prior consent
of the  indemnifying  party,  which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld,
unless the indemnified party agrees to waive any right to indemnity  therefor by
the  indemnifying   party.  If  the  indemnifying  party  does  not  notify  the
indemnified  party  within  thirty  days after the  receipt  of the  indemnified
party's notice of a claim of indemnity hereunder that it elects to undertake the
defense thereof or if the  indemnifying  party is not reasonably  contesting the
claim in good  faith,  the  indemnified  party  shall have the right to contest,
settle or compromise the claim in the exercise of its reasonable  judgment,  and
all losses incurred by the indemnified party, including all fees and expenses of
counsel for the indemnified party, shall be paid by the indemnifying party.

     (d) Claims for  indemnification  made  pursuant  to Section  6.02(a)(i)  or
Section 6.02(b) shall be made within a period of one year from the Closing Date.
Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  in  this  Article  VI,  claims  for
indemnification  pursuant to Section 6.02(a)(ii) shall be made within five years
from the  Closing  Date,  and claims  for  indemnification  pursuant  to Section
6.02(a)(iii) may be made at any time and such  indemnification  obligation shall
survive indefinitely.

     6.03 Limitation on  Indemnification.  (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 6.02(a) hereof,  Principals shall not be obligated to indemnify and hold

                                       26
                                     - 74 -
<PAGE>

harmless the Buyer  Indemnitee  Group:  (i) with respect to the  indemnification
contained  in clause (i) of  Section  6.02(a),  unless  and until the  aggregate
amount of all claims for which  indemnification  is sought under such clause (i)
exceeds Eighty  Thousand  Dollars  ($80,000),  and then only as to the amount by
which aggregate claims thereunder  exceed $80,000;  and (ii) with respect to the
indemnification  contained in clause (ii) of Section  6.02(a),  unless and until
the  aggregate  amount of all claims for which  indemnification  is sought under
such clause (ii) exceeds One Million Dollars  ($1,000,000),  and then only as to
the   amount  by  which   aggregate   claims   thereunder   exceed   $1,000,000.
Notwithstanding  the provisions of Section  6.02(b)  hereof,  Buyer shall not be
obligated to indemnify and hold harmless  Principals  until the aggregate of all
claims for which  indemnification  is sought against Buyer under Section 6.02(b)
of this Agreement and Section 6.02(a) of the Stock Purchase  Agreement  exceeds,
in the aggregate,  Eighty Thousand  Dollars  ($80,000),  and then only as to the
amount by which aggregate claims thereunder exceed $80,000.

     (b) There shall be no  limitations  (either  minimum  thresholds or maximum
amounts) applicable to the indemnification  contained in clause (iii) of Section
6.02(a).

     (c) Subject to the last  sentence of this Section  6.03(c),  the  aggregate
liability of Principals with respect to the indemnification  contained in clause
(i) of Section  6.02(a),  after giving  effect to the  limitations  set forth in
Section  6.03(a)  hereof,  and Buyer's  aggregate  liability with respect to the
indemnifications  contained  in Section  6.02(b) of this  Agreement  and Section
6.02(a) of the Stock Purchase Agreement,  after giving effect to the limitations
set forth in Section 6.03(a) hereof, shall not exceed $2,000,000, and each party
hereto waives (on its own behalf, and on behalf of all indemnified persons named
hereunder  benefiting  from such  party's  indemnification)  any and all rights,
claims  and  causes of  action  that it or such  persons  may have  against  the
indemnifying  party  under such  indemnification  provisions  to the extent such
rights, claims and causes of action would or could result in aggregate liability
of the indemnifying party in excess of $2,000,000.  Subject to the last sentence
of this Section 6.03(c),  the aggregate  liability of Principals with respect to
the  indemnification  contained in clause (ii) of Section 6.02(a),  after giving
effect to the limitations set forth in Section 6.03(a) hereof,  shall not exceed
$1,000,000,  and  Buyer  waives  (on its own  behalf  and on behalf of the Buyer
Indemnitee Group) any and all rights, claims and causes of action that it or the
Buyer  Indemnitee   Group  may  have  against   Principals  under  such  Section
6.02(a)(ii)  to the extent  such  rights,  claims and causes of action  would or
could  result in  aggregate  liability of  Principals  in excess of  $1,000,000.
Notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions of this Section 6.03(c), the aggregate
liability  of each  Trust  with  respect to the  indemnifications  contained  in
clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 6.02(a) of this Agreement and Section 6.02(b) of
the Stock Purchase Agreement shall not exceed the amount set forth opposite such
Trust's name in Schedule 1 attached to the Stock Purchase  Agreement,  being the
purchase price for such Trust's Shares.

     (d) Except for  liability  provided for in Section  7.02(b)  hereof and the
remedy of specific  performance  provided for in Section 8.12 hereof, each party
hereto  acknowledges  and agrees that his or its sole and exclusive  remedy with
respect to any and all claims  relating to the subject  matter of this Agreement
shall be pursuant to the  indemnification  provisions  set forth in this Article
VI. In furtherance of the  foregoing,  each party waives,  to the fullest extent
permitted under applicable law, any and all rights,  claims and causes of action
that it may have  against  the  other  party  arising  under  or based  upon any

                                       27
                                     - 75 -
<PAGE>

federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance,  rule or regulation, or arising
under or based upon common law or  otherwise,  except to the extent  provided in
this Article VI.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                           TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

     7.01 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the
Closing:

     (a) by the mutual consent of Principals and Buyer; or

     (b) by either Buyer or Principals if the Closing shall not have occurred on
or before  December  31,  1998 or such later date as may be agreed upon by Buyer
and Principals; or

     (c) upon the termination of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

     7.02  Procedure and Effect of  Termination.  In the event of termination of
this Agreement and abandonment of the transactions contemplated hereby by any or
all of the parties  pursuant  to Section  7.01,  written  notice  thereof  shall
forthwith be given to the other  parties to this  Agreement  and this  Agreement
shall  terminate and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be abandoned,
without  further  action by any of the  parties  hereto.  If this  Agreement  is
terminated as provided herein:

     (a) the parties hereto will promptly  redeliver to the Company,  Principals
or Buyer, as the case may be, all documents,  work papers and other materials of
any other  party  relating  to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  whether
obtained before or after the execution hereof; and

     (b) no party hereto shall have any  liability or further  obligation to any
other party to this Agreement pursuant to this Agreement except (i) with respect
to Section  4.04,  and (ii)  solely  with  respect to  terminations  pursuant to
Section  7.01(b),  any party whose material  breach of any covenant or agreement
hereunder shall have resulted in the failure of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement to close, shall be liable for breach of contract or otherwise, to
the extent provided by law (it being  understood,  however,  that any matter set
forth on a Disclosure Supplement hereunder shall not be construed as a breach or
default of this  Agreement);  provided,  however,  that this subsection (b) (ii)
shall not be construed to limit the remedies otherwise available with respect to
such defaulting party.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     8.01 Amendment and Modification. This Agreement may be amended, modified or
supplemented only by written agreement of Buyer and Principals.

                                       28
                                     - 76 -
<PAGE>

     8.02 Waiver of Compliance;  Consents.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement,  any  failure of any of the  parties to comply  with any  obligation,
covenant,  agreement or  condition  herein may be waived by the party or parties
entitled to the  benefits  thereof  only by a written  instrument  signed by the
party  granting  such  waiver,  but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict
compliance  with such  obligation,  covenant,  agreement or condition  shall not
operate as a waiver of, or estoppel  with  respect to, any  subsequent  or other
failure.  Whenever this Agreement requires or permits consent by or on behalf of
any party hereto,  such consent shall be given in writing in a manner consistent
with the  requirements  for a waiver of  compliance as set forth in this Section
8.02.

     8.03 No Third Party  Beneficiaries.  Except as provided in this  Agreement,
nothing in this  Agreement  shall  confer  any rights  upon any person or entity
which is not a party or a permitted assignee of a party to this Agreement.

     8.04   Notices.   All  notices,   requests,   claims,   demands  and  other
communications  hereunder  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been
duly given when  delivered  in person,  by cable,  telegram or telex,  telecopy,
courier,  express mail delivery  service,  or by  registered  or certified  mail
(postage  prepaid,  return  receipt  requested)  to the  respective  parties  as
follows:

         (a)      if to Principals, to:
                  Stephen P. Kavouras
                  11400 Rupp Drive
                  Burnsville, Minnesota  55337
                  Facsimile:  612-882-4447

                  with a copy to:

                  Faegre & Benson, L.L.P.
                  2200 Norwest Center
                  90 South Seventh Street
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
                  Attn: Andrew G. Humphrey
                  Facsimile:  612-336-3026

         (b)      if to Buyer, to:

                  Data Transmission Network Corporation
                  9110 West Dodge Road
                  Suite 200
                  Omaha, Nebraska  68114
                  Attn: Greg T. Sloma, President
                  Facsimile:  402-390-7188

                                       29
                                     - 77 -
<PAGE>

                  with a copy to:
                  Abrahams Kaslow & Cassman
                  8712 West Dodge Road
                  Suite 300
                  Omaha, Nebraska  68114
                  Attn: R. Craig Fry
                  Facsimile:  402-392-0816

or to such  other  address  as the  person  to whom  notice  is  given  may have
previously  furnished  to the others in  writing  in the manner set forth  above
(provided  that  notice of any change of address  shall be  effective  only upon
receipt thereof).

     8.05 Assignment.  This Agreement and all of the provisions  hereof shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights,
interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any party hereto without
the prior written consent of the other parties.

     8.06  Governing  Law;  Consent to  Jurisdiction.  This  Agreement  shall be
governed by the law of the State of Nebraska as to all matters,  including,  but
not limited to,  matters of  validity,  construction,  effect,  performance  and
remedies without giving effect to the principles of choice of law thereof.

     8.07  Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  two  or  more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     8.08  Interpretation.  The article and section  headings  contained in this
Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement
of the parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or  interpretation of
this Agreement.

     8.09 Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement,  including the Exhibits hereto and
the agreements (including the Stock Purchase Agreement),  documents,  schedules,
certificates  and instruments  referred to herein embodies the entire  agreement
and  understanding  of  the  parties  hereto  in  respect  of  the  transactions
contemplated  by  this   Agreement.   There  are  no   restrictions,   promises,
representations,   warranties,  covenants  or  undertakings,  other  than  those
expressly set forth or referred to herein or therein.  This Agreement supersedes
all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such
transactions.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,   the  terms  of  that  certain
Confidentiality  Agreement between the Company and Buyer dated December 30, 1997
shall continue in effect.

                                       30
                                     - 78 -
<PAGE>

     8.10 Certain Definitions.

     (a) An  "affiliate"  of a person shall mean any person  which,  directly or
indirectly,  controls,  is controlled by, or is under common control with,  such
person.

     (b) The term "control"  (including,  with  correlative  meaning,  the terms
"controlled  by" and "under common control  with"),  as used with respect to any
person, means the possession,  directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
cause the  direction of the  management  and  policies of such  person,  whether
through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

     (c) The term "person" shall mean and include an individual,  a partnership,
a limited  liability  company,  a joint  venture,  a  corporation,  a trust,  an
unincorporated  organization  and a  government  or  any  department  or  agency
thereof.

     (d) The term "day" shall mean a calendar day unless otherwise stated.

     (e) The term  "subsidiary" when used in reference to any other person shall
mean any  corporation of which  outstanding  securities  having  ordinary voting
power to elect a majority  of the Board of  Directors  of such  corporation  are
owned directly or indirectly by such other person.

     (f) For purposes of this Agreement,  "Taxes" shall mean all taxes, charges,
fees,  levies  or other  assessments,  including,  without  limitation,  all net
income,  gross  income,  gross  receipts,  sales,  use,  ad  valorem,  transfer,
franchise,   profits,  license,   withholding,   payroll,  employment,   excise,
estimated,  severance,  stamp,  occupation,  property  or other  taxes,  customs
duties, fees,  assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever,  together with any
interest and any penalties,  additions to tax or additional  amounts  imposed by
any taxing authority (domestic or foreign) upon the Company or its subsidiaries.

     (g) Whenever any  representation or warranty contained in this Agreement is
qualified by reference to the knowledge,  information or belief of a party, such
party confirms that it has made due and diligent  inquiry as to the matters that
are the subject of such representation and warranty.

     8.11  Severability.  The parties hereto  acknowledge that the provisions of
this Agreement are  reasonable  under the  circumstances.  Any provision of this
Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable  in any jurisdiction  shall, as to
such  jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to  the  extent  of  such  prohibition  or
unenforceability   without  invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  hereof  or
affecting  the  validity  or  enforceability  of such  provisions  in any  other
jurisdiction.

     8.12 Specific  Performance.  Each of the parties  hereto  acknowledges  and
agrees that the other parties hereto would be  irreparably  damaged in the event
any of the  provisions of this  Agreement  are not performed in accordance  with
their specific terms or are otherwise breached. Accordingly, each of the parties
hereto agrees that they each shall be entitled to an  injunction or  injunctions
to  prevent  breaches  of the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and  to  enforce
specifically  this Agreement and the terms and  provisions  hereof in any action
instituted  in any  court of the  United  States  or any  state  thereof  having

                                       31
                                     - 79 -
<PAGE>

personal  and subject  matter  jurisdiction,  in addition to any other remedy to
which such party may be entitled at law or in equity. In the event of any action
or  proceeding  to  enforce  the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  the
prevailing  party  shall be entitled to an award of  reasonable  attorneys'  and
expert's fees and costs in addition to such other relief as may be granted.

     8.13 Primary  Obligation.  The  obligations  and  liabilities of Principals
under  this  Agreement  shall be  primary  and shall be the  joint  and  several
obligation and liability of each Principal.  Principals  agree that in any right
of action  which may accrue to Buyer  under this  Agreement,  Buyer may  proceed
against any of the  Principals  without  having  commenced  any action or having
obtained any judgment and without first attempting to collect or proceed against
any  other  Principal  or any of the  Sellers  pursuant  to the  Stock  Purchase
Agreement.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Principals  and Buyer  have  signed,  or caused  this
Agreement to be signed by their respective representatives,  as the case may be,
as of the date first above written.

                                       DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                       CORPORATION


                                       By: /s/ Greg T. Sloma
                                           ---------------------------------
                                           Greg T. Sloma, President

                                           
                                           
                                       STEPHEN P. KAVOURAS REVOCABLE
                                       TRUST UNDER AGREEMENT DATED
                                       SEPTEMBER 13, 1995

                                       By: /s/ Stephen P. Kavouras
                                           ---------------------------------
                                           Stephen P. Kavouras, Trustee

                                       IRREVOCABLE GST TRUST FOR STEPHEN
                                       P. KAVOURAS UNDER AGREEMENT
                                       DATED JULY 29, 1997

                                       By ______________________________
                                          Stephen P. Kavouras, Trustee


                                       And ____________________________
                                           Laura Burrow, Trustee


                                       32
                                     - 80 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This  Employment  Agreement is made and entered into as of the _____ day of
____________,   1998,  between  KAVOURAS,  INC.  (the  "Company"),  a  Minnesota
corporation, and STEPHEN P. KAVOURAS (the "Executive").

                                      * * *

     WHEREAS, the Company, a subsidiary of Data Transmission Network Corporation
("DTN"),  desires to employ the Executive as its  President and Chief  Executive
Officer; and

     WHEREAS, the Executive desires to accept such employment.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  foregoing  recitals  and  the
respective  covenants and agreements of the parties  contained in this document,
the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

     1.  Employment and Duties.  The Company hereby employs the Executive as its
President and Chief Executive  Officer and agrees to cause the Executive  during
the term of this agreement to be elected or appointed to such corporate  offices
and as a  director  of the  Company.  The  duties  and  responsibilities  of the
Executive  shall consist of the duties and  responsibilities  of the Executive's
corporate offices and positions which are set forth in the bylaws of the Company
from time to time and such other duties and responsibilities consistent with the
Executive's  corporate offices and positions which the Board of Directors of the
Company may from time to time assign to the  Executive.  During the term of this
agreement,  the  Executive  shall  serve as a director  of the  Company  without
additional compensation.

     2.  Term.  The  term of this  agreement  shall  begin  on the  date of this
agreement  and shall  continue  thereafter  for a period of sixty  (60)  months,
unless terminated earlier in accordance with this agreement. The Executive shall
remain an employee  at-will.  Either the  Executive or the Company may terminate
the employment  relationship at any time, with or without any reason, subject to
the other provisions of this agreement. Each party shall provide the other party
with  one  hundred  eighty  (180)  days  advance  written  notice  of his or its
intention to terminate this agreement, except in the event of the termination of
Executive's  employment  pursuant to any of the first three sentences of Section
11 of this agreement.

     3. Place of Employment.  During the term of this  agreement,  the Executive
will perform his duties at the Company's offices in Burnsville,  Minnesota,  and
he will not be required to relocate or transfer his principal  residence  during
the term of this agreement.

     4.  Compensation.  The Company  agrees to pay the Executive a signing bonus
(the "Signing  Bonus") of Four Hundred Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($450,000).  The
Signing  Bonus shall be paid in full on the date of this  agreement,  and is not
subject to  forfeiture.  In addition,  the Company agrees to pay the Executive a

                                       33
                                     - 81 -
<PAGE>

base salary (the "Base Salary") of One Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($160,000)
per year (it being  understood,  however,  that Executive  shall be eligible for
discretionary  increases  in such  Base  Salary  in a manner  similar  to senior
executives of DTN).  The Base Salary shall be paid in periodic  installments  in
accordance with the Company's regular payroll practices.

     5. Annual Bonus.  The Executive shall  participate in the Company's  annual
bonus  plan in  effect  during  the term of this  agreement  which  will  reward
targeted  performance by the Executive in a manner similar to senior  executives
under  DTN's  annual  bonus plan in effect  during  the term of this  agreement.
Without  limiting  the  foregoing,   if  the  goals  by  which  the  Executive's
performance  is measured are reached for the first year of such plan, the annual
bonus would represent approximately 75% of the Executive's Base Salary.

     6. Special Bonus. In addition to the Executive's  Base Salary and any other
benefits to which the Executive is entitled under this agreement,  the Executive
also shall be  entitled  to receive a bonus (the  "Bonus")  from the  Company of
fifteen percent (15%) of the net proceeds,  if any, received by the Company from
the sale,  transfer or other  disposition of the Class C Common Shares (or other
equity)  issued or to be issued to the Company  pursuant to that certain  Master
Agreement  dated  October  15,  1997,  between  the  Company  and  New  Horizons
Telecasting,  Inc.  The  Executive  shall be eligible  for the Bonus even if the
Executive  is no longer an  employee  of the  Company  at the time of such sale,
provided that such eligibility shall terminate upon the fifth anniversary of the
termination of employment of the Executive (except if the Company terminates the
employment of the Executive  without Cause, in which case such eligibility shall
terminate  upon the later of such date and the tenth  anniversary of the date of
this  agreement.  The Bonus shall be paid to the  Executive  promptly  after the
proceeds of the sale,  transfer or other  disposition  have been received by the
Company.

     7.  Expenses.  During the term of this  agreement,  the Executive  shall be
entitled to prompt  reimbursement by the Company of all reasonable  ordinary and
necessary  travel,  entertainment,  and other expenses incurred by the Executive
(in accordance  with the policies and procedures  established by the Company for
its senior executive officers,  which shall be similar to those for DTN's senior
executives)  in the  performance of his duties and  responsibilities  under this
agreement; provided, that the Executive shall properly account for such expenses
in accordance with Company policies and procedures.

     8. Other Benefits.  During the term of this agreement,  the Executive shall
be entitled to all of the fringe benefits which are provided to employees of the
Company generally.  During the term of this agreement,  the Executive also shall
be entitled to  participate  in such other  fringe  benefits,  benefit  plans or
programs which the Company or DTN from time to time may make available either to
its employees  generally or to its senior  executive  officers,  such as but not
limited to the Data Transmission Network Corporation 401(k) plan.

                                       34
                                     - 82 -
<PAGE>

     9.  Vacations  and  Holidays.  The  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to paid
vacations and holidays in accordance with the Company's  policies in effect from
time to time for its senior executive officers,  which shall be similar to those
for DTN's senior executives.

     10. Other Activities.  The Executive shall devote  substantially all of his
working  time and efforts  during the  Company's  normal  business  hours to the
business affairs of the Company and to the diligent and faithful  performance of
the duties and  responsibilities  assigned to him  pursuant  to this  agreement,
except for vacations and holidays. Despite the foregoing, the Executive shall be
free to invest his assets in such  manner as will not  require  any  substantial
services by the  Executive  in the conduct of the  businesses  or affairs of the
entities or in the  management of the properties in which such  investments  are
made.

     11.  Termination.  The  Executive's  employment  under this agreement shall
terminate  upon his  death.  If the  Executive  becomes  incapable  by reason of
physical  injury,  disease,  or mental illness of  substantially  performing his
duties  and  responsibilities  under  this  agreement  for a  period  of six (6)
continuous  months or more,  then the  Company  may  terminate  the  Executive's
employment under this agreement.  The Company also may terminate the Executive's
employment  under  this  agreement  for Cause;  however,  for  purposes  of this
agreement, "Cause" shall mean only (i) confession or conviction of theft, fraud,
embezzlement,  or any other  crime  involving  dishonesty  with  respect  to the
Company or any parent,  subsidiary,  or affiliate of the Company,  (ii) material
violation of the provisions of any confidentiality  agreement or non-competition
agreement in force between the Company or DTN and the Executive,  (iii) habitual
and material  negligence by the Executive in the performance of his duties under
or pursuant to this  agreement,  (iv) material  non-compliance  by the Executive
with his  obligations  under Section 10 (after having  received  written  notice
thereof  and a right to cure) or (v)  failure of the  Executive  to abide by the
lawful  directives  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  that  are not
inconsistent  with the terms of this Agreement.  In the event of the termination
of the  Executive's  employment  pursuant to any of the first three sentences of
this Section 11 or if the Executive  voluntarily  terminates employment with the
Company,  the Executive (or, in the event of the Executive's  death, his estate)
shall be entitled  to retain the entire  Signing  Bonus and that  portion of the
Base  Salary  earned  by  the  Executive  up  to  the  effective  date  of  such
termination,  provided that during any period when the Executive is incapable by
reason  of  physical  injury,   disease,  or  mental  illness  of  substantially
performing his duties and responsibilities under this agreement, the Company may
subtract  from such Base Salary the amount of any payments  which the  Executive
receives from Company-sponsored disability insurance as a reimbursement for lost
earnings or wages relating to such period.


                                       35
                                     - 83 -
<PAGE>

     12. Termination  Without Cause. If the Company terminates the employment of
the  Executive  for any reason  other than those  referred to in Section 11, the
Company shall pay the Executive,  upon the effective  date of such  termination,
the then current  present  value of all  remaining  payments of Base Salary that
would  have  been  paid  hereunder  but for such  termination,  less  applicable
employee tax withholdings and deductions.  For purposes of the foregoing present
value determination,  a discount rate equal to the prime rate on corporate loans
at large U.S.  money  center  commercial  banks as quoted in the  "Money  Rates"
column of the Wall Street Journal on such  effective date shall be used.  Except
as provided in Sections 11 and 12 of this  agreement,  the  Executive  shall not
receive  any  additional  severance  pay upon  his  termination  of  employment,
regardless of the Company's severance policy for its employees generally.

     13.  Successors  and  Assigns.  This  agreement  and all rights  under this
agreement shall be binding upon,  inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by
the  parties  hereto and their  respective  personal  or legal  representatives,
executors, administrators,  heirs, distributees, devisees, legatees, successors,
and assigns. This agreement is personal in nature, and neither of the parties to
this  agreement  shall,  without  the  written  consent of the other,  assign or
transfer this  agreement or any right or obligation  under this agreement to any
other person or entity.

     14.   Notices.   For  purposes  of  this   agreement,   notices  and  other
communications  provided  for in this  agreement  shall be deemed to be properly
given if delivered  personally or sent by United States  certified mail,  return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

     If to the Executive:                  Stephen P. Kavouras
                                           11400 Rupp Drive
                                           Burnsville, MN 55337

     If to the Company:                    Data Transmission Network Corporation
                                           9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
                                           Omaha, NE 68114
                                           Attn:  Greg T. Sloma, President

or to such other  address as either party may have  furnished to the other party
in  writing  in  accordance   with  this   paragraph.   Such  notices  or  other
communications shall be effective only upon receipt.

     15. Miscellaneous.  No provision of this agreement may be modified, waived,
or  discharged  unless such waiver,  modification,  or discharge is agreed to in
writing and is signed by the Executive and an officer of the Company (other than
the Executive) so authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company. No waiver
by either  party to this  agreement at any time of any breach by the other party
of, or  compliance  by the other party with,  any condition or provision of this
agreement  to be  performed by the other party shall be deemed to be a waiver of
similar  or  dissimilar  provisions  or  conditions  at the same or any prior or

                                       36
                                     - 84 -
<PAGE>

subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or
implied,  with respect to the subject matter of this agreement have been made by
either party that are not expressly set forth in this agreement.

     16.  Validity.  The  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any  provision or
provisions of this agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability of
any other  provision of this  agreement,  which other  provision shall remain in
full force and effect; nor shall the invalidity or unenforceability of a portion
of any provision of this agreement affect the validity or  enforceability of the
balance of such provision. The provisions of this agreement are severable.

     17.   Counterparts.   This   document  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original  and all of which
together shall constitute a single agreement.

     18. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs contained in this document are
for  reference  purposes  only and shall not in any way  affect  the  meaning or
interpretation of any provision of this agreement.

     19.  Applicable  Law. This agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the internal  substantive laws, and not the choice of law rules,
of the State of Nebraska.

     20.  Arbitration.  In the event a dispute  shall  arise as to the  parties'
respective rights, duties and obligations under this agreement,  or in the event
of a  claim  for  breach  of  this  agreement  by  either  party  (collectively,
"Dispute"),  the parties agree to utilize arbitration as the exclusive means for
resolution  of the Dispute.  With respect to any such  Dispute,  the  arbitrator
shall be selected  and the  arbitration  conducted in  accordance  with the most
recent  Employment  Dispute   Resolution  Rules  of  the  American   Arbitration
Association.  The  arbitration  proceeding  shall  be held in  Omaha,  Nebraska,
Minneapolis,  Minnesota,  or such other  location  as may be  acceptable  to the
parties. The arbitrator shall make written findings,  including any award, which
shall be signed by the  arbitrator.  The award shall be deemed final and binding
thirty  (30) days  after the award is made.  The  parties  agree to abide by and
perform any award rendered by the arbitrator.  The arbitrator  shall be bound by
the  provisions of this agreement in  determining  any award.  The parties agree
that the proceedings and any decision by the arbitrator, including the amount of
any award, shall be kept confidential and not disclosed to any person other than
the parties,  witnesses  and their counsel (who also must each agree to maintain
the  confidentiality  of the proceedings and any decision).  A party may enforce
any award in any court of competent jurisdiction.

                                       37
                                     - 85 -
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company and the  Executive  have  executed  this
agreement on the day and year first above written.


                                         KAVOURAS, INC., a Minnesota corporation



                                         By: /s/ Stephen P. Kavouras
                                         Title: ________________________________




                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Stephen P. Kavouras




                                       38
                                     - 86 -
<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT B


                               CONFIDENTIALITY AND
                            NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

     THIS   AGREEMENT  is  made  and  entered  into  as  of  the  _____  day  of
_________________,  1998, by Stephen P. Kavouras ("Shareholder") for the benefit
of Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and its
subsidiaries and affiliated corporations (collectively, "DTN").

                                R E C I T A L S:

     A. Prior to the date hereof,  Kavouras,  Inc. has operated a business which
gathers,  formats,  and  distributes  various weather  information  services and
manufactures  and sells  world-wide  radar  equipment and other weather  related
equipment and accessories. For purposes of this Agreement, all of the businesses
of Kavouras, Inc. are collectively referred to herein as the "Business".

     B.  Pursuant to the terms and  conditions  of that certain  Stock  Purchase
Agreement dated _____________,  1998, effective today, Data Transmission Network
Corporation acquired all of the capital stock of Kavouras,  Inc. (the "Company")
and, accordingly, DTN has acquired beneficial ownership of the Business.

     C. DTN operates  communication and information service businesses which are
currently conducted throughout the United States of America and Canada.

     D.  Shareholder  was the beneficial  owner of a majority of the outstanding
shares of  capital  stock of the  Company  and Chief  Executive  Officer  of the
Company.  As a result of  Shareholder's  executive  position  with the  Company,
Shareholder was entrusted with highly sensitive,  confidential,  and proprietary
information  relating to the  Business,  including  but not limited to knowledge
regarding  the future  plans,  trade  secrets,  know-how,  products,  suppliers,
clients,  and  employees  of the  Business,  which  information  DTN  desires to
protect.

     E. In order to prevent the improper  use of  confidential  and  proprietary
information  relating to the Business and the resulting  unfair  competition and
misappropriation and diminution of the goodwill and other proprietary  interests
of the Business which were acquired by DTN,  Shareholder agrees that limitations
must be imposed on  Shareholder's  right to compete  with the  Business,  or use
confidential information of the Business or its clients.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  foregoing  recitals  and  DTN
acquiring the Business, the parties agree as follows:

                                       39
                                     - 87 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 1 - NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

     (a) "Confidential Information" means information, not generally known, that
is proprietary to the Business, including without limitation:

     1)  the financial and accounting data,  sales records,  profit and loss and
         other performance reports,  pricing manuals,  training manuals, selling
         and  pricing  procedures,   financing  methods,   data  processing  and
         communication  information,  technical  data,  securities  information,
         agreements with insurers, banks, and other service providers, and trade
         secrets  and  know-how  regarding  the  products  and  services  of the
         Business;

     2)  the personnel and salary information of the Business,  including wages,
         bonuses, commissions, and fringe benefits of the Business;

     3)  the production and processing  procedures,  formulae and systems of the
         Business;

     4)  the vendor and supplier information of the Business;

     5)  the buying  practices,  sources of supply for components,  the quality,
         prices and usage of components,  information  and materials,  manner of
         vendor payment, profit margins,  expense ratios, pricing, lead time and
         other information concerning the buying activities of the Business;

     6)  the client lists and prospect lists of the Business, including, without
         limitation,   names  of  contacts,  products  and  services  purchased,
         quantities  of  products  and  services  purchased,  pricing  including
         discounts and add-ons,  terms,  credit histories,  timing of purchases,
         and payment  histories,  special  demands of  particular  clients,  and
         current and anticipated  requirements of clients generally for products
         or services of the Business;

     7)  the  marketing   information  of  the  Business,   including,   without
         limitation,  research,  development,  testing  and client  surveys  and
         preferences  regarding  the current and new products or services of the
         Business,  and  specifications  of any new  products or services  under
         development by or for the Business;

     8)  the  business  projections,  strategic  planning,  marketing  planning,
         activity  and  practices,  marketing  systems and  procedures,  pricing
         policies and  practices,  and inventory  procedures  and systems of the
         Business; and

     9)  confidential information of the clients of the Business.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,  "Confidential Information" shall not include any
of the items in this  Section  which  (i) have  become  publicly  known and made
generally  available  through no wrongful  act of  Shareholder  or of others who

                                       40
                                     - 88 -
<PAGE>

Shareholder  did not know and had no  reasonable  basis for  knowing  were under
confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved or (ii) have become
available to  Shareholder on a  non-confidential  basis from another source that
has represented that it is entitled to disclose it to the general public.

     (b)  Shareholder  hereby agrees not to directly or indirectly  disclose any
Confidential Information to any third party without the prior written consent of
DTN,  except to the  extent  disclosure  is  required  by law or  regulatory  or
judicial order.  Shareholder  further agrees not to use, directly or indirectly,
any Confidential Information for the benefit of Shareholder or any third party.

SECTION 2 - RESTRICTIONS AGAINST COMPETITION.

     In order to prevent the improper use of  Confidential  Information  and the
resulting unfair competition and misappropriation and diminution of the goodwill
and other  proprietary  interests  of the Business  which were  acquired by DTN,
Shareholder  hereby agrees that for a period of five (5) years after the date of
this Agreement (except as otherwise  provided in clause (f) below),  Shareholder
will not,  directly  or  indirectly,  on his own behalf or in the  service or on
behalf of others:

     a)  solicit any client of the  Business or DTN as of the date  hereof,  for
         the purpose of obtaining  the business of such client,  in  competition
         with the Business;

     b)  advise or recommend  to any other  person that such person  solicit any
         client of the Business or DTN as of the date hereof, for the purpose of
         obtaining  the  business  of  such  client,  in  competition  with  the
         Business;

     c)  solicit any  prospective  client of the  Business or DTN as of the date
         hereof,  for the purpose of obtaining  the business of such client,  in
         competition with the Business;

     d)  advise or recommend  to any other  person that such person  solicit any
         prospective  client of the Business or DTN as of the date  hereof,  for
         the purpose of obtaining  the business of such client,  in  competition
         with the Business;

     e)  work for himself or a competitor in an employee, managerial, marketing,
         sales,  consulting or other capacity in carrying on a business  similar
         to or in competition with (i) the Business or other weather information
         services provided by DTN, or (ii) prospective  services being developed
         by the Business during  Shareholder's  employment with the Company, the
         details of which  Shareholder  was privy to in  Shareholder's  position
         with  the  Company;   provided  that   notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
         Shareholder  shall  thereafter  still  be  restricted  from  using  the
         Confidential Information pursuant to Section 1 hereof; or

                                       41
                                     - 89 -
<PAGE>

     f)  for a period  commencing the date hereof and continuing until the first
         anniversary  of  Shareholder's   termination  of  employment  with  the
         Company,  solicit or recruit for  employment,  or attempt to solicit or
         recruit for employment, or advise or recommend to any other person that
         such person solicit or recruit for employment, or attempt to solicit or
         recruit for employment,  any person who was employed by the Company and
         worked in the Business during the twelve (12) month period  immediately
         preceding the effective  date of the  acquisition of the Company by DTN
         and who  continued  to be employed by the Company  after the  effective
         date of such acquisition.

     The phrase  "prospective  client" shall mean those businesses with whom any
representative  of either the Company or the weather  services  operators of DTN
had substantial and extended actual and personal  contact during the twelve (12)
month period immediately  preceding any such act to develop new business for the
Business,  including  developing  sales  strategies,  marketing  information and
proposals, and negotiating providing services to such prospective clients.

     Shareholder  agrees that it is  reasonable  to restrict  the  Shareholder's
competition during the time period described above in the entire geographic area
in which the Company or DTN operates and that the restrictions set forth in this
Agreement  (including,  but not limited to, the period of restriction,  activity
and  geographic  area set forth)  are fair and  reasonable  and are  necessarily
required for the  protection of the interests of DTN and to prevent the improper
use of  Confidential  Information  and  the  resulting  unfair  competition  and
misappropriation and diminution of the goodwill and other proprietary  interests
of the Business acquired by DTN.

SECTION 3 - ENFORCEMENT OF RESTRICTIONS.

     Shareholder  understands  and agrees  that his  access to the  Confidential
Information and clients of the Business makes such  restrictions  both necessary
and reasonable.

     Shareholder  agrees with DTN that if Shareholder  shall violate or threaten
to violate  any of the terms of this  Agreement,  then DTN shall be  entitled to
injunctive relief;  such remedy shall be in addition to and not in limitation of
any  rights  or  remedies  to which  DTN is or may be  entitled  to at law or in
equity.

     The parties agree that the covenants  contained in Sections 1 and 2 of this
Agreement are  independent  of one another and are  severable.  In the event any
part of the  covenants  contained in Section 1 or 2 of this  Agreement  shall be
held  to  be  invalid  or  unenforceable,  the  remaining  parts  thereof  shall
nevertheless  continue  to be valid and  enforceable  as though the  invalid and
unenforceable  part had not been  included  herein.  If any  provisions of these
covenants relating to the time period, activity and/or area of restriction shall
be  declared by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  to exceed the maximum  time
periods,  activities or areas which such court deems reasonable and enforceable,
the  parties  agree that the court  making such a  determination  shall have the
power to reduce the time  period,  activity  and/or area of  restriction  to the
maximum time period,  activity and/or area which such court deems reasonable and
enforceable.

                                       42
                                     - 90 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 4 - CONSIDERATION.

     As  consideration   for  the  performance  and  compliance  by  Shareholder
hereunder,  DTN hereby covenants and agrees to pay Shareholder the aggregate sum
of Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) payable as follows: (i) Two Million Dollars
($2,000,000)  shall  be paid to  Shareholder  on the  date  hereof  and (ii) the
remaining  amount  shall be  payable in five  annual  payments  of Four  Hundred
Thousand  Dollars  ($400,000) each commencing on the one year anniversary of the
date of this Agreement and continuing on each  anniversary date thereafter until
fully paid.  Upon any material  breach of this Agreement by  Shareholder  (other
than unintentional breaches of Section 1 hereof), the obligations of DTN to make
such payments shall cease immediately.

SECTION 5 - ATTORNEY REVIEW.

     Shareholder  was advised and  encouraged to review this  Agreement with his
private attorneys before signing it. To the extent, if any, that the Shareholder
desired,  Shareholder  has  taken  advantage  of  this  right.  Shareholder  has
carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of this Agreement and
is voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

SECTION 6 - SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS AND THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.

     This Agreement and all rights under this  Agreement  shall be binding upon,
inure to the benefit  of, and be  enforceable  by the  parties  hereto and their
respective personal or legal representatives,  executors, administrators, heirs,
distributees, devisees, legatees, successors, and assigns.

SECTION 7 - MISCELLANEOUS.

     This writing  constitutes the entire  agreement  between the parties hereto
and supersedes any prior  understanding  or agreements among them respecting the
subject matter.  Except as otherwise set forth in this  Agreement,  there are no
extraneous representations, arrangements, understandings, or agreements, oral or
written,  among the parties  hereto,  except those fully  expressed  herein.  No
amendments or  modifications to the terms of this Agreement shall be made unless
made in writing  and signed by all the  parties  hereto.  The  failure of either
party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this  Agreement  shall not
be  construed  as a waiver  of such  provisions  or of the  right of such  party
thereafter to enforce any such  provisions.  The existence of any claim or cause
of action by Shareholder  against DTN, not based upon this Agreement,  shall not
constitute a defense to the enforcement of this Agreement by DTN.

SECTION 8 - HEADINGS.

     The  headings  of the  paragraphs  contained  in  this  Agreement  are  for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not in any  way  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

                                       43
                                     - 91 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 9 - APPLICABLE LAW.

     This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with the
internal substantive laws, and not the conflicts of law principles, of the State
of Minnesota.

                            [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

                                       44
                                     - 92 -
<PAGE>



                                SIGNATURE PAGE TO
                  CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.




                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Stephen P. Kavouras, Shareholder



                                        DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                        CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation



                                        By:____________________________________
                                        Its:___________________________________



                                       45
                                     - 93 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C




                                (Opinion of AK&C)

                           Dated _______________ ,1998



The Stephen P. Kavouras Revocable Trust
   under Agreement dated September 13, 1995,
The Irrevocable GST Trust for Stephen P. Kavouras
   under Agreement dated July 29, 1997
and Stephen P. Kavouras
11400 Rupp Drive
Burnsville, MN  55337

Gentlemen:

     We have acted as  counsel to Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation  (the
"Company"), a Delaware corporation, in connection with the Company's purchase of
all of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of Kavouras,  Inc.  pursuant to
that certain Stock Purchase  Agreement dated as of March ___, 1998, among all of
the  stockholders  of  Kavouras,  Inc.  and the  Company  (the  "Stock  Purchase
Agreement") and that certain  Agreement  Regarding Stock Acquisition dated as of
March ___, 1998,  among the Company and you (the  "Agreement").  This opinion is
being rendered to you pursuant to Section 5.02(b) of the Agreement.  Capitalized
terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in
the Agreement.

     In connection  with this opinion,  we have  examined  originals,  or copies
certified  or  otherwise  identified  to our  satisfaction,  of such  documents,
corporate records, certificates, including certificates of public officials, and
other  instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of this
opinion,  including those relating to the authorization,  execution and delivery
of the Stock  Purchase  Agreement and the  Agreement.  We reviewed the following
documents and agreements:

     (i)   the Stock  Purchase  Agreement  and the Agreement  (collectively  the
           "Acquisition Agreements");

     (ii)  the Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company as certified by the
           Secretary  of State of the State of  Delaware  (the  "Certificate  of
           Incorporation");

     (iii) the  Bylaws of the  Company  as  certified  by the  Secretary  of the
           Company on the date of this opinion letter (the "Bylaws"); and

                                       46
                                     - 94 -
<PAGE>

     (iv)  actions  taken by the Board of  Directors of the Company to authorize
           the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreements.

     In such  examination  and review we have  assumed  the  genuineness  of all
signatures,  the legal  capacity of natural  persons,  the  authenticity  of all
documents submitted to us as originals,  the conformity to original documents of
all  documents  submitted  to us as  certified or  photostatic  copies,  and the
authenticity  of the originals of such copies.  As to any facts  material to the
opinions hereafter expressed which we did not independently establish or verify,
we  have  relied  without   investigation  upon  certificates,   statements  and
representations  of  representatives  of the  Company.  During the course of our
discussion with such  representatives  and our review of the documents described
above in  connection  with the  preparation  of these  opinions,  no facts  were
disclosed to us that caused us to conclude that any such certificate,  statement
or representation is untrue. In making our examination of the documents executed
by persons or entities  other than the  Company,  we have assumed that each such
other  person or entity had the power and capacity to enter into and perform all
his, her or its obligations thereunder and the due authorization of, and the due
execution and delivery of, such documents by each such person or entity.

     As used in this opinion,  the expression "to our knowledge"  with reference
to matters of fact means that after an  examination of documents in our files or
made  available  to us by the  Company  and after  inquiries  of officers of the
Company, and considering the actual knowledge of those attorneys in our firm who
have given  substantive  attention  to legal  matters for the  Company,  without
independent  investigation or inquiry as to factual  matters,  but not including
any  constructive  or imputed  notice of any  information,  we find no reason to
believe that the opinions expressed herein are factually incorrect. Beyond that,
we have made no independent  factual  investigation for the purpose of rendering
an opinion with respect to such matters.

     Based  upon and  subject  to the  foregoing,  and  subject  to the  further
assumptions, limitations, qualifications and exceptions set forth herein, we are
of the opinion that:

     1. The Company is a corporation duly organized,  validly  existing,  and in
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

     2. The Company has the corporate  power and authority to execute,  deliver,
and  perform the  Acquisition  Agreements  and to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated  thereby.  The  Acquisition  Agreements have been duly executed and
delivered by the Company and  constitute  valid and binding  obligations  of the
Company,  enforceable  against the Company in accordance  with their terms.  The
execution,  delivery  and  performance  of the  Acquisition  Agreements  and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.

     3.  Except  as  set  forth  in  the  Acquisition  Agreements,  neither  the
execution,  delivery,  nor  performance  of the  Acquisition  Agreements nor the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  thereby (i) conflicts  with or

                                       47
                                     - 95 -
<PAGE>

violates any provisions of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  or By-laws of the
Company,  (ii) to our knowledge,  violates any judgment,  decree, order, writ or
injunction specifically naming the Company, (iii) to our knowledge,  requires on
the part of the Company any filing with,  or permit,  authorization,  consent or
approval of, any federal or state governmental agency, or (iv) to our knowledge,
violates any statute, rule or regulation.

     This  opinion  relates  solely  to the laws of the State of  Nebraska,  and
applicable  Federal  laws of the United  States,  and we express no opinion with
respect to the effect or  applicability of the laws of other  jurisdictions.  We
have assumed  that,  and our  opinions  expressed in paragraph 2 above are based
upon our assumption that, the internal laws of the State of Nebraska and Federal
law govern the provisions of the  Acquisition  Agreements  and the  transactions
contemplated thereby.

     Our opinions relating to validity,  binding effect,  and  enforceability of
the Acquisition Agreements are subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization,   arrangement,  moratorium,  fraudulent  conveyance,  and  other
similar laws or judicial  decisions  affecting the validity and  enforcement  of
creditors' rights generally,  (ii) Nebraska law which may restrict your right to
collect   attorneys'  fees  from  a  defaulting   party,   (iii)  public  policy
considerations  or  statutory  provisions  which may  limit a party's  rights to
indemnification  against liability for its own wrongful or negligent acts and to
obtain  certain  remedies  (iv)  provisions  of Nebraska law which  restrict the
concurrent exercise of multiple remedies,  (v) principles of equity which permit
the exercise of judicial  discretion  (regardless of whether such enforceability
is considered  in a proceeding in equity or at law). In applying the  principles
of equity referred to in the preceding  clause (v) a court,  among other things,
might not allow a contractual party to declare a default deemed immaterial; such
principles  of equity,  as applied by a court,  also might include a requirement
that a contractual party act reasonably and in good faith. We express no opinion
as to the  enforceability  of provisions  of the  Acquisition  Agreements  which
involve  disclaimers,  liability  limitations  with  respect  to third  parties,
releases  of legal or  equitable  defenses,  liquidated  damages,  or waivers of
notices,  rights, or remedies, or which impose penalties or forfeitures upon the
occurrence  of  a  default.  Certain  remedial  provisions  of  the  Acquisition
Agreements may be  unenforceable  in whole or in part, but the inclusion of such
provisions does not affect the validity of the Acquisition Agreements;  however,
the  unenforceability of such provisions may result in delays in the enforcement
of the Buyer's  rights and remedies  under the  Acquisition  Agreements  (and we
express no opinion as to the economic consequences, if any, of such delays).

     We are opining only as to the matters  expressly set forth  herein,  and no
opinion should be inferred as to other matters.  The opinions  expressed  herein
are  furnished  by us, as counsel for the  Company,  solely for your  benefit in
connection with the transactions  contemplated by the Acquisition Agreements and
upon the understanding that we are not hereby assuming any responsibility to any
other  person  whatsoever.  This opinion may not be quoted or relied upon by any
other person or used for any other purpose  without our prior  written  consent.
This opinion is rendered as of the date hereof and we do not undertake to advise
you of matters  which occur  subsequent  to the date hereof and which affect the
opinions expressed herein.

                                           Very truly yours,

                                           ABRAHAMS, KASLOW & CASSMAN


                                           By:

                                       48
                                     - 96 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D


                               CLOSING CERTIFICATE


     The  undersigned,  being  those  parties  collectively  referred  to as the
"Principals"  in  that  certain  Agreement   Regarding  Stock  Acquisition  (the
"Agreement") dated March ___, 1998, with Data Transmission  Network  Corporation
(the "Buyer"), do hereby certify to the Buyer as follows:

     1. The  undersigned  have  performed and complied in all material  respects
with all  agreements,  obligations,  conditions  and covenants  contained in the
Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement required to be performed and complied
with at or prior to the date hereof and all  representations  and  warranties of
the undersigned set forth in the Agreement and the Stock Purchase  Agreement are
true and correct in all material  respects as if made on and as of this date, as
amended by any Disclosure Supplements as of the date hereof.

     2. There has been no material  adverse change in the assets or liabilities,
the business or condition,  financial or otherwise, or the results of operations
of the Company from February 28, 1998.

     3. The  undersigned  hereby jointly and severally  represent and warrant to
Buyer that the 1997 Audited  Financial  Statements (as defined in the Agreement)
(i) have been prepared in accordance  with the books and records of the Company,
and (ii) present fairly the financial position of the Company as of December 31,
1997, and the results of operations  for the year then ended,  all in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

        DATED as of ______________, 1998



                                               /s/ Stephen P. Kavouras
                                               -----------------------------
                                               Stephen P. Kavouras
                                       49
                                     - 97 -
<PAGE>

                                               STEPHEN P. KAVOURAS REVOCABLE
                                               TRUST UNDER AGREEMENT DATED
                                               SEPTEMBER 13, 1995

                                               By /s/ Stephen P. Kavouras
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                  Stephen P. Kavouras, Trustee


                                               IRREVOCABLE GST TRUST FOR STEPHEN
                                               P. KAVOURAS UNDER AGREEMENT
                                               DATED JULY 29, 1997


                                               By /s/ Stephen P. Kavouras
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                  Stephen P. Kavouras, Trustee


                                               And /s/ Laura Burrow
                                                  -------------------------
                                                  Laura Burrow, Trustee



                                       50
                                     - 98 -

<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT E


                  [Insert Form of Opinion of Sellers' Counsel]


                                       51
                                     - 99 -

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         STOCK PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") dated as of March 30, 1998,
by and among DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION,  a  Delaware  corporation
("Buyer"),  and the persons listed in Schedule 1 attached hereto  (collectively,
the "Sellers" and individually, a "Seller").

         WHEREAS,  each Seller is the owner,  beneficially and of record, of the
number of shares of the Common Stock of Kavouras,  Inc., a Minnesota corporation
(the "Company"),  set forth opposite his, her or its name on Schedule 1 attached
hereto,  and Sellers are the owners, in the aggregate,  of all of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of the Company; and

         WHEREAS, Buyer wishes to purchase from Sellers and Sellers wish to sell
to Buyer all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company upon and
subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
representations,  warranties and agreements herein contained,  Buyer and Sellers
agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                 SALE OF SHARES

         1.01 Sale of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions herein stated,
each Seller agrees to sell, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer on the Closing
Date (as defined herein),  the respective  shares of Common Stock of the Company
set forth  opposite  his,  her or its name on  Schedule 1 attached  hereto  (the
"Shares"),  and Buyer  agrees to purchase the Shares from Sellers on the Closing
Date. The certificates  representing the Shares shall be duly endorsed in blank,
or  accompanied  by stock powers duly  executed in blank,  by Sellers,  with all
signatures guaranteed by a state or national bank.

         1.02  Price.  In full  consideration  for the  purchase by Buyer of the
Shares,  Buyer  shall pay to each Seller on the  Closing  Date,  and each Seller
agrees to accept  from  Buyer as the  entire  purchase  price for such  Seller's
Shares,  the amount set forth opposite such Seller's name in Schedule 1 attached
hereto,  being an aggregate  amount of Sixteen  Million  Four  Hundred  Thousand
Dollars ($16,400,000).

         1.03 Closing.  Subject to Section 7.01 hereof,  the sale referred to in
Section 1.01 (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Faegre & Benson,
LLP, Minneapolis, Minnesota, on such date as the parties hereto shall by written
instrument  designate,  but no later than ten (10) days after the later to occur
of (i) the  expiration or termination  of all  applicable  waiting  periods with
respect to each of the antitrust  filings  referred to in Section 5.01(b) hereof
(including  any  extensions  thereof) or (ii) the  receipt of all FCC  approvals
referred to in Section 5.01(c). Such time and date are herein referred to as the
"Closing Date".

                                       1
                                    - 100 -
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

         As of the date hereof (except as otherwise  specified herein and except
as set  forth in the  disclosure  schedule  accompanying  this  Agreement)  (the
"Disclosure Schedule") each Seller severally represents and warrants to Buyer as
follows  (provided,  however,  that each Seller so represents  and warrants only
with respect to that Seller and not with respect to any other Seller):

         2.01 Title to Stock.

         Each Seller (i) has good and valid title,  beneficially  and of record,
to the  respective  Shares set forth opposite his, her or its name on Schedule 1
attached hereto, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and rights of others,
(ii) is in  rightful  possession  of duly  and  validly  authorized  and  issued
certificates evidencing his, her or its ownership of record of the Shares, (iii)
has full right,  power and  authority to sell,  transfer,  convey and deliver to
Buyer,  in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement,  good and valid title,
beneficially  and of record,  to all of such Shares being sold by such Seller to
Buyer hereunder,  free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and rights of others
and (iv) does not own any other  shares of capital  stock of the  Company  other
than the shares set forth  opposite  his, her or its name on Schedule 1 attached
hereto and does not have the right to purchase or receive any additional  shares
of capital stock of the Company. Except for the sale to Buyer as contemplated by
this  Agreement,  there are no  outstanding  options,  warrants,  calls or other
rights to subscribe  for or purchase or acquire any capital stock of the Company
from the Sellers.

         2.02  Authority  Relative  to the  Transactions  Contemplated  by  this
Agreement.   Each  Seller  has  all  necessary  power,  capacity  and  authority
(corporate or otherwise) to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  The  execution  and  delivery  of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been
duly and validly authorized on behalf of all Sellers and no other proceedings on
behalf of Sellers are  necessary  to approve and  authorize  the  execution  and
delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby.  This  Agreement  has been duly and validly  executed  and  delivered by
Sellers,  and  (assuming the valid  execution and delivery of this  Agreement by
Buyer) constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Sellers, enforceable against
Sellers  in  accordance  with its  terms,  subject  to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium and other laws of general applicability  relating to
or affecting creditors' rights and to general principles of equity.

         2.03  Consents and Approval;  No  Violation.  Neither the execution and
delivery of this Agreement by Sellers,  nor the  consummation  by Sellers of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  nor  compliance  by  any  Seller  with  the
provisions  hereof,  will (i) conflict  with or breach any trust  agreement  (or
other  similar  governing  documents)  of any Seller;  (ii)  violate or breach a
provision of, or  constitute a default (or an event which,  with notice or lapse
of time or both would constitute a default) under, any of the terms,  covenants,
conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage,  indenture, deed of trust,
license,  franchise,  permit,  lease,  contract,  agreement or other instrument,
commitment or obligation to which any Seller is a party,  or by which any Seller

                                       2
                                    - 101 -
<PAGE>

or any of their  respective  properties or assets may be bound,  except for such
breaches  or  defaults  which when  considered  together  do not have a material
adverse  effect on the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement or on the
assets,  liabilities,  business or financial  condition of the Company; or (iii)
assuming   compliance  with  all  antitrust  laws,   violate  any  order,  writ,
injunction,   decree,  judgment,   statute,  law  or  ruling  of  any  court  or
governmental authority applicable to any Seller or any of their material assets,
except for violations  which, when considered  together,  do not have a material
adverse  effect on the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement or on the
assets, liabilities,  business or financial condition of the Company, taken as a
whole.

         2.04 Brokers and  Finders.  No Seller has employed any broker or finder
and no broker or  finder is  entitled  to any  brokerage  fees,  commissions  or
finder's fees arising from any act,  representation or promise of any of them in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.


                                   ARTICLE III
                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         As of the date hereof,  Buyer  represents and warrants to Principal and
Sellers as follows:

         3.01  Organization.  Buyer is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

         3.02  Authority  Relative to this  Agreement.  Buyer has all  necessary
power,  capacity and  authority  (corporate or otherwise) to execute and deliver
this  Agreement and to consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  The
execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and  the   consummation   of  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby have been duly and validly  authorized by the
Board of Directors of Buyer and no other proceedings on the part of Buyer or its
stockholders  are  necessary to approve and authorize the execution and delivery
of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby.
This  Agreement  has been duly and validly  executed and  delivered by Buyer and
(assuming  the valid  execution  and  delivery of the  Agreement  by Sellers and
Principal)  constitutes  a valid and  binding  agreement  of Buyer,  enforceable
against Buyer in accordance with its terms,  subject to bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium and other laws of general applicability  relating to
or affecting creditors' rights and to general principles of equity.

         3.03 Consents and  Approvals;  No Violation.  Neither the execution and
delivery  of this  Agreement  by  Buyer  nor the  consummation  by  Buyer of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  nor  compliance  by  Buyer  with any of the
provisions  hereof,  will (i) require Buyer to file or register with, notify, or
obtain any permit,  authorization,  consent, or approval of, any governmental or
regulatory  authority  except (A) for filings with the Federal Trade  Commission
("FTC") and with the  Antitrust  Division  of the United  States  Department  of
Justice (the "Antitrust Division") pursuant to the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust
Improvements  Act of  1976  as  amended  (the  "HSR  Act")  and  the  rules  and
regulations  thereunder or (B) for those requirements which become applicable to
Buyer as a result  of the  specific  regulatory  status of the  Company  or as a

                                       3
                                    - 102 -
<PAGE>

result of any other facts that specifically relate to the business activities in
which the Company is or proposes to be engaged; (ii) conflict with or breach any
provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws of Buyer; (iii) violate
or breach any  provision  of, or  constitute a default (or an event which,  with
notice or lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a default) under, any of the
terms, covenants conditions or provisions of any note, bond mortgage,  indenture
deed of trust, license, franchise,  permit, lease, contract,  agreement or other
instrument,  commitment  or  obligation  to which Buyer is a party,  or by which
Buyer or any of its properties or assets may be bound, except for such breach or
default  which  would not have a  material  adverse  effect on the  transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement  taken as a whole;  or (iv) assuming  compliance
with all  antitrust  laws  (including  the HSR Act)  violate  any  order,  writ,
injunction,   decree,  judgment,   statute,  law  or  ruling  of  any  court  or
governmental  authority applicable to Buyer or any of its material assets, which
violation would have a material adverse effect on the transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement taken as a whole.

         3.04  Litigation;  Compliance  with  Law.  Buyer  is not a party to any
action or proceeding which seeks, or is subject to, any outstanding order, writ,
injunction  or  decree,   which   restrains  or  enjoins   consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated hereby or which otherwise challenges the transactions
contemplated hereby and (ii) there is no litigation, administrative, arbitral or
other  proceeding,  or  petition or  complaint  or, to the  knowledge  of Buyer,
investigation  before any court or governmental or regulating  authority or body
pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer,  threatened  against or relating to Buyer
that  would   materially   adversely  affect  Buyer's  ability  to  perform  its
obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

         3.05 Brokers and  Finders.  Buyer has not employed any broker or finder
and no broker or  finder is  entitled  to any  brokerage  fees,  commissions  or
finder's  fees arising  from any act,  representations  or promise of Buyer,  in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

         3.06 Purchase for Investment. Buyer will acquire all of the outstanding
stock of the Company to be  purchased  by it  hereunder  for its own account for
investment and not with a view toward any resale or distribution thereof.  Buyer
understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended,  or the securities  laws of any states and,  accordingly,  the
Shares  may not be  resold  by Buyer  unless  registered  under the 1933 Act and
applicable state securities laws, or sold in transactions  which are exempt from
registration thereunder.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                            COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

         4.01 Expenses.  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated,  all costs and expenses  incurred in connection with this Agreement
and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will be paid by the respective party
that incurred such cost or expense.

         4.02  Reasonable  Best Efforts.  Subject to the terms and conditions of
this  Agreement  and except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  all of the parties
hereto will use their reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all

                                       4
                                    - 103 -
<PAGE>

action,  and to do,  or  cause to be  done,  all  things  necessary,  proper  or
advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective
the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  In case at any time after the
Closing any further  action is  necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes
of this  Agreement  or to put Buyer in  possession  of all of the  Shares of the
Company or the Company in  possession  of all of its assets,  each party to this
Agreement  will,  or will cause its  affiliates  as the case may be, to take all
such necessary action including,  without limitation, the execution and delivery
of such further  instruments and documents as may reasonably be requested by the
parties  hereto for such  purposes  or  otherwise  to  complete  or perfect  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         4.03 Consents.  Each of the parties hereto will use its reasonable best
efforts  to  obtain  the  written  consents  of  all  persons  and  governmental
authorities  required  to be obtained  by each such party and  necessary  to the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         4.04  Disclosure  Supplements.  From time to time prior to the Closing,
Sellers  will  promptly  supplement  or  amend  ("Disclosure  Supplements")  any
Schedule  referred to in this  Agreement  with  respect to any matter  hereafter
arising  which,  if  existing  or  occurring  at or  prior  to the  date of this
Agreement,  such party  determines  would have been  required to be set forth or
described in a Schedule or which is necessary  to correct any  information  in a
Schedule  or in any  representation  or  warranty  of any Seller  which has been
rendered inaccurate thereby. The representations and warranties of Sellers shall
be amended by the  Disclosure  Supplements  in all respects and for all purposes
other than for the purposes of  determining  satisfaction  of the  conditions to
Closing set forth in Article V.

         4.05 Public  Announcements.  Between the date of this Agreement and the
earlier of the Closing Date or the  termination  of this  Agreement  pursuant to
Section 7.01 hereof, Trusts and Buyer will consult with each other before any of
them  issues  any  press  releases  or  otherwise  makes any  public  statements
(including  statements  made to employees  of the Company)  with respect to this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

         4.06 Transfer Taxes.  All transfer taxes  (including all stock transfer
taxes, if any) incurred in connection  with this Agreement and the  transactions
contemplated  hereby will be borne by the respective  Sellers,  and such Sellers
will,  at  their  own  expense,   file  all  necessary  tax  returns  and  other
documentation  with  respect to all such  transfer  taxes,  and,  if required by
applicable  law, the other  parties  hereto will (and will cause the Company to)
join in the execution of any such tax returns or other documentation.

         4.07 No  Solicitation.  Between  the  date of  this  Agreement  and the
earlier of the Closing Date or the  termination  of this  Agreement  pursuant to
Section  7.01  hereof,  Sellers  shall  not  initiate,  solicit,  encourage,  or
participate  in, any  discussions  with,  or  provide  any  information  to, any
corporation,  partnership,  person,  entity or group,  other  than Buyer and its
employees and agents,  concerning any merger,  consolidation,  sale of assets or
similar  transaction  involving  the  Company,  or any sale of Shares or capital
stock of the Company,  including securities convertible into or exchangeable for
such securities, by the issuer (any such transaction being referred to herein as

                                       5
                                    - 104 -
<PAGE>

an "Acquisition  Proposal").  Sellers will suspend any pre-existing  discussions
involving  any  Acquisition  Proposal and will  immediately  advise Buyer if any
Seller  receives any  Acquisition  Proposal from any  corporation,  partnership,
person, entity or group.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                   CONDITIONS

         5.01 Conditions to Each Party's  Obligations to Effect the Transactions
Contemplated  Hereby. The respective  obligations of each party hereto to effect
the transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment at or
prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:

         (a) No statute, rule, regulation,  executive order, decree,  injunction
or restraining order shall have been enacted,  entered,  promulgated or enforced
by any court of competent jurisdiction or governmental authority,  nor shall any
action or proceeding brought by any governmental authority or agency be pending,
which (i) prevents,  restricts or delays or seeks to prevent,  restrict or delay
the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement or (ii)
seeks a material amount of monetary  damages in connection with the consummation
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         (b) Sellers and Buyer and any other  person (as defined in the HSR Act)
required  in  connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby to file a
Notification  and Report Form for  Certain  Mergers  and  Acquisitions  with the
Antitrust  Division  and the FTC  pursuant  to the HSR Act shall  have made such
filings and all  applicable  waiting  periods  with  respect to each such filing
(including any extensions thereof) shall have expired or been terminated.

         (c) Buyer and the Company  shall have filed with the FCC all  requisite
applications  in  connection  with the  transfer of control of all  FCC-licensed
satellite  earth  station  facilities,   experimental  FCC  authorizations,  and
equipment  authorizations  currently  held by the  Company  pursuant  to the FCC
Rules, and each such application shall have been approved by the FCC.

         (d) Each  condition  to  closing  set forth in that  certain  Agreement
Regarding Stock Acquisition (the "Agreement  Regarding Stock Acquisition") among
Stephen P. Kavouras, Buyer and the trusts listed on Schedule 1 as Sellers, dated
of even date herewith, shall have been fulfilled at or prior to Closing, or such
condition  shall  have  been  waived by the party  whose  obligations  under the
Agreement Regarding Stock Acquisition were contingent upon such condition.

         5.02   Conditions  to  the   Obligations   of  Sellers  to  Effect  the
Transactions  Contemplated  Hereby.  The  obligations  of  Sellers to effect the
transactions  contemplated hereby shall be further subject to the fulfillment at
or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions,  any one or more of
which may be waived in whole or in part by a majority of Sellers in writing:

         (a) Buyer shall have  performed  and complied in all material  respects
with all  agreements,  obligations,  conditions and covenants  contained in this
Agreement  required to be performed  and complied  with by it at or prior to the

                                       6
                                    - 105 -
<PAGE>

Closing  and all  representations  and  warranties  of Buyer  contained  in this
Agreement  shall be true and correct in all material  respects as of the date of
this  Agreement  and as of the Closing Date (as if the Closing Date was the date
of this Agreement),  and Sellers shall have received certificates to that effect
signed by the President or any Vice  President of Buyer together with such other
documents,  instruments  and  writings  required to be  delivered by Buyer at or
prior to the Closing pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise reasonably required
by Buyer in connection herewith.

         (b) Buyer shall have delivered to Sellers (i) a copy of the Certificate
of Incorporation of Buyer,  including all amendments  thereto,  certified by the
Secretary  of State of the State of  Delaware  and (ii) a  certificate  from the
Secretary of the State of Delaware to the effect that Buyer is in good  standing
in such State.

         (c) No actions or  proceedings  which  have a  material  likelihood  of
success shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of Buyer,  threatened by
any  governmental  body  or  authority  to  restrain  or  prohibit  any  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         (d)  All  material  consents,  waivers,  authorizations,  licenses  and
approvals,  if any,  necessary to permit Sellers to consummate the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement shall have been received.

         (e) All  documents  and  instruments  to be  delivered  at  Closing  or
otherwise in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement
shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance  to Sellers and their
counsel.

         5.03 Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer to Effect the  Transactions
Contemplated  Hereby.  The  obligations  of Buyer  to  effect  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby shall be further  subject to the fulfillment at or prior to
the Closing of each of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be
waived in whole or in part by Buyer in writing:

         (a) Sellers shall have performed and complied in all material  respects
with all  agreements,  obligations,  conditions and covenants  contained in this
Agreement  required to be performed and complied with by them at or prior to the
Closing  and all  representations  and  warranties  of Sellers set forth in this
Agreement  shall be true and correct in all material  respects as of the date of
this  Agreement and as amended by any  Disclosure  Supplements as of the Closing
Date (as if the Closing  Date was the date of this  Agreement),  and Buyer shall
have  received  certificates  to that  effect  signed  by  Sellers,  in the form
attached  hereto as Exhibit A, together with such other  documents,  instruments
and  writings  required to be delivered by Sellers or by the Company at or prior
to the Closing  pursuant to this  Agreement or otherwise  required in connection
herewith,  provided,  however,  that  if the  Disclosure  Supplements  reveal  a
material  change from the Schedules  attached  hereto at the date hereof that is
unacceptable to Buyer,  Buyer shall not be obligated to effect the  transactions
contemplated hereby.

                                       7
                                    - 106 -
<PAGE>

         (b) No action or  proceedings  which have a  reasonable  likelihood  of
success shall have been  instituted or, to the knowledge of Sellers,  threatened
by any  governmental  body or  authority  to  restrain  or  prohibit  any of the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         (c) Each  party  hereto  shall have  received  all  material  consents,
waivers,   approvals,   licenses  or  other  authorizations  required  from  any
governmental  or  non-governmental  entity  for  the  execution,   delivery  and
performance of this Agreement by the parties hereto.

         (d) No injunction or other court order  requiring  that any part of the
business  or assets of the  Company be held  separate  or  divested  or that any
business or assets of Buyer or any  affiliate of Buyer be divested,  or imposing
or involving  any  conditions on Buyer or its  affiliates or the Company,  which
could be reasonably  expected to have a material  adverse  effect on the assets,
liabilities,  business, financial condition,  prospects or results of operations
of either Buyer or any affiliate of Buyer on the one hand, or the Company on the
other hand, shall be in effect and no proceedings shall be pending by or before,
or  threatened  in  writing  by or  before,  any  governmental  body or court of
competent jurisdiction with respect thereto.

         (e) Other than as disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, there shall not
be in effect at the Closing  Date any  contractual  provisions  restricting  the
ability of the  Company or any  affiliate  thereof to conduct  any  business  or
compete  with any person or  restricting  the area in which it may  conduct  any
business.

         (f) Buyer and its counsel shall have approved (which approval shall not
be  unreasonably  withheld) (i) the form of stock power or other  instruments of
transfer to be  delivered  to Buyer at the Closing and (ii) all other  documents
and  instruments to be delivered at the Closing or otherwise in connection  with
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                          SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

         6.01  Survival  of  Representations,   Warranties  and  Covenants.  All
covenants and  agreements of any party hereto set forth herein shall survive the
Closing for the period provided for in such covenant or, if not so provided, for
a period of one year. The  representations and warranties set forth herein shall
survive the Closing and shall remain in effect for a period of one year from the
Closing Date.

         6.02 Post-Closing Indemnification. (a) From and after the Closing Date,
Buyer  shall  defend,  indemnify  and hold  harmless  Sellers  and their  heirs,
trustees,  successors and assigns  against and in respect of any and all losses,
actions, suits,  proceedings,  claims,  liabilities,  damages, causes of action,
demands,  assessments,  judgments,  and investigations and any and all costs and
expenses  paid  to  third  parties,  including  without  limitation,  reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses, suffered by any of them as a result of, or arising
from, any inaccuracy in or breach of or omission from any of the representations
or warranties made by Buyer in Article III of this Agreement or pursuant hereto,

                                       8
                                    - 107 -
<PAGE>

or any non-fulfillment,  partial or total, of any of the covenants or agreements
made by Buyer in this Agreement to the extent not waived by Sellers in writing.

         (b)  From and  after  the  Closing  Date,  each  Seller  shall  defend,
indemnify  and hold  harmless  the Buyer  and its  subsidiaries  (including  the
Company)  and  each  of  their  successors,  assigns,  officers,  directors  and
employees (the "Buyer  Indemnitee  Group") against and in respect of any and all
losses, actions, suits,  proceedings,  claims,  liabilities,  damages, causes of
action,  demands,  assessments,  judgments,  and  investigations and any and all
costs  and  expenses  paid  to  third  parties,  including  without  limitation,
reasonable  attorneys' fees and expenses suffered by any of them as a result of,
or arising  from,  any  inaccuracy  in or breach of or omission  from any of the
representations  or  warranties  made  by  such  Seller  in  Article  II of this
Agreement or pursuant hereto, or any  non-fulfillment,  partial or total, of any
of the covenants or agreements made by such Seller in this Agreement.

         (c) If a claim by a third party is made against an  indemnified  party,
and if such party  intends to seek  indemnity  with respect  thereto  under this
Article VI, the  indemnified  party shall  promptly  (and in any case within ten
days of such claim  being  made)  notify the  indemnifying  party of such claim,
provided,  however,  that the failure to so notify the indemnifying  party shall
not discharge the  indemnifying  party of its obligations  hereunder except that
the indemnifying  party shall not be liable for default judgments or any amounts
related  thereto  if the  indemnified  party  shall  not  have so  notified  the
indemnifying party.  Subject to the following  sentence,  the indemnifying party
shall have thirty days after  receipt of such notice to  undertake,  conduct and
control,  through  counsel of its own  choosing  (which is  satisfactory  to the
indemnified party) the settlement or defense thereof,  and the indemnified party
shall cooperate with it in connection  therewith (provided that the indemnifying
party shall permit the  indemnified  party to participate in such  settlement or
defense through counsel chosen by the indemnified party,  provided that the fees
and expenses of such counsel  shall be borne by the  indemnified  party) and the
indemnifying  party shall promptly  reimburse the indemnified party for the full
amount  of any loss  resulting  from  such  claim and all  related  expenses  as
incurred  by  the   indemnified   party  within   limits  of  this  Article  VI.
Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  the  indemnified  party shall
have the right to conduct and control the defense of any such claim in the event
that such claim (including a claim for equitable  relief) or the continuation of
such claim  could  reasonably  be expected to  materially  adversely  affect the
business,  results  of  operations,  prospects  or  financial  condition  of the
indemnified party or any of its affiliates,  provided, however, that (i) in such
event the  indemnified  party's  selection  of  counsel  shall be subject to the
approval of the  indemnifying  party,  which approval shall not be  unreasonably
withheld,  and (ii) the indemnified party may not settle any claim for an amount
in excess of  $25,000  or  consent to any  settlement  which  imposes  equitable
remedies on the indemnifying  party or its affiliates  without the prior consent
of the  indemnifying  party,  which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld,
unless the indemnified party agrees to waive any right to indemnity  therefor by
the  indemnifying   party.  If  the  indemnifying  party  does  not  notify  the
indemnified  party  within  thirty  days after the  receipt  of the  indemnified
party's notice of a claim of indemnity hereunder that it elects to undertake the
defense thereof or if the  indemnifying  party is not reasonably  contesting the
claim in good  faith,  the  indemnified  party  shall have the right to contest,
settle or compromise the claim in the exercise of its reasonable  judgment,  and

                                       9
                                    - 108 -
<PAGE>

all losses incurred by the indemnified party, including all fees and expenses of
counsel for the indemnified party, shall be paid by the indemnifying party.

         (d) Claims for  indemnification  made under this  Section 6.02 shall be
made within a period of one year from the Closing Date.

         6.03 Limitation on Indemnification.  (a) Notwithstanding the provisions
of Section  6.02(a)  hereof,  Buyer shall not be obligated to indemnify and hold
harmless Sellers until the aggregate of all claims for which  indemnification is
sought against Buyer under Section 6.02(a) of this Agreement and Section 6.02(b)
of the Agreement Regarding Stock Acquisition  exceeds, in the aggregate,  Eighty
Thousand  Dollars  ($80,000),  and then only as to the amount by which aggregate
claims  thereunder exceed $80,000.  Buyer's aggregate  liability with respect to
the  indemnification  contained in Section 6.02(a) of this Agreement and Section
6.02(b)  of  the  Agreement   Regarding  Stock   Acquisition  shall  not  exceed
$2,000,000,  and each party hereto  waives (on its own behalf,  and on behalf of
all   indemnified   persons  named   hereunder   benefiting  from  such  party's
indemnification) any and all rights, claims and causes of action that it or such
persons may have  against  the  indemnifying  party  under such  indemnification
provisions to the extent such rights, claims and causes of action would or could
result in aggregate liability of the indemnifying party in excess of $2,000,000.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of Section  6.02(b)  hereof,  the
aggregate  liability  under this  Agreement  of each Seller shall not exceed the
amount set forth  opposite  such  Seller's  name in Schedule 1 attached  hereto,
being the purchase price for such Seller's Shares.

         (c) Except for liability provided for in Section 7.02(b) hereof and the
remedy of specific  performance  provided for in Section 8.12 hereof, each party
hereto  acknowledges  and agrees that his, her or its sole and exclusive  remedy
with  respect  to any and all  claims  relating  to the  subject  matter of this
Agreement shall be pursuant to the indemnification  provisions set forth in this
Article VI. In furtherance of the foregoing,  each party waives,  to the fullest
extent permitted under applicable law, any and all rights,  claims and causes of
action that it may have against the other party  arising under or based upon any
federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance,  rule or regulation, or arising
under or based upon common law or  otherwise,  except to the extent  provided in
this Article VI.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                           TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

         7.01 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to
the Closing:

         (a)  by the mutual consent of Buyer and a majority of Sellers; or

         (b) by either  Buyer or a majority of Sellers if the Closing  shall not
have occurred on or before December 31, 1998 or such later date as may be agreed
upon by Buyer, and a majority of Sellers; or

                                       10
                                    - 109 -
<PAGE>

         (c) upon the termination of the Agreement Regarding Stock Acquisition.

         7.02 Procedure and Effect of  Termination.  In the event of termination
of this Agreement and abandonment of the transactions contemplated hereby by any
or all of the parties  pursuant to Section 7.01,  written  notice  thereof shall
forthwith be given to the other  parties to this  Agreement  and this  Agreement
shall  terminate and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be abandoned,
without  further  action by any of the  parties  hereto.  If this  Agreement  is
terminated as provided herein:

         (a) the parties hereto will promptly redeliver to the Sellers or Buyer,
as the case may be, all documents,  work papers and other materials of any other
party relating to the transactions  contemplated hereby, whether obtained before
or after the execution hereof; and

         (b) no party hereto shall have any  liability or further  obligation to
any other party to this  Agreement  pursuant to this  Agreement  except (i) with
respect to Section 4.01, and (ii) solely with respect to  terminations  pursuant
to Section 7.01(b), any party whose material breach of any covenant or agreement
hereunder shall have resulted in the failure of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement to close, shall be liable for breach of contract or otherwise, to
the extent provided by law (it being  understood,  however,  that any matter set
forth on a Disclosure Supplement hereunder shall not be construed as a breach or
default of this  Agreement);  provided,  however,  that this subsection (b) (ii)
shall not be construed to limit the remedies otherwise available with respect to
such defaulting party.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         8.01  Amendment  and  Modification.  This  Agreement  may  be  amended,
modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Buyer and Sellers.

         8.02 Waiver of Compliance;  Consents.  Except as otherwise  provided in
this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation,
covenant,  agreement or  condition  herein may be waived by the party or parties
entitled to the  benefits  thereof  only by a written  instrument  signed by the
party  granting  such  waiver,  but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict
compliance  with such  obligation,  covenant,  agreement or condition  shall not
operate as a waiver of, or estoppel  with  respect to, any  subsequent  or other
failure.  Whenever this Agreement requires or permits consent by or on behalf of
any party hereto,  such consent shall be given in writing in a manner consistent
with the  requirements  for a waiver of  compliance as set forth in this Section
8.02.

         8.03  No  Third  Party  Beneficiaries.   Except  as  provided  in  this
Agreement,  nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or
entity  which  is not a  party  or a  permitted  assignee  of a  party  to  this
Agreement.

                                       11
                                    - 110 -
<PAGE>

         8.04  Notices.  All  notices,   requests,  claims,  demands  and  other
communications  hereunder  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been
duly given when  delivered  in person,  by cable,  telegram or telex,  telecopy,
courier,  express mail delivery  service,  or by  registered  or certified  mail
(postage  prepaid,  return  receipt  requested)  to the  respective  parties  as
follows:

         (a)      if to Sellers, to their respective addresses
                  set forth on Schedule 1 of this Agreement;

         (b)      if to Buyer, to:

                  Data Transmission Network Corporation
                  9110 West Dodge Road
                  Suite 200
                  Omaha, Nebraska  68114
                  Attn: Greg T. Sloma, President
                  Facsimile:  (402) 390-7188

                  with a copy to:
                  Abrahams Kaslow & Cassman
                  8712 West Dodge Road
                  Suite 300
                  Omaha, Nebraska  68114
                  Attn: R. Craig Fry
                  Facsimile:  (402) 392-0816

or to such  other  address  as the  person  to whom  notice  is  given  may have
previously  furnished  to the others in  writing  in the manner set forth  above
(provided  that  notice of any change of address  shall be  effective  only upon
receipt thereof).

         8.05 Assignment.  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall
be  binding  upon and  inure to the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and their
respective  successors and permitted assigns.  Neither this Agreement nor any of
the rights,  interests or obligations  hereunder  shall be assigned by any party
hereto  without  the  prior  written  consent  of the other  parties,  except as
provided in Section 8.13.

         8.06 Governing Law;  Consent to  Jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall be
governed by the law of the State of Nebraska as to all matters,  including,  but
not limited to,  matters of  validity,  construction,  effect,  performance  and
remedies without giving effect to the principles of choice of law thereof.

         8.07  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in two or  more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                                       12
                                    - 111 -
<PAGE>

         8.08 Interpretation. The article and section headings contained in this
Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement
of the parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or  interpretation of
this Agreement.

         8.09 Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement,  including the Exhibits hereto
and the  agreements  (including  the  Agreement  Regarding  Stock  Acquisition),
documents,  schedules,  certificates and instruments referred to herein embodies
the entire  agreement and  understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.   There  are  no  restrictions,
promises,  representations,  warranties,  covenants or undertakings,  other than
those  expressly  set forth or  referred to herein or  therein.  This  Agreement
supersedes  all prior  agreements  and  understandings  between the parties with
respect to such transactions.

         8.10  Certain Definitions.

         (a) An "affiliate" of a person shall mean any person which, directly or
indirectly,  controls,  is controlled by, or is under common control with,  such
person.

         (b) The term "control" (including,  with correlative meaning, the terms
"controlled  by" and "under common control  with"),  as used with respect to any
person, means the possession,  directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
cause the  direction of the  management  and  policies of such  person,  whether
through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

         (c)  The  term  "person"  shall  mean  and  include  an  individual,  a
partnership,  a limited liability  company,  a joint venture,  a corporation,  a
trust,  an  unincorporated  organization  and a government or any  department or
agency thereof.

         (d)   The term "day" shall mean a calendar day unless otherwise stated.

         (e) The term  "subsidiary"  when used in  reference to any other person
shall mean any  corporation  of which  outstanding  securities  having  ordinary
voting power to elect a majority of the Board of  Directors of such  corporation
are owned directly or indirectly by such other person.

         (f) Whenever any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement
is qualified by reference to the  knowledge,  information  or belief of a party,
such party confirms that it has made due and diligent  inquiry as to the matters
that are the subject of such representation and warranty.

         8.11  Severability.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the provisions
of this Agreement are reasonable under the circumstances.  Any provision of this
Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable  in any jurisdiction  shall, as to
such  jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to  the  extent  of  such  prohibition  or
unenforceability   without  invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  hereof  or
affecting  the  validity  or  enforceability  of such  provisions  in any  other
jurisdiction.

                                       13
                                    - 112 -
<PAGE>

         8.12 Specific Performance.  Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and
agrees that the other parties hereto would be  irreparably  damaged in the event
any of the  provisions of this  Agreement  are not performed in accordance  with
their specific terms or are otherwise breached. Accordingly, each of the parties
hereto agrees that they each shall be entitled to an  injunction or  injunctions
to  prevent  breaches  of the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and  to  enforce
specifically  this Agreement and the terms and  provisions  hereof in any action
instituted  in any  court of the  United  States  or any  state  thereof  having
personal  and subject  matter  jurisdiction,  in addition to any other remedy to
which such party may be entitled at law or in equity. In the event of any action
or  proceeding  to  enforce  the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  the
prevailing  party  shall be entitled to an award of  reasonable  attorneys'  and
expert's fees and costs in addition to such other relief as may be granted.

         8.13  Effectiveness.  This Agreement shall not become  effective unless
all Sellers named herein (other than Paul Post and his spouse) have executed and
delivered  this Agreement  prior to the Closing.  If Paul Post does not become a
party prior to Closing,  then the aggregate  purchase price for the Shares shall
be  reduced by the amount  set forth  opposite  his name on  Schedule 1 attached
hereto and, at the option of Buyer in its sole discretion, Buyer may assign this
Agreement to a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Buyer  immediately  prior to Closing;
provided,  however, that such assignment shall not release Buyer from any of its
obligations and liabilities under this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Sellers  and Buyer have  signed,  or caused  this
Agreement to be signed by their respective representatives,  as the case may be,
as of the date first above written.

                                          DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                          CORPORATION


                                          By: /s/ Greg T. Sloma
                                              ----------------------------
                                              Greg T. Sloma, President


                                          STEPHEN P. KAVOURAS REVOCABLE
                                          TRUST UNDER AGREEMENT DATED
                                          SEPTEMBER 13, 1995

                                          By: /s/ Stephen P. Kavouras, Trustee
                                              --------------------------------
                                              Stephen P. Kavouras, Trustee
                                       14
                                    - 113 -
<PAGE>

                                          IRREVOCABLE GST TRUST FOR STEPHEN
                                          P. KAVOURAS UNDER AGREEMENT
                                          DATED JULY 29, 1997


                                          By ______________________________
                                             Stephen P. Kavouras, Trustee


                                          And ____________________________
                                              Laura Burrow, Trustee


                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Walter A. Lyons


                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Darold L. Holden


                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Mavis Holden

                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Mrs. Michael Govotas


                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Daniel Andrew Kavouras


                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Larry Barnet Kavouras


                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Patricia K. Kavouras


                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Myron Hjermstead, Jr.


                                       15
                                    - 114 -
<PAGE>

                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Darlene Hjermstead


                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Paul Post


                                              ---------------------------------
                                              __________  Post


                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Dennis K. Sanford


                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Lynn M. Sanford


                                       16
                                     - 115 -
<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE 1


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   Name and                                       Number of                               Portion of
Address Of Seller                                Shares Owned                           Purchase Price


<S>                                                    <C>                              <C>        
Stephen P. Kavouras,                                   100                              $10,552,278
Trustee of the Stephen
P. Kavouras Revocable
Trust under Agreement
dated September 13, 1995
11400 Rupp Drive
Burnsville, MN  55337

Stephen P. Kavouras and                                 30                              $ 3,165,683
Laura Burrow, as Trustees
of the Irrevocable GST
Trust for Stephen P.
Kavouras under Agreement
dated July 29, 1997
11400 Rupp Drive
Burnsville, MN  55337

Walter A. Lyons, Ph.D., CCM                              7                              $   738,660
46050 Weld County Road 13
Ft. Collins, CO  80524

Darold L. Holden                                         5                              $   527,614
4232 Black Hawk Road
Eagan, MN  55122

Darold  and Mavis Holden                                 1/3                            $    35,174
4232 Black Hawk Road
Eagan, MN  55122

Mrs. Michael Govotas                                     4                                  422,091
620 Lynwood Drive
Benton Harbor, MT  49022


Daniel Andrew Kavouras                                   2                              $   211,046
6035 Forest Circle Drive
Brooksville, FL  34601

                                       17
                                    - 116 -
<PAGE>

Larry Barnet Kavouras                                    2                              $   211,046
1906 N. 159th East
Wichita, KS  67230

Patricia K. Kavouras                                     2                              $   211,046
67 South Peak Road
Boulder, CO  80302

Myron and Darlene                                        1 1/12                         $   114,316
  Hjermstead, Jr.
8340 Eastwood Drive, N.E.
Mounds View, MN  55112

Paul Post                                                1                              $   105,523
2646 Richardson Street
Madison, WI  53711

Dennis K. and Lynn M. Sanford                            1                              $   105,523
                                                       ---                              -----------
13945 Thunderbird Road N
Prescott, AZ  86301

TOTALS                                                 155 5/12                         $16,400,000


</TABLE>


                                       18
                                    - 117 -
<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT A



                               CLOSING CERTIFICATE


 The  undersigned,  being a Seller under that certain Stock  Purchase  Agreement
(the "Stock Purchase  Agreement")  dated March ___, 1998, among the shareholders
of Kavouras,  Inc. (the "Company"),  and Data Transmission  Network  Corporation
(the "Buyer"), do hereby certify to the Buyer as follows:

         1. The undersigned has performed and complied in all material  respects
with all  agreements,  obligations,  conditions  and covenants  contained in the
Stock  Purchase  Agreement  required to be performed  and  complied  with by the
undersigned  at or  prior  to  the  date  hereof  and  all  representations  and
warranties of the undersigned set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement are true
and  correct in all  material  respects  as if made on and as of this  date,  as
amended by any Disclosure Supplements.

         2. This  certificate is given pursuant to Section  5.03(a) of the Stock
Purchase Agreement.


         DATED as of ______________, 1998

                                           SELLER:


                                           ---------------------------------

                                           Printed Name:_____________________


                                       19
                                    - 118 -

                                LICENSE AGREEMENT

         THIS  LICENSE  AGREEMENT  is entered  into as of this 6th day of April,
1998, by and between KAVOURAS,  INC., a Minnesota  corporation  ("Kavouras") and
EARTHWATCH COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Minnesota corporation ("EarthWatch").

         WHEREAS,  EarthWatch has developed and is the owner of certain software
which it desires to license to Kavouras,  and which Kavouras  desires to license
from EarthWatch, under the terms and conditions set forth herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE,  for good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency  of  which is  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto  agree as
follows:

         1.       Grant of License.

                  a. EarthWatch  hereby grants to Kavouras,  and Kavouras hereby
         accepts,  an  exclusive  (including  as  to  EarthWatch),  royalty-free
         license  under the Licensed  Rights (as  hereinafter  defined) to make,
         have made, use, market,  license,  sublicense,  distribute,  reproduce,
         copy, sell and incorporate into derivative works the Licensed  Products
         (as defined  hereinafter).  As used herein,  the term "Licensed Rights"
         means:

                       (1)  U.S. Patent No. 5,379,215, "Method for Creating a 3D
                            Image of Terrain and Associated Weather," any patent
                            resulting   from   a    continuation    application,
                            continuation-in-part     application,     divisional
                            application,  re-examination  application,  re-issue
                            application  or foreign  application  related to the
                            subject matter of U.S. Patent No. 5,379,215, "Method
                            for  Creating a 3D Image of Terrain  and  Associated
                            Weather;"

                       (2)  all other patents covering the  manufacture,  use or
                            sale of the Licensed Products;

                       (3)  all copyrights related to the Licensed Products;

                       (4)  all mask work registrations  related to the Licensed
                            Products;

                       (5)  all trade secrets,  know-how and show-how related to
                            the Licensed Products;

                       (6)  all shop rights  related to the  Licensed  Products;
                            and

                       (7)  any and all  other  rights  now  owned or  hereafter
                            acquired  by  EarthWatch  related  to  the  Licensed
                            Products.

                                       1
                                    - 119 -
<PAGE>

         As used herein, the term "Licensed Products" means:

                       (1)  EarthWatch's    Reality   3d    Realtime    Software
                            (including,  without limitation, Reality 3D textured
                            skylines and the product  referred to  internally by
                            EarthWatch as "virtual set");

                       (2)  EarthWatch's    SchoolWatch    Software   (and   all
                            work-in-progress thereon to the extent incomplete);

                       (3)  EarthWatch's Showmaker Software;

                       (4)  EarthWatch's  StormWatch Software (provided that the
                            license  to this  software  product  only  shall  be
                            non-exclusive);

                       (5)  all  enhancements,   other  software,   modules  and
                            components     used    to    produce    real    time
                            three-dimensional  and  fly-through  effects used in
                            television  broadcast,  including those necessary to
                            create a fully  functional  on-air  news and weather
                            graphics system (excluding  EarthVision,  also known
                            as WorldScape);

                       (6)  all manuals or other documentation pertaining to any
                            of the foregoing; and

                       (7)  all derivative works or other products  developed by
                            or for  Kavouras  which  relate in any way to any of
                            the foregoing.

                  b.  EarthWatch  hereby  grants to  Kavouras  a  non-exclusive,
         royalty-free  license to use and or sublicense the trademarks  "Reality
         3D,"  "Reality  3D Real  Time" and  "SchoolWatch."  EarthWatch  further
         grants to Kavouras a non-exclusive,  perpetual, royalty-free license to
         use and sublicense the use of any other trademark,  service mark, logo,
         trade name or trade dress used by  EarthWatch  in  connection  with the
         Licensed  Products.  Upon reasonable  notice and during normal business
         hours,  EarthWatch  shall have the right to review (1) how  Kavouras is
         using  any  mark  licensed  in  advertising,   promotional   materials,
         packaging  and  labeling;  and (2) samples of the  products  with which
         Kavouras is using the marks.  All  information  obtained in conjunction
         with such review shall be held in  confidence  by  EarthWatch  and used
         exclusively for determining  whether Kavouras is using the mark(s) in a
         manner  consistent  with this Agreement and in connection with products
         and services that are of good quality.  Upon completion of such review,
         EarthWatch  may,  at its  option,  deliver  written  notice to Kavouras
         requesting   specific   reasonable   changes  to  the   advertisements,
         promotional  materials,  packaging  and labeling or products with which
         Kavouras is using the marks. Kavouras shall then have a reasonable time
         to implement any such changes reasonably requested by EarthWatch.

                                       2
                                    - 120 -
<PAGE>

                  c.  EarthWatch  shall deliver to Kavouras all  information and
         materials  required  to carry out this  Agreement,  including,  but not
         limited to: (1)  patents  and patent  applications,  (2)  trademark  or
         service mark applications and registrations, (3) copyright applications
         and  registrations,  (4) mask  works and mask work  registrations,  (5)
         source code, (6) object code, (7) software,  (8) know-how and show-how,
         (9) drawings,  specifications,  designs,  plans,  proposals,  data, and
         other works, (10) manufacturing and production  processes,  techniques,
         research and  development  information,  and (11) notes,  shop manuals,
         formulae and prototypes.

                  d.  Kavouras  shall also have the right,  at the sole cost and
         expense of  Kavouras,  to take  whatever  steps it deems  necessary  to
         protect the Licensed Rights and Licensed Products. EarthWatch agrees to
         cooperate  with such  efforts and sign any papers  required to acquire,
         protect or enforce such rights.

                  e. It is agreed and  understood  that the  exclusive  licenses
         hereby  granted  shall be subject only to the rights of those  existing
         licensees  under  existing  agreements,  all of whom and  which are set
         forth on Exhibit A attached  hereto,  provided that EarthWatch will not
         renew and agrees to terminate any and all of such license agreements at
         the earliest possible date upon the reasonable request of Kavouras with
         respect to any specific licensee.

                  f. The term of the  licenses  granted  herein  shall be twenty
         (20) years from the date hereof,  provided that any sublicenses granted
         to end users of the Licensed Products shall be perpetual.

         2.  License  Fee.  Contemporaneously  herewith,  Kavouras  shall pay to
EarthWatch  as the sole and only  one-time  license fee and fee for acquiring an
option to license pursuant to a separate agreement of even date herewith the sum
of One Million Five Hundred  Thousand and No/100  Dollars  ($1,500,000.00).  The
parties  have  agreed  that  Two  Hundred  Fifty  Thousand  and  No/100  Dollars
($250,000.00)  of the foregoing  payment shall be escrowed  pursuant to a escrow
agreement of even date  herewith.  No other  payments shall be due or owing from
Kavouras for the rights granted hereunder.

         3. Territory.  The licenses granted herein,  and the exclusivity rights
in connection  therewith,  shall extend throughout the world, with the exception
of the United States and Canada.  The  limitation of the Territory  herein shall
only limit sales and  distribution,  which shall be limited to customers outside
the United  States and Canada,  but shall not limit or  prohibit  manufacturing,
packaging, software development,  initiating marketing (e.g. placing phone calls
from,  purchasing  and  preparing  documentation  in the  United  States  and/or
Canada), and similar activities within the United States and/or Canada.

         4.  Representations  and Warranties.  EarthWatch  hereby represents and
warrants to Kavouras that:

                                       3
                                    - 121 -
<PAGE>

                  a. EarthWatch is the sole and exclusive  owner,  free from any
         liens,  security  interests  or other  encumbrances  or claims of third
         parties,  of the Licensed  Products  including  all copyright and other
         proprietary rights therein,  and of the ideas,  procedures,  processes,
         systems,  methods of operation and concepts which are embodied therein.
         EarthWatch  has  been  granted  such  rights  under  U.S.   Patent  No.
         5,379,215,  "Method for  Creating a 3D Image of Terrain and  Associated
         Weather," and the license of the Licensed  Products  herein  granted or
         the use of the Licensed Products for the purposes  permitted  hereunder
         will not constitute an infringement  of any third party's  intellectual
         property  rights  or  constitute  a  breach  of any  agreement  between
         EarthWatch and any third party,  including,  without  limitation,  that
         certain  Reseller License  Agreement by and between  EarthWatch and WSI
         Corporation, as amended, that certain Software License Agreement by and
         between EarthWatch and Weather Central, Inc. and that certain Exclusive
         Distributor  Agreement for EarthWatch Products in the Government Market
         by and between  EarthWatch  and Sterling  Software  (U.S.),  Inc.  (the
         parties  agree that  EarthWatch  shall  immediately  request  and shall
         diligently pursue and obtain no later than fourteen days after the date
         hereof a UCC-3 to release of record  all  filings in favor of  Northern
         Trust);

                  b. the right and  license  granted to  Kavouras  hereunder  is
         exclusive to Kavouras  within the  Territory  except as  expressly  set
         forth  herein  and no  parties,  other  than the  licensees  under  the
         agreements set forth on Exhibit A, have rights to the Licensed Products
         within the Territory;

                  c. the Licensed Products,  and all portions thereof,  are free
         from material  defects in material and  workmanship  and will,  without
         modification  or  supplementation,  permit  the user  thereof to create
         real-time  3D  images  of  terrain  and  associated  weather  from data
         supplied by or to the user,  provided that Kavouras  acknowledges  that
         the current  version of the Licensed  Products will not permit the user
         thereof to create real-time 3D images of terrain and associated weather
         from  data  supplied  by or to the user  using  Kavouras  data and that
         Kavouras and  EarthWatch  are in the process,  pursuant to a Consulting
         Agreement, of creating the data interface to permit such functionality;

                  d. The  individuals  executing  this  Agreement  on  behalf of
         EarthWatch  have the requisite  authority to execute this Agreement and
         such  other  documents  as  are  contemplated  or  to be  delivered  by
         EarthWatch herein, and to bind EarthWatch  thereto;  and EarthWatch has
         the full and complete authority to perform its obligations hereunder;

         In  the  event  of a  breach  of  the  representations  and  warrantees
contained above,  EarthWatch  agrees to diligently pursue and obtain at its sole
cost and expense all intellectual property and contract rights necessary to make
such  representation  and warranty true and correct and to provide Kavouras with
the exclusive rights to the Licensed  Products granted  hereunder.  EarthWatch's
failure  to do so  within  a  reasonable  time  and in any  event  prior  to the
suffering by Kavouras of any  damages,  whether to third  parties or  otherwise,
shall result in Kavouras  having the rights and  remedies  provided in Section 5
hereof.

                                       4
                                    - 122 -
<PAGE>

         5.  Indemnification.  EarthWatch  agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold
Kavouras harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, judgments and
liabilities  (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of any breach of
the representations  and warrantees made by EarthWatch herein.  Without limiting
the foregoing,  EarthWatch  shall pay any and all damages,  costs and attorneys'
fees awarded in any action against  Kavouras based on such claim, as well as any
other damages which may be suffered by Kavouras by reason of its being  deprived
of its rights  hereunder  or its  having  such  rights  limited,  restricted  or
infringed in any manner.  Kavouras  agrees to provide  EarthWatch with notice of
any such claim within a reasonable  time after Kavouras learns of such claim. In
addition to the foregoing indemnity and defense  obligations,  EarthWatch agrees
to provide to Kavouras  at  EarthWatch's  sole cost and  expense  all  necessary
assistance  in evaluating  and/or  opposing any such claim,  including,  without
limitation, providing access to programmers, documentation and prior versions of
the Licensed Products.  Notwithstanding and in limitation of the foregoing,  the
parties  agree that  EarthWatch's  liability  under this  paragraph  5 shall not
exceed  the  consideration  paid to  EarthWatch  by  Kavouras  pursuant  to this
Agreement,  together with any sums paid to third party  claimants as a result of
such breaches.

         6.       [Intentionally Deleted].

         7. Source Code. Within ten (10) days after the date hereof,  EarthWatch
agrees to  provide  Kavouras  with a copy of the  source  code for the  Licensed
Products,  together with all other materials and intellectual property necessary
to permit  Kavouras to fully  exercise the rights granted to it hereunder and to
fulfill the obligations of EarthWatch hereunder.  It is agreed that Kavouras may
copy or modify or  incorporate  such  source  code and  other  property,  or any
portion thereof, into products to be created hereafter by or for Kavouras, which
products shall be the sole property of Kavouras.

         8. Registration of License. EarthWatch agrees that Kavouras may, at the
sole costs and expense of Kavouras, file notice of its rights under this license
with the United  States  Copyright  Office  and/or the United  States Patent and
Trademark  Office and  EarthWatch  agrees to  cooperate  with any such  filings,
including,  without  limitation,  executing  and  delivering  for no  additional
consideration any assignments or similar documents  necessary to accomplish such
filing.

         9. Support.  EarthWatch agrees that it will provide  reasonable support
to Kavouras in the exercise of Kavouras' rights under this Agreement.

         10. No Agency. Kavouras and EarthWatch are not, and shall not be deemed
or considered to be joint  venturers,  partners,  agents,  servants,  employees,
fiduciaries  or  representatives  of each other,  and no party to this Agreement
shall  have  the  right or power to bind or  obligate  any  other  party to this
Agreement.

                                       5
                                    - 123 -
<PAGE>

         11.  No  Waiver.  Failure  by either  party to  enforce  any  provision
hereunder  shall  not be deemed a waiver  of such  provision  or of the right to
enforce such provision in the future.

         12.  Governing  Law;  Venue.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by and
construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of  Minnesota.  Any action
brought under this Agreement  shall be brought in the state or federal courts of
the State of Minnesota,  provided that, notwithstanding this provision, Kavouras
shall have the right to implead  EarthWatch in any action which falls within the
scope of EarthWatch's  indemnification obligations under this Agreement, without
regard to the venue of such action.

         13.  Severability.  In the event that any  provision of this  Agreement
shall  be  held  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  to  be  unlawful  or
unenforceable,  the remaining  provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect  and shall not be  affected,  impaired  or  invalidated  in any
manner.

         14.  Assignment.  Neither party may assign its rights hereunder without
the consent of the other,  which  consent will not be  unreasonably  withheld or
delayed,  except in connection  with a sale of all or  substantially  all of the
assets of a party.  The parties hereto  acknowledge and agree that the benefits,
but not the burdens,  of the interests of Kavouras in this  Agreement  have been
assigned  to DTN Market  Communications  Group,  Inc.  ("DTN")  pursuant to that
certain   Agreement   Regarding   Purchase  of  Contract  and  Contract   Rights
("Assignment")  dated March 30, 1998, among Kavouras,  DTN and Data Transmission
Network  Corporation,  subject to such beneficial interests and rights reverting
back to  Kavouras  as  provided  in the  Assignment;  and that DTN shall have no
liabilities  or  obligations  under  this  Agreement  except the  obligation  to
Kavouras to pay the  EarthWatch  Payments as defined in and  provided for in the
Assignment.  While this  Assignment  remains in  effect,  EarthWatch  shall send
copies of all notices given to Kavouras  hereunder to Data Transmission  Network
Corporation, 9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200, Omaha, NE 68114, Attention Greg T.
Sloma, President.

         15. Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  contains and states the entire
agreement  of  the  parties  with  regard  to the  license  granted  hereby  and
supersedes all proposals,  oral or written, and all other communications between
the parties relating to this Agreement.

         16. Amendment.  No modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be
made except by an instrument in writing signed by both of the parties hereto.

         17.  Notices.  Any notices  required or permitted to be given hereunder
shall be in  writing  and  shall be (i)  personally  delivered,  (ii)  sent by a
reputable  overnight  courier  (e.g.,   Federal  Express)  or  (iii)  mailed  by
registered or certified United States Mail,  return receipt  requested and shall
be deemed delivered (x) on the date of personal delivery,  if such is a business

                                       6
                                    - 124 -
<PAGE>

day or the next business day if not, (y) the day  designated for delivery by the
overnight courier,  or (z) three days after posting in the United States Mail in
the manner provided  above.  All such notices shall be directed to the receiving
party at the following  addresses or such other address as a party may designate
by notice in accordance with the provisions hereof:

                  If to Kavouras:          Kavouras, Inc.
                                           11400 Rupp Drive
                                           Burnsville, MN 55337-1279
                                           Attention:  Stephen Kavouras

                  With copy to:            Malkerson Gilliland Martin LLP
                                           1500 AT&T Tower
                                           901 Marquette Avenue
                                           Minneapolis, MN 55402
                                           Attention:  Michael S. Gilliland

                  If to EarthWatch:        EarthWatch Communications, Inc.
                                           Woodland Office Building
                                           17113 Minnetonka Boulevard, Suite 120
                                           Minnetonka, MN 55345
                                           Attention:  Douglas P. Kruehoeffer

                  With copy to:            Leonard Street & Deinard
                                           150 South Fifth Street, Suite 2300
                                           Minneapolis, MN  55402
                                           Attention:  James J. Bertrand

         18.  Servicing.   Commencing  July  1,  1998,   Kavouras  shall  assume
EarthWatch's  written  obligations  to service  and/or  maintain  the Reality 3D
software  which has been licensed to third parties,  excluding  third parties in
the United States and Canada, and Kavouras shall be entitled to any and all fees
payable in connection with such servicing and/or maintenance, including any fees
which have been paid prior to the date hereof for service and maintenance  which
will be performed by Kavouras.  EarthWatch  represents  and warrants to Kavouras
that EarthWatch has disclosed to Kavouras in writing all of EarthWatch's written
obligations for servicing and/or  maintenance of the Reality 3D software and all
fees which have been paid prior to the date hereof for  service and  maintenance
which will be performed by Kavouras (See  attached  Exhibit B).  EarthWatch  and
Kavouras agree that Kavouras shall have no responsibility to service or maintain
any other  EarthWatch  software  unless the  parties  reach a  separate  written
agreement regarding such services.

         19.  Non-Competition.  In consideration for the sums paid hereunder and
the agreements made herein, EarthWatch shall not, within the Territory (i) shall
not compete directly or indirectly with the Kavouras, DTN or their assignees, in

                                       7
                                    - 125 -
<PAGE>

the sale,  license,  distribution or development of weather and/or news graphics
and/or  imagery  products  and services  within the  replayed or live  broadcast
market, including, without limitation,  television (broadcast,  cable, satellite
and other broadcast means) and  internet-delivered  live or replayed broadcasts,
provided that  EarthWatch may sell,  license and distribute the product known as
Stormwatch,  and (ii) shall not sell,  license,  distribute or develop  products
which compete directly or indirectly with, or have the capabilities of competing
with, the Licensed Products,  provided that the products known as StormWatch and
Earthvision,   without   modification   to  add  real  time   effects  or  other
modifications  that  make  such  products  more  competitive  with the  Licensed
Products, are excepted from this subparagraph (ii).

         EXECUTED by the parties  hereto  effective the day and year first above
written.

                                    KAVOURAS, INC.



                                    By:/s/ Laura Burrow
                                       -----------------------------
                                       Laura Burrow, Chief Operating Officer
                                                                       


                                    EARTHWATCH COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



                                    By:/s/Craig Burfeind
                                       ------------------------------
                                       Craig Burfeind, President
                                       
                                       8
                                    - 126 -
<PAGE>






                                    EXHIBIT A

                        Licensees and License Agreements

                         EXISTING LICENSEES/DISTRIBUTORS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parties: EarthWatch Communications,
<S>                                      <C>                                               <C>
 Inc. &                                  Type of Agreement                                 Date
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Clever Telecom, S.A.                     Distributor Agreement                             05/19/94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digital Broadcast Systems                Distribution Agreement                            12/15/96
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ATM Ltd.                                 Distributor Agreement                             05/12/94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ATLAS SA                                 Distributor Agreement                             05/18/94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Symbolic Technologies PTE LTD.           Distributor Agreement                             05/12/94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Video Graphics & Communication CO Ltd.   Distributor Agreement                             05/12/94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salam Technical Services (Qatar)         Distributor Agreement                             06/23/94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mitsui & Co. Ltd.                        Distributor Agreement                             02/01/95
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Advanced Communication Equipment
 (Int'l) Co Ltd.                         Distributor Agreement                             05/12/94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reality Horizons Pty Ltd.                Distribution Agreement                            07/01/97
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quantum Pacific Pty Ltd.                 Distribution Agreement                            12/01/96
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Video Design Systems Inc.                Distributor Agreement                             05/20/94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salam Technical Services/OMNIX           Distributor Agreement                             06/20/94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END USER LICENSEES

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sterling Software (U.S.), Inc.           Exclusive Distributor Agreement                   12/11/96
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ICELAND AGREEMENT

</TABLE>

                                       9
                                    - 127 -
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B

             Written Servicing Obligations and Fees Already Received



                                       10
                                    - 128 -
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT C

   Existing Agreements for License or Distribution of Products Which May Compete
               With the Licensed Products Within the Territory

                                       11
                                    - 129 -

                                OPTION AGREEMENT

         THIS OPTION AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement"),  is made as of the 6th day of
April,  1998,  by and between  KAVOURAS,  INC.,  a Minnesota  corporation  whose
address is 11400 Rupp Drive,  Burnsville,  MN 55337  ("Kavouras") and EARTHWATCH
COMMUNICATIONS,  INC., a Minnesota  corporation whose address is Woodland Office
Building,   17113  Minnetonka  Boulevard,   Suite  120,  Minnetonka,   MN  55345
("EarthWatch").

         WHEREAS,  EarthWatch has developed and is the owner of certain software
which and Kavouras  desires to obtain the option to license such  software  from
EarthWatch, under the terms and conditions set forth herein.

         NOW, THEREFORE,  for good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency  of  which is  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto  agree as
follows:

         1. Option to Acquire License.  EarthWatch hereby grants to Kavouras the
exclusive right and option  ("Option"),  to be exercised on or before the end of
the Option  Term (as set forth in Section 2  hereof),  to acquire an  exclusive,
twenty (20) year, royalty-free license under the Licensed Rights (as hereinafter
defined) to make,  have made,  use,  market,  license,  sublicense,  distribute,
reproduce,  copy,  sell and  incorporate  into  derivative  works  the  Licensed
Products  (as defined  hereinafter),  the  territory  of such  license to be the
United States and Canada. As used herein, the term "Licensed Rights" means:

         (1)  U.S.  Patent No.  5,379,215,  "Method  for  Creating a 3D Image of
              Terrain  and  Associated  Weather,"  any patent  resulting  from a
              continuation   application,    continuation-in-part   application,
              divisional  application,   re-examination  application,   re-issue
              application or foreign  application  related to the subject matter
              of U.S. Patent No.  5,379,215,  "Method for Creating a 3D Image of
              Terrain and Associated Weather;"

         (2)  all other  patents  covering the  manufacture,  use or sale of the
              Licensed Products;

         (3)  all copyrights related to the Licensed Products;

         (4)  all mask work registrations related to the Licensed Products;

         (5)  all trade secrets,  know-how and show-how  related to the Licensed
              products;

         (6)  all shop rights related to the Licensed Products; and

         (7)  any and all  other  rights  now  owned or  hereafter  acquired  by
              EarthWatch related to the Licensed Products.

         As used herein, the term "Licensed Products" means:

                                        1
                                     - 130 -
<PAGE>

         (1)  EarthWatch's  Reality 3d  Realtime  Software  (including,  without
              limitation,  Reality 3D textured skylines and the product referred
              to internally by EarthWatch as "virtual set");

         (2)  EarthWatch's SchoolWatch Software (or all work-in-progress thereon
              to the extent incomplete);

         (3)  EarthWatch's  StormWatch  Software  (provided  that the license to
              this software product, only, shall be non-exclusive);

         (4)  EarthWatch's Showmaker Software;

         (5)  all enhancements,  other software,  modules and components used to
              produce real time  three-dimensional  and fly-through effects used
              in television  broadcast,  including  those  necessary to create a
              fully   functional   on-air  news  and  weather   graphics  system
              (excluding EarthVision, also known as WorldScape);

         (6)  all  manuals  or  other  documentation  pertaining  to  any of the
              foregoing; and

         (7)  all  derivative  works  or  other  products  developed  by or  for
              Kavouras which relate in any way to any of the foregoing.

         EarthWatch  hereby  acknowledges  the receipt of the sum of One Million
Five Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars  ($1,500,000) in consideration  for the
option granted herein and for a current license under the Licensed Rights of the
Licensed  Products  throughout the world except for the United States and Canada
pursuant to a separate agreement. The parties have agreed that Two Hundred Fifty
Thousand and No/100  Dollars  ($250,000.00)  of the  foregoing  payment has been
escrowed pursuant to a escrow agreement of even date herewith.

         2.  Option  Term.  The term of the Option  (the  "Option  Term")  shall
commence as of the date hereof and shall terminate at midnight on June 20, 1998.

         3.  Exercise of Option.  The Option shall be deemed fully  exercised if
written  notice of election to exercise is given by Kavouras to  EarthWatch  and
the License Fee (as defined hereinafter) is paid at any time prior to expiration
of the  Option  Term.  Notice  shall be given as  provided  in Section 8 of this
Agreement.  The date on which Kavouras exercises the Option shall be referred to
as the  "Exercise  Date".  If  Kavouras  exercises  the Option,  EarthWatch  and
Kavouras  agree to enter into the License  Agreement  (as  defined  hereinafter)
according to the terms and conditions hereafter described.

         4. One-Time License Fee. If the Option is exercised, Kavouras shall pay
to  EarthWatch  as a one-time  license fee the sum of One Million  Five  Hundred
Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($1,500,000.00) (the "License Fee").

                                       2
                                    - 131 -
<PAGE>

         5.  License  Agreement.  Upon notice from  Kavouras  that it intends to
exercise the Option,  the parties  shall  schedule a closing,  to occur prior to
expiration of the Option Term, at which time Kavouras  shall pay the License Fee
and  EarthWatch  and Kavouras  shall enter into a license  agreement in the form
attached  hereto as Exhibit A,  provided  only that the  "Territory"  under such
license   agreement  shall  be  the  United  States  and  Canada  (the  "License
Agreement").

         6. EarthWatch's  Representations  and Warranties.  EarthWatch makes the
following  representations  and  warranties  to  Kavouras  that,  as of the date
hereof:

         (a) The  individuals  executing  this Agreement on behalf of EarthWatch
have the requisite  authority to execute this Agreement and such other documents
as are  contemplated  or to be  delivered  by  EarthWatch  herein,  and to  bind
EarthWatch  thereto;  and  EarthWatch  has the full and  complete  authority  to
perform  its  obligations  hereunder  and  under  the  License  Agreement,  when
executed;

         (b)  EarthWatch is the sole and exclusive  owner,  free from any liens,
security  interests or other  encumbrances  or claims of third  parties,  of the
Licensed Products, including all copyright and other proprietary rights therein,
and of the ideas,  procedures,  processes,  systems,  methods of  operation  and
concepts  which are embodied  therein.  EarthWatch  has been granted such rights
under U.S. Patent No. 5,379,215,  "Method for Creating a 3D Image of Terrain and
Associated  Weather,"  and the license of the Licensed  Products,  the option to
acquire  which is granted  herein or the use of the  Licensed  Products  for the
purposes  permitted  under such  license,  if acquired,  will not  constitute an
infringement of any third party's  intellectual  property rights or constitute a
breach of any  agreement  between  EarthWatch  and any third  party,  including,
without  limitation,  that  certain  Reseller  License  Agreement by and between
EarthWatch  and WSI  Corporation,  as amended,  that  certain  Software  License
Agreement by and between  EarthWatch and Weather Central,  Inc. and that certain
Exclusive Distributor Agreement for EarthWatch Products in the Government Market
by and between EarthWatch and Sterling Software (U.S.), Inc.;

         (c) The  Licensed  Products,  and all portions  thereof,  are free from
material defects in material and workmanship and will,  without  modification or
supplementation,  permit  the user  thereof  to  create  real-time  3D images of
terrain and  associated  weather from data supplied by or to the user,  provided
that Kavouras  acknowledges  that the current  version of the Licensed  Products
will not permit the user  thereof to create  real-time  3D images of terrain and
associated  weather from data supplied by or to the user using Kavouras data and
that  Kavouras  and  EarthWatch  are in the  process,  pursuant to a  Consulting
Agreement, of creating the data interface to permit such functionality;

         (d) There are no licenses, contracts,  purchase agreements,  options or
other agreements  relating to the Licensed  Property other than as listed on the
attached Exhibit B;

         (e)  EarthWatch  has entered into no  agreements  which would  conflict
with, prohibit or limit the license to be granted upon exercise of the Option;

                                       3
                                    - 132 -
<PAGE>

         (f)  EarthWatch  has  provided   notice  to  WSI   Corporation  of  the
non-renewal of that certain Reseller License Agreement by and between EarthWatch
and WSI Corporation dated as of June 7, 1994, as amended,  and accordingly after
June 7, 1998 WSI  Corporation  will have no further rights under such agreement;
and

         (g)  EarthWatch  is  not  in  default  in  the  performance  of  any of
EarthWatch's  obligations  to any third  parties,  including  under any easement
agreement, covenant, condition,  restriction or other instrument relating to the
Licensed Products.

         7.  Activities  Prior to Expiration of Option Term.  From and after the
date hereof  until the  exercise of the Option or the  expiration  of the Option
Term,  EarthWatch  shall  not enter  into any  agreement,  amend or  extend  any
agreement, or take or fail to take any other action which would impair, limit or
restrict  the rights to be granted to Kavouras  under the License  Agreement  or
prohibit EarthWatch from fully and timely performing its obligations hereunder.

         8.  Notices.  All notices  provided for in this  Agreement  shall be in
writing.  The notice shall be effective when personally delivered at the address
set forth in the first paragraph  hereof.  If a party delivers a notice provided
for in this  Agreement in a different  manner than  described  in the  preceding
sentence,  notice  shall be  effective  as of the date the other party  actually
receives the notice.

         9.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement has been made under the laws of the
State of Minnesota and such laws shall control its interpretation.

         10.  Assignment.  Neither  party may  assign  its  interest  under this
Agreement  without the prior written  consent of the other,  provided,  however,
that  Kavouras  may  assign  its  interest  to an  affiliate  of  Kavouras  or a
corporation, partnership or other entity which acquires all or substantially all
of the assets of Kavouras.  The parties  hereto  acknowledge  and agree that the
benefits,  but not the burdens,  of the interests of Kavouras in this  Agreement
have been assigned to DTN Market  Communications Group, Inc. ("DTN") pursuant to
that  certain  Agreement  Regarding  Purchase of Contract  and  Contract  Rights
("Assignment")  dated March 30, 1998, among Kavouras,  DTN and Data Transmission
Network  Corporation,  subject to such beneficial interests and rights reverting
back to  Kavouras  as  provided  in the  Assignment;  and that DTN shall have no
liabilities  or  obligations  under  this  Agreement  except the  obligation  to
Kavouras to pay the  EarthWatch  Payments as defined in and  provided for in the
Assignment.  While this  Assignment  remains in  effect,  EarthWatch  shall send
copies of all notices given to Kavouras  hereunder to Data Transmission  Network
Corporation, 9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200, Omaha, NE 68114, Attention Greg T.
Sloma, President.

         11.  Counterparts.  This Agreement and any amendments to this Agreement
may be executed in counterparts,  each of which shall be fully effective and all
of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         12. No Joint Venture, Partnership. EarthWatch and Kavouras, by entering
into this Agreement and consummating the transactions contemplated hereby, shall
not be considered joint venturers or partners.
         
                                       4
                                    - 133 -
<PAGE>

         13.  Severability.  In case any one or more of the provisions contained
in this  Agreement  shall  for any  reason  be held to be  invalid,  illegal  or
unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity,  illegality,  or unenforceability
shall not  affect  any  other  provision  hereof,  and this  Agreement  shall be
construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had never been
contained herein.

         14.  Business Days. In the event that any deadline or performance  date
set forth in this  Agreement  falls on a Saturday,  Sunday or date that  Norwest
Bank  Minnesota is closed for a banking  holiday,  such deadline or  performance
date shall be deemed to be postponed to the next business day thereafter.

         15. Setoff. The parties agree that, if and to the extent that claims of
third parties against EarthWatch or the Licensed Products jeopardize the ability
of EarthWatch to perform or prevent  EarthWatch  from performing its obligations
under  the  License  Agreement  to be  entered  into  pursuant  to  this  Option
Agreement,  Kavouras may (after exhausting the amounts placed in escrow for such
purpose pursuant to an escrow  agreement by and between  EarthWatch and Kavouras
of even date herewith) pay and settle such claims and setoff any such amounts so
paid against the amounts payable to EarthWatch under paragraph 4 hereof.

         EXECUTED by the parties  hereto  effective the day and year first above
written.

                                 KAVOURAS, INC.



                                 By:/s/ Laura Burrow
                                    ---------------------------------
                                    Laura Burrow, Chief Operating Officer



                                 EARTHWATCH COMMUNICATIONS, INC.



                                 By:/s/ Craig Burfeind
                                    ---------------------------------
                                    Craig Burfeind, President

                                       5
                                    - 134 -


                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     THIS ASSET  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT  is made and entered  into this 23rd day of
April,  1998,  by and among  SmartServ  Online,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation
("Seller"),  and Data Transmission Network  Corporation,  a Delaware corporation
("Buyer").

                                    RECITALS:

     A. Seller is engaged in the business of providing  products and services on
the internet  referred to as "SmartServ Pro",  "TradeNet",  and "BrokerNet" (the
"Business").  The  Business  shall not  include  any other  portion of  Seller's
operations including but not limited to (i) its telephone screen services,  (ii)
its internet products and services not identified above, including order routing
services referred to as "Night Trade" or its derivatives,  or (iii) its wireless
or PCS services.

     B. Seller  desires to sell  certain of the assets used by it in the conduct
of the Business, and Buyer desires to acquire such assets.

     C. To facilitate  Buyer's future conduct of the Business,  Seller agrees to
license to Buyer and maintain certain computer software programs as provided for
in this Agreement
         
     In  consideration  of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein,
and for other good and valuable  consideration  the receipt and  sufficiency  of
which are hereby acknowledged,  Seller and Buyer, intending to be legally bound,
agree as follows:
         
     1.  Purchase  and Sale.  Buyer agrees to purchase  from Seller,  and Seller
agrees to sell to Buyer,  the following  assets of the Business  (the  "Acquired
Assets"), to-wit:

     (a) The three  client  servers  listed on  Schedule 1  attached  hereto and
         incorporated herein by this reference;
         
     (b) The trade  names  "TradeNet"  and  "BrokerNet"  and  those  maintenance
         agreements and other contracts, if any, listed on Schedule 7(k); and
         
     (c) All of Seller's  contracts  with  customers to provide  services of the
         Business and the assignable  agreements with suppliers pertaining to or
         used in the  Business  (including,  without  limitation  all  contracts
         listed on Schedule 7(j));
         
     (d) All of Seller's goodwill pertaining to or arising out of the Business.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Acquired Assets shall not include any assets
of the Seller not  enumerated  above,  including but not limited to (i) Seller's
cash and cash equivalents and all securities of Seller,  (ii) Seller's  computer
software  to be licensed to Buyer  pursuant  to  Paragraph 5 of this  Agreement,
(iii) Seller's furniture,  leasehold interests or real property interests,  (iv)
any records not relating to the Business and all  corporate,  accounting and tax
records relating to the Business, (v) Seller's rights under this Agreement, (vi)
the name  "SmartServ  Pro" and  (vii)  any of  Seller's  assets  not used in the
Business.

                                       1
                                    - 135 -
<PAGE>

     2. Purchase Price. Buyer agrees to pay, and Seller agrees to accept, as the
entire  aggregate  purchase  price  for the  Acquired  Assets,  the sum of Eight
Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars  ($850,000) less a credit for prepaid revenue and
unpaid  accounts  receivable  of  Seller  for  services  of the  Business  to be
performed  after  the  Closing  as  reflected  on  Seller's  books  and  records
(hereinafter  referred to as the "Purchase Price").  The Purchase Price shall be
paid by Buyer to Seller by wire transfer upon the Closing.

     3. Assumption of  Liabilities.  Buyer shall assume,  agree to perform,  and
discharge when due only those obligations of Seller arising out of the contracts
and agreements listed on Schedules 7(j) and 7(k) with respect to the period from
and after the Closing (the Assumed  Liabilities").  Seller and Buyer agree that,
other  than the  Assumed  Liabilities,  Buyer does not agree to assume and shall
have no  responsibility  for any of the debts,  obligations  or  liabilities  of
Seller  (the  "Excluded  Liabilities"),  all of  which  shall  remain  the  sole
responsibility of Seller.  The Excluded  Liabilities  include without limitation
all of the following:

     (a) Any tax liability or tax obligation of Seller, which has been or may be
         asserted by any taxing authority, including without limitation any such
         liability  or  obligation  arising  out of or in  connection  with this
         Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

     (b) Any liability or obligation of Seller whether  incurred prior to, at or
         subsequent  to the  Closing for any amounts due or which may become due
         to any person or entity  solely by reason of the fact that such  person
         or entity is or has been a holder  of any debt or  equity  security  of
         Seller.

     (c) Any trade  account  payable or note  payable of Seller or any  contract
         obligation  of Seller  (other  than the  Assumed  Liabilities)  whether
         incurred prior to, at or subsequent to the Closing.

     (d) Any  liability  or  obligation  arising  out of any  litigation,  suit,
         proceeding,  action, claim or investigation,  at law or in equity or in
         arbitration, related to Seller's operation of the Business prior to the
         Closing.

     (e) Any claim,  liability or  obligation,  known or unknown,  contingent or
         otherwise, the existence of which is a breach of, or inconsistent with,
         any  representation,  warranty  or covenant of Seller set forth in this
         Agreement.

     (f) Any liability or obligation  specifically  stated in this  Agreement or
         the Schedules hereto as not to be assumed by Buyer.

                                       2
                                    - 136 -
<PAGE>

     4. Transfer Documents; Additional Documents. Upon the Closing, Seller shall
sell, transfer, assign, convey, and deliver to Buyer the Acquired Assets by duly
executed  titles,  warranty  bill of sale and  assignment,  and  other  good and
sufficient instruments of sale, assignment,  conveyance and transfer as shall be
required to effectively vest in Buyer all of Seller's right, title, and interest
in and to such  Assets,  free and  clear of all  liens,  encumbrances,  security
interests,  actions,  claims and equities of any kind whatsoever and Buyer shall
assume by duly executed assumption of liability the Assumed  Liabilities.  Buyer
shall be  entitled to  possession  of the  Acquired  Assets upon the Closing and
payment of the Purchase  Price.  Upon the Closing,  Seller and Buyer shall enter
into the Software  License and Maintenance  Agreement in the form of Exhibit "A"
hereto and the Source  Code Escrow  Agreement  in the form of Exhibit "B" hereto
with an escrow agent mutually acceptable to Seller and Buyer.

     5. Closing.  The  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement  (the  "Closing")  shall  occur on May 1,  1998,  at a time and  place
mutually acceptable to Seller and Buyer.

     6. Obligations to Employees. Seller agrees that it shall be responsible for
any  obligations  to any of its employees  which  heretofore  may have arisen or
hereafter may arise by reason of any services  rendered by such employees  prior
to the Closing,  including but not limited to salaries,  bonuses,  vacation pay,
retirement benefits,  and other fringe benefits; and Seller hereby agrees to pay
all of such  obligations  directly to the employees  involved  when due.  Seller
agrees timely to pay all payroll tax, withholding, and unemployment compensation
payments  required to be made with respect to the compensation of such employees
and to hold  Buyer  harmless  therefrom.  Seller  shall  furnish  to Buyer  such
evidence of Seller's  compliance  with the provisions of this paragraph as Buyer
reasonably may request from time to time.

     7. Representations and Warranties of Seller.  Seller warrants,  represents,
and covenants to and with Buyer, now and as of the Closing:

     (a) That  Seller  has full right and  lawful  authority  to enter into this
         Agreement and to sell the items of personal  property to be acquired by
         Buyer  pursuant to this  Agreement;  that Seller's  performance  of its
         obligations  under  this  Agreement  will not  violate  any  agreement,
         document, trust (constructive or otherwise),  order, judgment or decree
         to which Seller is a party or by which it is bound;  and that, upon the
         transfer  and  assignment  of such  property  to Buyer as  hereinbefore
         mentioned, Buyer will acquire good and merchantable title thereto, free
         and clear of any  liens,  encumbrances,  security  interests,  actions,
         claims, and equities of any kind whatsoever.

     (b) That Seller is the sole and lawful owner of and has good and marketable
         title to all of the items of personal  property to be acquired by Buyer
         pursuant to this Agreement, free and clear of any liens,  encumbrances,
         security  interests,   actions,   claims,  and  equities  of  any  kind
         whatsoever.

     (c) All  material  items of  tangible  personal  property to be acquired by
         Buyer  pursuant  to this  Agreement  are in good  operating  condition,
         subject to normal wear.
                                       3
                                    - 137 -
<PAGE>
     (d) That there are no suits,  arbitrations  or other legal or  governmental
         proceedings   pending  or   threatened   against   Seller  which  might
         conceivably  affect the title to the items of  personal  property to be
         acquired by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

     (e) That Seller has duly filed all federal, state, and local tax returns of
         every kind whatsoever required to be filed on or before the Closing and
         has  paid in full the tax  liability  shown  on such  returns;  that no
         unpaid  deficiencies  are in existence which have been asserted against
         Seller by any  official  or  agency  as a result of the  filing of such
         returns; and that, to the knowledge of Seller, there is not now pending
         any  examination  with respect to any such returns nor does Seller know
         of any impending examination with respect to any such returns.

     (f) Seller  shall  timely  pay  all  sales  and  use  taxes  imposed  on or
         collectible  by Seller and shall furnish to Buyer  evidence that all of
         Seller's sales and use taxes have been paid.

     (g) The  property  to be  acquired  by Buyer  pursuant  to this  Agreement,
         together  with the  rights,  property  and  services  to be rendered or
         furnished  to Buyer  pursuant to the Software  License and  Maintenance
         Agreement  attached as Exhibit "A" hereto,  will include at Closing all
         material  rights and property  necessary to the conduct of the Business
         by Buyer in the  manner it is  conducted  by Seller on the date of this
         Agreement.

     (h) There is no fact,  development,  or threatened development with respect
         to the markets, products,  customers,  vendors, suppliers,  operations,
         assets or  prospects  of the  Business  which are known to Seller which
         would materially adversely affect the business, operations or prospects
         of the Business  considered as a whole,  other than such  conditions as
         may affect as a whole the economy generally.

     (i) The financial statements of Seller for the year ended June 30, 1997 and
         for the six month  period ended  December 31, 1997,  furnished to Buyer
         fairly and accurately  represent the financial operations of Seller for
         such periods.

     (j) That Seller has listed on Schedule 7(j) all of Seller's contracts (oral
         or written) with customers and suppliers of the Business; Seller has no
         other  contracts  (oral or written) with customers and suppliers of the
         Business.  Seller has  delivered  to Buyer true,  correct and  complete
         copies of all written contracts  relating to the Business,  and written
         summaries of the terms of all oral contracts  relating to the Business,
         and all of such  contracts  are  presently in full force and effect and
         are  assignable  to Buyer unless  otherwise  indicated.  Seller has not
         received  any notices  from any  customers or suppliers of the Business
         that indicate that they intend to terminate any of such  contracts and,
         except as  reflected  in the copies  delivered  to Buyer or on Schedule
         7(j),  such  contracts  have not been  amended and Seller and the other
         parties to such  contracts  are not in default in any material  respect
         under  such  contracts.  Seller  has not  been  apprised  and  does not
         currently  believe or have reason to believe that any of the  customers
         of the Business  plan to cancel or reduce the volume under any customer
         contracts.

                                       4
                                    - 138 -
<PAGE>

     (k) That  Schedule  7(k)  contains  a  complete  list  of all  of  Seller's
         contracts  (oral and written)  relating to the Business,  if any, other
         than the contracts  with  customers  and  suppliers  listed on Schedule
         7(j).  Seller has delivered to Buyer true,  correct and complete copies
         of all such  other  written  contracts  relating  to the  Business  and
         written  summaries  of the  terms  of all  such  other  oral  contracts
         relating to the  Business,  and all of such  contracts are presently in
         full force and effect and are assignable  unless  otherwise  indicated,
         and,  except  as  reflected  in the  copies  delivered  to  Buyer or on
         Schedule 7(k),  such contracts have not been amended and Seller and the
         other  parties to such  contracts  are not in  default in any  material
         respect under such contracts.

     (l) That Seller is a corporation  duly organized,  validly  existing and in
         good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Seller has the
         corporate  power and authority  required to conduct the Business and to
         own and use the properties  currently  owned and used by it. Seller has
         the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement
         and to perform its respective obligations thereunder. The execution and
         delivery  of  this  Agreement  by  Seller  and the  performance  of its
         obligations  thereunder  have been duly and validly  authorized  by all
         necessary  corporate  action.  This Agreement has been duly and validly
         executed and  delivered by Seller and  constitutes  a legal,  valid and
         binding obligation of Seller, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
         subject   to   applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,
         arrangement,  moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and other similar laws
         or  judicial  decisions  affecting  the  validity  and  enforcement  of
         creditors' rights generally.
         
     (m) That  neither the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement,  nor the
         consummation of the transactions  contemplated  thereby,  (i) conflicts
         with or violates any provision of the Certificate of  Incorporation  or
         bylaws of Seller,  (ii) requires on the part of Seller any filing with,
         or permit, authorization,  consent or approval of, any federal or state
         governmental  agency or  entity,  (iii)  conflicts  with,  results in a
         breach  of,  constitutes  (with or  without  notice or lapse of time or
         both) a default under, or requires any notice,  consent or waiver under
         any contract, lease, license, franchise,  permit, indenture,  agreement
         or mortgage for borrowed money or other  agreement to which Seller is a
         party or by which  Seller  is bound or to which  any of its  assets  is
         subject,  or (iv)  violates any  statute,  rule or  regulation,  or any
         order,  writ,   injunction  or  decree  applicable  to  Seller  or  any
         properties or assets of Seller.

     (n) Unless otherwise  approved by Buyer,  Seller shall maintain and operate
         the Business  between the date of this Agreement and the Closing in the
         ordinary course consistent with past practices.

                                       5
                                    - 139 -
<PAGE>

     8. Representations and Warranties of Buyer. Buyer warrants, represents, and
covenants to and with Seller, now and as of the Closing:

     (i) That Buyer is a corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing and in
         good  standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Buyer has the
         corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and
         to perform its  respective  obligations  thereunder.  The execution and
         delivery  of  this  Agreement  by  Buyer  and  the  performance  of its
         obligations  thereunder  have been duly and validly  authorized  by all
         necessary  corporate  action.  This Agreement has been duly and validly
         executed and  delivered  by Buyer and  constitutes  a legal,  valid and
         binding obligation of Buyer,  enforceable in accordance with its terms,
         subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
         arrangement,  moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and other similar laws
         or  judicial  decisions  affecting  the  validity  and  enforcement  of
         creditors' rights generally.

     (ii)That  neither the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement,  nor the
         consummation of the transactions  contemplated  thereby,  (i) conflicts
         with or violates any provision of the Certificate of  Incorporation  or
         bylaws of Buyer, (ii) requires on the part of Buyer any filing with, or
         permit,  authorization,  consent or  approval  of, any federal or state
         governmental  agency or  entity,  (iii)  conflicts  with,  results in a
         breach  of,  constitutes  (with or  without  notice or lapse of time or
         both) a default under, or requires any notice,  consent or waiver under
         any contract, lease, license, franchise,  permit, indenture,  agreement
         or mortgage for borrowed  money or other  agreement to which Buyer is a
         party or by which Buyer is bound or to which any of its assets is
         subject,  or (iv)  violates any  statute,  rule or  regulation,  or any
         order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to Buyer or any properties
         or assets of Buyer.

     9.  Indemnification.  Seller  agrees to  indemnify  Buyer and to hold Buyer
harmless from any and all loss,  damage,  cost, or expense incurred or sustained
by Buyer by reason of the failure of any warranty or representation contained in
this  Agreement  to be true or as a result of  Seller's  failure to abide by any
covenant or agreement on its part  contained in this Agreement or arising out of
any claim by a stockholder of Seller alleging that Seller  improperly  failed to
obtain stockholders approval of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement
or arising out of any claim made against  Buyer  alleging  that Seller failed to
comply with the bulk sales laws of the State of Connecticut.

     10. Survival. The representations, warranties, and covenants on the part of
Seller and Buyer contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing and shall
be binding upon each party and their respective successors and assigns.

     11. Payment of  Liabilities.  Seller agrees that it is responsible  for all
liabilities  of  Seller  existing  on the  Closing  and to hold  Buyer  harmless
therefrom.  Buyer and Seller  agree that Buyer is not assuming and shall have no
responsibility  for any of the debts,  obligations,  or  liabilities  of Seller,
including but not limited to any  liabilities or obligations of Seller  (whether
fixed, absolute,  contingent,  known, unknown,  direct,  indirect, or otherwise)
whether incurred or accrued before or after the Closing, which in any way relate
to the performance or  non-performance  of, or any other liability or obligation
relating to any service or product furnished or sold by Seller prior to or after
the Closing,  and Seller hereby  agrees to hold Buyer  harmless from any cost or
expense  arising  out  of  or  relating  to  any  such  debts,  obligations,  or
liabilities;  provided,  however, such indemnification by Seller does not extend
to any  Assumed  Liabilities.  Buyer  agrees to be  responsible  for any and all
liabilities  of Buyer existing at the Closing or assumed by Buyer as a result of
this  Agreement and to hold Seller  harmless  therefrom.  Seller and Buyer agree
that if either receives any payment under a contract which is included among the
Acquired  Assets which payment  belongs to the other,  it will promptly  forward
such payment to the other.

                                       6
                                    - 140 -

<PAGE>

     12.  Transfer  Taxes.  Seller shall pay all sales and other  similar  taxes
imposed on or  collectible  by Seller or Buyer by reason of the  transfer of the
property being acquired by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

     13.  Noncompete.  During the term of the Software  License and  Maintenance
Agreement  to be entered  into at the  Closing,  Seller  shall not,  directly or
indirectly,  whether  as a  shareholder,  partner  or  investor  possessing  any
ownership interest, or as principal,  agent, employee,  proprietor,  independent
contractor,  consultant or in any other capacity,  solicit for itself or others,
or advise or recommend to any other person that such person solicit, any current
customer  of the  Business,  for the  purpose  of  competing  with  Buyer in the
Business.  If any court having jurisdiction at any time hereafter shall hold any
of such  restrictive  covenants to be  unenforceable  or  unreasonable as to its
scope,  territory,  or period of time,  and such court in its judgment or decree
shall  declare or determine the scope,  territory,  or period of time which such
court deems to be reasonable,  then such scope,  territory or period of time, as
the case may be,  shall be deemed  automatically  to have been  reduced  to that
declared or  determined  to be  reasonable  by such court.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  if any clause or provision of this paragraph shall be unenforceable,
then such clause or provision shall be deemed to be deleted from this paragraph,
but every other clause and  provision  shall  continue in full force and effect.
These  covenants  are  an  integral  part  of  the  asset  purchase  transaction
contemplated  by this  Agreement  and  Buyer  would not have  entered  into this
Agreement  in the  absence  of such  covenants.  Seller  acknowledges  that  the
agreements  contained in this  paragraph are reasonable and necessary to protect
the Business being purchased by Buyer and that any breach thereof will result in
irreparable  injury  to Buyer for which  Buyer  has no  adequate  remedy at law.
Seller  therefore  agrees that,  in the event either of them breaches any of the
agreements  contained in this paragraph,  Buyer shall be authorized and entitled
to seek from any court of  competent  jurisdiction  (i) a temporary  restraining
order,  (ii)  preliminary and permanent  injunctive  relief,  (iii) an equitable
accounting  of all profits or  benefits  arising  out of such  breach,  and (iv)
direct,  incidental,  and consequential damages resulting from such breach. Such
rights or remedies  shall be  cumulative  and in addition to all other rights or
remedies to which Buyer may be entitled.

     14. Entire Agreement. This document constitutes the entire agreement of the
parties  with  respect to the  subject  matter  hereof and may not be  modified,
amended, or terminated except by a written agreement  specifically  referring to
this Agreement and signed by all of the parties hereto.

     15. Binding  Agreement.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to
the  benefit  of  the  parties  hereto  and  their   respective   heirs,   legal
representatives, successors and assigns.

     16.  Further  Instruments.  After the  Closing,  the parties  hereto  shall
execute  and  deliver  such  additional  instruments  and  documents  as  may be
reasonably  requested  by any of them in  order to carry  out the  purposes  and
intent of this Agreement and to fulfill their respective obligations.

     17. Further  Actions.  Seller agrees to take after the Closing such actions
from time to time as may in the  reasonable  judgment of Buyer or its counsel be
necessary  or  advisable  to  confirm  the title of Buyer to any of the items of
property acquired by Buyer from Seller pursuant to this Agreement.

                                       7
                                    - 141 -

<PAGE>

     18. Governing Law. This agreement shall be construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of Nebraska.

     19. Severability. In the event that one or more of the provisions contained
in this Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable
in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect
any of the other provisions contained in this Agreement,  which provisions shall
remain in full force and effect.

     20.   Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts,  each
of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

     21.  Schedules  and  Exhibits.  All  references  to Schedules  and Exhibits
herein,  unless otherwise  stated,  means the schedules and exhibits attached to
this Agreement which are hereby incorporated by reference.

     22. Notification.  All notices which either party may be required or desire
to give to the other  party  shall be in writing  and shall be given by personal
service, telecopy, registered air mail or certified air mail (or its equivalent)
to the other party at its respective  address or telecopy  telephone  number set
forth  below.  Notices  shall be deemed to be given upon  actual  receipt by the
party to be  notified.  Notices  delivered  by telecopy  shall be  confirmed  in
writing by overnight courier.

         If to Seller:                  SmartServ Online, Inc.
                                        Metro Center, One Station Place
                                        Stamford, CT 06902
                                        Attn:  Mario F. Rossi
                                        Telecopy No. (203) 353-5962

         If to Buyer:                   Data Transmission Network Corporation
                                        9110 West Dodge Road, #200
                                        Omaha, NE  68114
                                        Attn:  Eric Stokes
                                        Telecopy No.:  (402) 255-8088

                                       8
                                    - 142 -


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
executed as of the day and year first above written.


                                 DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                 CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation


                                 By:/s/ Charles R. Wood
                                    ------------------------------------
                                    Charles R. Wood, Sr. Vice President


                                 SMARTSERV ONLINE, INC., a
                                 Delaware corporation

                                 By:/s/ Sam Cassetta
                                    ------------------------------------
                                    Sam Cassetta, Chairman & CEO


                                       9
                                    - 143 -
<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE 1


                       List of Tangible Personal Property


                                       10
                                    - 144 -

<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 7(j)

                         Customer and Supplier Contracts


                                       11
                                    - 145 -
<PAGE>




                                  SCHEDULE 7(k)


                             List of Other Contracts




                                       12
                                    - 146 -
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT "A"


                              SOFTWARE LICENSE AND
                                SERVICE AGREEMENT


     THIS  AGREEMENT  (the   "Agreement")   is  made  and  entered  into  as  of
____________________,  1998  (the  "Effective  Date") by and  between  SmartServ
Online,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  having an office at Metro  Center,  One
Station Place,  Stamford,  CT 06902 ("SmartServ") and Data Transmission  Network
Corporation,  a Delaware corporation,  having an office at 9110 West Dodge Road,
Suite 200, Omaha, Nebraska 68114 ("DTN").

                                    RECITALS

     A.  SmartServ  is the owner of certain  computer  software as  described in
Schedule  "A"  attached  hereto  and the  documentation  and  related  materials
therefore  listed in Schedule "A" (as modified and enhanced in  accordance  with
this Agreement,  the "Internet  Software") and SmartServ  desires to license the
Internet Software to DTN.

     B. Pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase  Agreement  dated April 23, 1998
between  SmartServ  and  DTN  (the  "Purchase  Agreement"),  DTN  acquired  from
SmartServ three client servers. Such servers will remain located at the premises
of SmartServ  as provided  herein.  When used with such  servers and  additional
hardware and equipment owned  exclusively by SmartServ (the use of which will be
provided by SmartServ  as set forth in this  Agreement),  the Internet  Software
will allow DTN's subscribers internet access to continuous market quotations and
other financial and news  information  services offered from time to time by DTN
(the "Internet Services").

     C. SmartServ agrees to service,  support, maintain and enhance the Internet
Software and the related computer  hardware as more fully described herein so as
to allow DTN's  subscribers  to access the Internet  Services at any time during
the term of this Agreement.

     D. DTN desires to acquire  such  licenses and  services  from  SmartServ as
described in this Agreement.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual
promises contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE 1
                                   DEFINITIONS

     1.1 Defined Terms. The following  defined terms when used in this Agreement
shall have the meanings designated below:

     Business  Hours  means the time  period  commencing  one hour  prior to and
ending one hour after the trading hours of the New York Stock Exchange.

                                       13
                                    - 147 -

<PAGE>

     Confidential  Information  has the meaning  given to such term in Paragraph
5.2 of this Agreement.

     Documentation  has the meaning  given to such term in Paragraph 4.2 of this
Agreement.

     Escrow Agent means the Escrow  Agent under that certain  Source Code Escrow
Agreement with SmartServ and DTN executed concurrently with this Agreement.

     Escrow  Release  Events  has the  meaning  given to such term in  Paragraph
2.3(e) of this Agreement.

     Hardware  means  the  servers  acquired  by DTN  pursuant  to the  Purchase
Agreement and Paragraph 4.7 of this Agreement and all replacements and additions
thereto  which will be  manipulated  by the  Internet  Software  to allow  DTN's
subscribers to obtain the Internet Services.

     Internet  Software has the meaning  given to such term in Recital A to this
Agreement.

     License  has the  meaning  given  to such  term  in  Paragraph  2.1 of this
Agreement.

     License Fee has the  meaning  given to such term in  Paragraph  3.1 of this
Agreement.

     License Term has the meaning  given to such term in  Paragraph  7.1 of this
Agreement.

     Maintenance Services has the meaning given to such term in Paragraph 4.1 of
this Agreement.

     SmartServ  Equipment  means the computer  hardware and  equipment  owned by
SmartServ  and  described in Schedule  "B" and all  replacements  and  additions
thereto  (except as provided in Paragraph 4.7) which when used with the Hardware
and  Internet  Software  will allow  DTN's  subscribers  to obtain the  Internet
Services.

     Source Code Escrow  Package has the meaning given to such term in Paragraph
2.3(a) of this Agreement.

     Updates  has the  meaning  given  to such  term  in  Paragraph  4.5 of this
Agreement.

                                       14
                                    - 148 -

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 2
                                   THE LICENSE

     2.1 The Licensed Software. SmartServ hereby grants to DTN, its subsidiaries
and affiliates,  a license (the "License") to use the Internet  Software as part
of DTN's,  and its  subsidiaries'  and affiliates',  business  operations and to
allow DTN's  subscribers  to use the  Internet  Software to access the  Internet
Services. The License shall be a limited exclusive license as follows: SmartServ
agrees  not to  license,  sell,  convey  or  otherwise  transfer  (collectively,
"Transfer") to anyone other than DTN any rights in the Internet  Software during
the term of this Agreement  without DTN's prior written  consent,  which consent
will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by DTN, provided that the agreement
under which  SmartServ  shall Transfer any rights in the Internet  Software to a
third party shall  provide that the  transferee's  use of the Internet  Software
would not constitute a breach of Section 13 of the Purchase  Agreement,  if such
other party were SmartServ. In addition, SmartServ shall not use or allow anyone
other  than DTN to use the  Internet  Software  to  compete  with  the  Internet
Services. If during any calendar quarter ending after the first twelve months of
the License Term,  DTN does not obtain at least 600  subscribers to the Internet
Services  (exclusive  of  renewing  subscribers,  but  not  net  of  terminating
subscribers) and pay License Fees of $100,000, then the exclusivity with respect
to the License shall cease and the License shall become nonexclusive.

     2.2 Object Code.  SmartServ  shall deliver the Internet  Software to DTN in
object code form.  DTN may  reproduce  the  Internet  Software as  necessary  to
include  (a) a  production  version  for  DTN's  use  in  accordance  with  this
Agreement;  (b) a test  version  which may be run for  testing  and  development
purposes;  and (c) copies for archival and backup purposes.  DTN shall also have
the right to maintain and modify or retain third party  entities to maintain and
modify  the  Internet  Software  in the event of an Escrow  Release  Event or if
SmartServ fails to or is no longer  obligated to maintain the Internet  Software
under  this  Agreement  or any future  maintenance  agreements  between  DTN and
SmartServ.

     2.3 Source Code Escrow.

     a. The term "Source Code Escrow Package" means the following:

         i.   a complete  copy in  machine-readable  form of the source code and
              object code of the Internet Software;

         ii.  a complete  copy of any  existing  design  documentation  and user
              documentation; and

         iii. complete  instructions for compiling and linking every part of the
              source  code  into  executable  code,  for  purposes  of  enabling
              verification  of the  completeness  of the source code as provided
              below. Such instructions  shall include precise  identification of
              all  compilers,  library  packages,  and linkers  used to generate
              executable code.

                                       15
                                    - 149 -

<PAGE>

     b.  Within  five (5) days  after the  Closing,  SmartServ  shall  deliver a
         Source Code Escrow Package to Escrow Agent.

     c.  When and if  SmartServ  provides  DTN  with a  maintenance  release  or
         upgrade version of any part of the Internet  Software,  SmartServ shall
         within ten (10) business days thereafter  deposit with Escrow Agent, in
         accordance  with  Section  2.3, a Source  Code  Escrow  Package for the
         maintenance release or upgrade version.

     d.  DTN, at its option and expense, may at any time verify the completeness
         and accuracy of any Source Code Escrow Package. Unless otherwise agreed
         at the  time by  SmartServ  and  DTN,  verification  will be  performed
         on-site at Escrow Agent's or  SmartServ's  premises at a time specified
         by DTN. SmartServ shall make technical and support personnel  available
         as  reasonably  necessary  for the  verification.  SmartServ may in its
         discretion   designate   a   representative   to  be   present  at  the
         verification.

     e.  The Source Code Escrow Package shall,  upon request of DTN, be released
         from  escrow to DTN for use by DTN in  accordance  with this  Agreement
         upon the  occurrence  of one or more of the following  "Escrow  Release
         Events" defined below:

         i.     SmartServ is in breach of its obligations  under the Source Code
                Escrow Agreement with DTN and Escrow Agent;

         ii.    if SmartServ  files a petition for  liquidation  and dissolution
                under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States,  or
                an involuntary petition in bankruptcy is filed against SmartServ
                and is not  dismissed  or  converted  for  reorganization  under
                Chapter 11 of the  Bankruptcy  Code of the United  States within
                sixty (60) days  thereafter,  or this Agreement is rejected in a
                proceeding under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United
                States; or

         iii.   if SmartServ  proves unable or otherwise  fails to cure a breach
                of this Agreement within the applicable cure period set forth in
                this Agreement;

     f.  Within  ten  (10)  days  after  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this
         Agreement,  SmartServ  shall  deliver to DTN two (2) keys  which  shall
         operate to open the (i) front door and (ii) door to the computer  room,
         respectively,  of SmartServ's  principal offices located at One Station
         Place,  Stamford,  CT 06902. These keys may be used by a limited number
         of  employees  of DTN for  the  purpose  of  accessing,  operating  and
         maintaining  the  Internet  Software  and  Hardware  in the event  that
         SmartServ  is  unable  to  do so  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and
         conditions set forth in this Agreement.

     2.4 Competition. Nothing in this Agreement shall impair DTN's rights to use
or distribute similar ideas or programs which have been independently  developed
by DTN or  submitted  by  others  to  DTN,  provided  that  SmartServ'  patents,
copyrights and trade secrets are not infringed.

                                       16
                                    - 150 -

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 3
                                FEES AND PAYMENT

     3.1 License and  Maintenance  Fee.  Except as  provided  below,  during the
License Term DTN shall pay to SmartServ a monthly  license and  maintenance  fee
(the "License  Fee") equal to the sum of the amounts  determined by  multiplying
the applicable  percentages  set forth below by the revenues earned and received
for such  month  by DTN from the  corresponding  number  of  subscribers  to the
Internet Services at each level, in excess of the first 1,000 subscribers.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Percentage of
      Subscribers                                       Subscriber Revenue

     <C>                                                        <C>
     1,001 - 2,000                                              20%
     2,001 - 4000                                               25%
     4,001 - 8,000                                              30%
     Over 8,000                                                 40%
</TABLE>

DTN shall guaranty a minimum monthly payment of $100,000 during the first twelve
months of the License Term. The minimum monthly payments during the first twelve
months of the  License  Term  shall be paid in  advance on the first day of such
month.  Otherwise,  the License Fee shall be paid within  twenty (20) days after
the end of the month to which it relates.  The  License Fee shall be  determined
using the average revenue per subscriber for such month.  As an example,  if the
revenues  earned  and  received  by DTN during a month are  $800,000  from 4,000
subscribers,  then the monthly payment to SSOL will be $140,000  computed as the
sum of (i) 20% of the product of $200 (the average  revenue per  subscriber  for
such month)  multiplied by 1,000 subscribers and (ii) 25% of the product of $200
multiplied by 2,000 subscribers. For purposes of such computation, the number of
subscribers  in a  month  shall  be  the  weighted  average  of  the  number  of
subscribers for such month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if SmartServ breaches
any of its obligations  under Article 4 of this Agreement and fails to cure such
breach within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof, DTN may at its sole
cost elect to provide  its own  maintenance  of the  Internet  Software  and the
Hardware,  in which case DTN shall have no further obligation to pay the License
Fee and  SmartServ  shall have no further  obligations  under  Article 4 of this
Agreement.

     3.2 Audit Rights.  SmartServ and/or a SmartServ  representative  shall have
the right,  exercisable  not more than once per year, at any reasonable  time to
inspect,  audit and make copies of the books and records of DTN which  relate to
the calculation of the License Fee. Except as set forth below,  such audit shall
be at the  expense  of  SmartServ.  In the event any such  inspection  and audit
reveals that DTN underpaid  the License Fee owing for any month,  then DTN shall
promptly pay to SmartServ the amount of such underpayment together with interest
thereon from its due date at the rate of eight  percent  (8%) per annum.  In the
event that DTN  underpaid  by more than five  percent (5%) the License Fee owing
for any month,  then DTN also shall  promptly  pay to SmartServ  the  reasonable
out-of-pocket  costs and expenses  actually  incurred by SmartServ in conducting
such audit, up to an amount not in excess of such underpayment.

                                       17
                                    - 151 -


<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 4
                              MAINTENANCE SERVICES

     4.1 Services of  SmartServ.  During the License Term,  SmartServ  agrees to
service, support, maintain and enhance the Internet Software and the Hardware as
provided in this Article 4 (the "Maintenance Services"). SmartServ agrees to use
its best efforts in  performing  the  Maintenance  Services so as to allow DTN's
subscribers  prompt  access to the  Internet  Services  at any time  during  the
License  Term. It is agreed by the parties that  SmartServ  will have during the
first  twelve  months  of the  License  Term a  minimum  of six (6)  programming
resources trained in the Internet Software  available at all reasonable times to
provide the  Maintenance  Services;  provided,  however,  that  SmartServ may be
required  to have  additional  programming  resources  available  to perform the
Maintenance  Services during  critical times as needed.  DTN and SmartServ agree
that during the remainder of the License Term  SmartServ  will have a minimum of
three (3) programming  resources trained in the Internet  Software  available at
all reasonable  times to provide the Maintenance  Services;  provided,  however,
that  SmartServ  may  be  required  to  have  additional  programming  resources
available to perform the Maintenance Services during critical times as needed.

     4.2  Correction  of  Internet  Software.  The  Maintenance  Services  shall
include,  without limitation,  SmartServ  correcting any failure of the Internet
Software  to operate  in  accordance  with the  documentation  for the  Internet
Software (as modified  pursuant to this  Agreement,  the  "Documentation").  The
Documentation shall provide for the Internet Software to operate in an efficient
and responsive manner in accordance with the highest of industry standards.

     4.3 Outages.  SmartServ  understands the need for DTN's subscribers to have
continuous access to the Internet Services.  SmartServ warrants that it will use
its best  efforts to  maintain  the  Internet  Software  and the  Hardware  in a
condition which will allow DTN's  subscribers to access the Internet Services 24
hours per day, 365 days per year.  Notwithstanding  the force majeure provisions
of Section 8.5, should outages occur during Business Hours due to the failure of
the Internet Software or the Hardware that exceed 1% in the aggregate during any
calendar month, SmartServ shall forfeit the entire License Fee for such month as
liquidated  damages.  Should  outages  occur  during  Business  Hours due to the
failure of the Internet Software or the Hardware that exceed 2% in the aggregate
during any calendar month or 3% in the aggregate  during each of two consecutive
calendar  months,  DTN may elect (without  granting  SmartServ a cure period) to
provide at its sole cost its own  maintenance  of the Internet  Software and the
Hardware,  in which case DTN shall have no further obligation to pay the License
Fee during the remainder of the License Term and SmartServ shall have no further
obligations under Article 4 of this Agreement.

     4.4 Required  Upgrades.  DTN receives its market  quotations and other news
and financial information from various third-party providers. DTN shall have the
right anytime  during the License Term,  in its sole  discretion,  to change the
third-party  providers  of  information  for the Internet  Services.  As part of
Maintenance  Services,  at no  additional  cost  to  DTN,  but  subject  to  the
limitations   set  forth  in  Paragraph   4.6,   SmartServ   shall  provide  all
modifications  required to enable the Internet Software to operate in accordance
with any new or  modified  system  requirements  specified  by such  third-party
providers  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  contracts  with  such
third-party  providers,  which  shall not be less than  thirty  (30) days  after
receipt of notice from DTN of the new or modified system requirements.

                                       18
                                    - 152 -
<PAGE>

     4.5 Updates. As part of Maintenance Services, at no additional cost to DTN,
SmartServ  shall  provide  during the License  Term (other than the first twelve
months  thereof)  all  revisions,  improvements,   modifications,   corrections,
releases  and  enhancements  (the  "Updates")  to any  portion  of the  Internet
Software.  SmartServ  shall use its best  efforts  to  provide  the  Updates  as
necessary  to  maintain  the quality and  competitive  position of the  Internet
Services in the  industry.  Such  Updates  shall not  degrade  the  performance,
functioning or operation of the Internet  Software.  If any such Updates are not
acceptable  to DTN, DTN may refuse to accept such  Updates,  and, in such event,
SmartServ agrees to maintain the Internet Software without such Updates. Once an
Update is incorporated in the Internet Software,  it shall be considered part of
the Internet Software for all purposes hereunder.

     4.6  Limitation on  Expenditures.  Excluding the first twelve months of the
License  Term,  SmartServ  reserves  the right to limit the  expenditure  of its
resources for  performing  the upgrades and Updates  referred to in Sections 4.4
and 4.5 to twenty percent (20%) of its revenues earned hereunder (excluding such
initial twelve months) on a cumulative basis. Accordingly, if SmartServ uses 10%
of its revenues during one year,  then it has 30% of its revenues  available for
the next year.

     4.7  Hardware  Maintenance.   So  long  as  SmartServ  is  to  provide  the
Maintenance  Services  as  provided  herein,  the  Hardware  shall be located at
SmartServ's  premises at no additional cost to DTN, except for property taxes on
the  Hardware  which  shall  be the  sole  responsibility  of  DTN.  As  part of
Maintenance  Services,  at no additional  cost to DTN,  SmartServ shall make all
necessary  adjustments  and minor repairs to keep the Hardware in good operating
condition and functioning properly at the premises of SmartServ.  SmartServ will
use its best efforts to advise DTN  sufficiently  in advance of any needed major
repairs or replacements  to the Hardware and DTN will, at its cost,  provide new
or equivalent used replacement parts for the Hardware. In addition, DTN will, at
its  cost,   furnish  an  additional  client  server  for  each  additional  500
subscribers  to the Internet  Service in excess of the first 1,500  subscribers.
The SmartServ  Equipment will accommodate three more servers, in addition to the
ones owned by DTN. Each server is capable of serving 500 additional  subscribers
for a total of 3,000 subscribers.  Adding additional  subscribers,  beyond 3,000
may require  additional  computer hardware to be added to the system,  which DTN
will  furnish at its cost and which will become  Hardware  for  purposes of this
Agreement.  The Hardware and all additions and  replacements  shall at all times
remain the property of DTN. Parts or replacements required for the Hardware as a
result of the  negligence or fault of SmartServ  shall be furnished by SmartServ
at its cost.  During the License Term,  SmartServ  shall use its best efforts to
provide adequate  facilities,  including  without  limitation work space,  heat,
light, ventilation, electric current and outlets, for operation of the Hardware.
SmartServ  agrees that it shall not move,  or permit to be moved,  the  Hardware
during the License Term without DTN's prior written consent. Notwithstanding any
contrary   provision   contained  herein,  DTN  shall  be  responsible  for  all
telecommunication  costs  incurred in the operation of the Hardware and Internet
Software as contemplated in this Agreement.  SmartServ  agrees, at no additional
cost to DTN,  to  maintain  casualty  insurance  on the  Hardware  with the same
coverage as it has for its own computer  equipment and shall replace any loss to
the Hardware as a result of events covered by such  insurance.  Such policies of
insurance  shall  name  DTN as an  additional  insured  and may not be  canceled
without at least ten days prior written notice to DTN.

                                       19
                                    - 153 -


<PAGE>

     4.8 Telephone Support.  As part of Maintenance  Services,  at no additional
cost to  DTN,  SmartServ  shall  provide  reasonable  technical  assistance  and
consultation in the use of the Internet  Software and the Hardware by telephone,
during DTN's normal working hours.

     4.9 Training.  As part of Maintenance  Services,  at no additional  cost to
DTN, SmartServ shall provide such training as may reasonably be requested by DTN
to enable it to use the Internet  Software and the  Hardware for  providing  the
Internet Services.

     4.10  SmartServ  Equipment.  The system to be used to provide the  Internet
Services  includes  the  SmartServ  Equipment  in addition to the  Hardware  and
Internet Software.  During the License Term, SmartServ agrees to furnish the use
of the SmartServ Equipment so as to allow DTN's subscribers prompt access to the
Internet  Services.  In  addition,  SmartServ  agrees to service,  support,  and
maintain the SmartServ Equipment, subject to the obligations of DTN set forth in
this Article 4.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                     PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

     5.1 Ownership of the Internet  Software.  Subject to the rights  granted to
DTN herein,  all right, title and interest to the Internet Software shall at all
times  remain  in  SmartServ,  including  but  not  limited  to  all  applicable
copyrights, trade secrets and patents. DTN shall safeguard the Internet Software
with  reasonable  efforts  using not less  than the same  degree of care that is
exercised by DTN for its own confidential and proprietary software.

     5.2  Confidential  Information.  DTN and SmartServ  acknowledge that in the
course of dealings  between the  parties,  each party will  acquire  information
about the other party,  its business  activities and  operations,  its technical
information and trade secrets,  of a highly  confidential and proprietary nature
("Confidential  Information").  The Confidential Information of each party shall
be  safeguarded  by the other at least to the same extent that it safeguards its
own confidential materials or data relating to its own business.

     5.3 Confidential  Computer  Programs.  Except as set forth herein,  neither
party shall make copies of the computer  programs  and related  materials of the
other party nor permit them to be used by or for any person or entity  except as
set forth herein and all such computer  programs and related  materials shall be
considered Confidential Information hereunder.

     5.4  Confidentiality  Exclusions.  Nothing in this Article 5 shall restrict
either party with respect to  information  or data  identical or similar to that
contained in the  Confidential  Information but which (a) that party  rightfully
possessed  before it received  such  information  from the other as evidenced by
written  documentation;  (b) subsequently  becomes publicly available through no
fault of that party; (c) is subsequently furnished rightfully to that party by a
third party without restrictions on use or disclosure;  or (d) is required to be
disclosed by law,  provided that the disclosing  party will exercise  reasonable
efforts to allow the other party to obtain a protective  order or other reliable
assurance  that  confidential  treatment  will be accorded  to the  Confidential
Information.

                                       20
                                    - 154 -


<PAGE>

     5.5 Remedy. SmartServ and DTN agree that if either of them, their officers,
employees or anyone  obtaining  access to the  Confidential  Information  of the
other party by, through or under them, breaches any provision of this Article 5,
the  non-breaching  party would suffer  irreparable harm and the total amount of
monetary damages for any injury to the non-breaching party from any violation of
this  Article 5 would be  impossible  to  calculate  and would  therefore  be an
inadequate remedy.  Accordingly,  the parties agree that the non-breaching party
shall be entitled to  temporary  and  permanent  injunctive  relief  against the
breaching party,  its officers or employees,  and such other rights and remedies
to which the non-breaching  party may be entitled to at law, in equity and under
this Agreement for any violation of this Article 5.

                                    ARTICLE 6

                         WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION

     6.1 Quiet Enjoyment.  SmartServ warrants to DTN that: (i) SmartServ has the
right to  furnish  to DTN the  Internet  Software  and other  materials  covered
hereunder free of all liens, claims, encumbrances and other restrictions, except
as stated to the contrary herein;  (ii) DTN shall quietly and peacefully possess
the Internet Software and other materials  furnished hereunder subject to and in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;  and (iii) DTN's permitted use
and  possession  of the  Internet  Software  and  other  materials  will  not be
interrupted  or  otherwise  disturbed  by any entity  asserting a claim under or
through SmartServ.

     6.2 Internet Software. SmartServ warrants that the Documentation faithfully
and accurately  reflects the  functionality  provided by the Internet  Software.
SmartServ  warrants that the Internet  Software (i) is free from known  material
defects and (ii)  materially  performs  in  accordance  with the  Documentation.
SmartServ  further  warrants and represents that the occurrence in or use by the
Internet Software of dates on or after January 1, 2000 ("millennial dates") will
not adversely  affect the  performance of the Internet  Software with respect to
data dependent data, compilations, output, or other functions (including but not
limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) and that the Internet Software
will  create,  store,  process and output  information  related to or  including
millennial dates without error or omissions and at no additional cost to DTN.

     6.3 Defect  Correction.  In the event that the Internet  Software  does not
perform as warranted in paragraph 6.2 hereof,  SmartServ  agrees to use its best
efforts to promptly  make the  Internet  Software  perform as so  warranted.  If
SmartServ is unable to make the Internet  Software perform as so warranted,  DTN
may, at its sole option, terminate this Agreement.

     6.4 Services.  SmartServ  warrants that all services performed by SmartServ
hereunder,  including but not limited to  Maintenance  Services,  installing the
Internet Software, training,  programming and consulting, will be performed in a
professional manner by qualified personnel.

                                       21
                                    - 155 -


<PAGE>

     6.5 Warranty  Period.  Commencing upon the Effective Date and continuing at
all times during the License Term, subject to termination as provided in Section
3.1, SmartServ shall perform  Maintenance  Services,  at no additional charge to
DTN, in accordance with Article 4 hereof.

     6.6 Intellectual Property  Indemnification.  (a) SmartServ shall indemnify,
defend and hold DTN, its subsidiaries, affiliates and sublicensees harmless from
any claims,  damages or judgments  including  all  reasonable  attorney's  fees,
directly or indirectly  resulting from any claimed  infringement or violation of
any patent,  copyright,  trademark,  trade secret or other intellectual property
right of a third party with respect to the Internet  Software.  Following notice
of a claim or threat thereof, SmartServ shall use its best efforts to either (i)
procure for DTN the right to continue to modify and use the Internet Software as
provided  herein,  at no  additional  costs to DTN,  or (ii)  provide DTN with a
noninfringing  version of the Internet Software,  provided that such new version
does not degrade the  performance,  functionality  or  operation of the Internet
Software in any material  respect.  If SmartServ is unable to perform either (i)
or (ii) above,  DTN may upon reasonable  notice terminate this Agreement and the
License.  DTN agrees to give  SmartServ  reasonable  notice of any such claim or
threat and reasonable cooperation with SmartServ in any defense or settlement of
any such claim or threat.

     (b) DTN shall  indemnify,  defend and hold SmartServ,  its subsidiaries and
         affiliates harmless from any claims, damages or judgments including all
         reasonable  attorney's fees, directly or indirectly  resulting from any
         claimed infringement or violation of any patent, copyright,  trademark,
         trade secret or other intellectual property right of a third party with
         respect  to the  Internet  Services  (other  than with  respect  to the
         Internet  Software).  SmartServ agrees to give DTN reasonable notice of
         any such claim or threat  and  reasonable  cooperation  with DTN in any
         defense or settlement of any such claim or threat.


                                    ARTICLE 7
                              TERM AND TERMINATION

     7.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence upon the Effective Date
and,  unless  terminated  earlier  pursuant to Article 7, shall  continue  until
either party  terminates  this  Agreement  by written  notice to the other party
given  at  least  one  year  in  advance  of  such  termination,  provided  such
termination  may not occur  earlier than three years after the  Effective  Date.
Such term is referred to in this Agreement as the "License Term".

     7.2 Termination  for Cause.  Either party shall have the right to terminate
this Agreement and/or the License upon: (a) violation,  breach or default of the
other  party,  its  officers or  employees  of any  material  provision  of this
Agreement,  including but not limited to proprietary rights and  confidentiality
obligations;  or (b) the other party becoming insolvent,  commencing or becoming
subject to any proceedings  under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or making any
assignment for the benefit of creditors, suffering or permitting the appointment
of a  receiver  for its  business  or assets or  commencing  the  winding  up or
liquidating its business or affairs,  voluntarily or otherwise. In addition, DTN
may terminate  this  Agreement in accordance  with  paragraphs  6.3, 6.6 and 7.1
hereof.

                                       22
                                    - 156 -

<PAGE>

     7.3 Right to Cure.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  paragraph  7.2 hereof,
neither party may terminate this Agreement and/or the License pursuant  thereto,
unless and until the party  seeking to terminate has specified the cause for the
termination  in writing,  notifying the other party that it intends to terminate
this Agreement  and/or the License,  and such cause for the  termination has not
been cured by the other  party  within  thirty  (30) days after  receipt of such
written  notice,  except  with  respect  to  the  breach  of  a  confidentiality
obligation,  in which case such cause must be cured  within  five (5) days after
receipt of such written notice.

     7.4 Obligations  Upon  Termination.  Upon termination of this Agreement and
the License,  all rights and obligations  granted herein shall cease,  except as
otherwise provided, and each party shall forthwith return to the other party all
papers,  materials,  documentation,  and any other properties of the other party
received  pursuant to this  Agreement,  including  but not limited to the Source
Code Escrow Package.

     7.5  Survival  of  Certain  Provisions.  The  terms and  conditions  in the
following  paragraphs shall survive the termination of this Agreement:  5.1-5.5,
6.6, 7.4, 7.5, 8.1-8.4, 8.8-8.10.

                                    ARTICLE 8
                                     GENERAL

     8.1 Agreement  Interpretation  and  Construction.  If any provision of this
Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity shall
not affect the validity of the remaining  provisions of this Agreement,  and the
parties shall substitute for the invalid provisions a valid provision which most
closely  approximates  the intent and economic effect of the invalid  provision.
The recitals set forth on the first page of this  Agreement are an integral part
of this  Agreement  and are  incorporated  by  reference  into  the body of this
Agreement. The section headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience and
shall not be considered in its  interpretation.  The language of this  Agreement
has been  approved by the counsel for both  parties and shall be  construed as a
whole  according to its fair meaning and neither of the parties  hereto shall be
deemed to be the  draftsman of this  Agreement in any action which may hereafter
arise between the parties.

     8.2  Non-waiver.  The  failure  of  either  party  at any  time to  require
performance  by the other  party of any  provision  of the  Agreement  shall not
affect in any way the full right to require such  performance  at any subsequent
time,  nor shall the waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this
Agreement be taken or held to be a waiver of the provision itself.

     8.3  Attorneys'  Fees. In any action  between the parties to enforce any of
the terms of this Agreement,  the prevailing  party shall be entitled to recover
expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees.

     8.4 Notification.  All notices which either party may be required or desire
to give to the other  party  shall be in writing  and shall be given by personal
service, telecopy, registered air mail or certified air mail (or its equivalent)
to the other party at its respective  address or telecopy  telephone  number set
forth  below.  Notices  shall be deemed to be given upon  actual  receipt by the
party to be  notified.  Notices  delivered  by telecopy  shall be  confirmed  in
writing by overnight courier.

                                       23
                                    - 157 -

<PAGE>

         If to SmartServ:               Metro Center
                                        One Station Place
                                        Stamford, CT 06902
                                        Attn:  Mario F. Rossi
                                        Telecopy No. (203) 353-5962

         If to DTN:                     Data Transmission Network Corporation
                                        9110 West Dodge Road, #200
                                        Omaha, NE  68114
                                        Attn:  Eric Stokes
                                        Telecopy No.:  (402) 255-8088

     8.5 Force Majeure. Neither party shall be liable or deemed to be in default
for any delay or failure in performance under this Agreement  resulting directly
or indirectly  from acts of God or any causes beyond the  reasonable  control of
such  party,  provided  that such party  shall be without  fault or  negligence.
Performance  time under this  Agreement  shall be extended  for a period of time
equivalent  to the time lost because of any delay which is excusable  under this
paragraph.  If any such  excusable  delay  shall  last for a period of more than
thirty (30)  consecutive  calendar  days, the party not relying on the excusable
delay, at its option, may terminate this Agreement.

     8.6 Independent Contractors.  It is expressly agreed that SmartServ and DTN
are acting hereunder as independent contractors and under no circumstances shall
any of the  employees of one party be deemed the  employees of the other for any
purpose.  This Agreement shall not be construed as authority for either party to
act for the other party in any agency or other capacity,  or to make commitments
of any kind on the account of or on the behalf of the other except to the extent
and for the  purposes  provided for herein.  All persons  furnished by SmartServ
shall be considered solely  SmartServ's  employees or agents and SmartServ shall
be responsible  for compliance with all laws,  rules and regulations  including,
but not limited to  employment  of labor,  hours of labor,  working  conditions,
workers'  compensation,  payment  of  wages,  and  payment  of  taxes,  such  as
unemployment,  social  security and other payroll  taxes,  including  applicable
contributions from such persons when required by law. SmartServ's  employees and
agents  shall  have no right to any  benefits  that DTN  grants  its  employees.
SmartServ  shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless,  and, if  required,  defend DTN
against any claims or lawsuits arising out of SmartServ's failure to comply with
any such laws, rules or regulations.

     8.7 Compliance with Laws. SmartServ,  its employees and agents shall comply
with the applicable  EEO, Fair Labor Standards Act and The  Occupational  Safety
and  Health  Act and all  other  federal,  state,  and local  laws,  ordinances,
regulations  and codes  including  identification  and  procurement  or required
permits,  certificates,  approvals and  inspections,  in performance  under this
Agreement.  SmartServ agrees to indemnify DTN for any loss or damage that may be
sustained by reason of any failure to do so.

     8.8 Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by and  interpreted in
accordance  with the internal laws of the State of Nebraska,  without  regard to
principles of conflicts of laws.

                                       24
                                    - 158 -


<PAGE>

     8.9 Jurisdiction.  The parties hereby submit to the exclusive  jurisdiction
of Nebraska in any legal action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement  or the legal  relationship  established  by such  Agreement,  and the
parties  hereby  agree  that all  claims  with  respect  to any such  action  or
proceeding  shall be heard and  determined  in such courts.  The parties  hereby
waive any objection they may have to the existence of personal  jurisdiction  or
the  laying of venue,  and waive any  defense  of an  inconvenient  forum,  with
respect to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding.

     8.10 Publicity.  Except as otherwise set forth herein,  neither party shall
use the name of the other in advertising or publicity  releases without securing
the prior written consent of the other party.  Without the prior written consent
of the other  party,  neither  party shall  disclose,  advertise  or publish the
existence  of this  Agreement  or any  terms  of this  Agreement,  except  as is
required by law or regulation or for compliance with the requirements of NASDAQ.

     8.11 Assignment.  SmartServ's  rights and obligations  under this Agreement
are personal and SmartServ may not assign (either voluntarily or by operation of
law) or  subcontract,  its rights,  duties or  obligations  under this Agreement
without the prior  written  consent of DTN;  provided,  however,  SmartServ  may
assign its rights under this  Agreement in  connection  with a merger or sale of
all or substantially all of its assets so long as (i) SmartServ shall first give
DTN the right to acquire  SmartServ or substantially  all of its assets upon the
same terms as the  proposed  merger or sale (DTN shall  have  thirty  days after
receipt of all material  terms of the offer within which to accept the proposal)
and (ii) the proposed  transferee  is not listed on Schedule C attached  hereto.
Subject to the foregoing,  this  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the parties and their successors and assigns.

     8.12 Entire Agreement. This Agreement,  including the Schedules hereto, and
the Purchase Agreement  constitute the entire agreement between the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous proposals, both
oral and written, negotiations,  representations,  commitments, writings and all
other  communications  between the parties.  This Agreement may not be released,
discharged,  modified or amended  except by an instrument in writing signed by a
duly authorized representative of each of the parties.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties to this  Agreement  have caused it to be
executed  by their duly  authorized  officers  as of the  Effective  Date.  This
Agreement  may be  executed  in  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an
original,  but  all  of  which  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same
instrument.


DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK                       SMARTSERV ONLINE, INC.
CORPORATION


By:/s/ Charles R. Wood                        By:/s/Sam Cassetta
   -----------------------------                  -----------------------------
   Charles R. Wood, Sr. Vice President           Sam Cassetta, Chairman & CEO



                                       25
                                    - 159 -
<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE A


                         Internet Software Description,
                       Documentation and Related Materials


                                       26
                                    - 160 -
<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE B


                           List of SmartServ Equipment


                                       27
                                    - 161 -
<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE C



                         List of Prohibited Transferees


PC Quote
Data Broadcast Corp.
Bridge/Telerate
Quote.com
S&P Comstock
Telescan
Telemet America Inc.
A-T Financial
Hoovers, Inc.
Media General Financial Services Inc.
Zannett Securities Corp.
Thompson Financial
Bloomberg L.P.
Reuters
North American Quotes
ADP
Track Data


                                       28
                                    - 162 -
<PAGE>




                                   EXHIBIT "B"


                          SOURCE CODE ESCROW AGREEMENT


     THIS AGREEMENT,  made and entered into this _____ day of  ________________,
1997,  by  and  between  DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION,   a  Delaware
corporation  (hereinafter "DTN"), SMARTSERV ONLINE, INC., a Delaware corporation
(hereinafter  "SSOL"), and  __________________________,  a  ____________________
(hereinafter "Escrow Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  SSOL and DTN have  entered  into a Software  License  and Service
Agreement  (the  "Service  Agreement")  pursuant to which SSOL has agreed to (i)
license to DTN certain proprietary  software programs (the "Internet  Software")
utilized to provide  Internet  Services  (as such term is defined in the Service
Agreement) to DTN's  customers and (ii) provide other services to DTN (the "SSOL
Services");

     WHEREAS, SSOL and DTN have agreed to place the source code for the Internet
Software in escrow to be released to DTN upon breach of SSOL's  obligations  set
forth in the Service Agreement or this Agreement;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the above recitals which are made a
contractual  part  of  this  Agreement,  and  in  consideration  of  the  mutual
agreements, provisions and covenants set forth in this Agreement, the parties do
hereby agree as follows:


                                    SECTION 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

     For the purposes of this  Agreement,  in addition to definitions  set forth
elsewhere in this  Agreement,  the definitions set forth in this Section 1 shall
apply to the respective capitalized terms immediately preceding each definition.

     1.1 "Agreement". This Source Code Escrow Agreement, including any exhibits,
addenda, amendments, and modifications hereto.

     1.2 "Source Code".  Human-readable  computer  programming code,  associated
procedural   code,   commentary  and  related  and   supporting   documentation,
corresponding to the Internet Software and all subsequent versions thereof to be
provided  to DTN during the term of the  Service  Agreement.  The Source Code in
present form is more fully described in Exhibit "A" to this Agreement.

                                       29
                                    - 163 -
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 2

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SSOL

     2.1 Ownership of Source Code.  SSOL warrants and  represents to DTN that it
is the owner of and holder of all  rights in the  Source  Code and that SSOL has
the right to grant to DTN the  license  rights to the Source  Code  pursuant  to
Section 7.1 of this  Agreement  and to deposit the Source Code with Escrow Agent
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

     2.2  Licensed  Programs  Correspond  With Source  Code.  SSOL  warrants and
represents to DTN that the Source Code to be deposited  with Escrow Agent is the
most current version of the source code of the Internet Software and conforms to
the description set forth in Exhibit "A" to this Agreement.

                                    SECTION 3

                  PURPOSE OF AGREEMENT; DEPOSIT OF SOURCE CODE

     3.1 Deposit of Source Code.  The deposit of the Source Code and the license
of the Source Code to DTN pursuant to Section 7.1 of this  Agreement is intended
to provide assurance to DTN of full and unrestricted  access and right of use of
the Source Code in the event that SSOL fails to provide SSOL Services  under the
Service  Agreement,  ceases  to do  business  or is  otherwise  in breach of its
obligations under the Service  Agreement or this Agreement.  Escrow Agent agrees
to accept from SSOL and SSOL agrees to deposit  with Escrow  Agent,  within five
(5) days of the date of this  Agreement,  a copy of the Source  Code.  SSOL will
furnish to Escrow  Agent a list  describing  all Source Code so  deposited.  The
Source Code to be initially  deposited with Escrow Agent is described in Exhibit
"A" to this Agreement, and such descriptions will be supplemented and updated by
SSOL with each subsequent deposit of Source Code by SSOL with Escrow Agent.

     3.2  Update  And  Maintenance  of  Source  Code.  During  the  term of this
Agreement, SSOL shall keep the Source Code in escrow fully current by depositing
with Escrow  Agent the  listings and all  supporting  documentation  and related
materials for each and every update,  correction, or new release of the Internet
Software.  Such deposits will be completed no later than ten (10) days after the
date that SSOL  provides  such update,  correction or new release to DTN for the
performance of the Internet Services.

     3.3 Verification and Testing of Source Code. DTN, its agents, designees, or
representatives,  shall, upon written notice to SSOL, have the right to inspect,
test, and review the Source Code (under obligations of  confidentiality)  at the
time of the initial  deposit and at the time of each  subsequent  deposit of the
Source Code in escrow to verify that it  corresponds  to the Internet  Software.
Such verification and testing shall be done under the supervision of SSOL or its
designee.

                                       30
                                    - 164 -
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 4

                              TITLE TO SOURCE CODE

     4.1 Title to the  Source  Code shall  remain in SSOL,  but in the event the
Source Code shall be delivered to DTN pursuant to this  Agreement,  DTN shall be
entitled to use the Source Code pursuant to the terms of the license  granted in
Section  7.1.  Upon the  expiration  of the License  Term defined in the Service
Agreement,  the Escrow Agent or DTN, as the case may be, shall return the Source
Code to SSOL.

                                    SECTION 5

                          RELEASE OF SOURCE CODE TO DTN

     5.1 Release of Code.  The copy of the Source Code to be deposited in escrow
pursuant to this Agreement  shall be released to DTN only upon the occurrence of
one or more of the Escrow Release Events as defined in the Service Agreement.

     5.2 Notice of Escrow  Release  Event.  If DTN shall  conclude in good faith
that an Escrow Release Event has occurred,  DTN shall so notify SSOL in writing,
specifying in reasonable  detail the occurrence of such event and a copy of such
notice will be served  simultaneously  upon  Escrow  Agent.  Escrow  Agent shall
immediately  deliver  the  Source  Code to DTN  pursuant  to the  terms  of this
Agreement.

     5.3 Injunctive  Relief.  SSOL and DTN  acknowledge  and agree that DTN will
suffer irreparable harm to its business and operations in the event that release
of the Source Code to DTN pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement is wrongfully
delayed  by SSOL.  DTN may  petition  any  court of  competent  jurisdiction  in
Nebraska for injunctive or other  equitable  relief to prevent SSOL from seeking
to delay such release or to otherwise  enforce the provisions of this Agreement,
and SSOL hereby waives the claim or defense that DTN has or may have an adequate
remedy at law.  SSOL  hereby  consents to  personal  jurisdiction  in any action
brought  in any  court  within  the  State of  Nebraska  having  subject  matter
jurisdiction arising under this Agreement.

                                    SECTION 6

                             CONFLICTING PROVISIONS

     6.1 In the event of any  conflict  between  the  provisions  of the Service
Agreement  and the  provisions  of this  Agreement  regarding the release of the
Source  Code  to DTN  upon  the  occurrence  of an  Escrow  Release  Event,  the
provisions of the Service Agreement shall control.


                                       31
                                    - 165 -
<PAGE>

                                    SECTION 7

                             LICENSE OF SOURCE CODE

     7.1 In the event that the Source Code shall be  delivered  out of escrow to
DTN pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, SSOL does hereby grant a license to
DTN for the License  Term  defined in the  Service  Agreement,  to use,  modify,
maintain,  and update the Source Code in all such  respects as may be  necessary
for DTN to maintain  and update the  Internet  Software to perform the  Internet
Services in  accordance  with the  description  of such  services in the Service
Agreement and the object code resulting from such use shall be owned by DTN.
                                    SECTION 8

                RIGHT OF ESCROW AGENT TO FILE INTERPLEADER ACTION

     8.1 Despite any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  in the event  Escrow
Agent shall receive conflicting demands from SSOL and DTN respecting the release
of the Source Code to DTN under this  Agreement,  Escrow  Agent may, in its sole
discretion,  file an interpleader action in any court of competent  jurisdiction
in Nebraska  and deposit the Source Code with the clerk of the court or withhold
release of the Source Code until instructed otherwise by court order.


                                    SECTION 9

                    LIMITATION ON OBLIGATION OF ESCROW AGENT

     9.1 Escrow  Agent shall not be  required  to inquire  into the truth of any
statements or representations contained in any notices,  certificates,  or other
documents required or otherwise provided under this Agreement,  and Escrow Agent
shall be entitled to assume that the  signatures on such  documents are genuine,
that the persons  signing on behalf of any party thereto are duly  authorized to
execute the same,  and that all actions  necessary to render any such  documents
binding  on the  party  purporting  to be  executing  the same  have  been  duly
undertaken.  Without limiting the foregoing,  Escrow Agent may in its discretion
require from SSOL or DTN  additional  documents that it deems to be necessary or
desirable  to aid it in the  course of  performing  its  obligations  under this
Agreement.

                                   SECTION 10

                   RELEASE AND INDEMNIFICATION OF ESCROW AGENT

     10.1 SSOL and DTN,  severally,  hereby do release Escrow Agent from any and
all liability for losses,  damages,  and expenses (including attorney fees) that
may be  incurred  on account of any action  taken by Escrow  Agent in good faith
pursuant  to this  Agreement,  and SSOL and DTN do  hereby  severally  indemnify
Escrow Agent and  undertake to hold  harmless  Escrow Agent from and against any
and all  claims,  demands,  or actions  arising  out of or  resulting  from such
performance by Escrow Agent under this Agreement.

                                       32
                                    - 166 -
<PAGE>

                                   SECTION 11

                     CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF SOURCE CODE

     11.1 Confidentiality  Undertaking. The Source Code released to DTN pursuant
to this Agreement shall be used by DTN solely for the purposes  permitted by the
Service  Agreement.  DTN shall  treat and  preserve  the Source  Code as a trade
secret  of SSOL  in  accordance  with  the  same  practices  employed  by DTN to
safeguard its own trade secrets against unauthorized use and disclosure.

                                   SECTION 12

                          INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR STATUS

     12.1 The parties to this Agreement are and shall be independent contractors
under  this  Agreement,  and  nothing  herein  shall be  construed  to  create a
partnership,  joint venture, or agency relationship  between the parties to this
Agreement.  No party to this  Agreement  shall have the  authority to enter into
agreements of any kind on behalf of the other  parties to this  Agreement in any
manner.

                                   SECTION 13

                    CONTINUED ABILITY TO PERFORM OBLIGATIONS

     13.1 The parties to this  Agreement  represent  and warrant  that they have
full  power  and  authority  to  undertake  the  obligations  set  forth in this
Agreement and that they have not entered into any other agreements nor will they
enter  into  any  other   agreements   that  would  render  them   incapable  of
satisfactorily performing their respective obligations under this Agreement.


                                   SECTION 14

                                TERM OF AGREEMENT

     14.1 The term of this  Agreement  shall commence as of the date first above
written and shall  continue  until the Source Code shall be  transferred  to DTN
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,  or, if such transfer shall not have so
occurred, the Agreement shall terminate and the Source Code shall be returned to
SSOL at the end of the License Term as defined in the Service Agreement.

                                       33
                                    - 167 -
<PAGE>


                                   SECTION 15

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     15.1  Compliance  With Laws.  The parties agree that they shall comply with
all applicable laws and regulations of governmental  bodies or agencies in their
respective performance of obligations under this Agreement.

     15.2 No Undisclosed Agency; No Assignment. Each party represents that it is
acting on its own  behalf  and is not acting as an agent for or on behalf of any
third  party and agrees that it may not assign its rights or  obligations  under
this  Agreement  without the prior written  consent of the other parties to this
Agreement.

     15.3 Notices. All notices or other communications  required or permitted to
be given  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be given in writing by  telecopier,
personal  messenger,  overnight  courier  who  shall  obtain a  written  receipt
therefor  or by  deposit  thereof  in the  United  States  mail,  registered  or
certified, return receipt requested, to the following addresses:

     If to DTN:                         Data Transmission Network Corporation
                                        9110 W. Dodge Rd.
                                        Omaha, Nebraska 68114
                                        Attention: Eric Stokes

     If to SSOL:                        SmartServ Online, Inc.
                                        Metro Center
                                        One Station Place
                                        Stanford, CT  06902
                                        Attention: Mario F. Rossi

     If to Escrow Agent:                ________________________________
                                            

All notices and other  communications  shall be deemed delivered on the date the
receipt acknowledges that they were personally delivered to the other party, or,
for all notices and  communications  sent by mail, at the time  reflected on the
return  receipt.  Either party may change the address to which notices are to be
delivered  and may specify a copy  address to which copy of all notices  must be
sent by giving notice to the other party in the manner herein provided.

     15.4  Governing  Law. All questions  concerning  the  validity,  operation,
interpretation,  and  construction  of this  Agreement  shall be governed by and
determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska.

                                       34
                                    - 168 -


<PAGE>

     15.5 No  Waiver.  No party  shall,  by mere lapse of time,  without  giving
notice or taking other action hereunder,  be deemed to have waived any breach by
the other  parties of any of the  provisions  of this  Agreement.  Further,  the
waiver by any party of a particular  breach of this Agreement by any other party
shall not be construed as or constitute a continuing waiver of such breach or of
other breaches of the same or other provisions of this Agreement.

     15.6 Partial Invalidity.  If any part, term, or provision of this Agreement
shall be held illegal,  unenforceable, or in conflict with any law of a federal,
state, or local government having jurisdiction over this Agreement, the validity
of the remaining  portions or provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected
thereby.

     15.7 Binding  Agreement.  The parties  acknowledge  that each has read this
Agreement, understands it, and agrees to be bound by its terms.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.

DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK                     SMARTSERV ONLINE, INC.,
CORPORATION, a Delaware                       a Delaware corporation
corporation


By:/s/ Charles R. Wood                        By:/s/Sam Cassetta
   --------------------------                    ----------------------------
   Charles R. Wood, Senior Vice President        Sam Cassetta, Chairman & CEO



a _________________________,


By:___________________________


                                       35
                                    - 169 -


                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") dated as of May 27, 1998, by
and  among  Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,   a  Delaware  corporation
("Buyer"),  and Donald W.  Bowles,  Excel  Interfinancial  Corporation,  Charter
Financial Holdings, LLC, Steven L. Reynolds and Douglas Vanderbilt (collectively
the  "Sellers"  and  individually  a  "Seller").  Donald W. Bowles is  sometimes
referred to in this Agreement as "Bowles".

         WHEREAS,  each Seller is the owner,  beneficially and of record, of the
number of shares of the Common  Stock of National  Datamax,  Inc.,  a California
corporation (the "Company"), set forth opposite his, her or its name on Schedule
1 attached hereto,  and Sellers are the owners, in the aggregate,  of all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company;

         WHEREAS, Buyer wishes to purchase from Sellers and Sellers wish to sell
to Buyer all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company upon and
subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
representations,  warranties and agreements herein contained,  Buyer and Sellers
agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                 SALE OF SHARES

         1.01 Sale of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions herein stated,
Sellers agree to sell, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer on the Closing Date
(as  defined  herein),  free  and  clear  of  any  and  all  liens,  claims  and
encumbrances,  good, valid and marketable title to all of the outstanding shares
of capital stock of the Company (the "Shares"), and Buyer agrees to purchase the
Shares from  Sellers on the Closing  Date.  The  certificates  representing  the
Shares  shall be duly  endorsed in blank,  or  accompanied  by stock powers duly
executed in blank,  by Sellers,  with all  signatures  guaranteed  by a state or
national bank.

         1.02  Price.  In full  consideration  for the  purchase by Buyer of the
Shares,  Buyer shall pay to Sellers,  and Sellers  agree to accept from Buyer as
the entire purchase price for the Shares, the following amounts:

         (a)  Buyer shall pay to each Seller on the Closing  Date the amount set
              forth  opposite such Seller's name in Schedule 1 attached  hereto,
              being an aggregate amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).

         (b)  Sellers will be paid pro rata, based on their percentage ownership
              of the Shares,  640% of the amount (the "Excess Amount"),  if any,
              by which the Recurring  Revenue (as hereinafter  defined) for each
              of the calendar quarters ending June 30, 1998, September 30, 1998,
              December 31, 1998,  March 31, 1999,  and June 30, 1999 exceeds the

                                       1
                                    - 170 -
<PAGE>

              Base Amount (as hereinafter defined).  Such payments shall be made
              within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the end of each  such  calendar
              quarter.  Recurring Revenue shall mean all revenue received by the
              Company  which is based on  repeating  revenues  or fees  from its
              customers  including,  but not limited to, subscription  revenues,
              maintenance fees,  advertising revenues, and access or usage fees.
              The  Base  Amount  shall  mean at the  time of  determination  the
              greater of (i) $338,087 or (ii) the highest  Recurring Revenue for
              any calendar  quarter  subsequent  to the calendar  quarter  ended
              March 31, 1998,  and preceding the calendar  quarter for which the
              amount is being  determined.  The calendar  quarter referred to in
              clause (ii) as having the highest  Recurring  Revenue  will be the
              last calendar quarter for which there was an Excess Amount.  As an
              example,  if the Recurring Revenue for the calendar quarter ending
              June 30,  1998 is  $300,000  (consequently,  there being no Excess
              Amount  for  such  quarter)  and  the  Recurring  Revenue  for the
              calendar quarter ending  September 30, 1998 is $388,087,  then the
              Excess Amount for such later  calendar  quarter is $50,000.  If in
              the calendar  quarter  ending  December 31,  1998,  the  Recurring
              Revenue is $438,087, then the Excess Amount for such quarter would
              be $50,000.

         (c)  Sellers will be paid pro rata, based on their percentage ownership
              of the Shares,  80% of all  Non-recurring  Revenue (as hereinafter
              defined) received by the Company after the Closing Date and before
              July 1, 1999.  Such payments  shall be made quarterly on or before
              the date  thirty  days  after  the end of each  calendar  quarter.
              Non-recurring  Revenue shall mean all revenue  received from sales
              made or  services  rendered by the  Company  other than  Recurring
              Revenue  (as  defined  above).  Non-recurring  Revenue  shall  not
              include income from extraordinary  items as determined pursuant to
              generally accepted accounting principles.

         1.03  Closing.  The sale  referred to in Section  1.01 (the  "Closing")
shall take place at the office of the Company at 16955 Via Del Campo, Suite 215,
San Diego,  California,  on June 1, 1998,  or at such later date as the  parties
hereto  shall by  written  instrument  designate.  Such time and date are herein
referred to as the "Closing Date".

                                   ARTICLE II
                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

         As of the date hereof (except as otherwise  specified herein) and as of
the Closing Date, Sellers (without qualification in the case of Donald W. Bowles
and to their actual knowledge without inquiry in the cases of Sellers other than
Donald W. Bowles) each jointly and severally represents and warrants to Buyer as
follows:

         2.01 Organization and  Qualification.  At the Closing Date, the Company
will be a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good standing
under the laws of California and will have all requisite  power and authority to
own,  lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being
conducted. California is the only jurisdiction in which the Company is qualified

                                       2
                                    - 171 -
<PAGE>

or licensed to do  business.  Buyer has  heretofore  received  true and complete
copies of the Articles of  Incorporation  and By-laws (or other similar  charter
documents), as currently in effect, of the Company.

         2.02  Capitalization;  Title to Stock. The authorized  capital stock of
the Company  consists of 10,000,000  shares of common  stock,  no par value (the
"Common  Stock"),  of which 873,300 shares are issued and  outstanding as of the
date hereof and no shares are held in the  Company's  treasury.  Sellers are the
record owners of all the Company's  outstanding  shares of Common Stock.  All of
the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of the  Company  are duly  authorized,
validly issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable.  Except for the sale to Buyer as
contemplated  by this  Agreement,  there are no outstanding  options,  warrants,
calls or other rights to  subscribe  for or purchase or acquire from the Company
or  Sellers  or  any  affiliate  of the  Company,  or any  plans,  contracts  or
commitments  providing for the issuance of, or the granting of rights to acquire
(i) any capital stock of the Company or (ii) any securities  convertible into or
exchangeable  for  any  capital  stock  of  the  Company.  The  Company  is  not
contractually  obligated to repurchase,  redeem or otherwise  acquire any of its
outstanding  shares of capital stock.  Each Seller  represents and warrants only
with respect to that Seller and not with respect to any other Seller,  that such
Seller (i) has good, valid and marketable title,  beneficially and of record, to
the respective  Shares set forth opposite his or its name on Schedule 1 attached
hereto, free and clear of all liens,  encumbrances and rights of others, (ii) is
in rightful  possession of duly and validly  authorized and issued  certificates
evidencing  his or its  ownership  of  record of such  Shares,  and (iii) at the
Closing  Date,  will have full right,  power and  authority  to sell,  transfer,
convey and deliver to Buyer,  in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement,
good, valid and marketable  title,  beneficially  and of record,  to all of such
Shares  being  sold by such  Seller  to Buyer  hereunder,  free and clear of all
liens, encumbrances and rights of others.

         2.03 Subsidiaries.  (a) The Company has no subsidiaries.  Except as set
forth on Schedule 2.03, there is no corporation,  partnership,  joint venture or
other person or entity in which the  Company,  directly or  indirectly,  has, or
pursuant to any agreement or agreements  has or will have, a right or obligation
to acquire or make by any means, an interest or investment  (including,  without
limitation,  equity  ownership,   proprietary  interest,  loans,  guarantees  of
indebtedness and other similar obligations).

         2.04  Authority  Relative  to the  Transactions  Contemplated  by  this
Agreement.  At the Closing Date, each Seller will have full power,  capacity and
authority  (corporate or otherwise) to execute and deliver this Agreement and to
consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  At the Closing  Date,  the
execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and  the   consummation   of  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby will have been duly and validly authorized on
behalf of all Sellers and no other  proceedings on behalf of Sellers are or will
be  necessary  to approve  and  authorize  the  execution  and  delivery of this
Agreement and the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  This
Agreement  has been duly and validly  executed  and  delivered  by Sellers,  and
(assuming the valid  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by Buyer) at the
Closing Date will  constitute a legal,  valid and binding  agreement of Sellers,
enforceable against Sellers in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy,

                                       3
                                    - 172 -
<PAGE>

insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium and other laws of general applicability
relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general principles of equity.

         2.05  Consents  and  Approval;  No  Violation.  Except  as set forth on
Schedule 2.05,  neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Sellers,
nor the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby, nor compliance by
any Seller  with the  provisions  hereof,  will (i)  require  the Company or any
Seller to file or register with,  notify,  or obtain any permit,  authorization,
consent or approval of, any  governmental  or  regulatory  authority  except for
those  requirements  which become  applicable  to the Company as a result of the
specific  regulatory  status  of Buyer or as a result of any  other  facts  that
specifically relate to the business  activities in which Buyer is engaged;  (ii)
conflict with or breach any provision of the Articles of Incorporation,  By-laws
or trust agreement (or other similar governing  documents) of the Company or any
Seller;  (iii)  violate or breach a provision of, or constitute a default (or an
event  which,  with notice or lapse of time or both would  constitute a default)
under, any of the terms, covenants,  conditions or provisions of any note, bond,
mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, franchise, permit, lease, contract,
agreement or other instrument,  commitment or obligation to which the Company or
any  Seller is a party,  or by which the  Company  or any Seller or any of their
respective  properties or assets may be bound; or (iv) violate any order,  writ,
injunction, decree or judgment of any court or governmental authority applicable
to the Company or any Seller or any of their material assets (provided, however,
as to this  Section  2.05,  each Seller so  represents  and  warrants  only with
respect  to the  Company  and that  Seller  and not with  respect  to any  other
Seller).

         2.06  Financial  Statements.   Sellers  have  delivered  to  Buyer  the
unaudited  balance sheet of the Company as of April 30, 1998, and the statements
of income for the year ended December 31, 1997, and the three month period ended
March 31, 1998 (the "Financial  Statements").  The Financial Statements (i) have
been prepared in accordance with the books and records of the Company,  and (ii)
present  fairly the  financial  position of the Company as of April 30, 1998 and
the results of operations  for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  and the three
month period ended March 31, 1998,  on a cash basis and  otherwise in conformity
with generally accepted accounting  principles.  The Financial Statements do not
contain  any items of special  or  nonrecurring  income or any other  income not
earned in the ordinary course of business except as expressly  disclosed therein
or as set forth in Schedule 2.06.

         2.07  Undisclosed  Liabilities.  Except  (i)  as  provided  for  in the
Financial  Statements,  (ii) as  disclosed in Schedule  2.07 or as  specifically
identified  on other  Schedules  to this  Agreement  or (iii) for  normal  trade
obligations  incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to April 30,
1998,  consistent  with  past  practices,  the  Company  has no  liabilities  or
obligations in excess of $10,000 individually or $25,000 in the aggregate of any
kind or nature,  whether  known or unknown  or  secured  or  unsecured  (whether
absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due).

         2.08 Absence of Certain  Changes or Events.  Except (i) as set forth in
Schedule  2.08,  (ii) as disclosed in the other  Schedules  hereto,  or (iii) as
reflected in the Financial Statements, since April 30, 1998, the Company has not
(a) taken any action  specified  in Sections  4.01  (a)-(o)  herein  (other than

                                       4
                                    - 173 -
<PAGE>

actions taken after the date hereof with the consent of Buyer), (b) suffered any
material  adverse  change  in its  assets,  liabilities,  business,  results  of
operations  or financial  condition,  (c) suffered  any damage,  destruction  or
casualty loss  adversely  affecting any material  assets of the Company,  or (d)
entered into any  transaction,  or conducted its business or  operations,  other
than in the  ordinary  and  usual  course  of  business,  consistent  with  past
practices.

         2.09 Title and  Related  Matters.  (a) Except as set forth on  Schedule
2.09, the Company does not own any real property. All of the properties,  rights
and assets,  tangible and  intangible,  now used in or, to the best knowledge of
Sellers,  sufficient for the conduct by the Company of its business as presently
conducted will be indirectly transferred to Buyer by its purchase of the Shares.
The interests of the Company in its properties, rights and assets (whether owned
or as a lessee)  are free and clear of all Liens  other than (i) Liens for taxes
not yet due, (ii) Liens which do not affect the use by, or value to, the Company
of its rights and assets,  or (iii) Liens set forth on Schedule  2.09.  The term
"Liens"  shall  mean any  pledge,  lien,  security  interest,  conditional  sale
agreement, or other similar encumbrance.

         (b) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.09, the real properties  owned or
leased by the Company are used and  operated in  substantial  compliance  and in
conformity  in all  material  respects  with  all  permits,  leases,  contracts,
commitments,  licenses and, to the best knowledge of Sellers,  applicable  laws.
With respect to all buildings  which are owned or leased by the Company,  except
for  restrictions  under  applicable  zoning  laws and  ordinances,  to the best
knowledge of Sellers, no condition, law or regulation precludes or restricts the
use of such properties for the purposes for which they are used.

         (c) All of the material  assets used in the business of the Company are
in  reasonably  good and  serviceable  condition  in  accordance  with  industry
practice and as such are, to the best knowledge of Sellers,  adequate to conduct
the business of the Company.

         2.10  Material  Contracts.  Except as set forth in Schedule  2.10,  the
Company  does  not  have  nor is it  bound  by (a) any  agreement,  contract  or
commitment  relating  to the  employment  of any person by the  Company,  or any
bonus, commission, severance or termination pay, deferred compensation, pension,
profit  sharing,  stock option,  employee  stock  purchase,  retirement or other
employee  benefit plan, (b) any agreement,  indenture or other  instrument which
contains  restrictions  with  respect  to  payment  of  dividends  or any  other
distribution  in respect of its capital stock,  (c) any  agreement,  contract or
commitment relating to capital  expenditures in excess of $10,000,  (d) any loan
or advance to, or  investment  in, any other person other than cash  advances in
the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, or any agreement,
contract  or  commitment  relating  to the making of any such  loan,  advance or
investment  except  for  cash  advances  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business
consistent with past practice, (e) any debt obligation for borrowed money or any
guarantee  or other  contingent  liability  in  respect of any  indebtedness  or
obligation  of any  other  person  (other  than the  endorsement  of  negotiable
instruments for collection and other similar transactions in the ordinary course
of business), (f) any management,  distributorship,  sales, service (personal or
otherwise), consulting or any other similar type of contract, (g) any agreement,
contract or commitment limiting the freedom of the Company to engage in any line

                                       5
                                    - 174 -
<PAGE>

of business or to compete  with any other  person or in any area,  (h) any other
agreement,  contract or  commitment  which  involves  $25,000 or more and is not
cancelable  without  penalty  within  30 days,  (i) any  outstanding  powers  of
attorney or proxies  granted to any person for any purpose  whatsoever,  (j) any
contract or oral or written  agreement for the  acquisition of any other person,
(k) any agreement as to which the United States Government,  any state, local or
municipal  government or any foreign government or any agency or instrumentality
of any of the  foregoing  is a  party,  exclusive  of any such  agreement  which
contains  solely the provisions set forth in a form contract used by the Company
in its  ordinary  course of  business,  which  forms have been  previously  made
available  to Buyer,  or (l) any  proposed  contract  or  agreement  which  upon
acceptance of a customer or third party would create a binding  obligation  upon
the Company and which would not be cancelable without penalty within thirty (30)
days and would  involve a commitment  to pay $25,000 or more  annually (all such
oral  or  written  agreements,   contracts,  arrangements  and  commitments  are
hereinafter referred to as the "Material Contracts"). True, complete and correct
copies of all such written  contracts,  commitments,  agreements or arrangements
described  on  Schedule  2.10 will have been made  available  to Buyer  prior to
Closing.  To the best  knowledge of Sellers,  Schedule  2.10 contains a complete
list of all such oral contracts,  agreements,  commitments or  arrangements  and
identifies  which of such  contracts are oral in nature.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 2.10, there is not, under any of the Material Contracts, any default or
event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default on
the part of the  Company.  Neither the Company nor any Seller has  received  any
notice from the other party to such  Material  Contracts of the  termination  or
threatened  termination  thereof and no Seller  knows of the  occurrence  of any
event which would allow such other party to  terminate  such  Material  Contract
except as otherwise  disclosed in the Schedules  hereto.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 2.10 or any other Schedule hereto,  no indebtedness of the Company will
be accelerated by its terms, or result from the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.

         Schedule 2.10 contains a complete list of all agreements  providing for
the payment of  severance  pay to  employees  of the Company  (the  "Termination
Benefits Agreements").  Except as expressly indicated on Schedule 2.10, no event
has occurred under any of the  Termination  Benefits  Agreements  which alone or
upon the  giving of notice or the  passage of time or both  would  obligate  the
Company to make any payment under any of the Termination Benefits Agreements.

         2.11 Major Customer  Contracts.  Schedule 2.11  identifies the eighteen
(18)  agreements  in  effect  on the date of this  Agreement  that  yielded  the
greatest  amount of Recurring  Revenues to the Company for the calendar  quarter
ended March 31, 1998 (the "Major Customer Contracts"). With respect to the Major
Customer Contracts:

         (a) The Company is the party that  provides the services  under each of
the Major Customer Contracts and, except as set forth in Schedule 2.11, no Major
Customer Contract  contains  provisions to the effect that it will be subject to
termination  or  renegotiation  as a  result  of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby;

                                       6
                                    - 175 -
<PAGE>

         (b) Prior to Closing  Bowles will have made  available to Buyer correct
and complete  copies of all of the Major  Customer  Contracts and all amendments
thereto and all extensions and renewals thereof;

         (c) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11, no notice of termination of a
Major Customer  Contract has been received by the Company,  and no such customer
has indicated in writing its intention to terminate a Major Customer Contract;

         (d) There are no credits, monies or the like in excess of $1,000 due to
any customer who is a party to a Major Customer  Contract other than pursuant to
the terms of the Major Customer Contracts;

         (e) Except as set forth on Schedule  2.11, the Company has not received
any written  notice of any warranty or indemnity  claims by any customer under a
Major Customer  Contract which has not been settled to the  satisfaction  of the
customer claimant;

         (f) Except as set forth on Schedule  2.11, the Company has not received
any written  notice of default from any customer under any of the Major Customer
Contracts; and

         (g) Except as set forth in Schedule  2.11, the Company has not received
any notice of the filing by or against  any  customer  who is a party to a Major
Customer  Contract of a petition in  bankruptcy,  assignment  for the benefit of
creditors,  a  petition  seeking   reorganization,   composition,   liquidation,
dissolution or similar arrangement.

         2.12 Leases.  Schedule  2.12 hereto sets forth an accurate  list of (a)
all  written  leases  under  which  the  Company  is a lessee  or lessor of real
property  or office  space and (b) all other  leases to which the  Company  is a
party (as lessee)  involving  annual  rental  payments in excess of $5,000.  All
rents and  additional  rent due to date and to the  Closing  Date on such leases
have and will have been paid and in each case,  the lessee has been in peaceable
possession  since  the  commencement  of the  original  term  of such  lease  or
arrangement  and is not in default  thereunder.  Except as set forth on Schedule
2.12,  there is not,  with respect to leases  referred to in clauses (a) and (b)
above, any existing  default,  or an event of default,  or event which,  with or
without notice or lapse of time or both,  would constitute a default or an event
of default, on the part of the Company.

         2.13  Proprietary Rights; Computer Programs, Databases and Software.

         (a) Schedule  2.13 contains a complete  list of all  trademarks,  trade
names,  assumed names, service marks, logos,  patents,  copyrights and copyright
registration,  and any applications for registration therefor presently owned or
held by the  Company  or with  respect  to which the  Company  owns or holds any
license or other direct or indirect  interest  (collectively,  the  "Proprietary
Rights");  and no other Proprietary  Rights are used in or are necessary for the
conduct of the business of the Company as such business is presently  conducted.
Unless  otherwise  indicated in such Schedule  2.13 the Company owns  sufficient
right,  title and  interest in and to the  material  Proprietary  Rights for the
conduct of its  business.  No  material  Proprietary  Rights used by the Company

                                       7
                                    - 176 -
<PAGE>

conflict  with or infringe the rights of any other  person.  No claims have been
asserted by any person with respect to the ownership,  validity,  license or use
of the Proprietary  Rights and no Seller knows of any basis for such claim.  The
Company has taken all measures  which it believes to be  appropriate to maintain
and  protect  the  Proprietary  Rights.  The  Company  has the  right to use all
material  Proprietary  Rights,  to provide and sell the  services  and  products
provided  and sold by it, and to conduct its business as  heretofore  conducted,
and, except as set forth on Schedule 2.13, the  consummation of the transactions
contemplated  hereby  will not alter or impair  any such  rights.  Except as set
forth on Schedule  2.13, no person is known to be infringing on or violating the
Proprietary Rights used by the Company.

         (b) Prior to the Closing,  copies of the license agreements relating to
any computer programs, databases or software used by the Company shall have been
made available to Buyer. The Company owns,  leases or licenses and has the right
to use computer  programs,  databases  and  software  which are  sufficient  and
adequate  to  operate  the  business  of the  Company as it is  presently  being
conducted.  Except as set forth on Schedule  2.13,  all such computer  programs,
databases and software and the source codes thereof,  if  applicable,  have been
maintained only at the Company's offices at 16955 Via Del Campo,  Suite 215, San
Diego, California. Except in the ordinary course of its business or as set forth
in  Schedule  2.13,  the  Company has not sold,  licensed,  leased or  otherwise
transferred  or granted any interest or rights to any of its computer  programs,
databases  or software to any other  person.  The  occurrence  in or use by such
computer  programs,  databases and software of dates on or after January 1, 2000
("millennial  dates") will not  adversely  affect the  performance  thereof with
respect  to data  dependent  data,  compilations,  output,  or  other  functions
(including but not limited to  calculating,  comparing and  sequencing) and that
such computer programs,  databases and software will create,  store, process and
output  information  related to or including  millennial  dates without error or
omissions.

         2.14  Litigation.  Schedule  2.14  sets  forth a  complete  list and an
accurate   description  of  all  claims,   actions,   suits,   proceedings   and
investigations pending and threatened, by or against or involving the Company or
its business and, in the case of collection  claims,  those involving  claims in
excess of  $10,000.  No such  pending  or  threatened  claims,  actions,  suits,
proceedings or investigations,  if adversely determined,  would, individually or
in the aggregate, materially adversely affect the business, financial condition,
results  of  operations  or  prospects  of the  Company  taken as a whole or the
transactions  contemplated  hereby.  The Company does not know of any reasonable
basis for any other such claim, action, suit,  proceeding or investigation.  The
Company is not subject to any judgment,  order or decree  entered in any lawsuit
or proceeding which may have a material adverse effect on any of its operations,
business practices or on its ability to acquire any property or conduct business
in any area.

         2.15 Employee Benefit Matters. (a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.15
hereto and as described in subparagraph  (b) (i) below,  neither the Company nor
any member of the Control  Group  (within  the meaning of section  414(b) of the
Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code")  maintains,   has
contributed to or has ever been obligated to contribute to, for, on behalf of or
with respect to current or former employees of the Company, any employee benefit
plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended ("ERISA")),  multiemployer plan (as defined in ERISA Section

                                       8
                                    - 177 -
<PAGE>

3(37)),  stock  purchase  plan,  stock  option  plan  or  deferred  compensation
agreement, plan or funding arrangement (collectively "Employee Plans").

         (b) (i) The only  employee  welfare  benefit plans (as defined in ERISA
Section 3(1))  maintained by the Company is a Group Medical  Insurance Plan (the
"Company Plan"). A copy of the Company Plan has been furnished to Buyer.

         (ii) To the best  knowledge  of  Sellers,  with  respect to the Company
Plan:

         (A)  to  the  extent  it is  intended  to  meet  the  requirements  for
tax-favored  treatment  under  Subchapter  B of Chapter 1 of the Code meets such
requirements in all material respects;

         (B) there is no  disqualified  benefit (as such term is defined in Code
Section  4976(b))  which would  subject  Sellers,  the Company or Buyer to a tax
under Code Section 4976(a);

         (C) to the extent it is a group health plan (as such term is defined in
Code Section 162  (i)(3)),  it complies  and has  complied  with the  applicable
requirements of Code Section 162(k), Title XXII of the Public Health Service Act
and  the  applicable  provisions  of the  Social  Security  Act in all  material
respects; and

         (D) it may be amended or  terminated  by the  Company or Buyer on or at
any time after the Closing Date.

         2.16 Governmental  Authorizations and Regulations.  The Company has all
material licenses,  franchises,  permits and other  governmental  authorizations
necessary to the conduct of its  business,  as presently  conducted and the same
are in full force and effect.  The business of the Company is being conducted in
compliance in all material  respects with all applicable  licenses,  franchises,
permits and other  governmental  authorizations  and, to the best  knowledge  of
Sellers,  in  compliance  in all material  respects  with all  applicable  laws,
ordinances,  rules and regulations of all governmental  authorities  relating to
its  properties or  applicable to its business.  Except as set forth on Schedule
2.16, the Company has not received any notice of any alleged violation of any of
the foregoing.

         2.17  Labor  Matters.  Except as set forth in  Schedule  2.17,  (i) the
Company is in  compliance  in all material  respects  with all  applicable  laws
respecting health and occupational safety,  employment and employment practices,
terms and  conditions  of  employment  and wages and hours  (including,  without
limitation,  the Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986), (ii) there
is no unfair labor practice  complaint against the Company pending or threatened
before the  National  Labor  Relations  Board,  (iii)  there are no  proceedings
pending or threatened  before the National Labor Relations Board with respect to
the Company,  (iv) there are no  discrimination  charges  (relating to sex, age,
religion, race, color, national origin, ethnicity, handicap or veteran status or
any other basis protected by relevant law) pending before any federal,  state or
local agency or authority  against the Company or any of its  employees,  (v) no
grievance  which  might  have a  material  adverse  effect  upon the  Company is

                                       9
                                    - 178 -
<PAGE>

currently  pending,  (vi) the Company is not bound by any collective  bargaining
agreement  and  there is no  collective  bargaining  agreement  currently  being
negotiated by the Company and (vii) the Company has not experienced any material
labor difficulty during the past three years.

         2.18 Insurance.  The Company maintains  insurance coverage which Bowles
believes to be sufficient for compliance with all requirements of law and of all
agreements to which the Company is a party and which provides adequate insurance
coverage  for the business of the Company.  With  respect to all  policies,  all
premiums  currently  payable or  previously  due and payable with respect to all
periods up to and  including  the Closing Date will have been paid and no notice
of  cancellation  or  termination  has been  received  with  respect to any such
policy.  Such  policies  will  remain  in full  force  and  effect  through  the
respective dates set forth in such policies  without the payment of,  additional
premiums, unless called for in its original terms.

         2.19 Tax Matters. (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.19, the Company
has filed or will file or cause to be filed  within  the time and in the  manner
prescribed  by law all  Federal,  state,  local and  foreign tax returns and tax
reports which are required on or before the Closing Date to be filed by, or with
respect to, it. Such returns and reports  accurately  reflect all  liability for
taxes of the Company for the periods covered thereby. All Federal,  state, local
and  foreign  income,  profits,  franchise,   sales,  use,  occupancy,   excise,
withholding,  payroll,  employment  and other taxes and  assessments  (including
interest  and  penalties)  payable by, or due from,  the Company have been fully
paid or adequately disclosed and provided for in the Financial Statements of the
Company.

         (b) The  Company  has not  filed any  election  or  caused  any  deemed
election under Section 338 of the Code.

         (c)  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  2.19,  (i) the  Company  is not
delinquent in the payment of any Taxes (as defined in Section 6.03 hereof),  and
(ii) no  extensions  of time have been granted to the Company to file any return
required by  applicable  law to be filed by it prior to or on the Closing  Date,
which have  expired or will expire on or before the Closing  Date  without  such
return having been filed.

         (d) The  federal  income tax  returns of the Company (or returns of any
consolidated  group which  include the  Company)  have not been  examined by the
Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS").

         (e) The Company has not participated (nor will the Company  participate
prior to the Closing) in or cooperate with an  international  boycott within the
meaning of Section 999 of the Code.

         (f) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.19, all transactions  which could
give rise to a  substantial  understatement  of federal  income tax  (within the
meaning of Section  6661 of the Code) were  adequately  disclosed on the returns
required in accordance with Section 6661(b)(2)(8) of the Code.

                                       10
                                    - 179 -
<PAGE>

         2.20 Transactions with Affiliates. Except as expressly provided in this
Agreement or as set forth in Schedule  2.20, the Company does not owe any amount
or  have  any  liability  (contingent  or  otherwise),   contract,   commitment,
arrangement or obligation to or with Sellers or any of their affiliates.  Except
as set forth on Schedule 2.20,  neither  Bowles nor any of his affiliates  owns,
directly or  indirectly,  any interest that will survive the Closing in, or is a
director or employee of, or consultant to, any organization that is a competitor
in the United States, supplier,  licensor,  customer,  creditor or debtor of the
Company. No Seller or persons known by any Seller to be affiliates of any Seller
have any  material  interest  in any  significant  property,  real or  personal,
tangible or intangible, of the Company.

         2.21 Accounts  Receivable.  Except as set forth on Schedule  2.21,  the
accounts  receivable  reflected on the April 30, 1998 balance sheet contained in
the Financial  Statements and all accounts  receivable arising between April 30,
1998 and the date  hereof  arose  from bona fide  transactions  in the  ordinary
course of business.  Except as set forth on Schedule  2.21,  no account has been
assigned or pledged to any other person,  firm or corporation  and no defense or
setoff to any such account has been asserted by the account obligor.  The amount
of all accounts receivable, unbilled invoices and other debts due or recorded in
the  records  and books of account of the Company as being due to the Company at
the Closing Date less the amount of $20,000 are good and  collectible in full in
the ordinary course of business.

         2.22  Environmental Matters.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.22:

         (a) The  Company  is in  material  compliance  with,  and has not  done
anything  to be in  material  violation  of,  the  terms and  conditions  of all
environmental  permits,  licenses,  and other authorizations  required under all
applicable  federal,  state and local laws relating to the  environment,  or the
premises owned, leased or occupied by them.

         (b) To the best  knowledge of Sellers,  there are no conditions at, on,
under or related to, the real property  constituting the premises upon which the
business of the Company is conducted or otherwise  owned,  occupied or leased by
the Company  (collectively,  the "Premises") which presently poses a significant
hazard to human health or the  environment.  There has been no production,  use,
treatment,   storage  in  underground  tanks,  pits,  or  surface  impoundments,
transportation  or  disposal  by the  Company  of any  Hazardous  Substance,  as
hereinafter  defined,  on the Premises nor any release or threatened  release by
the Company of any Hazardous Substance, pollutant or contaminant into or upon or
over the  Premises  or into or upon ground or surface  water at or within  2,000
feet of the boundaries of the Premises. To the best knowledge of Sellers, except
as set forth in Schedule  2.22,  there are no  asbestos  or  asbestos-containing
materials incorporated into the buildings or interior improvements that are part
of the Premises or other assets to be  indirectly  transferred  pursuant to this
Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, "Hazardous Substance" shall mean, any
hazardous or toxic substance,  material or waste which is regulated by any local
governmental authority, or any State or the United States Government.

         2.23 Brokers and  Finders.  No Seller has employed any broker or finder
and no broker or  finder is  entitled  to any  brokerage  fees,  commissions  or

                                       11
                                    - 180 -
<PAGE>

finder's fees arising from any act,  representation or promise of any of them in
connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby;  provided,  however, each
Seller so represents  and warrants only with respect to that Seller and not with
respect to any other Seller.

         2.24 Books and Records.  The minute books of the Company, as previously
made available to Buyer,  contain accurate  records in all material  respects of
all  meetings of and  corporate  actions or written  consents by the  respective
stockholders  and Boards of  Directors  of the  Company.  Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.24, the Company does not have any of its records, systems,  controls,
data or information recorded, stored,  maintained,  operated or otherwise wholly
or  partly  dependent  upon or  held by any  means  (including  any  electronic,
mechanical  or  photographic   process,   whether  computerized  or  not)  which
(including  all  means of  access  thereto  and  therefrom)  are not  under  the
exclusive ownership and direct control of the Company.

         2.25 Bank Accounts.  Sellers will cause the Company to deliver to Buyer
at least 3 business  days prior to the Closing an  accurate  and  complete  list
showing the name and address of each bank in which the Company has an account or
safe  deposit  box, the number of any such account or any such box and the names
of all persons authorized to draw thereon or to have access thereto.

         2.26 Other Information. The information furnished to Buyer by Bowles or
the Company or pursuant to this Agreement,  including the exhibits  hereto,  the
schedules  identified  herein, and in any certificate or other document executed
or delivered  pursuant  hereto by Sellers  (which for purposes of this Agreement
shall be deemed to be representations  and warranties),  is not materially false
or misleading,  does not contain any misstatement of material fact, and does not
omit to state  any  material  fact  required  to be  stated in order to make the
statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they
were made.

         2.27 No Changes Prior to Closing Date.  During the period from the date
hereof to and including the Closing Date, the Company will not have taken any of
the actions specified in Section 4.01(a)-(o),  without the prior written consent
of Buyer.

                                   ARTICLE III
                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         As of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date,  Buyer represents and
warrants to Sellers as follows:

         3.01  Organization.  Buyer is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

         3.02  Authority  Relative  to this  Agreement.  Buyer  has full  power,
capacity and  authority  (corporate  or  otherwise)  to execute and deliver this
Agreement and to consummate the transactions  contemplated hereby. The execution
and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  have  been  duly and  validly  authorized  by the Board of

                                       12
                                    - 181 -
<PAGE>

Directors  of  Buyer  and no  other  proceedings  on the  part of  Buyer  or its
stockholders  are  necessary to approve and authorize the execution and delivery
of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby.
This  Agreement  has been duly and validly  executed and  delivered by Buyer and
(assuming  the  valid  execution  and  delivery  of the  Agreement  by  Sellers)
constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of Buyer,  enforceable  against
Buyer in accordance  with its terms,  except as the  enforcement  thereof may be
limited  by  bankruptcy  and  other  laws of  general  application  relating  to
creditors' rights and general principles of equity.

         3.03 Consents and  Approvals;  No Violation.  Neither the execution and
delivery  of this  Agreement  by  Buyer  nor the  consummation  by  Buyer of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  nor  compliance  by  Buyer  with any of the
provisions  hereof,  will (i) require Buyer to file or register with, notify, or
obtain any permit,  authorization,  consent, or approval of, any governmental or
regulatory  authority except for those  requirements  which become applicable to
Buyer as a result  of the  specific  regulatory  status of the  Company  or as a
result of any other facts that specifically relate to the business activities in
which the Company is or proposes to be engaged; (ii) conflict with or breach any
provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws of Buyer; (iii) violate
or breach any  provision  of, or  constitute a default (or an event which,  with
notice or lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a default under,  any of the
terms, covenants conditions or provisions of any note, bond mortgage,  indenture
deed of trust, license, franchise,  permit, lease, contract,  agreement or other
instrument,  commitment  or  obligation  to which Buyer is a party,  or by which
Buyer or any of its properties or assets may be bound, except for such breach or
default  which  would not have a  material  adverse  effect on the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  taken as a whole;  or (iv)  violate any order,
writ,  injunction,  decree,  judgment,  statute,  law or  ruling of any court or
governmental  authority applicable to Buyer or any of its material assets, which
violation would have a material adverse effect on the transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement taken as a whole.

         3.04  Litigation;  Compliance  with  Law.  Buyer  is not a party to any
action or proceeding which seeks, or is subject to, any outstanding order, writ,
injunction  or  decree,   which   restrains  or  enjoins   consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated hereby or which otherwise challenges the transactions
contemplated hereby and (ii) there is no litigation, administrative, arbitral or
other  proceeding,  or  petition or  complaint  or, to the  knowledge  of Buyer,
investigation  before any court or governmental or regulating  authority or body
pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer,  threatened  against or relating to Buyer
that  would   materially   adversely  affect  Buyer's  ability  to  perform  its
obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

         3.05 Brokers and  Finders.  Buyer has not employed any broker or finder
and, to Buyer's  knowledge,  no broker or finder is  entitled  to any  brokerage
fees,  commissions  or finder's  fees arising from any act,  representations  or
promise of Buyer, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

         3.06 Purchase for Investment. Buyer will acquire all of the outstanding
stock of the Company to be  purchased  by it  hereunder  for its own account for
investment and not with a view toward any resale or distribution thereof.

                                       13
                                    - 182 -
<PAGE>

         3.07 Access and  Information.  Between  the Closing and June 30,  1999,
Buyer  and its  representatives  shall  and  shall  cause  the  Company  and its
representatives to afford Bowles on behalf of Sellers and their  representatives
full and free access to the Company's personnel,  properties,  contracts,  books
and records,  and other  existing  documents and data as Sellers may  reasonably
request, and furnish Sellers with such additional financial, operating and other
data and  information  as Sellers may reasonably  request to confirm  compliance
with the terms of this  Agreement.  Such  information  shall be  subject  to the
restrictions set forth in Section 4.02 (b) of this Agreement.

         3.08  Maintenance of Company  Powers.  Between the Closing and June 30,
1999,  Buyer shall maintain and preserve the corporate  existence of the Company
and all rights, privileges,  licenses, trade names, franchises and other rights,
the absence of which would have a material  adverse affect on the conduct of its
business;   conduct  its  business  in  an  orderly  manner,  without  voluntary
interruption;  maintain  its  properties  in good working  order and  condition,
ordinary  wear and tear and damage by casualty  excepted;  and from time to time
make all needed  repairs to, and renewals or  replacements  of its properties so
that the efficiency of those properties shall be fully maintained and preserved.

         3.09 Maintenance of Business Organization. Between the Closing and June
30, 1999,  Buyer shall use its good faith  efforts to maintain the relations and
good will of all material customers of the Company.

         3.10 Continuation of Business. Between Closing and June 30, 1999, Buyer
shall  continue  to  conduct  the  business  operations  of  the  Company  in  a
commercially  reasonable  manner  calculated  in  good  faith  to  increase  the
Recurring Revenue and Non-Recruiting Revenue of the business of the Company.

         3.11  Affirmative  Undertakings.  Without  limiting the  generality  of
Section 3.10, Buyer specifically undertakes and agrees for the period commencing
on Closing and ending June 30, 1999, as follows:

               (a) it will  continue  marketing  support  for the  products  and
services of the Company by providing  funding,  personnel and management support
for such efforts at levels not less than those  provided in the ordinary  course
of business prior to Closing;

               (b) it will continue product  development and enhancement efforts
for the  Company's  products and services by providing  funding,  personnel  and
management  support for such  efforts at levels not less than those  provided in
the ordinary course of business prior to Closing;

               (c) it  will  maintain  price  structures  for the  products  and
services of the Company in a  commercially  reasonable  manner  intended in good

                                       14
                                    - 183 -
<PAGE>

faith,  along  with the  marketing  plans for such  products  and  services,  to
increase the Recurring Revenues and Non-Recurring Revenue of the Company;

               (d) it  will  use its  good  faith  efforts  to  maintain  market
identity and product integrity for each of the material products and services of
the  Company  and will  market such  products  and  services  in a  commercially
reasonable  manner  intended  in good faith to  increase  Recurring  Revenue and
Non-Recurring Revenue of the Company.

               (e) it will  maintain  in full  force  and  effect  all  existing
agreements  between the Company  and Buyer or modify such  agreements  only in a
commercially  reasonable manner intended in good faith to increase the Recurring
Revenue and  Non-Recurring  Revenue of the Company  and will  neither  cause nor
permit the occurrence of any event  constituting,  either  currently or with the
passage of time, a breach or default by the Company or Buyer thereunder, subject
to applicable cure periods;

               (f) it will use commercially  reasonable  efforts to maintain the
Major Customer Contracts in full force and effect in accordance with their terms
as of the Closing or modify such  agreements  only in a commercially  reasonable
manner   intended  in  good  faith  to  increase  the   Recurring   Revenue  and
Non-Recurring  Revenue  of the  Company  and  shall  not  cause  or  permit  the
occurrence of any event  constituting,  either  currently or with the passage of
time,  a breach or  default  by the  Company,  subject  to the  applicable  cure
periods, with respect to any such contract.

         3.12  Negative  Covenants.  During the period from  Closing to June 30,
1999, Buyer will not cause or permit the Company to:

               (a) except as required  by or  necessary  to bring in  compliance
with generally accepted accounting  principles (A) utilize accounting principles
different from those used in the  preparation of the Financial  Statements,  (B)
change its method of  maintaining  its books or accounts  and records  from such
methods as in effect with respect to the preparation of the Financial Statements
so as to cause a  material  adverse  affect in the  financial  condition  of the
Company  or its  operations  taken  as a whole,  or (C)  accelerate  booking  of
revenues or the deferral of  expenses,  other than as shall be  consistent  with
past practice and in the ordinary course of business;

               (b) in any manner which would have a material  adverse  affect on
the  financial  condition  of the  Company or its  operations  taken as a whole,
license,  transfer,  grant, waive, release, permit to lapse or otherwise fail to
preserve any of the material  Proprietary Rights,  dispose of or permit to lapse
any material license,  permit or other form of authorization,  or dispose of any
customer lists;

               (c) terminate or amend to fail to perform all of its  obligations
under any material contract; or

               (d) enter into an agreement to do any of the things  described in
clauses 3.12 (a) through (c).

                                       15
                                    - 184 -
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                            COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

         4.01  Conduct of  Business of the  Company.  During the period from the
date of this  Agreement to the Closing  Date,  Sellers will cause the Company to
(i) conduct its business  and  operations  according  to its ordinary  course of
business  consistent  with past  practice  except as otherwise  provided in this
Section  4.01,  (ii)  use its best  efforts  to  preserve  intact  its  business
organization  and its  relationship  with  licensors,  suppliers,  distributors,
employees,  customers and others having business relationships with them, except
as may otherwise be agreed by Sellers and Buyer,  and (iii) use its best efforts
to maintain the Major Customers Contracts in full force and effect in accordance
with their terms up to the Closing Date.  Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing,  prior to the  Closing  without the prior  written  consent of Buyer,
Sellers will not permit the Company to:

         (a)  change or amend its  Articles  of  Incorporation  or  By-laws  (or
similar governing documents);

         (b) (i)  create,  incur or assume any debt,  liability  or  obligation,
direct or indirect,  whether accrued,  absolute,  contingent or otherwise, other
than  normal  trade  obligations  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of business
consistent  with past practice or (ii) pay any debt,  liability or obligation of
any kind other than  current  liabilities  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of
business  consistent  with past  practice  and  current  maturities  of existing
long-term debt or (iii) assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or
responsible (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) for the obligations of
any other  person,  or make any loans or  advances  to any person  except in the
ordinary course of business  consistent with past practice;  provided,  however,
that without the prior  written  consent of Buyer,  the Company  shall not enter
into a new  agreement  to provide  services  or amend in a material  respect any
existing agreement to provide services or, by action or failure to act, renew or
cause to be renewed  any Major  Customer  Contract or other  customer  contracts
designated by Buyer in writing in effect at the date hereof;

         (c)  declare,  set  aside or pay any  dividend  or  other  distribution
(whether in cash,  stock or property or any  combination  thereof) in respect of
the capital  stock of the  Company,  or redeem or  otherwise  acquire any of the
capital stock of the Company or split, combine or otherwise similarly change the
capital  stock of the Company or authorize  the creation or issuance of or issue
or sell any  shares  of its  capital  stock  or any  securities  or  obligations
convertible into or exchangeable  for, or giving any person any right to acquire
from it, any shares of its capital stock, or agree to take any such action;

         (d) (i) change in any manner the rate or terms of compensation or bonus
payable or to become payable to any director, officer or employee or (ii) change
in any manner the rate or terms of any insurance,  pension,  severance, or other
employee  benefit  plan,  payment  or  arrangement  made  to,  for or  with  any
employees;

                                       16
                                    - 185 -
<PAGE>

         (e) discharge or satisfy any lien other than in the ordinary  course of
business and consistent  with past practice or subject to any Lien any assets or
properties;

         (f) except as otherwise  permitted in this Section 4.01, enter into any
agreement  or  commitment  for any  borrowing,  capital  expenditure  or capital
financing in excess of $10,000 individually or in the aggregate;

         (g) sell,  lease,  transfer  or  dispose  of any of its  properties  or
assets,  waive or release any rights of material value,  or cancel,  compromise,
release or assign any  indebtedness  owed to it or any claims held by it in each
case  other  than in the  ordinary  course  of  business  consistent  with  past
practice;

         (h) make any investment of a capital nature either by purchase of stock
or securities,  contributions to capital, property transfers or otherwise, or by
the purchase of any material property or assets of any other  individual,  firm,
corporation or entity, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past practice;

         (i) except as required by generally accepted accounting  principles (A)
utilize  accounting  principles  different from those used in the preparation of
the Financial Statements, (B) change in any manner its method of maintaining its
books or accounts  and records from such methods as in effect on the date of the
Financial  Statements,  or (C) accelerate booking of revenues or the deferral of
expenses,  other  than as shall be  consistent  with  past  practice  and in the
ordinary course of business;

         (j) take any  action  to permit  any  insurance  policy  naming it as a
beneficiary  or a loss payable  payee to be canceled or terminated or any of the
coverage  thereunder to lapse,  unless  simultaneously  with such termination or
cancellation  replacement policies providing substantially the same coverage and
which are obtainable on substantially  the same economic terms are in full force
and effect;  provided,  however that if the Company shall receive  notice of any
such cancellation or termination, it shall so notify Buyer promptly upon receipt
thereof and, if feasible upon the payment of a premium  which is not  materially
greater  than the premium  payable  under such  terminated  or canceled  policy,
obtain  simultaneously  with such  termination or cancellation  such replacement
policies;

         (k)  enter into any collective bargaining agreement;

         (l) settle or compromise any claim,  suit or cause of action  involving
more than $10,000;

         (m)  license,  transfer,  grant,  waive,  release,  permit  to lapse or
otherwise fail to preserve any of the material Proprietary Rights, dispose of or
permit to lapse any material license, permit or other form of authorization,  or
dispose of any customer list;

         (n) terminate or amend or fail to perform all of its obligations  under
any Material Contract; or

                                       17
                                    - 186 -
<PAGE>

         (o)  enter  into an  agreement  to do any of the  things  described  in
clauses (a) through (n) above.

         4.02  Current  Information.  During  the  period  from the date of this
Agreement to the Closing,  Bowles will  promptly  notify Buyer in writing of any
significant  development not in the ordinary course of business  consistent with
past  practice or of any  material  adverse  change in the assets,  liabilities,
business, financial condition,  prospects or results of operation of the Company
and of any governmental complaints,  investigations or hearings of which they or
the Company  have been advised  involving  the Company,  or the  institution  or
threat  of the  institution  of any  litigation  or  proceedings  involving  the
Company.

         4.03 Access to Information.  (a) Between the date of this Agreement and
the Closing  Date,  Sellers  will cause the Company to (i) afford  Buyer and its
designated representatives full access to the premises, books and records of the
Company,  and (ii) cause the  Company's  officers,  and use its best  efforts to
cause the Company's advisors  (including,  without  limitation,  their auditors,
attorneys   and  other   advisors)   to   furnish   Buyer  and  its   designated
representatives   (including  Buyer's  auditors,   accountants,   attorneys  and
representatives)  with financial and operating data and other  information  with
respect  to the  business  and  properties  of the  Company  for the  purpose of
permitting  Buyer  to  make  such  investigation  of the  business,  properties,
financial  and legal  condition  of the  Company  as Buyer  deems  necessary  or
desirable to familiarize itself therewith.

         (b) After the Closing  Date,  Sellers  will,  and will cause all of its
advisors, agents and affiliates (collectively,  "representatives"),  to maintain
all information,  written or oral,  specifically  concerning the business of the
Company and unique to such business (the "Information") in confidence and not to
disclose any portion of such  Information to any person or entity.  In the event
that any Seller or any of their  representatives  is  requested  or required (by
oral  question or request for  information  or documents  in legal  proceedings,
interrogatories,  subpoena,  civil  investigative  demand or similar process) to
disclose any Information,  it is agreed that Buyer will be promptly  notified of
such request or requirement so that it may seek an appropriate protective order,
and/or waive  compliance with the provisions of this Section  4.03(b).  If Buyer
does not promptly seek and obtain a protective order, any Seller or any of their
representatives  may disclose such  Information to the tribunal  notwithstanding
the first sentence of this Section 4.03(b);  provided that such person shall use
its  reasonable  best  efforts to obtain,  at the  request of Buyer,  reasonable
assurance  that  confidential  treatment will be accorded to such portion of the
Information  required  to  be  disclosed  as  Buyer  designates.  The  foregoing
provisions of this Section 4.03(b) shall not apply to (i)  Information  which at
the  time  of  disclosure,  is  generally  available  to  the  public,  or  (ii)
Information which, after disclosure,  becomes generally  available to the public
other than as a consequence of a breach of this Section 4.03(b).

         4.04 Expenses.  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated,  all costs and expenses  incurred in connection with this Agreement
and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will be paid by the respective party
that  incurred  such cost and expense (it being  understood,  however,  that all
reasonable legal and accounting fees and expenses so incurred by Bowles shall be
paid by the Company).

                                       18
                                    - 187 -
<PAGE>

         4.05  Reasonable  Best Efforts.  Subject to the terms and conditions of
this  Agreement  and except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  all of the parties
hereto will use their reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all
action,  and to do,  or  cause to be  done,  all  things  necessary,  proper  or
advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective
the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  In case at any time after the
Closing any further  action is  necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes
of this  Agreement  or to put Buyer in  possession  of all of the  assets of the
Company,  each party to this Agreement will, or will cause its affiliates as the
case may be, to take all such necessary action  including,  without  limitation,
the  execution  and delivery of such further  instruments  and  documents as may
reasonably be requested by the parties  hereto for such purposes or otherwise to
complete or perfect the transactions contemplated hereby.

         4.06 Consents.  Each of the parties hereto will use its reasonable best
efforts  to  obtain  the  written  consents  of  all  persons  and  governmental
authorities  required  to be obtained  by each such party and  necessary  to the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         4.07  Filings.  Buyer and  Sellers  will file  pursuant  to  applicable
securities laws all requisite documents and notifications in connection with the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.  Buyer  and  each  Seller  will
coordinate  and cooperate  with each other in exchanging  such  information  and
providing  such  reasonable  assistance as the others may require to comply with
applicable securities laws.

         4.08  Disclosure  Supplements.  From time to time prior to the Closing,
Sellers  will  promptly   supplement   or  amend  the   Schedules   ("Disclosure
Supplements") referred to in this Agreement with respect to any matter hereafter
arising  which,  if  existing  or  occurring  at or  prior  to the  date of this
Agreement,  would have been  required to be set forth or described in a Schedule
or which is  necessary  to  correct  any  information  in a  Schedule  or in any
representation  or warranty  of any Seller  which has been  rendered  inaccurate
thereby.  The  representations and warranties of Sellers shall be amended by the
Disclosure  Supplements  in all respects and for all purposes other than for the
purposes of determining  satisfaction  of the conditions to Closing set forth in
Article V.

         4.09 Public  Announcements.  Sellers and Buyer will  consult  with each
other before any of them or the Company  issues any press  releases or otherwise
makes any public  statements  (including  statements  made to  employees  of the
Company)  with  respect  to this  Agreement  and the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.

         4.10 Transfer Taxes.  All transfer taxes  (including all stock transfer
taxes, if any) incurred in connection  with this Agreement and the  transactions
contemplated  hereby will be borne by Sellers,  and Sellers  will,  at their own
expense,  file all necessary tax returns and other documentation with respect to
all such transfer  taxes,  and, if required by applicable law, the other parties
hereto will (and will cause the Company  to) join in the  execution  of any such
tax returns or other documentation.

                                       19
                                    - 188 -
<PAGE>

         4.11 No  Solicitation.  Sellers  shall not, and shall cause the Company
not to, initiate,  solicit,  encourage, or participate in, any discussions with,
or provide any information to, any corporation,  partnership,  person, entity or
group,  other than Buyer and its  employees and agents,  concerning  any merger,
consolidation,  sale of assets or similar transaction  involving the Company, or
any sale of  Shares  or  capital  stock  of the  Company,  including  securities
convertible into or exchangeable  for such  securities,  by the issuer (any such
transaction being referred to herein as an "Acquisition Proposal"). Sellers will
suspend any pre-existing discussions involving any Acquisition Proposal and will
immediately  advise Buyer if the Company or any Seller  receives any Acquisition
Proposal from any corporation, partnership, person, entity or group.

         4.12  Access  to  Customers  and  Suppliers.  Between  the date of this
Agreement  and the  Closing  Date,  Sellers  will cause the  Company to permit a
representative  of Buyer to accompany a representative  of the Company when they
meet with or talk to the officers and  employees of the  customers and suppliers
of the  Company.  In  addition,  Sellers  will  cause  the  Company  to permit a
representative  of Buyer to meet with or talk to the officers  and  employees of
the customers and suppliers of the Company, provided,  however, that the Company
shall  have a right  to have a  representative  present  at  such  meetings  and
discussions.


                                    ARTICLE V
                                   CONDITIONS

         5.01 Conditions to Each Party's  Obligations to Effect the Transactions
Contemplated  Hereby. The respective  obligations of each party hereto to effect
the transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment at or
prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:

         (a) No statute, rule, regulation,  executive order, decree,  injunction
or restraining order shall have been enacted,  entered,  promulgated or enforced
by any court of competent jurisdiction or governmental authority,  nor shall any
action or  proceeding  brought  by any  governmental  authority  or  agency,  be
pending, which (i) prevents,  restricts or delays or seeks to prevent,  restrict
or delay the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or
(ii)  seeks a  material  amount  of  monetary  damages  in  connection  with the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         (b) Bowles and Buyer shall have entered into as of the Closing Date the
agreement  referred to in Section 7.01 and otherwise  performed their respective
obligations under Article VII.

         5.02   Conditions  to  the   obligations   of  Sellers  to  Effect  the
Transactions  Contemplated  Hereby.  The  obligations  of  Sellers to effect the
transactions  contemplated hereby shall be further subject to the fulfillment at
or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions,  any one or more of
which may be waived in whole or in part by Sellers in writing:

                                       20
                                    - 189 -
<PAGE>

         (a) Buyer shall have  performed  and complied in all material  respects
with all  agreements,  obligations,  conditions and covenants  contained in this
Agreement  required to be performed  and complied  with by it at or prior to the
Closing  and all  representations  and  warranties  of Buyer  contained  in this
Agreement  shall be true and correct in all material  respects as of the date of
this  Agreement  and as of the Closing  Date,  and Sellers  shall have  received
certificates  to that effect  signed by the  President or any Vice  President of
Buyer together with such other documents,  instruments and writings  required to
be delivered by Buyer at or prior to the Closing  pursuant to this  Agreement or
otherwise reasonably required by Buyer in connection herewith.

         (b) Sellers shall have received an opinion from counsel to Buyer, dated
the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

         (c) Buyer shall have delivered to Sellers a copy of the  Certificate of
Incorporation  of Buyer,  including  all  amendments  thereto,  certified by the
Secretary  of State of the State of  Delaware  and (ii) a  certificate  from the
Secretary of the State of Delaware to the effect that Buyer is in good  standing
in such State.

         (d) No actions or  proceedings  which  have a  material  likelihood  of
success shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of Buyer,  threatened by
any  governmental  body  or  authority  to  restrain  or  prohibit  any  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

         (e) All material consents,  waivers,  authorizations and approvals,  if
any, necessary to permit Sellers to consummate the transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement shall have been received.

         (f) All  proceedings  to be taken in connection  with the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  and all  documents  incident  thereto shall be
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Sellers and their counsel.

         5.03 Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer to Effect the  Transactions
Contemplated  Hereby.  The  obligations  of Buyer  to  effect  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby shall be further  subject to the fulfillment at or prior to
the Closing of each of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be
waived in whole or in part by Buyer in writing:

         (a) Sellers shall have performed and complied in all material  respects
with all  agreements,  obligations,  conditions and covenants  contained in this
Agreement  required to be performed and complied with by them at or prior to the
Closing and all the  representations and warranties of Sellers set forth in this
Agreement  shall be true and correct in all material  respects as of the date of
this  Agreement and as amended by any  Disclosure  Supplements as of the Closing
Date,  and Buyer  shall have  received  certificates  to that  effect  signed by
Sellers together with such other documents, instruments and writings required to
be delivered by Sellers or by the Company at or prior to the Closing pursuant to
this Agreement or otherwise required in connection herewith,  provided, however,
that if the Disclosure  Supplements  reveal a change from the Schedules attached
hereto at the date  hereof  that is  unacceptable  to Buyer,  Buyer shall not be
obligated to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.

                                       21
                                    - 190 -
<PAGE>

         (b) Sellers  shall have  delivered to Buyer (i) copies of the Company's
Articles of  Incorporation  including all  amendments  thereto  certified by the
Secretary  of  State of the  State  of  California,  (ii)  certificate  from the
Secretary  of State to the  effect  that the  Company  is in good  standing  and
listing all charter documents of the Company on file, and (iii) a certificate as
to the tax status of the Company in the State of California .

         (c) Prior to the  Closing  Date,  there  shall be no  material  adverse
change in the assets or  liabilities,  the business or  condition,  financial or
otherwise,  the results of operations,  or prospects of the Company,  from April
30, 1998,  and Sellers shall have  delivered to Buyer a  certificate,  dated the
Closing Date, to such effect.

         (d) No action or  proceedings  which have a  reasonable  likelihood  of
success  shall  have been  instituted  or,  to the best  knowledge  of  Sellers,
threatened by any governmental  body or authority to restrain or prohibit any of
the transactions contemplated hereby.

         (e) Each  party  hereto  shall have  received  all  material  consents,
waivers,   approvals,   licenses  or  other  authorizations  required  from  any
governmental  or  non-governmental  entity  for  the  execution,   delivery  and
performance of this Agreement by the parties hereto.

         (f) Other than as  disclosed  in the  schedules  attached  hereto,  the
Company shall not have received any notice of cancellation of any Major Customer
Contract  or  real  property  lease  or have  any  basis  to  believe  any  such
cancellation may occur.

         (g) Buyer shall have received an opinion from counsel to Sellers, dated
the Closing Date, in form and substance  satisfactory  to Buyer and its counsel,
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

         (h) No injunction or other court order  requiring  that any part of the
business  or assets of any of the  Company be held  separate or divested or that
any  business  or  assets of Buyer or any  affiliate  of Buyer be  divested,  or
imposing or involving any  conditions on Buyer or its affiliates or the Company,
which  could be  reasonably  expected to have a material  adverse  effect on the
assets,  liabilities,  business,  financial  condition,  prospects or results of
operations  of either Buyer or any  affiliate  of Buyer on the one hand,  or the
Company  on the other  hand,  shall be in  effect  and no  proceedings  shall be
pending by or before,  or threatened in writing by or before,  any  governmental
body or court of competent jurisdiction with respect thereto.

         (i) The  Company  shall not have taken any of the  actions set forth in
Section 4.01(a) - (o) without the prior written consent of Buyer.

         (j) Buyer shall have received  satisfactory evidence of the resignation
as of the time of Closing of such of the present  officers (in their capacity as
corporate  officers  only) and  directors of the Company as Buyer may request at
least 3 business days prior to Closing.

                                       22
                                    - 191 -
<PAGE>

         (k) There  shall not be in effect at the Closing  Date any  contractual
provisions  restricting  the ability of the Company or any affiliate  thereof to
conduct any business or compete with any person or restricting the area in which
it may conduct any business.

         (l) Buyer and its counsel shall have approved (which approval shall not
be  unreasonably  withheld)  (i)  the  form of  stock  certificate  and  related
instruments of transfer to be delivered to Buyer at the Closing,  (ii) all other
proceedings  to be effected at the Closing or otherwise in  connection  with the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  and (iii) all other documents and
instruments  to be delivered at the Closing or otherwise in connection  with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                          SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

         6.01  Survival  of  Representations,   Warranties  and  Covenants.  All
covenants and  agreements of any party hereto set forth herein shall survive the
Closing for the period provided for in such covenant or, if not so provided, for
a period of one year. The  representations and warranties set forth herein shall
survive the Closing and shall remain in effect for a period of one year from the
Closing Date, provided that (x) any claim for indemnification  which is asserted
within the time period set forth in Section  6.02(e) shall survive such one year
period,  for the period set forth in such Section,  and (y) claims under Section
6.03 with  respect  to  liability  for Taxes  which  are  asserted  prior to the
expiration  of the  applicable  statute of limitation  (including  any extension
thereof) respecting such Tax liability or obligation shall also survive such one
year period for the period set forth in such Section.

         6.02 Post-Closing Indemnification. (a) From and after the Closing Date,
Bowles shall  defend,  indemnify and hold  harmless  Buyer and its  subsidiaries
(including  the  Company)  and  each of  their  successors,  assigns,  officers,
directors and employees (the "Buyer Indemnitee Group") against and in respect of
any and all losses, actions, suits, proceedings,  claims, liabilities,  damages,
causes of action, demands,  assessments,  judgments,  and investigations and any
and all costs and expenses paid to third parties,  including without limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses (collectively,  "Damages"),  suffered by
any of them as a result of, or arising from: (i) except for matters  referred to
in clauses  (ii) and (iii)  hereof and in Section  6.03,  any  inaccuracy  in or
breach of or omission  from any of the  representations  or  warranties  made by
Bowles in Article II of this  Agreement  or  pursuant  hereto (as amended by the
Disclosure Supplements), or any nonfulfillment,  partial or total, of any of the
covenants  or  agreements  made by Bowles in this  Agreement  to the  extent not
waived by Buyer in writing;  (ii) except for matters referred to in clause (iii)
hereof and in Section 6.03, any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation
of any kind  relating to or arising from events  occurring  prior to the Closing
Date,  instituted  by or against or involving the Company or any of its business
or  assets  (other  than  those  claims,   actions,   suits,   proceedings   and
investigations set forth in Schedule 2.14 of the Disclosure Schedule) regardless
of whether such claims, actions,  suits,  proceedings or investigations are made
or commenced before or after the Closing Date, provided that Damages relating to
claims,  actions,  suits,  proceedings and investigations  that relate to events
occurring  both before and after the Closing Date shall be  equitably  allocated

                                       23
                                    - 192 -
<PAGE>

between Buyer and Sellers and;  (iii) the failure or inability of the Company to
collect all accounts receivable  reflected on the Financial  Statements less the
amount of $20,000, provided,  however, the Company and Buyer shall have used all
customary methods to collect such accounts receivable and provided further, that
if Bowles shall be required to pay any amounts  hereunder,  Buyer or the Company
shall  assign  uncollected  accounts  receivable  to  Bowles,  who  may  use all
necessary  reasonable means to collect it,  including  bringing an action in the
name of the Company.

         (b) From and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall defend,  indemnify and
hold harmless Sellers and their heirs, trustees,  successors and assigns against
and in respect  of any and all  losses,  actions,  suits,  proceedings,  claims,
liabilities,  damages, causes of action, demands,  assessments,  judgments,  and
investigations  and  any and all  costs  and  expenses  paid to  third  parties,
including without limitation,  reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, suffered
by any of them as a result of, or arising from,  any  inaccuracy in or breach of
or  omission  from any of the  representations  or  warranties  made by Buyer in
Article  III of this  Agreement  or  pursuant  hereto,  or any  non-fulfillment,
partial or total,  of any of the covenants or  agreements  made by Buyer in this
Agreement to the extent not waived by Sellers in writing.

         (c) From and after the  Closing  Date,  each  Seller  other than Bowles
shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer Indemnitee Group against and
in respect  of any and all  Damages  suffered  by any of them as a result of, or
arising  from,  any  inaccuracy  in or  breach  of or  omission  from any of the
representations  or  warranties  made  by such  Seller  in  Article  III of this
Agreement or pursuant hereto, or any  non-fulfillment,  partial or total, of any
of the covenants or agreements made by such Seller in this Agreement.

         (d) If a claim by a third party is made against an  indemnified  party,
and if such party  intends to seek  indemnity  with respect  thereto  under this
Article VI, the indemnified  party shall promptly (and in any case within thirty
days of such claim  being  made)  notify the  indemnifying  party of such claim,
provided,  however,  that the failure to so notify the indemnifying  party shall
not discharge the  indemnifying  party of its obligations  hereunder except that
the indemnifying  party shall not be liable for default judgments or any amounts
related  thereto  if the  indemnified  party  shall  not  have so  notified  the
indemnifying party.  Subject to the following  sentence,  the indemnifying party
shall have thirty days after  receipt of such notice to  undertake,  conduct and
control,  through  counsel of its own  choosing  (which is  satisfactory  to the
indemnified party) the settlement or defense thereof,  and the indemnified party
shall cooperate with it in connection  therewith (provided that the indemnifying
party shall permit the  indemnified  party to participate in such  settlement or
defense through counsel chosen by the indemnified party,  provided that the fees
and expenses of such counsel  shall be borne by the  indemnified  party) and the
indemnifying  party shall promptly  reimburse the indemnified party for the full
amount  of any loss  resulting  from  such  claim and all  related  expenses  as
incurred  by  the   indemnified   party  within   limits  of  this  Article  VI.
Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  the  indemnified  party shall
have the right to conduct and control the defense of any such claim in the event
that such claim (including a claim for equitable  relief) or the continuation of
such claim  could  reasonably  be expected to  materially  adversely  affect the
business,  results  of  operations,  prospects  or  financial  condition  of the

                                       24
                                    - 193 -
<PAGE>

indemnified party or any of its affiliates,  provided,  however, the indemnified
party may not  settle any claim for an amount in excess of $25,000 or consent to
any settlement which imposes equitable remedies on the indemnifying party or its
affiliates  without the prior consent of the indemnifying  party,  which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless the indemnified party agrees to waive
any right to indemnity  therefor by the indemnifying  party. If the indemnifying
party does not notify the indemnified party within thirty days after the receipt
of the  indemnified  party's  notice of a claim of indemnity  hereunder  that it
elects to  undertake  the defense  thereof or if the  indemnifying  party is not
reasonably  contesting the claim in good faith, the indemnified party shall have
the right to  contest,  settle or  compromise  the claim in the  exercise of its
reasonable judgment, and all losses incurred by the indemnified party, including
all fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified party, shall be paid by the
indemnifying party.

         (e) Claims for  indemnification  made under this  Section 6.02 shall be
made  within a period  of one year from the  Closing  Date,  provided,  however,
notwithstanding the foregoing,  claims for  indemnification  with respect to any
action, lawsuit,  proceeding or investigation of any kind relating to or arising
out  of  the  matters  referred  to  in  Section   6.02(a)(ii)  and  claims  for
indemnification  pursuant to Section  6.02(a)(iii) may be made within five years
from the Closing Date.

         6.03  Tax Indemnity, Etc.

         (a) Bowles shall be responsible  for and pay all Taxes  attributable to
the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  or for which the  Company  is liable for any
period  or  portion  of a  period  that  ends  on or  before  the  Closing  Date
("pre-Closing  Date") which have not been paid or adequately provided for in the
Financial  Statements.  Such Taxes shall include but not be limited to the Taxes
of any  member of an  affiliated  group of which the  Company  was a member  for
federal  income tax  purposes  or any  entity  with  which the  Company  filed a
combined return for state or local tax purposes.

         (b) Subject to Section 6.04,  Bowles shall indemnify Buyer, the Company
and their affiliates and their  respective  successors and assigns (each, a "Tax
Indemnified  Party",  and collectively,  "Tax Indemnified  Parties") against and
hold  the Tax  Indemnified  Parties  harmless  on an  after-tax  basis  from all
liability, loss or damage and from all expenses paid to third parties (including
reasonable  attorneys'  fees) with  respect to all such Taxes  described  in the
immediately preceding clause (a) which are in excess of U.S. $5,000.

         (c) If, in connection  with the audit of any federal,  state,  local or
foreign  return,  any claim or  demand  is  asserted  in  writing  against a Tax
Indemnified  Party  which may result in a claim for  indemnification  under this
Section  6.03,  such party shall  notify  Bowles of such claim or demand  within
twenty-five (25) days of receipt thereof. Bowles shall have the right to control
at his own cost and  expense,  the  defense of such  claim or demand,  provided,
however, he shall consult with Buyer with respect to such defense,  and he shall
not  compromise  or settle such claim or demand  without the consent of Buyer if
such compromise or settlement would adversely affect Buyer,  which consent shall
not be  unreasonably  withheld.  Subject to the foregoing,  the Tax  Indemnified
Party  shall  cooperate  fully in such  defense as and to the extent  reasonably

                                       25
                                    - 194 -
<PAGE>

requested by Bowles.  In the event Bowles does not timely  pursue the defense of
the  matter,  the Tax  Indemnified  Party  shall  have the full  right to defend
against such liability,  and shall be entitled to settle or agree to pay in full
such claim or demand in its sole  discretion  and  thereafter  pursue its rights
under this Agreement.

         (d) Bowles shall pay to the Tax Indemnified Party all indemnity amounts
within  thirty  (30) days after  written  demand  therefor,  or, if they  timely
contest a claim or demand,  within  thirty (30) days after the matter is settled
or finally determined.

         (e)  Bowles  and  Buyer  shall  cooperate  fully  with  each  other  in
accordance  with the reasonable  request of the other party,  in connection with
any audit,  litigation or other  proceeding with respect to the Tax liability of
the Company and the  preparation  of any tax return with respect to the Company.
Such cooperation  shall include the retention,  and upon a party's request,  the
provision to the other parties of records and  information  which are reasonably
relevant to any such proceeding or return, as well as making employees available
on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation
of any material provided hereunder.  Strict  confidentiality shall be maintained
for such records and information.

         (f) For  purposes of this Section  6.03,  in the case of any Taxes that
are imposed on a periodic  basis and are payable for a period that begins before
the  Closing  Date and ends  after the  Closing  Date,  the  portion of such Tax
payable for the period  ending on the Closing  Date shall (i) in the case of any
property  taxes and other  taxes  determined  at a fixed  rate for a period,  be
deemed  to be the  amount  of such Tax for the  entire  period  multiplied  by a
fraction the  numerator  of which is the number of days in the period  ending on
the  Closing  Date and the  denominator  of which is the  number  of days in the
entire period,  and (ii) in the case of any other Taxes,  be deemed equal to the
amount which would be payable if the taxable year ended on the Closing Date.

         (g) All tax allocation,  tax sharing and similar agreements, if any, to
which the  Company is or was a party at any time on or before the  Closing  Date
shall be  terminated  as of the Closing Date with  respect to the  Company.  The
Company shall have no obligation  for the payment of any amount  pursuant to any
such agreement,  except as expressly  provided for in the Financial  Statements.
Subject to Section 6.04, the foregoing  indemnity  obligations of Bowles and the
covenants  and  agreements  of the parties  contained in this Section 6.03 shall
survive the Closing and be applicable for the applicable  statute of limitations
(as such may be waived or extended).

         (h) For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  "Taxes"  shall  mean all taxes,
charges, fees, levies or other assessments,  including,  without limitation, all
net income,  gross income,  gross receipts,  sales,  use, ad valorem,  transfer,
franchise,   profits,  license,   withholding,   payroll,  employment,   excise,
estimated,  severance,  stamp,  occupation,  property  or other  taxes,  customs
duties, fees,  assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever,  together with any
interest and any penalties,  additions to tax or additional  amounts  imposed by
any taxing authority (domestic or foreign) upon the Company or its subsidiaries.

                                       26
                                    - 195 -
<PAGE>

         6.04 Limitation on Indemnification.  (a) Notwithstanding the provisions
of Sections 6.02 and 6.03 hereof, (i) Bowles shall not be obligated to indemnify
and hold harmless the Buyer  Indemnitee  Group and the Tax  Indemnified  Parties
unless and until the aggregate amount of all claims for which indemnification is
sought under  Sections 6.02 and 6.03 exceeds Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000),
and then  only as to the  amount by which  aggregate  claims  thereunder  exceed
$50,000 and (ii) the aggregate  liability  with respect to the  indemnifications
contained  in Sections  6.02 and 6.03 shall not exceed ten percent  (10%) of the
aggregate cash  consideration  paid or to be paid to Bowles pursuant to Sections
1.02 and 7.02  hereof;  provided,  however,  the  limitations  contained in this
Section   6.04  shall  not  apply  to  an   inaccuracy   in  or  breach  of  the
representations and warranties of Bowles in Section 2.02 hereof, for which there
shall  be  no  limitations   (either  minimum  thresholds  or  maximum  amounts)
applicable to the  indemnifications  therefore  contained in Section 6.02(a)(i).
Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of Section  6.02  hereof,  Buyer  shall not be
obligated to indemnify  and hold  harmless  Sellers  until the  aggregate of all
claims for which  indemnification  is sought under  Section  6.02 exceeds  Fifty
Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000),  and then only as to the amount by which aggregate
claims thereunder exceed $50,000.

         (b) Except for liability provided for in Section 8.02(b) hereof and the
remedy of  specific  performance  provided  for in Section  9.12  hereof,  Buyer
acknowledges  and agrees that its sole and exclusive  remedy with respect to any
and all claims  relating to any  inaccuracy in or breach of or omission from any
of the  representations  or  warranties  made by  Bowles in  Article  II of this
Agreement shall be pursuant to the indemnification  provisions set forth in this
Article VI. Except for liability  provided for in Section 8.02(b) hereof and the
remedy of specific  performance  provided for in Section  9.12  hereof,  Sellers
acknowledge  and agree that their sole and exclusive  remedy with respect to any
and all claims  relating to any  inaccuracy in or breach of or omission from any
of the  representations  or  warranties  made by  Buyer in  Article  III of this
Agreement shall be pursuant to the indemnification  provisions set forth in this
Article VI.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                        ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS WITH BOWLES

         7.01  Non-Competition.  At the Closing,  Bowles and Buyer shall execute
and deliver to each other the Confidentiality  and Non-competition  Agreement in
the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, dated as of the Closing Date.

         7.02  Purchase  of Bowles'  Goodwill.  Subject to the  Closing,  Bowles
agrees to sell,  assign and  transfer  to Buyer on the Closing  Date,  and Buyer
agrees  to  purchase  all of the  individual  and  personal  goodwill  of Bowles
pertaining  to or  arising  out of  the  business  of  developing  software  and
providing  financial  and  communication  services  for the  financial  services
industry  (the  "Goodwill").  Although  the  Goodwill  was used by Bowles in the
conduct of the business of the Company up to the date of this  Agreement,  it is
acknowledged by Sellers to be a separate and valuable asset of Bowles apart from
the goodwill of the Company.  Concurrently with the Closing, Bowles shall assign
the Goodwill to Buyer, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances,  by
a duly  executed  assignment  in form  reasonably  requested  by Buyer.  In full

                                       27
                                    - 196 -
<PAGE>

consideration  for the  purchase  by Buyer of the  Goodwill,  Buyer shall pay to
Bowles (i) 160% of the Excess Amount (as defined in Section 1.02(b)) for each of
the calendar  quarters  ending June 30, 1998,  September 30, 1998,  December 31,
1998,  March  31,  1999,  and  June 30,  1999 and (ii) 20% of the  Non-recurring
Revenue  (as  defined in Section  1.02(c))  received  by the  Closing  after the
Closing  Date and before July 1, 1999.  Such  payments  shall be made  quarterly
simultaneously  with the payments to Sellers as provided in Section 1.02 (b) and
(c) hereof.  Buyer shall have a right of setoff  against these  payments for any
liability of Bowles to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

         7.03 Inactive Software Systems. All ownership and rights of the Company
to its currently  inactive  software  systems known as "Mutual Fund and Variable
Annuity  Hypothetical  System"  and  "Wholesaler  System",  only  to the  extent
separable  from other  software  programs  or systems  of the  Company,  will be
transferred  to Bowles on or prior to the Closing  Date,  subject to (i) Buyer's
right of first  refusal to acquire such  software  systems in the event of their
subsequent  disposition  or transfer;  and (ii) such software  systems not being
used in a manner which, if used by Bowles, would violate the restriction against
competition  contained  in the  Confidentiality  and  Non-Competition  Agreement
attached as Exhibit C hereto.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                           TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

         8.01 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to
the Closing:

         (a)  by the mutual consent of Sellers and Buyer; or

         (b) by either Buyer or Bowles if the Closing shall not have occurred on
or before May 25,  1998 or such  later  date as may be agreed  upon by Buyer and
Bowles.

         8.02 Procedure and Effect of  Termination.  In the event of termination
of this Agreement and abandonment of the transactions contemplated hereby by any
or all of the parties  pursuant to Section 8.01,  written  notice  thereof shall
forthwith be given to the other  parties to this  Agreement  and this  Agreement
shall  terminate and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be abandoned,
without  further  action by any of the  parties  hereto.  If this  Agreement  is
terminated as provided herein:

         (a) the parties hereto will promptly  redeliver to Sellers or Buyer, as
the case may be, all  documents,  work papers and other  materials  of any other
party relating to the transactions  contemplated hereby, whether obtained before
or after the execution hereof; and

         (b) no party hereto shall have any  liability or further  obligation to
any other party to this  Agreement  pursuant to this  Agreement  except (i) with
respect to Section 4.04, and (ii) solely with respect to  terminations  pursuant
to Section 8.01(b), any party whose material breach of any covenant or agreement
hereunder shall have resulted in the failure of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement to close, shall be liable for breach of contract or otherwise, to

                                       28
                                    - 197 -
<PAGE>

the extent  provided by law;  provided,  however,  that this subsection (b) (ii)
shall not be construed to limit the remedies otherwise available with respect to
such defaulting party.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         9.01  Amendment  and  Modification.  This  Agreement  may  be  amended,
modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Buyer and Sellers.

         9.02 Waiver of Compliance;  Consents.  Except as otherwise  provided in
this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation,
covenant,  agreement or  condition  herein may be waived by the party or parties
entitled to the  benefits  thereof  only by a written  instrument  signed by the
party  granting  such  waiver,  but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict
compliance  with such  obligation,  covenant,  agreement or condition  shall not
operate as a waiver of, or estoppel  with  respect to, any  subsequent  or other
failure.  Whenever this Agreement requires or permits consent by or on behalf of
any party hereto,  such consent shall be given in writing in a manner consistent
with the  requirements  for a waiver of  compliance as set forth in this Section
9.02.

         9.03  No  Third  Party  Beneficiaries.   Except  as  provided  in  this
Agreement,  nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or
entity  which  is not a  party  or a  permitted  assignee  of a  party  to  this
Agreement.

         9.04  Notices.  All  notices,   requests,  claims,  demands  and  other
communications  hereunder  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been
duly given when  delivered  in person,  by cable,  telegram or telex,  telecopy,
courier,  express mail delivery  service,  or by  registered  or certified  mail
(postage  prepaid,  return  receipt  requested)  to the  respective  parties  as
follows:

         (a)      if to Sellers, to:
                  Donald W. Bowles
                  16955 Via Del Campo, Suite 215
                  San Diego, California  92127

                  with a copy to:

                  Fisher Thurber LLP
                  4425 Executive Square, Suite 1600
                  LaJolla, CA  92037
                  Attn:   David A. Fisher


                                       29
                                    - 198 -
<PAGE>



         (b)      if to Buyer, to:

                  Data Transmission Network Corporation
                  9110 West Dodge Road
                  Suite 200
                  Omaha, Nebraska  68114
                  Attn: Charles R. Wood, Sr. Vice President

                  with a copy to:
                  Abrahams Kaslow & Cassman
                  8712 West Dodge Road
                  Suite 300
                  Omaha, Nebraska  68114
                  Attn: R. Craig Fry

or to such  other  address  as the  person  to whom  notice  is  given  may have
previously  furnished  to the others in  writing  in the manner set forth  above
(provided  that  notice of any change of address  shall be  effective  only upon
receipt thereof).

         9.05 Assignment.  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall
be  binding  upon and  inure to the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and their
respective  successors and permitted assigns.  Neither this Agreement nor any of
the rights,  interests or obligations  hereunder  shall be assigned by any party
hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties.

         9.06 Governing Law;  Consent to  Jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall be
governed by the law of the State of Nebraska as to all matters,  including,  but
not limited to,  matters of  validity,  construction,  effect,  performance  and
remedies without giving effect to the principles of choice of law thereof.

         9.07  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in two or  more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         9.08 Interpretation. The article and section headings contained in this
Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement
of the parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or  interpretation of
this Agreement.

         9.09 Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement,  including the Exhibits hereto
and the documents,  schedules,  certificates and instruments  referred to herein
embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect
of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  There are no restrictions,
promises,  representations,  warranties,  covenants or undertakings,  other than
those  expressly  set forth or  referred to herein or  therein.  This  Agreement
supersedes  all prior  agreements  and  understandings  between the parties with
respect to such transactions.


                                       30
                                    - 199 -
<PAGE>



         9.10  Certain Definitions.

         (a) An "affiliate" of a person shall mean any person which, directly or
indirectly,  controls,  is controlled by, or is under common control with,  such
person.

         (b) The term "control" (including,  with correlative meaning, the terms
"controlled  by" and "under common control  with"),  as used with respect to any
person, means the possession,  directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
cause the  direction of the  management  and  policies of such  person,  whether
through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

         (c)  The  term  "person"  shall  mean  and  include  an  individual,  a
partnership,  a limited liability  company,  a joint venture,  a corporation,  a
trust,  an  unincorporated  organization  and a government or any  department or
agency thereof.

         (d)  The term "day" shall mean a calendar day unless otherwise stated.

         (e) The term  "subsidiary"  when used in  reference to any other person
shall mean any  corporation  of which  outstanding  securities  having  ordinary
voting power to elect a majority of the Board of  Directors of such  corporation
are owned directly or indirectly by such other person.

         (f) Whenever any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement
is qualified by reference to the  knowledge,  information  or belief of a party,
such party confirms that it has made due and diligent  inquiry as to the matters
that are the subject of such representation and warranty.

         9.11  Severability.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the provisions
of this Agreement,  including the territorial and time  limitations set forth in
Section 7.01 hereof, are reasonable under the circumstances.  The parties intend
that the  covenants  contained in Section 7.01 (a) and (b) shall be construed as
separate  covenants  as to each city,  county and state in the United  States in
which the Company is  conducting  business as of the Closing.  Any  provision of
this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as
to such  jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to the  extent of such  prohibition  or
unenforceability   without  invalidating  the  remaining  provisions  hereof  or
affecting  the  validity  or  enforceability  of such  provisions  in any  other
jurisdiction.

         9.12 Specific Performance.  Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and
agrees that the other parties hereto would be  irreparably  damaged in the event
any of the  provisions of this  Agreement  are not performed in accordance  with
their specific terms or are otherwise breached. Accordingly, each of the parties
hereto agrees that they each shall be entitled to an  injunction or  injunctions
to  prevent  breaches  of the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and  to  enforce
specifically  this Agreement and the terms and  provisions  hereof in any action
instituted  in any  court of the  United  States  or any  state  thereof  having
personal  and subject  matter  jurisdiction,  in addition to any other remedy to
which such party may be entitled at law or in equity. In the event of any action
or  proceeding  to  enforce  the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  the
prevailing  party  shall be entitled to an award of  reasonable  attorneys'  and
expert's fees and costs in addition to such other relief as may be granted.


                                       31
                                    - 200 -
<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Sellers  and Buyer have  signed,  or caused  this
Agreement to be signed by their respective representatives,  as the case may be,
as of the date first above written.

                                   DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK
                                   CORPORATION

Date:  May 27, 1998                /s/ Charles R. Wood
                                   -------------------------------
                                   Charles R. Wood, Sr. Vice President


Date:  May 28, 1998                /s/ Donald W. Bowles
                                   ----------------------------
                                   Donald W. Bowles


                                   EXCEL INTERFINANCIAL CORPORATION


Date:  May 28, 1998                /s/ Richard Muir
                                   ----------------------------------
                                   Richard Muir, Executive Vice President



                                   CHARTER FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, LLC


Date:  May 29, 1998                /s/ John L. O'Donnell
                                   ---------------------------------
                                   John L. O'Donnell, Manager


Date:  May 28, 1998                /s/ Steven L. Reynolds
                                   --------------------------------
                                   Steven L. Reynolds


Date:  May 28, 1998                /s/ Douglas Vanderbilt
                                   --------------------------
                                   Douglas Vanderbilt



                                       32
                                    - 201 -
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 1

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     Percentage of
   Name and                      Number of                    Payment Due              Balance of
Address Of Seller              Shares Owned                   at Closing             Purchase Price

<S>                              <C>                          <C>                         <C>   
Donald W. Bowles                 790,000                      $1,809,200                  90.46%

Excel Interfinancial              13,300                      $   30,400                   1.52%
  Corporation

Charter Financial                 10,000                      $   23,000                   1.15%
  Holdings, LLC

Steven L. Reynolds                45,000                      $  103,000                   5.15%

Douglas Vanderbilt                15,000                      $   34,400                   1.72%
                                 -------                      ----------                   -----

TOTALS                           873,300                      $2,000,000                    100%

</TABLE>
                                       33
                                    - 202 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A


                                (Opinion of AK&C)

                           Dated _______________ ,1998


Mr. Donald W. Bowles
16955 Via Del Campo, Suite 215
San Diego, California 92127

Dear Mr. Bowles:

         We have acted as counsel to Data Transmission  Network Corporation (the
"Company"), a Delaware corporation, in connection with the Company's purchase of
all of the  issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of  National  Datamax,  Inc.
pursuant to that certain Stock  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of May ___,  1998,
among all of the  stockholders  of National  Datamax,  Inc. and the Company (the
"Agreement").  This opinion is being rendered to you pursuant to Section 5.02(b)
of the Agreement.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall
have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

         In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals,  or copies
certified  or  otherwise  identified  to our  satisfaction,  of such  documents,
corporate records, certificates, including certificates of public officials, and
other  instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of this
opinion,  including those relating to the authorization,  execution and delivery
of the Agreement. We reviewed the following documents and agreements:

         (i)      the Agreement;

         (ii)     the Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company as certified
                  by the  Secretary  of State  of the  State  of  Delaware  (the
                  "Certificate of Incorporation");

         (iii)    the Bylaws of the Company as certified by the Secretary of the
                  Company on the date of this opinion letter (the "Bylaws"); and

         (iv)     actions  taken by the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  to
                  authorize the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.

         In such  examination  and review we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures,  the legal  capacity of natural  persons,  the  authenticity  of all
documents submitted to us as originals,  the conformity to original documents of
all  documents  submitted  to us as  certified or  photostatic  copies,  and the
authenticity  of the originals of such copies.  As to any facts  material to the
opinions hereafter expressed which we did not independently establish or verify,
we  have  relied  without   investigation  upon  certificates,   statements  and
representations  of  representatives  of the  Company.  During the course of our

                                       34
                                    - 203 -
<PAGE>

discussion with such  representatives  and our review of the documents described
above in  connection  with the  preparation  of these  opinions,  no facts  were
disclosed to us that caused us to conclude that any such certificate,  statement
or representation is untrue. In making our examination of the documents executed
by persons or entities  other than the  Company,  we have assumed that each such
other  person or entity had the power and capacity to enter into and perform all
his, her or its obligations thereunder and the due authorization of, and the due
execution and delivery of, such documents by each such person or entity.

         As  used in this  opinion,  the  expression  "to  our  knowledge"  with
reference to matters of fact means that after an examination of documents in our
files or made available to us by the Company and after  inquiries of officers of
the Company, and considering the actual knowledge of those attorneys in our firm
who have given substantive  attention to legal matters for the Company,  without
independent  investigation or inquiry as to factual  matters,  but not including
any  constructive  or imputed  notice of any  information,  we find no reason to
believe that the opinions expressed herein are factually incorrect. Beyond that,
we have made no independent  factual  investigation for the purpose of rendering
an opinion with respect to such matters.

         Based upon and  subject to the  foregoing,  and  subject to the further
assumptions, limitations, qualifications and exceptions set forth herein, we are
of the opinion that:

         1. The Company is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing,  and
in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

         2. The  Company  has the  corporate  power and  authority  to  execute,
deliver,   and  perform  the  Agreement  and  to  consummate  the   transactions
contemplated  thereby. The Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the
Company  and  constitutes  the valid and  binding  obligations  of the  Company,
enforceable  against the Company in accordance  with its terms.  The  execution,
delivery  and  performance  of  the  Agreement  and  the   consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated  thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all
necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.

         3.  Except  as set  forth  in the  Agreement,  neither  the  execution,
delivery,  nor  performance  of  the  Agreement  nor  the  consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated thereby (i) conflicts with or violates any provisions
of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or By-laws of the  Company,  (ii) to our
knowledge, violates any judgment, decree, order, writ or injunction specifically
naming the Company, (iii) to our knowledge,  requires on the part of the Company
any filing with, or permit,  authorization,  consent or approval of, any federal
or state  governmental  agency, or (iv) to our knowledge,  violates any statute,
rule or regulation.

         This opinion  relates solely to the laws of the State of Nebraska,  and
applicable  Federal  laws of the United  States,  and we express no opinion with
respect to the effect or  applicability of the laws of other  jurisdictions.  We
have assumed  that,  and our  opinions  expressed in paragraph 2 above are based
upon our assumption that, the internal laws of the State of Nebraska and Federal
law govern the  provisions of the Agreement  and the  transactions  contemplated
thereby.

                                       35
                                    - 204 -
<PAGE>

         Our opinions relating to validity,  binding effect,  and enforceability
of  the  Agreement  are  subject  to  (i)  applicable  bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization,   arrangement,  moratorium,  fraudulent  conveyance,  and  other
similar laws or judicial  decisions  affecting the validity and  enforcement  of
creditors' rights generally,  (ii) Nebraska law which may restrict your right to
collect   attorneys'  fees  from  a  defaulting   party,   (iii)  public  policy
considerations  or  statutory  provisions  which may  limit a party's  rights to
indemnification  against liability for its own wrongful or negligent acts and to
obtain  certain  remedies  (iv)  provisions  of Nebraska law which  restrict the
concurrent exercise of multiple remedies,  (v) principles of equity which permit
the exercise of judicial  discretion  (regardless of whether such enforceability
is considered  in a proceeding in equity or at law). In applying the  principles
of equity referred to in the preceding  clause (v) a court,  among other things,
might not allow a contractual party to declare a default deemed immaterial; such
principles  of equity,  as applied by a court,  also might include a requirement
that a contractual party act reasonably and in good faith. We express no opinion
as  to  the   enforceability  of  provisions  of  the  Agreement  which  involve
disclaimers,  liability  limitations with respect to third parties,  releases of
legal or equitable defenses,  liquidated damages, or waivers of notices, rights,
or remedies,  or which impose  penalties or forfeitures upon the occurrence of a
default.  Certain  remedial  provisions of the Agreement may be unenforceable in
whole or in part,  but the  inclusion  of such  provisions  does not  affect the
validity of the Agreement;  however, the unenforceability of such provisions may
result in delays in the enforcement of the Buyer's rights and remedies under the
Agreement (and we express no opinion as to the economic consequences, if any, of
such delays).

         We are opining only as to the matters  expressly set forth herein,  and
no opinion should be inferred as to other matters. The opinions expressed herein
are  furnished  by us, as counsel for the  Company,  solely for your  benefit in
connection  with the  transactions  contemplated  by the  Agreement and upon the
understanding  that we are not hereby assuming any  responsibility  to any other
person  whatsoever.  This  opinion may not be quoted or relied upon by any other
person or used for any other  purpose  without our prior written  consent.  This
opinion is rendered as of the date hereof and we do not  undertake to advise you
of matters  which  occur  subsequent  to the date  hereof  and which  affect the
opinions expressed herein.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       ABRAHAMS, KASLOW & CASSMAN


                                       By:


                                       36
                                    - 205 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                         (Opinion of Fisher Thurber LLP)

                           Dated _______________ ,1998


Data Transmission Network Corporation
9110 West Dodge Road
Suite 200
Omaha, NE  68114

Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to National Datamax,  Inc. (the "Company"),  a
California  corporation,  and certain of its shareholders,  Donald W. Bowles and
Charter Financial Holdings, LLC (collectively the "Shareholders"), in connection
with your  purchase of all of the issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of the
Company  pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase  Agreement dated as of May ___,
1998,  among all of the  stockholders of the Company and you (the  "Agreement").
This  opinion  is being  rendered  to you  pursuant  to  Section  5.03(g) of the
Agreement.  Capitalized  terms used herein and not otherwise  defined shall have
the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

         In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals,  or copies
certified  or  otherwise  identified  to our  satisfaction,  of such  documents,
corporate records, certificates, including certificates of public officials, and
other  instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of this
opinion,  including those relating to the authorization,  execution and delivery
of the Agreement. We reviewed the following documents and agreements:

         (i)      the Agreement;

         (ii)     the Articles of Incorporation of the Company,  as amended,  as
                  certified by the Secretary of State of the State of California
                  (the "Articles of Incorporation");

         (iii)    the Bylaws of the  Company,  as amended,  as  certified by the
                  Secretary  of the Company on the date of this  opinion  letter
                  (the "Bylaws");

         (iv)     the stock certificates and stock records of the Company; and

         (v)      actions  taken by the  stockholders  and Board of Directors of
                  the Company to authorize the transactions  contemplated by the
                  Agreement.

         In such  examination  and review we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures,  the legal  capacity of natural  persons,  the  authenticity  of all
documents submitted to us as originals,  the conformity to original documents of
all  documents  submitted  to us as  certified or  photostatic  copies,  and the

                                       37
                                    - 206 -
<PAGE>

authenticity  of the originals of such copies.  As to any facts  material to the
opinions hereafter expressed which we did not independently establish or verify,
we  have  relied  without   investigation  upon  certificates,   statements  and
representations  of  representatives  of the  Company.  During the course of our
discussion with such  representatives  and our review of the documents described
above in  connection  with the  preparation  of these  opinions,  no facts  were
disclosed to us that caused us to conclude that any such certificate,  statement
or representation is untrue. In making our examination of the documents executed
by persons or entities  other than the  Shareholders  and the  Company,  we have
assumed  that each such  other  person or entity had the power and  capacity  to
enter into and perform all his, her or its  obligations  thereunder  and the due
authorization  of, and the due execution and delivery of, such documents by each
such person or entity.

         As  used in this  opinion,  the  expression  "to  our  knowledge"  with
reference to matters of fact means that after an examination of documents in our
files or made available to us by the Company and after  inquiries of officers of
the Company, and considering the actual knowledge of those attorneys in our firm
who have given substantive  attention to legal matters for the Company,  without
independent  investigation or inquiry as to factual  matters,  but not including
any  constructive  or imputed  notice of any  information,  we find no reason to
believe that the opinions expressed herein are factually incorrect. Beyond that,
we have made no independent  factual  investigation for the purpose of rendering
an opinion with respect to such matters.

         Based upon and  subject to the  foregoing,  and  subject to the further
assumptions, limitations, qualifications and exceptions set forth herein, we are
of the opinion that:

         1. The Company is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing,  and
in good standing under the laws of the State of California and has the corporate
power and authority and, to our knowledge, all franchises, licenses, and permits
from governmental authorities necessary to own and operate its properties and to
conduct its business as presently being conducted.

         2. The Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing
in (i) the state of California,  and (ii) to our knowledge, each jurisdiction in
which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires
such qualification.

         3. The authorized  capital stock of the Company  consists of 10,000,000
shares of Common Stock, $1.00 par value, of which 873,300 shares are outstanding
and no shares are held in the  treasury of the Company.  All of the  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock of the  Company  have been duly  authorized  and validly
issued  and  are  fully  paid  and  non-assessable  with no  personal  liability
attaching to the ownership thereof. To our knowledge, except as disclosed in the
disclosure schedules to the Agreement,  there are no outstanding  subscriptions,
scrip, warrants, commitments, conversion rights, calls, options or agreements to
issue  or  sell  additional  securities  of  the  Company,  and  no  obligations
whatsoever  requiring,  or  which  might  require,  the  Company  to  issue  any
securities.

                                       38
                                    - 207 -
<PAGE>

         4. To our knowledge,  the parties to the Agreement  other than you have
good title to all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, free
and clear of all  liens,  encumbrances,  security  interests,  options,  claims,
charges and restrictions.

         5. Each of the Shareholders has the power,  authority,  and capacity to
execute,  deliver,  and perform the Agreement and to consummate the transactions
contemplated  thereby,  and the  Agreement  and all  documents  and  instruments
delivered by the  Shareholders  thereunder have been duly executed and delivered
by them and  constitute  legal,  valid and  binding  obligations  of the parties
thereto other than Buyer, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

         6. The execution,  delivery,  and  performance of the Agreement and the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  thereby  will  not,  except as
disclosed in the disclosure  schedules to the  Agreement,  result in a breach or
violation of or constitute a default under, or accelerate any obligation  under,
or give rise to a right of  termination  of, the  Articles of  Incorporation  or
By-laws of the  Company  or, to our  knowledge,  any  judgment,  decree,  order,
governmental permit or license, authorization, agreement, indenture, instrument,
or statute or regulation to which the  Shareholders or the Company is a party or
by which the Shareholders or the Company or its business,  assets, or properties
may be bound or affected,  and, to our knowledge,  will not, except as disclosed
in the  disclosure  schedules  to the  Agreement,  result in the creation of any
lien, claim, encumbrance or restriction on any part of the business or assets of
the Company.

         7.  To  our  knowledge,  there  is  no  legal  action  or  governmental
proceeding  or  investigation  pending or  threatened  against or affecting  the
Company or its  stockholders  which  prevents the parties  other than Buyer from
entering  into  or  being  bound  by the  Agreement  or  from  consummating  the
transactions  contemplated  thereby  or  which  questions  the  validity  of the
Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby.

         8. To our knowledge, except as disclosed in the disclosure schedules to
the  Agreement,   there  is  no  legal  action  or  governmental  proceeding  or
investigation pending or threatened against or affecting the Company,  which, if
decided  adversely to the Company,  would have a material  adverse affect on the
properties,  business,  profits or condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of the
Company, taken as a whole.

         9. To our knowledge, except as disclosed in the disclosure schedules to
the  Agreement,  no consent,  authorization  or approval of, or exemption by, or
filing  with,  any court or  administrative  agency or  authority  of the United
States of America or the State of California is required in connection  with the
delivery and  performance  by the  Shareholders  of the  Agreement or any of the
instruments  or  agreements  delivered by the  Shareholders  thereunder,  or the
taking of any action therein contemplated.

         10.  All  corporate  proceedings  required  by the  California  General
Corporation Law to be taken by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the
Company on or prior to the Closing Date in  connection  with the  execution  and
delivery of the Agreement and in connection  with the sale of all of the capital
stock of the Company have been duly and validly taken.

                                       39
                                    - 208 -
<PAGE>

         This opinion relates solely to the laws of the State of California, and
applicable  Federal  laws of the United  States,  and we express no opinion with
respect to the effect or  applicability of the laws of other  jurisdictions.  We
have assumed  that,  and our  opinions  expressed in paragraph 5 above are based
upon our  assumption  that,  the internal  laws of the State of  California  and
Federal  law  govern  the  provisions  of the  Agreement  and  the  transactions
contemplated thereby.

         The  opinion   set  forth  in   paragraph   5  above   concerning   the
enforceability  of the  obligations of the  Shareholders  under the Agreement is
subject  to  the   effect  of  (i)   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,
arrangement,  moratorium,  fraudulent  transfer and other similar laws affecting
creditors' rights  generally,  and (ii) the discretion of any court of competent
jurisdiction in awarding  equitable  remedies,  including,  without  limitation,
specific  performance or injunctive relief, and the effect of general principles
of equity embodied in California statutes and common law.

         We are opining only as to the matters  expressly set forth herein,  and
no opinion should be inferred as to other matters. The opinions expressed herein
are furnished by us, as counsel for the Company and the Shareholders, solely for
your benefit in connection with the  transactions  contemplated by the Agreement
and upon the understanding that we are not hereby assuming any responsibility to
any other  person  whatsoever.  This opinion may not be quoted or relied upon by
any other  person  or used for any  other  purpose  without  our  prior  written
consent.  This opinion is rendered as of the date hereof and we do not undertake
to advise you of matters  which  occur  subsequent  to the date hereof and which
affect the opinions expressed herein.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       FISHER THURBER LLP

                                       By:


                                       40
                                    - 209 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C


                               CONFIDENTIALITY AND
                            NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

         THIS  AGREEMENT  is  made  and  entered  into  as of the  _____  day of
_________________,  1998, by Donald W. Bowles ("Shareholder") for the benefit of
Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,   a  Delaware  corporation,   and  its
subsidiaries and affiliated corporations (collectively, "DTN").

                                R E C I T A L S:

         A. Prior to the date hereof, National Datamax, Inc. (the "Company") has
operated a business which licenses  software and provides  information  services
regarding  publicly  traded  securities  and related  financial  information  to
broker/dealers,  financial planners,  and other customers.  For purposes of this
Agreement,  all of the  businesses of the Company are  collectively  referred to
herein as the "Business".

         B. Pursuant to the terms and  conditions of that certain Stock Purchase
Agreement dated _____________,  1998, effective today, Data Transmission Network
Corporation acquired all of the capital stock of the Company.

         C. The Company has carried on the Business throughout the United States
of America (the "Territory"). DTN operates communication and information service
businesses which are currently conducted throughout the United States of America
and Canada.

         D. Shareholder was the owner of a majority of the outstanding shares of
capital  stock of the  Company  and  President  of the  Company.  As a result of
Shareholder's  executive  position with the Company,  Shareholder  was entrusted
with highly sensitive, confidential, and proprietary information relating to the
Business,  including  but not limited to knowledge  regarding  the future plans,
trade secrets,  know-how,  products,  suppliers,  clients,  and employees of the
Business, which information DTN desires to protect.

         E. In order to prevent the improper use of confidential and proprietary
information  relating to the Business and the resulting  unfair  competition and
misappropriation and diminution of the goodwill and other proprietary  interests
of the Business which were acquired by DTN,  Shareholder agrees that limitations
must be imposed on  Shareholder's  right to compete  with the  Business,  or use
confidential information of the Business or its clients.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing  recitals and DTN
acquiring the Business, the parties agree as follows:

                                       41
                                    - 210 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 1 - NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

         (a) "Confidential Information" means information,  not generally known,
that is proprietary to the Business, including without limitation:

         1)       the financial and accounting data,  sales records,  profit and
                  loss and other performance reports, pricing manuals,  training
                  manuals,  selling and pricing  procedures,  financing methods,
                  data processing and communication information, technical data,
                  securities information,  agreements with insurers,  banks, and
                  other  service  providers,  and  trade  secrets  and  know-how
                  regarding the products and services of the Business;

         2)       the  personnel  and  salary   information   of  the  Business,
                  including wages, bonuses,  commissions, and fringe benefits of
                  the Business;

         3)       the production and processing procedures, formulae and systems
                  of the Business;

         4)       the vendor and supplier information of the Business;

         5)       the buying  practices,  sources of supply for components,  the
                  quality,  prices  and  usage of  components,  information  and
                  materials,  manner of vendor payment, profit margins,  expense
                  ratios,  pricing,  lead time and other information  concerning
                  the buying activities of the Business;

         6)       the  client  lists  and  prospect   lists  of  the   Business,
                  including, without limitation, names of contacts, products and
                  services  purchased,   quantities  of  products  and  services
                  purchased,  pricing  including  discounts and add-ons,  terms,
                  credit histories,  timing of purchases, and payment histories,
                  special  demands  of  particular  clients,   and  current  and
                  anticipated  requirements of clients generally for products or
                  services of the Business;

         7)       the marketing information of the Business,  including, without
                  limitation,  research, development, testing and client surveys
                  and  preferences  regarding  the current  and new  products or
                  services  of the  Business,  and  specifications  of  any  new
                  products or services under development by or for the Business;

         8)       the  business  projections,   strategic  planning,   marketing
                  planning,  activity  and  practices,   marketing  systems  and
                  procedures,  pricing  policies and  practices,  and  inventory
                  procedures and systems of the Business; and

         9)       confidential information of the clients of the Business.

         (b)  Shareholder  hereby agrees not to directly or indirectly  disclose
any  Confidential  Information  to any third  party  without  the prior  written

                                       42
                                    - 211 -
<PAGE>

consent of DTN or as required by applicable law.  Shareholder further agrees not
to use, directly or indirectly,  any Confidential Information for the benefit of
Shareholder or any third party. Confidential Information does not include any of
the items in this Section which have become  publicly  known and made  generally
available  through no wrongful act of Shareholder  or of others who  Shareholder
did not know and had no reasonable basis for knowing were under  confidentiality
obligations as to the item or items involved.

SECTION 2 - RESTRICTIONS AGAINST COMPETITION.

         In order to prevent the improper use of  Confidential  Information  and
the resulting  unfair  competition  and  misappropriation  and diminution of the
goodwill and other proprietary  interests of the Business which were acquired by
DTN,  Shareholder  hereby  agrees that for a period of three (3) years after the
date of this Agreement, Shareholder will not, directly or indirectly, on his own
behalf or in the service or on behalf of others:

         a)       solicit  any  client  of the  Business  or DTN as of the  date
                  hereof,  for the  purpose of  obtaining  the  business of such
                  client, in competition with the Business;

         b)       advise or  recommend  to any  other  person  that such  person
                  solicit  any  client  of the  Business  or DTN as of the  date
                  hereof,  for the  purpose of  obtaining  the  business of such
                  client, in competition with the Business;

         c)       solicit any  prospective  client of the  Business or DTN as of
                  the date hereof,  for the purpose of obtaining the business of
                  such client, in competition with the Business;

         d)       advise or  recommend  to any  other  person  that such  person
                  solicit any  prospective  client of the  Business or DTN as of
                  the date hereof,  for the purpose of obtaining the business of
                  such client, in competition with the Business;

         e)       work for  himself  or  another,  in an  employee,  managerial,
                  marketing, sales, consulting or other capacity, in carrying on
                  a  business  in  competition  with  the  Business  within  the
                  Territory or providing within the Territory other services now
                  currently provided by the Business or any prospective services
                  being   developed   by  the  Business   during   Shareholder's
                  employment with the Company,  the details of which Shareholder
                  was  privy to in  Shareholder's  position  with  the  Company;
                  provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Shareholder shall
                  thereafter  still be  restricted  from using the  Confidential
                  Information pursuant to Section 1 hereof; or

         f)       solicit or recruit  for  employment,  or attempt to solicit or
                  recruit for  employment,  or advise or  recommend to any other
                  person that such person solicit or recruit for employment,  or
                  attempt to solicit or recruit for  employment,  any person who
                  was employed by the Company and worked in the Business  during
                  the  twelve  (12)  month  period  immediately   preceding  the
                  effective  date of the  acquisition  of the Company by DTN and
                  who was  employed  by DTN  after  the  effective  date of such
                  acquisition.

                                       43
                                    - 212 -
<PAGE>

         The phrase  "prospective  client" shall mean those businesses with whom
any  representative  of the  Company had  substantial  and  extended  actual and
personal contact during the twelve (12) month period  immediately  preceding any
such act to develop new business for the Business,  including  developing  sales
strategies,  marketing  information  and proposals,  and  negotiating  providing
services to such prospective clients.

         Shareholder  agrees that it is reasonable to restrict the Shareholder's
competition during the time period described above in the entire geographic area
in which the Company or DTN operates and that the restrictions set forth in this
Agreement  (including,  but not limited to, the period of restriction,  activity
and  geographic  area set forth)  are fair and  reasonable  and are  necessarily
required for the  protection of the interests of DTN and to prevent the improper
use of  Confidential  Information  and  the  resulting  unfair  competition  and
misappropriation and diminution of the goodwill and other proprietary  interests
of the Business acquired by DTN.

SECTION 3 - ENFORCEMENT OF RESTRICTIONS.

         Shareholder  understands and agrees that his access to the Confidential
Information and clients of the Business makes such  restrictions  both necessary
and reasonable.

         Shareholder  agrees  with  DTN that if  Shareholder  shall  violate  or
threaten  to  violate  any of the  terms of this  Agreement,  then DTN  shall be
entitled to  injunctive  relief;  such remedy shall be in addition to and not in
limitation  of any rights or  remedies  to which DTN is or may be entitled to at
law or in equity.

         The parties agree that the  covenants  contained in Sections 1 and 2 of
this Agreement are  independent  of one another and are severable.  In the event
any part of the covenants contained in Section 1 or 2 of this Agreement shall be
held  to  be  invalid  or  unenforceable,  the  remaining  parts  thereof  shall
nevertheless  continue  to be valid and  enforceable  as though the  invalid and
unenforceable  part had not been  included  herein.  If any  provisions of these
covenants relating to the time period, activity and/or area of restriction shall
be  declared by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  to exceed the maximum  time
periods,  activities or areas which such court deems reasonable and enforceable,
the  parties  agree that the court  making such a  determination  shall have the
power to reduce the time  period,  activity  and/or area of  restriction  to the
maximum time period,  activity and/or area which such court deems reasonable and
enforceable.

SECTION 4 - CONSIDERATION.

         As  consideration  for the  performance  and  compliance by Shareholder
hereunder,  DTN hereby  covenants and agrees to pay  Shareholder  the sum of One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000) payable on the date of this Agreement.

                                       44
                                    - 213 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 5 - ATTORNEY REVIEW.

         Shareholder  was advised and  encouraged to review this  Agreement with
his  private  attorneys  before  signing  it. To the  extent,  if any,  that the
Shareholder desired,  Shareholder has taken advantage of this right. Shareholder
has carefully read and fully understands all of the provisions of this Agreement
and is voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

SECTION 6 - SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS AND THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.

         This  Agreement  and all rights under this  Agreement  shall be binding
upon,  inure to the benefit  of, and be  enforceable  by the parties  hereto and
their respective personal or legal representatives,  executors,  administrators,
heirs, distributees, devisees, legatees, successors, and assigns.

SECTION 7 - MISCELLANEOUS.

         This  writing  constitutes  the entire  agreement  between  the parties
hereto  and  supersedes  any  prior   understanding  or  agreements  among  them
respecting the subject matter.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement,
there  are  no  extraneous  representations,  arrangements,  understandings,  or
agreements,  oral or  written,  among the  parties  hereto,  except  those fully
expressed  herein. No amendments or modifications to the terms of this Agreement
shall be made unless made in writing and signed by all the parties  hereto.  The
failure of either  party to enforce  at any time any of the  provisions  of this
Agreement  shall not be construed as a waiver of such provisions or of the right
of such party  thereafter to enforce any such  provisions.  The existence of any
claim or cause of action by  Shareholder  against DTN,  whether  based upon this
Agreement or otherwise,  shall not  constitute a defense to the  enforcement  of
this Agreement by DTN.

SECTION 8 - HEADINGS.

         The  headings of the  paragraphs  contained in this  Agreement  are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not in any  way  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

SECTION 9 - APPLICABLE LAW.

         This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the internal  substantive laws, and not the conflicts of law principles,  of the
State of California.

                            [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

                                       45
                                     - 214 -
<PAGE>



                                SIGNATURE PAGE TO
                  CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.




                                        /s/ Donald W. Bowles
                                        ------------------------------------
                                        Donald W. Bowles, Shareholder



                                        DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                        CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation


                                        By:_____________________________________
                                        Its:____________________________________

                                       46
                                    - 215 -


                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         THIS  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT  is made and  entered  into  this 14th day of
October,  1998, by and among Data Transmission Network  Corporation,  a Delaware
corporation  (hereinafter  referred to as "DTN"),  Asset Growth  Corporation,  a
Delaware corporation  (hereinafter  referred to as "AGC"),  Marcia C. Kennedy, a
shareholder of AGC (hereinafter referred to as "Kennedy"),  and Scott L. Brown ,
a shareholder of AGC (hereinafter referred to as "Brown"). Brown and Kennedy are
sometimes  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the "Stockholders" and each
individually referred to as a "Stockholder").

                                    RECITALS:

         A. AGC is engaged  in the  negotiation  and  attempted  acquisition  of
various  businesses  (the "Targeted  Businesses")  owned and operated by Paragon
Software, Inc., an Illinois corporation ("Paragon"),  A-T Financial Information,
Inc.,  an  Illinois  corporation  ("ATFI"),   Nirvana  Systems,  Inc.,  a  Texas
corporation,  Neurel Applications Corporation,  an Iowa corporation,  and Expert
Trading Ltd., a Maryland limited partnership doing business as Traders Library.

         B. The parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement regarding the
purchase  by a  subsidiary  of DTN  (hereinafter  referred to as "Newco") of the
rights of AGC to acquire Paragon.

         C. Assuming the  consummation  of the  acquisition of Paragon by Newco,
DTN  and  AGC  wish to  provide  for the  management  of  Paragon  by AGC  until
consummation of the acquisition of ATFI by AGC.

         D.  Contemporaneously  with the acquisition of ATFI by AGC, the parties
desire for Newco to acquire ninety percent of all shares of capital stock of AGC
issued and outstanding at that time.

         E. Assuming the  consummation  of the  acquisitions of Paragon by Newco
and ATFI by AGC, DTN and the Stockholders  wish to provide for the employment of
the  Stockholders  by AGC and Stock  Redemption  Agreements  between AGC and the
Stockholders.

         In  consideration  of the mutual  covenants  and  agreements  set forth
herein,  and  for  other  good  and  valuable   consideration  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which are hereby  acknowledged,  AGC, the  Stockholders  and DTN,
intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

         1.01 Terms Defined Above. As used in this  Agreement,  the terms "DTN",
"AGC", "Kennedy", "Brown", "Stockholders", "Stockholder", "Targeted Businesses",
"Newco",  "Paragon",  and "ATFI" shall have the  respective  meanings  indicated
above.
                                        1
                                     - 216 -
<PAGE>

         1.02 Certain Defined Terms. In addition, the following terms shall have
the indicated meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:

              "Agreement" shall mean this Purchase Agreement, as the same may be
         amended or supplemented from time to time.

              "ATFI  Purchase  Agreement"  shall  mean  a  definitive  agreement
         entered into between AGC and ATFI  regarding the  acquisition by AGC of
         all of the capital  stock or  substantially  all of the assets of ATFI,
         which agreement  shall be in all aspects  acceptable to DTN in its sole
         and absolute discretion.

              "ATFI  Purchase  Price" shall mean the  aggregate  cash payment to
         ATFI or its shareholders as consideration  for the purchase as provided
         in the ATFI Purchase Agreement.

              "Closing"  shall  mean  the  contemporaneous  consummation  of the
         purchase  and  sale  transactions  contemplated  in the  ATFI  Purchase
         Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement.

              "DTN Revolving  Credit Rate" shall mean the rate per annum charged
         to DTN from time to time under its bank revolving credit facility.

              "Other Contract Rights" shall mean those  preliminary,  pending or
         definitive  contracts,  understandings,  proposals or other agreements,
         written  or  oral,  of  AGC  regarding  the   acquisition  or  proposed
         acquisition  by AGC of all of the  capital  stock of the  owners of the
         Targeted Businesses other than Paragon and ATFI or substantially all of
         the assets of the  Targeted  Businesses  other than the  businesses  of
         Paragon and ATFI,  which rights shall be in all aspects  acceptable  to
         DTN in its sole and absolute discretion.

              "Paragon Purchase  Agreement" shall mean the definitive  agreement
         to be entered into between AGC and Paragon regarding the acquisition by
         AGC of all of the capital stock of Paragon, which agreement shall be in
         the form of attached hereto as Exhibit A.

              "Paragon  Purchase Price" shall mean the aggregate cash payment to
         the  shareholders of Paragon as  consideration  for the purchase of the
         capital stock of Paragon as provided in the Paragon Purchase Agreement.

              "Person"   shall   mean   any   individual,   firm,   corporation,
         partnership,  limited  liability  company,  trust or other entity,  and
         shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) to such entity.

              "Stock Purchase Agreement" shall mean the definitive  agreement to
         be  entered  into  among  Newco  and  the  Stockholders  regarding  the

                                       2
                                    - 217 -
<PAGE>

         acquisition by Newco from the  Stockholders of ninety percent of all of
         the issued and outstanding  capital stock of AGC, which agreement shall
         be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.


                                   ARTICLE II
                             ACQUISITION OF PARAGON

         2.01 Assignment of Paragon Purchase Agreement.  Contemporaneously  with
the execution of this Agreement,  AGC shall sell, transfer,  assign,  convey and
deliver to Newco all of AGC's right,  title and interest as purchaser  under the
Paragon Purchase  Agreement by a duly executed  assignment in form and substance
acceptable to DTN to effectively vest in Newco all right,  title and interest of
purchaser  under the Paragon  Purchase  Agreement,  free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances,  security  interests,  actions,  claims and  equities  of any kind
whatsoever.  In lieu of AGC's assignment as provided in this paragraph,  AGC and
DTN may agree to have Newco enter into the Paragon Purchase  Agreement  directly
with Paragon.

         2.02  Assumption  of  Paragon  Purchase  Agreement.  From and after the
assignment to Newco of AGC's interest in the Paragon Purchase Agreement pursuant
to  Section  2.01,  DTN shall  cause  Newco to  assume  and  perform  all of the
obligations of the purchaser under the Paragon  Purchase  Agreement,  including,
but not  limited  to,  payment of the  Paragon  Purchase  Price.  To finance the
Paragon Purchase Price,  DTN shall make a capital  contribution to Newco of cash
in the amount of twenty  percent  (20%) of the  Paragon  Purchase  Price and DTN
shall loan to Newco eighty percent (80%) of the Paragon Purchase Price.

         2.03 Management Agreement. Contemporaneously with the execution of this
Agreement,  AGC shall  execute and deliver to DTN,  and DTN shall cause Newco to
execute and deliver to AGC, the  Management  Agreement  in the form  attached as
Exhibit C.

         2.04 AGC's  Deliveries.  Contemporaneously  with the  execution of this
Agreement, AGC shall deliver to DTN the following:

              (i)    A  certificate  from the Secretary of State of the State of
                     Delaware,  dated  within  thirty  days of the  date of this
                     Agreement, to the effect that AGC is in existence and is in
                     good  standing with respect to the payment of all franchise
                     and related taxes;

              (ii)   Certificates from the appropriate governmental authority of
                     each state  wherein  the  business  conducted  by AGC makes
                     qualification  necessary,  dated within  thirty days of the
                     date of this  Agreement,  to the  effect  that  AGC is duly
                     qualified as a foreign  corporation and is in good standing
                     with  respect to the payment of all  franchise  and related
                     taxes;

              (iii)  A certificate of the Secretary of AGC, dated as of the date
                     of  this  Agreement,  certifying  (a)  the  Certificate  of
                     Incorporation   and  Bylaws  of  AGC,  (b)  all   corporate

                                       3
                                    - 218 -
<PAGE>

                     resolutions adopted by the shareholders and/or directors of
                     AGC as necessary to approve AGC's execution and performance
                     of this  Agreement  and (c)  that the  representations  and
                     warranties of AGC contained in this  Agreement are true and
                     correct on the date of this Agreement; and

              (iv)   Such  other  documents,  instruments,   certifications  and
                     confirmations as may be reasonably  required and designated
                     by DTN to effect  and  consummate  fully  the  transactions
                     contemplated in this Article II.


                                   ARTICLE III
                      PURSUIT AND ANALISIS OF ACQUISITIONS

         3.01  Negotiation  of  Acquisitions.  From and  after  the date of this
Agreement,  AGC and the  Stockholders  shall  use  their  best  efforts  and due
diligence to enter into the ATFI Purchase  Agreement prior to December 31, 1998,
and to pursue the Other  Contract  Rights.  The parties  hereto shall  cooperate
fully in  connection  with the  negotiation  and  pursuit  of the ATFI  Purchase
Agreement  and the Other  Contract  Rights and AGC shall  allow DTN to  actively
participate in such  negotiations.  Such cooperation shall include AGC's and the
Stockholders' furnishing to DTN all relevant and material information concerning
ATFI  and  the  target  companies  under  the  Other  Contract  Rights  and  the
negotiations and proceedings related to such proposed acquisitions.

         3.02 Due Diligence  Review by DTN.  Between the date of this  Agreement
and the Closing,  AGC and the Stockholders  will cause AGC to afford DTN and its
representatives prompt and full access to all information,  books and records in
their  possession or control  pertaining  to or  concerning  ATFI and the target
companies under the Other Contract Rights and the  negotiations  and proceedings
related to such proposed  acquisitions  and use their best efforts to cause ATFI
and the target  companies under the Other Contract Rights to furnish DTN and its
representatives  all  information,  books and  records  in their  possession  or
control  pertaining  to  or  concerning  their  businesses,  including,  without
limitation,  their  financial  and  operating  data and other  information  with
respect to the  businesses  and  properties  of such entities for the purpose of
permitting DTN to make such investigations of such businesses,  properties,  and
financial  and  legal   conditions  as  DTN  deems  necessary  or  desirable  to
familiarize  itself  therewith.  In  addition,  AGC  and the  Stockholders  will
promptly  notify DTN in writing of any  significant  developments  known to them
regarding ATFI and the target companies under the Other Contract Rights.



                                       4
                                    - 219 -
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV
                      ACQUISITION OF ATFI AND STOCK OF AGC

         4.01 Stock Purchase Agreement.  Subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in this  Article  IV, at the  Closing  the  Stockholders  and Newco  shall
execute,  deliver and  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by the Stock
Purchase Agreement.

         4.02  Contributions  to  Capital  of AGC.  Contemporaneously  with  the
Closing, DTN shall cause Newco to make a capital contribution to AGC of (i) cash
in the amount of twenty percent (20%) of the ATFI Purchase  Price,  (ii) cash in
the  amount  referred  to in  Section  4.06(m)  to  fund  AGC's  obligations  to
shareholders  of AGC other than the  Stockholders,  and (iii) all of the capital
stock of Paragon,  free and clear of all liens and  encumbrances  other than the
obligation  to  repay to DTN the sum of  eighty  percent  (80%)  of the  Paragon
Purchase Price plus interest  thereon at the DTN Revolving  Credit Rate from the
date  of  this  Agreement  until  repaid.   AGC  shall  assume  at  Closing  the
indebtedness   referred  to  in  clause   (iii)  of  the   preceding   sentence.
Contemporaneously  with the Closing,  DTN shall loan to AGC eighty percent (80%)
of the ATFI Purchase Price,  which loan shall bear interest at the DTN Revolving
Credit Rate from the date of Closing until repaid. AGC shall execute and deliver
to DTN at  Closing  documentation  acceptable  to DTN to  evidence  its  payment
obligations  referred  to in this  paragraph,  which  shall be payable to DTN on
demand, or such obligations may be accounted for internally by DTN.

         4.03 Employment Agreements. Contemporaneously with the Closing, AGC and
each of the  Stockholders  shall enter into an Employment  Agreement in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit E.

         4.04 Stock Redemption  Agreements.  Contemporaneously with the Closing,
AGC and each of the Stockholders  shall enter into a Stock Redemption  Agreement
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

         4.05  Conduct of  Business  of AGC.  During the period from the date of
this Agreement to the Closing, AGC shall (i) conduct its business and operations
according  to its  ordinary  course of business  consistent  with past  practice
except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.05, and (ii) use its best efforts
to preserve  intact its  business  organization  and its  relationship  with the
owners of the Targeted  Businesses,  its employees,  and others having  business
relationships with it, except as may otherwise be agreed by AGC and DTN. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, prior to the Closing without the prior
written consent of DTN, AGC shall not:

         (a) change or amend its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws (or
similar governing documents);

         (b) (i)  create,  incur or assume any debt,  liability  or  obligation,
direct or indirect,  whether accrued,  absolute,  contingent or otherwise, other
than  normal  operating  expenses  incurred in the  ordinary  course of business
consistent  with  past  practice  (except  for  liability  of  AGC  incurred  in
connection  with the  redemption  of stock  from its  existing  shareholders  as
provided in this Agreement) or (ii) pay any debt, liability or obligation of any

                                       5
                                    - 220 -
<PAGE>

kind other than current liabilities  incurred in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice or (iii) assume,  guarantee,  endorse or otherwise
become liable or responsible  (whether directly,  contingently or otherwise) for
the  obligations  of any  other  person,  or make any loans or  advances  to any
person;  provided,  however,  normal operating expenses incurred in the ordinary
course of business will be considered  consistent with past practices regardless
that such  items  were  received  free of  charge by AGC in the past,  including
without limitation office and equipment rental and administrative services.

         (c)  declare,  set  aside or pay any  dividend  or  other  distribution
(whether in cash,  stock or property or any  combination  thereof) in respect of
the  capital  stock of AGC,  or redeem or  otherwise  acquire any of the capital
stock of AGC or split,  combine or otherwise  similarly change the capital stock
of AGC or  authorize  the creation or issuance of or issue or sell any shares of
its  capital  stock  or  any  securities  or  obligations  convertible  into  or
exchangeable  for, or giving any person any right to acquire from it, any shares
of its capital stock, or agree to take any such action;

         (d) (i) change in any manner the rate or terms of compensation or bonus
payable or to become  payable to any director,  officer or employee  (except AGC
shall  be  allowed  to pay to the  Stockholders  the  management  fees  received
pursuant to the Management  Agreement referred to in Section 2.03, to the extent
such fees are not needed to pay  expenses  and  liabilities  incurred by AGC) or
(ii)  change  in any  manner  the  rate  or  terms  of any  insurance,  pension,
severance,  or other employee benefit plan,  payment or arrangement made to, for
or with any employees;

         (e) discharge or satisfy any lien other than in the ordinary  course of
business  and  consistent  with past  practice or subject to any lien any of its
assets or properties;

         (f) except as otherwise  permitted in this Section 4.05, enter into any
agreement  or  commitment  for any  borrowing,  capital  expenditure  or capital
financing in excess of $1,000 individually or in the aggregate;

         (g) sell,  lease,  transfer  or  dispose  of any of its  properties  or
assets,  waive or release any rights of material value,  or cancel,  compromise,
release or assign any  indebtedness  owed to it or any claims held by it in each
case  other  than in the  ordinary  course  of  business  consistent  with  past
practice;

         (h) make any investment of a capital nature either by purchase of stock
or securities,  contributions to capital, property transfers or otherwise, or by
the purchase of any material property or assets of any other  individual,  firm,
corporation or entity, except as contemplated in this Agreement;

         (i) take any  action  to permit  any  insurance  policy  naming it as a
beneficiary  or a loss payable  payee to be canceled or terminated or any of the
coverage  thereunder to lapse,  unless  simultaneously  with such termination or
cancellation  replacement policies providing substantially the same coverage and
which are obtainable on substantially  the same economic terms are in full force
and  effect;  provided,  however  that if AGC shall  receive  notice of any such
cancellation  or  termination,  it shall so notify  DTN  promptly  upon  receipt
thereof and, if feasible upon the payment of a premium  which is not  materially
greater  than the premium  payable  under such  terminated  or canceled  policy,

                                       6
                                    - 221 -
<PAGE>

obtain  simultaneously  with such  termination or cancellation  such replacement
policies;

         (j)  license,  transfer,  grant,  waive,  release,  permit  to lapse or
otherwise  fail to preserve any of its material  proprietary  rights or contract
rights, or dispose of or permit to lapse any material  license,  permit or other
form of authorization;

         (k) terminate or amend or fail to perform any of its obligations  under
any contract to which its is a party or take any other action which would have a
material adverse effect on AGC; or

         (l)  enter  into an  agreement  to do any of the  things  described  in
clauses (a) through (k) above.

         4.06  Conditions to the  Obligations of DTN to Effect the  Transactions
Contemplated  in Article IV. The  obligations of DTN to effect the  transactions
contemplated  in Article IV shall be subject to the  fulfillment  at or prior to
the Closing of each of the following conditions, any one or more of which may be
waived in whole or in part by DTN in writing:

         (a) AGC and the  Stockholders  shall have performed and complied in all
material  respects with all  agreements,  obligations,  conditions and covenants
contained in this Agreement and in the Stock Purchase  Agreement  required to be
performed  and  complied  with by them at or  prior to the  Closing  and all the
representations  and  warranties of AGC and the  Stockholders  set forth in this
Agreement and in the Stock Purchase  Agreement  shall be true and correct in all
material  respects as of the date of this  Agreement and as of the Closing,  and
DTN shall have received  certificates to that effect signed by a duly authorized
officer  of AGC  and  the  Stockholders  together  with  such  other  documents,
instruments and writings  required to be delivered by the Stockholders or by AGC
at or prior to the  Closing  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  the  Stock  Purchase
Agreement or otherwise required in connection herewith.

         (b) AGC and the Stockholders  shall have delivered to DTN (i) copies of
AGC's Certificate of Incorporation including all amendments thereto certified by
the  Secretary  of State of the State of  Delaware,  (ii)  certificate  from the
Secretary  of State to the effect that AGC is in good  standing  and listing all
charter  documents of AGC on file, and (iii) a certificate  from the appropriate
governmental authority of each state wherein the business conducted by AGC makes
qualification necessary, dated within thirty days of the date of this Agreement,
to the effect that AGC is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good
standing with respect to the payment of all franchise and related taxes.

         (c) Prior to the Closing,  there shall be no material adverse change in
the assets or  liabilities,  the business or condition,  financial or otherwise,
the results of operations, or prospects of AGC, from the date of this Agreement,
and the Stockholders shall have delivered to DTN a certificate,  dated as of the
Closing, to such effect.

                                       7
                                    - 222 -
<PAGE>

         (d) No action or  proceedings  which have a  reasonable  likelihood  of
success shall have been  instituted or  threatened by any  governmental  body or
authority to restrain or prohibit any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

         (e) Each  party  hereto  shall have  received  all  material  consents,
waivers,   approvals,   licenses  or  other  authorizations  required  from  any
governmental  or  non-governmental  entity  for  the  execution,   delivery  and
performance of the Stock Purchase  Agreement and the ATFI Purchase  Agreement by
the parties thereto.

         (f)  The  consummation  by AGC of the  purchase  and  sale  transaction
contemplated in the ATFI Purchase  Agreement upon terms acceptable to DTN in its
sole and absolute  discretion  and the approval of all aspects and the status of
the Other Contract Rights by DTN in its sole and absolute discretion.

         (g)  DTN  shall  have   received  an  opinion   from   counsel  to  the
Stockholders, dated as of the Closing, in form and substance satisfactory to DTN
and its counsel, to the effect set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

         (h) No injunction or other court order  requiring  that any part of the
business or assets of AGC be held  separate or divested or that any  business or
assets of DTN or any affiliate of DTN be divested,  or imposing or involving any
conditions on DTN or its affiliates or AGC,  which could be reasonably  expected
to  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  assets,  liabilities,  business,
financial  condition,  prospects or results of  operations  of either DTN or any
affiliate of DTN on the one hand,  or AGC on the other hand,  shall be in effect
and no proceedings shall be pending by or before, or threatened in writing by or
before,  any governmental  body or court of competent  jurisdiction with respect
thereto.

         (i) AGC shall not have  taken any of the  actions  set forth in Section
4.05(a) - (l) without the prior written consent of DTN.

         (j) DTN shall have received satisfactory evidence of the resignation as
of the time of Closing of such of the present  officers and  directors of AGC as
DTN may request prior to Closing.

         (k)  There  shall  not be in  effect  at the  Closing  any  contractual
provisions  restricting  the ability of AGC or any affiliate  thereof to conduct
any business or compete with any person or restricting  the area in which it may
conduct any business.

         (l) DTN and its  counsel  shall  have  approved  (i) the  form of stock
certificates and related instruments of transfer to be delivered to Newco at the
Closing,  (ii) all other  proceedings to be effected at the Closing or otherwise
in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement
and the ATFI Purchase  Agreement,  and (iii) all other documents and instruments
to be delivered at the Closing or otherwise in connection with the  transactions
contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement and the ATFI Purchase Agreement.

                                       8
                                    - 223 -
<PAGE>

         (m) AGC shall  redeem all of the  capital  stock  held by its  existing
shareholders (other than the Stockholders) for an aggregate  redemption price of
not more than $700,000,  which  redemption  price shall be a liability of AGC at
the  Closing  to be  paid  with  funds  received  from  Newco  pursuant  to this
Agreement.

         4.07  Current  Information.  During  the  period  from the date of this
Agreement  to the  Closing,  AGC will  promptly  notify  DTN in  writing  of any
significant  development not in the ordinary course of business  consistent with
past  practice or of any  material  adverse  change in the assets,  liabilities,
business,  financial condition,  prospects or results of operation of AGC and of
any governmental  complaints,  investigations or hearings of which AGC have been
advised  involving AGC, or the  institution or threat of the  institution of any
litigation or proceedings involving AGC.

         4.08 Access to Information.  Between the date of this Agreement and the
Closing, AGC will (i) afford DTN and its designated  representatives full access
to the premises,  books and records of AGC, and (ii) cause AGC's  officers,  and
use its best efforts to cause AGC's  advisors  (including,  without  limitation,
their auditors,  attorneys and other advisors) to furnish DTN and its designated
representatives   (including   DTN's   auditors,   accountants,   attorneys  and
representatives)  with financial and operating data and other  information  with
respect to the  business,  properties  and  prospects  of AGC for the purpose of
permitting DTN to make such investigation of the business, properties, financial
and legal  condition of AGC as DTN deems  necessary or desirable to  familiarize
itself therewith.

         4.09  Reasonable  Best Efforts.  Subject to the terms and conditions of
this  Agreement  and except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  all of the parties
hereto will use their reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all
action,  and to do,  or  cause to be  done,  all  things  necessary,  proper  or
advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate and make effective
the transactions contemplated by this Article IV.

         4.10 Consents.  Each of the parties hereto will use its reasonable best
efforts  to  obtain  the  written  consents  of  all  persons  and  governmental
authorities  required  to be obtained  by each such party and  necessary  to the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Article IV.


                                    ARTICLE V
                             FAILURE TO ACQUIRE ATFI

         5.01 Election to Terminate.  In the event that the  consummation of the
purchase and sale transaction contemplated by the ATFI Purchase Agreement fails,
for any  reason,  to occur  prior to December  31,  1998,  or such later date as
designated by DTN in its sole and absolute discretion,  but not later than March
31, 1999, then either DTN or AGC may, upon written notice to the other, elect to
terminate the provisions of and transactions  contemplated by Article IV of this
Agreement (the  "Termination").  From and after the  Termination,  the terms and
provisions of Article IV of this Agreement shall be void and of no further force
or effect.  However,  the  provisions  of this  Section 5.01 are not intended to
waive,  limit or preclude the rights which any party to this  Agreement may have
against any other  party  hereto for any breach of the terms and  provisions  of
Article IV occurring prior to the Termination.

                                       9
                                    - 224 -
<PAGE>

         5.02 Repurchase of Paragon. In the event of the Termination,  AGC shall
have the right to  purchase  from Newco all of the  shares of  capital  stock of
Paragon for an amount equal to the net book value of assets minus liabilities of
Paragon on the date of such purchase plus interest on the Paragon Purchase Price
from the date of this Agreement to the date such amount is paid in full to Newco
at the DTN  Revolving  Credit Rate in effect from time to time,  such rate to be
adjusted  upward or  downward on each date upon which the DTN  Revolving  Credit
Rate  changes.  AGC  shall  have  a  period  of six  (6)  months  following  the
Termination  to obtain  financing  and pay to Newco in full in cash the purchase
price for the capital  stock of Paragon  determined  as provided in this Section
5.02.  Upon receipt of such amount by DTN within the six month period  following
the  Termination,  Newco shall (i) deliver to AGC  certificates for such capital
stock of Paragon  duly  endorsed  for  transfer and free and clear of any liens,
security  interests,  encumbrances,  or claims other than the provisions of this
Agreement and (ii) pay to each of the Stockholders in cash the sum of $50,000 as
full and complete compensation to the Stockholders for their services related to
the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  subject to the  Stockholders
executing and delivering a complete  release in favor of DTN and Newco and their
shareholders,  employees  and agents  relating  to all  matters  arising  out or
related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


         6.01.  Representations and Warranties. AGC and the Stockholders jointly
and severally warrant, represent and covenant to and with DTN:

         (a)      That AGC has full  right and  lawful  authority  to enter into
                  this Agreement and to sell, transfer, assign and convey all of
                  its  right,   title  and  interest  in  the  Paragon  Purchase
                  Agreement;  that AGC's  performance of its  obligations  under
                  this Agreement will not violate any agreement, document, trust
                  (constructive  or  otherwise),  order,  judgment  or decree to
                  which AGC is a party or by which it is bound;  and that,  upon
                  the transfer and assignment of the Paragon Purchase  Agreement
                  to Newco as provided  in this  Agreement,  Newco will  acquire
                  good and  merchantable  title  thereto,  free and clear of any
                  liens, encumbrances,  security interests, actions, claims, and
                  equities of any kind whatsoever,  other than the rights of the
                  parties as set forth in this Agreement.

         (b)      That  AGC is the  sole  and  lawful  owner of and has good and
                  marketable  title  to all of the  interests  of the  purchaser
                  under the Paragon  Purchase  Agreement to be acquired by Newco
                  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  free and  clear  of any  liens,
                  encumbrances,   security  interests,   actions,   claims,  and
                  equities of any kind whatsoever,  other than the rights of the
                  parties as set forth in this Agreement.

                                       10
                                    - 225 -
<PAGE>

         (c)      That AGC will be at Closing  the sole and lawful  owner of and
                  will have good and marketable title to all of the interests of
                  the  purchaser  under the ATFI  Purchase  Agreement  and Other
                  Contract  Rights,  free and clear of any liens,  encumbrances,
                  security interests,  actions, claims, and equities of any kind
                  whatsoever,  other than the rights of the parties as set forth
                  in this Agreement.

         (d)      That  there  are no  suits,  arbitrations  or  other  legal or
                  governmental  proceedings  pending or, to the knowledge of AGC
                  or  the  Stockholders,  threatened  against  AGC  which  might
                  conceivably affect the title to the Paragon Purchase Agreement
                  to be acquired by Newco pursuant to this Agreement.

         (e)      That AGC has duly and timely  filed all  federal,  state,  and
                  local tax  returns of every  kind  whatsoever  required  to be
                  filed by AGC and has paid in full the tax  liability  shown on
                  such  returns;  that no unpaid  deficiencies  are in existence
                  which have been asserted against AGC by any official or agency
                  as a result of the filing of such  returns;  and that,  to the
                  knowledge  of AGC,  there is not now pending  any  examination
                  with  respect  to any  such  returns  nor does AGC know of any
                  impending examination with respect to any such returns.

         (f)      The Paragon Purchase Agreement and the ATFI Purchase Agreement
                  include  all rights and  interests  necessary  to acquire  the
                  capital stock or assets being acquired thereunder by AGC.

         (g)      There is no fact, development,  or threatened development with
                  respect to  Paragon,  ATFI or the target  companies  under the
                  Other Contract Rights or their markets,  products,  customers,
                  vendors, suppliers,  operations, assets or prospects which are
                  known to AGC which would  materially  adversely  affect  their
                  businesses,  operations  or prospects  considered  as a whole,
                  other  than  such  conditions  as may  affect  as a whole  the
                  economy generally or matters disclosed in writing to DTN.

         (h)      AGC  has  delivered  with  respect  to  the  Paragon  Purchase
                  Agreement  and will  deliver  prior to Closing with respect to
                  the ATFI  Purchase  Agreement and the Other  Contract  Rights,
                  true,  correct and  complete  copies of the  Paragon  Purchase
                  Agreement,   the  ATFI  Purchase  Agreement  and  all  written
                  contracts  relating to the Other Contract  Rights,  and all of
                  such contracts or contract  rights are presently or will be at
                  Closing in full force and  effect.  AGC has not  received  any
                  notices from the sellers under the Paragon Purchase Agreement,
                  the ATFI Purchase  Agreement or the Other Contract Rights that
                  indicate that they intend to terminate  any of such  contracts
                  and, except as reflected in the copies  delivered to DTN, such
                  contracts  have not been amended and AGC and the other parties
                  to such  contracts are not in default in any material  respect
                  under such contracts or contract rights.



                                       11
                                    - 226 -
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VII
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         7.01  Indemnification.  AGC and the Stockholders  jointly and severally
agree to indemnify DTN and Newco and to hold DTN and Newco harmless from any and
all loss,  damage,  cost,  or expense  incurred or  sustained by DTN or Newco by
reason of the  failure  of any  warranty  or  representation  contained  in this
Agreement to be true or as a result of AGC's  failure to abide by or perform any
covenant or agreement on its part contained in the Paragon  Purchase  Agreement,
the ATFI Purchase  Agreement or the Other Contract  Rights and accruing prior to
the Closing.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         8.01 Survival.  The representations,  warranties,  and covenants on the
part of AGC and/or the  Stockholders  contained in this Agreement  shall survive
both the  execution of this  Agreement and the Closing and shall be binding upon
AGC and the Stockholders and their heirs, legal representatives,  successors and
assigns.

         8.02 Payment of Liabilities.  AGC and the Stockholders  agree to pay as
promptly  as  possible  and  hold  DTN  and  Newco  harmless  from  any  and all
liabilities  of AGC existing on the date of this Agreement and those incurred or
accruing  prior  to the  Closing,  except  for  reasonable  attorneys  fees  and
accounting  expenses  incurred  by  AGC  after  December  31,  1998,  solely  in
connection with the negotiations  and proposed  acquisition of ATFI, which shall
be reimbursed to AGC by Newco.  The  Stockholders and AGC agree that neither DTN
nor Newco is  assuming  and  neither  shall have  responsibility  for any of the
debts,  obligations,  or liabilities of AGC of any kind  whatsoever  incurred or
accrued before the Closing,  except those  obligations  specifically  assumed by
Newco pursuant to this  Agreement.  AGC and the  Stockholders  agree to hold DTN
harmless from any cost or expense  arising out of or relating to any such debts,
obligations, or liabilities.

         8.03  Transfer  Taxes.  AGC shall pay all sales and other similar taxes
imposed  on or  collectible  by AGC or Newco by  reason of the  transfer  of the
Paragon  Purchase  Agreement  being acquired by Newco pursuant to this Agreement
and all taxes attributable to the payments to AGC and the Stockholders  pursuant
to this Agreement shall be paid by AGC and the Stockholders, respectively.

         8.04 Entire  Agreement.  This document and the exhibits attached hereto
constitute  the entire  agreement  of the  parties  with  respect to the subject
matter  hereof  and may not be  modified,  amended,  or  terminated  except by a
written agreement  specifically referring to this Agreement and signed by all of
the parties hereto.

                                       12
                                    - 227 -
<PAGE>

         8.05 Binding Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
to the  benefit  of  the  parties  hereto  and  their  respective  heirs,  legal
representatives, successors and assigns.

         8.06 Further Instruments.  The parties hereto shall execute and deliver
such additional  instruments and documents as may be reasonably requested by any
of them in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this  Agreement  and to
fulfill their respective obligations.

         8.07 Further Actions. AGC agrees to take such actions from time to time
as may in the  reasonable  judgment  of DTN  or  its  counsel  be  necessary  or
advisable  to  confirm  the  title of Newco to any of the  contracts  or  assets
acquired by Newco from AGC pursuant to this Agreement.

         8.08  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be construed in accordance
with the substantive laws, but not the choice of law provisions, of the State of
Nebraska.

         8.09  Severability.  In the  event  that one or more of the  provisions
contained in this  Agreement  shall for any reason be held  invalid,  illegal or
unenforceable in any respect,  such invalidity,  illegality or  unenforceability
shall not affect any of the other provisions contained in this Agreement,  which
provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

         8.10  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in one or  more
counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts,  each
of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall  constitute
one and the same instrument.

         8.11  Schedules and Exhibits.  All references to Schedules and Exhibits
herein,  unless otherwise  stated,  means the schedules and exhibits attached to
this Agreement which are hereby incorporated by reference.

         8.12  Notification.  All  notices  which any party may be  required  or
desire to give to the other  parties  shall be in writing  and shall be given by
personal  service,   telecopy,   registered  mail  or  certified  mail  (or  its
equivalent) to any other party at its respective  address or telecopy number set
forth  below.  Notices  shall be deemed to be given upon  actual  receipt by the
party to be  notified.  Notices  delivered  by telecopy  shall be  confirmed  in
writing by overnight courier.

         If to AGC or Stockholders:          Asset Growth Corporation
                                             7324 Southwest Freeway, Suite 1000
                                             Houston, Texas  77074
                                             Attention:  Marcia C. Kennedy
                                             Telecopy No.: (713) 995-9585

                                       13
                                    - 228 -
<PAGE>

         If to DTN or Newco:                 Data Transmission Network
                                             Corporation
                                             9110 West Dodge Road, #200
                                             Omaha, NE  68114
                                             Attn:  Charles R. Wood
                                             Telecopy No.:  (402) 255-8088

         8.13 Interpretation. The article and section headings in this Agreement
are solely for  convenience  and shall not be considered in its  interpretation.
The language of this  Agreement  has been approved by counsel for each party and
shall be  construed  as a whole  according  to its fair  meaning and none of the
parties  hereto  shall be deemed to be the  draftsman  of this  Agreement in any
action which may hereafter arise between the parties.  Time is of the essence of
this Agreement.  Words denoting sex shall be construed to include the masculine,
feminine,  and neuter,  when such  construction  is  appropriate,  and  specific
enumeration shall not exclude the general, but shall be construed as cumulative.

         8.14  No  Third  Party  Beneficiaries.   Except  as  provided  in  this
Agreement,  nothing in this  Agreement  shall  confer any rights upon any Person
which is not a party or a permitted assignee of a party to this Agreement.

         8.15 Remedies. In the event of a breach or default by any party to this
Agreement,  the other  parties  shall be  entitled to any and all  remedies  and
damages available to such party at law or in equity.

         8.16 Expenses. All fees, expenses and costs incurred in connection with
this  Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be paid by the
party incurring such fees, expenses and costs.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                         DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                         CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation


                                         /s/ Greg T. Sloma
                                         --------------------------------
                                         Greg T. Sloma, President


                                         ASSET GROWTH CORPORATION,
                                         a Delaware corporation


                                         /s/ Marcia C. Kennedy,
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Marcia C. Kennedy, President


                                       14
                                    - 229 -
<PAGE>

                                         STOCKHOLDERS:

                                         ---------------------------------
                                         Marcia C. Kennedy, an individual

                                         ---------------------------------
                                         Scott L. Brown, an individual


                                       15
                                    - 230 -
<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT A


                           Paragon Purchase Agreement

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT



                                  by and among



                        DEAN LOEW, MICHAEL PROTOFANOUSIS,
                  SAM PROTOFANOUSIS, ROBERT RAWLINS, RAY VOGEL,
                      MICHAEL PAOLELLA AND ROBERT PAOLELLA
                                   ("Sellers")


                                       and



                              DTN ACQUISITION, INC.
                                  ("Purchaser")









                                October 14, 1998








                                       1
                                    - 231 -
<PAGE>


                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


      THIS STOCK PURCHASE  AGREEMENT,  dated as of the 14th day of October 1998,
is made and entered into by and among DEAN LOEW ("Dean"),  MICHAEL PROTOFANOUSIS
("Mike"),  SAM PROTOFANOUSIS,  ROBERT RAWLINS,  RAY VOGEL,  MICHAEL PAOLELLA and
ROBERT  PAOLELLA  ("Sellers"),  and  DTN  ACQUISITION,  INC.  ("Purchaser"),   a
corporation  organized  under the laws of the State of  Nebraska  evidences  the
arrangements  concerning  the purchase by  Purchaser  from the Sellers of common
stock of PARAGON SOFTWARE, INC., an Illinois corporation ("Company").

                                   WITNESSETH:

     In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements  herein  contained,
the Purchaser and the Sellers agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I.
                                   DEFINITIONS

     1.01 Terms Defined  Above.  As used in this Stock Purchase  Agreement,  the
terms  "Sellers",  "Purchaser" and "Company" shall have the respective  meanings
indicated above.

     1.02 Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Stock Purchase  Agreement,  the
following terms shall have the indicated meanings,  unless the context otherwise
requires:

     "Affiliate" shall mean any Person, which, directly or indirectly, controls,
is  controlled  by, or is under common  control with any other  Person.  Control
shall mean possession,  directly or indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause
the  direction of  management,  policies or action  through  ownership of voting
securities,  contract,  voting trust,  membership or otherwise through formal or
informal arrangements or business relationships.

     "Agreement"  shall mean this Stock Purchase  Agreement,  as the same may be
amended or supplemented from time to time.

                                       2
                                    - 232 -
<PAGE>

     "Business  Day"  shall mean a day other  than a  Saturday,  Sunday or legal
holiday under the laws of the State of Texas.

     "Code"  shall mean the United  States  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended from time to time.

     "Common  Stock"  shall mean the common  stock,  without  par value,  of the
Company.

     "Company's  Fiscal Year" shall mean each annual fiscal  reporting period of
the Company ending December 31.

     "ERISA" shall mean the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time,  and the  regulations  and published  interpretations
thereof.

     "ERISA  Affiliate"  shall  mean  any  trade  or  business  (whether  or not
incorporated)  which  together  with the  Company  would be  treated as a single
employer under Section 4001 of ERISA.

     "Financial Statements" shall mean the statements of financial condition, as
at the point in time and for the period  indicated and  consisting of at least a
balance sheet and related statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity, and,
when the foregoing are audited,  accompanied by the certification of independent
certified public accountants and footnotes to any of the foregoing, all of which
shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP.

     "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting  principles  established by
the Financial Accounting Standards Board and in effect in the United States from
time to time during the term of this Agreement.

     "Insolvency  Proceeding"  shall  mean  application  (whether  voluntary  or
instituted by another  Person or Persons) for or the consent to the  appointment
of a receiver, trustee, conservator, custodian or liquidator of any Person or of
all or a substantial part of such Person's Property, or the filing of a petition
commencing a case under Title 11 of the United States Code, seeking liquidation,
reorganization   or   rearrangement  or  taking  advantage  of  any  bankruptcy,
insolvency, debtor's relief or other similar law of the United States, the State
of Texas or any other jurisdiction.

                                       3
                                    - 233 -
<PAGE>

     "Lien" shall mean any interest in Property  securing an obligation owed to,
or a claim by, a Person  other  than the  owner of the  Property,  whether  such
interest is based on common law,  statute or contract,  and  including,  but not
limited to, the lien or security interest arising from a mortgage,  encumbrance,
pledge,  security  agreement,  conditional  sale or trust  receipt,  or a lease,
consignment  or bailment for security  purposes  and  reservations,  exceptions,
encroachments,  easements, rights of way, covenants,  conditions,  restrictions,
leases and other title  exceptions  and  encumbrances  affecting  property which
secure an  obligation  owed to, or a claim by, a Person  other than the owner of
such Property (for the purposes of this  Agreement,  the Company shall be deemed
to be the owner of any  Property  which it has  acquired  or holds  subject to a
conditional  sale agreement,  financing lease or other  arrangement  pursuant to
which title to the Property has been  retained by or vested in some other Person
for security purposes).

     "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean any material and adverse effect on (a)
the material assets, liabilities, financial condition, business or operations of
the Company from those  reflected in the Financial  Statements of the Company or
from the facts  represented or warranted in this  Agreement,  (b) the ability of
the Company to carry out in all material  respects its business  conducted as at
the  date of this  Agreement  or (c) the  ability  of the  Company  to meet  its
obligations  generally,  or the ability of the  Company to meet its  obligations
under this Agreement on a timely basis as provided herein.

     "Multi-employer  Plan" shall mean a Plan described in Section 4001(a)(3) of
ERISA which covers employees of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.

     "Non-competition Agreement" shall mean the agreements between Mike and Dean
and the Purchaser, in the form of agreements attached hereto as Exhibits 1.02(a)
and 1.02(b).

     "Permitted  Liens" shall mean:  (a) Liens for taxes,  assessments  or other
governmental charges or levies not yet due or which (if foreclosure,  distraint,
sale or other  similar  proceedings  shall  not have been  initiated)  are being
contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings  diligently  conducted,  and
such reserve as may be required by GAAP shall have been made therefor; (b) Liens
in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance or other social
security (other than Liens created by Section 4068 of ERISA), old age pension or
public liability  obligations which are not yet due or which are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted by or on behalf of
the  Company,  if such  reserve as may be  required by GAAP shall have been made
therefor,  provided  that  such  Liens  shall  not  extend to or cover any other
Property of the Company.

                                       4
                                    - 234 -
<PAGE>

     "Person"  shall  mean  an  individual,  corporation,   partnership,  trust,
unincorporated   organization  or  a  government  or  any  agency  or  political
subdivision thereof.

     "PBGC" shall mean the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation or any entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

     "Plan" shall mean any pension plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA and
maintained  by the Company and any such plan to which the Company is required to
contribute.

     "Property"  shall  mean any  interest  in any kind of  property  or  asset,
whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible.

     "Purchase  Price"  shall  mean the  aggregate  cash  payment  to Sellers of
$5,222,000.00.

     "Subsidiary"  means any corporation or limited  liability  company of which
more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and  outstanding  securities  having
ordinary  voting power for the  election of  directors  is owned or  controlled,
directly or indirectly, by the Company or any Subsidiary.

     1.03 Accounting Principles 1.03 Accounting Principles . Where the character
or amount of any asset or  liability or item of income or expense is required to
be determined or any  consolidation or other accounting  computation is required
to be made for the purposes of this Agreement,  this shall be done in accordance
with GAAP.

     1.04  References  1.04  References . All  references  in this  Agreement to
Article and Section  numbers are to  Articles  and  Sections of this  Agreement,
unless   expressly   provided  to  the   contrary,   and  the  terms   "herein",
"hereinabove",  "hereinafter",  "hereinbelow"  and "hereunder" when used in this
Agreement  shall refer to this  Agreement  in its  entirety  and not only to the
Section of this Agreement in which such term appears.

              ARTICLE II.TERMS OF COMMON STOCK PURCHASEARTICLE II.
                         TERMS OF COMMON STOCK PURCHASE

     2.01  Purchase  and  Sale  of  Common  Stock.  Contemporaneously  with  the
execution of this  Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions and relying

                                       5
                                    - 235 -
<PAGE>

on the  representations  and warranties of the  Purchaser,  as to actions by the
Sellers,  and of the Sellers, as to actions by the Purchaser,  the Sellers shall
sell in the aggregate one thousand  (1,000) shares of the Common Stock,  and the
Purchaser shall purchase the Common Stock.

     2.02   Consideration   to   Sellers   2.02   Consideration   to  Sellers  .
Contemporaneously  with the execution of this  Agreement and the delivery of the
Common Stock,  but subject to the  provisions of this  Agreement,  the Purchaser
shall  deliver to the  Sellers the  Purchase  Price by  certified  check or wire
transfer as directed by the Sellers,  at a time and place mutually acceptable to
Sellers and Purchaser;  provided, however, such event shall not occur later than
October 31, 1998  ("Closing  Date").  Schedule 2.02 sets forth  instructions  to
Purchaser of the allocation of the Purchase Price between Sellers.

     2.03  Non-competition  Agreements.  Company  and Dean and Mike  shall  have
executed and  delivered  the  Noncompetition  Agreements,  effective the Closing
Date.

     2.04  Consulting  Arrangements.  Dean and Mike,  for one (1) year after the
Closing Date,  shall make  themselves  available  (provided  that they shall not
individually  be required to be available  for more than fifty (50) hours in any
week without their prior consent, and if their services are requested, a minimum
of five (5) hours shall be billed to Purchaser for services rendered during such
week to Purchaser and Company upon  reasonable  request,  to perform  consulting
services  at  the  rate  of  $100.00  per  hour  (including   travel  time  plus
out-of-pocket  expenses;  provided,  however,  Dean and Mike at no time  will be
entitled to any employee  benefits and shall  maintain the status of independent
contractors.  Dean and Mike shall  determine  their  schedules and the manner in
which such  services are  provided.  Dean and Mike may provide such  services by
telephone.  Unavailability  by reason of vacation  shall not constitute a breach
hereof.  For a period of thirty (30) days  following the Closing Date,  Dean and
Mike shall perform such  consulting  services  without  compensation  other than
reimbursement of reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses.

                                  ARTICLE III.
                                   CONDITIONS

     The  indicated  obligations  of the  Purchaser  and the Sellers  under this
Agreement are subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

     3.01 Conditions to Execution by Purchaser.  The execution of this Agreement
by the  Purchaser  and the payment of the  Purchase  Price to the Sellers as set
forth in Section 2.02, is subject to  satisfaction  of the following  conditions
precedent:

          (a) Receipt of Certified Copy of Corporate Proceedings.  The Purchaser
     shall have  received (i)  certificates  from the  Secretary of State of the
     State of Illinois, dated reasonably near the date of this Agreement, to the
     effect  that the  Company  is in  existence  and is in good  standing  with
     respect  to the  payment  of all  franchise  taxes,  with its  articles  of
     incorporation attached thereto, and the Company's bylaws and all amendments
     thereto.

                                       6
                                    - 236 -
<PAGE>

          (b) Receipt of  Certificates  of Incumbency.  The Purchaser shall have
     received  from the  Company  a  certificate  of  incumbency  signed  by its
     respective  secretary or assistant secretary setting forth (i) the names of
     the officers of the Company, respectively, executing this Agreement and the
     Common  Stock,  (ii) the  office(s) to which such persons have been elected
     and in which they presently serve and (iii) an original specimen  signature
     of each such person.

          (c) Accuracy of Representations  and Warranties.  The  representations
     and  warranties  of the Company  contained  in Article IV shall be true and
     correct  in all  material  respects  on  the  date  of  execution  of  this
     Agreement.

          (d) Receipt of Opinion of Counsel.  The Purchaser  shall have received
     an opinion of counsel for the Sellers in the form and substance  acceptable
     to the Purchaser,  which opinion shall be  accompanied  by such  supporting
     documentation as the Purchaser or its counsel shall reasonably require, and
     addressing,  among  other  matters,  certain  of  the  representations  and
     warranties of the Company made herein.

          (e) Legal  Matters  Satisfactory  to Counsel to  Purchaser.  All legal
     matters  incident to the  execution of this  Agreement  shall be reasonably
     satisfactory  to the firm of  Henderson & Hammon,  L.L.P.,  counsel for the
     Purchaser.

          (f) No Material Adverse Effect.  No Material Adverse Effect shall have
     occurred  since the date of any financial and other  information  regarding
     the Company  submitted  to the  Purchaser  prior to the  execution  of this
     Agreement.

          (g) Receipt of Common Stock and Stock Purchase  Agreement.  Subject to
     the  provisions  of Section  2.02,  the  Purchaser  shall have received its
     Common  Stock and this  Agreement,  as  requested  by the  Purchaser,  duly
     executed by the Sellers.

          (h) Property of Company.  The Property of the Company  shall  include,
     but  not be  limited  to,  equipment,  appliances,  spare  parts,  accounts
     receivable,  works-in-progress,  owned and leased  real  estate,  leasehold
     improvements, fixtures, general intangibles,  intellectual property rights,
     contractual rights, licenses, permits, security deposits, prepaid expenses,
     cash portion of deferred  revenue,  accounting and personnel  records,  and
     catalogs and brochures.

                                       7
                                    - 237 -
<PAGE>

     3.02 Condition to Execution by Sellers.  The execution of this Agreement by
the  Sellers  and the  sale of the  common  stock to  Purchaser  is  subject  to
satisfaction of the condition  precedent that the representations and warranties
of the  Purchaser  contained  in  Article  IV shall be true and  correct  in all
material respects on the date of execution of this Agreement.

              ARTICLE IV.REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIESARTICLE IV.
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     4.01  Representations  and Warranties of Sellers 4.01  Representations  and
Warranties  of  Sellers . In order to induce  the  Purchaser  to enter into this
Agreement,  Dean  and  Mike  represent  and  warrant  to  the  Purchaser  (which
representations and warranties shall survive the delivery of the Common Stock as
provided herein) that:

          (a) Existence and Good Standing.  The Company is a  corporation,  duly
     organized, legally existing and in good standing in the State of Illinois.
- --
          (b)  Authority.  The  execution  and  delivery  by the Sellers of this
     Agreement and the sale of the Common Stock as provided in this Agreement do
     not and will not (A)  require the consent of any  regulatory  authority  or
     governmental  body, (B) contravene or conflict with any material  provision
     of  applicable  law  or of the  charter  or  bylaws  of  the  Company,  (C)
     contravene  or conflict  with any material  indenture,  instrument or other
     agreement to which the Company or any Sellers is a party.

          (c)  Capitalization.  The  authorized  capital  stock  of the  Company
     consists of 10,000 shares of Common  Stock,  without par value of which one
     thousand (1,000) shares are issued and outstanding.  The outstanding shares
     of Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully
     paid and  nonassessable  and have been issued in accordance with applicable
     securities laws. There are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights
     to purchase any of the Company's capital stock.

          Sellers have full legal right to sell,  assign and transfer the Common
     Stock to Purchaser and will, upon delivery of the Common Stock to Purchaser
     pursuant to the terms  thereof,  transfer to Purchaser good and valid title
     to the  Common  Stock  free and  clear of all  Liens,  security  interests,
     claims, charges,  encumbrances,  rights, options to purchase, voting trusts
     or other voting  agreement  (other than those voting  trusts or  agreements
     which may be  referred  to  herein),  calls and  commitments  of every kind
     affecting the Common Stock.

                                       8
                                    - 238 -
<PAGE>

          (d)  Valid  and  Binding  Obligations.  This  Agreement,  as and  when
     executed and delivered, constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of
     the  Sellers  enforceable  against  the  Sellers in  accordance  with their
     respective  terms,  except as limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar
     laws of general  application  relating  to the  enforcement  of  creditors'
     rights and as limited by general equitable principles.

          (e)  Scope  and  Accuracy  of  Financial  Statements.   The  Financial
     Statements on a consolidated  and  consolidating  basis, as of December 31,
     1996,  December 31, 1997 and June 30, 1998, are complete and correct in all
     material respects,  have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently
     applied (except with respect to the June 30, 1998 Financial  Statements for
     year-end  adjustments and with respect to all Financial  Statements for the
     absence of footnotes),  and fully and accurately  reflect  respectively the
     financial condition and the results of the operations of the Company in all
     material respects as of the dates and for the periods stated therein and no
     Material Adverse Effect has occurred since June 30, 1998.

          (f)  Liabilities,  Litigation  and  Restrictions.  The  Company has no
     liabilities,  direct or  contingent,  required by GAAP to be disclosed on a
     balance  sheet,  other than as disclosed in the Financial  Statements as of
     June 30, 1998, and other than  liabilities  incurred since June 30, 1998 in
     the  ordinary  course of  business.  Except as set forth in such  Financial
     Statements,  there is no litigation  or other action of any nature  pending
     before any court,  governmental  instrumentality,  regulatory  authority or
     arbitral  body or, to the knowledge of the Company,  threatened  against or
     affecting the Company  which might  reasonably be expected to result in any
     Material  Adverse  Effect.  No  unusual or unduly  burdensome  restriction,
     restraint or hazard  exists by contract,  law,  governmental  regulation or
     otherwise  relative to the  business  or  material  Property of the Company
     other  than such as relate  generally  to Persons  engaged in the  business
     activities conducted by the Company.

          (g) Rights in Properties. The Company has good and marketable title or
     valid leasehold interests in its Property, real and personal,  reflected in
     the Financial  Statements as of June 30, 1998, other than Property disposed
     of in the ordinary course of business.  None of the Property of the Company
     is subject to any Lien, except for Permitted Liens.

                                       9
                                    - 239 -
<PAGE>

          (h) Authorizations and Consents.  Except as expressly  contemplated by
     this Agreement, no authorization,  consent, approval, exemption, franchise,
     permit or license of, or filing with, any  governmental or public authority
     or any third party is required to  authorize  or is  otherwise  required in
     connection  with the valid  execution  and  delivery by the Sellers of this
     Agreement  and the sale of the  Common  Stock,  or the  performance  by the
     Sellers  of  its  obligations  under  any of the  foregoing,  except  those
     authorizations,  consents, approvals,  exemptions,  franchises, permits and
     licenses which if not obtained would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (i) Compliance with Laws, Rules,  Regulations and Orders.  Neither the
     business nor any of the  activities of the Company as presently  conducted,
     violates any law or any rule,  regulation  or  directive of any  applicable
     judicial,  administrative or other governmental  instrumentality the result
     of which  violation  would  have a Material  Adverse  Effect;  the  Company
     possesses  all  licenses,  approvals,  registrations,   permits  and  other
     authorizations  necessary  to enable it to carry on its  businesses  in all
     material respects as now conducted.

          (j) Proper Filing of Tax Returns and Payment of Taxes Due. The Company
     has duly and properly  filed or duly  extended all United States Income Tax
     returns and all other tax returns  which are required to be filed,  and has
     paid all taxes due pursuant to said  returns or pursuant to any  assessment
     received,  except such taxes,  if any, as are being contested in good faith
     and as to which adequate provisions and disclosures have been made; and the
     charges and  reserves on the books of the Company with respect to any taxes
     or other governmental charges through the date hereof are adequate.

          (k) ERISA. The Company does not presently nor has it ever established,
     maintained or contributed to a Plan or similar program covered by ERISA.

          (l)  Casualties  or Taking of  Property.  Neither  the Sellers nor the
     Company,  after due inquiry,  has any knowledge that, since the date of the
     Financial  Statements  of  the  Company  most  recently  delivered  to  the
     Purchaser,  the business of the Company or its Property has been materially
     and  adversely  affected  as a result of any fire,  explosion,  earthquake,
     flood,  drought,  windstorm,  accident,  strike or other labor disturbance,
     embargo,  requisition or taking of Property or  cancellation  of contracts,
     permits or concessions by any domestic or foreign  government or any agency
     thereof, riot, activities of armed forces or acts of God.

                                       10
                                    - 240 -
<PAGE>

          (m) No  Material  Misstatements.  No  information,  exhibit  or report
     prepared by the Company or at the direction or  supervision  of Sellers and
     furnished  to  the  Purchaser  in  connection   with  the  negotiation  and
     preparation of this  Agreement,  or to the knowledge of the Sellers,  after
     due  inquiry,  any  information,  exhibit or report  prepared  by any other
     Person  and  so  furnished  to  the   Purchaser,   contained  any  material
     misstatement of fact.

          (n) Location of Business and Offices.  The principal place of business
     and chief executive  office of the Company is located at 324 East Wisconsin
     Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

          (o) Subsidiaries. The Company has no Subsidiaries.


          (p) No  Registration  Required.  The sale and  delivery  of the Common
     Stock pursuant to this Agreement  does not require  registration  under the
     Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  nor under the  securities  acts of any
     state of the United States.

          (q)  Brokers.   The  Sellers  have  not  incurred  any  obligation  or
     liability,  contingent  or  otherwise,  for  brokers' or  finders'  fees in
     respect of the matters  provided  for in this  Agreement,  and, if any such
     obligation  or  liability  exists,  it shall  remain an  obligation  of the
     Sellers,  and the  Purchaser  shall have no  responsibility  therefor.  The
     Sellers shall indemnify and hold the Purchaser, and its Affiliates harmless
     from any  losses,  costs or damages  arising  from any such  obligation  or
     liability the Sellers have incurred.

          (r) Year 2000  Compliance.  The  occurrence  in or use by the computer
     software  internally  developed by the Company, as currently used, of dates
     on or after January 1, 2000 will not adversely  affect the  performance  of
     such computer  software with respect to date dependent data,  computations,
     output  or  other  functions,  except  where  such  affect  will not have a
     Material Adverse Effect. No representation is made,  however,  with respect
     to computer software developed by any third party or any computer hardware.

          (s) Cancellation  Penalties.  Except for those agreements described on
     Schedule 4.01(u), there exists no agreements with cancellation penalties of
     greater than $1,000.00,  and prior to Closing Date,  Company shall have not
     entered into new  agreements  with  cancellation  penalties of greater than
     $1,000.00.

                                       11
                                    - 241 -
<PAGE>

          (t) Distributions to Sellers.  As of the Closing Date, the Company has
     cash in an amount not less than the deferred revenues of the Company.

     4.02  Representations and Warranties of Purchaser 4.02  Representations and
Warranties  of  Purchaser . To induce the Sellers to enter into this  Agreement,
the Purchaser represents and warrants to the Sellers (which  representations and
warranties  shall  survive the delivery of the Common Stock as provided  herein)
that:

          (a) Status and Intent.  The  Purchaser is  acquiring  the Common Stock
     solely for its own beneficial  account,  for investment  purposes,  and not
     with a view to, or for resale in connection  with,  any  distribution.  The
     Purchaser represents that it understands that the Common Stock has not been
     registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  or any state
     securities  laws by  reason of  specific  exemptions  under the  provisions
     thereof which depend in part upon the investment  intent of such Purchaser.
     The   Purchaser   understands   that  the  Sellers  are  relying  upon  the
     representations   and  warranties  of  such  Purchaser  contained  in  this
     Agreement (and any supplemental information) for the purpose of determining
     whether this transaction meets the requirements for such exemptions.

          (b) Existence and Good Standing. The Purchaser is a corporation,  duly
     organized,  legally  existing  and in good  standing  under the laws of the
     State of Delaware and is duly  qualified  and in good standing as a foreign
     corporation in all jurisdictions wherein the Property owned or the business
     transacted by it makes such qualification necessary.

          (c)  Authority.  The  execution  and delivery by the Purchaser of this
     Agreement  (i) is  within  the power of the  Purchaser;  (ii) has been duly
     authorized by all necessary  action on behalf of the  Purchaser,  and (iii)
     does not and will not (A) require the consent of any  regulatory  authority
     or governmental  body, (B) contravene or conflict with any provision of law
     or of the  charter  or  by-laws  of the  Purchaser,  or (C)  contravene  or
     conflict with any  indenture,  instrument  or other  agreement to which the
     Purchaser is a party.

          (d) Valid and Binding Obligations. This Agreement constitutes a legal,
     valid and  binding  obligation  of the  Purchaser  enforceable  against the
     Purchaser in accordance  with its terms,  except as limited by  bankruptcy,
     insolvency  or  similar  laws  of  general  application   relating  to  the
     enforcement  of  creditors'  rights and as  limited  by  general  equitable
     principles.

                                       12
                                    - 242 -
<PAGE>

          (e) Authorizations and Consents.  Except as expressly  contemplated by
     this Agreement, no authorization,  consent, approval, exemption, franchise,
     permit or license of, or filing with, any  governmental or public authority
     or any third party is required to  authorize  or is  otherwise  required in
     connection  with the valid  execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this
     Agreement and the purchase of the Common Stock,  or the  performance by the
     Purchaser  of its  obligations  under any of the  foregoing,  except  those
     authorizations,  consents, approvals,  exemptions,  franchises, permits and
     licenses which if not obtained would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (f) Brokers.  Purchaser has not incurred any  obligation or liability,
     contingent  or  otherwise,  for brokers' or finders' fees in respect of the
     matters  provided for in this  Agreement,  and, if any such  obligation  or
     liability exists,  it shall remain an obligation of the Purchaser,  and the
     Sellers  shall  have  no  responsibility   therefor.  The  Purchaser  shall
     indemnify  and  hold  the  Seller , and its  Affiliates  harmless  from any
     losses,  costs or damages arising from any such obligation or liability the
     Sellers have incurred.

                            ARTICLE V.INDEMNIFICATION

     5.01  Indemnification  by  Sellers.  Sellers  shall  bear and pay all taxes
attributable  to the  sale of the  Common  Stock  and  Sellers'  receipt  of the
Purchase  Price,  and Dean and Mike shall assume and indemnify and hold harmless
Purchaser  and its  Affiliates,  successors  and  assigns  from and  against any
claims,  demands,  losses, damages, or expenses (including reasonable attorney's
fees and expenses) which are caused by or arise out of (a) any breach or default
in the  performance  by Sellers or Company of any material  covenant or material
agreement of Sellers or Company contained in this Agreement, (b) any breach of a
material warranty or any inaccurate or erroneous material representation made by
Sellers herein, in any exhibit hereto,  or in any other instrument  delivered by
or on behalf of Sellers or Company pursuant hereto,  or (c) any and all actions,
suits,  proceedings,  claims,  demands,  and  judgments  incident  to any of the
foregoing.  Dean and Mike shall further  indemnify  and hold harmless  Purchaser
from and against any claims,  demands,  losses,  damages, or expenses (including
reasonable  attorney's  fees and  expenses)  which are caused by or arise out of
other events or  circumstances  that occur prior to the Closing Date and are not
disclosed in this Agreement  relating to gross negligence or willful  misconduct
of Sellers.  If any third person shall assert a claim against Purchaser that, if
successful,  might  result in a breach or default by Sellers of this  Agreement,
Purchaser  shall give Sellers prompt written notice  thereof,  and Sellers shall
have the right to participate in the defense thereof and be represented,  at its
expense,  by counsel to be selected by it. No such claim, demand or other matter

                                       13
                                    - 243 -
<PAGE>

shall be compromised or settled by Purchaser or Sellers in any manner that might
adversely  affect the  interests  of the other party  without the prior  written
consent of such other  party.  Except as  otherwise  provided  hereinafter,  any
claims in respect  of which  indemnification  is sought  must be made in writing
prior to the  expiration  of twelve (12) months after the Closing  Date.  Claims
pursuant to Paragraph 4.01(j) above must be made within the applicable  federal,
state or local tax statutory limitations period plus thirty (30) days, including
authorized extensions thereof.


     5.02 Time for  Assertion  5.02  Time for  Assertion  . Except as  otherwise
provided hereinafter, any claim in respect of which indemnification hereunder is
sought  must be made in writing  prior to the  expiration  of twelve (12) months
after the Closing Date.  Claims  pursuant to Section 4.01(j) must be made within
the applicable  federal,  state, or local tax statutory  limitation  period plus
thirty (30) days, including authorized extensions thereof.

     5.03  Indemnification  by  Purchaser  5.03  Indemnification  by Purchaser .
Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless  Sellers and their  respective heirs
and assigns from and against any claims,  demands,  losses, damages, or expenses
(including  reasonable attorney's fees and expenses) caused by or arising out of
(a) any  breach or default  in the  performance  by  Purchaser  of any  material
covenant or material agreement of Purchaser  contained in this Agreement,(b) any
breach  of  a  material   warranty  or  an  inaccurate  or  erroneous   material
representation made by Purchaser herein or in any other instrument  delivered by
or on behalf of Purchaser  pursuant hereto,  or (c) any and all actions,  suits,
proceedings,  claims, demands, or judgments incident to any of the foregoing. If
any third party shall assert a claim against Sellers that, if successful,  might
result in a breach or default by Purchaser of this Agreement, Sellers shall give
Purchaser  prompt written notice thereof,  and Purchaser shall have the right to
participate in the defense thereof and to be represented, at the sole expense of
Purchaser,  by counsel to be  selected by it. No such  claim,  demand,  or other
matter  shall be  compromised  or settled by Sellers or  Purchaser in any manner
that might  adversely  affect the interests of the other party without the prior
written consent of such other party.  Except as otherwise provided  hereinafter,
any claim in respect of which  indemnification  hereunder is sought must be made
in writing prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the Closing Date.

     5.04 Contribution in Lieu of  Indemnification  5.04 Contribution in Lieu of
Indemnification . If the indemnification  provided for in this Article V is held
by a court of competent  jurisdiction  to be unavailable to Purchaser or Sellers
("Indemnified  Party") with respect to any loss,  liability,  claim,  damage, or
expense  referred  to  therein,   then  the  Indemnifying   Party,  in  lieu  of
indemnifying such Indemnified  Party thereunder,  shall contribute to the amount
paid or payable by such Indemnified  Party as a result of such loss,  liability,
claim,  damage,  or expense in such  proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
relative  fault of the  Indemnifying  Party on the one hand and the  Indemnified
Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted
in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant
equitable  considerations.  The relative fault of the Indemnifying  Party and of
the  Indemnified  Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things,

                                       14
                                    - 244 -
<PAGE>

whether  the  untrue or  alleged  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or the
omission  to state a  material  fact  related  to  information  supplied  by the
Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge,  access to  information,  and  opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission.

     5.05  Indemnification  Limitation.  Dean and  Mike,  on the one  hand,  and
Purchaser,  on the other hand,  shall be required to indemnify the Purchaser and
Sellers, respectively, under this Article V only to the extent and by the amount
that the  aggregate  amount of claims,  demands,  losses,  damages and  expenses
exceeds  $150,000.00  and the  aggregate  liability of Dean and Mike, on the one
hand,  and the  Purchaser,  on the other  hand,  under this  Article V shall not
exceed $1,000,000.  The amount for which  indemnification is provided under this
Article  V,  shall  be  net of  all  amounts  recovered  or  recoverable  by the
indemnified party under insurance policies and shall be adjusted to take account
of any tax cost or benefit realized by the indemnified  party as a result of the
incurrence or payment of any such claim, demand, loss, damage or expense.

     5.06 Preparation of Tax Returns; Cooperation on Tax Matters.

     (a) Tax periods  ending on or Before the Closing  Date.  Sellers,  at their
cost,  shall  prepare or cause to be prepared  and file or cause to be filed all
tax returns for the Company for all tax periods  ending on or before the Closing
Date which are filed after the Closing Date.

     (b) Tax Periods  Ending  After the Closing  Date.  Purchaser,  at its cost,
shall  prepare  or cause to be  prepared  and file or cause to be filed  all tax
returns for the Company for all tax periods ending after the Closing Date.

     (c) Cooperation.  Sellers,  Purchaser and the Company shall cooperate fully
in connection with the  preparation  and filing of tax returns  pursuant to this
section and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to any taxes.
Such  cooperation  shall  include  the  retention  and (upon  the other  party's
request)  provision of records which are reasonably  relevant to the preparation
of such returns and any such audit, litigation or other proceeding.

     (d) Section 1377 Election. Within the time period permitted under the Code,
the parties  hereto  shall cause the Company to elect under  Section 1377 of the
Code to have the rules  provided in Section  1377 of the Code  applied as if the
taxable year of the Company  consisted of two taxable years,  the first of which
shall  terminate as of the closing date, and to file all necessary  documents to
make such election with the Internal Revenue Service.

     (e) Section 338(h)(10) Election. Sellers and Purchaser hereby agree:

                                       15
                                    - 245 -
<PAGE>

          (i) at  Purchaser's  election,  made within the period allowed by law,
     Sellers and Purchaser  shall cause (and shall cause the company) to join in
     an election under Section  338(h)(10) and Section 338(g) of the Code and in
     all comparable elections and in state and local tax laws so applicable (the
     "Election");

          (ii)  Purchaser and Sellers agree to allocate the Purchase Price among
     assets in accordance with applicable  Treasury  Regulations as set forth on
     Exhibit 5.06(e)(i) (the "Price Allocation");

          (iii)  Purchaser  and  Sellers  agree to  follow  the  value and Price
     Allocation above, for purposes of all federal, and where applicable,  state
     and local  income tax returns to the extent said  values are  relevant  for
     such purpose; and

          (iv) after Closing,  neither  Purchaser,  Sellers,  Company nor any of
     their  respective  Affiliates  shall  take any  action  or fail to take any
     action  where such act or failure to act would result in or have the effect
     of defeating the Election.

                         ARTICLE VI.MISCELLANEOUSARTICLE

     6.01 Other Health Insurance  Coverage Matters.  Following the Closing Date,
the  Purchaser  shall cause the  Company to provide  "single"  health  insurance
coverage to all  full-time  employees of the Company as of the Closing Date at a
cost to such  employee no greater than the cost to such  employee of health care
coverage immediately prior to the closing.  Furthermore,  to the extent possible
and within the sole discretion of the Company,  such coverage shall provide that
all pre-existing conditions and waiting periods shall be waived.

     6.02 Other  Negotiations.  Sellers agree,  until the earlier of the Closing
Date or Purchaser's  indication that it no longer desires to pursue the purchase
of the  Stock,  not in any  way  solicit  or  contact,  or hold  discussions  or
negotiations   with,  any  one  other  than  the  Purchaser  or  its  authorized
representatives concerning the sale of the Stock.

     6.03 Company Employees.  After the Closing, Purchaser may employ or attempt
to employ any employee involved in the Company's business.

     6.04  Reasonable  Inspection and  Confidentiality.  Sellers hereby agree to
permit  Purchaser and its  representatives  to make such  investigations  of the
books,  records and operations of the Company's  business as Purchaser  believes
necessary  or advisable in  connection  with the purchase of the Stock.  Sellers
hereby agree to permit the Purchaser and its representatives to have full access
to the  assets  and all the books and  records of the  Company's  business,  and

                                       16
                                    - 246 -
<PAGE>

Purchaser  shall have the right to make copies  thereof and excerpts  therefrom.
Sellers shall furnish to Purchaser  such  financial and operating data and other
information  with respect to the Company's  business as Purchaser may reasonably
request.  Purchaser and its representatives shall have the right to consult with
the  officers,  employees,  attorneys,  accountants  and  agents of  Sellers  in
connection with the foregoing. Purchaser hereby agrees that, if the transactions
contemplated  hereby are not consummated for any reason,  it (a) will return all
documents  delivered to it by Sellers and all copies made by it and (b) will not
use for its own benefit or disclose to third parties any information  other than
information  which at the time of  disclosure  is in the public  domain not as a
result of acts by Purchaser.

     6.05 Publicity.  Sellers and Purchaser each agree that no public statements
will be made with respect to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  unless the
other party  hereto has  consented  to such  disclosure,  such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld.

     6.06 Expenses.  All fees,  expenses and costs  incurred in connection  with
this  Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be paid by the
party incurring such fees, expenses and costs;  provided,  however,  that if the
Company or Sellers  incur any fees,  expenses or costs as a result of  complying
with a request of  Purchaser  or in  connection  with the  investigation  of the
business and  operations  of the Company by Purchaser,  such fees,  expenses and
costs shall be paid by Purchaser upon presentation of an invoice therefor.

     6.07 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants 6.07 Survival of
Representations,  Warranties and Covenants . All  representations and warranties
of the Sellers and the Purchaser  shall  survive this  Agreement for a period of
twelve (12) months and all  covenants and  agreements  herein made shall survive
this Agreement and the sale of the Common Stock in accordance with their terms.

     6.08 Notices and Other Communications 6.08 Notices and Other Communications
 . Notices,  requests and communications  hereunder shall be in writing and shall
be  sufficient  in all respects if delivered to the relevant  address  indicated
below (including  delivery by registered or certified United States mail, telex,
telegram, expedited courier service or hand):


                  (a) If to Purchaser:

                           DTN ACQUISITION, INC.
                           9110 West Dodge Road
                           Omaha, NE  68114
                           Attention:     Charles R. Wood, Senior Vice President

                                       17
                                    - 247 -
<PAGE>

                  (b) If to Sellers:

                           Dean  Loew                     Michael Protofanousis
                           10509 50th Ave.                405 Warren
                           Pleasant Prairie, WI  53158    Glenview, IL  60025


         Any party may, by proper written notice hereunder to the other,  change
the  individuals  or addresses to which such notices to it shall  thereafter  be
sent.

     6.09  Parties in  Interest  6.09  Parties in Interest . All  covenants  and
agreements  herein  contained by or on behalf of the Sellers and Purchaser shall
be binding upon the Sellers and Purchaser,  their respective  heirs,  successors
and assigns and inure to the benefit of Sellers and Purchaser,  their respective
heirs, successors and assigns.

     6.10 No Waiver  6.10 No Waiver . No course of dealing on the part of either
party , its officers or employees, nor any failure or delay by either party with
respect to  exercising  any of their  rights,  powers or  privileges  under this
Agreement,  the  Common  Stock or any  other  instrument  referred  to herein or
executed in connection  with the Common Stock shall operate as a waiver thereof.
The rights and remedies of the parties under this Agreement and the Common Stock
or any other  instrument  referred to herein or executed in connection  with the
Common Stock shall be  cumulative  and the  exercise or partial  exercise of any
such right or remedy  shall not  preclude  the  exercise  of any other  right or
remedy.

     6.11 GOVERNING LAW 6.11  GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT  SHALL BE DEEMED TO
BE CONTRACTS  MADE UNDER AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH AND GOVERNED
BY THE SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEBRASKA  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE CHOICE OF
LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

     6.12  Incorporation  of  Exhibits  6.12  Incorporation  of  Exhibits  . The
Exhibits attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein for all purposes and
shall be considered a part of this Agreement.

     6.13 Survival Upon  Unenforceability  6.13 Survival Upon Unenforceability .
In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement,  the
Common  Stock or in any other  instrument  referred  to herein  or  executed  in
connection with the Common Stock shall,  for any reason,  be held to be invalid,
illegal  or  unenforceable  in  any  respect,  such  invalidity,  illegality  or
unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof or any provision of
any other instrument referred to herein or executed in connection herewith.

     6.14 Rights of Third Parties 6.14 Rights of Third Parties . All  provisions
herein are imposed solely and  exclusively  for the benefit of the Purchaser and
the Sellers and no other Person shall have standing to require  satisfaction  of
such provisions in accordance with their terms.

     6.15 Amendments or Modifications 6.15 Amendments or Modifications . Neither
this Agreement nor any provision  hereof may be changed,  waived,  discharged or

                                       18
                                    - 248 -
<PAGE>

terminated orally. This Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term
of this Agreement may be waived, with (and only with) the written consent of the
Sellers and the Purchaser.

     6.16 Agreement as Entirety. This Agreement,  for convenience only, has been
divided into Articles and Sections and it is understood that the rights, powers,
privileges,  duties and other legal  relations  of the parties  hereto  shall be
determined  from  this  instrument  as an  entirety  and  without  regard to the
aforesaid  division  into  Articles and Sections and without  regard to headings
prefixed to said Articles or Sections.

     6.17  Number and Gender  6.17  Number and  Gender .  Whenever  the  context
requires,  reference  herein made to the single  number shall be  understood  to
include the plural and likewise the plural  shall be  understood  to include the
singular.  Words  denoting  sex shall be  construed  to include  the  masculine,
feminine,  and neuter,  when such  construction  is  appropriate,  and  specific
enumeration shall not exclude the general, but shall be construed as cumulative.

     6.18 Entire Agreement 6.18 Entire  Agreement . This Agreement  contains the
entire agreement  between the parties relating to the transactions  contemplated
hereby. All prior or contemporaneous understandings, representations, statements
and  agreements,  whether  written or oral,  are merged herein and superseded by
this  Agreement.  THIS WRITTEN  AGREEMENT  AND THE OTHER  TRANSACTION  DOCUMENTS
REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY
EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.
THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     6.19 Controlling  Provision Upon Conflict 6.19  Controlling  Provision Upon
Conflict . In the event of a conflict  between the  provisions of this Agreement
or any other  instrument  referred to herein or executed in connection  with the
issuance of the Common Stock, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Stock  Purchase  Agreement is executed as of the
date first above written.



                                    SELLERS:




                                   /s/ DEAN LOEW
                                   -------------------------
                                   Dean Loew


                                       19
                                    - 249 -
<PAGE>


                                   /s/ MICHAEL PROTOFANOUSIS
                                   -------------------------------
                                   Michael Protofanousis



                                   /s/ SAM PROTOFANOUSIS
                                   -------------------------------
                                   Sam Protofanousis



                                   /s/ ROBERT RAWLINS
                                   -------------------------------
                                   Robert Rawlins

                                       20
                                    - 250 -
<PAGE>



 


                                    /s/ RAY VOGEL
                                    ------------------------------
                                    Ray Vogel



                                    /s/ MICHAEL PAOLELLA
                                    -------------------------------
                                    Michael Paolella



                                    /s/ ROBERT PAOLELLA
                                    ------------------------------
                                    Robert Paolella



PURCHASER:


                                       21
                                    - 251 -
<PAGE>



                                     DTN ACQUISITION, INC.

                                     By: /s/Charles R. Wood
                                         --------------------------
                                         Charles R. Wood, President



                                       22
                                    - 252 -
<PAGE>





                            Schedule & Exhibit Index


                                       23
                                    - 253 -
<PAGE>




Schedule 2.02    Instructions to Purchaser for Allocation of the Purchase Price

Schedule 4.01(u) Contracts Which May Exceed $1,000.00 Cancellation Penalties

Exhibit 1.02(a)  Noncompetition Agreement - Michael Protofanousis

Exhibit 1.02(b)  Noncompetition Agreement - Dean Loew

Exhibit 5.06(e)(i)     Price Allocation




                                       24
                                    - 254 -
<PAGE>








                                  Schedule 2.02

                                       25
                                    - 255 -
<PAGE>




                                  Schedule 2.02


Instructions to Purchaser for Allocation of the Purchase Price


47 1/2 % of Purchase Price to Dean Loew              by wire transfer
                                                     instructions

47 1/2 % of Purchase Price to Michael Protofanousis  by wire transfer
                                                     instructions

1% of Purchase Price to Sam Protofanousis            by certified check
1% of Purchase Price to Robert Rawlins               by certified check
1% of Purchase Price to Ray Vogel                    by certified check
1% of Purchase Price to Michael Paolella             by certified check
1% of Purchase Price to Robert Paolella              by certified check



                                       26
                                    - 256 -
<PAGE>








                                Schedule 4.01(u)

                                       27
                                    - 257 -
<PAGE>



                                Schedule 4.01(u)

Contracts which may exceed $1,000 cancellation penalties:

Standard & Poors Comstock, Inc. (stock market data provider)
Bridge Information Systems, Inc. (stock market data provider)
Alpha dot Net, Inc. (internet service provider)
TCG, Inc. (leased T1 data line provider)

                                       28
                                    - 258 -
<PAGE>








                                 Exhibit 1.02(a)



                                       29
                                    - 259 -
<PAGE>


                            NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

     THIS  AGREEMENT  is made and  entered  into as of the 14th day of  October,
1998, by and between DTN ACQUISITION,  INC., a Nebraska corporation,  having its
principal office in Omaha, Nebraska ("Company"),  and MICHAEL PROTOFANOUSIS,  an
individual residing at 405 Warren, Glenview, Illinois 60025 ("Protofanousis").

                                   WITNESSETH
     WHEREAS,  Protofanousis  has heretofore been a shareholder and served as an
officer and director of PARAGON SOFTWARE, INC. ("Paragon"); and

     WHEREAS,  the Company,  by Stock Purchase  Agreement of even date herewith,
has acquired all of Protofanousis's common stock ("Common Stock") in Paragon for
cash; and

     WHEREAS,  Protofanousis  acknowledges  that he possesses certain unique and
special knowledge of the business and assets of Paragon; and

     WHEREAS, Company desires to protect the business and assets of Paragon; and

     WHEREAS,  Protofanousis  acknowledges that as part of the consideration for
Company acquiring the Common Stock from Protofanousis,  Protofanousis has agreed
to certain covenants of nondisclosure and non-competition.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises,  mutual covenants and
payments  herein  contained,  the  Company  and  Protofanousis  hereby  agree as
follows:
         
     1. Recitals Part of  Agreement.  The foregoing  recitals are made a part of
this Agreement.

                                       30
                                    - 260 -
<PAGE>

     2. Term of Agreement.  Company and Protofanousis  agree that this Agreement
shall be beginning on the date above given (the "Effective Date") and end on the
third anniversary thereof unless sooner terminated as hereinafter  provided (the
"Noncompete Period").
         
     3.   Non-Competition.   Protofanousis  agrees  as  follows:   Protofanousis
acknowledges  that he possesses  special knowledge of Paragon and may during the
Noncompete  Period  receive  special  knowledge  of the  Company.  Protofanousis
acknowledges that included in the special knowledge received is the confidential
information identified in Section 4 below.  Protofanousis acknowledges that this
confidential  information is valuable to Company and Paragon and, therefore, its
protection and maintenance  constitutes a legitimate interest to be protected by
Company by this covenant not to compete.  Protofanousis  further  represents and
acknowledges  that due to the nature of the  business  of Company  and  Paragon,
Protofanousis  is able to compete  with the Company and Paragon  anywhere in the
world.  Therefore,  Protofanousis  agrees  that  during the  Noncompete  Period,
Protofanousis will not, directly or indirectly either as an employee,  employer,
consultant,  agent, principal, partner, stockholder (other than in investment in
a public company of no greater than five percent (5%) of its outstanding stock),
corporate  officer,  director,  or in any  other  individual  or  representative
capacity,  engage or participate in any business that is in competition with the
business of Paragon as presently conducted anywhere in the world.
         
     4. Nondisclosure.  Protofanousis agrees during the Noncompete Period to not
disclose to any person or entity  copies,  pictures,  duplicates,  facsimiles or
other  reproductions or recordings of any abstracts or summaries of any reports,
studies,   memoranda,   correspondence,   records,   methods,  plans,  catalogs,
brochures,   trade  secrets,  customer  lists,  customer  data  bases,  patents,
application for patents, trademarks, inventions, engineering drawings, licenses,
copyrights  and  other  intellectual  property  or other  written,  printed,  or
otherwise  recorded  materials  of  any  kind  whatever  belonging  to or in the
possession of Company or Paragon or of any subsidiary or affiliate of Company or

                                       31
                                    - 261 -
<PAGE>

Paragon.  Protofanousis  shall have no right,  title,  or  interest  in any such
material.  Protofanousis  agrees  that he will not,  without  the prior  written
consent of Company,  remove any such material from any premises of Company or of
any  subsidiary or affiliate of Company at any time (if given access to or comes
into  possession  of any such  material),  and that he will  surrender  all such
material to Company  immediately  upon the request of  Company.  This  paragraph
shall not apply to information  which (i) is or becomes  generally  available to
the public or (ii) becomes  available  to  Protofanousis  on a  non-confidential
basis from a source other than Company.
        
     5. Consideration. In consideration for the agreements made by Protofanousis
herein,  the Company shall pay  Protofanousis  a total of  $250,000.00 in twelve
(12)  quarterly  installments  of $20,833.34  each,  the first such  installment
commencing  on the first day of the month  following  ninety  (90) days from the
Effective Date.

     6. Death of Protofanousis.  In the event that Protofanousis dies during the
Noncompete Period, compensation due hereunder shall be paid to his estate in the
manner set forth in Paragraph 5 above.

     7. Notices.  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be sufficient
if in writing and if sent by certified  mail,  postage  prepaid,  return receipt
requested,  to the addresses set forth on the execution page hereof,  or to such
other address as may be designated by written notice  similarly  given by either
party to the other.

     8. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by Protofanousis.

     9. Amendments.  This Agreement may only be amended by a written  instrument
captioned on its face as an "Amendment"  hereto and duly executed by the Company
and Protofanousis.

     10.  APPLICABLE  LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND  OBLIGATIONS OF THE
PARTIES  HEREUNDER  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND  CONSTRUED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE
SUBSTANTIVE  LAWS OF THE STATE OF  NEBRASKA  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  CHOICE OF LAW
PROVISIONS THEREOF.

                                       32
                                    - 262 -
<PAGE>

     11. Binding  Effect.  This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable   against  the  Company  and   Protofanousis  and  their  respective
successors, heirs and permitted assigns.

     12. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement between
the  parties  relating to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  All prior or
contemporaneous  understandings,  representations,  statements  and  agreements,
whether  written or oral,  are merged herein and  superseded by this  agreement.
THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION  DOCUMENTS  REPRESENT THE FINAL
AGREEMENT  BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS  OR  SUBSEQUENT  ORAL  AGREEMENTS  OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO
UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     13. Controlling Provision Upon Conflict. In the event of a conflict between
the provisions of this Agreement or any other  instrument  referred to herein or
executed in  connection  with the  purchase  and sale of the Common  Stock,  the
provisions of this Agreement shall control.


                                       33
                                    - 263 -
<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by
its duly authorized officer, and Protofanousis has executed this Agreement as of
the 14th day of October, 1998.
                                    
                                        COMPANY:
                                        DTN ACQUISITION, INC.

                                        By:/s/ Charles R. Wood
                                        ----------------------------
                                          Charles R. Wood
                                          Senior Vice President

                                        Address for Notices:
                                        9110 West Dodge Road
                                        Omaha, NE  68114




                                        PROTOFANOUSIS:

                                        /s/ Michael Protofanousis
                                        ----------------------------
                                        Michael Protofanousis

                                        Address for Notices:
                                        405 Warren
                                        Glenview, Illinois 60025



                                       34
                                    - 264 -
<PAGE>







                                 Exhibit 1.02(b)

                                       35
                                    - 265 -
<PAGE>



                            NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the14th day of October, 1998,
by and  between  DTN  ACQUISITION,  INC.,  a  Nebraska  corporation,  having its
principal office in Omaha,  Nebraska  ("Company"),  and DEAN LOEW, an individual
residing at 10509 50th Avenue, Pleasant Prairie, Wisconsin 53158 ("Loew").

                                   WITNESSETH
     WHEREAS,  Loew has heretofore  been a shareholder  and served as an officer
and director of PARAGON SOFTWARE, INC. ("Paragon"); and
         
     WHEREAS,  the Company,  by Stock Purchase  Agreement of even date herewith,
has acquired all of Loew's  common stock  ("Common  Stock") in Paragon for cash;
and

     WHEREAS,  Loew  acknowledges  that he possesses  certain unique and special
knowledge of the business and assets of Paragon; and

     WHEREAS, Company desires to protect the business and assets of Paragon; and

     WHEREAS,  Loew  acknowledges  that as part of the consideration for Company
acquiring  the Common Stock from Loew,  Loew has agreed to certain  covenants of
nondisclosure and non-competition.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises,  mutual covenants and
payments herein contained, the Company and Loew hereby agree as follows:

     1. Recitals Part of  Agreement.  The foregoing  recitals are made a part of
this Agreement.

     2. Term of Agreement.  Company and Loew agree that this Agreement  shall be
beginning  on the date above given (the  "Effective  Date") and end on the third

                                       36
                                    - 266 -
<PAGE>

anniversary  thereof  unless  sooner  terminated  as  hereinafter  provided (the
"Noncompete Period").

     3.  Non-Competition.  Loew agrees as  follows:  Loew  acknowledges  that he
possesses  special  knowledge  of Paragon and may during the  Noncompete  Period
receive special knowledge of the Company. Loew acknowledges that included in the
special knowledge received is the confidential information identified in Section
4 below. Loew  acknowledges  that this  confidential  information is valuable to
Company and Paragon and, therefore, its protection and maintenance constitutes a
legitimate  interest to be protected by Company by this covenant not to compete.
Loew further  represents and acknowledges that due to the nature of the business
of Company  and  Paragon,  Loew is able to compete  with the Company and Paragon
anywhere in the world. Therefore, Loew agrees that during the Noncompete Period,
Loew  will  not,  directly  or  indirectly  either  as  an  employee,  employer,
consultant,  agent, principal, partner, stockholder (other than in investment in
a public company of no greater than five percent (5%) of its outstanding stock),
corporate  officer,  director,  or in any  other  individual  or  representative
capacity,  engage or participate in any business that is in competition with the
business of Paragon as presently conducted anywhere in the world.
       
     4. Nondisclosure.  Loew agrees during the Noncompete Period to not disclose
to any  person or  entity  copies,  pictures,  duplicates,  facsimiles  or other
reproductions  or  recordings  of any  abstracts  or  summaries  of any reports,
studies,   memoranda,   correspondence,   records,   methods,  plans,  catalogs,
brochures,   trade  secrets,  customer  lists,  customer  data  bases,  patents,
application for patents, trademarks, inventions, engineering drawings, licenses,
copyrights  and  other  intellectual  property  or other  written,  printed,  or
otherwise  recorded  materials  of  any  kind  whatever  belonging  to or in the
possession of Company or Paragon or of any subsidiary or affiliate of Company or
Paragon. Loew shall have no right, title, or interest in any such material. Loew
agrees that he will not,  without the prior written  consent of Company,  remove

                                       37
                                    - 267 -
<PAGE>

any such material from any premises of Company or of any subsidiary or affiliate
of Company at any time (if given access to or comes into  possession of any such
material),  and that he will surrender all such material to Company  immediately
upon the request of Company. This paragraph shall not apply to information which
(i) is or becomes generally available to the public or (ii) becomes available to
Loew on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Company.

     5. Consideration.  In consideration for the agreements made by Loew herein,
the  Company  shall pay Loew a total of  $250,000.00  in twelve  (12)  quarterly
installments of $20,833.34  each, the first such  installment  commencing on the
first day of the month following ninety (90) days from the Effective Date.

     6. Death of Loew. In the event that Loew dies during the Noncompete Period,
compensation  due hereunder  shall be paid to his estate in the manner set forth
in Paragraph 5 above.

     7. Notices.  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be sufficient
if in writing and if sent by certified  mail,  postage  prepaid,  return receipt
requested,  to the addresses set forth on the execution page hereof,  or to such
other address as may be designated by written notice  similarly  given by either
party to the other.

     8. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by Loew.

     9. Amendments.  This Agreement may only be amended by a written  instrument
captioned on its face as an "Amendment"  hereto and duly executed by the Company
and Loew.
     
     10.  APPLICABLE  LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND  OBLIGATIONS OF THE
PARTIES  HEREUNDER  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND  CONSTRUED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE
SUBSTANTIVE  LAWS OF THE STATE OF  NEBRASKA  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  CHOICE OF LAW
PROVISIONS THEREOF.

                                       38
                                    - 268 -
<PAGE>

     11. Binding  Effect.  This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable against the Company and Loew and their respective successors,  heirs
and permitted assigns.

     12. Entire Agreement.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement between
the  parties  relating to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  All prior or
contemporaneous  understandings,  representations,  statements  and  agreements,
whether  written or oral,  are merged herein and  superseded by this  agreement.
THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION  DOCUMENTS  REPRESENT THE FINAL
AGREEMENT  BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS  OR  SUBSEQUENT  ORAL  AGREEMENTS  OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO
UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     13. Controlling Provision Upon Conflict. In the event of a conflict between
the provisions of this Agreement or any other  instrument  referred to herein or
executed in  connection  with the  purchase  and sale of the Common  Stock,  the
provisions of this Agreement shall control.


                                       39
                                    - 269 -
<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by
its duly authorized officer, and Loew has executed this Agreement as of the 14th
day of October, 1998.
                                    COMPANY:
                                    DTN ACQUISITION, INC.
                                    By:/s/ Charles R. Wood
                                       ---------------------------
                                       Charles R. Wood
                                       Senior Vice President

                                       Address for Notices:
                                       9110 West Dodge Road
                                       Omaha, Nebraska  68114




                                      LOEW:
                                      /s/ Dean Loew
                                      --------------------------------
                                      DEAN LOEW

                                      Address for Notices:
                                      10509 50th Avenue
                                      Pleasant Prairie, Wisconsin  53158



                                       40
                                    - 270 -
<PAGE>








                                Exhibit 506(e)(i)

                                       41
                                    - 271 -
<PAGE>








                               Exhibit 5.06(e)(i)



                                       42
                                    - 272 -
<PAGE>



   Fixed Assets and Purchased Software on Balance
     Sheet Dated June 30, 1998                                   $   125,000.00

     In-House Developed Software                                     400,000.00

     Customer Lists, Goodwill, Etc.                                4,695,000.00

                TOTAL                                            $ 5,220,000.00

                                       43
                                    - 273 -

 
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B


                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         STOCK PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement")  dated as of ____________,
199__, by and among [Insert name of Newco],  a Nebraska  corporation  ("Buyer"),
and  Marcia C.  Kennedy  and Scott L.  Brown  (collectively  the  "Sellers"  and
individually a "Seller").

         WHEREAS,  each Seller is the owner,  beneficially and of record, of the
number of shares of the Common  Stock of Asset  Growth  Corporation,  a Delaware
corporation  (the  "Company"),  set forth opposite his or her name on Schedule 1
attached  hereto,  and Sellers are the owners,  in the aggregate,  of all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company;

         WHEREAS, Buyer wishes to purchase from Sellers and Sellers wish to sell
to Buyer ninety percent (90%) of all of the issued and outstanding capital stock
of the Company upon and subject to the terms and  conditions  set forth  herein;
and

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
representations,  warranties and agreements herein contained,  Buyer and Sellers
agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                 SALE OF SHARES

         1.01 Sale of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions herein stated,
each Seller agrees to sell, assign, transfer and deliver to Buyer on the Closing
Date (as  defined  herein),  free and  clear of any and all  liens,  claims  and
encumbrances,  good,  valid  and  marketable  title to the  number  of shares of
capital stock of the Company set forth opposite his or her name on Schedule 1 as
being sold to Buyer (all of such shares to be sold to Buyer  hereunder being the
"Shares"),  and Buyer  agrees to purchase the Shares from Sellers on the Closing
Date. The certificates  representing the Shares shall be duly endorsed in blank,
or accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank, by Sellers.

         1.02  Price.  In full  consideration  for the  purchase by Buyer of the
Shares,  Buyer shall pay to each Seller on the Closing Date the amount set forth
opposite such Seller's  name in Schedule 1 attached  hereto,  being an aggregate
amount of Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000).

         1.03  Closing.  The sale  referred to in Section  1.01 (the  "Closing")
shall     take     place    at    the     office    of     ______________     at
__________________________________________, on the date of the execution of this
Agreement,  or at such  later  date  as the  parties  hereto  shall  by  written
instrument designate.  Such time and date are herein referred to as the "Closing
Date".

                                       44
                                    - 274 -
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

         As of the date hereof (except as otherwise  specified herein) and as of
the Closing Date, Sellers each jointly and severally  represents and warrants to
Buyer as follows:

         2.01 Organization and  Qualification.  At the Closing Date, the Company
will be a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good standing
under the laws of Delaware and will have all  requisite  power and  authority to
own,  lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being
conducted.  Texas is the only  jurisdiction in which the Company is qualified or
licensed to do business.  Buyer has heretofore received true and complete copies
of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  By-laws (or other  similar  charter
documents), as currently in effect, of the Company.

         2.02  Capitalization;  Title to Stock. The authorized  capital stock of
the Company consists of (i) 75,000,000  shares of common stock,  $0.01 par value
per  share  (the  "Common  Stock"),  of which  200,000  shares  are  issued  and
outstanding  as of the date  hereof  and no  shares  are  held in the  Company's
treasury  and (ii)  10,000,000  shares of preferred  stock,  $3.00 par value per
share,  of which  no  shares  are  outstanding  and  none  are in the  Company's
treasury.  Sellers are the record owners of all the Company's outstanding shares
of Common Stock.  All of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock of the Company
are duly authorized,  validly issued,  fully paid and nonassessable.  Except for
the sale to Buyer as contemplated  by this  Agreement,  there are no outstanding
options, warrants, calls or other rights to subscribe for or purchase or acquire
from the  Company or  Sellers or any  affiliate  of the  Company,  or any plans,
contracts  or  commitments  providing  for the  issuance  of, or the granting of
rights to acquire  (i) any capital  stock of the Company or (ii) any  securities
convertible  into or  exchangeable  for any capital  stock of the  Company.  The
Company  is not  contractually  obligated  to  repurchase,  redeem or  otherwise
acquire any of its outstanding  shares of capital stock.  Each Seller represents
and warrants  only with respect to that Seller and not with respect to any other
Seller, that such Seller (i) has good, valid and marketable title,  beneficially
and of record,  to the  respective  Shares set forth opposite his or its name on
Schedule 1 attached hereto, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and rights
of others,  (ii) is in rightful  possession of duly and validly  authorized  and
issued  certificates  evidencing  his or its ownership of record of such Shares,
and (iii) at the Closing  Date,  will have full right,  power and  authority  to
sell,  transfer,  convey and deliver to Buyer,  in accordance  with the terms of
this Agreement, good, valid and marketable title, beneficially and of record, to
all of such Shares being sold by such Seller to Buyer hereunder,  free and clear
of all liens, encumbrances and rights of others.

         2.03 Subsidiaries. The Company has no subsidiaries. Except as set forth
on Schedule 2.03, there is no corporation,  partnership,  joint venture or other
person or entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly,  has, or pursuant
to any  agreement  or  agreements  has or will have,  a right or  obligation  to
acquire or make by any means,  an interest  or  investment  (including,  without
limitation,  equity  ownership,   proprietary  interest,  loans,  guarantees  of
indebtedness and other similar obligations).

                                       45
                                    - 275 -
 
<PAGE>

         2.04  Authority  Relative  to the  Transactions  Contemplated  by  this
Agreement.  At the Closing Date, each Seller will have full power,  capacity and
authority  (corporate or otherwise) to execute and deliver this Agreement and to
consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  At the Closing  Date,  the
execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and  the   consummation   of  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby will have been duly and validly authorized on
behalf of all Sellers and no other  proceedings on behalf of Sellers are or will
be  necessary  to approve  and  authorize  the  execution  and  delivery of this
Agreement and the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  This
Agreement  has been duly and validly  executed  and  delivered  by Sellers,  and
(assuming the valid  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by Buyer) at the
Closing Date will  constitute a legal,  valid and binding  agreement of Sellers,
enforceable against Sellers in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium and other laws of general applicability
relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general principles of equity.

         2.05  Consents  and  Approval;  No  Violation.  Except  as set forth on
Schedule 2.05,  neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Sellers,
nor the consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby, nor compliance by
any Seller  with the  provisions  hereof,  will (i)  require  the Company or any
Seller to file or register with,  notify,  or obtain any permit,  authorization,
consent or approval of, any  governmental  or  regulatory  authority  except for
those  requirements  which become  applicable  to the Company as a result of the
specific  regulatory  status  of Buyer or as a result of any  other  facts  that
specifically relate to the business  activities in which Buyer is engaged;  (ii)
conflict  with or breach any  provision  of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,
By-laws or trust agreement (or other similar governing documents) of the Company
or any Seller;  (iii)  violate or breach a provision of, or constitute a default
(or an event  which,  with  notice or lapse of time or both would  constitute  a
default)  under,  any of the terms,  covenants,  conditions or provisions of any
note, bond, mortgage,  indenture,  deed of trust,  license,  franchise,  permit,
lease,  contract,  agreement or other  instrument,  commitment  or obligation to
which the  Company  or any  Seller is a party,  or by which the  Company  or any
Seller or any of their  respective  properties  or assets may be bound;  or (iv)
violate  any  order,  writ,  injunction,  decree  or  judgment  of any  court or
governmental  authority  applicable to the Company or any Seller or any of their
material assets.

         2.06  Balance  Sheet.  Sellers have  delivered  to Buyer the  unaudited
balance sheet of the Company as of September 30, 1998 (the "Balance Sheet"). The
Balance Sheet (i) has been prepared in accordance  with the books and records of
the Company,  and (ii) presents fairly the financial  position of the Company as
of such date.

         2.07 Undisclosed Liabilities. Except (i) as provided for in the Balance
Sheet, (ii) as disclosed in Schedule 2.07 or as specifically identified on other
Schedules to this  Agreement or (iii) for normal trade  obligations  incurred in
the ordinary  course of business  subsequent  to the date of the Balance  Sheet,
consistent with past practices or as otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  the
Company has no liabilities or  obligations in excess of $1,000  individually  or
$10,000  in the  aggregate  of any kind or nature,  whether  known or unknown or
secured or unsecured (whether absolute,  accrued,  contingent or otherwise,  and
whether due or to become due).

                                       46
                                    - 276 -
                                    
<PAGE>

         2.08  Absence  of Certain  Changes  or  Events.  Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.08, or as disclosed in the other  Schedules  hereto,  the Company has
not (i)  suffered  any  material  adverse  change  in its  assets,  liabilities,
business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition, (ii) suffered
any damage, destruction or casualty loss adversely affecting any material assets
of the Company, or (iii) entered into any transaction, or conducted its business
or  operations,  other  than in the  ordinary  and  usual  course  of  business,
consistent with past practices.

         2.09 Title and Related  Matters.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.09,
the Company does not own or lease any real property or office space.  All of the
properties,  rights and assets, tangible and intangible,  now used in or, to the
best  knowledge  of  Sellers,  necessary  for the  conduct by the Company of its
business as presently  conducted will be indirectly  transferred to Buyer by its
purchase of the Shares.  The interests of the Company in its properties,  rights
and assets  (whether owned or as a lessee) are free and clear of all Liens other
than (i) Liens for taxes not yet due, (ii) Liens which do not affect the use by,
or value to, the Company of its rights and  assets,  or (iii) Liens set forth on
Schedule 2.09. The term "Liens" shall mean any pledge,  lien, security interest,
conditional sale agreement, or other similar encumbrance.

         2.10  Material  Contracts.  Except as set forth in Schedule  2.10,  the
Company  does  not  have  nor is it  bound  by (a) any  agreement,  contract  or
commitment  relating  to the  employment  of any person by the  Company,  or any
bonus, commission, severance or termination pay, deferred compensation, pension,
profit  sharing,  stock option,  employee  stock  purchase,  retirement or other
employee  benefit plan, (b) any agreement,  indenture or other  instrument which
contains  restrictions  with  respect  to  payment  of  dividends  or any  other
distribution  in respect of its capital stock,  (c) any  agreement,  contract or
commitment relating to capital expenditures in excess of $1,000, (d) any loan or
advance to, or  investment  in, any other person other than cash advances in the
ordinary  course of business  consistent  with past practice,  or any agreement,
contract  or  commitment  relating  to the making of any such  loan,  advance or
investment  except  for  cash  advances  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business
consistent with past practice, (e) any debt obligation for borrowed money or any
guarantee  or other  contingent  liability  in  respect of any  indebtedness  or
obligation  of any  other  person  (other  than the  endorsement  of  negotiable
instruments for collection and other similar transactions in the ordinary course
of business), (f) any management,  distributorship,  sales, service (personal or
otherwise), consulting or any other similar type of contract, (g) any agreement,
contract or commitment limiting the freedom of the Company to engage in any line
of business or to compete  with any other  person or in any area,  (h) any other
agreement,  contract or  commitment  which  involves  $10,000 or more and is not
cancelable  without  penalty  within  30 days,  (i) any  outstanding  powers  of
attorney or proxies  granted to any person for any purpose  whatsoever,  (j) any
contract or oral or written  agreement for the  acquisition of any other person,
(k) any agreement as to which the United States Government,  any state, local or
municipal  government or any foreign government or any agency or instrumentality
of any of the  foregoing  is a  party,  exclusive  of any such  agreement  which
contains  solely the provisions set forth in a form contract used by the Company
in its  ordinary  course of  business,  which  forms have been  previously  made
available  to Buyer,  or (l) any  proposed  contract  or  agreement  which  upon
acceptance of a customer or third party would create a binding  obligation  upon
the Company and which would not be cancelable without penalty within thirty (30)
days and would  involve a commitment  to pay $1,000 or more  annually  (all such

                                       47
                                    - 277 -
                                   
<PAGE>

oral  or  written  agreements,   contracts,  arrangements  and  commitments  are
hereinafter referred to as the "Material Contracts"). True, complete and correct
copies of all such written  contracts,  commitments,  agreements or arrangements
described  on  Schedule  2.10 will have been made  available  to Buyer  prior to
Closing.  To the best  knowledge of Sellers,  Schedule  2.10 contains a complete
list of all such oral contracts,  agreements,  commitments or  arrangements  and
identifies  which of such  contracts are oral in nature.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 2.10, there is not, under any of the Material Contracts, any default or
event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default on
the part of the  Company.  Neither the Company nor any Seller has  received  any
notice from the other party to such  Material  Contracts of the  termination  or
threatened  termination  thereof and no Seller  knows of the  occurrence  of any
event which would allow such other party to  terminate  such  Material  Contract
except as otherwise  disclosed in the Schedules  hereto.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 2.10 or any other Schedule hereto,  no indebtedness of the Company will
be accelerated by its terms, or result from the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.

         Schedule 2.10 contains a complete list of all agreements  providing for
the payment of  severance  pay to  employees  of the Company  (the  "Termination
Benefits Agreements").  Except as expressly indicated on Schedule 2.10, no event
has occurred under any of the  Termination  Benefits  Agreements  which alone or
upon the  giving of notice or the  passage of time or both  would  obligate  the
Company to make any payment under any of the Termination Benefits Agreements.

         2.11 Leases.  Schedule  2.11 hereto sets forth an accurate  list of all
leases to which the  Company is a party (as  lessee).  All rents and  additional
rent due to date and to the Closing  Date on such leases have and will have been
paid and in each case,  the lessee has been in  peaceable  possession  since the
commencement  of the original  term of such lease or  arrangement  and is not in
default  thereunder.  Except as set forth on Schedule  2.11,  there is not, with
respect  to leases  referred  to above,  any  existing  default,  or an event of
default,  or event which, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute a default or an event of default, on the part of the Company.

         2.12 Proprietary  Rights;  Computer  Programs,  Databases and Software.
Schedule 2.12 contains a complete list of all trademarks,  trade names,  assumed
names, service marks, logos, patents, copyrights and copyright registration, and
any  applications  for  registration  therefor  presently  owned  or held by the
Company or with  respect to which the Company owns or holds any license or other
direct or indirect interest  (collectively,  the "Proprietary  Rights");  and no
other  Proprietary  Rights are used in or are  necessary  for the conduct of the
business  of the  Company  as  such  business  is  presently  conducted.  Unless
otherwise  indicated in such  Schedule 2.12 the Company owns  sufficient  right,
title and interest in and to the material  Proprietary Rights for the conduct of
its business.  No material  Proprietary Rights used by the Company conflict with
or infringe the rights of any other person.  No claims have been asserted by any
person  with  respect  to  the  ownership,  validity,  license  or  use  of  the
Proprietary  Rights and no Seller knows of any basis for such claim. The Company
has taken all  measures  which it believes  to be  appropriate  to maintain  and
protect the  Proprietary  Rights.  The Company has the right to use all material
Proprietary  Rights,  to provide and sell the services and products provided and
sold by it, and to conduct its business as heretofore conducted,  and, except as
set forth on Schedule 2.12, the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated

                                       48
                                    - 278 -
 
<PAGE>

hereby will not alter or impair any such rights. Except as set forth on Schedule
2.12, no person is known to be infringing on or violating the Proprietary Rights
used by the  Company.  Except in the  ordinary  course of its business or as set
forth in Schedule 2.12, the Company has not sold, licensed,  leased or otherwise
transferred  or granted any interest or rights to any of its computer  programs,
databases  or software to any other  person.  The  occurrence  in or use by such
computer  programs,  databases and software of dates on or after January 1, 2000
("millennial  dates") will not  adversely  affect the  performance  thereof with
respect  to data  dependent  data,  compilations,  output,  or  other  functions
(including but not limited to  calculating,  comparing and  sequencing) and that
such computer programs,  databases and software will create,  store, process and
output  information  related to or including  millennial  dates without error or
omissions.

         2.13  Litigation.  Schedule  2.13  sets  forth a  complete  list and an
accurate   description  of  all  claims,   actions,   suits,   proceedings   and
investigations pending and threatened, by or against or involving the Company or
its business and, in the case of collection  claims,  those involving  claims in
excess  of  $1,000.  No such  pending  or  threatened  claims,  actions,  suits,
proceedings or investigations,  if adversely determined,  would, individually or
in the aggregate, materially adversely affect the business, financial condition,
results  of  operations  or  prospects  of the  Company  taken as a whole or the
transactions  contemplated  hereby.  The Company does not know of any reasonable
basis for any other such claim, action, suit,  proceeding or investigation.  The
Company is not subject to any judgment,  order or decree  entered in any lawsuit
or proceeding which may have a material adverse effect on any of its operations,
business practices or on its ability to acquire any property or conduct business
in any area.

         2.14 Employee  Benefit  Matters.  Neither the Company nor any member of
the Control Group (within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") maintains,  has contributed to or has ever
been obligated to contribute to, for, on behalf of or with respect to current or
former  employees  of the  Company,  any  employee  benefit  plan (as defined in
Section 3(3) of the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA")),  multiemployer  plan (as  defined  in ERISA  Section  3(37)),  stock
purchase plan,  stock option plan or deferred  compensation  agreement,  plan or
funding  arrangement  (collectively  "Employee  Plans").  There are no  employee
welfare  benefit  plans (as defined in ERISA  Section  3(1))  maintained  by the
Company.

         2.15 Governmental  Authorizations and Regulations.  The Company has all
material licenses,  franchises,  permits and other  governmental  authorizations
necessary to the conduct of its  business,  as presently  conducted and the same
are in full force and effect.  The business of the Company is being conducted in
compliance in all material  respects with all applicable  licenses,  franchises,
permits and other  governmental  authorizations  and, to the best  knowledge  of
Sellers,  in  compliance  in all material  respects  with all  applicable  laws,
ordinances,  rules and regulations of all governmental  authorities  relating to
its  properties or  applicable to its business.  Except as set forth on Schedule
2.15, the Company has not received any notice of any alleged violation of any of
the foregoing.

                                       49
                                    - 279 -
                                    
<PAGE>

         2.16  Labor  Matters.  Except as set forth in  Schedule  2.16,  (i) the
Company is in  compliance  in all material  respects  with all  applicable  laws
respecting health and occupational safety,  employment and employment practices,
terms and  conditions  of  employment  and wages and hours  (including,  without
limitation,  the Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986), (ii) there
is no unfair labor practice  complaint against the Company pending or threatened
before the  National  Labor  Relations  Board,  (iii)  there are no  proceedings
pending or threatened  before the National Labor Relations Board with respect to
the Company,  (iv) there are no  discrimination  charges  (relating to sex, age,
religion, race, color, national origin, ethnicity, handicap or veteran status or
any other basis protected by relevant law) pending before any federal,  state or
local agency or authority  against the Company or any of its  employees,  (v) no
grievance  which  might  have a  material  adverse  effect  upon the  Company is
currently  pending,  (vi) the Company is not bound by any collective  bargaining
agreement  and  there is no  collective  bargaining  agreement  currently  being
negotiated by the Company and (vii) the Company has not experienced any material
labor difficulty during the past three years.

         2.17 Insurance.  The Company maintains insurance coverage which Sellers
believes to be sufficient for compliance with all requirements of law and of all
agreements to which the Company is a party and which provides adequate insurance
coverage  for the business of the Company.  With  respect to all  policies,  all
premiums  currently  payable or  previously  due and payable with respect to all
periods up to and  including  the Closing Date will have been paid and no notice
of  cancellation  or  termination  has been  received  with  respect to any such
policy.  Such  policies  will  remain  in full  force  and  effect  through  the
respective dates set forth in such policies  without the payment of,  additional
premiums, unless called for in its original terms.

         2.18 Tax Matters.  (a) All Federal,  state,  local and foreign  income,
profits,  franchise,  sales,  use,  occupancy,  excise,  withholding,   payroll,
employment and other taxes and  assessments  (including  interest and penalties)
payable  by,  or due  from,  the  Company  have been  fully  paid or  adequately
disclosed and provided for in the Balance Sheet of the Company.

         (b) The  Company  has not  filed any  election  or  caused  any  deemed
election under Section 338 of the Code.

         (c) The  Company is not  delinquent  in the payment of any taxes and no
extensions of time have been granted to the Company to file any return  required
by applicable law to be filed by it prior to or on the Closing Date,  which have
expired or will expire on or before the Closing Date without such return  having
been filed.

         2.19 Environmental Matters. The Company is in material compliance with,
and has not done anything to be in material  violation of any federal,  state or
local laws relating to the environment.

         2.20 Brokers and  Finders.  No Seller has employed any broker or finder
and no broker or  finder is  entitled  to any  brokerage  fees,  commissions  or
finder's fees arising from any act,  representation or promise of any of them in
connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby;  provided,  however, each

                                       50
                                    - 280 -
                                   
<PAGE>

Seller so represents  and warrants only with respect to that Seller and not with
respect to any other Seller.

         2.21 Books and Records.  The minute books of the Company, as previously
made available to Buyer,  contain accurate  records in all material  respects of
all  meetings of and  corporate  actions or written  consents by the  respective
stockholders and Boards of Directors of the Company.

         2.22 Bank Accounts.  Sellers will cause the Company to deliver to Buyer
at least 3 business  days prior to the Closing an  accurate  and  complete  list
showing the name and address of each bank in which the Company has an account or
safe  deposit  box, the number of any such account or any such box and the names
of all persons authorized to draw thereon or to have access thereto.

         2.23 Other Information.  The information  furnished to Buyer by Sellers
or the Company or pursuant to this Agreement, including the exhibits hereto, the
schedules  identified  herein, and in any certificate or other document executed
or delivered  pursuant  hereto by Sellers  (which for purposes of this Agreement
shall be deemed to be representations  and warranties),  is not materially false
or misleading,  does not contain any misstatement of material fact, and does not
omit to state  any  material  fact  required  to be  stated in order to make the
statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they
were made.


                                   ARTICLE III
                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

         As of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date,  Buyer represents and
warrants to Sellers as follows:

         3.01  Organization.  Buyer is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nebraska.

         3.02  Authority  Relative  to this  Agreement.  Buyer  has full  power,
capacity and  authority  (corporate  or  otherwise)  to execute and deliver this
Agreement and to consummate the transactions  contemplated hereby. The execution
and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and  the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby  have  been  duly and  validly  authorized  by the Board of
Directors  of  Buyer  and no  other  proceedings  on the  part of  Buyer  or its
stockholders  are  necessary to approve and authorize the execution and delivery
of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby.
This  Agreement  has been duly and validly  executed and  delivered by Buyer and
(assuming  the  valid  execution  and  delivery  of the  Agreement  by  Sellers)
constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of Buyer,  enforceable  against
Buyer in accordance  with its terms,  except as the  enforcement  thereof may be
limited  by  bankruptcy  and  other  laws of  general  application  relating  to
creditors' rights and general principles of equity.

         3.03 Consents and  Approvals;  No Violation.  Neither the execution and
delivery  of this  Agreement  by  Buyer  nor the  consummation  by  Buyer of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  nor  compliance  by  Buyer  with any of the

                                       51
                                    - 281 -
                                   
<PAGE>

provisions  hereof,  will (i) require Buyer to file or register with, notify, or
obtain any permit,  authorization,  consent, or approval of, any governmental or
regulatory  authority except for those  requirements  which become applicable to
Buyer as a result  of the  specific  regulatory  status of the  Company  or as a
result of any other facts that specifically relate to the business activities in
which the Company is or proposes to be engaged; (ii) conflict with or breach any
provision of the Articles of Incorporation or by-laws of Buyer; (iii) violate or
breach any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice
or lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a default under,  any of the terms,
covenants conditions or provisions of any note, bond mortgage, indenture deed of
trust,  license,  franchise,   permit,  lease,  contract,   agreement  or  other
instrument,  commitment  or  obligation  to which Buyer is a party,  or by which
Buyer or any of its properties or assets may be bound, except for such breach or
default  which  would not have a  material  adverse  effect on the  transactions
contemplated  by this  Agreement  taken as a whole;  or (iv)  violate any order,
writ,  injunction,  decree,  judgment,  statute,  law or  ruling of any court or
governmental  authority applicable to Buyer or any of its material assets, which
violation would have a material adverse effect on the transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement taken as a whole.

         3.04  Litigation;  Compliance  with  Law.  Buyer  is not a party to any
action or proceeding which seeks, or is subject to, any outstanding order, writ,
injunction  or  decree,   which   restrains  or  enjoins   consummation  of  the
transactions  contemplated hereby or which otherwise challenges the transactions
contemplated hereby and (ii) there is no litigation, administrative, arbitral or
other  proceeding,  or  petition or  complaint  or, to the  knowledge  of Buyer,
investigation  before any court or governmental or regulating  authority or body
pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer,  threatened  against or relating to Buyer
that  would   materially   adversely  affect  Buyer's  ability  to  perform  its
obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

         3.05 Brokers and  Finders.  Buyer has not employed any broker or finder
and, to Buyer's  knowledge,  no broker or finder is  entitled  to any  brokerage
fees,  commissions  or finder's  fees arising from any act,  representations  or
promise of Buyer, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

         3.06 Purchase for Investment. Buyer will acquire all of the outstanding
stock of the Company to be  purchased  by it  hereunder  for its own account for
investment and not with a view toward any resale or distribution thereof.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                            COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

         4.01 Expenses.  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated,  all costs and expenses  incurred in connection with this Agreement
and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will be paid by the respective party
that  incurred  such cost and expense (it being  understood,  however,  that all
legal and accounting  fees and expenses so incurred by the Company shall be paid
by the Sellers).

                                       52
                                    - 282 -
                                    
<PAGE>

         4.02 Public  Announcements.  Sellers and Buyer will  consult  with each
other before any of them or the Company  issues any press  releases or otherwise
makes any public  statements  (including  statements  made to  employees  of the
Company)  with  respect  to this  Agreement  and the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.

         4.03 Transfer Taxes.  All transfer taxes  (including all stock transfer
taxes, if any) incurred in connection  with this Agreement and the  transactions
contemplated  hereby will be borne by Sellers,  and Sellers  will,  at their own
expense,  file all necessary tax returns and other documentation with respect to
all such transfer  taxes,  and, if required by applicable law, the other parties
hereto will (and will cause the Company  to) join in the  execution  of any such
tax returns or other documentation.

         4.04 No Dilution.  During the three year period  following the Closing,
Buyer  will  not  permit  the  Company,   through  any  consolidation,   merger,
reorganization,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities  or other  voluntary
action,  to dilute the stock  ownership of a Stockholder in the Company  without
the prior written approval of such Stockholder.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                   CONDITIONS

         5.01 Conditions to Each Party's  Obligations to Effect the Transactions
Contemplated  Hereby. The respective  obligations of each party hereto to effect
the transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment at or
prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions:

         (a) No statute, rule, regulation,  executive order, decree,  injunction
or restraining order shall have been enacted,  entered,  promulgated or enforced
by any court of competent jurisdiction or governmental authority,  nor shall any
action or  proceeding  brought  by any  governmental  authority  or  agency,  be
pending, which (i) prevents,  restricts or delays or seeks to prevent,  restrict
or delay the consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or
(ii)  seeks a  material  amount  of  monetary  damages  in  connection  with the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         (b) The other parties  hereto shall have  performed and complied in all
material  respects with all  agreements,  obligations,  conditions and covenants
contained in the Purchase  Agreement  dated ________,  1998,  among the Company,
Sellers and the Buyer (the  "Purchase  Agreement")  required to be performed and
complied  with by them at or prior to the  Closing and all  representations  and
warranties of such other parties  contained in the Purchase  Agreement  shall be
true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date.

         (c) No actions or  proceedings  which  have a  material  likelihood  of
success shall have been  instituted or  threatened by any  governmental  body or
authority to restrain or prohibit any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                                       53
                                    - 283 -
                                    
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                          SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

         6.01  Survival  of  Representations,   Warranties  and  Covenants.  All
covenants and  agreements of any party hereto set forth herein shall survive the
Closing for the period provided for in such covenant or, if not so provided, for
a period of one year. The  representations and warranties set forth herein shall
survive  the Closing and shall  remain in effect for the  applicable  statute of
limitation.

         6.02 Post-Closing Indemnification. (a) From and after the Closing Date,
Sellers shall  defend,  indemnify  and hold  harmless  Buyer and its  affiliates
(including  the  Company)  and  each of  their  successors,  assigns,  officers,
directors and employees (the "Buyer Indemnitee Group") against and in respect of
any and all losses, actions, suits, proceedings,  claims, liabilities,  damages,
causes of action, demands,  assessments,  judgments,  and investigations and any
and all costs and expenses paid to third parties,  including without limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses (collectively,  "Damages"),  suffered by
any of them as a result of, or arising from:  (i) any inaccuracy in or breach of
or omission from any of the  representations  or  warranties  made by Sellers in
Article II of this Agreement or pursuant hereto, or any nonfulfillment,  partial
or  total,  of any of the  covenants  or  agreements  made  by  Sellers  in this
Agreement  to the  extent  not  waived by Buyer in  writing;  or (ii) any claim,
action,  suit,  proceeding or  investigation  of any kind relating to or arising
from events  occurring  prior to the Closing  Date,  instituted by or against or
involving the Company or any of its business or assets (other than those claims,
actions, suits, proceedings and investigations set forth in Schedule 2.13 of the
Disclosure  Schedule)  regardless  of  whether  such  claims,   actions,  suits,
proceedings or investigations  are made or commenced before or after the Closing
Date, provided that Damages relating to claims, actions, suits,  proceedings and
investigations that relate to events occurring both before and after the Closing
Date shall be equitably allocated between Buyer and Sellers.

         (b) From and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall defend,  indemnify and
hold harmless Sellers and their heirs, trustees,  successors and assigns against
and in respect  of any and all  losses,  actions,  suits,  proceedings,  claims,
liabilities,  damages, causes of action, demands,  assessments,  judgments,  and
investigations  and  any and all  costs  and  expenses  paid to  third  parties,
including without limitation,  reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, suffered
by any of them as a result of, or arising from,  any  inaccuracy in or breach of
or  omission  from any of the  representations  or  warranties  made by Buyer in
Article  III of this  Agreement  or  pursuant  hereto,  or any  non-fulfillment,
partial or total,  of any of the covenants or  agreements  made by Buyer in this
Agreement to the extent not waived by Sellers in writing.

         (c) If a claim by a third party is made against an  indemnified  party,
and if such party  intends to seek  indemnity  with respect  thereto  under this
Article VI, the indemnified  party shall promptly (and in any case within thirty
days of such claim  being  made)  notify the  indemnifying  party of such claim,
provided,  however,  that the failure to so notify the indemnifying  party shall
not discharge the  indemnifying  party of its obligations  hereunder except that
the indemnifying  party shall not be liable for default judgments or any amounts
related  thereto  if the  indemnified  party  shall  not  have so  notified  the

                                       54
                                    - 284 -
<PAGE>

indemnifying party.  Subject to the following  sentence,  the indemnifying party
shall have thirty days after  receipt of such notice to  undertake,  conduct and
control,  through  counsel of its own  choosing  (which is  satisfactory  to the
indemnified party) the settlement or defense thereof,  and the indemnified party
shall cooperate with it in connection  therewith (provided that the indemnifying
party shall permit the  indemnified  party to participate in such  settlement or
defense through counsel chosen by the indemnified party,  provided that the fees
and expenses of such counsel  shall be borne by the  indemnified  party) and the
indemnifying  party shall promptly  reimburse the indemnified party for the full
amount  of any loss  resulting  from  such  claim and all  related  expenses  as
incurred  by  the   indemnified   party  within   limits  of  this  Article  VI.
Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  the  indemnified  party shall
have the right to conduct and control the defense of any such claim in the event
that such claim (including a claim for equitable  relief) or the continuation of
such claim  could  reasonably  be expected to  materially  adversely  affect the
business,  results  of  operations,  prospects  or  financial  condition  of the
indemnified party or any of its affiliates,  provided,  however, the indemnified
party may not  settle any claim for an amount in excess of $25,000 or consent to
any settlement which imposes equitable remedies on the indemnifying party or its
affiliates  without the prior consent of the indemnifying  party,  which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless the indemnified party agrees to waive
any right to indemnity  therefor by the indemnifying  party. If the indemnifying
party does not notify the indemnified party within thirty days after the receipt
of the  indemnified  party's  notice of a claim of indemnity  hereunder  that it
elects to  undertake  the defense  thereof or if the  indemnifying  party is not
reasonably  contesting the claim in good faith, the indemnified party shall have
the right to  contest,  settle or  compromise  the claim in the  exercise of its
reasonable judgment, and all losses incurred by the indemnified party, including
all fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified party, shall be paid by the
indemnifying party.

         (d) Claims for  indemnification  made under this  Section 6.02 shall be
made within a period of three years from the Closing  Date,  provided,  however,
notwithstanding the foregoing,  claims for  indemnification  with respect to any
action, lawsuit,  proceeding or investigation of any kind relating to or arising
out of the matters  referred to in Section  6.02(a)(ii)  may be made within five
years from the Closing Date.

         6.03  Tax Indemnity, Etc.

         (a) Sellers shall be responsible for and pay all Taxes  attributable to
the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  or for which the  Company  is liable for any
period or portion of a period that ends on or before the Closing Date which have
not been paid or adequately  provided for in the Balance Sheet. Such Taxes shall
include but not be limited to the Taxes of any member of an affiliated  group of
which the  Company was a member for  federal  income tax  purposes or any entity
with which the Company filed a combined return for state or local tax purposes.

         (b) Sellers shall indemnify Buyer, the Company and their affiliates and
their respective  successors and assigns (each, a "Tax Indemnified  Party",  and
collectively,  "Tax Indemnified  Parties")  against and hold the Tax Indemnified

                                       55
                                    - 285 -
<PAGE>

Parties  harmless on an after-tax  basis from all liability,  loss or damage and
from all expenses paid to third parties (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees)
with respect to all such Taxes  described in the  immediately  preceding  clause
(a).

         (c) All tax allocation,  tax sharing and similar agreements, if any, to
which the  Company is or was a party at any time on or before the  Closing  Date
shall be  terminated  as of the Closing Date with  respect to the  Company.  The
Company shall have no obligation  for the payment of any amount  pursuant to any
such  agreement,  except as  expressly  provided for in the Balance  Sheet.  The
foregoing  indemnity  obligations of Sellers and the covenants and agreements of
the parties  contained  in this  Section  6.03 shall  survive the Closing and be
applicable for the applicable  statute of limitations  (as such may be waived or
extended).

         (d) For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  "Taxes"  shall  mean all taxes,
charges, fees, levies or other assessments,  including,  without limitation, all
net income,  gross income,  gross receipts,  sales,  use, ad valorem,  transfer,
franchise,   profits,  license,   withholding,   payroll,  employment,   excise,
estimated,  severance,  stamp,  occupation,  property  or other  taxes,  customs
duties, fees,  assessments or charges of any kind whatsoever,  together with any
interest and any penalties,  additions to tax or additional  amounts  imposed by
any taxing authority (domestic or foreign) upon the Company or its subsidiaries.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         7.01  Amendment  and  Modification.  This  Agreement  may  be  amended,
modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Buyer and Sellers.

         7.02 Waiver of Compliance;  Consents.  Except as otherwise  provided in
this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation,
covenant,  agreement or  condition  herein may be waived by the party or parties
entitled to the  benefits  thereof  only by a written  instrument  signed by the
party  granting  such  waiver,  but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict
compliance  with such  obligation,  covenant,  agreement or condition  shall not
operate as a waiver of, or estoppel  with  respect to, any  subsequent  or other
failure.  Whenever this Agreement requires or permits consent by or on behalf of
any party hereto,  such consent shall be given in writing in a manner consistent
with the  requirements  for a waiver of  compliance as set forth in this Section
7.02.

         7.03  No  Third  Party  Beneficiaries.   Except  as  provided  in  this
Agreement,  nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any person or
entity  which  is not a  party  or a  permitted  assignee  of a  party  to  this
Agreement.

         7.04  Notices.  All  notices,   requests,  claims,  demands  and  other
communications  hereunder  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been
duly given when  delivered  in person,  by cable,  telegram or telex,  telecopy,
courier,  express mail delivery  service,  or by  registered  or certified  mail
(postage  prepaid,  return  receipt  requested)  to the  respective  parties  as
follows:

                                       56
                                    - 286 -
<PAGE>

         (a)      if to Sellers, to:

                  Asset Growth Corporation
                  7324 Southwest Freeway
                  Suite 1000
                  Houston, Texas  77074
                  Attn:  Marcia C. Kennedy

                  with a copy to:

                  Looper Reed Mark & McGraw
                  1300 Post Oak Boulevard
                  Suite 200
                  Houston, Texas  77056
                  Attn:  Rob James

         (b)      if to Buyer, to:

                  Data Transmission Network Corporation
                  9110 West Dodge Road
                  Suite 200
                  Omaha, Nebraska  68114
                  Attn: Charles R. Wood, Sr. Vice President

                  with a copy to:
                  Abrahams Kaslow & Cassman
                  8712 West Dodge Road
                  Suite 300
                  Omaha, Nebraska  68114
                  Attn: R. Craig Fry

or to such  other  address  as the  person  to whom  notice  is  given  may have
previously  furnished  to the others in  writing  in the manner set forth  above
(provided  that  notice of any change of address  shall be  effective  only upon
receipt thereof).

         7.05 Assignment.  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall
be  binding  upon and  inure to the  benefit  of the  parties  hereto  and their
respective  successors and permitted assigns.  Neither this Agreement nor any of
the rights,  interests or obligations  hereunder  shall be assigned by any party
hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties.

         7.06 Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by the law of the
State of Nebraska as to all matters,  including,  but not limited to, matters of
validity,  construction,  effect, performance and remedies without giving effect
to the principles of choice of law thereof.

                                       57
                                    - 287 -
<PAGE>

         7.07  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in two or  more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         7.08 Interpretation. The article and section headings contained in this
Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement
of the parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or  interpretation of
this Agreement.

         7.09 Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement,  including the Exhibits hereto
and the documents,  schedules,  certificates and instruments  referred to herein
embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect
of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  There are no restrictions,
promises,  representations,  warranties,  covenants or undertakings,  other than
those  expressly  set forth or  referred to herein or  therein.  This  Agreement
supersedes  all prior  agreements  and  understandings  between the parties with
respect to such transactions.

         7.10  Certain Definitions.

         (a) An "affiliate" of a person shall mean any person which, directly or
indirectly,  controls,  is controlled by, or is under common control with,  such
person.

         (b) The term "control" (including,  with correlative meaning, the terms
"controlled  by" and "under common control  with"),  as used with respect to any
person, means the possession,  directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
cause the  direction of the  management  and  policies of such  person,  whether
through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

         (c)  The  term  "person"  shall  mean  and  include  an  individual,  a
partnership,  a limited liability  company,  a joint venture,  a corporation,  a
trust,  an  unincorporated  organization  and a government or any  department or
agency thereof.

         (d)  The term "day" shall mean a calendar day unless otherwise stated.

         (e) The term  "subsidiary"  when used in  reference to any other person
shall mean any  corporation  of which  outstanding  securities  having  ordinary
voting power to elect a majority of the Board of  Directors of such  corporation
are owned directly or indirectly by such other person.

         (f) Whenever any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement
is qualified by reference to the  knowledge,  information  or belief of a party,
such party confirms that it has made due and diligent  inquiry as to the matters
that are the subject of such representation and warranty.


                                       58
                                    - 288 -
<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Sellers  and Buyer have  signed,  or caused  this
Agreement to be signed by their respective representatives,  as the case may be,
as of the date first above written.

                                             [Insert name of Newco]

Date:_____________________             By:_____________________________________
                                       Title:__________________________________

Date:_____________________             ________________________________________
                                       Marcia C. Kennedy

Date:_____________________             ________________________________________
                                       Scott L. Brown

                                       59
                                    - 289 -
<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE 1

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


   Name and                      Number of                         Number of            Payment Due
Address Of Seller              Shares Owned                   Shares Being Sold         at Closing

<S>                              <C>                                  <C>                 <C>     
Marcia C. Kennedy                100,000                               90,000             $300,000

Scott L. Brown                   100,000                               90,000             $300,000

TOTALS                           200,000                              180,000             $600,000

</TABLE>



                                       60
                                    - 290 -
<PAGE>




                               DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE


No disclosures.


                                       61
                                    - 291 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C


                              MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


         THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of this ___ day
of  _____________  1998,  by and between  ASSET GROWTH  CORPORATION,  a Delaware
corporation  ("AGC"),  and [Insert name of Newco],  a Nebraska  corporation (the
"Company").

         WHEREAS,  AGC  is  a  party  to a  Purchase  Agreement  (the  "Purchase
Agreement")  dated  the  same  date  as the  date of this  Agreement  with  Data
Transmission  Network Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  ("DTN"),  Marcia C.
Kennedy, a shareholder of AGC ("Kennedy"),  and Scott L. Brown, a shareholder of
AGC ("Brown");

         WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company is to acquire
all of the capital  stock of Paragon  Software,  Inc.,  an Illinois  corporation
("Paragon"), and AGC and the Company are to enter into this Agreement to provide
for AGC to manage the day to day affairs of the  business  of Paragon  using the
management  experience and expertise of Kennedy and Brown,  subject to the terms
and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  Company  desires  to  engage  AGC to render  such  management
services and AGC desires to provide such services;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  promises  contained
herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1.  Engagement.  The Company  hereby  engages AGC to render  management
services to the Company and Paragon  upon the terms and  conditions  hereinafter
set forth, and AGC agrees to provide such management services upon the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth.

         2. Term. The term of this Agreement  shall commence on the date of this
Agreement.  Unless  sooner  terminated  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of
Paragraph 6, it shall  continue until the earlier to occur of the Closing or the
Termination, as such terms are defined in the Purchase Agreement.

         3.   Compensation.   In  consideration  of  AGC's  performance  of  the
management services as provided in this Agreement, the Company agrees to pay AGC
each  calendar  month  during the term of this  Agreement  (or, in the case of a
partial  month,  a  proportionate  amount thereof based on the number of days of
such month within the term of this  Agreement) an amount equal to the net income
before income taxes of the Company for such month. AGC shall invoice the Company
at the beginning of each month a reasonable estimate of the projected net income
before income taxes of the Company for such month. Newco shall pay such invoices
by the end of such  month.  Once  the  actual  amount  owed  for  such  month is
determined,  AGC shall  refund to the Company  the amount by which the  estimate
exceeds the actual amount due for such month or the Company shall pay to AGC the
amount by which the actual amount due for such month exceeds the estimate.

                                       62
                                    - 292 -
<PAGE>

         4.  Duties of AGC.  The  duties of AGC under this  Agreement  generally
shall be to manage the day to day affairs of the business of Paragon, subject to
the  control of the Board of  Directors  of Paragon.  The precise  nature of the
management  services  to be  rendered  by AGC during the term of this  Agreement
shall be assigned  and  directed by the Board of Directors of Paragon and may be
modified  from  time to time at the  direction  of the  Board  of  Directors  of
Paragon. The services shall include, without limitation,  the responsibility for
recommending  the operational and managerial  policies of Paragon as well as the
supervision of the employees of Paragon. During the term of this Agreement,  the
Company  shall  cause  Paragon  to  furnish  to  AGC at the  office  of  Paragon
appropriate office space,  equipment,  and secretary and clerical  assistance as
may be required from time to time to enable AGC to perform its duties under this
Agreement.  It  is  understood  that,  except  as  expressly  provided  in  this
Agreement, AGC shall be responsible for all expenses and costs incurred by it in
connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement.

         5.  Confidentiality.  AGC acknowledges that in the course of performing
its services under this  Agreement,  AGC will be given access to proprietary and
confidential information of Paragon (collectively the "Proprietary Information")
which includes  without  limitation (a) the names,  addresses and financial data
regarding  customers,  clients,  or  applicants  of  Paragon,  (b)  any  data or
information that is competitively  sensitive  material including but not limited
to  product  planning  information,   marketing  strategies,   plans,  finances,
operations,  customer  relationships,  customer  profiles,  business plans,  and
internal  performance  results relating to the past,  present or future business
activities  of  Paragon  and its  affiliates  and  the  customers,  clients  and
applicants  of  Paragon,  and  (c) all  confidential  or  proprietary  concepts,
documentation,  reports, data, information,  know-how and trade secrets, whether
or not  patentable or  copyrightable.  AGC agrees to safeguard  the  Proprietary
Information and to prevent the  unauthorized use or disclosure  thereof.  Either
during or after AGC's  engagement  with the  Company,  AGC will not  directly or
indirectly disclose to anyone outside of the Company,  Paragon or DTN (except in
the ordinary  course of  Paragon's  business),  nor use in other than  Paragon's
business,  except with the prior  written  permission  of the  President  of the
Company, any Proprietary Information. Upon the request of the Company or Paragon
and, in any event upon termination of this Agreement, AGC shall surrender to the
Company or  Paragon  all  memoranda,  notes,  records,  and other  documents  or
materials  (and all copies of same)  pertaining to or including the  Proprietary
Information.  AGC  acknowledges  that  use  or  disclosure  of  any  Proprietary
Information  in a manner  inconsistent  with  this  Agreement  will give rise to
irreparable injury to the Company and Paragon.  Accordingly,  in addition to any
other legal  remedies which may be available,  at law or in equity,  the Company
and Paragon  shall be entitled to equitable or  injunctive  relief  against such
unauthorized use or disclosure.  Proprietary  Information  shall not include any
information  or data known  generally  to the public  (other than as a result of
unauthorized  disclosure  by AGC)  or any  information  or  data  of a type  not
generally  considered  confidential  or  proprietary  by  persons  engaged  in a
business  similar to the business of Paragon.  The obligations of AGC under this
paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

         6.  Termination.  This Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of
any of the following events:

                                       63
                                    - 293 -
<PAGE>

         (a)      The   bankruptcy,   dissolution,   liquidation   or   sale  of
                  substantially all of the assets of the Company or Paragon.

         (b)      Notice from the Company in the event Paragon's revenues or net
                  earnings from operations before interest, income taxes for any
                  calendar month during the term of this Agreement are less than
                  the average  monthly  revenues or net earnings from operations
                  before interest, income taxes,  respectively,  of Paragon over
                  the three calendar  months  immediately  preceding the date of
                  this Agreement.

         (a)      Notice  from the Company if either  Kennedy or Brown,  for any
                  reason,  including  but not limited to their  death,  fails to
                  personally  provide and perform to the best of their abilities
                  the primary responsibilities and obligations of AGC under this
                  Agreement.

         (d)      Written  notice by the  Company to AGC of the  termination  of
                  this  Agreement  for cause.  For  purposes of this  Agreement,
                  "cause"  shall mean (i)  Kennedy's  or Brown's  confession  or
                  conviction  of  theft,  fraud,  embezzlement  or  other  crime
                  involving  dishonesty,  (ii) AGC's  material  violation of the
                  provisions of Paragraph 5, (iii) material negligence of AGC in
                  the  performance  of its  duties  under  or  pursuant  to this
                  Agreement,  or (iv)  material  non-compliance  by AGC with its
                  obligations under this Agreement.

         (f)      The  expiration  of the stated term of this  Agreement  or the
                  earlier  termination upon the mutual written  agreement of the
                  parties to this Agreement.

         7. Independent Contractor.  AGC shall be an independent contractor with
respect  to the  Company  and  Paragon  in  connection  with the work  performed
hereunder.  AGC does not have,  and shall not hold  itself  out as  having,  any
authority  to enter into any contract or create any  obligation  or liability on
behalf of, in the name of, or binding upon the Company or Paragon; and AGC shall
hold the Company and Paragon  harmless from any claims resulting from any action
taken by AGC which is inconsistent with the provisions of this sentence.

         8. Binding  Effect;  Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon,
and shall inure to the  benefit  of, AGC and the  Company  and their  respective
heirs, legal representative,  successors, and permitted assigns. The obligations
under this Agreement may not be assigned by the Company or AGC without the prior
written consent of the other party hereto, which consent may be withheld for any
reason whatsoever.

         9. Notification. All notices which a party may be required or desire to
give to the other  party  shall be in  writing  and  shall be given by  personal
service, telecopy,  registered mail or certified mail (or its equivalent) to the
other  party at its  respective  address or  telecopy  number  set forth  below.
Notices  shall be  deemed to be given  upon  actual  receipt  by the party to be
notified.  Notices  delivered  by  telecopy  shall be  confirmed  in  writing by
overnight courier.

                                       64
                                    - 294 -
<PAGE>

         If to AGC:                   Asset Growth Corporation
                                      7324 Southwest Freeway, Suite 1000
                                      Houston, Texas  77074
                                      Attention:  Marcia C. Kennedy
                                      Telecopy No.: ______________

         If to the Company:           Data Transmission Network
                                      Corporation
                                      9110 West Dodge Road, #200
                                      Omaha, NE  68114
                                      Attn:  Charles R. Wood
                                      Telecopy No.:  (402) 255-8088

         10. Entire  Agreement.  This document  constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement;
and there are no other agreements,  representations,  warranties,  or covenants,
written or oral, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
which are not expressly set forth,  referred to, or incorporated  herein by this
document.

         11.  Amendment.  This  Agreement  may be  amended  by  letter  or other
document which by its terms specifically  states that it is an amendment to this
Agreement;  provided, that such letter or other document shall be signed by both
parties hereto.

         12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
enforced in  accordance  with the  substantive  laws,  but not the choice of law
rules, of the State of Nebraska.

         13.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any number of
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         14. Headings.  The headings of the several paragraphs of this Agreement
are  for   reference   purposes  only  and  shall  not  affect  the  meaning  or
interpretation of this Agreement.

         15. Construction.  Whenever required by the context, references in this
Agreement in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

                                       65
                                    - 295 -
<PAGE>



IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.

                                  ASSET GROWTH CORPORATION,
                                  A Delaware corporation

                                  By: __________________________________
                                      Marcia C. Kennedy, President



                                  [Insert name of Newco], a Nebraska corporation



                                  By:___________________________________
                                  Title:__________________________________



                                       66
                                    - 296 -
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT D

                    (Opinion of Looper, Reed, Mark & McGraw)

                             Dated __________, 199__

[Insert name of Newco]
c/o Data Transmission Network Corporation
9110 West Dodge Road
Suite 200
Omaha, NE  68114

Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to Asset Growth Corporation (the "Company"), a
Delaware corporation, and its shareholders, Marcia C. Kennedy and Scott L. Brown
(collectively  the  "Shareholders"),  in connection with your purchase of ninety
percent  (90%) of the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock  of the  Company
pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of __________,  199__
among the Shareholders and you (the "Agreement").  Capitalized terms used herein
and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

         In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals,  or copies
certified  or  otherwise  identified  to our  satisfaction,  of such  documents,
corporate records, certificates, including certificates of public officials, and
other  instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable for purposes of this
opinion,  including those relating to the authorization,  execution and delivery
of the Agreement. We reviewed the following documents and agreements:

         (i)      the Agreement;

         (ii)     the Certificate of Incorporation  of the Company,  as amended,
                  as  certified  by the  Secretary  of  State  of the  State  of
                  Delaware (the "Certificate of Incorporation");

         (iii)    the Bylaws of the  Company,  as amended,  as  certified by the
                  Secretary  of the Company on the date of this  opinion  letter
                  (the "Bylaws");

         (iv)     the stock certificates and stock records of the Company; and

         (v)      actions  taken by the  stockholders  and Board of Directors of
                  the Company to authorize the transactions  contemplated by the
                  Agreement.

         In such  examination  and review we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures,  the legal  capacity of natural  persons,  the  authenticity  of all
documents submitted to us as originals,  the conformity to original documents of
all  documents  submitted  to us as  certified or  photostatic  copies,  and the
authenticity  of the originals of such copies.  As to any facts  material to the

                                       67
                                    - 297 -
<PAGE>

opinions hereafter expressed which we did not independently establish or verify,
we  have  relied  without   investigation  upon  certificates,   statements  and
representations  of  representatives  of the  Company.  During the course of our
discussion with such  representatives  and our review of the documents described
above in  connection  with the  preparation  of these  opinions,  no facts  were
disclosed to us that caused us to conclude that any such certificate,  statement
or representation is untrue. In making our examination of the documents executed
by persons or entities  other than the  Shareholders  and the  Company,  we have
assumed  that each such  other  person or entity had the power and  capacity  to
enter into and perform all his, her or its  obligations  thereunder  and the due
authorization  of, and the due execution and delivery of, such documents by each
such person or entity.

         As  used in this  opinion,  the  expression  "to  our  knowledge"  with
reference to matters of fact means that after an examination of documents in our
files or made available to us by the Company and after  inquiries of officers of
the Company, and considering the actual knowledge of those attorneys in our firm
who have given substantive  attention to legal matters for the Company,  without
independent  investigation or inquiry as to factual  matters,  but not including
any  constructive  or imputed  notice of any  information,  we find no reason to
believe that the opinions expressed herein are factually incorrect. Beyond that,
we have made no independent  factual  investigation for the purpose of rendering
an opinion with respect to such matters.

         Based upon and  subject to the  foregoing,  and  subject to the further
assumptions, limitations, qualifications and exceptions set forth herein, we are
of the opinion that:

         1. The Company is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing,  and
in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the corporate
power and authority and, to our knowledge, all franchises, licenses, and permits
from governmental authorities necessary to own and operate its properties and to
conduct its business as presently being conducted.

         2. The Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing
in (i) the state of Delaware,  and (ii) to our knowledge,  each  jurisdiction in
which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires
such qualification.

         3.  The  authorized  capital  stock  of  the  Company  consists  of (i)
75,000,000  shares of Common Stock,  $0.01 par value per share, of which 200,000
shares are outstanding and no shares are held in the treasury of the Company and
(ii) 10,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock,  $3.00 par value per share, of which
no shares are outstanding and none are held in the treasury of the Company.  All
of the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock of the  Company  have  been  duly
authorized  and  validly  issued and are fully paid and  non-assessable  with no
personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof. To our knowledge,  except
as  disclosed  in the  disclosure  schedules  to  the  Agreement,  there  are no
outstanding  subscriptions,  scrip,  warrants,  commitments,  conversion rights,
calls,  options or  agreements  to issue or sell  additional  securities  of the
Company, and no obligations  whatsoever  requiring,  or which might require, the
Company to issue any securities.

                                       68
                                    - 298 -
<PAGE>

         4. To our knowledge,  the parties to the Agreement  other than you have
good title to all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, free
and clear of all  liens,  encumbrances,  security  interests,  options,  claims,
charges and restrictions.

         5. Each of the Shareholders has the power,  authority,  and capacity to
execute,  deliver,  and perform the Agreement and to consummate the transactions
contemplated  thereby,  and the  Agreement  and all  documents  and  instruments
delivered by the  Shareholders  thereunder have been duly executed and delivered
by them and  constitute  legal,  valid and  binding  obligations  of the parties
thereto other than Buyer, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

         6. The execution,  delivery,  and  performance of the Agreement and the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  thereby  will  not,  except as
disclosed in the disclosure  schedules to the  Agreement,  result in a breach or
violation of or constitute a default under, or accelerate any obligation  under,
or give rise to a right of termination of, the Certificate of  Incorporation  or
By-laws of the  Company  or, to our  knowledge,  any  judgment,  decree,  order,
governmental permit or license, authorization, agreement, indenture, instrument,
or statute or regulation to which the  Shareholders or the Company is a party or
by which the Shareholders or the Company or its business,  assets, or properties
may be bound or affected,  and, to our knowledge,  will not, except as disclosed
in the  disclosure  schedules  to the  Agreement,  result in the creation of any
lien, claim, encumbrance or restriction on any part of the business or assets of
the Company.

         7.  To  our  knowledge,  there  is  no  legal  action  or  governmental
proceeding  or  investigation  pending or  threatened  against or affecting  the
Company or its  stockholders  which  prevents the parties  other than Buyer from
entering  into  or  being  bound  by the  Agreement  or  from  consummating  the
transactions  contemplated  thereby  or  which  questions  the  validity  of the
Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby.

         8. To our knowledge, except as disclosed in the disclosure schedules to
the  Agreement,   there  is  no  legal  action  or  governmental  proceeding  or
investigation pending or threatened against or affecting the Company,  which, if
decided  adversely to the Company,  would have a material  adverse affect on the
properties,  business,  profits or condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of the
Company, taken as a whole.

         9. To our knowledge, except as disclosed in the disclosure schedules to
the  Agreement,  no consent,  authorization  or approval of, or exemption by, or
filing  with,  any court or  administrative  agency or  authority  of the United
States of America or the State of Delaware is  required in  connection  with the
delivery and  performance  by the  Shareholders  of the  Agreement or any of the
instruments  or  agreements  delivered by the  Shareholders  thereunder,  or the
taking of any action therein contemplated.

         10.  All  corporate   proceedings  required  by  the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law to be taken by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the
Company on or prior to the Closing Date in  connection  with the  execution  and

                                       69
                                    - 299 -
<PAGE>

delivery of the Agreement and in connection  with the sale of all of the capital
stock of the Company have been duly and validly taken.

         This opinion  relates solely to the laws of the State of Delaware,  and
applicable  Federal  laws of the United  States,  and we express no opinion with
respect to the effect or  applicability of the laws of other  jurisdictions.  We
have assumed  that,  and our  opinions  expressed in paragraph 5 above are based
upon our assumption that, the internal laws of the State of Delaware and Federal
law govern the  provisions of the Agreement  and the  transactions  contemplated
thereby.

         The  opinion   set  forth  in   paragraph   5  above   concerning   the
enforceability  of the  obligations of the  Shareholders  under the Agreement is
subject  to  the   effect  of  (i)   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,
arrangement,  moratorium,  fraudulent  transfer and other similar laws affecting
creditors' rights  generally,  and (ii) the discretion of any court of competent
jurisdiction in awarding  equitable  remedies,  including,  without  limitation,
specific  performance or injunctive relief, and the effect of general principles
of equity embodied in Delaware statutes and common law.

         We are opining only as to the matters  expressly set forth herein,  and
no opinion should be inferred as to other matters. The opinions expressed herein
are furnished by us, as counsel for the Company and the Shareholders, solely for
your benefit in connection with the  transactions  contemplated by the Agreement
and upon the understanding that we are not hereby assuming any responsibility to
any other  person  whatsoever.  This opinion may not be quoted or relied upon by
any other  person  or used for any  other  purpose  without  our  prior  written
consent.  This opinion is rendered as of the date hereof and we do not undertake
to advise you of matters  which  occur  subsequent  to the date hereof and which
affect the opinions expressed herein.


                                      Very truly yours,

                                      Looper, Reed, Mark & McGraw



                                      By:

                                       70

                                    - 300 -
<PAGE>
      
                                    EXHIBIT E

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         This Employment  Agreement is made and entered into as of the _____ day
of ____________,  199__,  between Asset Growth  Corporation  (the "Company"),  a
Delaware corporation, and [Insert name of the Stockholder] (the "Executive").

                                      * * *

         WHEREAS,  the  Company,  a  subsidiary  of  Data  Transmission  Network
Corporation ("DTN"), desires to employ the Executive; and

         WHEREAS, the Executive desires to accept such employment.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing  recitals and the
respective  covenants and agreements of the parties  contained in this document,
the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

         1.  Employment and Duties.  The Company hereby employs the Executive as
its  __________________________________.  The duties and responsibilities of the
Executive  shall consist of the duties and  responsibilities  of the Executive's
corporate offices and positions which are set forth in the bylaws of the Company
from time to time and such other duties and responsibilities consistent with the
Executive's  corporate offices and positions which the Board of Directors of the
Company may from time to time assign to the Executive.

         2. Term.  The term of this  agreement  shall  begin on the date of this
agreement and shall continue  thereafter for a period of thirty six (36) months,
unless terminated earlier in accordance with this agreement. The Executive shall
remain an employee  at-will.  Either the  Executive or the Company may terminate
the employment  relationship at any time, with or without any reason, subject to
the other provisions of this agreement. Each party shall provide the other party
with  thirty (30) days  advance  written  notice of such  party's  intention  to
terminate this agreement,  except in the event of the termination of Executive's
employment  pursuant to any of the first three  sentences  of Section 11 of this
agreement.

         3.  Place  of  Employment.  During  the  term  of this  agreement,  the
Executive  will perform the duties of the Executive at the Company's  offices in
_________________,  and the  Executive  will  not be  required  to  relocate  or
transfer  the  principal  residence  of the  Executive  during  the term of this
agreement.

         4.  Compensation.  The  Company  agrees to pay the  Executive a signing
bonus (the "Signing  Bonus") of One Hundred Fifty Thousand  Dollars  ($150,000).
The Signing  Bonus shall be paid in full on the date of this  agreement,  and is
not subject to forfeiture. The Company agrees to pay the Executive a base salary
(the "Base Salary") of One Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Dollars  ($175,000) per
year (it  being  understood,  however,  that  Executive  shall be  eligible  for
discretionary  increases in such Base Salary to the extent approved by the Board


                                       71
                                    - 301 -
<PAGE>

of Directors of DTN after  recommendation  by its Compensation  Committee).  The
Base  Salary  shall be paid in  periodic  installments  in  accordance  with the
Company's regular payroll practices.

         5. Annual  Bonus.  The  Executive  shall  participate  in the Company's
annual bonus plan in effect during the term of this agreement  which will reward
targeted  performance  by the Executive in a manner  similar to executives  with
similar base salaries under DTN's annual bonus plan in effect during the term of
this agreement.  If the goals by which the  Executive's  performance is measured
are reached for the particular  year, the annual bonus would  represent from 50%
to 100% of the Executive's  Base Salary for such year. The targeted  performance
of the  Executive  will be  established  near the beginning of the year and will
consider growth from ongoing operations as well as growth through  acquisitions,
as applicable.

         6. Board of Directors. During the term of this agreement, the Executive
shall serve, without additional  compensation,  as a director of the Company and
as a director of each of the subsidiaries of the Company.

         7. Expenses.  During the term of this agreement, the Executive shall be
entitled to prompt  reimbursement by the Company of all reasonable  ordinary and
necessary  travel,  entertainment,  and other expenses incurred by the Executive
(in accordance  with the policies and procedures  established by the Company for
its executive officers, which shall be similar to those for DTN's executives) in
the performance of the duties and  responsibilities  of the Executive under this
agreement; provided, that the Executive shall properly account for such expenses
in accordance with Company policies and procedures.

         8. Other  Benefits.  During the term of this  agreement,  the Executive
shall be entitled to all of the fringe  benefits which are provided to employees
of the Company generally,  excluding any stock option plans or similar programs.
During the term of this  agreement,  the  Executive  also shall be  entitled  to
participate in such other fringe  benefits,  benefit plans or programs which the
Company  or DTN from time to time may make  available  either  to its  employees
generally  or to its  executive  officers,  such as but not  limited to the Data
Transmission  Network  Corporation  401(k) plan,  but excluding any stock option
plans or similar programs.

         9.  Vacations  and Holidays.  The  Executive  shall be entitled to four
weeks  of paid  vacation  per  year and paid  holidays  in  accordance  with the
Company's policies in effect from time to time.

         10. Other Activities.  The Executive shall devote  substantially all of
the  Executive's  working time and efforts during the Company's  normal business
hours to the  business  affairs of the Company and to the  diligent and faithful
performance  of the  duties  and  responsibilities  assigned  to  the  Executive
pursuant to this  agreement,  except for  vacations  and  holidays.  Despite the
foregoing, the Executive shall be free to broker proposed acquisitions which the
Company has elected not to pursue so long as such activities by the Executive do
not require any substantial  services by the Executive and do not interfere with
or impair the performance of the Executive's duties and  responsibilities  under
this agreement.

                                       72
                                    - 302 -
<PAGE>

         11. Termination.  The Executive's employment under this agreement shall
terminate upon the death of the Executive. If the Executive becomes incapable by
reason  of  physical  injury,   disease,  or  mental  illness  of  substantially
performing the duties and responsibilities of the Executive under this agreement
for a period  of six (6)  continuous  months  or  more,  then  the  Company  may
terminate the Executive's employment under this agreement.  The Company also may
terminate the Executive's  employment  under this agreement for Cause;  however,
for  purposes  of this  agreement,  "Cause"  shall mean only (i)  confession  or
conviction  of  theft,  fraud,  embezzlement,   or  any  other  crime  involving
dishonesty with respect to the Company or any parent,  subsidiary,  or affiliate
of the Company, (ii) material violation of the provisions of any confidentiality
agreement or  non-competition  agreement in force between the Company or DTN and
the Executive,  (iii) habitual and material negligence in the performance of the
duties of the  Executive  under or pursuant  to this  agreement,  (iv)  material
non-compliance  with the  obligations  of the Executive  under Section 10 or (v)
failure  of the  Executive,  within  thirty  days after  written  notice of such
failure,  to abide by the lawful  directives  of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company that are not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement. In the event
of the  termination of the Executive's  employment  pursuant to any of the first
three  sentences of this Section 11 or if the Executive  voluntarily  terminates
employment  with the  Company,  other than as  provided  in Section  12(b),  the
Executive  (or,  in the  event  of the  Executive's  death,  the  estate  of the
Executive) shall be entitled to retain that portion of the Base Salary earned by
the Executive up to the effective date of such termination, provided that during
any  period  when the  Executive  is  incapable  by reason of  physical  injury,
disease,  or mental  illness of  substantially  performing his or her duties and
responsibilities  under this agreement,  the Company may subtract from such Base
Salary  the  amount  of  any  payments   which  the   Executive   receives  from
Company-sponsored  disability  insurance as a reimbursement for lost earnings or
wages relating to such period.

         12.  Severance  Pay.  Except as  provided in Sections 11 and 12 of this
agreement, the Executive shall not receive any additional severance pay upon the
termination of employment of the Executive, regardless of the Company's
severance policy for its employees generally.

              (a)  Termination  Without  Cause.  If the Company  terminates  the
employment  of the  Executive  for any reason  other than those  referred  to in
Section 11, the Company shall pay the Executive, upon the effective date of such
termination,  the then current  present value of all remaining  payments of Base
Salary  that  would  have been paid  hereunder  but for such  termination,  less
applicable employee tax withholdings and deductions. Such present value shall be
determined using the discount rate referred to in Section 12 (c).

              (b)  Voluntary  Termination  Upon Change in Control of DTN. If the
Executive  voluntarily  terminates employment with the Company within sixty (60)
days after receiving notice of a Change in Control  Transaction,  as hereinafter
defined,  the Company shall pay the  Executive,  upon the effective date of such
termination,  the then current  present  value of those  payments of Base Salary
that  would  have been paid  hereunder,  but for such  termination,  during  the
shorter  of (i)  the  one  year  period  following  the  effective  date of such
termination or (ii) the remaining  portion of the initial term of this agreement
after the effective date of such termination. Such present value amount shall be
reduced by applicable  employee tax  withholdings  and deductions.  Such present
value shall be determined  using the discount rate referred to in Section 12(c).

                                       73
                                    - 303 -
<PAGE>

For purposes of this Section 12(b),  "Change in Control  Transaction" shall mean
the  occurrence of any of the  following:  (a) the  acquisition by any person or
entity (other than an Exempt Person as hereinafter defined) of securities of DTN
representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of DTN's  then-outstanding
securities;  (b) DTN shall  consolidate  with, or merge with and into, any other
person or entity;  or (c) any person or entity  shall  consolidate  with DTN, or
merger  with  and  into  DTN  and  DTN  shall  be the  continuing  or  surviving
corporation of such merger,  and, in connection with such merger, all or part of
DTN's  capital  stock shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or securities
of any other  person or entity or cash or any other  property.  "Exempt  Person"
shall  mean  DTN or any  subsidiary  of DTN,  in each  case  including,  without
limitation, in its fiduciary capacity, or any employee benefit plan of DTN or of
any subsidiary of DTN, or any entity or trustee holding the capital stock of DTN
for or  pursuant to the terms of any such plan or for the purpose of funding any
such plan or funding  other  employee  benefits  for  employees of DTN or of any
subsidiary of DTN.

              (c)   Discount   Rate.   For   purposes  of  the   present   value
determinations  referred  to in this  Section  12, a discount  rate equal to the
prime rate on corporate  loans at large U.S.  money center  commercial  banks as
quoted in the "Money Rates" column of the Wall Street  Journal on such effective
date shall be used.

         13.  Successors  and Assigns.  This agreement and all rights under this
agreement shall be binding upon,  inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by
the  parties  hereto and their  respective  personal  or legal  representatives,
executors, administrators,  heirs, distributees, devisees, legatees, successors,
and assigns. This agreement is personal in nature, and neither of the parties to
this  agreement  shall,  without  the  written  consent of the other,  assign or
transfer this  agreement or any right or obligation  under this agreement to any
other person or entity.

         14.  Notices.  For  purposes  of  this  agreement,  notices  and  other
communications  provided  for in this  agreement  shall be deemed to be properly
given if delivered  personally or sent by United States  certified mail,  return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

         If to the Executive:                ________________________
                                             ________________________
                                             ________________________



         If to the Company:                  Data Transmission Network
                                             Corporation
                                             9110 West Dodge Road, #200
                                             Omaha, NE  68114
                                             Attn:  Charles R. Wood


or to such other  address as either party may have  furnished to the other party
in  writing  in  accordance   with  this   paragraph.   Such  notices  or  other
communications shall be effective only upon receipt.

                                       74
                                    - 304 -
<PAGE>

         15.  Miscellaneous.  No  provision of this  agreement  may be modified,
waived, or discharged unless such waiver,  modification,  or discharge is agreed
to in writing  and is signed by the  Executive  and an  officer  of the  Company
(other  than the  Executive)  so  authorized  by the Board of  Directors  of the
Company.  No waiver by either party to this  agreement at any time of any breach
by the other party of, or compliance  by the other party with,  any condition or
provision  of this  agreement to be performed by the other party shall be deemed
to be a waiver of similar or dissimilar  provisions or conditions at the same or
any  prior  or  subsequent  time.  No  agreements  or  representations,  oral or
otherwise,  express  or  implied,  with  respect to the  subject  matter of this
agreement  have been made by either  party that are not  expressly  set forth in
this agreement.

         16. Validity.  The invalidity or  unenforceability  of any provision or
provisions of this agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability of
any other  provision of this  agreement,  which other  provision shall remain in
full force and effect; nor shall the invalidity or unenforceability of a portion
of any provision of this agreement affect the validity or  enforceability of the
balance of such provision. The provisions of this agreement are severable.

         17.  Counterparts.  This  document  may be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original  and all of which
together shall constitute a single agreement.

         18. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs contained in this document
are for  reference  purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or
interpretation of any provision of this agreement.

         19.  Applicable  Law. This agreement shall be governed by and construed
in  accordance  with the internal  substantive  laws,  and not the choice of law
rules, of the State of Nebraska.

         20. Arbitration.  In the event a dispute shall arise as to the parties'
respective rights, duties and obligations under this agreement,  or in the event
of a  claim  for  breach  of  this  agreement  by  either  party  (collectively,
"Dispute"),  the parties agree to utilize arbitration as the exclusive means for
resolution  of the Dispute.  With respect to any such  Dispute,  the  arbitrator
shall be selected  and the  arbitration  conducted in  accordance  with the most
recent  Employment  Dispute   Resolution  Rules  of  the  American   Arbitration
Association.  The arbitration  proceeding shall be held in Omaha,  Nebraska,  or
such other location as may be acceptable to the parties.  The  arbitrator  shall
make  written  findings,  including  any  award,  which  shall be  signed by the
arbitrator.  The award shall be deemed final and binding  thirty (30) days after
the award is made.  The parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered
by the  arbitrator.  The  arbitrator  shall be bound by the  provisions  of this
agreement in determining  any award.  The parties agree that the proceedings and
any decision by the arbitrator, including the amount of any award, shall be kept
confidential  and not disclosed to any person other than the parties,  witnesses
and their counsel (who also must each agree to maintain the  confidentiality  of
the proceedings and any decision). A party may enforce any award in any court of
competent jurisdiction.

                                       75
                                    - 305 -
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company and the Executive  have executed this
agreement on the day and year first above written.

                                 Asset Growth Corporation, a
                                 Delaware corporation

                                 By: _____________________________________
                                 Title: ____________________________________


                                 ___________________________________________
                                 [Insert name of the Stockholder]



                                       76
                                    - 306 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT F


                           STOCK REDEMPTION AGREEMENT

         THIS STOCK  REDEMPTION  AGREEMENT,  dated as of ___________,  199__, is
entered  into between  Asset Growth  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company") and [Insert name of Stockholder] (the "Shareholder").


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the  Shareholder  presently  owns _____  shares of the common
stock of the Company and desires to agree upon certain  matters  relating to the
ownership of the shares of such stock now or hereafter owned by the Shareholder;
and

         WHEREAS,  the Company deems it to be in its best interests and the best
interests of its shareholders to enter into this Agreement;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants set forth in this  Agreement,  the parties to this Agreement  agree as
follows:

         1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, unless the context otherwise
requires:

         (a)      "DTN" means Data Transmission Network Corporation,  a Delaware
                  corporation, and its successors and affiliates. The Company is
                  a subsidiary of DTN.

         (b)      "Employment  Agreement"  means the Employment  Agreement dated
                  the same date as this Agreement  between the  Shareholder  and
                  the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time.

         (c)      "Shares"  means all or any portion of the shares of the common
                  stock  of  the  Company  now  or in the  future  owned  by the
                  Shareholder or any interest therein acquired by a Transfer.

         (d)      "Termination  of  Employment"  means  the  termination  of the
                  Shareholder's  employment  with  the  Company  for any  reason
                  whatsoever,  including  but not  limited  to death,  voluntary
                  termination by the Shareholder, and Termination Without Cause.

         (e)      "Termination Without Cause" means termination of Shareholder's
                  employment  by the  Company  for any  reason  other than those
                  referred  to  in  Section  11  of  the  Employment  Agreement.
                  Termination  Without  Cause does not  include  termination  of
                  employment by the Shareholder.

                                       77
                                    - 307 -
<PAGE>

         (f)      "Transfer"  as a verb means to directly or  indirectly  issue,
                  sell, transfer,  assign, pledge,  mortgage,  create a security
                  interest  in, or in any  other  way  encumber  or  dispose  of
                  Shares.  "Transfer"  as  a  noun  means  any  issuance,  sale,
                  transfer, assignment, pledge, mortgage, creation of a security
                  interest  in,  or any  other  encumbrance  or  disposition  of
                  Shares.

         (g)      "Trigger  Event"  means any event  described in Section 3 or 4
                  which  triggers  the  redemption  of all or any portion of the
                  Shares.

         2. Restriction on Transfer of Shares. Without the prior written consent
of the then holders of all of the shares of capital  stock of the  Company,  the
Shareholder  shall not Transfer  any Shares that he or she now or hereafter  may
hold or beneficially  own, nor shall any of the Shares be  transferable,  except
pursuant to or in compliance  with the terms of this  Agreement.  Any attempt by
the  Shareholder to Transfer any Shares other than in compliance  with the terms
of this  Agreement  shall be null and  void and of no force or  effect,  and the
Company  shall not  recognize  and shall  give no effect to any such  attempt to
Transfer  any Shares.  The  restrictions  contained in this  paragraph  shall be
applicable to all Shares acquired by the  Shareholder  from any source after the
date of this Agreement as well as to the Shares owned or held by the Shareholder
on the date of this Agreement.


         3.   Shareholder   Election  for   Redemption   of  Shares.   Upon  the
Shareholder's  written  notice to the Company of his or her election to have the
Company redeem all or a portion of the Shares,  subject to the  limitations  set
forth in this  Section 3, the  Shareholder  shall sell to the  Company,  and the
Company  shall  purchase  from  the  Shareholder,   the  number  of  shares  the
Shareholder  elects to have  redeemed as provided in such  written  notice.  The
Shares being purchased  pursuant to this Section 3 are collectively  referred to
as the  "Redemption  Shares".  The purchase  price to be paid for the Redemption
Shares shall be the Base Value Per Share  determined in accordance  with Section
5. The purchase price for the Redemption Shares shall be paid to the Shareholder
in full in cash  promptly  after  the  purchase  price  has been  determined  as
provided  herein,  but no later than sixty (60) days after the occurrence of the
Trigger  Event.  The  Shareholder  shall  deliver  to the  Company  at such time
certificates  for the Redemption  Shares duly endorsed for transfer and free and
clear of any  liens,  security  interests,  encumbrances,  or claims of any kind
whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Shareholder may not elect to have
redeemed, in the aggregate, more than one-third of the Shares prior to the first
anniversary of the date of this Agreement or more than  two-thirds of the Shares
prior to the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

         4.  Redemption  of Shares  Upon  Termination  of  Employment.  Upon the
Termination of Employment,  the  Shareholder or the  Shareholder's  estate shall
sell to the Company, and the Company shall purchase from the Shareholder, all of
the Shares. If the Termination of Employment  (other than a Termination  Without
Cause) occurs prior to the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement,  the
purchase  price to be paid for each of the Shares shall be one-third of the Base
Value Per Share  determined in accordance  with Section 5. If the Termination of
Employment  (other than a  Termination  Without  Cause)  occurs  after the first
anniversary of the date of this Agreement but prior to the second anniversary of
the date of this Agreement, the purchase price to be paid for each of the Shares
shall be  two-thirds of the Base Value Per Share  determined in accordance  with

                                       78
                                    - 308 -
<PAGE>

Section 5. If the Termination of Employment occurs after the second  anniversary
of the date of this Agreement or is a Termination  Without  Cause,  the purchase
price to be paid for each of the  Shares  shall  be the  Base  Value  Per  Share
determined in accordance with Section 5. The purchase price for the Shares shall
be paid to Seller in full in cash  promptly  after the  purchase  price has been
determined  as  provided  herein,  but no later  than  sixty (60) days after the
Termination  of Employment  occurs;  and the  Shareholder  or the  Shareholder's
estate  shall  deliver to the Company at such time  certificates  for the Shares
duly endorsed for transfer and free and clear of any liens,  security interests,
encumbrances, or claims of any kind whatsoever.

         5. Base Value Per Share.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  the "Base
Value  Per  Share"  shall  be  determined  by  reducing  the  EBITDA  Value  (as
hereinafter  defined)  by the  long-term  debt of the  Company at the end of the
calendar month  immediately  preceding the Trigger Event and dividing the result
by the total  number of issued and  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of the
Company.  The term  "EBITDA  Value"  shall mean the  Operating  Cash Flow of the
Company for the twelve full calendar  months  immediately  preceding the Trigger
Event  multiplied  by the Cash Flow  Multiple.  In the event the Company has not
been in operation during the entire twelve month period, the Operating Cash Flow
of the Company for such period shall be annualized  based upon the operations of
the Company  preceding the Trigger  Event.  The EBITDA Value shall be determined
using the following meanings:

                  (i)  "Operating  Cash Flow" shall mean the average  annual net
         earnings from operations  before interest,  income taxes,  depreciation
         and amortization over a specified period.

                  (ii) "Cash Flow Multiple" shall mean the DTN Enterprise  Value
         divided  by the  Operating  Cash  Flow of DTN  over  the  eight  fiscal
         quarters immediately preceding the Trigger Event.

                  (iii)  "DTN  Enterprise  Value"  shall mean the sum of (i) the
         average  of the  Market  Value on the last day of each  calendar  month
         during the eight  fiscal  quarters  of DTN  immediately  preceding  the
         Trigger Event and (ii) the average of the daily  long-term  debt of DTN
         on the last day of each  calendar  month  during the same eight  fiscal
         quarters.

                  (iv) "Market  Value" shall mean the most recent closing market
         price of DTN's  capital  stock as reported on NASDAQ  multiplied by the
         total number of shares of such stock issued and outstanding.

Accounting  terms  used in this  Section 5  without  definition  shall  have the
meanings  generally ascribed to such terms in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles and otherwise using accounting procedures followed by DTN
for purposes of reporting its financial performance.

         6. Right to Terminate  Shareholder.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
construed  (i) to  confer  upon the  Shareholder  the right to  continue  in the
employment  of the  Company  or (ii) to  affect  the  right  of the  Company  to
terminate the Shareholder's employment at any time.

                                       79
                                    - 309 -
<PAGE>

         7. Legend on  Certificates.  Upon the execution of this Agreement,  the
Shareholder shall deliver to the Company the certificates for the Shares so that
the  Company  can  place a legend in  substantially  the  following  form on the
reverse side of such certificates:

                  "The  shares of stock  represented  hereby are  subject to the
         terms and conditions of a Stock Redemption Agreement dated [Insert date
         of this Agreement],  between Asset Growth  Corporation and [Insert name
         of Shareholder] (the "Agreement")  restricting the  transferability  of
         this  certificate and of the shares  represented  hereby. A copy of the
         Agreement  is  filed  with  the  corporate   records  of  Asset  Growth
         Corporation.

         8.  Dilution and Other  Adjustments.  In the event of any change in the
outstanding  shares of the Company by reason of any stock split, stock dividend,
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination or exchange
of shares,  or other similar event that equitably  requires an adjustment in the
number,  price, or kind of shares that have been sold pursuant hereto, then such
adjustment shall be made by the Company.

         9. Notices. Any notice, offer, request,  instruction, or other document
to be given hereunder by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall
be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, if to the Company, addressed
to the  President of DTN at DTN's  principal  place of  business,  and if to the
Shareholder, addressed to the Shareholder at his or her residence.

         10.  Nonassignability.  The rights and  obligations of the  Shareholder
arising under this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Shareholder. Nothing
expressed  or implied in this  Agreement  is intended to confer upon any person,
other than the parties hereto,  and their respective  successors,  heirs,  legal
representatives and permitted assigns,  any rights,  remedies,  obligations,  or
liabilities  by  reason  of this  Agreement.  In the  event of the  death of the
Shareholder, the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the personal
representative of the Shareholder's estate.

         11. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the internal  substantive laws, and not the choice of law rules,
of the  State  of  Nebraska.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in one or  more
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original  but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

         12.  Entire  Agreement.  This  document  contains the entire  agreement
between the parties hereto with respect to the matters  contained  herein.  This
Agreement may not be changed orally but only by a written  instrument  signed by
both the Company and the  Shareholder.  The headings of the  paragraphs  in this
Agreement are solely for convenient reference.

         13.  Waivers.  The  waiver  by the  Company  of any  provision  of this
Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a subsequent  waiver of the
same provision or a waiver of any other provision hereof.

                                       80
                                    - 310 -
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this  Agreement to be duly
executed in its corporate name, and the Shareholder has hereunto  affixed his or
her signature, all as of the day and year first above written.


                                      Asset Growth Corporation



                                      By:________________________________
                                      Title: ______________________



                                       ________________________________________
                                       [Insert name of Stockholder]

                                       81
                                    - 311 -

                                                                 


                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                                      AMONG

                          WEATHER SERVICES CORPORATION,

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION

                                       and

                        ABRY BROADCAST PARTNERS II, L.P.



                                      DATED

                                November 12, 1998


                                                        
                                       1
                                    - 312 -
<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I

THE MERGER....................................................................1
1A.      Formation of Merger Sub.  ...........................................1
1B.      General..............................................................1
1C.      Effect on WSC Share Equivalents......................................1
1D.      Certificate of Incorporation.........................................2
1E.      Bylaws...............................................................2
1F.      Board of Directors and Officers......................................2
1G.      Name.................................................................2
1H.      Exchange Procedures..................................................2
1I.      No Further Rights; Transfer of WSC Stock.............................2

ARTICLE  II

MERGER CONSIDERATION AND CLOSING..............................................3
2A.      Merger Consideration.................................................3
2B.      Deliveries at the Closing............................................3
2C.      Closing..............................................................3
2D.      Other Closing Transactions...........................................4

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF WSC.........................................4
3A.      Existence and Good Standing..........................................4
3B.      Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations..............4
3C.      No Defaults..........................................................4
3D.      Litigation...........................................................5
3E.      Brokers..............................................................5
3F.      Capital Stock and Related Matters....................................5
3G.      Subsidiaries; Investments.  .........................................5
3H.      Financial Statements.................................................5
3I.      Accounts Receivable..................................................6
3J.      No Material Adverse Change...........................................6
3K.      Absence of Certain Developments......................................6
3L.      Assets...............................................................7
3M.      Tax Matters..........................................................7
3N.      Contracts and Commitments............................................7
3O.      Intellectual Property Rights.........................................8
3P.      Insurance............................................................9
3Q.      Employees............................................................9
3R.      Compliance with Laws.................................................9

                                       2
                                    - 313 -
<PAGE>




3S.      Employee Benefits....................................................9
3T.      Books of Account....................................................10
3U.      Software............................................................10
3V.      Director Action.....................................................10
3W.      Net Book Deficit....................................................10

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ABRY.......................................11
4A.      Existence and Good Standing.........................................11
4B.      Limited Partnership Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations...11
4C.      No Defaults.........................................................11
4D.      Litigation..........................................................11
4E.      Brokers.............................................................12

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
DTN AND THE MERGER SUB.......................................................12
5A.      Incorporation.......................................................12
5B.      Corporate Action....................................................12
5C.      No Defaults.........................................................12
5D.      Brokers.............................................................13
5E.      Litigation..........................................................13

ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS OF WSC AND ABRY....................................................13
6A.      Maintenance of WSC Business until the Commencement Time.............13
6B.      Confidential Information............................................14
6C.      Efforts to Consummate...............................................14
6D.      Non-Solicitation....................................................14
6E.      Non-Competition.....................................................15
6F.      Confidentiality.....................................................15

ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS OF DTN AND THE MERGER SUB..........................................15
7A.      Confidential Information............................................15
7B.      Efforts to Consummate...............................................15
7C.      Continued Employment................................................16

ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF WSC
AND WSC STOCKHOLDERS AT THE CLOSING..........................................16


                                       3
                                    - 314 -
<PAGE>




8A.      Representations, Warranties, Covenants..............................16
8B.      Sufficient Funds to Satisfy Obligations.............................17
8C.      DTN Legal Opinion...................................................17
8D.      Other...............................................................17

ARTICLE IX

CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF DTN AND
THE MERGER SUB AT THE CLOSING................................................17
9A.      Representations, Warranties, Covenants..............................17
9B.      WSC Legal Opinion...................................................18
9C.      ABRY Legal Opinion..................................................18
9D.      Other...............................................................18

ARTICLE X

PRECLOSING COVENANTS.........................................................18
10A.     Public Announcements................................................18
10B.     WSC Stockholder Meeting.............................................18
10C.     Management and Consulting Agreement.................................18

ARTICLE XI

TERMINATION..................................................................20
11A.     Termination.........................................................20
11B.     Effect of Termination...............................................20
11C.     Waiver of Right to Terminate........................................20

ARTICLE XII

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS; COVENANTS AFTER CLOSING...............................21
12A.     Survival of Representations and Warranties..........................21
12B.     Mutual Assistance and Records.......................................21
12C.     Access..............................................................21
12D.     Expenses............................................................21
12E.     Taxes; Recording Charges............................................21
12F.     Indemnification  by ABRY............................................21

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS................................................................23
13A.     Amendment and Waiver................................................23
13B.     Notices.............................................................24
13C.     Assignment..........................................................25
13D.     Severability........................................................25
13E.     No Strict Construction..............................................25


                                       4
                                    - 315 -
<PAGE>




13F.     Captions............................................................25
13G.     Third Parties.......................................................25
13H.     Complete Agreement..................................................25
13I.     Counterparts........................................................25
13J.     Governing Law.......................................................26
13K.     Specific Performance................................................26


                                       5
                                    - 316 -

<PAGE>




                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER


      THIS  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF MERGER (the  "Agreement")  is entered into on
November 12, 1998 by and among Weather  Services  Corporation,  a  Massachusetts
corporation  ("WSC"),   Data  Transmission   Network  Corporation,   a  Delaware
corporation  ("DTN"),  on behalf of itself and a  subsidiary  to be formed by it
pursuant to Section 1A below,  and ABRY Broadcast  Partners II, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership ("ABRY").

      WHEREAS,  WSC is engaged  in the  business  of  compiling,  marketing  and
distributing  meteorological  information for the purpose of weather forecasting
(the "WSC Business"); and

      WHEREAS,  DTN desires to acquire  the  capital  stock of WSC by means of a
merger; and

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  FOR GOOD AND  VALUABLE  CONSIDERATION,  the  receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   THE MERGER

      1A.  Formation of Merger Sub. On or prior to November  18, 1998,  DTN will
form a wholly-owned Subsidiary which will be a Massachusetts  corporation.  Such
Subsidiary  will be the "Merger  Sub"  referred to in this  Agreement.  DTN will
cause such  Subsidiary  to become a party to this  Agreement  by  executing  and
delivering to WSC a counterpart thereof.

      1B. General.  Upon and subject to the terms and conditions  stated in this
Agreement,  on the Closing Date,  effective as of the Effective Time, the Merger
Sub will merge with and into WSC in accordance  with the terms and conditions of
this  Agreement.  WSC will be the  corporation  which  survives such merger (the
"Merger")  and in such  capacity is sometimes  referred to in this  Agreement as
"Post-Merger WSC."

      1C.  Effect  on WSC Share  Equivalents.  Immediately  after  the  Closing,
subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement  (1) the Merger will be
effected  by  filing  Articles  of  Merger  with the  Secretary  of the State of
Massachusetts;  (2) each WSC Share Equivalent outstanding at the Effective Time,
by said occurrence and with no further action on the part of the holder thereof,
will be  transformed  and  converted  into  the  right  to  receive  the  Merger
Consideration  for such WSC Share  Equivalent,  without  interest or any similar
payment  thereon or with respect  thereto,  upon  surrender  of the  certificate
representing  such WSC Share  Equivalent;  (3) each share of common stock of the
Merger Sub  outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective  Time will, by said
occurrence  and with no  further  action on the part of the holder  thereof,  be
transformed and converted into one share of common stock of Post-Merger  WSC, so
that  immediately  thereafter  DTN will be the sole and  exclusive  owner of all
equity  securities of Post-Merger WSC; and (4) Post-Merger WSC will be the owner

                                       6
                                    - 317 -
<PAGE>

of the business, assets, rights, privileges,  immunities, powers, franchises and
other attributes of WSC and the Merger Sub.

      1D.  Certificate of  Incorporation.  Immediately after the Effective Time,
the certificate of  incorporation  of Post-Merger WSC will be the certificate of
incorporation of the Merger Sub as in effect  immediately prior to the Effective
Time.

      1E.  Bylaws.   Immediately   after  the  Effective  Time,  the  bylaws  of
Post-Merger  WSC will be the bylaws of the  Merger Sub as in effect  immediately
prior to the Effective Time.

      1F. Board of Directors and  Officers.  The board of directors and officers
of the Merger Sub  immediately  prior to the Effective Time will be the board of
directors and the officers,  respectively,  of Post-Merger WSC immediately after
the Effective  Time, and such  individuals  will serve in such positions for the
respective  terms in accordance  with the bylaws of Post-Merger  WSC until their
respective successors are elected and qualified.

      1G. Name. The name of Post-Merger WSC will be designated by DTN.

      1H. Exchange Procedures. At or after the Closing, each holder of record of
WSC Share  Equivalents  will deliver to  Post-Merger  WSC for  cancellation  the
certificate(s)   representing   such  WSC  Share   Equivalents   (the  "Old  WSC
Certificates").  Upon  surrender of any Old WSC  Certificate  for  cancellation,
subject  to the  provisions  of this  Agreement,  (a) the holder of such Old WSC
Certificate will receive in exchange  therefor the Merger  Consideration for the
WSC Share Equivalents represented by such Old WSC Certificate,  and (b) such Old
WSC  Certificate  will be canceled.  Until  surrendered as  contemplated by this
Section 1H, each Old WSC  Certificate  will, at and after the Effective Time, be
deemed to represent  only the right to receive,  upon  surrender of such Old WSC
Certificate,  the Merger Consideration for the WSC Share Equivalents represented
by such Old WSC Certificate. Each share of common stock of the Merger Sub issued
and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall continue to be one
share of common stock of the surviving corporation, with the same rights, powers
and privileges as such share of common stock of the Merger Sub immediately prior
to the Effective Time.

      1I. No Further  Rights;  Transfer of WSC Stock.  The Merger  Consideration
paid for any WSC Share Equivalent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement
will be deemed to have been paid in full  satisfaction of all rights  pertaining
to such WSC Share Equivalent. At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of
WSC will be closed and no transfer of WSC Share  Equivalents  will thereafter be
made.

                                   ARTICLE II

                        MERGER CONSIDERATION AND CLOSING

      2A. Merger Consideration.

          (1) Amount for all WSC Share Equivalents in the Aggregate.  Subject to
      the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the "Merger Consideration" for

                                       7
                                    - 318 -
<PAGE>

      all  WSC  Share   Equivalents  shall  be  warrants  (the  "DTN  Warrants")
      representing  the right to purchase  twenty  thousand  (20,000)  shares of
      common  stock  of DTN in the  aggregate  at a price  of $34 per  share  in
      accordance  with the  terms and  conditions  of one or more  Common  Stock
      Purchase  Warrant  certificates  substantially  in the  form  attached  as
      Exhibit 2A hereto, which will be issued solely to accredited investors (as
      that term is defined in the rules  promulgated  pursuant to the Securities
      Act of 1933,  as amended).  The DTN Warrants will be issued on the Closing
      Date and will expire on the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date.

          (2) Amount for any  Particular WSC Share  Equivalent.  With respect to
      any particular WSC Share Equivalent,  the "Merger Consideration" means the
      portion  of  the  aggregate  Merger   Consideration   for  all  WSC  Share
      Equivalents which is equal to the amount that the holder of such WSC Share
      Equivalent would receive in respect of such WSC Share Equivalent if:

                (a) all WSC Rights  (other than WSC's Series C Preferred  Stock)
          outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective  Time were  converted
          into or exercised or  exchanged  for WSC Shares to the fullest  extent
          permitted  by the terms of such WSC Rights,  immediately  prior to the
          Effective Time, and

                (b) WSC thereafter  distributed to the holders of the WSC Shares
          outstanding  immediately  prior to the  Effective  Time (after  giving
          effect to the  conversions,  exercises  and  exchanges  referred to in
          clause (a) above),  in accordance  with the provisions of its articles
          of organization, an amount equal to the aggregate Merger Consideration
          for the WSC Share Equivalents,

      reduced,  in the case of any WSC  Right,  by the  exercise  price (if any)
      payable  upon the  exercise of such WSC Right as  described  in clause (a)
      above. For purposes of this Section 2A(2), each DTN Warrant will be deemed
      to have a value of $1.00.

      2B.  Deliveries  at the  Closing.  All actions on the Closing Date will be
deemed to occur  simultaneously,  and no document or payment to be  delivered or
made on the Closing  Date will be deemed to be  delivered or made until all such
documents and payments are delivered or made to the reasonable  satisfaction  of
WSC, the Merger Sub and their respective legal counsel.

      2C. Closing.  Subject to the conditions  contained in this Agreement,  the
closing of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement (the "Closing") will
occur at the offices of Kirkland & Ellis,  in New York,  New York, at 10:00 a.m.
on the  first  business  day after all  conditions  precedent  set forth in this
Agreement  have been satisfied or at such other time and/or place as the parties
shall agree, but in no event later than December 11, 1998 (the "Closing Date").

      2D. Other Closing Transactions.  At the Closing,  Post-Merger WSC will pay
in full all  principal  and interest  owing under the Loan  Agreements as of the
Closing Date and all accrued  management fees under the Management  Agreement as
of the  Commencement  Time  and  expense  reimbursements  owed to ABRY as of the
Closing Date, after giving effect to the forgiveness and annulment  described in
the  following  sentence.  At the  Closing,  the  Management  Agreement  will be
terminated  and all  other  liabilities  of WSC to ABRY  will  be  forgiven  and

                                       8
                                    - 319 -
<PAGE>

annulled,  to the extent that the existence of such liabilities  would cause the
net  book  deficit  of WSC,  as  defined  in  Section  3W,  to be  greater  than
$3,000,000.  In addition,  at the Closing,  Post-Merger WSC will pay to Peter R.
Leavitt  the sum of  $102,105  and to Michael  S.  Leavitt  the sum of  $42,292,
representing  the full amount of all salaries,  severance or  reimbursement  for
expenses  accrued  or  owing  to  Peter  R.  Leavitt  and  Michael  S.  Leavitt,
respectively. DTN will cause Post-Merger WSC to pay all of the foregoing amounts
at the Closing.


                                   ARTICLE III

                      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF WSC

      In order to induce DTN to enter into this  Agreement,  WSC  represents and
warrants to DTN and to the Merger Sub that,  except as set forth on the attached
Exceptions Schedule:

      3A.  Existence and Good  Standing.  WSC is a corporation  duly  organized,
validly existing and, where  applicable,  in good standing under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts. WSC has the power and authority to own, lease and
operate its property and to carry on its business as now being  conducted and to
own or lease  the  assets  owned  or  leased  by it.  WSC is duly  qualified  or
licensed,  or otherwise in good standing, to do business in each jurisdiction in
which it owns or leases properties,  conducts operations or maintains a stock of
goods,  with full power and  authority  to carry on the  business in which it is
engaged and to execute and deliver and carry out the  transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement.

      3B. Corporate Power;  Authorization;  Enforceable Obligations.  Subject to
obtaining  requisite  approval  of its  stockholders  (which  approval  will  be
obtained prior to the Closing),  WSC has, and on the Closing Date will have, the
corporate power, authority and legal right to execute,  deliver and perform this
Agreement,  and on the Closing Date the execution,  delivery and  performance of
this Agreement by WSC will have been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate
and shareholder action. This Agreement has been, and on the Closing Date the WSC
Closing  Documents  to which  WSC will be a party  will be,  duly  executed  and
delivered on behalf of WSC by its duly authorized officers or representatives or
attorney-in-fact,  and this Agreement  constitutes,  and on the Closing Date the
WSC Closing  Documents to which WSC will be a party when  executed and delivered
will constitute,  the legal, valid and binding  obligations of WSC,  enforceable
against WSC in accordance with their respective terms,  subject to the effect of
applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,   reorganization,   fraudulent  conveyance,
arrangement,  moratorium  or similar  laws  affecting  the  rights of  creditors
generally and the availability of equitable remedies.

      3C. No Defaults. On the Closing Date (after giving effect to all approvals
and consents which have been obtained) neither the execution and delivery by WSC
of this  Agreement,  nor the  consummation  by WSC of the  Merger  or the  other
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated by WSC,  requires
any consent under, will constitute, or, with the giving of notice or the passage
of time or both, would constitute,  a material violation of or would conflict in
any material  respect  with or result in any material  breach of or any material
default  under,  or will  result in the  creation  of any Lien  (other  than any
Permitted Encumbrance) under, any of the terms, conditions, or provisions of any
law,  rule  or  regulation  of any  governmental  authority,  or any  agreement,

                                       9
                                    - 320 -
<PAGE>

instrument,  license or permit, or of any order,  writ,  injunction or decree to
which WSC is subject, or of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of WSC.

      3D.  Litigation.  On the date of this  Agreement,  there is no  litigation
pending by or against, or to the knowledge of WSC threatened against,  WSC which
interferes  in a material  respect  with,  or could  reasonably  be  expected to
interfere  in a  material  respect  with,  (a) the  WSC  Business  as  presently
conducted  or (b) the  ability of WSC or the WSC  Stockholders  to carry out the
transactions  contemplated to be carried out by them pursuant to this Agreement,
and at the Commencement Time, no such pending or threatened litigation will have
or will reasonably be expected to have such effect.

      3E.  Brokers.  There is no broker or finder or other Person who would have
any valid claim against WSC for a commission or brokerage fee in connection with
this  Agreement  or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  as a result  of any
agreement  or  understanding  of, or action taken by, WSC, the Merger Sub or any
Affiliate of any of them.

     3F.  Capital Stock and Related  Matters.  As of the Closing,  WSC shall not
have  outstanding any securities  convertible or exchangeable  for any shares of
its  capital  stock,  nor shall it have  outstanding  any  rights or  options to
subscribe  for or to  purchase  its  capital  stock or any  stock or  securities
convertible into or exchangeable  for its capital stock. As of the Closing,  WSC
shall not be subject to any  obligation  (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase
or otherwise  acquire or retire any shares of its capital stock or any warrants,
options or other rights to acquire its capital stock. As of the Closing,  all of
the  outstanding  shares of WSC's capital stock shall be validly  issued,  fully
paid and nonassessable.

     3G.  Subsidiaries;  Investments.  WSC does not own or hold  any  rights  to
acquire any shares of stock or any other security, interest or investment in any
other Person, and WSC has never had any Subsidiary.

     3H. Financial  Statements.  Attached hereto as Exhibit 3H are the following
financial statements:

     (i) the  balance  sheet of WSC as of  December  31,  1997  and the  related
statements  of income and cash flows for the  twelve-month  period  then  ended,
reviewed by its independent accounting advisors, Price Waterhouse Coopers; and

     (ii) the  unaudited  balance  sheet of WSC as of  September  30,  1998 (the
"Latest Balance Sheet"), for the nine-month period then ended.

Each of the  foregoing  financial  statements  (including in all cases the notes
thereto,  if any) was accurate  and complete in all material  respects as of the
date thereof,  is consistent with the books and records of WSC (which,  in turn,
are accurate and complete) and has been  prepared in accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting  principles,  consistently  applied ("GAAP") (except, in the
case of the Latest  Balance  Sheet,  for the absence of  footnotes  and year-end
adjustments).

                                       10
                                    - 321 -
<PAGE>



     3I. Accounts Receivable. The uncollected accounts receivable of WSC arising
from the WSC Business prior to the Commencement Time (the "Accounts Receivable")
will be valid and genuine and will have arisen solely out of bona fide sales and
deliveries of goods, the performance of services and other business transactions
in the ordinary course of business  consistent with past practice.  The Accounts
Receivable will not be subject to valid defenses,  set-offs or counterclaims and
will be  collectible  during the period  ending  eleven months after the Closing
Date at the full recorded amount thereof.

     3J. No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the Latest Balance Sheet,
there has been no change or event which has had a Material Adverse Effect.

     3K. Absence of Certain Developments.

     (i) Except as expressly  contemplated by this Agreement,  since the date of
the Latest Balance Sheet, WSC has not:

                (a)  declared  or made any  payment or  distribution  of cash or
          other property to its  stockholders  with respect to its capital stock
          or other equity  securities or purchased or redeemed any shares of its
          capital stock or other equity securities;

                (b) sold,  assigned or transferred  any of its material  assets,
          except in the ordinary  course of  business,  or canceled any debts or
          claims;

                (c) sold,  assigned or  transferred  any  material  Intellectual
          Property Rights;

                (d)  suffered any  extraordinary  losses or waived any rights of
          value;

                (e) made  capital  expenditures  or  commitments  therefor  that
          aggregate in excess of $100,000;

                (f) made any  charitable  contributions  or pledges in excess of
          $2,000 in the aggregate; or

                (g) suffered any damage,  destruction or casualty loss exceeding
          in the aggregate $100,000, whether or not covered by insurance.

      (ii) WSC has not at any time made any payments for political contributions
or made any bribes, kickback payments or other illegal payments.

      3L.  Assets.  WSC has good and marketable  title to, or a valid  leasehold
interest  in, the  material  properties  and assets  used by it,  located on its
premises or shown on the Latest Balance Sheet or acquired  thereafter,  free and
clear of all consensual  Liens,  except for properties and assets disposed of in
the ordinary  course of business  since the date of the Latest Balance Sheet and
except for Liens  disclosed on the Latest  Balance  Sheet  (including  any notes
thereto). WSC's buildings,  equipment and other material tangible assets are fit

                                       11
                                    - 322 -
<PAGE>

for use in the ordinary  course of business.  WSC owns, or has a valid leasehold
interest in, all assets  necessary for the conduct of its respective  businesses
as presently conducted and as presently proposed by WSC to be conducted.

      3M. Tax Matters.

          (1) WSC has filed all  material  tax  returns  which it is required to
      file under  applicable  laws and  regulations;  all such tax  returns  are
      complete  and  correct in all  material  respects;  WSC has not waived any
      statute  of  limitations  with  respect  to any  taxes  or  agreed  to any
      extension of time with respect to any tax  assessment or  deficiency;  the
      federal income tax returns of WSC have been audited and closed for all tax
      years through  December 31, 1992;  WSC has received no notice and does not
      have  reason to  believe  that any  foreign,  federal,  state or local tax
      audits or administrative or judicial  proceedings are pending or are being
      conducted with respect to WSC, no  information  related to tax matters has
      been requested by any foreign,  federal,  state or local taxing  authority
      and no  written  notice  indicating  an  intent  to open an audit or other
      review has been received by WSC from any foreign,  federal, state or local
      taxing authority; and there are no material unresolved questions or claims
      concerning WSC's tax liability with any foreign,  federal,  state or local
      taxing authority.

          (ii) WSC has not made an  election  under  ss.341(f)  of the  Internal
      Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code").  WSC is not liable for the
      Taxes of another Person under (a) Treas.  Reg. ss. 1.1502-6 (or comparable
      provisions  of  state,  local or  foreign  law),  (b) as a  transferee  or
      successor,  (c) by contract or  indemnity or (d)  otherwise.  WSC is not a
      party to any tax  sharing  agreement.  WSC has not made any  payments,  is
      obligated  to make  payments  or is a party  to an  agreement  that  could
      obligate it to make any payments that would not be  deductible  under Code
      ss.280G.

      3N.  Contracts and Commitments.

          (ii) The attached  Exceptions Schedule lists all material contracts to
      which WSC is a party.

          (ii)  To  WSC's  knowledge,  all  of  the  contracts,  agreements  and
      instruments  listed on the  Exceptions  Schedule  are valid,  binding  and
      enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. Except as would not
      have a Material  Adverse  Effect:  (a) WSC has performed  all  obligations
      required  to be  performed  by it  under  the  contracts,  agreements  and
      instruments listed on the Exceptions  Schedule and is not in default under
      or in breach of nor in receipt of any claim of default or breach under any
      contract,  agreement or instrument listed on the Exceptions Schedule;  (b)
      no event has  occurred  which  with the  passage  of time or the giving of
      notice or both would result in a default, breach or event of noncompliance
      by  WSC  under  any  contract,  agreement  or  instrument  listed  on  the
      Exceptions  Schedule;  (c) WSC does not have any  present  expectation  or
      intention of not fully performing all such  obligations;  and (d) WSC does
      not have  knowledge  of any  breach  or  anticipated  breach  by the other
      parties to any contract, agreement, instrument or commitment listed on the
      Exceptions Schedule.

                                       12
                                    - 323 -
<PAGE>



          (iii) DTN's  special  counsel has been supplied with or has had access
      to a true and  correct  copy of each of the  written  instruments,  plans,
      contracts and agreements  and an accurate  description of each of the oral
      arrangements,  contracts  and  agreements  which  are  referred  to on the
      Exceptions  Schedule,  together  with  all  amendments,  waivers  or other
      changes thereto.

      3O.  Intellectual Property Rights.

          (i) WSC owns all right, title and interest to, or has the right to use
      pursuant to a valid license,  all  Intellectual  Property Rights necessary
      for the  operation of the business of WSC as  presently  conducted  and as
      presently proposed to be conducted (the "Required Intellectual Property"),
      free and  clear of all  consensual  Liens.  Since  the date of the  Latest
      Balance Sheet, the loss or expiration of any  Intellectual  Property Right
      or related group of Intellectual  Property Rights owned or used by WSC has
      not had a Material  Adverse Effect,  and no such loss or expiration is, to
      WSC's  knowledge,  threatened  or  pending.  WSC has taken all  reasonably
      necessary and desirable  actions to maintain and protect the  Intellectual
      Property Rights which it owns.

          (ii)  There  have  been no  claims  made  against  WSC  asserting  the
      invalidity,  misuse  or  unenforceability  of  any  Required  Intellectual
      Property, and, to WSC's knowledge,  there are no grounds for the same. WSC
      has not  received  any  notices  of,  and is not aware of any facts  which
      indicate a likelihood  of, any  infringement  or  misappropriation  by, or
      conflict  with,  any third  party with  respect to  Required  Intellectual
      Property  (including,  without limitation,  any demand or request that WSC
      license any rights from a third party),  the conduct of WSC's business has
      not infringed,  misappropriated  or conflicted with and does not infringe,
      misappropriate or conflict with any Intellectual  Property Rights of other
      Persons, nor would any future conduct as presently  contemplated infringe,
      misappropriate or conflict with any Intellectual  Property Rights of other
      Persons, in each case to the extent that the results of such conduct would
      cause a Material  Adverse Effect.  To WSC's  knowledge,  the  Intellectual
      Property  Rights  owned by or  licensed  to WSC  have not been  infringed,
      misappropriated   or  conflicted  by  other  Persons.   The   transactions
      contemplated  by this  Agreement  shall  have no  adverse  effect on WSC's
      right, title and interest in and to the Required Intellectual Property.

          (iii) The Exceptions Schedule lists all patents,  trademarks,  service
      marks,  trade names,  and  copyrights  used in the WSC  Business  that are
      registered by WSC or for which applications for registration are pending.

      3P. Insurance. WSC is not in default with respect to its obligations under
any insurance policy maintained by it.

      3Q.  Employees.  WSC has complied with all laws relating to the employment
of labor (including,  without limitation,  provisions thereof relating to wages,
hours,  equal  opportunity,  collective  bargaining  and the  payment  of social
security and other taxes),  and WSC is not aware that it has any labor relations
problems  (including,  without  limitation,  any union organization  activities,
threatened or actual strikes or work stoppages or grievances).  Neither WSC nor,


                                       13
                                    - 324 -
<PAGE>


to  WSC's  knowledge,  any of  its  employees  is  subject  to  any  noncompete,
nondisclosure,  confidentiality,  employment,  consulting or similar  agreements
relating  to,  affecting  or in conflict  with the present or proposed  business
activities of WSC, except for agreements  between WSC and its present and former
employees.  WSC has not  employed  more than  one-hundred  (100)  employees on a
full-time basis at any given time since March 1, 1998.

      3R. Compliance with Laws. WSC has not violated any law or any governmental
regulation  or  requirement  which  violation  has had or would  have a Material
Adverse Effect,  and WSC has not received  notice of any such violation.  WSC is
not  subject  to,  nor has  reason to  believe  it may  become  subject  to, any
liability (contingent or otherwise) or corrective or remedial obligation arising
under  any  Environmental  and  Safety  Requirements  which  has  had  or  would
reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse Effect.  Without limiting the
generality  of the  foregoing,  (i) WSC has obtained  all permits,  licenses and
authorizations  required under,  and have complied with, all  Environmental  and
Safety  Requirements,  (ii) no notice has been  received  by WSC  regarding  any
violation  of, or any claim,  liability  or  corrective  or remedial  obligation
under,  any  Environmental  and  Safety  Requirements  and  (iii)  no  facts  or
circumstances exist with respect to the past or present operations or facilities
of WSC which would give rise to a liability or corrective or remedial obligation
under any Environmental and Safety Requirements.

      3S.  Employee Benefits.

          (1) The Exceptions  Schedule contains an accurate and complete list of
      (a) each "employee  benefit plan" (as such term is defined in Section 3(3)
      of the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of  1974,  as  amended
      ("ERISA"))  maintained  by WSC and (b)  each  other  retirement,  savings,
      thrift, deferred compensation, severance, stock ownership, stock purchase,
      stock   option,    performance,    bonus,   incentive,   fringe   benefit,
      hospitalization or other medical, disability, life or other insurance, and
      any other welfare benefit maintained by WSC for the benefit of any present
      or former  employee,  officer or director of WSC, other than any such plan
      which is solely  discretionary.  Each such item  listed on the  Exceptions
      Schedule is  referred  to herein as a "Benefit  Plan." None of the Benefit
      Plans is a defined benefit pension plan or a Multi-employer plan.

          (2) Each  Benefit  Plan that is  intended to be  qualified  within the
      meaning of Section  401(a) of the Code has received a  determination  from
      the Internal  Revenue  Service  that such Benefit Plan is qualified  under
      Section  401(a) of the Code,  and nothing has  occurred  since the date of
      such  determination  that could adversely affect the qualification of such
      Benefit Plan.

          (3)  Except  as would not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect:  (a) each
      Benefit Plan has been  maintained,  funded and  administered in compliance
      with its respective terms and in compliance in all material  respects with
      all applicable laws and regulations, including ERISA and the Code; and (b)
      there are no pending  or  threatened  actions,  suits,  investigations  or
      claims with  respect to any Benefit  Plan (other than  routine  claims for
      benefits)  which  could  result in  liability  to WSC  (whether  direct or
      indirect). WSC has complied with the health care continuation requirements
      of Part 6 of Title I of ERISA.


                                       14
                                    - 325 -
<PAGE>




      3T. Books of Account.  The books,  records and accounts of WSC  maintained
with respect to the WSC Business  accurately and fairly reflect, in all material
respects, the transactions and the assets and liabilities of WSC with respect to
the WSC Business.  WSC has not engaged in any material  transaction with respect
to its business operations,  maintained any bank account for the WSC Business or
used any of the  funds of WSC in the  conduct  of the WSC  Business  except  for
transactions,  bank  accounts and funds which have been and are reflected in the
normally maintained books and records of the WSC Business.

      3U. Software.  Any software used by WSC in the conduct of the WSC Business
and not licensed from third parties has been developed entirely by the employees
of WSC during the time they were  employees only of WSC and does not include any
inventions  of the  employees  made  prior to the  time  such  employees  became
employees of WSC nor any intellectual  property of any previous employer of such
employee.  With  respect to any  software  used by WSC in the conduct of the WSC
Business and licensed by WSC for such use from third parties, WSC is in material
compliance with obligations arising under all related licensing  agreements with
such third parties.

      3V.  Director  Action.  The Board of  Directors  of WSC (at a meeting duly
called and held or otherwise by valid  consent) has by the requisite vote of all
directors  present (a)  determined  that the Merger is advisable and in the best
interests of WSC and the WSC  Stockholders,  (b) approved this Agreement and the
transactions  contemplated hereby, and (c) directed that the Merger be submitted
for consideration by the WSC Stockholders.

      3W. Net Book Deficit.  As of the Commencement Time, the "net book deficit"
of WSC will not be greater than $3,000,000; provided that the "net book deficit"
of WSC at any time means the amount by which  WSC's  total  liabilities  at such
time  exceeds the amount of WSC's total  assets at such time,  in each case,  as
determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP  (except  for  the  absence  of  year-end
adjustments).  For purposes of  determining  the net book deficit,  all Accounts
Receivable will be valued at their  respective face amounts,  without  allowance
for uncollectible or doubtful  accounts.  In the event that the net book deficit
is greater than $3,000,000 at the Commencement Time, the amount that Post-Merger
WSC will pay to ABRY at  Closing  pursuant  to  Section 2D will be reduced in an
amount equal to the amount by which the net book deficit exceeds $3,000,000.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ABRY


      In order to induce DTN to enter into this  Agreement,  ABRY represents and
warrants to DTN and to the Merger Sub as follows:

      4A.  Existence  and Good  Standing.  ABRY is a  limited  partnership  duly
organized,  validly existing and, where  applicable,  in good standing under the
laws of the State of Delaware.  ABRY has the power and  authority to own,  lease
and operate its property and to carry on its business as now being conducted and
to own or lease the  assets  owned or leased by it.  ABRY is duly  qualified  or
licensed, or otherwise in good standing, to do business in each jurisdiction in

                                       15
                                    - 326 -
<PAGE>




which it owns or leases properties,  conducts operations or maintains a stock of
goods,  with full power and  authority  to carry on the  business in which it is
engaged and to execute and deliver and carry out the  transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement.

      4B. Limited  Partnership Power;  Authorization;  Enforceable  Obligations.
ABRY has the power,  authority  and legal right to execute,  deliver and perform
this  Agreement.  The execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement by
ABRY has been duly authorized by all necessary action by the limited partnership
and its partners.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf
of ABRY by its duly authorized officers or representatives or  attorney-in-fact,
and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of ABRY,
enforceable  against it in accordance  with its terms,  subject to the effect of
applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,   reorganization,   fraudulent  conveyance,
arrangement,  moratorium  or similar  laws  affecting  the  rights of  creditors
generally and the availability of equitable remedies.

      4C. No Defaults. On the Closing Date (after giving effect to all approvals
and consents  which have been  obtained)  neither the  execution and delivery by
ABRY of this Agreement,  nor the consummation by ABRY of the Merger or the other
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated by ABRY, requires
any consent under, will constitute, or, with the giving of notice or the passage
of time or both, would constitute,  a material violation of or would conflict in
any material  respect  with or result in any material  breach of or any material
default  under,  or will  result in the  creation  of any Lien  (other  than any
Permitted Encumbrance) under, any of the terms, conditions, or provisions of any
law,  rule  or  regulation  of any  governmental  authority,  or any  agreement,
instrument,  license or permit, or of any order,  writ,  injunction or decree to
which ABRY is subject,  or of the  certificate of partnership or the partnership
agreement of ABRY.

      4D.  Litigation.  On the date of this  Agreement,  there is no  litigation
pending by or against,  or to the  knowledge of ABRY  threatened  against,  ABRY
which  interferes in a material respect with, or could reasonably be expected to
interfere  in a  material  respect  with,  (a) the  WSC  Business  as  presently
conducted or (b) the ability of WSC to carry out the  transactions  contemplated
to be carried out by them pursuant to this  Agreement,  and at the  Commencement
Time, no such pending or threatened  litigation  will have or will reasonably be
expected have such effect.

      4E.  Brokers.  There is no broker or finder or other Person who would have
any valid claim against WSC for a commission or brokerage fee in connection with
this  Agreement  or the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  as a result  of any
agreement  or  understanding  of, or action taken by, WSC, the Merger Sub or any
Affiliate of any of them.



                                       16
                                    - 327 -
<PAGE>




                                    ARTICLE V

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
                             DTN AND THE MERGER SUB

      DTN and the Merger Sub,  jointly and  severally,  represent and warrant as
follows:

      5A. Incorporation.  DTN is a corporation duly organized, validly existing,
and in good  standing (or has  comparable  active  status) under the laws of the
State of Delaware,  and DTN has the corporate  power and authority to enter into
and consummate the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement.  From and after
the time it is  formed,  the Merger Sub will be a  corporation  duly  organized,
validly  existing,  and in good standing (or has comparable active status) under
the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts  and will have the corporate power
and authority to enter into and consummate the  transactions  contemplated to be
consummated by this Agreement.

      5B. Corporate Action.  Each action necessary to be taken by or on the part
of either DTN or the Merger Sub in connection with the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and the  consummation  of  transactions  contemplated  hereby and
necessary to make the same  effective  will be duly and validly taken by, and be
effective  at,  the time by which  such  action is  required  to be taken.  This
Agreement has been duly and validly authorized,  executed, and delivered by each
of DTN and the  Merger  Sub and  constitutes  a  valid  and  binding  agreement,
enforceable  against each of them in  accordance  with and subject to its terms,
subject  to the effect of  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
fraudulent  conveyance,  arrangement,  moratorium or similar laws  affecting the
rights of creditors generally and the availability of equitable remedies.

      5C. No Defaults. On the Closing Date (after giving effect to all approvals
and consents  which have been  obtained),  neither the execution and delivery by
DTN or the  Merger Sub of this  Agreement,  nor the  consummation  by DTN or the
Merger  Sub of the  Merger  and  the  other  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement, will constitute, or, with the giving of notice or the passage of time
or both,  would  constitute,  a material  violation of or would  conflict in any
material  respect  with or result  in any  material  breach  of or any  material
default under, any of the terms,  conditions,  or provisions of any law, rule or
regulation of any governmental  authority,  or any license or permit,  or of any
order, writ,  injunction or decree to which DTN or the Merger Sub is subject, or
of DTN's or the Merger Sub's  certificate of incorporation or by-laws or similar
organizational documents, or of any material contract,  agreement, or instrument
to which DTN or the  Merger  Sub is a party or by which DTN or the Merger Sub is
bound.

      5D. Brokers.  There is no broker or finder or other Person what would have
any valid  claim  against  DTN or against  the Merger  Sub for a  commission  or
brokerage fee in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
hereby as a result of any  agreement  or  understanding  of, or action taken by,
DTN, the Merger Sub or any Affiliate of any of them.

      5E.  Litigation.  On the date of this  Agreement,  there is no  litigation
pending by or  against,  or to DTN's or the Merger  Sub's  knowledge  threatened
against,  DTN or the Merger Sub which  interferes in a material respect with, or
could reasonably be expected to interfere in a material respect with the ability
of DTN or of the Merger  Sub to carry out the  transactions  contemplated  to be

                                       17
                                    - 328 -
<PAGE>

carried out by them pursuant to this Agreement and at the Commencement  Time, no
such pending or threatened  litigation  will have or will reasonably be expected
to have such effect.

      5F. Collection of Accounts  Receivable.  Following the Commencement  Time,
DTN and the Merger Sub shall use their  respective  best  efforts to collect any
and all Accounts  Receivable  provided that DTN and  Post-Merger WSC will not be
required  to use  greater  efforts  than  those  employed  by WSC  prior  to the
Commencement  Time. All collections from any Person who is a debtor with respect
to an  Account  Receivable  will be applied  in the  chronological  order of the
respective  due  dates of the  amounts  owing  by such  Person  to WSC,  DTN and
Post-Merger  WSC (i.e.,  to the oldest unpaid amount first),  unless such Person
indicates  in writing  that a payment is to be  applied  in  another,  specified
manner (in which  case such  payment  will be applied in the manner  specified).
From the Commencement Time and through the eleven months after the Closing Date,
none of DTN,  Post-Merger WSC or ABRY will directly or indirectly  encourage any
such debtor to specify that any payment by such debtor to any of them be applied
in any manner other than in the  chronological  manner  described  above. In the
event  that DTN or  Post-Merger  WSC  makes a claim  for  indemnification  under
Section 12F arising out of a breach of a representation or warranty set forth in
Section 3I, to the extent that any Accounts  Receivable remain uncollected after
eleven months  following the Closing Date, DTN and the Merger Sub will assign to
ABRY (for the  benefit of the WSC  Stockholders)  the right to collect  all such
uncollected  Accounts  Receivable  and to  exercise  all rights and  remedies in
connection  thereto.  DTN and the Merger Sub promptly will turn over to ABRY the
proceeds of all collections in respect of the Accounts Receivable received after
such eleven-month  period, and the net proceeds of such collections  received by
ABRY will constitute additional Merger Consideration.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                            COVENANTS OF WSC AND ABRY

      6A. Maintenance of WSC Business until the Commencement Time

          (1) Operation in Ordinary  Course . Until the  Commencement  Time, WSC
      will use reasonable  efforts to (a) continue to carry on the WSC Business,
      keep the books of account, records, and files of WSC, and realize upon the
      Accounts  Receivable of WSC, in the ordinary and usual course, in a manner
      which is consistent with its past  practices,  and (b) timely file (taking
      into account any  extensions of which WSC or any of its  Subsidiaries  may
      avail  itself)  federal,  state,  local and  foreign  Tax  Returns and Tax
      reports required to be filed by WSC or any of its Affiliates.

          (2) Access  Generally.  From time to time at the  request of DTN,  WSC
      will give or cause to be given to the  officers,  employees,  accountants,
      counsel, and representatives of DTN:

                (a) access (in the presence of any representative  designated by
          WSC, at WSC's option),  upon  reasonable  prior notice,  during normal
          business hours, to all facilities,  property,  accounts, books, deeds,
          title papers,  insurance policies,  licenses,  agreements,  contracts,

                                       18
                                    - 329 -
<PAGE>

          commitments,   records,  equipment,  machinery,  fixtures,  furniture,
          vehicles,  accounts  payable and  receivable,  and  inventories of WSC
          (but, in any event,  not  personnel,  unless WSC  otherwise  consents)
          related to the WSC Business; and

                (b) all such  other  information  in WSC's  and its  Affiliates'
          possession  concerning the WSC Business as DTN may reasonably request,
          in each case at DTN's  expense;  provided that the foregoing  does not
          disrupt or interfere  with the business and  operations  of WSC in any
          material respect.

      6B.  Confidential   Information.   If  for  any  reason  the  transactions
contemplated in this Agreement are not consummated, WSC will not use or disclose
to any Person  (except  to its  agents,  representatives  and  advisors,  to its
lenders and security holders and their respective  agents,  representatives  and
advisors,  or as may  be  required  by  any  applicable  law)  any  confidential
information received from DTN or any of their respective agents, representatives
and advisors (each a "disclosing  party" for purposes of this Section 6B) in the
course  of   investigating,   negotiating,   and  completing  the   transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

      6C.  Efforts to Consummate.  Subject to the provisions of this  Agreement,
WSC and ABRY will  each use  reasonable  efforts  to  fulfill  and  perform  all
conditions and  obligations on its part to be fulfilled and performed under this
Agreement  and to cause the  conditions  set forth in Articles VIII and IX to be
fulfilled and cause the Merger and the other  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement in  connection  with the Merger to be fully  carried out. In addition,
promptly  after  WSC  (prior  to the  Commencement  Time) or ABRY  (prior to the
Closing)  becomes aware of any fact of circumstance  which  constitutes or would
constitute a breach of any  representation  or warranty of WSC, DTN, ABRY or the
Merger  Sub set  forth in this  Agreement,  WSC or ABRY  will  give  DTN  notice
thereof.

      6D. Non-Solicitation. From the date of this Agreement until the Closing or
the earlier  termination  of this  Agreement,  ABRY will not, and will not cause
(and  will  use  reasonable  efforts  not to  permit)  any of its  Subsidiaries,
Affiliates,  directors,  officers,  employees,  representatives  or  agents  to,
directly  or  indirectly  solicit,  or  initiate,  entertain  or enter  into any
discussions or  transactions  with, or encourage or provide any  information to,
any Person (other than any Person described in Section 6B),  concerning any sale
of  any of  the  assets  of WSC  or of  its  Affiliates  or  any  merger,  stock
acquisition or similar  transaction  involving WSC or its  Affiliates;  provided
that nothing in this Section 6D will prohibit ABRY from  furnishing,  or causing
or permitting  any other Person to furnish,  information  concerning  WSC or its
Affiliates to any governmental  authority or court of competent  jurisdiction or
any other Person as may be required by law.

      6E. Non-Competition. ABRY covenants and agrees, as an inducement to DTN to
enter  into this  Agreement  and to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated
herein, that for a period of three years following the Closing Date neither ABRY
nor any  Affiliate  of ABRY (for so long but only for so long as it  remains  an
Affiliate of ABRY) will, directly or indirectly,  carry on or participate in the
ownership, management or control of, or license Intellectual Property to be used
in a manner  competitive with the WSC Business by, any business  enterprise that
competes anywhere in the world with the WSC Business as it is being conducted on
the Closing  Date;  provided  that this Section 6E will not prohibit ABRY or any

                                       19
                                    - 330 -
<PAGE>

Affiliate  of  ABRY  from  owning  less  than  10% of the  common  stock  of any
publicly-traded company or from owning any interest in, managing, controlling or
participating  in the  management or control of, or licensing  any  Intellectual
Property to, any business  enterprise that so competes but the primary  business
of which is not the WSC Business.

      6F.  Confidentiality.  After the Closing,  ABRY shall continue to maintain
the confidentiality of all information,  documents and materials relating to the
WSC Business which remain in ABRY's possession,  except to the extent disclosure
of any such  information  is (a) required by law, (b)  authorized  by DTN or (c)
reasonably  occurs in connection with disputes over, or arising under, the terms
of this Agreement. In the event that ABRY reasonably believes after consultation
with counsel that it is required by law to disclose any confidential information
described  in this  Section 6F,  ABRY will (a)  provide  DTN with prompt  notice
before  such  disclosure  in order that DTN may  attempt to obtain a  protective
order or other  assurance  that  confidential  treatment  will be accorded  such
confidential information and (b) cooperate with DTN in attempting to obtain such
order or  assurance.  The  provisions  of this Section 6F shall not apply to any
information,  documents or materials which are, as shown by appropriate  written
evidence,  in the public domain or, as shown by  appropriate  written  evidence,
shall come into the public domain, other than by ABRY or its Affiliates.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                       COVENANTS OF DTN AND THE MERGER SUB

      7A.  Confidential   Information.   If  for  any  reason  the  transactions
contemplated in this Agreement are not  consummated,  each of DTN and the Merger
Sub  will  not  use  or   disclose   to  any  Person   (except  to  its  agents,
representatives  and  advisors,  to its  lenders  and their  respective  agents,
representatives  and advisors,  or as may be required by any applicable law) any
confidential  information  received from WSC, any of its  Affiliates,  or any of
their respective agents, representatives and advisors (each a "disclosing party"
for  purposes of this Section 7A) in the course of  investigating,  negotiating,
and completing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

      7B.  Efforts to Consummate.  Subject to the provisions of this  Agreement,
each of DTN and the  Merger  Sub will use  reasonable  efforts  to  fulfill  and
perform all conditions and obligations on its part to be fulfilled and performed
under this  Agreement and to cause the conditions set forth in Articles VIII and
IX to be fulfilled  and cause the Merger and the  transactions  contemplated  by
this  Agreement  in  connection  with the  Merger to be fully  carried  out.  In
addition,  promptly  after DTN or the  Merger  Sub  becomes  aware  prior to the
Closing of any fact or  circumstance  which  constitutes  or would  constitute a
breach of any representation or warranty of DTN, the Merger Sub, WSC or ABRY set
forth in this Agreement, DTN will give ABRY notice thereof.

      7C.  Continued  Employment.  WSC or the Merger  Sub,  in its  capacity  as
Post-Merger  WSC after the  Effective  Time,  will pay to each  Person  who is a
common  law  employee  of WSC at the  Commencement  Time and to whom it does not
offer continued  employment  after the Closing Date at the same rate of base pay

                                       20
                                    - 331 -
<PAGE>

and the other terms and conditions  applicable to such  employment at such time,
severance  compensation  in the form of a payment  equal to one (1) week's  base
pay,  and DTN and the Merger Sub agree to  indemnify  and hold  harmless the WSC
Stockholders  and the  present and former  officers,  directors,  employees  and
agents  of each of the WSC  Stockholders  and  their  respective  Affiliates  in
respect of any loss,  liability,  cost,  damage,  claim or expense  which may be
incurred  by or asserted  against any of them  arising out of or relating to any
failure or refusal to so employ  any such  Person  (including  any change in any
term or condition of such  employment),  or the termination of the employment of
any such Person,  at or after the Closing Date.  Without  limiting the foregoing
indemnity,  it is  acknowledged  that such employees will continue to be at-will
employees, and the respective employers may terminate their employment or change
their  terms  of  employment  at  will,  and/or  WSC,  Post-Merger  WSC or their
respective  Affiliates  may cover such  employees  under existing or new benefit
plans, programs,  and arrangements,  and may amend or terminate the terms of any
such  plans,  programs,  or  arrangements  at any time (in  each  case,  without
reducing the  indemnity  obligation  set forth in the  preceding  sentence).  No
employee or beneficiary of WSC,  Post-Merger WSC or their respective  Affiliates
may sue to enforce  the terms of this  Agreement,  including  specifically  this
Section  7C, and no such  employee  or  beneficiary  shall be treated as a third
party beneficiary of this Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF WSC
                       AND WSC STOCKHOLDERS AT THE CLOSING

      The obligation of WSC and to the WSC Stockholders to consummate the Merger
is, at WSC's and the WSC Stockholders' option, subject to the fulfillment of the
following conditions at the time of the Closing:

      8A.  Representations, Warranties, Covenants.

          (1) Each of the  representations  and warranties of DTN and the Merger
      Sub set forth in Article V,  considered  without regard to any materiality
      qualifiers contained therein, will be deemed to be made again at and as of
      the time of the  Closing,  and taken as a whole such  representations  and
      warranties,  as so  remade,  will be true  and  accurate  in all  material
      respects,  except  to the  extent of  deviations  therefrom  permitted  or
      contemplated by this Agreement; and

          (2) each of DTN and the Merger Sub will in all material  respects have
      performed and complied with the covenants and agreements  required by this
      Agreement to be  performed or complied  with by it prior to or at the time
      of the  Closing,  taken as a whole  (other than the delivery of the Merger
      Consideration for the WSC Share Equivalents and the payments  described in
      Section 2D).

      8B.  Sufficient  Funds to  Satisfy  Obligations.  WSC will  have  received
evidence which is reasonably  satisfactory  to WSC to the effect that the Merger
Sub will have the funds described in Section 2D.

                                       21
                                    - 332 -
<PAGE>




      8C. DTN Legal  Opinion.  WSC and ABRY shall have  received an opinion from
Abrahams,  Kaslow,  & Cassman (or another firm reasonably  acceptable to WSC and
ABRY), counsel to DTN and the Merger Sub, dated the Closing Date,  substantially
in the form of the attached Exhibit 8C and otherwise reasonably  satisfactory to
WSC and ABRY.

      8D. Other. The Merger will have been approved by the requisite  members of
the board of directors and stockholders of the Merger Sub.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                    CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF DTN AND
                          THE MERGER SUB AT THE CLOSING

      The obligations of the Merger Sub to pay the Merger  Consideration for the
WSC Share  Equivalents and consummate the Merger on the Closing Date are, at the
Merger Sub's option,  subject to the fulfillment of the following  conditions at
the time of the Closing:

      9A. Representations, Warranties, Covenants.

          (1) Each of the  representations  and  warranties  of WSC and ABRY set
      forth in Article  III  (other  than  Sections  3I or 3W) and  Article  IV,
      considered without regard to any materiality qualifiers contained therein,
      will be deemed to be made again at and as of the Commencement  Time (or at
      the time of the Closing, in the case of the representations and warranties
      set forth in Section  3B), and taken as a whole such  representations  and
      warranties,  as so remade, will be true and accurate, except to the extent
      of  deviations  therefrom  which are  permitted  or  contemplated  by this
      Agreement  or which,  in the  aggregate,  do not  constitute  and have not
      caused a Material Adverse Change;

          (2) WSC will in all material respects have performed and complied with
      the covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed or
      complied with by it prior to or at the Closing, taken as a whole; and

          (3) ABRY will in all material  respects  have  performed  and complied
      with  the  covenants  and  agreements  required  by this  Agreement  to be
      performed  or complied  with by it prior to or at the time of the Closing,
      taken as a whole.

      9B. WSC Legal  Opinion.  DTN and the Merger  Sub shall  have  received  an
opinion from Lucash Gesmer & Updegrove (or another firm reasonably acceptable to
DTN),  counsel to WSC, dated the Closing Date,  substantially in the form of the
attached Exhibit 9B and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to DTN.

      9C.  ABRY  Legal  Opinion.  DTN and the  Merger  Sub shall  have  received
opinions from Testa, Hurwitz & Thibeault (or another firm reasonably  acceptable
to DTN),  counsel to ABRY, dated the Closing Date,  substantially in the form of
the attached  Exhibit 9C and  otherwise  reasonably  satisfactory  to DTN,  with
customary qualifications,  exceptions and assumptions reasonably satisfactory to
DTN.

                                       22
                                    - 333 -
<PAGE>




      9D. Other. The Merger will have been approved by the requisite  members of
the board of directors and the WSC Stockholders.


                                    ARTICLE X

                              PRECLOSING COVENANTS

      10A. Public Announcements. WSC, ABRY and DTN shall consult with each other
before issuing any press releases or otherwise making any public statements with
respect to the  Merger  and shall not issue any such  press  release or make any
such public statement prior to such  consultation,  except as may be required by
law.

      10B.  WSC  Stockholder   Meeting.   WSC  will  serve  notice  to  all  WSC
Stockholders  of a  shareholder  meeting  to be  held  in  connection  with  the
transactions  contemplated  herein  at least  20 days  prior to the date of such
meeting and hold such  meeting in  accordance  with the  Massachusetts  Business
Corporation  Law.  Such  notice  will  contain  a  statement  of the  rights  of
dissenting  shareholders  in  accordance  with  Section 87 of the  Massachusetts
Business Corporation Law. WSC shall notify DTN of the results of the meeting.

      10C. Management and Consulting Agreement.

          (1) Engagement. WSC, ABRY and DTN agree as follows:

                (a) As of the close of  business  on the date of this  Agreement
          (the  "Commencement  Time"),  WSC hereby engages DTN as manager of the
          WSC  Business  and as  consultant  thereto and DTN will  provide  such
          management  and consulting  services to WSC as DTN deems  necessary or
          appropriate  for the  purpose of  operating  the WSC  Business  in the
          ordinary course until the Closing.  As of the  Commencement  Time, DTN
          shall have all  authority  required  to direct the  operations  of WSC
          Business in the ordinary course,  including the authority to cause WSC
          to obtain funds  available to WSC under the Bank Loan  Agreement to be
          used for the purpose of managing  the ordinary  operations  of the WSC
          Business;  and WSC will use its best efforts to cause its employees to
          act in  accordance  with DTN's  instructions  given  pursuant  to such
          authority.

                (b) DTN will perform  management and  consulting  services under
          this Section 10C as an independent contractor,  retaining control over
          and responsibility  for its own operations and personnel.  Neither DTN
          nor its officers,  employees or agents will be considered employees or
          agents  of WSC,  ABRY or any of their  Affiliates  as a result of this
          Section  10C,  nor will any of them have  authority to contract in the
          name of or bind WSC by reason of this Section 10C, or to terminate any
          employee of WSC, except as WSC may expressly agree in writing.

                                       23
                                    - 334 -
<PAGE>




                (c) DTN shall not be paid any fees or  remuneration by WSC, ABRY
          or any of their  Affiliates  for providing  management  and consulting
          services pursuant to this Section 10C.

          (2) Liability.  Neither DTN nor any of its  Affiliates,  stockholders,
      officers,  employees or agents will be liable to WSC, ABRY or any of their
      Affiliates  for  Damages   arising  out  of  or  in  connection  with  the
      performance  of services  contemplated  by this Section  10C,  unless such
      Damages are a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such
      Person; provided that if, prior to the termination of this Agreement, each
      of the  conditions  to the  obligations  of DTN and the  Merger Sub at the
      Closing  under  Article IX is  satisfied  or waived and the  Agreement  is
      nonetheless  terminated  by DTN,  DTN will  reimburse  WSC for all amounts
      borrowed  under  the Bank Loan  Agreement  after  the  Commencement  Time,
      together  with  interest  thereon  at the rate  provided  in the Bank Loan
      Agreement,  to the  extent  not  paid  or  repaid  by WSC  prior  to  such
      termination.  Prior to the Closing Date,  DTN will not cause WSC to borrow
      any funds in connection with the  performance of services  contemplated by
      this Section 10C other than under the Bank Loan Agreement.

          (3) No Breach.  Notwithstanding any provision to this Agreement,  none
      of the  following (i) will be deemed to constitute a breach by WSC or ABRY
      of any representation,  warranty,  covenant or agreement set forth in this
      Agreement or (ii) will give rise to any claim for  indemnification by ABRY
      pursuant to Section 12F of this Agreement:

                (a) any fact or circumstance  which occurs primarily as a result
          of any action or omission to act of DTN;

                (b) any  action  taken or  omission  to act by WSC or any of its
          employees,  officers or directors in compliance  with any direction by
          DTN or any representative thereof; or

                (c) any fact or circumstance  which occurs primarily as a result
          of any item described in clause 10C(3)(b) above.

In addition,  an opinion of legal counsel to WSC which is  substantially  in the
form of the  attached  Exhibit  9B,  except  only in  those  respects  that  are
consequences  of  items  described  in  clauses  (a),  (b) and (c)  above,  will
nonetheless  be  deemed to  satisfy  the  condition  set  forth in  Section  9B.
Notwithstanding  anything in this Section  10C, DTN will not have the  authority
prior to the Closing to take or direct WSC or any of its employees,  officers or
directors to take any action on WSC's behalf with respect to this  Agreement (as
distinct from actions relating to the conduct of the WSC Business).


                                       24
                                    - 335 -
<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   TERMINATION

      11A.  Termination.  This  Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to
the Closing only as follows:

          (1) by the mutual written consent of DTN and WSC;

          (2) by WSC,  if there  has  been a  material  breach  by DTN or by the
      Merger Sub of any material covenant,  representation or warranty contained
      in this Agreement which has prevented the satisfaction of any condition to
      the  obligations of WSC at the Closing and such breach has not been waived
      by WSC or, in the case of a covenant breach, cured by DTN or by the Merger
      Sub, as the case may be, on or prior to the  earlier of December  11, 1998
      or the tenth (10th) day after written notice thereof from WSC;

          (3) by DTN,  if there has been a material  breach by WSC or by ABRY of
      any  material  covenant,  representation  or  warranty  contained  in this
      Agreement  which has  prevented the  satisfaction  of any condition to the
      obligations of DTN or of the Merger Sub at the Closing and such breach has
      not been  waived by DTN or the  Merger  Sub or, in the case of a  covenant
      breach, cured by WSC on or prior to December 11, 1998, or the tenth (10th)
      day after written notice thereof from DTN;

          (4) by either WSC or DTN if the transactions  contemplated hereby have
      not been consummated by December 11, 1998; or

          (5) by DTN, if the WSC Stockholders have not approved the transactions
      contemplated  hereby as required pursuant to the applicable  provisions of
      the  Massachusetts  Business  Corporation  Law on or prior to December 11,
      1998;  provided,  however,  that  neither WSC nor DTN shall be entitled to
      terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant to this Section 11A if such  Person's
      breach  of  this   Agreement  has  prevented  the   consummation   of  the
      transactions contemplated hereby.

      11B.  Effect of  Termination.  In the event that this  Agreement  shall be
terminated  pursuant  to Section  11A,  all further  obligations  of the parties
hereto  under this  Agreement  or  otherwise  shall  terminate  without  further
liability or obligation of WSC, ABRY, DTN or the Merger Sub; provided,  however,
that no party shall be released from  liability  hereunder if this  Agreement is
terminated  pursuant  to Section  11A by reason of such  party's  breach of this
Agreement,  and Sections 7A and 10C(2)  shall  survive any  termination  of this
Agreement.

      11C.  Waiver  of Right to  Terminate.  WSC and DTN shall be deemed to have
waived their  respective  rights to terminate this Agreement upon the completion
of the  Closing.  No such waiver  shall  constitute a waiver of any other rights
arising from the non-fulfillment of any condition precedent set forth in Article
VIII or IX hereof or any  misrepresentation or breach of any warranty,  covenant
or agreement contained herein unless such waiver is made in writing and then any
such written waiver shall only  constitute a waiver of the specific  matters set
forth therein.

                                       25
                                    - 336 -
<PAGE>





                                   ARTICLE XII

                 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS; COVENANTS AFTER CLOSING

      12A.  Survival of  Representations  and Warranties.  The  representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements of WSC and ABRY set forth in this Agreement
or in any writing  delivered to DTN or to the Merger Sub in connection with this
Agreement shall survive the Closing to the extent provided in Section 12F.

      12B.  Mutual  Assistance and Records.  Each of DTN and WSC agree that they
will mutually  cooperate in the expeditious  filing of all notices,  reports and
other filings with any governmental  authority  required to be submitted jointly
by DTN and WSC in connection  with the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
the  other   agreements   contemplated   hereby  and  the  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. Subsequent to the Closing, ABRY and
DTN,  at their own cost,  will  assist  each  other  (including  making  records
available) in the preparation of their respective Tax Returns and the filing and
execution of any Tax elections, if required, as well as any audits or litigation
that may  ensue as a result  of the  filing  thereof,  to the  extent  that such
assistance is reasonably requested.

      12C. Access.  DTN and WSC agree that after the Commencement Time WSC shall
provide ABRY with reasonable access to any books, records, correspondence, files
and other information retained by WSC hereunder, at ABRY's expense.

      12D.  Expenses.  DTN,  WSC and ABRY  will  pay all of  their  own fees and
expenses  in  connection  with  the  Agreement  and  the   consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby.

      12E.  Taxes;   Recording  Charges.   All  sales,  use,  transfer,   stamp,
conveyance, value added or other Taxes arising out of the Merger or otherwise on
account of this Agreement or the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby and all charges for or in  connection  with the recording of any document
or instrument contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Merger Sub.

      12F. Indemnification by ABRY.

          (1) After Closing and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
      this  Agreement,   ABRY  will  indemnify  DTN  and  Post-Merger  WSC  (the
      "Indemnified Parties") against, and agrees to hold them harmless from, any
      and all Damages  incurred  or  suffered by any of them,  arising out of or
      related  in  any  way  to  (i)  any  misrepresentation  or  breach  of any
      representation,  warranty  or  covenant  of WSC or ABRY set  forth in this
      Agreement,  or the operation of the WSC Business prior to the Commencement
      Time,  (ii) any  amount  owed by WSC to Peter R.  Leavitt  or  Michael  S.
      Leavitt, or claimed by them from WSC, or any other claim asserted by Peter
      R. Leavitt or Michael S. Leavitt against DTN or Post-Merger WSC,  existing
      or arising out of,  facts or  circumstances  existing at, or prior to, the
      Closing  in excess of the  $144,397  described  in Section  2D,  (iii) any
      Damages  related to or in  connection  with the  exercise of rights  under
      Sections 86 to 98 of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law by any WSC
      Stockholder  who  dissents  from a vote  to  consummate  the  transactions

                                       26
                                    - 337 -
<PAGE>

      contemplated  herein,  or any  liability  of DTN or  Post-Merger  WSC as a
      result of the  exercise of such  rights or  remedies  and (iv) any Damages
      arising  from or related  to any claim by John C.  Keelan  against  WSC as
      described in that certain demand letter, dated July 2, 1998; provided that
      ABRY's  liability  pursuant  to this  Section  12F will be  subject to the
      following limitations:

                (a) ABRY will not be liable for any Damages  described in clause
          (1)(i) above unless and until the aggregate amount of all such Damages
          exceeds $50,000 (the "Threshold Amount"),  in which event ABRY will be
          liable  for such  Damages  to the extent  that such  aggregate  amount
          exceeds the Threshold Amount.  The Threshold Amount shall not apply to
          (i) any Taxes related to or in connection  with the conduct of the WSC
          Business up to the Commencement Time  ("Pre-Commencement  Taxes"),  or
          (ii) any breach of any representation or warranty set forth in Section
          3I or 3W of this  Agreement.  ABRY will not be liable for any  Damages
          described  in  clause  (1)(i)  above  relating  to any  breach  of any
          representation  or warranty set forth in Section 3I of this  Agreement
          unless  and until the  aggregate  amount of all such  Damages  exceeds
          $60,000 (the "Receivables Threshold Amount"), in which event ABRY will
          be liable for such Damages to the extent such aggregate amount exceeds
          the Receivables Threshold Amount.

                (b) ABRY will not be liable  for any  Damages  (other  than Pre-
          Commencement  Taxes) described in clause (1)(i) above unless DTN gives
          ABRY written notice asserting the  misrepresentation,  breach or other
          matter in question prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date.

                (c)  ABRY  will  not be  liable  for  any  Damages  (other  than
          Pre-Commencement Taxes) described in clause (1)(i) above to the extent
          that the aggregate amount of all Damages (other than  Pre-Commencement
          Taxes) described in clause (1)(i) above exceeds the sum of $500,000.

In the case of any claim described in clause (1)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above,
Damages will include  compensation  for the business time spent by DTN employees
to testify or be deposed as may be required by judicial  process or requested by
ABRY in any  proceeding  brought by a third party and business time spent in any
related  travel (such  business time to be reimbursed at a rate equal to one and
one-half  times the rate of base pay of the employee in question) and reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred in connection  with such  required  testimony,
deposition or travel.

          (2) Notice of Claims.  If any Person  believes  that it will suffer or
      has  suffered,  or will incur or has  incurred,  any Damages as to which a
      remedy may be had by it pursuant to this  Section  12F,  such Person shall
      notify  ABRY  promptly  in writing  describing  such  Damages,  the amount
      thereof, if known, and the method of computation of such Damages, all with
      reasonable particularity.

          (3) Defense of Third Party Claims. ABRY will have the right to conduct
      and control  through  counsel of its own choosing any related  third party
      claim,  action, or suit, but DTN or Post-Merger WSC may at their election,

                                       27
                                    - 338 -
<PAGE>

      participate in the defense of any such claim, action, or suit at their own
      cost and expense;  provided  that, if ABRY fails to defend any such claim,
      action, or suit, then DTN or Post-Merger WSC may

                (a) defend such claim, action or suit through counsel of its own
          choosing such claim, action, or suit,

                (b) so long as it gives  ABRY at least  fifteen  (15) days prior
          written  notice of the terms of the  proposed  settlement  thereof and
          permits ABRY to then undertake the defense thereof, settle such claim,
          action or suit, and

                (c) recover  from ABRY the amount of such  settlement  or of any
          judgment and the costs and expenses of such defense.

      ABRY will not compromise or settle any such third party claim,  action, or
      suit  unless (1) as a result of such  compromise  or  settlement,  DTN and
      Post-Merger WSC will be released from all liability to such third party or
      (2) ABRY obtains the prior written  consent of DTN and  Post-Merger WSC to
      such  compromise or  settlement,  which  consent will not be  unreasonably
      withheld or delayed.

          (4)  Assignment  of Rights  Against  Peter R.  Leavitt  and Michael S.
      Leavitt.  At or after the Closing,  DTN and Post-Merger WSC will take such
      actions as may be required,  at ABRY's election,  either to assign to ABRY
      or otherwise  permit ABRY to have,  the right to pursue all remedies  that
      WSC may have against  Peter R.  Leavitt or Michael S. Leavitt  existing or
      arising  out of any  fact or  circumstance  existing  at or  prior  to the
      Closing  (including any claim for any breach of representation or warranty
      or fraud in connection with  transactions  consummated on or about January
      22, 1997),  and (if such  assignment  has not occurred) ABRY will have the
      right to commence, conduct and control through counsel of its own choosing
      any claim, action or suit in connection with the pursuit of such remedies.
      Any such assignment or other action by DTN and/or  Post-Merger WSC will be
      at ABRY's  request  and  expense  at or any time  after  Closing.  Without
      limiting the foregoing,  DTN and  Post-Merger  WSC agree that ABRY will be
      entitled  to exercise  such rights or pursue such  remedies in the name of
      DTN and/or  Post-Merger WSC and that ABRY will be entitled to all proceeds
      resulting from any such remedy,  less any reasonable  expenses  (including
      any Tax) incurred by DTN or Post-Merger WSC in connection with the pursuit
      of such remedies (which expenses will be reimbursed by ABRY in any event).

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

      13A.  Amendment  and  Waiver.  This  Agreement  may be  amended,  and  any
provision of this  Agreement may be waived,  only if such amendment or waiver is
set forth in a writing  executed  by WSC,  DTN and  ABRY.  No course of  dealing
between or among any  persons  having any  interest  in this  Agreement  will be
deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any part of this Agreement or any
rights or  obligations  of any person under or by reason of this  Agreement.  No

                                       28
                                    - 339 -
<PAGE>

waiver  of any of the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be  deemed or shall
constitute, a waiver of any other provisions,  whether or not similar, nor shall
any waiver  constitute a continuing  waiver.  The remedies  provided  herein are
cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies available at law or in equity.

      13B. Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or
delivered  to DTN,  the  Merger  Sub,  WSC or ABRY  under  or by  reason  of the
provisions of this  Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been
given when personally delivered,  sent by reputable overnight courier, or mailed
by first class mail,  return receipt  requested,  to the address indicated below
(unless another address is so specified in writing):

      Notices to WSC:
      ---------------

      Weather Services Corporation
      c/o ABRY Partners, Inc.
      18 Newbury Street
      Boston, Massachusetts 02116
      Attention: P. Koenig

      With a copy (which will not constitute notice) to each of:

      Lucash Gesmer & Updegrove
      40 Broad Street
      Boston, MA 02109-4310
      Attention: William Contente, Esq.

      Notices to ABRY:
      ----------------

      c/o ABRY Partners, Inc.
      18 Newbury Street
      Boston, MA  02116
      Attention:  P. Koenig

      with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

      Kirkland & Ellis
      Citicorp Center
      153 East 53rd Street
      New York, New York 10022-4675
      Attention: J. Kuehn, Esq.

      Notices to DTN, the Merger Sub or Post-Merger WSC:
      --------------------------------------------------

      Data Transmission Network Corporation
      9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
      Omaha, Nebraska 68114
      Attention: G.T. Sloma

                                       29
                                    - 340 -
<PAGE>




      with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

      Abrahams, Kaslow & Cassman
      8712 West Dodge Road
      Suite 300
      Omaha, NE         68114-3419
      Attention:        M.M. Lofgren, Esq.

      13C. Assignment.  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors  and assigns.  Neither  this  Agreement  nor any rights,  benefits or
obligations  set forth  herein may be assigned by WSC, DTN or  Post-Merger  WSC,
except that DTN or  Post-Merger  WSC may assign its rights under this  Agreement
and any of the  provisions  hereof,  as  collateral  security to any lender,  in
connection with the sale of the business or assets of Post-Merger WSC, or to any
Affiliate of DTN.

      13D.  Severability.  Whenever  possible,  each provision of this Agreement
will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable
law, but if any  provision  of this  Agreement  is held to be  prohibited  by or
invalid under  applicable  law, such provision  will be ineffective  only to the
extent of such prohibition or invalidity,  without invalidating the remainder of
such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

      13E. No Strict Construction.  The language used in this Agreement shall be
deemed to be the language  chosen by the parties  hereto to express their mutual
intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any Person.

      13F. Captions.  The captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference  only and do not  constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be
deemed  to  limit,  characterize  or in any way  affect  any  provision  of this
Agreement,  and all provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced and construed
as if no caption had been used in this Agreement.

      13G.  Third Parties.  Nothing  herein  expressed or implied is intended or
shall be  construed to confer upon or give to any person,  firm or  corporation,
other than the parties  hereto and their  respective  permitted  successors  and
assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement, such third
parties  specifically  including but without  limitation any investors of DTN or
WSC or employees of WSC.

      13H.  Complete  Agreement.  This  document and the  documents  referred to
herein  contain the complete  agreement  between the parties and  supersede  any
prior  understandings,  agreements or representations by or between the parties,
written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

      13I.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts,  all of which taken  together  shall  constitute  one and the same
instrument.


                                       30
                                    - 341 -
<PAGE>




      13J. Governing Law. The internal law, but not the law of conflicts, of the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts   will  govern  all  questions   concerning  the
construction,  validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the performance
of the obligations imposed by this Agreement.

      13K. Specific Performance. Each of WSC and ABRY recognizes and agrees that
a breach by it of any of its covenants and  agreements in this  Agreement  could
cause  irreparable  harm to DTN, that DTN's remedies at law in the event of such
breach would be inadequate, and that, accordingly, in the event of such breach a
restraining  order or  injunction  or both may be issued  against the  breaching
Person in addition to any other rights and remedies that may be available to DTN
under  applicable  law.  If the  agreement  set  forth  in  Section  6E is  more
restrictive  than permitted by the applicable laws of the  jurisdiction in which
DTN or the Merger Sub seeks enforcement thereof,  Section 6E shall be limited to
the extent required to permit enforcement under such applicable laws.

                                    * * * * *

                                       31
                                    - 342 -
<PAGE>




      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first written above.


                          WSC:
                          ----

                          WEATHER SERVICES CORPORATION


                          By:/s/ Robert MacInnis

                          Its:Treasurer


                          DTN:
                          ----

                          DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


                          By:/s/ Joseph M. Urzendowski

                          Its: Vice President Operations


                          ABRY:
                          -----

                          ABRY BROADCAST PARTNERS II, L.P.
                          By ABRY Capital, L.P.
                          Its General Partner

                          By: ABRY Holdings, Inc.
                          Its General Partner

                          By:/s/ Peggy Koenig

                          Its:






                                       32
                                    - 343 -
<PAGE>




                                    APPENDIX

      "ABRY" shall have the meaning set forth in the  introductory  paragraph of
this Agreement.

      "Accounts Receivable" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3I.

      "Affiliate"  of any Person means any other Person which is controlled  by,
controls, or is under common control with, such first Person.

      "Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph
of this Agreement.

      "Bank Loan  Agreement"  shall have the meaning set forth in the definition
of the term "Loan Agreements."

      "Benefit Plan" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3S(i).

      "Closing" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2C.

      "Closing Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3C.

      "Code" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3M.

      "Commencement Time" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10C(1).

      "Damages"  shall mean all  demands,  claims,  actions or causes of action,
assessments,  losses, damages, costs, expenses, liabilities,  judgments, awards,
fines, sanctions, penalties, charges and amounts paid in settlement,  including,
without limitation,  reasonable costs, fees and expenses of attorneys,  experts,
accountants,  appraisers,  consultants,  witnesses,  investigators and any other
gents or  representatives of such Person (with such amounts to be determined net
of any resulting Tax benefit actually received or realized and net of any refund
or reimbursement  of any portion of such amounts actually  received or realized,
including, without limitation,  reimbursement by way of insurance or third party
indemnification), but specifically excluding (i) except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement,  any costs incurred by or allocated to Indemnified  Parties with
respect  to time spent by  employees  of the  Indemnified  Parties or any of its
Affiliates  and (ii) any lost  profits  or  opportunity  costs or  exemplary  or
punitive damages (except to the extent assessed in connection with a third-party
claim with respect to which the Person  against  which such damages are assessed
is entitled to indemnification hereunder).

      "DTN" shall have the meaning set forth in the  introductory  paragraph  of
this Agreement.

      "DTN Warrant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2A.


                                       33
                                    - 344 -
<PAGE>




      "Effective  Time"  means the time of the filing of the  Articles of Merger
described in Section 1C.

      "Environmental and Safety  Requirements"  means all federal,  state, local
and foreign  statutes,  regulations,  ordinances and other provisions having the
force  or  effect  of  law,   all  judicial   and   administrative   orders  and
determinations,  all  contractual  obligations  and all common law, in each case
concerning  public health and safety,  worker health and safety and pollution or
protection of the environment (including, without limitation, all those relating
to the presence, use, production,  generation,  handling, transport,  treatment,
storage,  disposal,  distribution,  labeling,  testing,  process ing, discharge,
release,  threatened  release,  control or cleanup of any hazardous or otherwise
regulated  materials,  substances  or wastes,  chemical  substances or mixtures,
pesticides,  pollutants,  contaminants,  toxic chemicals,  petroleum products or
byproducts, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, noise or radiation).

      "ERISA" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3S(i).

      "GAAP" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3H.

      "Intellectual Property Rights" means all (i) patents, patent applications,
patent disclosures and inventions, (ii) trademarks,  service marks, trade dress,
trade names,  logos and corporate names and  registrations  and applications for
registration  thereof  together with all of the goodwill  associated  therewith,
(iii)  copyrights  (registered  or  unregistered)  and  copyrightable  works and
registrations  and applications for  registration  thereof,  (iv) mask works and
registrations and applications for registration  thereof, (v) computer software,
data,  data  bases and  documentation  thereof,  (vi)  trade  secrets  and other
confidential  information  (including,   without  limitation,  ideas,  formulas,
compositions,  inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not
reduced to  practice),  know-how,  manufacturing  and  production  processes and
techniques,  research and  development  information,  drawings,  specifications,
designs,  plans, proposals,  technical data,  copyrightable works, financial and
marketing  plans and customer and supplier lists and  information),  (vii) other
intellectual  property rights and (viii) copies and tangible embodiments thereof
(in whatever form or medium).

      "Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning set forth in 12F(1).

      "Intellectual  Property" shall mean all United States and foreign patents,
patent applications,  registered and unregistered Marks (as hereinafter defined)
and all  applications  for  registration  thereof,  registered and  unregistered
copyrights and all applications for registration thereof, industrial designs and
industrial  design  applications,   computer  software  programs,   data  bases,
inventions, trade secrets,  proprietary know-how, invention disclosures,  ideas,
formulae,  ingredient  compositions,   recipes,   manufacturing  and  production
processes and techniques,  technical  data,  standards,  specifications,  plans,
proposals,  financial business and marketing plans,  customer and supplier lists
and proprietary information of any type, whether or not written.



                                       34
                                    - 345 -
<PAGE>




      "Latest Balance Sheet" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3H(ii).

      "Lien"  means  any  mortgage,  pledge,  hypothecation,  encumbrance,  lien
(statutory or otherwise),  preference,  priority or other security  agreement of
any kind or nature  whatsoever  (includ ing any conditional  sale or other title
retention agreement and any lease having substantially the same effect as any of
the  foregoing  and any  assignment  or deposit  arrangement  in the nature of a
security device).

      "Loan Agreements" shall mean (i) the Credit Agreement by and among WSC and
BankBoston,  N.A.,  dated as of August 8,  1997,  as  amended  (the  "Bank  Loan
Agreement"),  and the Master Lease Agreement and Master Lease Finance  Agreement
by and among WSC and  BankBoston  Leasing,  Inc.,  dated as of July 22, 1997, as
amended,  (ii)  the  Convertible  Promissory  Notes  issued  by WSC to  ABRY  on
September 29, 1997,  October 30, 1997,  November 26, 1997,  October 15, 1998 but
effective as of January 14, 1998 and on October 15, but  effective as of January
29,  1998,  (iii) the Credit  Agreement  by and among WSC and ABRY,  dated as of
October 15, 1998 but effective as of January 29, 1998,  and (iv) the  Promissory
Note,  dated as of August 13, 1997,  issued by WSC to Elizabeth  Ann Wallace and
David A.  Wallace,  trustees of the John E. Wallace  Non-Exempt  Marital  Trust,
dated October 19, 1972.

      "Management  Agreement" shall mean the Management and Consulting  Services
Agreement dated as of January 22, 1997 between ABRY Partners, Inc. and WSC.

      "Material  Adverse  Effect"  shall mean a material  adverse  effect on the
general business  affairs,  financial  condition or results of operations of the
WSC Business other than as a result of seasonal variations.

      "Merger" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1B.

      "Merger Consideration" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2A(1).

      "Merger Sub" shall have the meaning set forth in

      "Old WSC Certificates" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1H.

      "Permitted  Encumbrance"  means (i) Liens  arising by operation of law and
securing  the  payment  of Taxes  which are not yet due and  payable,  (ii) with
respect  to any  property  leased by WSC,  the  interest  of the  lessor in such
property and (iii) easements, rights-of-way,  reservations of rights, conditions
or covenants,  zoning,  building or similar  restrictions or other  non-monetary
Liens or  defects  that do not,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  materially
interfere with the WSC Business as presently conducted.

      A "Person" means any individual,  partnership,  limited liability company,
joint venture,  corporation,  trust, unincorporated association or government or
department thereof.

      "Pre-Commencement  Taxes"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in  Section
12F(1)(a).


                                       35
                                    - 346 -
<PAGE>




      "Post-Merger WSC" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1B.

      "Receivables Threshold Amount" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
12F(1)(a).

      "Required  Intellectual  Property"  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in
Section 3O(i).

      With  respect  to  any  Person,  a  "Subsidiary"  means  any  corporation,
partnership,  limited liability company, association or other business entity of
which,  at the time of such reference,  (i) if a corporation,  a majority of the
total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence
of any  contingency) to vote in the election of directors,  managers or trustees
thereof,  or a majority economic  interest,  is at the time owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly,  by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries
of that  Person or a  combination  thereof,  or (ii) if a  partnership,  limited
liability  company,  association  or other  business  entity,  a majority of the
partnership or other similar ownership  interest thereof is at the time owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of
that Person or a combination  thereof.  For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons
will be deemed to have a majority ownership  interest in a partnership,  limited
liability  company,  association  or other  business  entity  if such  Person or
Persons will be allocated a majority of  partnership,  company,  association  or
other  business  entity  gains or  losses  or will be or  control  the  managing
director or general partner of such partnership,  company,  association or other
business entity.

      "Taxes" means all Taxes,  assessments,  charges,  duties,  fees, levies or
other governmental charges,  including,  without limitation,  all Federal, state
provincial,   local,   foreign  and  other  income,   capital  (including  large
corporations),  franchise,  profits,  capital gains,  capital  stock,  transfer,
sales,  use,  goods and services and other  value-added,  occupation,  property,
excise,  severance,  windfall profits,  stamp,  license,  payroll,  withholding,
estimated and other Taxes of any kind whatsoever, and deficiency assessments, as
well as all additions to Tax, penalties and interest imposed with respect to the
foregoing.

      "Tax Return" shall mean any return, declaration, report, claim for refund,
information  return or other  document  (including  any  related  or  supporting
schedule,  statement or information) filed or required to be filed in connection
with the determination,  assessment or collection of any Tax of any party or the
administration of any laws, regulations or administrative  requirements relating
to any Tax.

      "Threshold Amount" shall have the meaning set forth in 12F.

      "WSC  Business"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in the  introductory
paragraph of this Agreement.

      "WSC Closing  Documents" means all agreements,  certificates,  instruments
and other  documents  required by this Agreement to be executed and delivered by
WSC or the WSC Stockholders, as the case may be, at or before the Closing.


                                       36
                                    - 347 -
<PAGE>



      "WSC Right"  means any  security or right issued by WSC which is not a WSC
Share, which is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and which is
directly or indirectly  convertible  into or exercisable or exchangeable for any
capital stock of WSC at such time.

      "WSC Share Equivalent" means any WSC Right or WSC Share.

      "WSC Share" means any share of capital  stock of WSC which is  outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Time.

      "WSC Stockholders" means any Person who owns beneficially or of record WSC
Rights or WSC Shares.

                                       37
                                    - 348 -



                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION











                          COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT











                           Expiring December 11, 2005









                                       1
                                    - 349 -
<PAGE>





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.       Exercise of Warrant ................................................ 1

         1.1.     Manner of Exercise ........................................ 1
         1.2.     When Exercise Deemed Effected ............................. 2
         1.3.     Delivery of Stock Certificates, Etc. ...................... 2
         1.4.     Company to Reaffirm Obligations ........................... 3

2.       Adjustments ........................................................ 3

         2.1.     Number of Shares; Warrant Price ........................... 3
         2.2.     Adjustment of Warrant Price ............................... 3
                  2.2.1.   Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock..... 3
                  2.2.2.   Extraordinary Dividends and Distributions ........ 4
         2.3.     Treatment of Options and Convertible Securities ........... 4
         2.4.     Treatment of Stock Dividends, Stock Splits, Etc. .......... 7
         2.5.     Computation of Consideration .............................. 7
         2.6.     Adjustments for Combinations. Etc. ........................ 8
         2.7.     Dilution in Case of Other Securities ...................... 8
         2.8.     Minimum Adjustment of Warrant Price ....................... 9

3.       Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets, Reorganization, Etc. ........ 9
         3.1.     General Provisions......................................... 9
         3.2.     Assumption of Obligations .................................11

4.       Other Dilutive Events ..............................................11

5.       No Dilution or Impairment ..........................................11

6.       Accountants' Report as to Adjustments...............................12

7.       Notices of Corporate Action ........................................12

8.       Restrictions on Transfer ...........................................13
         8.1.     Restrictive Legends........................................13
         8.2.     Notice of Proposed Transfer; Opinions of Counsel ..........13
         8.3.     Termination of Restrictions................................14
         8.4      Holder's Representations and Warranties....................14

                                       2
                                    - 350 -
<PAGE>

9.       Registration Under Securities Act, Etc. ............................15
         9.1.     Incidental Registration ...................................15
         9.2.     Registration Procedures ...................................17
         9.3.     Underwritten Offerings ....................................21
                  9.3.1.   Incidental Underwritten Offerings ................21
                  9.3.2.   Holdback Agreements ..............................21
         9.4.     Preparation; Reasonable Investigation .....................22
         9.5.     Rights of Requesting Holders ..............................22
         9.6.     Indemnification ...........................................22
         9.7.     Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities ..............25
         9.8.     Other Registration of Common Stock ........................25
         9.9.     Nominees for Beneficial Owners ............................25
         9.10.    Rule 144 and Rule 144A ....................................26

10.      Availability of Information ........................................26

11.      Reservation of Stock. Etc. .........................................26

12.      Listing on Securities Exchange .....................................26

13.      Ownership, Transfer and Substitution of Warrants ...................26
         13.1.    Ownership of Warrants .....................................26
         13.2.    Transfer and Exchange of Warrants .........................27
         13.3.    Replacement of Warrants ...................................27

14.      Definitions ........................................................27

15.      Remedies ...........................................................32

16.      No Rights or Liabilities as Stockholder ............................32

17.      Notices  ...........................................................33

18.      Expiration; Notice .................................................33

19.      Miscellaneous ......................................................33



                                       3
                                    - 351 -
<PAGE>

THIS WARRANT AND ANY SHARES  ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT
BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE  TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS. THIS
WARRANT  AND  SUCH  SHARES  ARE  ALSO   SUBJECT  TO  CERTAIN   RESTRICTIONS   ON
TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS WARRANT.



                          Common Stock Purchase Warrant
                           Expiring December 11, 2005


                                                                 Omaha, Nebraska
                                                               December 11, 1998


         DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation (the
"Company"),  for value  received,  hereby  certifies  that Peter R. Leavitt,  or
registered  assigns,  is  entitled  to  purchase  from the  Company  5,176  duly
authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock,
par value $.001 per share,  of the Company (the "Common  Stock") at the purchase
price per share of $34.00, at any time or from time to time prior to 3 P.M., New
York City time, on December 11, 2005,  all subject to the terms,  conditions and
adjustments set forth below in this Warrant.

         This Warrant is one of the Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrants  issued in
connection  with the Company's  acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding
capital  stock of Weather  Services  Corporation,  a  Massachusetts  corporation
("WSC"),  pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement"),
dated as of November 12, 1998 between the  Company,  Merger Sub,  WSC, and ABRY.
Certain  capitalized  terms used in this Warrant are defined in Section 14. If a
capitalized term used in this Warrant is not defined in Section 14, or elsewhere
in this Warrant,  such term shall have the meaning given such term in the Merger
Agreement.

         1.   Exercise of Warrant.

              1.1.  Manner of Exercise.

              (a) This Warrant may be exercised by the holder  hereof,  in whole
         or in part,  during normal  business hours on any Business Day prior to
         the  expiration of this Warrant by surrender of this Warrant,  with the
         form of  subscription  at the end  hereof  (or a  reasonable  facsimile
         thereof) duly executed by such holder,  to the Company at its principal
         office  (or,  if  such  exercise   shall  be  in  connection   with  an
         underwritten  Public  Offering  of  shares  of  Common  Stock (or Other
         Securities)  subject  to this  Warrant,  at the  location  at which the
         Company  shall have  agreed to deliver  the shares of Common  Stock (or
         Other Securities) subject to such offering), accompanied by payment, in
 
                                      4
                                    - 352 -
<PAGE>

         cash or by certified or official bank check payable to the order of the
         Company, in the amount obtained by multiplying (a) the number of shares
         of Common  Stock  (without  giving  effect to any  adjustment  therein)
         designated in such form of subscription  by (b) the Warrant Price,  and
         such holder  shall  thereupon be entitled to receive the number of duly
         authorized,  validly  issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of
         Common Stock (or Other Securities) determined as provided in Sections 2
         through 4.

              (b)  Holder  may elect in  writing  delivered  to the  Company  as
         provided above to receive, without payment of additional consideration,
         shares  of  Common  Stock  equal to the  value of this  Warrant  or any
         portion  hereof by the surrender of this Warrant or such portion to the
         Company at its principal office.  Thereupon, the Company shall issue to
         such  holder  such  number of fully  paid and  nonassessable  shares of
         Common Stock as is computed using the following formula:
                                   
                                  X = Y (A-B)
                                         A
         where   X = the number of shares to be issued to such  holder  pursuant
                 to this subsection 1.1(b).

                 Y         = the  number of shares  covered  by this  Warrant in
                           respect  of  which  the net  issue  election  is made
                           pursuant to this subsection 1.1(b).

                 A         = the Market Price of one share of Common Stock as at
                           the time the net issue  election is made  pursuant to
                           this subsection 1.1(b).

                 B         = the Warrant  Price in effect  under this Warrant at
                           the time the net issue  election is made  pursuant to
                           this subsection 1.1(b).

              1.2. When Exercise Deemed Effected.  Each exercise of this Warrant
shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business
on the  Business Day on which this Warrant  shall have been  surrendered  to the
Company as  provided in Section  1.1,  and at such time the person or persons in
whose name or names any certificate or  certificates  for shares of Common Stock
(or Other  Securities)  shall be  issuable  upon such  exercise  as  provided in
Section  1.3 shall be deemed to have  become  the  holder or  holders  of record
thereof.

              1.3. Delivery of Stock  Certificates,  Etc. As soon as practicable
after the exercise of this Warrant, in whole or in part, and in any event within
ten (10) Business Days  thereafter  (unless such exercise shall be in connection
with an  underwritten  Public  Offering  of  shares  of  Common  Stock (or Other
Securities)  subject to this  Warrant,  in which  event  concurrently  with such
exercise),  the Company at its expense (including the payment by it of any taxes
(other than transfer  taxes)  applicable to the Company) will cause to be issued

                                       5
                                    - 353 -
<PAGE>

in the name of and delivered to the holder  hereof or,  subject to Section 8, as
such holder (upon payment by such holder of any applicable  transfer  taxes) may
direct,

              (a)  a  certificate  or  certificates   for  the  number  of  duly
         authorized,  validly  issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of
         Common  Stock (or  Other  Securities)  to which  such  holder  shall be
         entitled upon such exercise  plus, in lieu of any  fractional  share to
         which such holder would otherwise be entitled,  cash in an amount equal
         to the same fraction of the Market Price per share of such Common Stock
         (or Other  Securities)  on the Business Day next  preceding the date of
         such exercise, and

              (b) in case such  exercise is in part only,  a new Warrant of like
         tenor,  calling in the  aggregate on the face thereof for the number of
         shares of Common Stock equal  (without  giving effect to any adjustment
         therein)  to the number of such  shares  called for on the face of this
         Warrant  minus the number of such shares  designated by the holder upon
         such exercise as provided in Section 1.1.

              1.4.  Company to Reaffirm  Obligations.  The Company  will, at the
time of or at any time after each exercise of this Warrant,  upon the request of
the holder hereof or of any shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities)  issued
upon such exercise,  acknowledge in writing its continuing  obligation to afford
to  such  holder  all  rights  (including,  without  limitation,  any  right  of
registration of any shares of Common Stock (or Other  Securities)  issuable upon
exercise  of this  Warrant  pursuant  to Section 9) to which such  holder  shall
continue to be entitled after such exercise in accordance with the terms of this
Warrant,  provided  that if any such holder shall fail to make any such request,
the failure shall not affect the continuing  obligation of the Company to afford
such rights to such holder.

         2.   Adjustments.

              2.1.  Number of  Shares;  Warrant  Price.  The number of shares of
Common Stock which the holder of this Warrant  shall be entitled to receive upon
each exercise  hereof shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of
Common Stock which would otherwise (but for the provisions of this Section 2) be
issuable upon such  exercise,  as  designated  by the holder hereof  pursuant to
Section  1.1,  by a fraction of which (a) the  numerator  is $34.00 and (ii) the
denominator  is the Warrant  Price in effect on the date of such  exercise.  The
"Warrant Price" shall  initially be $34.00 per share,  and shall be adjusted and
readjusted  from time to time as provided in this  Section 2 and, as so adjusted
or readjusted, shall remain in effect until a further adjustment or readjustment
thereof is required by this Section 2.

              2.2. Adjustment of Warrant Price.

              2.2.1.  Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In case the
Company,  at any time or from time to time after December 11, 1998 (the "Initial
Date"),  shall  issue or sell  Additional  Shares  of  Common  Stock  (including
Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 2.3 or

                                       6
                                    - 354 -
<PAGE>

2.4) without  consideration or for a consideration  per share less than the Base
Price in effect,  in each  case,  on the date of and  immediately  prior to such
issue or sale, then, and in each such case, subject to Section 2.8, such Warrant
Price  shall be  reduced,  concurrently  with  such  issue  or sale,  to a price
(calculated  to the  nearest  .001 of a cent)  determined  by  multiplying  such
Warrant Price by a fraction,

              (a) the  numerator  of which  shall be (i) the number of shares of
         Common Stock  outstanding  immediately prior to such issue or sale plus
         (ii)  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  which  the  aggregate
         consideration  received  by the  Company  for the total  number of such
         Additional  Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold would  purchase at
         the Base Price, and

              (b) the  denominator  of which  shall be the  number  of shares of
         Common Stock outstanding immediately after such issue or sale,

provided that, for the purposes of this Section 2.2.1 (x) immediately  after any
Additional  Shares of Common  Stock are deemed to have been  issued  pursuant to
Section 2.3 or 2.4, such  Additional  Shares shall be deemed to be  outstanding,
and (y) treasury shares shall not be deemed to be outstanding.

              2.2.2.  Extraordinary  Dividends  and  Distributions.  In case the
Company at any time or from time to time after the Initial  Date shall  declare,
order,  pay  or  make a  dividend  or  other  distribution  (including,  without
limitation, any distribution of other or additional stock or other securities or
property  or  Options  by  way  of  dividend  or   spin-off,   reclassification,
recapitalization or similar corporate  rearrangement) on any Common Stock, other
than (a) a dividend  payable in Additional  Shares of Common Stock or in Options
for Common  Stock or (b) a  dividend  payable  in cash and  declared  out of the
earned surplus of the Company,  then, and in each such case,  subject to Section
2.8, the Warrant Price in effect  immediately  prior to the close of business on
the  record  date  fixed  for the  determination  of  holders  of any  class  of
securities  entitled to receive such dividend or distribution  shall be reduced,
effective  as of  the  close  of  business  on  such  record  date,  to a  price
(calculated  to the  nearest  .001 of a cent)  determined  by  multiplying  such
Warrant Price by a fraction,

                   (x) the numerator of which shall be the Current  Market Price
              in effect on such record date or, if the Common Stock trades on an
              ex-dividend  basis,  on the  date  prior  to the  commencement  of
              ex-dividend   trading,   less  the  value  of  such   dividend  or
              distribution  (as  determined  in  good  faith  by  the  Board  of
              Directors of the Company) applicable to one share of Common Stock,
              and

                   (y) the  denominator  of which shall be such  Current  Market
              Price.

              2.3. Treatment of Options and Convertible Securities.  In case the
Company at any time or from time to time  after the  Initial  Date shall  issue,
sell,  grant or  assume,  or shall fix a record  date for the  determination  of
holders  of any  class  of  securities  entitled  to  receive,  any  Options  or
Convertible  Securities,  then,  and in each such case,  the  maximum  number of

                                       7
                                    - 355 -
<PAGE>

Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  (as set  forth in the  instrument  relating
thereto,  without  regard to any provisions  contained  therein for a subsequent
adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the
case of Convertible  Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange
of such  Convertible  Securities,  shall be deemed to be issued for  purposes of
Section 2.2 as of the time of such issue,  sale, grant or assumption or, in case
such a record  date shall have been  fixed,  as of the close of business on such
record date (or, if the Common Stock trades on an ex-dividend basis, on the date
prior to the commencement of ex-dividend trading), provided that such Additional
Shares of Common  Stock  shall not be  deemed  to have been  issued  unless  the
consideration  per share  (determined  pursuant  to Section  2.5) of such shares
would be less than the Base  Price in effect,  in each case,  on the date of and
immediately prior to such issue,  sale, grant or assumption or immediately prior
to the close of business on such record date (or, if the Common  Stock trades on
an  ex-dividend  basis,  on the date prior to the  commencement  of  ex-dividend
trading),  as the case may be, and provided,  further,  that in any such case in
which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued,

              (a) no further  adjustment of the Warrant Price shall be made upon
         the  subsequent  issue or sale of Additional  Shares of Common Stock or
         Convertible  Securities  upon  the  exercise  of  such  Options  or the
         conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

              (b) if such  Options  or  Convertible  Securities  by their  terms
         provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase in the
         consideration  payable to the  Company,  or  decrease  in the number of
         Additional  Shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable,   upon  the  exercise,
         conversion or exchange  thereof (by change of rate or  otherwise),  the
         Warrant  Price  computed  upon  the  original  issue,  sale,  grant  or
         assumption  thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date, or date
         prior to the commencement of ex-dividend  trading,  as the case may be,
         with respect  thereto),  and any subsequent  adjustments based thereon,
         shall,  upon any such  increase  or  decrease  becoming  effective,  be
         recomputed to reflect such  increase or decrease  insofar as it affects
         such  Options,  or the  rights of  conversion  or  exchange  under such
         Convertible Securities, which are outstanding at such time;

              (c) upon the  expiration  of any such  Options or of the rights of
         conversion  or exchange  under any such  Convertible  Securities  which
         shall not have been  exercised  (or upon  purchase  by the  Company and
         cancellation  or  retirement  of any such Options  which shall not have
         been  exercised  or of any such  Convertible  Securities  the rights of
         conversion or exchange under which shall not have been exercised),  the
         Warrant  Price  computed  upon  the  original  issue,  sale,  grant  or
         assumption  thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date, or date
         prior to the commencement of ex-dividend  trading,  as the case may be,
         with respect  thereto),  and any subsequent  adjustments based thereon,
         shall, upon such expiration (or such cancellation or retirement, as the
         case may be), be recomputed as if:

                                       8
                                    - 356 -
<PAGE>

                   (x) in the case of options for Common Stock or of Convertible
              Securities,  the only Additional  Shares of Common Stock issued or
              sold were the Additional  Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually
              issued or sold upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion
              or exchange of such Convertible  Securities and the  consideration
              received therefor was (i) an amount equal to (A) the consideration
              actually  received by the Company  for the issue,  sale,  grant or
              assumption of all such options, whether or not exercised, plus (B)
              the  consideration  actually  received  by the  Company  upon such
              exercise,  minus (C) the consideration paid by the Company for any
              purchase  of such  Options  which were not  exercised,  or (ii) an
              amount  equal to (A) the  consideration  actually  received by the
              Company  for the  issue,  sale,  grant or  assumption  of all such
              Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged,
              plus (B) the additional  consideration,  if any, actually received
              by the Company upon such  conversion  or  exchange,  minus (C) the
              consideration  paid  by the  Company  for  any  purchase  of  such
              Convertible  Securities the rights of conversion or exchange under
              which were not exercised, and

                   (y) in the case of Options for Convertible  Securities,  only
              the Convertible  Securities,  if any, actually issued or sold upon
              the exercise of such Options were issued at the time of the issue,
              sale, grant or assumption of such options,  and the  consideration
              received by the Company for the Additional  Shares of Common Stock
              deemed  to have then been  issued  was an amount  equal to (i) the
              consideration  actually  received  by the  Company  for the issue,
              sale,  grant or  assumption  of all such  options,  whether or not
              exercised,  plus  (ii)  the  consideration  deemed  to  have  been
              received by the Company  (pursuant  to Section 2.4) upon the issue
              or sale of the  Convertible  Securities with respect to which such
              options were  actually  exercised,  minus (iii) the  consideration
              paid by the Company for any  purchase of such  Options  which were
              not exercised;

              (d) no readjustment pursuant to subdivision (b) or (c) above shall
         have the effect of increasing  the Warrant Price by an amount in excess
         of the amount of the adjustment  thereof  originally made in respect of
         the issue,  sale,  grant or assumption  of such Options or  Convertible
         Securities; and

              (e) in the case of any such  Options  which  expire by their terms
         not  more  than  30 days  after  the  date of  issue,  sale,  grant  or
         assumption  thereof,  no  adjustment of the Warrant Price shall be made
         until the  expiration or exercise of all such Options,  whereupon  such
         adjustment  shall be made in the manner  provided  in  subdivision  (c)
         above.

         In case at any  time  after  the  Initial  Date  the  Company  shall be
required to increase the number of Additional  Shares of Common Stock subject to
any Option or into which any  Convertible  Securities  (other than the Warrants)

                                       9
                                    - 357 -
<PAGE>

are  convertible  or  exchangeable  pursuant to the  operation of  anti-dilution
provisions  applicable thereto,  such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be
deemed to be issued for purposes of Section 2.2 as of the time of such increase.

              2.4. Treatment of Stock Dividends,  Stock Splits, Etc. In case the
Company at any time or from time to time after the Initial Date shall declare or
pay any  dividend  or other  distribution  on any class of stock of the  Company
payable in Common Stock, or shall effect a subdivision of the outstanding shares
of  Common  Stock  into  a  greater   number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  (by
reclassification  or otherwise  than by payment of a dividend in Common  Stock),
then, and in each such case,  Additional  Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed
to have been issued (a) in the case of any such dividend,  immediately after the
close of  business on the record  date for the  determination  of holders of any
class of securities entitled to receive such dividend, or (b) in the case of any
such  subdivision,  at the close of business on the day immediately prior to the
day upon which such corporate action becomes effective.

              2.5.  Computation  of  Consideration.  For  the  purposes  of this
Section 2:

              (a) The  consideration  for the  issue  or sale of any  Additional
         Shares of Common Stock or for the issue,  sale,  grant or assumption of
         any Options or Convertible  Securities,  irrespective of the accounting
         treatment of such consideration, shall

                   (x) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the amount
              of cash  received by the Company,  without  deducting any expenses
              paid or incurred by the Company or any commissions or compensation
              paid or concessions or discounts allowed to underwriters,  dealers
              or others performing  similar services and any accrued interest or
              dividends in connection with such issue or sale,

                   (y)  insofar  as  it  consists  of  consideration  (including
              securities) other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof
              at the time of such issue or sale,  as determined in good faith by
              the Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  without  deducting  any
              expenses  paid or incurred by the Company for any  commissions  or
              compensation   paid  or  concessions   or  discounts   allowed  to
              underwriters,  dealers or others  performing  similar services and
              any accrued interest or dividends in connection with such issue or
              sale, and

                   (z) in case  Additional  Shares of Common Stock are issued or
              sold or  Convertible  Securities  are  issued,  sold,  granted  or
              assumed together with other stock or securities or other assets of
              the  Company  for  a  consideration  which  covers  both,  be  the
              proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided
              in  subdivisions  (x) and (y) above,  allocable to such Additional
              Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities,  as the case may
              be, all as  determined  in good faith by the Board of Directors of
              the Company.

              (b) All options  issued,  sold,  granted or assumed  together with
         other  stock  or  securities  or  other  assets  of the  Company  for a

                                       10
                                    - 358 -
<PAGE>

         consideration which covers both, all Additional Shares of Common Stock,
         Options or Convertible  Securities issued in payment of any dividend or
         other  distribution  on any  class  of  stock  of the  Company  and all
         Additional Shares of Common Stock issued to effect a subdivision of the
         outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a greater  number of shares of
         Common Stock (by  reclassification  or  otherwise  than by payment of a
         dividend in Common  Stock) shall be deemed to have been issued  without
         consideration.

              (c)  Additional  Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued
         for  consideration  pursuant  to Section  2.3,  relating to Options and
         Convertible  Securities,  shall be  deemed to have  been  issued  for a
         consideration per share determined by dividing
                           
                   (x) the total amount,  if any, received and receivable by the
              Company as consideration for the issue,  sale, grant or assumption
              of the Options or  Convertible  Securities  in question,  plus the
              minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth
              in  the  instruments  relating  thereto,  without  regard  to  any
              provision  contained  therein for a subsequent  adjustment of such
              consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise in full of
              such  Options or the  conversion  or exchange of such  Convertible
              Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible  Securities,
              the exercise of such Options for  Convertible  Securities  and the
              conversion  or exchange of such  Convertible  Securities,  in each
              case  computing  such  consideration  as provided in the foregoing
              subdivision (a), by

                   (y) the  maximum  number of  shares  of Common  Stock (as set
              forth in the instruments  relating thereto,  without regard to any
              provision  contained  therein for a subsequent  adjustment of such
              number)  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  such  Options  or  the
              conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

              (d)  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  issued or deemed to have
         been  issued  pursuant to the  operation  of  anti-dilution  provisions
         applicable to Convertible Securities (other than the Warrants), Options
         or  other  securities  of  the  Company  (either  as a  result  of  the
         adjustments  provided for by the Warrants or otherwise) shall be deemed
         to have been issued without consideration.

              2.6.  Adjustments for  Combinations,  Etc. In case the outstanding
shares of Common Stock shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or
otherwise,  into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Warrant Price in
effect   immediately   prior  to  such  combination  or   consolidation   shall,
concurrently  with the  effectiveness of such combination or  consolidation,  be
proportionately increased.

              2.7.  Dilution  in Case of Other  Securities.  In case  any  Other
Securities shall be issued or sold or shall become subject to issue or sale upon
the  conversion  or exchange of any Common  Stock (or Other  Securities)  of the
Company (or any issuer of Other  Securities  or any other Person  referred to in
Section 3) or to  subscription,  purchase or other  acquisition  pursuant to any

                                       11
                                    - 359 -
<PAGE>

options  issued or granted by the Company  (or any such other  issuer or Person)
for a consideration  such as to dilute, on a basis consistent with the standards
established  in the other  provisions  of this  Section 2, the  purchase  rights
granted  by  this  Warrant,  then,  and in each  such  case,  the  computations,
adjustments and readjustments provided for in this Section 2 with respect to the
Warrant  Price shall be made as nearly as possible in the manner so provided and
applied to determine the amount of Other Securities from time to time receivable
upon the exercise of this  Warrant,  so as to protect the holder of this Warrant
against the effect of such dilution.

              2.8.  Minimum  Adjustment of Warrant  Price.  If the amount of any
adjustment  of the Warrant  Price  required  pursuant to this Section 2 would be
less than  one-tenth  of one percent of the Warrant  Price in effect at the time
such  adjustment  is  otherwise  so  required to be made,  such amount  shall be
carried  forward and  adjustment  with  respect  thereto made at the time of and
together with any subsequent adjustment which, together with such amount and any
other amount or amounts so carried  forward,  shall aggregate at least one-tenth
of one percent of such Warrant Price;  provided that,  upon the exercise of this
Warrant,  all adjustments  carried  forward and not  theretofore  made up to and
including  the  date  of  such  exercise  shall  be  made  to  the  nearest  one
one-hundredth of a cent.

         3.   Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets, Reorganization. Etc.

              3.1. General  Provisions.  In case the Company,  after the Initial
Date, (a) shall consolidate with or merge into any other Person and shall not be
the continuing or surviving  corporation of such consolidation or merger, or (b)
shall permit any other Person to consolidate  with or merge into the Company and
the Company shall be the continuing or surviving  Person but, in connection with
such consolidation or merger,  Common Stock or Other Securities shall be changed
into or exchanged for cash, stock or other securities of any other Person or any
other property, or (c) shall transfer all or substantially all of its properties
and assets to any other Person, or (d) shall effect a capital  reorganization or
reclassification  of  Common  Stock or Other  Securities  (other  than a capital
reorganization or  reclassification  resulting in the issue of additional Shares
of Common Stock for which adjustment in the Warrant Price is provided in Section
2.2.1 or 2.2.2),  then,  and in the case of each such  transaction,  the Company
shall give written notice thereof to the holder of this Warrant not less than 30
days prior to the  consummation  thereof and proper  provision  shall be made so
that, upon the basis and the terms and in the manner provided in this Section 3,
the  holder of this  Warrant,  upon the  exercise  hereof at any time  after the
consummation of such transaction, shall be entitled to receive, at the aggregate
Warrant  Price in effect at the time of such  consummation  for all Common Stock
(or other  Securities)  issuable  upon such exercise  immediately  prior to such
consummation,  in lieu of the Common Stock (or Other  Securities)  issuable upon
such  exercise  prior to such  consummation,  either of the  following,  as such
holder  shall  elect by  written  notice to the  Company  on or before  the date
immediately  preceding the date of the consummation of such transaction (and, in
the absence of such notice,  the  provisions of  subdivision  (y) below shall be
deemed to have been elected by such holder):

                                       12
                                    - 360 -
<PAGE>

                   (x) the highest amount of cash,  securities or other property
              to which  such  holder  would  actually  have been  entitled  as a
              shareholder  upon such  consummation  if such holder had exercised
              this Warrant  immediately  prior  thereto,  subject to adjustments
              (subsequent to such consummation) as nearly equivalent as possible
              to the  adjustments  provided for in Section 2 and this Section 3,
              provided that if a purchase,  tender or exchange  offer shall have
              been made to and  accepted  by the  holders of Common  Stock under
              circumstances in which,  upon completion of such purchase,  tender
              or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any
              group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act)
              of which such maker is a part,  and together with any affiliate or
              associate  of such maker  (within  the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under
              the  Exchange  Act) and any members of any such group of which any
              such  affiliate or associate is a part, own  beneficially  (within
              the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than 50% of
              the outstanding  shares of Common Stock, and if the holder of this
              Warrant so  designates  in such notice given to the  Company,  the
              holder of this  Warrant  shall be  entitled to receive the highest
              amount of cash,  securities or other property to which such holder
              would  actually have been entitled as a shareholder  if the holder
              of this Warrant had exercised this Warrant prior to the expiration
              of such purchase,  tender or exchange  offer,  accepted such offer
              and all of the Common Stock held by such holder had been purchased
              pursuant to such purchase,  tender or exchange  offer,  subject to
              adjustments  (from and after the  consummation  of such  purchase,
              tender or exchange offer) as nearly  equivalent as possible to the
              adjustments provided for in Section 2 and this Section 3; or

                   (y)  the  number  of  shares  of  Voting   Common  Stock  (or
              equivalent  equity  interests) of the Acquiring  Person or, if the
              Acquiring  Person  fails  to  meet,  but  its  Parent  meets,  the
              requirements  set  forth  in the  proviso  below,  of its  Parent,
              subject to adjustments  (subsequent  to such corporate  action) as
              nearly  equivalent as possible to the adjustments  provided for in
              Section 2 and this  Section  3,  determined  by  dividing  (i) the
              product obtained by multiplying (A) the number of shares of Common
              Stock (or Other  Securities)  to which the holder of this  Warrant
              would have been  entitled had such holder  exercised  this Warrant
              immediately prior to the consummation of such  transaction,  times
              (B) the greater of the Acquisition  Price and the Warrant Price in
              effect  on  the  date  immediately  preceding  the  date  of  such
              consummation,  by (ii) the Current  Market  Price per share of the
              Voting  Common  Stock  (or  equivalent  equity  interests)  of the
              Acquiring  Person or its  Parent,  as the case may be, on the date
              immediately preceding the date of such consummation;

provided that the Company shall not effect any of the transactions  described in
subdivisions  (a) through (d) above  unless,  immediately  after the date of the
consummation of such transaction, the Acquiring Person or its Parent is required
to file,  by virtue of having an  outstanding  class of Voting  Common Stock (or
equivalent equity interests), reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13
or  Section  15(d)  of the  Exchange  Act,  and such  Voting  Common  Stock  (or

                                       13
                                    - 361 -
<PAGE>

equivalent  equity  interest)  is listed or  admitted  to  trading on a national
securities  exchange or is quoted in the NASD automated quotation system. In the
event that the  Acquiring  Person  fulfills  the  requirements  contained in the
immediately  preceding proviso,  then, if the holder of this Warrant shall elect
(or shall be deemed to elect) to  receive  Voting  Common  Stock (or  equivalent
equity  interests)  pursuant to  subdivision  (y) above,  such  holder  shall be
entitled to receive,  upon the basis stated in such  subdivision  (y),  only the
Voting Common Stock (or equivalent equity interests) of the Acquiring Person.

              3.2. Assumption of Obligations. Notwithstanding anything contained
in this Warrant or the Merger  Agreement to the  contrary,  the Company will not
effect any of the  transactions  described  in  subdivisions  (a) through (d) of
Section 3.1 unless, prior to the consummation  thereof,  each Person (other than
the  Company)  which  may be  required  to  deliver  any  cash,  stock  or other
securities  or other  property  upon the  exercise  of this  Warrant as provided
herein  shall  assume,  by  written  instrument  delivered  to,  and  reasonably
satisfactory to, the holder of this Warrant,  (a) the obligations of the Company
under this Warrant (and if the Company  shall survive the  consummation  of such
transaction,  such assumption shall be in addition to, and shall not release the
Company from, any continuing  obligations of the Company under this Warrant) and
(b) the  obligation  to  deliver  to such  holder  such  cash,  stock  or  other
securities or other property as, in accordance with the foregoing  provisions of
this  Section 3, such holder may be entitled to receive,  and such Person  shall
have  similarly  delivered to such holder an opinion of counsel for such Person,
which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to such holder, stating that this
Warrant shall thereafter  continue in full force and effect and the terms hereof
(including,  without  limitation,  all of the  provisions  of Section 2 and this
Section 3) shall be applicable to the cash,  stock or other  securities or other
property  which such Person may be required to deliver upon any exercise of this
Warrant or the exercise of any rights pursuant hereto.

         4. Other Dilutive Events. In case any event shall occur as to which the
provisions of Section 2 or Section 3 are not strictly applicable but the failure
to make any adjustment would not fairly protect the purchase rights  represented
by this Warrant in accordance  with the essential  intent and principles of such
sections,  then,  in  each  such  case,  the  Company  shall  appoint  a firm of
independent public accountants of recognized national standing (which may be the
regular  auditors  of the  Company),  which  shall give their  opinion  upon the
adjustment,  if  any,  on a basis  consistent  with  the  essential  intent  and
principles  established  in Sections 2 and 3,  necessary  to  preserve,  without
dilution,  the purchase rights represented by this Warrant. Upon receipt of such
opinion  the Company  will  promptly  mail a copy  thereof to the holder of this
Warrant and shall make the adjustments described therein.

         5. No Dilution or Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment of its
certificate   of   incorporation   or   through   any   consolidation,   merger,
reorganization,  transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or
any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance
of any of the terms of this Warrant,  but will at all times in good faith assist
in the  carrying  out of all such terms and in the taking of all such  action as
may be necessary or  appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of
this  Warrant  against  dilution  or  other  impairment.  Without  limiting  the

                                       14
                                    - 362 -
<PAGE>

generality  of the  foregoing,  the Company (a) will not permit the par value of
any shares of stock  receivable  upon the exercise of this Warrant to exceed the
amount payable therefor upon such exercise, (b) will take all such action as may
be  necessary or  appropriate  in order that the Company may validly and legally
issue  fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of stock upon the  exercise  of all
outstanding warrants issued by the Company (including this Warrant) from time to
time,  and (c) will not take any action which  results in any  adjustment of the
Warrant  Price  if the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  (or  Other
Securities)  issuable  after the action  upon the  exercise  of all  outstanding
warrants  issued by the Company  (including this Warrant) would exceed the total
number of shares of Common Stock (or other  Securities)  then  authorized by the
Company's  certificate of  incorporation  and available for the purpose of issue
upon such exercise.

         6.  Accountants'  Report  as  to  Adjustments.  In  each  case  of  any
adjustment or readjustment  in the shares of Common Stock (or Other  Securities)
issuable  upon the  exercise of this  Warrant,  the Company at its expense  will
promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms of
this Warrant,  and will prepare a certificate of the chief financial  officer of
the  Company  setting  forth such  adjustment  or  readjustment  and  showing in
reasonable  detail the method of  calculation  thereof  and the facts upon which
such  adjustment  or  readjustment  is based,  including  without  limitation  a
statement of (a) the consideration received or to be received by the Company for
any  Additional  Shares  of Common  Stock  issued or sold or deemed to have been
issued,  (b) the number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  or deemed to be
outstanding, and (c) the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such issue
or sale and as adjusted  and  readjusted  (if  required by Section 2) on account
thereof. The Company will forthwith mail a copy of each such certificate to each
holder of a Warrant and will, upon the written request at any time of the holder
of this  Warrant,  furnish to such holder a like  certificate  setting forth the
Warrant Price at the time in effect and showing in reasonable  detail how it was
calculated.  In addition,  with respect to any fiscal year of the Company during
which any such adjustment or readjustment shall have been made, the Company will
cause the independent public accountants  reporting upon the Company's financial
statements for such fiscal year to verify,  concurrently with their annual audit
of the Company's  financial  statements,  the  computations  made by the Company
during  such  fiscal  year and to  prepare  and to deliver to the holder of this
Warrant a report setting forth substantially the information  described above in
this  Section 6 with  respect to all such  adjustments  and  readjustments.  The
Company  will  also keep  copies of all such  certificates  and  reports  at its
principal  office and will cause the same to be available for inspection at such
office  during  normal  business  hours by the  holder  of this  Warrant  or any
prospective purchaser of this Warrant designated by the holder thereof.

         7. Notices of Corporate Action. In the event of

              (a) any taking by the  Company  of a record of the  holders of any
         class of securities for the purpose of determining  the holders thereof
         who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution,  or any
         right to subscribe  for,  purchase or  otherwise  acquire any shares of
         stock of any class or any other  securities or property,  or to receive
         any other right, or

                                       15
                                    - 363 -
<PAGE>

              (b)   any   capital    reorganization   of   the   Company,    any
         reclassification  or  recapitalization  of  the  capital  stock  of the
         Company or any  consolidation  or merger  involving the Company and any
         other Person or any transfer of all or substantially  all the assets of
         the Company to any other Person, or

              (c) any  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution,  liquidation  or
         winding-up of the Company,

the Company will mail to the holder of this Warrant a notice  specifying (x) the
date or expected date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of
such  dividend,  distribution  or right,  and the amount and  character  of such
dividend,  distribution or right, and (y) the date or expected date on which any
such reorganization, reclassification,  recapitalization, consolidation, merger,
transfer, dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up is to take place and the time,
if any such time is to be fixed,  as of which  the  holders  of record of Common
Stock (or Other Securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common
Stock (or Other  Securities)  for the securities or other  property  deliverable
upon such  reorganization,  reclassification,  recapitalization,  consolidation,
merger, transfer,  dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up. Such notice shall be
mailed at least 20 days prior to the date therein specified,  in the case of any
date referred to in the foregoing subdivision (x), and at least 30 days prior to
the date therein specified, in the case of the date referred to in the foregoing
subdivision (y).

         8.   Restrictions on Transfer.

              8.1.  Restrictive  Legends.  Except as otherwise permitted by this
Section 8, each certificate for Common Stock (or Other  Securities)  issued upon
the  exercise  of this  Warrant and each  certificate  issued upon the direct or
indirect  Transfer  of any such  Common  Stock  (or Other  Securities)  shall be
stamped or otherwise  imprinted  with a legend in  substantially  the  following
form:

         "The shares  represented by this  certificate  have not been registered
         under the Securities  Act of 1933 and may not be transferred  except in
         compliance  with such Act and applicable  state  securities  laws. Such
         shares  are also  subject to certain  restrictions  on  transferability
         imposed by a Common Stock Purchase Warrant expiring  December 11, 2005,
         a copy of which is on file at the offices of the Company."

              8.2. Notice of Proposed  Transfer;  Opinions of Counsel.  Prior to
any Transfer of any  Restricted  Securities  which are not  registered  under an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a Transfer
pursuant to Rule 144 or any comparable  rule under such Act), the holder thereof
will give  written  notice to the Company of such  holder's  intention to effect
such  Transfer and to comply in all other  respects  with this Section 8.2. Each
such notice (a) shall  describe  the manner and  circumstances  of the  proposed
Transfer in sufficient  detail to enable counsel to render the opinions referred
to below, and (b) shall designate counsel for the holder giving such notice (who

                                       16
                                    - 364 -
<PAGE>

may be internal  counsel for such  holder).  The holder  giving such notice will
submit a copy thereof to the counsel  designated  in such notice and the Company
will promptly  submit a copy thereof to its counsel.  The  following  provisions
shall then apply:

                   (x) If in the  opinion  of such  counsel  for the  holder the
              proposed Transfer may be effected without  registration (a copy of
              which  opinion  shall be  delivered to the  Company),  and if such
              opinion is  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Company,  such holder
              shall thereupon be entitled to Transfer such Restricted Securities
              in  accordance  with the  terms of the  notice  delivered  by such
              holder to the Company. Each Warrant or certificate, if any, issued
              upon  or  in  connection   with  such  Transfer   shall  bear  the
              appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 8.1 unless, in
              the opinion of such counsel and the Company's counsel, such legend
              is no longer  required to insure  compliance  with the  Securities
              Act.

                   (y) If the  opinion of such  counsel for the holder is not to
              the effect  that the  proposed  Transfer  may  legally be effected
              without  registration  of such  Restricted  Securities  under  the
              Securities Act, such holder shall not be entitled to Transfer such
              Restricted  Securities  (other than in a Transfer pursuant to Rule
              144 or any  comparable  rule under the  Securities  Act) until the
              conditions  specified in subdivision  (x) above shall be satisfied
              or until  registration  of such  Restricted  Securities  under the
              Securities Act has become effective.

Notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions of this Section 8.2, the holder of any
Restricted  Securities  shall be  permitted  to  Transfer  any  such  Restricted
Securities  pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities  Act,  provided that each
transferee  agrees in writing to be bound by all the restrictions on transfer of
such Restricted Securities contained in this Section 8.2.

              8.3. Termination of Restrictions. The restrictions imposed by this
Section 8 upon the  transferability  of  Restricted  Securities  shall cease and
terminate as to any particular  Restricted  Securities (a) when such  securities
shall have been effectively  registered under the Securities Act and disposed of
in  accordance  with  the  registration   statement   covering  such  Restricted
Securities, (a) when, in the opinions of both counsel for the holder thereof and
counsel for the Company,  such  restrictions  are no longer required in order to
insure  compliance  with the Securities  Act, or (c) when such securities may be
immediately sold by the holder as determined under Rule 144 under the Securities
Act. Whenever such restrictions shall terminate as to any Restricted Securities,
as soon as practicable thereafter and in any event within ten Business Days, the
holder  thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company,  without  expense
(other than transfer  taxes,  if any),  new securities of like tenor not bearing
the applicable legend set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.

              8.4.  Holder's  Representations  and  Warranties.   Holder  hereby
represents and warrants to the Company as follows:


                                       17
                                    - 365 -
<PAGE>

              (a)  Holder is  acquiring  this  Warrant  and any shares of Common
         Stock  acquired upon exercise of this Warrant for its own account,  for
         investment and not with a view to any "distribution" within the meaning
         of the Securities Act.

              (b) Holder is  knowledgeable  and  experienced  in making  venture
         capital  investments,  is able to bear the economic risk of loss of its
         investment in the Company,  has been granted the opportunity to make an
         investigation  of  the  affairs  of  the  Company  and  has  used  such
         opportunity either directly or through its authorized representative.

              (c) Holder  understands  that  because the shares of Common  Stock
         issuable  under  this  Warrant  have  not  been  registered  under  the
         Securities  Act,  it  cannot  dispose  of any or all of such  shares of
         Common Stock unless such shares are  subsequently  registered under the
         Securities Act or exemptions from  registration  are available.  Holder
         acknowledges and understands  that, except as provided in this Warrant,
         it has no registration rights. By reason of these restrictions,  Holder
         understands that it may be required to hold such shares of Common Stock
         for an indefinite period of time.

              (d) Holder is an "accredited  investor" as such term is defined in
         Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

              9. Registration under Securities Act, Etc.

              9.1. Incidental Registration.

              (a) Right to Include Registrable Securities. If the Company at any
         time on or prior to December  11, 2005  proposes to register any of its
         securities  under the Securities  Act (other than by a registration  on
         Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar forms),  whether or not for
         sale for its own account,  in a manner which would permit  registration
         of  Registrable  Securities for sale to the public under the Securities
         Act, it will each such time give prompt  written  notice to all holders
         of  Registrable  Securities  of its  intention  to do so  and  of  such
         holders' rights under this Section 9.1. Upon the written request of any
         such holder made within 20 days after receipt of any such notice (which
         request  shall  specify  the  Registrable  Securities  intended  to  be
         disposed  of by such  holder  and the  intended  method of  disposition
         thereof),  the  Company  will  use  its  best  efforts  to  effect  the
         registration  under the  Securities Act of all  Registrable  Securities
         which the  Company  has been so  requested  to  register by the holders
         thereof,  to  the  extent  requisite  to  permit  the  disposition  (in
         accordance  with the  intended  methods  thereof as  aforesaid)  of the
         Registrable  Securities  so to be  registered,  by  inclusion  of  such
         Registrable  Securities in the registration  statement which covers the
         securities  which the Company  proposes to register,  provided that (x)
         the Company shall not be required to effect the  registration  pursuant
         to this  Section 9.1 of any  Warrants  (but shall be required to effect
         the registration of Registrable Securities described in clauses (b) and
         (c) of the  definition of  Registrable  Securities)  and (y) if, at any

                                       18
                                    - 366 -
<PAGE>

         time after  giving  written  notice of its  intention  to register  any
         securities  and  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  the  registration
         statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall
         determine  for any reason not to register or to delay  registration  of
         such securities,  the Company may, at its election, give written notice
         of such  determination  to each holder of Registrable  Securities  and,
         thereupon, (i) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be
         relieved of its  obligation to register any  Registrable  Securities in
         connection with such  registration  (but not from its obligation to pay
         the  Registration  Expenses in connection  therewith),  and (ii) in the
         case of a  determination  to delay  registering,  shall be permitted to
         delay registering any Registrable Securities for the same period as the
         delay in registering  such other  securities.  The Company will pay all
         Registration   Expenses  in  connection   with  each   registration  of
         Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 9.1.

              (b)  Priority  in  Incidental  Registrations.  If  a  registration
         pursuant to this Section 9.1 involves an underwritten  offering and the
         managing  underwriter  advises  the  Company  in writing  that,  in its
         opinion,  that the  dollar  amount or  number of shares of  Registrable
         Securities  and other shares of Common Stock or Other  Securities to be
         included in the offering  exceeds the maximum  dollar  amount or number
         that  can be sold in such  offering  without  adversely  affecting  the
         proposed  offering price, the timing,  the  distribution  method or the
         probability  of  success  of such  offering  (the  "Maximum  Number  of
         Shares"), then the Company shall include in such registration:

                   (x)  if  the  registration  is a  primary  offering  for  the
              Company, (i) first, the shares of Common Stock or Other Securities
              that the Company proposes to sell for its own account which can be
              sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares;  (ii) second,
              to the extent the  Maximum  Number of Shares has not been  reached
              under the  foregoing  clause  (i),  the shares of Common  Stock or
              Other Securities  requested to be included in such registration by
              the holders thereof with registration  rights granted prior to the
              date hereof which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number
              of Shares  (allocated pro rata among such other security  holders,
              as nearly as practicable,  on the basis of the number of shares of
              Common Stock or Other Securities  requested to be included in such
              offering by such other security holders);  and (iii) third, to the
              extent the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the
              foregoing  clauses (i) and (ii),  the  Registrable  Securities and
              shares  of  Common  Stock  or  Other  Securities  requested  to be
              included in such  registration  by the holder of this  Warrant and
              other security holders with registration  rights which can be sold
              without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares (allocated pro rata
              among  such  holder  and  other  security  holders,  as  nearly as
              practicable,  on the basis of the number of shares of  Registrable
              Securities  and Common Stock or Other  Securities  requested to be
              included in such  offering  by the holder and such other  security
              holders); and

                   (y) if the  registration is for a secondary  offering for any
              of the Company's  securityholders,  (i) first, if the registration
              was requested by other security  holders with demand  registration

                                       19
                                    - 367 -
<PAGE>

              rights,  then the shares of Common Stock or Other  Securities that
              such other security  holders have requested to be included in such
              offering which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of
              Shares;  (ii) second,  to the extent the Maximum  Number of Shares
              has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the shares of
              Common Stock or Other Securities  requested to be included in such
              registration by other security  holders with  registration  rights
              granted  prior  to the  date  hereof  which  can be  sold  without
              exceeding the Maximum  Number of Shares  (allocated pro rata among
              such other  security  holders,  as nearly as  practicable,  on the
              basis of the number of shares of Common Stock or Other  Securities
              requested to be included in such  offering by such other  security
              holders);  and (iii)  third,  to the extent the Maximum  Number of
              Shares has not been reached  under the  foregoing  clauses (i) and
              (ii),  the  Registrable  Securities  and shares of Common Stock or
              Other Securities  requested to be included in such registration by
              the  holder  of this  Warrant  and  other  security  holders  with
              registration  rights  which  can be  sold  without  exceeding  the
              Maximum Number of Shares (allocated pro rata among such holder and
              other security holders, as nearly as practicable,  on the basis of
              the number of shares of Registrable Securities and Common Stock or
              Other Securities  requested to be included in such offering by the
              holder and such other security holders).

              9.2. Registration  Procedures.  If and whenever (x) the Company is
required to use its best efforts to effect the  registration  of any Registrable
Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Section 9.1 or (y) there is a
Requesting  Holder in connection  with any other  proposed  registration  by the
Company under the Securities Act, the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

              (a)  prepare   and  file  with  the   Commission   the   requisite
         registration  statement (including such audited financial statements as
         may be  required  by the  Securities  Act or the rules and  regulations
         promulgated  thereunder) to effect such  registration  and use its best
         efforts  to cause  such  registration  statement  to become  effective,
         provided  that  before  filing  such  registration   statement  or  any
         amendments thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel selected by
         the holders of Registrable  Securities whose Registrable Securities are
         to be  included  in such  registration  copies  of all  such  documents
         proposed to be filed,  which documents will be subject to the review of
         such counsel, and provided,  further,  that the Company may discontinue
         any registration of its securities which are not Registrable Securities
         at any time prior to the effective date of the  registration  statement
         relating thereto;

              (b)  prepare  and file with the  Commission  such  amendments  and
         supplements to such  registration  statement and the prospectus used in
         connection  therewith as may be necessary to maintain the effectiveness
         of such registration statement and to comply with the provisions of the
         Securities  Act  with  respect  to the  disposition  of all  securities
         covered by such  registration  statement until the earlier of such time
         as all of such  securities have been disposed of in accordance with the
         intended  methods of disposition  by the seller or sellers  thereof set
         forth in such  registration  statement  and the  expiration  of 90 days

                                       20
                                    - 368 -
<PAGE>

         after  such  registration  statement  becomes  effective,  except  with
         respect to any such  registration  statement filed pursuant to Rule 415
         (or any successor  Rule) under the  Securities  Act, in which case such
         period shall be 2 years;

              (c) furnish to each seller of  Registrable  Securities  covered by
         such  registration  statement and each Requesting Holder such number of
         conformed  copies  of such  registration  statement  and of  each  such
         amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits),
         such number of copies of the prospectus  contained in such registration
         statement  (including  each  preliminary  prospectus  and  any  summary
         prospectus)  and any other  prospectus  filed  under Rule 424 under the
         Securities Act, in conformity  with the  requirements of the Securities
         Act, and such other documents, as such seller may reasonably request;

              (d) use its best  efforts to register  or qualify all  Registrable
         Securities and other securities covered by such registration  statement
         under such other  securities or blue sky laws of such  jurisdictions as
         each  seller  thereof  and  each  Requesting  Holder  shall  reasonably
         request,  to keep such  registration or  qualification in effect for so
         long as such  registration  statement  remains in effect,  and take any
         other action which may be  reasonably  necessary or advisable to enable
         such seller to consummate the disposition in such  jurisdictions of the
         securities owned by such seller,  except that the Company shall not for
         any such  purpose be required to qualify  generally to do business as a
         foreign  corporation in any  jurisdiction  wherein it would not but for
         the  requirements  of  this  subdivision  (d)  be  obligated  to  be so
         qualified  or to  consent  to  general  service  of process in any such
         jurisdiction;

              (e) use its best  efforts  to  cause  all  Registrable  Securities
         covered  by  such  registration  statement  to be  registered  with  or
         approved by such other  governmental  agencies or authorities as may be
         necessary  to enable the seller or sellers  thereof to  consummate  the
         disposition of such Registrable Securities;

              (f)  furnish to each  seller of  Registrable  Securities  and each
         Requesting Holder a signed  counterpart,  addressed to such seller (and
         the underwriters, if any), of

                   (x)  an  opinion  of  counsel  for  the  Company,  dated  the
              effective  date  of  such  registration  statement  (and,  if such
              registration  includes an underwritten Public Offering,  dated the
              date of any closing under the underwriting agreement),  reasonably
              satisfactory in form and substance to such seller, and

                   (y) a  "comfort"  letter,  dated the  effective  date of such
              registration  statement  (and,  if such  registration  includes an
              underwritten Public Offering,  dated the date of any closing under
              the  underwriting  agreement),  signed by the  independent  public
              accountants who have certified the Company's financial  statements
              included in such registration  statement (it being understood that
              such  letter,   if  the  cost   thereof  does  not   constitute  a
              "Registration Expense", is to be delivered only at the request of,


                                       21
                                    - 369 -
<PAGE>

              and at the expense  of, any seller of  Registrable  Securities  or
              Requesting Holder),

covering  substantially  the same  matters  with  respect  to such  registration
statement  (and  the  prospectus  included  therein)  and,  in the  case  of the
accountants'  letter,  with  respect  to events  subsequent  to the date of such
financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's counsel
and in accountants' letters delivered to the underwriters in underwritten Public
Offerings of securities and, in the case of the accountants'  letter, such other
financial matters,  as such seller (or the underwriters,  if any) may reasonably
request;

              (g) immediately notify each seller of such Registrable Securities,
         and (if  requested by any such seller)  confirm such advice in writing,
         (w) when the prospectus or any prospectus  supplement or post-effective
         amendment  has  been  filed,  and,  with  respect  to the  registration
         statement  or any  post-effective  amendment,  when the same has become
         effective,  (x) of any  request by the  Commission  for  amendments  or
         supplements  to the  registration  statement or the  prospectus  or for
         additional  information,  (y) of the issuance by the  Commission of any
         stop order suspending the  effectiveness of the registration  statement
         or the initiation of any proceedings  for that purpose,  and (z) of the
         receipt  by  the  Company  of  any  notification  with  respect  to the
         suspension of the qualification of the Registrable  Securities for sale
         in any  jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding
         for such purpose;

              (h) use its  reasonable  best efforts to obtain the  withdrawal of
         any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement at
         the earliest possible time;

              (i)  immediately  notify  each  holder of  Registrable  Securities
         covered by such registration  statement and each Requesting  Holder, at
         any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered
         under the Securities  Act, of the happening of any event as a result of
         which the prospectus included in such registration  statement,  as then
         in effect,  includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
         state any material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to
         make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading  in  the  light  of the
         circumstances  under  which they were made,  and at the  request of any
         such holder  promptly  prepare and furnish to such seller a  reasonable
         number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such  prospectus
         as may be necessary so that, as thereafter  delivered to the purchasers
         of such  securities,  such  prospectus  shall  not  include  an  untrue
         statement of a material  fact or omit to state a material fact required
         to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
         misleading  in the light of the  circumstances  under  which  they were
         made;

              (j) otherwise  use its best efforts to comply with all  applicable
         rules and  regulations  of the  Commission,  and make  available to its
         security  holders,  as  soon as  reasonably  practicable,  an  earnings
         statement  covering the period of at least twelve months,  but not more
         than eighteen  months,  beginning  with the first full  calendar  month

                                       22
                                    - 370 -
<PAGE>

         after the effective date of such registration statement, which earnings
         statement  shall  satisfy  the  provisions  of  Section  11(a)  of  the
         Securities  Act,  and not  file any  amendment  or  supplement  to such
         registration  statement or  prospectus  to which any such seller or any
         Requesting  Holder shall have  reasonably  objected on the grounds that
         such amendment or supplement  does not comply in all material  respects
         with  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act or of  the  rules  or
         regulations  thereunder,  having been  furnished with a copy thereof at
         least five (5) business days prior to the filing thereof;

              (k)  provide  and  cause to be  maintained  a  transfer  agent and
         registrar for all Registrable  Securities  covered by such registration
         statement  not  later  than  the  effective  date of such  registration
         statement;

              (1) cooperate with the sellers of such  Registrable  Securities to
         facilitate  the  timely   preparation   and  delivery  of  certificates
         representing  Registrable Securities to be sold, which securities shall
         not bear any  restrictive  legends and shall be in a form  eligible for
         deposit with The Depository Trust Company;  and enable such Registrable
         Securities to be in such  denominations and registered in such names as
         such sellers may request at least two  business  days prior to any sale
         of Registrable Securities;

              (m) use  its  best  efforts  (x) to  cause  all  such  Registrable
         Securities  covered by such  registration  statement  to be listed on a
         national  securities  exchange (if such Registrable  Securities are not
         already so listed) and on each additional  national securities exchange
         on which similar  securities  issued by the Company are then listed, if
         the listing of such Registrable  Securities is then permitted under the
         rules  of such  exchange,  or (y) to  secure  designation  of all  such
         Registrable  Securities  covered by such  registration  statement  as a
         NASDAQ  "national  market system  security"  within the meaning of Rule
         llAa2-1 of the Commission or, failing that, secure NASDAQ authorization
         for such Registrable Securities and, without limiting the generality of
         the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as
         such with respect to such Registrable Securities with the NASD;

              (n) provide a CUSIP  number for all  Registrable  Securities,  not
         later than the effective date of the applicable registration statement;
         and

              (o) enter into such  agreements and take such other actions as the
         Requisite  Holders  shall  reasonably  request in order to  expedite or
         facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.

The Company may require each holder of  Registrable  Securities  as to which any
registration is being effected to furnish the Company such information regarding
such holder and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time
to time reasonably request in writing.

                                       23
                                    - 371 -
<PAGE>


              9.3. Underwritten Offerings.

              9.3.1.  Incidental  Underwritten  Offerings. If the Company at any
time  proposes to register any of its  securities  under the  Securities  Act as
contemplated  by Section 9.1 and such  securities  are to be  distributed  by or
through one or more underwriters, the Company will, subject to the provisions of
Section 9.1(b), use its best efforts,  if requested by any holder of Registrable
Securities,  to  arrange  for  such  underwriters  to  include  the  Registrable
Securities  to be offered and sold by such  holder  among the  securities  to be
distributed by such  underwriters.  The holders of Registrable  Securities to be
distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to the underwriting  agreement
between the Company and such underwriters and may, at their option, require that
any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on
the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters  shall also
be made to and for the benefit of such  holders of  Registrable  Securities  and
that  any or all  of  the  conditions  precedent  to  the  obligations  of  such
underwriters  under such underwriting  agreement be conditions  precedent to the
obligations of such holders of Registrable Securities.  No holder of Registrable
Securities  shall be required to make any  representations  or  warranties to or
agreements  with the  Company or the  underwriters  other than  representations,
warranties or agreements regarding such holder and such holder's intended method
of distribution and any other representation required by law.

              9.3.2. Holdback Agreements.

                   (x) Each  holder  of  Registrable  Securities  agrees,  if so
              required  by the  managing  underwriter,  not to effect any public
              sale or  distribution  of  securities  of the  Company of the same
              class as the securities  included in such Registration  Statement,
              during the seven days prior to the date on which any  underwritten
              registration  pursuant to Section 9.1 has become effective and the
              90  days   thereafter,   except  as  part  of  such   underwritten
              registration  or to the extent that such holder is  prohibited  by
              applicable  law from agreeing to withhold  Registrable  Securities
              from  sale or is  acting  in its  capacity  as a  fiduciary  or an
              investment  adviser.  Without  limiting  the  scope  of  the  term
              "fiduciary,"  a holder shall be deemed to be acting as a fiduciary
              or an  investment  adviser  if  its  actions  or  the  Registrable
              Securities   proposed  to  be  sold  are  subject  to  ERISA,  the
              Investment  Company Act of 1940 or the Investment  Advisers Act of
              1940 or if such  Registrable  Securities  are  held in a  separate
              account under applicable insurance law or regulation.

                   (y) The  Company  agrees (i) not to effect any public sale or
              distribution  of its equity  securities or securities  convertible
              into or  exchangeable  or exercisable  for any of such  securities
              during  the  seven  (7)  days  prior  to the  date  on  which  any
              underwritten  registration  pursuant  to  Section  9.1 has  become
              effective  and  the 90  days  thereafter,  except  as part of such
              underwritten  registration and except pursuant to registrations on
              Form S-4 or S-8 or any  successor or similar  forms  thereto,  and
              (ii) to cause  each  holder  of its  equity  securities  or of any
              securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any

                                       24
                                    - 372 -
<PAGE>

              of such securities, in each case purchased from the Company at any
              time  after  the date of this  Agreement  (other  than in a Public
              Offering),  to  agree  not to  effect  any  such  public  sale  or
              distribution  of such  securities,  during such period,  except as
              part of such underwritten registration.

              9.4. Preparation; Reasonable Investigation. In connection with the
preparation and filing of each registration  statement under the Securities Act,
the Company will give the holders of  Registrable  Securities  registered  under
such registration statement, their underwriters,  if any, each Requesting Holder
and their respective counsel and accountants,  the opportunity to participate in
the preparation of such registration statement, each prospectus included therein
or filed with the Commission,  and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto,
and will  give  each of them such  access  to its  books  and  records  and such
opportunities  to discuss the  business of the Company with its officers and the
independent  public  accountants who have certified its financial  statements as
shall be  necessary,  in the  opinion of such  holders'  and such  underwriters'
respective counsel, to conduct a reasonable  investigation within the meaning of
the Securities Act.

              9.5. Rights of Requesting  Holders.  The Company will not file any
registration  statement  under the  Securities  Act,  whether or not pursuant to
registration  rights  granted to other holders of its  securities and whether or
not for sale for its own account (other than by a registration  on Form S-4, S-8
or any successor form thereto),  unless it shall first have given to each Person
which holds any Registrable  Securities  issued by the Company at least 30 days'
prior written  notice  thereof.  Any such holder who shall so request  within 30
days  after  such  notice (a  "Requesting  Holder")  shall  have the rights of a
Requesting  Holder  provided in Sections  9.2, 9.4 and 9.6. In addition,  if any
registration  statement refers to any Requesting  Holder by name or otherwise as
the holder of any  securities  of the  Company,  then such holder shall have the
right to require (a) the  insertion  therein of language,  in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to such holder, to the effect that, if true, the holding
by such  holder of such  securities  does not  necessarily  make  such  holder a
"controlling person" of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and
is not to be  construed  as a  recommendation  by such holder of the  investment
quality of the Company's debt or equity securities covered thereby and that such
holding  does not imply  that such  holder  will  assist in  meeting  any future
financial  requirements of the Company,  or (b) in the event that such reference
to such holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any
rules and regulations promulgated  thereunder,  the deletion of the reference to
such holder.

              9.6. Indemnification.

              (a) The Company will,  and hereby does,  indemnify,  to the extent
         permitted by applicable law, each holder of Registrable  Securities and
         its Affiliates and their respective officers and directors, if any, and
         each Person,  if any, who  controls  such holder  within the meaning of
         Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all losses, claims,  damages,
         liabilities (or proceedings in respect thereof) and expenses (under the
         Securities Act or common law or otherwise), joint or several, caused by

                                       25
                                    - 373 -
<PAGE>

         any untrue  statement or alleged  untrue  statement of a material  fact
         contained in any  registration  statement or prospectus (and as amended
         or  supplemented  if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or
         supplements  thereto) or any  preliminary  prospectus  or caused by any
         omission or alleged  omission to state therein a material fact required
         to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
         misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities
         (or  proceedings  in respect  thereof)  or  expenses  are caused by any
         untrue  statement or alleged  untrue  statement  contained in or by any
         omission or alleged omission from  information  furnished in writing to
         the Company by such holder  expressly for use therein.  If the offering
         pursuant to any registration  statement provided for under this Warrant
         is made through  underwriters,  no action or failure to act on the part
         of  such  underwriters  (whether  or not  any  such  underwriter  is an
         Affiliate  of any holder of  Registrable  Securities)  shall affect the
         obligations  of the  Company to  indemnify  any  holder of  Registrable
         Securities or any other Person pursuant to the preceding  sentence.  If
         the offering pursuant to any registration  statement provided for under
         this  Agreement is made  through  underwriters,  the Company  agrees to
         enter  into an  underwriting  agreement  in  customary  form  with such
         underwriters  and the Company  agrees to indemnify  such  underwriters,
         their  officers and  directors,  if any,  and each Person,  if any, who
         controls  such  underwriters  within  the  meaning of Section 15 of the
         Securities Act to the same extent as hereinbefore provided with respect
         to  the  indemnification  of the  holders  of  Registrable  Securities;
         provided  that the Company  shall not be required to indemnify any such
         underwriter,  or any  officer or director  of such  underwriter  or any
         Person who controls such  underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15
         of the  Securities  Act,  to the extent that the loss,  claim,  damage,
         liability  (or  proceedings  in respect  thereof)  or expense for which
         indemnification is claimed results from such  underwriter's  failure to
         send or give a copy of the amended or supplemented  final prospectus to
         the Person asserting an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
         omission or alleged omission at or prior to the written confirmation of
         the sale of Registrable  Securities to such Person if such statement or
         omission was corrected in such amended or supplemented final prospectus
         prior to such written confirmation and the underwriter was given notice
         of the availability of such amended or supplemented final prospectus.

              (b) In  connection  with  any  registration  statement  in which a
         holder of  Registrable  Securities is  participating,  each such holder
         will indemnify, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company,
         its officers and  directors  and each Person,  if any, who controls the
         Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against
         any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  (or proceedings in respect
         thereof) and expenses  resulting  from any untrue  statement or alleged
         untrue statement of a material fact or any omission or alleged omission
         of a material fact required to be stated in the registration  statement
         or prospectus  or  preliminary  prospectus or any amendment  thereof or
         supplement  thereto or  necessary  to make the  statements  therein not
         misleading,  but only to the  extent  that  such  untrue  statement  is
         contained  in or such  omission is from  information  so  furnished  in
         writing by such holder  expressly  for use therein,  provided that such
         holder's  obligations  hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to

                                       26
                                    - 374 -
<PAGE>

         the proceeds to such holder of the Registrable Securities sold pursuant
         to such registration statement.

              (c) Any Person entitled to indemnification under the provisions of
         this Section 9.6 shall (x) give prompt notice to the indemnifying party
         of any claim with  respect to which it seeks  indemnification  (but the
         failure of any  indemnified  party to give  notice as  provided  herein
         shall not relieve the indemnifying  party of its obligations  under the
         preceding  subdivisions  of this Section 9.6, except to the extent that
         the indemnifying party is actually  prejudiced by such failure) and (y)
         unless in such indemnified  party's  reasonable  judgment a conflict of
         interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in
         respect of such  claim,  permit such  indemnifying  party to assume the
         defense of such claim,  with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to the
         indemnified party; and if such defense is so assumed, such indemnifying
         party  shall not enter into any  settlement  without the consent of the
         indemnified  party  if  such  settlement  attributes  liability  to the
         indemnified party and such  indemnifying  party shall not be subject to
         any liability for any settlement  made without its consent (which shall
         not be unreasonably  withheld);  and any underwriting agreement entered
         into with respect to any registration statement provided for under this
         Agreement shall so provide.  In the event an  indemnifying  party shall
         not be entitled,  or elects not, to assume the defense of a claim, such
         indemnifying  party shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses
         of more than one counsel or firm of counsel for all parties indemnified
         by such  indemnifying  party in  respect of such  claim,  unless in the
         reasonable  judgment  of any  such  indemnified  party  a  conflict  of
         interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such
         indemnified  parties in respect to such  claim.  Such  indemnity  shall
         remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by
         or on behalf of a participating holder of Registrable  Securities,  its
         officers,  directors or any Person, if any, who controls such holder as
         aforesaid,  and shall  survive the transfer of such  securities by such
         holder.

              (d) If the indemnification  provided for in this Section 9.6 shall
         for any reason be held by a court to be  unavailable  to an indemnified
         party under Section 9.6(a) or (b) hereof in respect of any loss, claim,
         damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, then, in lieu of
         the amount paid or payable under Section 9.6(a) or (b), the indemnified
         party and the  indemnifying  party  under  Section  9.6(a) or (b) shall
         contribute to the aggregate  losses,  claims,  damages and  liabilities
         (including  legal or other expenses  reasonably  incurred in connection
         with  investigating the same), (x) in such proportion as is appropriate
         to  reflect  the  relative  fault of the  Company  and the  prospective
         sellers of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement
         which resulted in such loss, claim,  damage or liability,  or action or
         proceeding  in  respect  thereof,  with  respect to the  statements  or
         omissions which resulted in such loss, claim,  damage or liability,  or
         action or proceeding in respect thereof,  as well as any other relevant
         equitable  considerations  or (y) if the allocation  provided by clause
         (x) above is not  permitted by  applicable  law, in such  proportion as
         shall be appropriate to reflect the relative  benefits  received by the
         Company  and  such  prospective   sellers  from  the  offering  of  the
         securities covered by such registration  statement,  provided, that for
         purposes of clauses (x) or (y), the relative  benefits  received by the

                                       27
                                    - 375 -
<PAGE>

         prospective  sellers  shall be  deemed  not to  exceed  the  amount  of
         proceeds  received  by  such  prospective  sellers  and  no  holder  of
         Registrable  Securities  shall be required to contribute  any amount in
         excess of the amount such holder could have been  required to pay to an
         indemnified party if the indemnity under subsection (a) of this Section
         9.6 was  available.  No Person guilty of  fraudulent  misrepresentation
         (within the meaning of Section  11(f) of the  Securities  Act) shall be
         entitled  to  contribution  from any  Person who was not guilty of such
         fraudulent  misrepresentation.  Such sellers' obligations to contribute
         as provided in this  Section  9.6(d) are several in  proportion  to the
         relative value of their respective  Registrable  Securities  covered by
         such registration statement and not joint. In addition, no Person shall
         be obligated  to  contribute  hereunder  any amounts in payment for any
         settlement  of any  action  or claim  effected  without  such  Person's
         consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

              (e) Indemnification and contribution  similar to that specified in
         the  preceding  subdivisions  of this  Section  9.6  (with  appropriate
         modifications)  shall be  given  by the  Company  and  each  seller  of
         Registrable  Securities  with respect to any required  registration  or
         other  qualification  of  securities  under any federal or state law or
         regulation of any governmental authority other than the Securities Act.

              (f) An  indemnifying  party  shall make  payments  of all  amounts
         required  to be  made  pursuant  to the  foregoing  provisions  of this
         Section 9.6 to or for the account of the indemnified party from time to
         time  promptly  upon receipt of bills or invoices  relating  thereto or
         when otherwise due or payable.

              9.7. Adjustments  Affecting  Registrable  Securities.  The Company
will not  effect or permit to occur any  combination  or  subdivision  of shares
which  would  materially  and  adversely  affect the  ability of the  holders of
Registrable   Securities   to  include  such   Registrable   Securities  in  any
registration   of  its  securities   contemplated  by  this  Section  9  or  the
marketability of such Registrable Securities under any such registration.

              9.8.  Other  Registration  of Common  Stock.  If any shares of the
Common Stock  required to be reserved for purposes of issuance  upon exercise of
this Warrant in connection with their sale in a registration pursuant to Section
9.1 require  registration  with or approval of any governmental  authority under
any federal or state law (other than the Securities  Act) before such shares may
be  issued  upon  such  exercise,  the  Company  will,  at  its  expense  and as
expeditiously as possible,  use its best efforts to cause such shares to be duly
registered or approved, as the case may be.

              9.9. Nominees for Beneficial  Owners. For purposes of this Section
9, in the event that any  Registrable  Securities  are held by a nominee for the
beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its election,  be
treated as the holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request
or other action by any holder or holders of Registrable  Securities  pursuant to
this Section 9 or any  determination  of any number or  percentage  of shares of
Registrable  Securities held by any holder or holders of Registrable  Securities
contemplated  by this  Section  9. If the  beneficial  owner of any  Registrable

                                       28
                                    - 376 -
<PAGE>

Securities so elects, the Company may require assurances reasonably satisfactory
to it of such owner's beneficial ownership of such Registrable Securities.

              9.10.  Rule 144 and Rule 144A.  The Company shall take all actions
reasonably  necessary to enable holders of  Registrable  Securities to sell such
securities  without  registration under the Securities Act within the limitation
of the  provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 144A under the  Securities  Act, as such
rules may be amended  from time to time,  or any  similar  rules or  regulations
hereafter adopted by the Commission,  including, without limitation, filing on a
timely basis all reports required to be filed pursuant to the Exchange Act.

         10.  Availability of Information.  The Company will cooperate with each
holder of any  Restricted  Securities in supplying  such  information  as may be
necessary for such holder to complete and file any  information  reporting forms
presently  or  hereafter  required  by  the  Commission  as a  condition  to the
availability  of an  exemption  from  the  Securities  Act for  the  sale of any
Restricted  Securities.  The Company will furnish to the holder of this Warrant,
promptly upon their  becoming  available,  copies of all  financial  statements,
reports,  notices and proxy  statements sent or made available  generally by the
Company to its stockholders,  and copies of all regular and periodic reports and
all  registration  statements  and  prospectuses  filed by the Company  with any
securities exchange or with the Commission.

         11.  Reservation  of Stock,  Etc. The Company will at all times reserve
and keep  available,  solely for  issuance and  delivery  upon  exercise of this
Warrant, the number of shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) from time to
time issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at the time outstanding.  All shares
of Common Stock (or Other  Securities) shall be duly authorized and, when issued
upon such exercise,  shall be validly  issued and, in the case of shares,  fully
paid and nonassessable, with no liability on the part of the holders thereof.

         12. Listing on Securities  Exchange.  The Company will (a) list on each
national  securities  exchange  on which  any  Common  Stock  may at any time be
listed,  subject to official  notice of issuance  upon exercise of this Warrant,
and will  maintain such listing of, all shares of Common Stock from time to time
issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or (b) secure and maintain designation of
all shares of Common  Stock from time to time  issuable  upon  exercise  of this
Warrant as a NASDAQ "national market system security" within the meaning of Rule
llAa2-1 of the Commission or, failing that, secure NASDAQ authorization for such
shares of Common Stock.

         13. Ownership, Transfer and Substitution of Warrants.

              13.1.  Ownership of Warrants.  The Company may treat the person in
whose name this  Warrant is  registered  on the register  kept at the  principal
office  of the  Company  as the  owner  and  holder  thereof  for all  purposes,

                                       29
                                    - 377 -
<PAGE>

notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, except that, if and when any Warrant
is properly  assigned in blank,  the Company may (but shall not be obligated to)
treat  the  bearer  thereof  as the  owner  of such  Warrant  for all  purposes,
notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  Subject to Section 8, a Warrant, if
properly  assigned,  may be exercised by a new holder without first having a new
Warrant issued.

              13.2. Transfer and Exchange of Warrants. Upon the surrender of any
Warrant,  properly endorsed, for registration of transfer or for exchange at the
principal  office of the Company,  the Company at its expense  will  (subject to
compliance  with  Section 8, if  applicable)  execute and deliver to or upon the
order of the  holder  thereof  a new  Warrant  or  Warrants  of like  tenor,  in
denominations  of at least 1,000  shares,  in the name of such holder or as such
holder  (upon  payment  by such  holder of any  applicable  transfer  taxes) may
direct,  calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of
shares  of  Common  Stock  called  for on the face or faces  of the  Warrant  or
Warrants so surrendered.

              13.3. Replacement of Warrants. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably
satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any
Warrant and, in the case of any such loss,  theft or  destruction of any Warrant
held by a Person other than the Purchaser or any  institutional  investor,  upon
delivery of indemnity reasonably  satisfactory to the Company in form and amount
or, in the case of any such  mutilation,  upon  surrender  of such  Warrant  for
cancellation at the principal office of the Company,  the Company at its expense
will execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

         14. Definitions. As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires,
the following terms have the following respective meanings:

              Acquiring Person: the continuing or surviving corporation or other
entity  of a  consolidation  or  merger  with the  Company  (if  other  than the
Company),  the transferee of  substantially  all of the properties and assets of
the Company,  the corporation or other entity consolidating with or merging into
the Company in a  consolidation  or merger in  connection  with which the Common
Stock is changed into or exchanged  for stock or other  securities  of any other
Person  or  cash  or  any  other  property,   or,  in  the  case  of  a  capital
reorganization or reclassification, the Company.

              Acquisition Price: as applied to the Common Stock, with respect to
any transaction to which Section 3 applies, (a) the price per share equal to the
greater of the  following,  determined  in each case as of the date  immediately
preceding the date of consummation of such transaction:  (x) the Market Price of
the Common  Stock and (y) the highest  amount of cash plus the Fair Value of the
highest  amount of securities or other property which the holder of this Warrant
would have been entitled as a shareholder to receive upon such  consummation  if
such holder had exercised this Warrant  immediately  prior thereto,  or (b) if a
purchase, tender or an exchange offer is made by the Acquiring Person (or by any
of its affiliates) to the holders of the Common Stock and such offer is accepted
by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  the
greater of (i) the price determined in accordance with the foregoing subdivision
(a),  and (ii) the  price  per  share  equal to the  greater  of the  following,
determined in each case as of the date  immediately  preceding the acceptance of
such offer by the holders of more than 50% of the  outstanding  shares of Common

                                       30
                                    - 378 -
<PAGE>

Stock:  (A) the Market Price of the Common  Stock and (B) the highest  amount of
cash plus the Fair Value of the highest  amount of securities or other  property
which the holder of this Warrant would be entitled as a  shareholder  to receive
pursuant to such offer if such holder had  exercised  this  Warrant  immediately
prior to the expiration of such offer and accepted the same.

              Additional Shares of Common Stock: all shares (including  treasury
shares) of Common  Stock  issued or sold (or,  pursuant  to Section  2.3 or 2.4,
deemed to be issued)  by the  Company  after the  Initial  Date,  whether or not
subsequently  reacquired  or  retired by the  Company,  other than (a) shares of
Common  Stock  issued upon the  exercise of any  Warrants  and (b) not more than
3,010,000  shares of Common  Stock  issued upon the  exercise  of stock  options
granted to directors,  officers and other  employees of the Company  pursuant to
the DTN Stock Option Plan of 1989, as amended, and the DTN Non-Employee Director
Option Plan, as amended, and (c) 75,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of existing warrants.

              Base Price:  on any date specified  herein,  the lesser of (a) the
Current Market Price or (b) the Warrant Price.

              Business  Day:  any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday or a day
on which commercial banking  institutions in the City of New York are authorized
by law to be closed,  provided  that,  in  determining  the period  within which
certificates or Warrants are to be issued and delivered  pursuant to Section 1.3
at a time when  shares of Common  Stock  (or  Other  Securities)  are  listed or
admitted   to  trading  on  any   national   securities   exchange   or  in  the
over-the-counter  market and in  determining  the Market Price of any securities
listed or  admitted  to trading on any  national  securities  exchange or in the
over-the-counter  market,  "Business  Day" shall mean any day when the principal
exchange in which  securities are then listed or admitted to trading is open for
trading or, if such securities are traded in the over-the-counter  market in the
United States, such system is open for trading, and provided,  further, that any
reference to "days"  (unless  Business Days are  specified)  shall mean calendar
days.

              Commission:  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission or any other
Federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act,
whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

              Common  Stock:  the Company's  common  stock,  par value $.001 per
share, as constituted on the date hereof, any stock into which such common stock
shall have been changed or any stock resulting from any reclassification of such
common stock, and all other stock of any class or classes  (however  designated)
of the  Company the holders of which have the right,  without  limitation  as to
amount,  either to all or to a share of the  balance  of current  dividends  and
liquidating  dividends after the payment of dividends and  distributions  on any
shares entitled to preference.

              Company:   Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,   a  Delaware
corporation.

                                       31
                                    - 379 -
<PAGE>

              Convertible Securities:  any evidences of indebtedness,  shares of
stock  (other  than Common  Stock) or other  securities  directly or  indirectly
convertible into or exchangeable for Additional Shares of Common Stock.

              Current  Market  Price:  on any date  specified  herein,  (a) with
respect  to  Common  Stock or to  Voting  Common  Stock  (or  equivalent  equity
interests)  of an Acquiring  Person or its Parent,  (x) the average daily Market
Price during the period of the most recent 20  consecutive  Business Days ending
on such date,  or (y) if shares of Common Stock or such Voting  Common Stock (or
equivalent  equity  interests),  as the case  may be,  are not  then  listed  or
admitted to trading on any national  securities  exchange and if the closing bid
and  asked   prices   thereof   are  not  then  quoted  or   published   in  the
over-the-counter  market, the Market Price on such date; and (b) with respect to
any other securities, the Market Price on such date.

              Exchange Act: the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, or any similar
Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all
as the same shall be in effect at the time of determination.

              Fair Value: with respect to any securities or other property,  the
fair value  thereof as of a date which is within 15 days of the date as of which
the  determination  is to be made (a)  determined  by an  agreement  between the
Company  and the  Requisite  Holders  or (b) if the  Company  and the  Requisite
Holders fail to agree,  determined jointly by an independent  investment banking
firm  retained by the  Company and by an  independent  investment  banking  firm
retained by the Requisite  Holders,  either of which firms may be an independent
investment  banking firm regularly retained by the Company or any such holder or
(c) if the  Company  or such  holders  shall  fail so to retain  an  independent
investment  banking firm within five Business Days of the retention of such firm
by such holders or the  Company,  as the case may be,  determined  solely by the
firm so  retained  or (d) if the firms so  retained  by the  Company and by such
holders shall be unable to . reach a joint determination within 15 Business Days
of the retention of the last firm so retained, determined by another independent
investment  banking firm which is not a regular  investment  banking firm of the
Company  or any such  holder  chosen by the first  two such  firms.  Each of the
Company and the holders of the Warrants  shall be  responsible  for the fees and
expenses of the  investment  banking firm  retained by them under the  foregoing
clause (b) and shall  share  equally  the fees and  expenses  of any  investment
banking firm retained under the foregoing clause (d).

              Initial Date: the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

              Market Price:  on any date specified  herein,  (a) with respect to
Common Stock or to Voting Common Stock (or  equivalent  equity  interests) of an
Acquiring Person or its Parent,  the amount per share equal to (x) the last sale
price of shares of such security,  regular way, on such date or, if no such sale
takes  place on such date,  the  average  of the  closing  bid and asked  prices
thereof on such  date,  in each case as  officially  reported  on the  principal
national  securities  exchange  on which the same are then listed or admitted to
trading,  or (y) if no shares of such  security  are then  listed or admitted to
trading on any national securities exchange but such security is designated as a

                                       32
                                    - 380 -
<PAGE>

national  market  system  security by the NASD,  the last trading  price of such
security on such date, or if such security is not so designated,  the average of
the reported  closing bid and asked prices  thereof on such date as shown by the
NASDAQ  system  or, if no shares  thereof  are then  quoted in such  system,  as
published  by the  National  Quotation  Bureau,  Incorporated  or any  successor
organization,  and in either case as reported by any member firm of the New York
Stock Exchange selected by the Company, or (z) if no shares of such security are
then listed or admitted to trading on any national  exchange or  designated as a
national  market system  security and if no closing bid and asked prices thereof
are then so quoted or published in the  over-the-counter  market,  the higher of
(x) the book value thereof as  determined  by agreement  between the Company and
the  Requisite  Holders,  or if the Company and the  Requisite  Holders  fail to
agree,  by any firm of independent  public  accountants  of recognized  standing
selected by the Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  as of the last day of any
month ending within 60 days preceding the date as of which the  determination is
to be made and (y) the fair value thereof  determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors of the Company  thereof as of a date which is within 15 days of the
date as of which the  determination  is to be made;  and (b) with respect to any
other securities,  the fair value thereof  determined in good faith by the Board
of  Directors of the Company as of a date which is within 15 days of the date as
of which the determination is to be made.

              Maximum Number of Shares: the meaning specified in Section 9.1(b).

              Merger Agreement:  the meaning specified in the opening paragraphs
of this Warrant.

              NASD: the National Association of Securities Dealers.

              NASDAO: the Automated Quotation System of the NASD.

              Options: rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or
otherwise  acquire  either  Additional  Shares  of Common  Stock or  Convertible
Securities.

              Other  Securities:  any stock (other than Common  Stock) and other
securities of the Company or any other Person (corporate or otherwise) which the
holder of this  Warrant at any time shall be entitled to receive,  or shall have
received, upon the exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of or in addition to Common
Stock,  or which at any time  shall be  issuable  or shall  have been  issued in
exchange for or in replacement of Common Stock or Other  Securities  pursuant to
Section 3 or otherwise.

              Parent:  as to any  Acquiring  Person,  any  corporation  or other
Person which (a) controls the Acquiring  Person  directly or indirectly  through
one or more  intermediaries,  (b) is required to include the Acquiring Person in
its  consolidated  financial  statements  under  generally  accepted  accounting
principles  and  (c) is  not  itself  included  in  the  consolidated  financial
statements of any other Person (other than its consolidated subsidiaries).

                                       33
                                    - 381 -
<PAGE>

              Person: an individual,  a partnership,  limited liability company,
an  association,  a joint  venture,  a  corporation,  a  business,  a trust,  an
unincorporated  organization  or a  government  or  any  department,  agency  or
subdivision thereof.

              Public  Offering:  any  offering  of  Common  Stock to the  public
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

              Registrable Securities: (a) this Warrant, (b) any shares of Common
Stock or Other  Securities  issued or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and
(c) any securities  issued or issuable with respect to any Common Stock or Other
Securities  referred  to in  subdivision  (b) by way of stock  dividend or stock
split or in connection with a combination of shares,  recapitalization,  merger,
consolidation  or  other  reorganization  or  otherwise.  As to  any  particular
Registrable   Securities,   once  issued  such  securities  shall  cease  to  be
Registrable  Securities  when (x) a  registration  statement with respect to the
sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and
such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration
statement,  (y) they  shall have been sold as  permitted  under Rule 144 (or any
successor  provision) under the Securities Act, or (z) they shall have ceased to
be outstanding.

              Registration  Expenses:  all  expenses  incident to the  Company's
performance of or compliance with Section 9, including,  without limitation, all
registration,  filing and NASD fees,  all fees and  expenses of  complying  with
securities  or blue sky laws,  all word  processing,  duplicating  and  printing
expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel
for  the  Company  and of its  independent  public  accountants,  including  the
expenses of any special audits or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident
to such performance and compliance  (provided that "Registration  Expenses" will
not  include  any "cold  comfort"  letter  requested  solely by the  holders  of
Registrable  Securities in connection with any registration if the Company shall
not have  elected or been  required  by the  underwriters  with  respect to such
registration  to cause such a letter to be delivered),  the reasonable  fees and
disbursements of a single counsel and single firm of accountants retained by the
holders of the Registrable Securities being registered, premiums and other costs
of policies of insurance against  liabilities arising out of the public offering
of the Registrable Securities being registered and any fees and disbursements of
underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding
underwriting  discounts and commissions  and transfer  taxes,  if any,  provided
that,  in any  case  where  Registration  Expenses  are not to be  borne  by the
Company,  such  expenses  shall not  include  salaries of Company  personnel  or
general  overhead  expenses of the  Company,  auditing  fees,  premiums or other
expenses  relating  to  liability  insurance  required  by  underwriters  of the
Company, or other expenses for the preparation of financial  statements or other
data normally  prepared by the Company in the ordinary course of its business or
which the Company would have incurred in any event.

              Requesting Holder: the meaning specified in Section 9.5.

              Requisite Holders: the holders of more than 50% of the Registrable
Securities issued and outstanding at such time.

                                       34
                                    - 382 -
<PAGE>

              Restricted  Securities:  (a) any Warrants  bearing the  applicable
legend  set forth in  Section  8.1,  (b) any  shares  of Common  Stock (or Other
Securities)  which have been issued upon the  exercise of Warrants and which are
evidenced by a certificate or  certificates  bearing the  applicable  legend set
forth in such Section 8.1, and (c) unless the context  otherwise  requires,  any
shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) which are at the time issuable upon
the  exercise of Warrants  and which,  when so issued,  will be  evidenced  by a
certificate or certificates  bearing the applicable  legend set forth in Section
8.1.

              Securities Act: the Securities Act of 1933, or any similar Federal
statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder,  all as the
same shall be in effect at the time of determination.

              Subsidiary: any corporation,  association or other business entity
a majority  (by number of votes) of the Voting  Common  Stock of which is at the
time owned by the Company or by one or more  Subsidiaries  or by the Company and
one or more Subsidiaries.

              Transfer:   unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  any  sale,
assignment,  pledge or other  disposition  of any  security,  or of any interest
therein, which could constitute a "sale" as that term is defined in Section 2(3)
of the Securities Act.

              Voting Common Stock: with respect to any corporation,  association
or other business entity, stock of any class or classes (or equivalent interest)
, if the holders of the stock of such class or classes (or equivalent interests)
are  ordinarily,  in the  absence  of  contingencies,  entitled  to vote for the
election  of  a  majority  of  the  directors  (or  persons  performing  similar
functions) of such  corporation,  association  or business  entity,  even if the
right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

              Warrant Price: the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

              Warrants: the Common Stock Purchase Warrants issued by the Company
under the Merger Agreement.

         15.  Remedies.  The Company  stipulates that the remedies at law of the
holder of this Warrant in the event of any default or threatened  default by the
Company  in the  performance  of or  compliance  with  any of the  terms of this
Warrant  are not and  will not be  adequate  and  that,  to the  fullest  extent
permitted by law,  such terms may be  specifically  enforced by a decree for the
specific  performance  of any  agreement  contained  herein or by an  injunction
against a violation of any of the terms hereof or otherwise.

         16. No Rights or Liabilities as Stockholder.  Nothing contained in this
Warrant  shall be construed as  conferring  upon the holder hereof any voting or
other rights as a stockholder  of the Company or as imposing any  liabilities on
such holder to purchase  any  securities  or as a  stockholder  of the  Company,

                                       35
                                    - 383 -
<PAGE>

whether  such  liabilities  are  asserted  by the  Company  or by  creditors  or
stockholders of the Company or otherwise.

         17. Notices.  All notices and other  communications  under this Warrant
shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail,  return
receipt requested,  addressed (a) if to the holder of this Warrant or any holder
of any Common Stock (or Other  Securities),  at the  registered  address of such
holder as set forth in the register kept at the principal office of the Company,
or (b) if to the Company, to the attention of its Chief Financial Officer at its
principal office, provided that the exercise of any Warrant shall be effected in
the manner provided in Section 1.

         18.  Expiration;  Notice.  The  Company  will  give the  holder of this
Warrant no less than 45 days' nor more than 90 days' notice of the expiration of
the right to exercise  this  Warrant.  The right to exercise  this Warrant shall
expire at 3 P.M., New York City time, December 11, 2005. The registration rights
provided in Section 9 shall expire at 3 P.M.,  New York City time,  December 11,
2005 with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued  previously  to such time
upon the exercise hereof.

         19.  Miscellaneous.  This  Warrant  and any term hereof may be changed,
waived,  discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the
party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination
is sought.  The  agreements of the Company  contained in this Warrant other than
those  applicable  solely to the Warrants and the holders thereof shall inure to
the  benefit of and be  enforceable  by any holder or holders at the time of any
Common Stock (or Other Securities) issued upon the exercise of Warrants, whether
so expressed or not.  This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance
with and governed by the laws of the State of New York. The section  headings in
this Warrant are for  purposes of  convenience  only and shall not  constitute a
part hereof.


                                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION



                                           By: ________________________________
                                           Its: _______________________________




                                       36
                                    - 384 -
<PAGE>



                              FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION

(To be executed only upon exercise of Warrant)

To:  _______________________

         The  undersigned   registered  holder  of  the  within  Warrant  hereby
irrevocably exercises such Warrant for, and purchases  thereunder,  ____________
shares of Common  Stock of Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,  a Delaware
corporation,  and herewith makes payment of $____________ therefor, and requests
that   the   certificates   for  such   shares   be   issued   in  the  name  of
____________________________, and delivered to __________________, whose address
is ____________________________.

Dated:  ___________________.



                                      ------------------------------------
                                      (Signature  must  conform in all respects
                                      to the name of holder as specified on the
                                      face of this Warrant)

                                      [insert address]

                                       37
                                    - 385 -
<PAGE>

                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed only upon transfer of Warrant)

         For value  received,  the undersigned  registered  holder of the within
Warrant hereby sells,  assigns and transfers  unto  ____________________________
the right represented by such Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock of Data
Transmission Network Corporation, a Delaware corporation,  to which such Warrant
relates, and appoints  ______________________  Attorney to make such transfer on
the books of _________________  maintained for such purpose,  with full power of
substitution in the premises.

Dated:  _________________.



                                     ------------------------------------
                                     (Signature  must  conform in all respects 
                                     to the name of holder as specified on the
                                     face of this Warrant)

                                     [insert address]

Signed in the presence of:


- ----------------------------
                                       38
                                    - 386 -

 




                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION











                          COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT











                           Expiring December 11, 2005










                                       1
                                    - 387 -
<PAGE>





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page

1.   Exercise of Warrant .......................................            1

     1.1.     Manner of Exercise ...............................            1
     1.2.     When Exercise Deemed Effected ....................            2
     1.3.     Delivery of Stock Certificates, Etc. .............            2
     1.4.     Company to Reaffirm Obligations ..................            3

2.   Adjustments ...............................................            3

     2.1.     Number of Shares; Warrant Price ...................           3
     2.2.     Adjustment of Warrant Price .......................           3
              2.2.1.   Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock..      3
              2.2.2.   Extraordinary Dividends and Distributions ....       4
     2.3.     Treatment of Options and Convertible Securities .......       4
     2.4.     Treatment of Stock Dividends, Stock Splits, Etc. .......      7
     2.5.     Computation of Consideration ..........................       7
     2.6.     Adjustments for Combinations. Etc. ....................       8
     2.7.     Dilution in Case of Other Securities ..................       8
     2.8.     Minimum Adjustment of Warrant Price ...................       9

3.   Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets, Reorganization, Etc. ....       9
     3.1.     General Provisions.....................................       9
     3.2.     Assumption of Obligations .............................       11

4.   Other Dilutive Events ....................................             11

5.   No Dilution or Impairment .................................            11

6.   Accountants' Report as to Adjustments.....................             12

7.   Notices of Corporate Action ..............................             12

8.   Restrictions on Transfer ..................................            13
     8.1.     Restrictive Legends...............................            13
     8.2.     Notice of Proposed Transfer; Opinions of Counsel ..           13
     8.3.     Termination of Restrictions........................           14
     8.4      Holder's Representations and Warranties............           14

                                       2
                                    - 388 -
<PAGE>

9.   Registration Under Securities Act, Etc. ....................           15
     9.1.     Incidental Registration ............................          15
     9.2.     Registration Procedures ...........................           17
     9.3.     Underwritten Offerings ............................           21
              9.3.1.   Incidental Underwritten Offerings ........           21
              9.3.2.   Holdback Agreements .......................          21
     9.4.     Preparation; Reasonable Investigation .............           22
     9.5.     Rights of Requesting Holders ........................         22
     9.6.     Indemnification ....................................          22
     9.7.     Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities ........         25
     9.8.     Other Registration of Common Stock ..................         25
     9.9.     Nominees for Beneficial Owners ......................         25
     9.10.    Rule 144 and Rule 144A ..............................         26

10.  Availability of Information ..................................         26

11.  Reservation of Stock. Etc. ...................................         26

12.  Listing on Securities Exchange ...............................         26

13.  Ownership, Transfer and Substitution of Warrants .............         26
     13.1.    Ownership of Warrants ...............................         26
     13.2.    Transfer and Exchange of Warrants ...................         27
     13.3.    Replacement of Warrants .............................         27

14.  Definitions ..................................................         27

15.  Remedies .....................................................         32

16.  No Rights or Liabilities as Stockholder ......................         32

17.  Notices  .....................................................         33

18.  Expiration; Notice ...........................................         33

19.  Miscellaneous ...............................................          33



                                       3
                                    - 389 -
<PAGE>


THIS WARRANT AND ANY SHARES  ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT
BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE  TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS. THIS
WARRANT  AND  SUCH  SHARES  ARE  ALSO   SUBJECT  TO  CERTAIN   RESTRICTIONS   ON
TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS WARRANT.



                          Common Stock Purchase Warrant
                           Expiring December 11, 2005


                                                               Omaha, Nebraska
                                                             December 11, 1998


      DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION,   a  Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  for value received,  hereby certifies that ABRY Broadcast  Partners
II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,  or registered assigns, is entitled to
purchase from the Company 14,824 duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable  shares of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company
(the "Common  Stock") at the purchase price per share of $34.00,  at any time or
from time to time prior to 3 P.M., New York City time, on December 11, 2005, all
subject  to the  terms,  conditions  and  adjustments  set  forth  below in this
Warrant.

      This  Warrant  is one of the  Common  Stock  Purchase  Warrants  issued in
connection  with the Company's  acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding
capital  stock of Weather  Services  Corporation,  a  Massachusetts  corporation
("WSC"),  pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement"),
dated as of November 12, 1998 between the  Company,  Merger Sub,  WSC, and ABRY.
Certain  capitalized  terms used in this Warrant are defined in Section 14. If a
capitalized term used in this Warrant is not defined in Section 14, or elsewhere
in this Warrant,  such term shall have the meaning given such term in the Merger
Agreement.

1.    Exercise of Warrant.

      1.1.  Manner of Exercise.

            (a) This Warrant may be exercised by the holder hereof,  in whole or
      in part,  during  normal  business  hours on any Business Day prior to the
      expiration of this Warrant by surrender of this Warrant,  with the form of
      subscription  at the end hereof (or a reasonable  facsimile  thereof) duly
      executed by such holder,  to the Company at its  principal  office (or, if
      such exercise shall be in connection with an underwritten  Public Offering

                                       4
                                    - 390 -
<PAGE>

      of shares of Common Stock (or Other  Securities)  subject to this Warrant,
      at the  location  at which the  Company  shall have  agreed to deliver the
      shares of Common Stock (or Other  Securities)  subject to such  offering),
      accompanied  by payment,  in cash or by certified  or official  bank check
      payable to the order of the Company, in the amount obtained by multiplying
      (a) the number of shares of Common  Stock  (without  giving  effect to any
      adjustment  therein)  designated in such form of  subscription  by (b) the
      Warrant Price,  and such holder shall thereupon be entitled to receive the
      number of duly authorized,  validly issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable
      shares of Common  Stock (or Other  Securities)  determined  as provided in
      Sections 2 through 4.

            (b) Holder may elect in writing delivered to the Company as provided
      above to receive, without payment of additional  consideration,  shares of
      Common Stock equal to the value of this  Warrant or any portion  hereof by
      the  surrender  of this  Warrant  or such  portion  to the  Company at its
      principal office.  Thereupon,  the Company shall issue to such holder such
      number  of fully  paid and  nonassessable  shares  of  Common  Stock as is
      computed using the following formula:

                                   X = Y (A-B)
                                        A
      where X  = the number of shares to be issued to such  holder  pursuant  to
               this subsection 1.1(b).

      Y        = the  number of shares  covered  by this  Warrant  in respect of
               which the net issue election is made pursuant to this  subsection
               1.1(b).

      A        = the  Market  Price of one share of Common  Stock as at the time
               the net  issue  election  is  made  pursuant  to this  subsection
               1.1(b).

      B        = the Warrant  Price in effect under this Warrant at the time the
               net issue election is made pursuant to this subsection 1.1(b).

      1.2. When Exercise Deemed Effected. Each exercise of this Warrant shall be
deemed to have been effected  immediately  prior to the close of business on the
Business Day on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company as
provided in Section 1.1, and at such time the person or persons in whose name or
names any  certificate  or  certificates  for  shares of Common  Stock (or Other
Securities)  shall be  issuable  upon such  exercise  as provided in Section 1.3
shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record thereof.

      1.3. Delivery of Stock Certificates, Etc. As soon as practicable after the
exercise of this Warrant,  in whole or in part, and in any event within ten (10)
Business Days  thereafter  (unless such exercise shall be in connection  with an
underwritten  Public  Offering of shares of Common  Stock (or Other  Securities)
subject to this Warrant,  in which event  concurrently with such exercise),  the
Company at its expense  (including  the  payment by it of any taxes  (other than
transfer  taxes)  applicable to the Company) will cause to be issued in the name

                                       5
                                    - 391 -
<PAGE>

of and delivered to the holder  hereof or,  subject to Section 8, as such holder
(upon payment by such holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct,

            (a) a certificate or certificates for the number of duly authorized,
      validly issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of Common Stock (or
      Other  Securities)  to which  such  holder  shall be  entitled  upon  such
      exercise plus, in lieu of any fractional  share to which such holder would
      otherwise be entitled, cash in an amount equal to the same fraction of the
      Market Price per share of such Common Stock (or Other  Securities)  on the
      Business Day next preceding the date of such exercise, and

            (b) in case such  exercise  is in part only,  a new  Warrant of like
      tenor,  calling in the  aggregate  on the face  thereof  for the number of
      shares of Common  Stock equal  (without  giving  effect to any  adjustment
      therein)  to the  number  of such  shares  called  for on the face of this
      Warrant minus the number of such shares designated by the holder upon such
      exercise as provided in Section 1.1.

      1.4. Company to Reaffirm Obligations.  The Company will, at the time of or
at any time after each exercise of this Warrant,  upon the request of the holder
hereof or of any shares of Common Stock (or Other  Securities)  issued upon such
exercise,  acknowledge  in writing its  continuing  obligation to afford to such
holder all rights (including,  without limitation,  any right of registration of
any shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities)  issuable upon exercise of this
Warrant  pursuant  to Section  9) to which  such  holder  shall  continue  to be
entitled  after such  exercise  in  accordance  with the terms of this  Warrant,
provided  that if any such  holder  shall  fail to make any  such  request,  the
failure shall not affect the continuing obligation of the Company to afford such
rights to such holder.

2.    Adjustments.

      2.1. Number of Shares; Warrant Price. The number of shares of Common Stock
which the holder of this Warrant shall be entitled to receive upon each exercise
hereof shall be determined by  multiplying  the number of shares of Common Stock
which would  otherwise  (but for the  provisions  of this Section 2) be issuable
upon such exercise,  as designated by the holder hereof pursuant to Section 1.1,
by a fraction of which (a) the numerator is $34.00 and (ii) the  denominator  is
the Warrant Price in effect on the date of such  exercise.  The "Warrant  Price"
shall  initially be $34.00 per share,  and shall be adjusted and readjusted from
time to time as  provided in this  Section 2 and, as so adjusted or  readjusted,
shall remain in effect until a further  adjustment  or  readjustment  thereof is
required by this Section 2.

      2.2. Adjustment of Warrant Price.

      2.2.1. Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In case the Company,
at any time or from time to time after  December 11, 1998 (the "Initial  Date"),
shall issue or sell  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  (including  Additional
Shares of Common  Stock  deemed to be issued  pursuant  to  Section  2.3 or 2.4)
without  consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Base Price

                                       6
                                    - 392 -
<PAGE>

in effect,  in each case, on the date of and immediately  prior to such issue or
sale,  then,  and in each such case,  subject to Section 2.8, such Warrant Price
shall be reduced,  concurrently  with such issue or sale, to a price (calculated
to the nearest .001 of a cent) determined by multiplying such Warrant Price by a
fraction,

            (a) the  numerator  of which  shall be (i) the  number  of shares of
      Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus (ii)
      the number of shares of Common  Stock  which the  aggregate  consideration
      received by the Company for the total number of such Additional  Shares of
      Common Stock so issued or sold would purchase at the Base Price, and

            (b) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common
      Stock outstanding immediately after such issue or sale,

provided that, for the purposes of this Section 2.2.1 (x) immediately  after any
Additional  Shares of Common  Stock are deemed to have been  issued  pursuant to
Section 2.3 or 2.4, such  Additional  Shares shall be deemed to be  outstanding,
and (y) treasury shares shall not be deemed to be outstanding.

      2.2.2.  Extraordinary Dividends and Distributions.  In case the Company at
any time or from time to time after the Initial Date shall declare,  order,  pay
or make a dividend or other distribution  (including,  without  limitation,  any
distribution  of other or  additional  stock or other  securities or property or
Options by way of dividend or spin-off,  reclassification,  recapitalization  or
similar corporate  rearrangement) on any Common Stock, other than (a) a dividend
payable in  Additional  Shares of Common Stock or in Options for Common Stock or
(b) a dividend  payable in cash and  declared  out of the earned  surplus of the
Company,  then, and in each such case, subject to Section 2.8, the Warrant Price
in effect  immediately  prior to the close of  business on the record date fixed
for the determination of holders of any class of securities  entitled to receive
such  dividend or  distribution  shall be reduced,  effective as of the close of
business on such record date,  to a price  (calculated  to the nearest .001 of a
cent) determined by multiplying such Warrant Price by a fraction,

            (x) the  numerator  of which  shall be the Current  Market  Price in
      effect  on  such  record  date  or,  if  the  Common  Stock  trades  on an
      ex-dividend  basis,  on the date prior to the  commencement of ex-dividend
      trading, less the value of such dividend or distribution (as determined in
      good faith by the Board of  Directors of the  Company)  applicable  to one
      share of Common Stock, and

                (y) the denominator of which shall be such Current Market Price.

      2.3. Treatment of Options and Convertible Securities.  In case the Company
at any time or from time to time after the Initial Date shall issue, sell, grant
or assume,  or shall fix a record date for the  determination  of holders of any
class of securities entitled to receive, any Options or Convertible  Securities,
then, and in each such case,  the maximum number of Additional  Shares of Common

                                       7
                                    - 393 -
<PAGE>

Stock (as set forth in the instrument  relating  thereto,  without regard to any
provisions  contained  therein  for a  subsequent  adjustment  of  such  number)
issuable  upon the  exercise  of such  Options  or,  in the case of  Convertible
Securities and Options therefor,  the conversion or exchange of such Convertible
Securities,  shall be deemed to be issued for  purposes of Section 2.2 as of the
time of such issue,  sale,  grant or  assumption  or, in case such a record date
shall have been  fixed,  as of the close of business on such record date (or, if
the  Common  Stock  trades on an  ex-dividend  basis,  on the date  prior to the
commencement of ex-dividend  trading),  provided that such Additional  Shares of
Common  Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued  unless the  consideration
per share (determined pursuant to Section 2.5) of such shares would be less than
the Base Price in effect,  in each case, on the date of and immediately prior to
such issue,  sale,  grant or  assumption  or  immediately  prior to the close of
business on such record date (or, if the Common Stock  trades on an  ex-dividend
basis,  on the date prior to the  commencement of ex-dividend  trading),  as the
case may be, and provided,  further,  that in any such case in which  Additional
Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued,

            (a) no further  adjustment  of the Warrant  Price shall be made upon
      the  subsequent  issue or sale of  Additional  Shares of  Common  Stock or
      Convertible Securities upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion
      or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

            (b) if  such  Options  or  Convertible  Securities  by  their  terms
      provide,  with the passage of time or  otherwise,  for any increase in the
      consideration  payable  to the  Company,  or  decrease  in the  number  of
      Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise,  conversion
      or exchange  thereof (by change of rate or  otherwise),  the Warrant Price
      computed upon the original issue,  sale,  grant or assumption  thereof (or
      upon the occurrence of the record date, or date prior to the  commencement
      of ex-dividend trading, as the case may be, with respect thereto), and any
      subsequent  adjustments  based thereon,  shall,  upon any such increase or
      decrease  becoming  effective,  be  recomputed to reflect such increase or
      decrease  insofar as it affects such Options,  or the rights of conversion
      or exchange under such  Convertible  Securities,  which are outstanding at
      such time;

            (c) upon the  expiration  of any such  Options  or of the  rights of
      conversion or exchange under any such  Convertible  Securities which shall
      not have been exercised (or upon purchase by the Company and  cancellation
      or retirement  of any such Options which shall not have been  exercised or
      of any such  Convertible  Securities  the rights of conversion or exchange
      under which shall not have been  exercised),  the Warrant  Price  computed
      upon the original issue,  sale,  grant or assumption  thereof (or upon the
      occurrence  of the  record  date,  or date  prior to the  commencement  of
      ex-dividend  trading,  as the case may be, with respect thereto),  and any
      subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration (or such
      cancellation or retirement, as the case may be), be recomputed as if:

                                       8
                                    - 394 -
<PAGE>

                (x) in the case of options  for Common  Stock or of  Convertible
            Securities,  the only  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock issued or
            sold were the Additional  Shares of Common Stock,  if any,  actually
            issued or sold upon the exercise of such  Options or the  conversion
            or exchange of such  Convertible  Securities  and the  consideration
            received  therefor was (i) an amount equal to (A) the  consideration
            actually  received  by the  Company  for the issue,  sale,  grant or
            assumption of all such options,  whether or not exercised,  plus (B)
            the  consideration  actually  received  by  the  Company  upon  such
            exercise,  minus (C) the  consideration  paid by the Company for any
            purchase of such Options which were not exercised, or (ii) an amount
            equal to (A) the consideration  actually received by the Company for
            the  issue,  sale,  grant  or  assumption  of all  such  Convertible
            Securities which were actually converted or exchanged,  plus (B) the
            additional  consideration,  if any, actually received by the Company
            upon such conversion or exchange,  minus (C) the consideration  paid
            by the Company for any purchase of such  Convertible  Securities the
            rights of conversion or exchange under which were not exercised, and

                (y) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities,  only the
            Convertible  Securities,  if any,  actually  issued or sold upon the
            exercise of such Options were issued at the time of the issue, sale,
            grant or assumption of such options, and the consideration  received
            by the Company for the  Additional  Shares of Common Stock deemed to
            have then been issued was an amount  equal to (i) the  consideration
            actually  received  by the  Company  for the issue,  sale,  grant or
            assumption of all such options, whether or not exercised,  plus (ii)
            the  consideration  deemed  to have  been  received  by the  Company
            (pursuant to Section 2.4) upon the issue or sale of the  Convertible
            Securities   with  respect  to  which  such  options  were  actually
            exercised, minus (iii) the consideration paid by the Company for any
            purchase of such Options which were not exercised;

            (d) no  readjustment  pursuant to subdivision (b) or (c) above shall
      have the effect of increasing  the Warrant Price by an amount in excess of
      the amount of the  adjustment  thereof  originally  made in respect of the
      issue,   sale,   grant  or  assumption  of  such  Options  or  Convertible
      Securities; and

            (e) in the case of any such Options  which expire by their terms not
      more  than 30 days  after  the date of issue,  sale,  grant or  assumption
      thereof,  no  adjustment  of the  Warrant  Price  shall be made  until the
      expiration  or exercise of all such  Options,  whereupon  such  adjustment
      shall be made in the manner provided in subdivision (c) above.

         In case at any  time  after  the  Initial  Date  the  Company  shall be
required to increase the number of Additional  Shares of Common Stock subject to
any Option or into which any  Convertible  Securities  (other than the Warrants)
are  convertible  or  exchangeable  pursuant to the  operation of  anti-dilution

                                       9
                                    - 395 -
<PAGE>

provisions  applicable thereto,  such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be
deemed to be issued for purposes of Section 2.2 as of the time of such increase.

      2.4. Treatment of Stock Dividends,  Stock Splits, Etc. In case the Company
at any time or from time to time after the Initial Date shall declare or pay any
dividend or other  distribution  on any class of stock of the Company payable in
Common Stock, or shall effect a subdivision of the outstanding  shares of Common
Stock into a greater  number of shares of Common Stock (by  reclassification  or
otherwise than by payment of a dividend in Common Stock), then, and in each such
case,  Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued (a)
in the case of any such dividend, immediately after the close of business on the
record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled
to receive such  dividend,  or (b) in the case of any such  subdivision,  at the
close of  business  on the day  immediately  prior to the day  upon  which  such
corporate action becomes effective.

      2.5. Computation of Consideration. For the purposes of this Section 2:

            (a) The consideration for the issue or sale of any Additional Shares
      of Common Stock or for the issue, sale, grant or assumption of any Options
      or Convertible  Securities,  irrespective  of the accounting  treatment of
      such consideration, shall

                (x) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the amount of
            cash received by the Company, without deducting any expenses paid or
            incurred by the Company or any commissions or  compensation  paid or
            concessions or discounts allowed to underwriters,  dealers or others
            performing similar services and any accrued interest or dividends in
            connection with such issue or sale,

                (y)  insofar  as  it  consists   of   consideration   (including
            securities)  other than cash,  be computed at the fair value thereof
            at the time of such issue or sale,  as  determined  in good faith by
            the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company,  without  deducting  any
            expenses  paid or incurred by the  Company  for any  commissions  or
            compensation   paid  or   concessions   or   discounts   allowed  to
            underwriters,  dealers or others performing similar services and any
            accrued interest or dividends in connection with such issue or sale,
            and

                (z) in case Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued or sold
            or  Convertible  Securities  are  issued,  sold,  granted or assumed
            together  with  other  stock or  securities  or other  assets of the
            Company for a consideration  which covers both, be the proportion of
            such consideration so received, computed as provided in subdivisions
            (x) and (y) above,  allocable  to such  Additional  Shares of Common
            Stock  or  Convertible  Securities,  as  the  case  may  be,  all as
            determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

            (b) All options issued, sold, granted or assumed together with other
      stock or  securities  or other  assets of the Company for a  consideration
      which covers  both,  all  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock,  Options or

                                       10
                                    - 396 -
<PAGE>

      Convertible  Securities  issued  in  payment  of  any  dividend  or  other
      distribution  on any  class  of stock of the  Company  and all  Additional
      Shares of Common Stock issued to effect a subdivision  of the  outstanding
      shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock (by
      reclassification  or  otherwise  than by payment  of a dividend  in Common
      Stock) shall be deemed to have been issued without consideration.

            (c) Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued for
      consideration pursuant to Section 2.3, relating to Options and Convertible
      Securities,  shall be deemed to have been issued for a  consideration  per
      share determined by dividing

                (x) the total  amount,  if any,  received and  receivable by the
            Company as consideration for the issue, sale, grant or assumption of
            the Options or Convertible Securities in question,  plus the minimum
            aggregate  amount of additional  consideration  (as set forth in the
            instruments  relating  thereto,  without  regard  to  any  provision
            contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration)
            payable to the Company  upon the exercise in full of such Options or
            the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the
            case of Options for  Convertible  Securities,  the  exercise of such
            Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of
            such   Convertible   Securities,   in  each  case   computing   such
            consideration as provided in the foregoing subdivision (a), by

                (y) the maximum  number of shares of Common  Stock (as set forth
            in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision
            contained  therein  for a  subsequent  adjustment  of  such  number)
            issuable  upon the  exercise of such  Options or the  conversion  or
            exchange of such Convertible Securities.

            (d) Additional  Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to have been
      issued pursuant to the operation of anti-dilution provisions applicable to
      Convertible  Securities  (other  than  the  Warrants),  Options  or  other
      securities of the Company (either as a result of the adjustments  provided
      for by the  Warrants  or  otherwise)  shall be deemed to have been  issued
      without consideration.

      2.6. Adjustments for Combinations,  Etc. In case the outstanding shares of
Common  Stock  shall  be  combined  or  consolidated,   by  reclassification  or
otherwise,  into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Warrant Price in
effect   immediately   prior  to  such  combination  or   consolidation   shall,
concurrently  with the  effectiveness of such combination or  consolidation,  be
proportionately increased.

      2.7.  Dilution in Case of Other  Securities.  In case any Other Securities
shall  be  issued  or sold or shall  become  subject  to issue or sale  upon the
conversion or exchange of any Common Stock (or Other  Securities) of the Company
(or any issuer of Other Securities or any other Person referred to in Section 3)
or to subscription, purchase or other acquisition pursuant to any options issued

                                       11
                                    - 397 -
<PAGE>

or  granted  by  the  Company  (or  any  such  other  issuer  or  Person)  for a
consideration  such as to  dilute,  on a basis  consistent  with  the  standards
established  in the other  provisions  of this  Section 2, the  purchase  rights
granted  by  this  Warrant,  then,  and in each  such  case,  the  computations,
adjustments and readjustments provided for in this Section 2 with respect to the
Warrant  Price shall be made as nearly as possible in the manner so provided and
applied to determine the amount of Other Securities from time to time receivable
upon the exercise of this  Warrant,  so as to protect the holder of this Warrant
against the effect of such dilution.

      2.8. Minimum  Adjustment of Warrant Price. If the amount of any adjustment
of the Warrant  Price  required  pursuant  to this  Section 2 would be less than
one-tenth  of one  percent  of the  Warrant  Price in  effect  at the time  such
adjustment  is  otherwise  so required to be made,  such amount shall be carried
forward and  adjustment  with  respect  thereto made at the time of and together
with any subsequent  adjustment  which,  together with such amount and any other
amount or amounts so carried forward,  shall aggregate at least one-tenth of one
percent of such Warrant Price; provided that, upon the exercise of this Warrant,
all adjustments carried forward and not theretofore made up to and including the
date of such exercise shall be made to the nearest one one-hundredth of a cent.

3.   Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets, Reorganization. Etc.

      3.1. General Provisions.  In case the Company, after the Initial Date, (a)
shall  consolidate  with or merge  into any  other  Person  and shall not be the
continuing or surviving  corporation  of such  consolidation  or merger,  or (b)
shall permit any other Person to consolidate  with or merge into the Company and
the Company shall be the continuing or surviving  Person but, in connection with
such consolidation or merger,  Common Stock or Other Securities shall be changed
into or exchanged for cash, stock or other securities of any other Person or any
other property, or (c) shall transfer all or substantially all of its properties
and assets to any other Person, or (d) shall effect a capital  reorganization or
reclassification  of  Common  Stock or Other  Securities  (other  than a capital
reorganization or  reclassification  resulting in the issue of additional Shares
of Common Stock for which adjustment in the Warrant Price is provided in Section
2.2.1 or 2.2.2),  then,  and in the case of each such  transaction,  the Company
shall give written notice thereof to the holder of this Warrant not less than 30
days prior to the  consummation  thereof and proper  provision  shall be made so
that, upon the basis and the terms and in the manner provided in this Section 3,
the  holder of this  Warrant,  upon the  exercise  hereof at any time  after the
consummation of such transaction, shall be entitled to receive, at the aggregate
Warrant  Price in effect at the time of such  consummation  for all Common Stock
(or other  Securities)  issuable  upon such exercise  immediately  prior to such
consummation,  in lieu of the Common Stock (or Other  Securities)  issuable upon
such  exercise  prior to such  consummation,  either of the  following,  as such
holder  shall  elect by  written  notice to the  Company  on or before  the date
immediately  preceding the date of the consummation of such transaction (and, in
the absence of such notice,  the  provisions of  subdivision  (y) below shall be
deemed to have been elected by such holder):

                                       12
                                    - 398 -
<PAGE>

                (x) the highest amount of cash,  securities or other property to
            which such holder would actually have been entitled as a shareholder
            upon such  consummation  if such holder had  exercised  this Warrant
            immediately  prior thereto,  subject to  adjustments  (subsequent to
            such   consummation)  as  nearly   equivalent  as  possible  to  the
            adjustments  provided for in Section 2 and this Section 3,  provided
            that if a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to
            and accepted by the holders of Common Stock under  circumstances  in
            which,  upon completion of such purchase,  tender or exchange offer,
            the maker  thereof,  together  with members of any group (within the
            meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) of which such maker
            is a part,  and  together  with any  affiliate  or associate of such
            maker  (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) and
            any  members  of any  such  group of which  any  such  affiliate  or
            associate is a part,  own  beneficially  (within the meaning of Rule
            13d-3  under the  Exchange  Act)  more  than 50% of the  outstanding
            shares  of  Common  Stock,  and if the  holder  of this  Warrant  so
            designates  in such notice given to the Company,  the holder of this
            Warrant  shall be entitled  to receive  the highest  amount of cash,
            securities  or other  property to which such holder  would  actually
            have been  entitled as a  shareholder  if the holder of this Warrant
            had exercised this Warrant prior to the expiration of such purchase,
            tender or exchange offer,  accepted such offer and all of the Common
            Stock  held by such  holder  had  been  purchased  pursuant  to such
            purchase, tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustments (from and
            after the  consummation of such purchase,  tender or exchange offer)
            as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments  provided for in
            Section 2 and this Section 3; or

                (y) the number of shares of Voting  Common Stock (or  equivalent
            equity  interests)  of the  Acquiring  Person  or, if the  Acquiring
            Person fails to meet,  but its Parent meets,  the  requirements  set
            forth in the proviso  below,  of its Parent,  subject to adjustments
            (subsequent  to such  corporate  action)  as  nearly  equivalent  as
            possible  to the  adjustments  provided  for in  Section  2 and this
            Section 3,  determined  by  dividing  (i) the  product  obtained  by
            multiplying  (A) the  number of  shares  of  Common  Stock (or Other
            Securities)  to which the  holder of this  Warrant  would  have been
            entitled had such holder exercised this Warrant immediately prior to
            the consummation of such  transaction,  times (B) the greater of the
            Acquisition  Price  and the  Warrant  Price  in  effect  on the date
            immediately  preceding  the date of such  consummation,  by (ii) the
            Current  Market  Price  per  share of the  Voting  Common  Stock (or
            equivalent  equity interests) of the Acquiring Person or its Parent,
            as the case may be, on the date  immediately  preceding  the date of
            such consummation;

provided that the Company shall not effect any of the transactions  described in
subdivisions  (a) through (d) above  unless,  immediately  after the date of the
consummation of such transaction, the Acquiring Person or its Parent is required
to file,  by virtue of having an  outstanding  class of Voting  Common Stock (or
equivalent equity interests), reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13


                                    
                                       13
                                    - 399 -
<PAGE>

or  Section  15(d)  of the  Exchange  Act,  and such  Voting  Common  Stock  (or
equivalent  equity  interest)  is listed or  admitted  to  trading on a national
securities  exchange or is quoted in the NASD automated quotation system. In the
event that the  Acquiring  Person  fulfills  the  requirements  contained in the
immediately  preceding proviso,  then, if the holder of this Warrant shall elect
(or shall be deemed to elect) to  receive  Voting  Common  Stock (or  equivalent
equity  interests)  pursuant to  subdivision  (y) above,  such  holder  shall be
entitled to receive,  upon the basis stated in such  subdivision  (y),  only the
Voting Common Stock (or equivalent equity interests) of the Acquiring Person.

      3.2. Assumption of Obligations. Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Warrant or the Merger Agreement to the contrary, the Company will not effect any
of the  transactions  described in  subdivisions  (a) through (d) of Section 3.1
unless, prior to the consummation  thereof, each Person (other than the Company)
which may be required to deliver any cash,  stock or other  securities  or other
property upon the exercise of this Warrant as provided  herein shall assume,  by
written instrument  delivered to, and reasonably  satisfactory to, the holder of
this Warrant,  (a) the obligations of the Company under this Warrant (and if the
Company shall survive the  consummation  of such  transaction,  such  assumption
shall be in addition to, and shall not release the Company from,  any continuing
obligations of the Company under this Warrant) and (b) the obligation to deliver
to such holder such cash,  stock or other  securities  or other  property as, in
accordance  with the foregoing  provisions of this Section 3, such holder may be
entitled to receive,  and such Person  shall have  similarly  delivered  to such
holder an opinion of counsel for such Person,  which counsel shall be reasonably
satisfactory to such holder, stating that this Warrant shall thereafter continue
in full force and effect and the terms hereof  (including,  without  limitation,
all of the  provisions  of Section 2 and this Section 3) shall be  applicable to
the cash,  stock or other  securities or other property which such Person may be
required to deliver  upon any  exercise of this  Warrant or the  exercise of any
rights pursuant hereto.

4.    Other  Dilutive  Events.  In case any  event  shall  occur as to which the
      provisions of Section 2 or Section 3 are not strictly  applicable  but the
      failure to make any  adjustment  would not  fairly  protect  the  purchase
      rights represented by this Warrant in accordance with the essential intent
      and  principles of such  sections,  then,  in each such case,  the Company
      shall  appoint a firm of  independent  public  accountants  of  recognized
      national  standing  (which may be the regular  auditors  of the  Company),
      which shall give their  opinion  upon the  adjustment,  if any, on a basis
      consistent  with  the  essential  intent  and  principles  established  in
      Sections 2 and 3, necessary to preserve,  without  dilution,  the purchase
      rights  represented  by this  Warrant.  Upon  receipt of such  opinion the
      Company  will  promptly  mail a copy thereof to the holder of this Warrant
      and shall make the adjustments described therein.

5.    No  Dilution or  Impairment.  The Company  will not, by  amendment  of its
      certificate  of  incorporation  or  through  any  consolidation,   merger,
      reorganization,   transfer  of  assets,  dissolution,  issue  or  sale  of
      securities  or any  other  voluntary  action,  avoid or seek to avoid  the
      observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at
      all times in good faith  assist in the  carrying out of all such terms and
      in the taking of all such action as may be  necessary  or  appropriate  in
      order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against dilution


                                       14
                                    - 400 -
<PAGE>

      or other impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
      Company  (a)  will  not  permit  the par  value  of any  shares  of  stock
      receivable  upon the exercise of this Warrant to exceed the amount payable
      therefor  upon  such  exercise,  (b) will  take all such  action as may be
      necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally
      issue fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of stock upon the  exercise of
      all outstanding  warrants  issued by the Company  (including this Warrant)
      from time to time,  and (c) will not take any action which  results in any
      adjustment  of the Warrant  Price if the total  number of shares of Common
      Stock (or Other Securities) issuable after the action upon the exercise of
      all outstanding  warrants  issued by the Company  (including this Warrant)
      would  exceed  the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock (or other
      Securities) then authorized by the Company's  certificate of incorporation
      and available for the purpose of issue upon such exercise.

6.    Accountants'  Report as to Adjustments.  In each case of any adjustment or
      readjustment in the shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities)  issuable
      upon the  exercise  of this  Warrant,  the  Company  at its  expense  will
      promptly  compute such  adjustment or  readjustment in accordance with the
      terms of this  Warrant,  and  will  prepare  a  certificate  of the  chief
      financial  officer  of  the  Company  setting  forth  such  adjustment  or
      readjustment  and showing in reasonable  detail the method of  calculation
      thereof and the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based,
      including without limitation a statement of (a) the consideration received
      or to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock
      issued or sold or deemed to have been issued,  (b) the number of shares of
      Common Stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding,  and (c) the Warrant
      Price in effect  immediately  prior to such issue or sale and as  adjusted
      and readjusted (if required by Section 2) on account thereof.  The Company
      will  forthwith  mail a copy of each such  certificate to each holder of a
      Warrant and will,  upon the  written  request at any time of the holder of
      this Warrant,  furnish to such holder a like certificate setting forth the
      Warrant Price at the time in effect and showing in  reasonable  detail how
      it was  calculated.  In  addition,  with respect to any fiscal year of the
      Company during which any such adjustment or  readjustment  shall have been
      made, the Company will cause the independent public accountants  reporting
      upon the Company's  financial  statements  for such fiscal year to verify,
      concurrently   with  their  annual  audit  of  the   Company's   financial
      statements,  the computations  made by the Company during such fiscal year
      and to  prepare  and to  deliver  to the  holder of this  Warrant a report
      setting  forth  substantially  the  information  described  above  in this
      Section 6 with  respect to all such  adjustments  and  readjustments.  The
      Company will also keep copies of all such  certificates and reports at its
      principal office and will cause the same to be available for inspection at
      such office during normal  business hours by the holder of this Warrant or
      any  prospective  purchaser  of  this  Warrant  designated  by the  holder
      thereof.

7.    Notices of Corporate Action. In the event of

            (a) any  taking by the  Company  of a record of the  holders  of any
      class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who
      are entitled to receive any dividend or other  distribution,  or any right
      to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any
      class or any other securities or property,  or to receive any other right,
      or



                                       15
                                    - 401 -
<PAGE>

            (b) any capital  reorganization of the Company, any reclassification
      or   recapitalization   of  the  capital  stock  of  the  Company  or  any
      consolidation  or merger involving the Company and any other Person or any
      transfer  of all or  substantially  all the  assets of the  Company to any
      other Person, or

            (c)  any  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution,   liquidation  or
      winding-up of the Company,

the Company will mail to the holder of this Warrant a notice  specifying (x) the
date or expected date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of
such  dividend,  distribution  or right,  and the amount and  character  of such
dividend,  distribution or right, and (y) the date or expected date on which any
such reorganization, reclassification,  recapitalization, consolidation, merger,
transfer, dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up is to take place and the time,
if any such time is to be fixed,  as of which  the  holders  of record of Common
Stock (or Other Securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common
Stock (or Other  Securities)  for the securities or other  property  deliverable
upon such  reorganization,  reclassification,  recapitalization,  consolidation,
merger, transfer,  dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up. Such notice shall be
mailed at least 20 days prior to the date therein specified,  in the case of any
date referred to in the foregoing subdivision (x), and at least 30 days prior to
the date therein specified, in the case of the date referred to in the foregoing
subdivision (y).

8.    Restrictions on Transfer.

      8.1. Restrictive Legends. Except as otherwise permitted by this Section 8,
each certificate for Common Stock (or Other Securities) issued upon the exercise
of this Warrant and each certificate issued upon the direct or indirect Transfer
of any such Common  Stock (or Other  Securities)  shall be stamped or  otherwise
imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

      "The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under
      the Securities Act of 1933 and may not be transferred except in compliance
      with such Act and applicable  state  securities laws. Such shares are also
      subject to certain  restrictions  on  transferability  imposed by a Common
      Stock Purchase Warrant  expiring  December 11, 2005, a copy of which is on
      file at the offices of the Company."

      8.2.  Notice of  Proposed  Transfer;  Opinions  of  Counsel.  Prior to any
Transfer  of any  Restricted  Securities  which  are  not  registered  under  an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a Transfer
pursuant to Rule 144 or any comparable  rule under such Act), the holder thereof
will give  written  notice to the Company of such  holder's  intention to effect
such  Transfer and to comply in all other  respects  with this Section 8.2. Each
such notice (a) shall  describe  the manner and  circumstances  of the  proposed
Transfer in sufficient  detail to enable counsel to render the opinions referred
to below, and (b) shall designate counsel for the holder giving such notice (who


                                       16
                                    - 402 -
<PAGE>

may be internal  counsel for such  holder).  The holder  giving such notice will
submit a copy thereof to the counsel  designated  in such notice and the Company
will promptly  submit a copy thereof to its counsel.  The  following  provisions
shall then apply:

                (x) If in the  opinion  of  such  counsel  for  the  holder  the
            proposed  Transfer may be effected  without  registration (a copy of
            which  opinion  shall  be  delivered  to the  Company),  and if such
            opinion is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, such holder shall
            thereupon  be entitled to Transfer  such  Restricted  Securities  in
            accordance with the terms of the notice  delivered by such holder to
            the Company. Each Warrant or certificate,  if any, issued upon or in
            connection with such Transfer shall bear the appropriate restrictive
            legend  set forth in  Section  8.1  unless,  in the  opinion of such
            counsel and the Company's counsel, such legend is no longer required
            to insure compliance with the Securities Act.

                (y) If the opinion of such  counsel for the holder is not to the
            effect that the proposed  Transfer  may legally be effected  without
            registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act,
            such  holder  shall not be  entitled  to  Transfer  such  Restricted
            Securities  (other  than in a Transfer  pursuant  to Rule 144 or any
            comparable  rule  under the  Securities  Act)  until the  conditions
            specified  in  subdivision  (x) above  shall be  satisfied  or until
            registration of such Restricted  Securities under the Securities Act
            has become effective.

Notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions of this Section 8.2, the holder of any
Restricted  Securities  shall be  permitted  to  Transfer  any  such  Restricted
Securities  pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities  Act,  provided that each
transferee  agrees in writing to be bound by all the restrictions on transfer of
such Restricted Securities contained in this Section 8.2.

      8.3. Termination of Restrictions. The restrictions imposed by this Section
8 upon the transferability of Restricted Securities shall cease and terminate as
to any particular Restricted Securities (a) when such securities shall have been
effectively  registered  under the  Securities Act and disposed of in accordance
with the registration statement covering such Restricted  Securities,  (a) when,
in the  opinions  of both  counsel  for the holder  thereof  and counsel for the
Company,  such restrictions are no longer required in order to insure compliance
with the Securities Act, or (c) when such securities may be immediately  sold by
the holder as determined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  Whenever such
restrictions  shall  terminate  as to any  Restricted  Securities,  as  soon  as
practicable  thereafter  and in any event within ten Business  Days,  the holder
thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company,  without  expense  (other
than  transfer  taxes,  if any),  new  securities  of like tenor not bearing the
applicable legend set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.

      8.4. Holder's Representations and Warranties. Holder hereby represents and
warrants to the Company as follows:




                                       17
                                    - 403 -
<PAGE>

            (a) Holder is acquiring  this Warrant and any shares of Common Stock
      acquired upon exercise of this Warrant for its own account, for investment
      and not  with a view  to any  "distribution"  within  the  meaning  of the
      Securities Act.

            (b)  Holder is  knowledgeable  and  experienced  in  making  venture
      capital  investments,  is able to bear  the  economic  risk of loss of its
      investment  in the Company,  has been granted the  opportunity  to make an
      investigation  of the affairs of the Company and has used such opportunity
      either directly or through its authorized representative.

            (c) Holder  understands  that  because  the  shares of Common  Stock
      issuable under this Warrant have not been registered  under the Securities
      Act, it cannot dispose of any or all of such shares of Common Stock unless
      such  shares  are  subsequently  registered  under the  Securities  Act or
      exemptions  from  registration  are  available.  Holder  acknowledges  and
      understands  that,  except  as  provided  in  this  Warrant,   it  has  no
      registration  rights. By reason of these restrictions,  Holder understands
      that it may be  required  to hold  such  shares  of  Common  Stock  for an
      indefinite period of time.

            (d) Holder is an  "accredited  investor"  as such term is defined in
      Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

9.    Registration under Securities Act, Etc.

      9.1. Incidental Registration.

            (a) Right to Include Registrable  Securities.  If the Company at any
      time on or prior to  December  11, 2005  proposes  to register  any of its
      securities  under the Securities Act (other than by a registration on Form
      S-4 or S-8 or any successor or similar forms), whether or not for sale for
      its  own  account,   in  a  manner  which  would  permit  registration  of
      Registrable Securities for sale to the public under the Securities Act, it
      will  each  such  time  give  prompt  written  notice  to all  holders  of
      Registrable  Securities  of its  intention  to do so and of such  holders'
      rights under this Section 9.1. Upon the written request of any such holder
      made within 20 days after receipt of any such notice (which  request shall
      specify  the  Registrable  Securities  intended  to be disposed of by such
      holder and the intended method of disposition  thereof),  the Company will
      use its best efforts to effect the  registration  under the Securities Act
      of all Registrable  Securities  which the Company has been so requested to
      register by the holders  thereof,  to the extent  requisite  to permit the
      disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid)
      of the  Registrable  Securities so to be registered,  by inclusion of such
      Registrable  Securities  in the  registration  statement  which covers the
      securities which the Company  proposes to register,  provided that (x) the
      Company shall not be required to effect the registration  pursuant to this
      Section  9.1  of any  Warrants  (but  shall  be  required  to  effect  the
      registration of Registrable Securities described in clauses (b) and (c) of
      the  definition of Registrable  Securities)  and (y) if, at any time after
      giving  written  notice of its  intention to register any  securities  and


                                       18
                                    - 404 -
<PAGE>

      prior  to the  effective  date  of the  registration  statement  filed  in
      connection  with such  registration,  the Company shall  determine for any
      reason not to register or to delay  registration of such  securities,  the
      Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to
      each holder of Registrable Securities and, thereupon, (i) in the case of a
      determination  not to  register,  shall be relieved of its  obligation  to
      register any Registrable  Securities in connection with such  registration
      (but  not  from  its  obligation  to  pay  the  Registration  Expenses  in
      connection  therewith),  and (ii) in the case of a determination  to delay
      registering,  shall be  permitted  to delay  registering  any  Registrable
      Securities  for the same  period as the delay in  registering  such  other
      securities.  The Company will pay all Registration  Expenses in connection
      with each  registration of Registrable  Securities  requested  pursuant to
      this Section 9.1.

            (b) Priority in Incidental Registrations. If a registration pursuant
      to this  Section 9.1  involves an  underwritten  offering and the managing
      underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion,  that the
      dollar  amount or number of  shares of  Registrable  Securities  and other
      shares of Common Stock or Other  Securities to be included in the offering
      exceeds  the  maximum  dollar  amount or  number  that can be sold in such
      offering  without  adversely  affecting the proposed  offering price,  the
      timing,  the  distribution  method or the  probability  of success of such
      offering (the "Maximum Number of Shares"),  then the Company shall include
      in such registration:

                (x) if the  registration is a primary  offering for the Company,
            (i) first,  the shares of Common Stock or Other  Securities that the
            Company  proposes  to sell  for its own  account  which  can be sold
            without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares;  (ii) second, to the
            extent the Maximum  Number of Shares has not been reached  under the
            foregoing clause (i), the shares of Common Stock or Other Securities
            requested to be included in such registration by the holders thereof
            with registration  rights granted prior to the date hereof which can
            be sold without  exceeding the Maximum  Number of Shares  (allocated
            pro  rata  among  such  other   security   holders,   as  nearly  as
            practicable, on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock or
            Other  Securities  requested to be included in such offering by such
            other security holders);  and (iii) third, to the extent the Maximum
            Number of Shares has not been reached  under the  foregoing  clauses
            (i) and (ii), the Registrable  Securities and shares of Common Stock
            or Other Securities requested to be included in such registration by
            the  holder  of  this  Warrant  and  other  security   holders  with
            registration  rights which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum
            Number of Shares  (allocated  pro rata among  such  holder and other
            security  holders,  as  nearly as  practicable,  on the basis of the
            number of shares of Registrable Securities and Common Stock or Other
            Securities  requested to be included in such  offering by the holder
            and such other security holders); and

                (y) if the  registration is for a secondary  offering for any of
            the Company's  securityholders,  (i) first, if the  registration was
            requested by other security holders with demand registration rights,
            then the shares of Common Stock or Other  Securities that such other


                                       19
                                    - 405 -
<PAGE>

            security  holders  have  requested  to be included in such  offering
            which can be sold without  exceeding  the Maximum  Number of Shares;
            (ii) second, to the extent the Maximum Number of Shares has not been
            reached under the  foregoing  clause (i), the shares of Common Stock
            or Other Securities requested to be included in such registration by
            other security holders with registration rights granted prior to the
            date hereof which can be sold without  exceeding the Maximum  Number
            of Shares (allocated pro rata among such other security holders,  as
            nearly  as  practicable,  on the  basis of the  number  of shares of
            Common  Stock or Other  Securities  requested to be included in such
            offering by such other security  holders);  and (iii) third,  to the
            extent the Maximum  Number of Shares has not been reached  under the
            foregoing  clauses  (i) and (ii),  the  Registrable  Securities  and
            shares of Common Stock or Other Securities  requested to be included
            in such  registration  by the  holder  of  this  Warrant  and  other
            security holders with registration  rights which can be sold without
            exceeding  the Maximum  Number of Shares  (allocated  pro rata among
            such holder and other security holders, as nearly as practicable, on
            the basis of the  number of shares  of  Registrable  Securities  and
            Common  Stock or Other  Securities  requested to be included in such
            offering by the holder and such other security holders).

      9.2. Registration Procedures.  If and whenever (x) the Company is required
to use its best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities
under the Securities Act as provided in Section 9.1 or (y) there is a Requesting
Holder in connection  with any other proposed  registration by the Company under
the Securities Act, the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

            (a) prepare and file with the Commission the requisite  registration
      statement  (including such audited financial statements as may be required
      by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder)
      to  effect  such  registration  and use its best  efforts  to  cause  such
      registration  statement to become  effective,  provided that before filing
      such registration  statement or any amendments  thereto,  the Company will
      furnish to the counsel  selected by the holders of Registrable  Securities
      whose  Registrable  Securities  are to be  included  in such  registration
      copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be
      subject to the review of such  counsel,  and provided,  further,  that the
      Company may discontinue any  registration of its securities  which are not
      Registrable  Securities  at any time  prior to the  effective  date of the
      registration statement relating thereto;

            (b)  prepare  and  file  with the  Commission  such  amendments  and
      supplements  to such  registration  statement and the  prospectus  used in
      connection  therewith as may be necessary to maintain the effectiveness of
      such  registration  statement  and to comply  with the  provisions  of the
      Securities Act with respect to the  disposition of all securities  covered
      by such  registration  statement  until the earlier of such time as all of
      such  securities  have been  disposed of in  accordance  with the intended
      methods of disposition by the seller or sellers  thereof set forth in such
      registration   statement  and  the   expiration  of  90  days  after  such


                                       20
                                    - 406 -
<PAGE>

      registration statement becomes effective,  except with respect to any such
      registration  statement filed pursuant to Rule 415 (or any successor Rule)
      under the Securities Act, in which case such period shall be 2 years;

            (c) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such
      registration statement and each Requesting Holder such number of conformed
      copies  of such  registration  statement  and of each such  amendment  and
      supplement  thereto (in each case including all exhibits),  such number of
      copies  of  the  prospectus  contained  in  such  registration   statement
      (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any
      other  prospectus  filed  under  Rule 424 under  the  Securities  Act,  in
      conformity  with the  requirements  of the Securities  Act, and such other
      documents, as such seller may reasonably request;

            (d) use its best  efforts to  register  or qualify  all  Registrable
      Securities and other  securities  covered by such  registration  statement
      under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each
      seller thereof and each Requesting  Holder shall  reasonably  request,  to
      keep such  registration  or  qualification  in effect  for so long as such
      registration  statement remains in effect, and take any other action which
      may be  reasonably  necessary  or  advisable  to  enable  such  seller  to
      consummate the disposition in such  jurisdictions  of the securities owned
      by such seller,  except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be
      required to qualify  generally to do business as a foreign  corporation in
      any  jurisdiction  wherein it would not but for the  requirements  of this
      subdivision  (d) be  obligated to be so qualified or to consent to general
      service of process in any such jurisdiction;

            (e) use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered
      by such  registration  statement to be registered with or approved by such
      other  governmental  agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable
      the  seller or sellers  thereof  to  consummate  the  disposition  of such
      Registrable Securities;

            (f)  furnish  to each  seller  of  Registrable  Securities  and each
      Requesting Holder a signed counterpart,  addressed to such seller (and the
      underwriters, if any), of

                (x) an opinion of counsel for the Company,  dated the  effective
            date of  such  registration  statement  (and,  if such  registration
            includes  an  underwritten  Public  Offering,  dated the date of any
            closing under the underwriting  agreement),  reasonably satisfactory
            in form and substance to such seller, and

                (y) a  "comfort"  letter,  dated  the  effective  date  of  such
            registration  statement  (and,  if  such  registration  includes  an
            underwritten  Public  Offering,  dated the date of any closing under
            the  underwriting  agreement),  signed  by  the  independent  public
            accountants  who have certified the Company's  financial  statements
            included in such  registration  statement (it being  understood that
            such letter, if the cost thereof does not constitute a "Registration


                                       21
                                    - 407 -
<PAGE>

            Expense",  is to be  delivered  only at the  request  of, and at the
            expense  of,  any seller of  Registrable  Securities  or  Requesting
            Holder),

      covering  substantially the same matters with respect to such registration
      statement  (and the prospectus  included  therein) and, in the case of the
      accountants' letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such
      financial  statements,  as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's
      counsel and in  accountants'  letters  delivered  to the  underwriters  in
      underwritten  Public  Offerings  of  securities  and,  in the  case of the
      accountants'  letter, such other financial matters, as such seller (or the
      underwriters, if any) may reasonably request;

            (g) immediately  notify each seller of such Registrable  Securities,
      and (if requested by any such seller) confirm such advice in writing,  (w)
      when  the  prospectus  or  any  prospectus  supplement  or  post-effective
      amendment has been filed, and, with respect to the registration  statement
      or any post-effective  amendment,  when the same has become effective, (x)
      of any request by the  Commission  for  amendments or  supplements  to the
      registration  statement or the prospectus or for  additional  information,
      (y) of the issuance by the  Commission  of any stop order  suspending  the
      effectiveness  of the  registration  statement  or the  initiation  of any
      proceedings for that purpose, and (z) of the receipt by the Company of any
      notification  with respect to the suspension of the  qualification  of the
      Registrable  Securities for sale in any  jurisdiction or the initiation or
      threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

            (h) use its reasonable  best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any
      order suspending the  effectiveness  of the registration  statement at the
      earliest possible time;

            (i) immediately notify each holder of Registrable Securities covered
      by such  registration  statement and each Requesting  Holder,  at any time
      when a prospectus  relating  thereto is required to be delivered under the
      Securities  Act,  of the  happening  of any event as a result of which the
      prospectus  included in such  registration  statement,  as then in effect,
      includes  an untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omits to state any
      material  fact  required  to be stated  therein or  necessary  to make the
      statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances  under
      which  they were made,  and at the  request  of any such  holder  promptly
      prepare  and  furnish to such  seller a  reasonable  number of copies of a
      supplement  to or an amendment of such  prospectus  as may be necessary so
      that, as thereafter  delivered to the purchasers of such securities,  such
      prospectus  shall not include an untrue  statement  of a material  fact or
      omit to state a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary
      to  make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading  in the  light  of the
      circumstances under which they were made;

            (j)  otherwise  use its best  efforts to comply with all  applicable
      rules  and  regulations  of the  Commission,  and  make  available  to its
      security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement
      covering the period of at least twelve months,  but not more than eighteen
      months,  beginning  with the first full calendar month after the effective


                                       22
                                    - 408 -
<PAGE>

      date  of such  registration  statement,  which  earnings  statement  shall
      satisfy the  provisions  of Section 11(a) of the  Securities  Act, and not
      file  any  amendment  or  supplement  to such  registration  statement  or
      prospectus  to which any such seller or any  Requesting  Holder shall have
      reasonably  objected on the grounds that such amendment or supplement does
      not  comply  in  all  material  respects  with  the  requirements  of  the
      Securities  Act or of the rules or  regulations  thereunder,  having  been
      furnished with a copy thereof at least five (5) business days prior to the
      filing thereof;

            (k)  provide  and  cause  to be  maintained  a  transfer  agent  and
      registrar  for all  Registrable  Securities  covered by such  registration
      statement  not  later  than  the  effective  date  of  such   registration
      statement;

            (1)  cooperate  with the sellers of such  Registrable  Securities to
      facilitate   the  timely   preparation   and   delivery  of   certificates
      representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which securities shall not
      bear any  restrictive  legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit
      with The Depository Trust Company; and enable such Registrable  Securities
      to be in such  denominations  and registered in such names as such sellers
      may request at least two  business  days prior to any sale of  Registrable
      Securities;

            (m)  use  its  best  efforts  (x)  to  cause  all  such  Registrable
      Securities  covered  by such  registration  statement  to be  listed  on a
      national  securities  exchange  (if such  Registrable  Securities  are not
      already so listed) and on each additional  national securities exchange on
      which  similar  securities  issued by the Company are then listed,  if the
      listing of such  Registrable  Securities is then permitted under the rules
      of such exchange,  or (y) to secure  designation  of all such  Registrable
      Securities  covered by such  registration  statement as a NASDAQ "national
      market  system  security"  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  llAa2-1  of the
      Commission  or,  failing  that,  secure  NASDAQ   authorization  for  such
      Registrable  Securities  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
      foregoing,  to arrange for at least two market  makers to register as such
      with respect to such Registrable Securities with the NASD;

            (n) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later
      than the effective date of the applicable registration statement; and

            (o) enter into such  agreements  and take such other  actions as the
      Requisite  Holders  shall  reasonably  request  in  order to  expedite  or
      facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.

The Company may require each holder of  Registrable  Securities  as to which any
registration is being effected to furnish the Company such information regarding
such holder and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time
to time reasonably request in writing.



                                       23
                                    - 409 -
<PAGE>

      9.3. Underwritten Offerings.

      9.3.1.  Incidental  Underwritten  Offerings.  If the  Company  at any time
proposes  to  register  any  of  its  securities  under  the  Securities  Act as
contemplated  by Section 9.1 and such  securities  are to be  distributed  by or
through one or more underwriters, the Company will, subject to the provisions of
Section 9.1(b), use its best efforts,  if requested by any holder of Registrable
Securities,  to  arrange  for  such  underwriters  to  include  the  Registrable
Securities  to be offered and sold by such  holder  among the  securities  to be
distributed by such  underwriters.  The holders of Registrable  Securities to be
distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to the underwriting  agreement
between the Company and such underwriters and may, at their option, require that
any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on
the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters  shall also
be made to and for the benefit of such  holders of  Registrable  Securities  and
that  any or all  of  the  conditions  precedent  to  the  obligations  of  such
underwriters  under such underwriting  agreement be conditions  precedent to the
obligations of such holders of Registrable Securities.  No holder of Registrable
Securities  shall be required to make any  representations  or  warranties to or
agreements  with the  Company or the  underwriters  other than  representations,
warranties or agreements regarding such holder and such holder's intended method
of distribution and any other representation required by law.

      9.3.2. Holdback Agreements.

                (x) Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees, if so required
            by the  managing  underwriter,  not to  effect  any  public  sale or
            distribution  of  securities of the Company of the same class as the
            securities included in such Registration Statement, during the seven
            days  prior  to the  date on  which  any  underwritten  registration
            pursuant  to  Section  9.1  has  become  effective  and  the 90 days
            thereafter,  except as part of such underwritten  registration or to
            the extent that such holder is  prohibited  by  applicable  law from
            agreeing to withhold  Registrable  Securities from sale or is acting
            in its capacity as a fiduciary  or an  investment  adviser.  Without
            limiting the scope of the term "fiduciary," a holder shall be deemed
            to be acting as a fiduciary or an investment  adviser if its actions
            or the  Registrable  Securities  proposed  to be sold are subject to
            ERISA, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or the Investment Advisers
            Act of 1940 or if such Registrable Securities are held in a separate
            account under applicable insurance law or regulation.

                (y) The  Company  agrees (i) not to effect  any  public  sale or
            distribution of its equity securities or securities convertible into
            or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities during the
            seven  (7)  days  prior  to  the  date  on  which  any  underwritten
            registration pursuant to Section 9.1 has become effective and the 90
            days thereafter,  except as part of such  underwritten  registration
            and  except  pursuant  to  registrations  on Form  S-4 or S-8 or any
            successor or similar forms thereto, and (ii) to cause each holder of
            its  equity  securities  or of any  securities  convertible  into or
            exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities, in each case
            purchased  from  the  Company  at any  time  after  the date of this
            Agreement (other than in a Public Offering),  to agree not to effect


                                       24
                                    - 410 -
<PAGE>

            any such public sale or distribution of such securities, during such
            period, except as part of such underwritten registration.

      9.4.  Preparation;   Reasonable  Investigation.  In  connection  with  the
preparation and filing of each registration  statement under the Securities Act,
the Company will give the holders of  Registrable  Securities  registered  under
such registration statement, their underwriters,  if any, each Requesting Holder
and their respective counsel and accountants,  the opportunity to participate in
the preparation of such registration statement, each prospectus included therein
or filed with the Commission,  and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto,
and will  give  each of them such  access  to its  books  and  records  and such
opportunities  to discuss the  business of the Company with its officers and the
independent  public  accountants who have certified its financial  statements as
shall be  necessary,  in the  opinion of such  holders'  and such  underwriters'
respective counsel, to conduct a reasonable  investigation within the meaning of
the Securities Act.

      9.5.  Rights  of  Requesting  Holders.  The  Company  will  not  file  any
registration  statement  under the  Securities  Act,  whether or not pursuant to
registration  rights  granted to other holders of its  securities and whether or
not for sale for its own account (other than by a registration  on Form S-4, S-8
or any successor form thereto),  unless it shall first have given to each Person
which holds any Registrable  Securities  issued by the Company at least 30 days'
prior written  notice  thereof.  Any such holder who shall so request  within 30
days  after  such  notice (a  "Requesting  Holder")  shall  have the rights of a
Requesting  Holder  provided in Sections  9.2, 9.4 and 9.6. In addition,  if any
registration  statement refers to any Requesting  Holder by name or otherwise as
the holder of any  securities  of the  Company,  then such holder shall have the
right to require (a) the  insertion  therein of language,  in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to such holder, to the effect that, if true, the holding
by such  holder of such  securities  does not  necessarily  make  such  holder a
"controlling person" of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and
is not to be  construed  as a  recommendation  by such holder of the  investment
quality of the Company's debt or equity securities covered thereby and that such
holding  does not imply  that such  holder  will  assist in  meeting  any future
financial  requirements of the Company,  or (b) in the event that such reference
to such holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any
rules and regulations promulgated  thereunder,  the deletion of the reference to
such holder.

      9.6. Indemnification.

            (a) The Company  will,  and hereby  does,  indemnify,  to the extent
      permitted by applicable law, each holder of Registrable Securities and its
      Affiliates and their respective  officers and directors,  if any, and each
      Person,  if any, who controls such holder within the meaning of Section 15
      of the Securities Act, against all losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities
      (or proceedings in respect thereof) and expenses (under the Securities Act
      or common  law or  otherwise),  joint or  several,  caused  by any  untrue
      statement or alleged untrue  statement of a material fact contained in any


                                       25
                                    - 411 -
<PAGE>

      registration  statement or prospectus  (and as amended or  supplemented if
      the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or
      any preliminary  prospectus or caused by any omission or alleged  omission
      to state  therein  a  material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or
      necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as
      such losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  (or  proceedings  in respect
      thereof) or expenses are caused by any untrue  statement or alleged untrue
      statement  contained  in or by  any  omission  or  alleged  omission  from
      information  furnished in writing to the Company by such holder  expressly
      for use therein.  If the offering  pursuant to any registration  statement
      provided for under this Warrant is made through underwriters, no action or
      failure to act on the part of such  underwriters  (whether or not any such
      underwriter is an Affiliate of any holder of Registrable Securities) shall
      affect  the  obligations  of  the  Company  to  indemnify  any  holder  of
      Registrable  Securities  or any other  Person  pursuant  to the  preceding
      sentence. If the offering pursuant to any registration  statement provided
      for under this Agreement is made through underwriters,  the Company agrees
      to enter  into an  underwriting  agreement  in  customary  form  with such
      underwriters and the Company agrees to indemnify such underwriters,  their
      officers and directors, if any, and each Person, if any, who controls such
      underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act to the
      same extent as hereinbefore  provided with respect to the  indemnification
      of the holders of Registrable Securities;  provided that the Company shall
      not be  required  to  indemnify  any such  underwriter,  or any officer or
      director of such  underwriter or any Person who controls such  underwriter
      within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, to the extent that
      the loss, claim, damage,  liability (or proceedings in respect thereof) or
      expense  for  which   indemnification   is  claimed   results   from  such
      underwriter's   failure  to  send  or  give  a  copy  of  the  amended  or
      supplemented  final prospectus to the Person asserting an untrue statement
      or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission at or prior to
      the written  confirmation  of the sale of  Registrable  Securities to such
      Person if such  statement  or omission  was  corrected  in such amended or
      supplemented  final prospectus prior to such written  confirmation and the
      underwriter  was  given  notice of the  availability  of such  amended  or
      supplemented final prospectus.

            (b) In connection with any registration  statement in which a holder
      of  Registrable  Securities  is  participating,   each  such  holder  will
      indemnify,  to the extent  permitted by applicable  law, the Company,  its
      officers and directors  and each Person,  if any, who controls the Company
      within  the  meaning  of Section 15 of the  Securities  Act,  against  any
      losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities (or proceedings in respect thereof)
      and  expenses  resulting  from any  untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue
      statement  of a material  fact or any  omission  or alleged  omission of a
      material  fact  required  to be stated in the  registration  statement  or
      prospectus  or  preliminary   prospectus  or  any  amendment   thereof  or
      supplement  thereto  or  necessary  to make  the  statements  therein  not
      misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement is contained
      in or such  omission is from  information  so furnished in writing by such
      holder expressly for use therein,  provided that such holder's obligations


                                       26
                                    - 412 -
<PAGE>

      hereunder  shall be limited  to an amount  equal to the  proceeds  to such
      holder of the Registrable  Securities  sold pursuant to such  registration
      statement.

            (c) Any Person entitled to  indemnification  under the provisions of
      this Section 9.6 shall (x) give prompt notice to the indemnifying party of
      any claim with respect to which it seeks  indemnification (but the failure
      of any  indemnified  party to give  notice as  provided  herein  shall not
      relieve the  indemnifying  party of its  obligations  under the  preceding
      subdivisions   of  this  Section  9.6,  except  to  the  extent  that  the
      indemnifying party is actually  prejudiced by such failure) and (y) unless
      in such  indemnified  party's  reasonable  judgment a conflict of interest
      between such indemnified and indemnifying  parties may exist in respect of
      such claim,  permit such indemnifying  party to assume the defense of such
      claim, with counsel reasonably  satisfactory to the indemnified party; and
      if such  defense is so assumed,  such  indemnifying  party shall not enter
      into any settlement  without the consent of the indemnified  party if such
      settlement   attributes  liability  to  the  indemnified  party  and  such
      indemnifying  party  shall  not  be  subject  to  any  liability  for  any
      settlement  made  without its  consent  (which  shall not be  unreasonably
      withheld); and any underwriting agreement entered into with respect to any
      registration statement provided for under this Agreement shall so provide.
      In the event an indemnifying  party shall not be entitled,  or elects not,
      to assume the  defense of a claim,  such  indemnifying  party shall not be
      obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel or firm of
      counsel for all parties  indemnified by such indemnifying party in respect
      of such claim,  unless in the reasonable  judgment of any such indemnified
      party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified  party and
      any other of such  indemnified  parties  in respect  to such  claim.  Such
      indemnity  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect  regardless  of any
      investigation  made  by  or  on  behalf  of  a  participating   holder  of
      Registrable Securities, its officers, directors or any Person, if any, who
      controls such holder as aforesaid,  and shall survive the transfer of such
      securities by such holder.

            (d) If the  indemnification  provided  for in this Section 9.6 shall
      for any  reason  be held by a court to be  unavailable  to an  indemnified
      party under  Section  9.6(a) or (b) hereof in respect of any loss,  claim,
      damage or liability,  or any action in respect  thereof,  then, in lieu of
      the amount paid or payable  under Section  9.6(a) or (b), the  indemnified
      party  and the  indemnifying  party  under  Section  9.6(a)  or (b)  shall
      contribute  to the  aggregate  losses,  claims,  damages  and  liabilities
      (including legal or other expenses  reasonably incurred in connection with
      investigating  the same),  (x) in such  proportion  as is  appropriate  to
      reflect the relative fault of the Company and the  prospective  sellers of
      Registrable   Securities  covered  by  the  registration  statement  which
      resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action or proceeding
      in respect  thereof,  with respect to the  statements  or omissions  which
      resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action or proceeding
      in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations
      or (y) if the allocation  provided by clause (x) above is not permitted by


                                       27
                                    - 413 -
<PAGE>

      applicable  law, in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the
      relative  benefits  received by the Company and such  prospective  sellers
      from  the  offering  of  the  securities   covered  by  such  registration
      statement, provided, that for purposes of clauses (x) or (y), the relative
      benefits received by the prospective sellers shall be deemed not to exceed
      the amount of proceeds received by such prospective  sellers and no holder
      of  Registrable  Securities  shall be required to contribute any amount in
      excess of the amount  such  holder  could have been  required to pay to an
      indemnified  party if the indemnity  under  subsection (a) of this Section
      9.6 was  available.  No  Person  guilty  of  fraudulent  misrepresentation
      (within  the  meaning of  Section  11(f) of the  Securities  Act) shall be
      entitled  to  contribution  from any  Person  who was not  guilty  of such
      fraudulent  misrepresentation.  Such sellers' obligations to contribute as
      provided in this Section  9.6(d) are several in proportion to the relative
      value  of  their  respective   Registrable   Securities  covered  by  such
      registration  statement  and not joint.  In  addition,  no Person shall be
      obligated  to  contribute   hereunder  any  amounts  in  payment  for  any
      settlement of any action or claim effected without such Person's  consent,
      which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

            (e)  Indemnification  and contribution  similar to that specified in
      the  preceding   subdivisions  of  this  Section  9.6  (with   appropriate
      modifications)   shall  be  given  by  the  Company  and  each  seller  of
      Registrable  Securities with respect to any required registration or other
      qualification  of securities  under any federal or state law or regulation
      of any governmental authority other than the Securities Act.

            (f) An  indemnifying  party  shall  make  payments  of  all  amounts
      required to be made pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions of this Section
      9.6 to or for the  account  of the  indemnified  party  from  time to time
      promptly  upon  receipt  of bills or  invoices  relating  thereto  or when
      otherwise due or payable.

      9.7. Adjustments  Affecting Registrable  Securities.  The Company will not
effect or permit to occur any  combination  or subdivision of shares which would
materially  and  adversely  affect  the  ability of the  holders of  Registrable
Securities to include such  Registrable  Securities in any  registration  of its
securities  contemplated  by  this  Section  9  or  the  marketability  of  such
Registrable Securities under any such registration.

      9.8. Other Registration of Common Stock. If any shares of the Common Stock
required to be reserved for purposes of issuance  upon  exercise of this Warrant
in connection with their sale in a registration  pursuant to Section 9.1 require
registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or
state law (other than the Securities  Act) before such shares may be issued upon
such  exercise,  the  Company  will,  at its  expense  and as  expeditiously  as
possible,  use its best  efforts to cause such shares to be duly  registered  or
approved, as the case may be.

      9.9.  Nominees for Beneficial  Owners.  For purposes of this Section 9, in
the  event  that  any  Registrable  Securities  are  held by a  nominee  for the
beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its election,  be
treated as the holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request
or other action by any holder or holders of Registrable  Securities  pursuant to
this Section 9 or any  determination  of any number or  percentage  of shares of
Registrable  Securities held by any holder or holders of Registrable  Securities


                                       28
                                    - 414 -
<PAGE>

contemplated  by this  Section  9. If the  beneficial  owner of any  Registrable
Securities so elects, the Company may require assurances reasonably satisfactory
to it of such owner's beneficial ownership of such Registrable Securities.

      9.10.  Rule  144 and  Rule  144A.  The  Company  shall  take  all  actions
reasonably  necessary to enable holders of  Registrable  Securities to sell such
securities  without  registration under the Securities Act within the limitation
of the  provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 144A under the  Securities  Act, as such
rules may be amended  from time to time,  or any  similar  rules or  regulations
hereafter adopted by the Commission,  including, without limitation, filing on a
timely basis all reports required to be filed pursuant to the Exchange Act.

10.   Availability of  Information.  The Company will cooperate with each holder
      of any  Restricted  Securities  in supplying  such  information  as may be
      necessary for such holder to complete and file any  information  reporting
      forms presently or hereafter  required by the Commission as a condition to
      the  availability  of an exemption from the Securities Act for the sale of
      any Restricted Securities.  The Company will furnish to the holder of this
      Warrant,  promptly upon their becoming available,  copies of all financial
      statements,  reports,  notices and proxy statements sent or made available
      generally  by the Company to its  stockholders,  and copies of all regular
      and periodic  reports and all  registration  statements  and  prospectuses
      filed by the Company with any securities exchange or with the Commission.

11.   Reservation of Stock,  Etc. The Company will at all times reserve and keep
      available, solely for issuance and delivery upon exercise of this Warrant,
      the number of shares of Common  Stock (or Other  Securities)  from time to
      time issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at the time  outstanding.  All
      shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) shall be duly authorized and,
      when issued upon such  exercise,  shall be validly issued and, in the case
      of shares, fully paid and nonassessable,  with no liability on the part of
      the holders thereof.

12.   Listing on Securities Exchange. The Company will (a) list on each national
      securities  exchange on which any Common  Stock may at any time be listed,
      subject to official notice of issuance upon exercise of this Warrant,  and
      will  maintain  such  listing of, all shares of Common  Stock from time to
      time  issuable  upon  exercise of this  Warrant or (b) secure and maintain
      designation  of all shares of Common Stock from time to time issuable upon
      exercise of this Warrant as a NASDAQ  "national  market  system  security"
      within the meaning of Rule llAa2-1 of the  Commission  or,  failing  that,
      secure NASDAQ authorization for such shares of Common Stock.

13.   Ownership, Transfer and Substitution of Warrants.

      13.1.  Ownership  of  Warrants.  The Company may treat the person in whose
name this Warrant is registered on the register kept at the principal  office of
the Company as the owner and holder  thereof for all  purposes,  notwithstanding
any notice to the  contrary,  except  that,  if and when any Warrant is properly
assigned in blank,  the Company  may (but shall not be  obligated  to) treat the
bearer  thereof as the owner of such Warrant for all  purposes,  notwithstanding


                                       29
                                    - 415 -
<PAGE>

any  notice to the  contrary.  Subject to  Section  8, a  Warrant,  if  properly
assigned,  may be exercised by a new holder  without  first having a new Warrant
issued.

      13.2.  Transfer  and  Exchange  of  Warrants.  Upon the  surrender  of any
Warrant,  properly endorsed, for registration of transfer or for exchange at the
principal  office of the Company,  the Company at its expense  will  (subject to
compliance  with  Section 8, if  applicable)  execute and deliver to or upon the
order of the  holder  thereof  a new  Warrant  or  Warrants  of like  tenor,  in
denominations  of at least 1,000  shares,  in the name of such holder or as such
holder  (upon  payment  by such  holder of any  applicable  transfer  taxes) may
direct,  calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of
shares  of  Common  Stock  called  for on the face or faces  of the  Warrant  or
Warrants so surrendered.

      13.3.  Replacement  of  Warrants.  Upon  receipt  of  evidence  reasonably
satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any
Warrant and, in the case of any such loss,  theft or  destruction of any Warrant
held by a Person other than the Purchaser or any  institutional  investor,  upon
delivery of indemnity reasonably  satisfactory to the Company in form and amount
or, in the case of any such  mutilation,  upon  surrender  of such  Warrant  for
cancellation at the principal office of the Company,  the Company at its expense
will execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.

14.   Definitions.  As used herein,  unless the context otherwise requires,  the
      following terms have the following respective meanings:

      Acquiring Person: the continuing or surviving  corporation or other entity
of a consolidation  or merger with the Company (if other than the Company),  the
transferee of substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, the
corporation or other entity  consolidating with or merging into the Company in a
consolidation  or merger in  connection  with which the Common  Stock is changed
into or exchanged  for stock or other  securities of any other Person or cash or
any  other  property,   or,  in  the  case  of  a  capital   reorganization   or
reclassification, the Company.

      Acquisition  Price:  as applied to the Common  Stock,  with respect to any
transaction  to which  Section 3 applies,  (a) the price per share  equal to the
greater of the  following,  determined  in each case as of the date  immediately
preceding the date of consummation of such transaction:  (x) the Market Price of
the Common  Stock and (y) the highest  amount of cash plus the Fair Value of the
highest  amount of securities or other property which the holder of this Warrant
would have been entitled as a shareholder to receive upon such  consummation  if
such holder had exercised this Warrant  immediately  prior thereto,  or (b) if a
purchase, tender or an exchange offer is made by the Acquiring Person (or by any
of its affiliates) to the holders of the Common Stock and such offer is accepted
by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  the
greater of (i) the price determined in accordance with the foregoing subdivision
(a),  and (ii) the  price  per  share  equal to the  greater  of the  following,
determined in each case as of the date  immediately  preceding the acceptance of
such offer by the holders of more than 50% of the  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock:  (A) the Market Price of the Common  Stock and (B) the highest  amount of


                                       30
                                    - 416 -
<PAGE>

cash plus the Fair Value of the highest  amount of securities or other  property
which the holder of this Warrant would be entitled as a  shareholder  to receive
pursuant to such offer if such holder had  exercised  this  Warrant  immediately
prior to the expiration of such offer and accepted the same.

      Additional Shares of Common Stock: all shares (including  treasury shares)
of Common Stock issued or sold (or, pursuant to Section 2.3 or 2.4, deemed to be
issued) by the  Company  after the  Initial  Date,  whether or not  subsequently
reacquired  or retired  by the  Company,  other than (a) shares of Common  Stock
issued upon the exercise of any Warrants and (b) not more than 3,010,000  shares
of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of stock options  granted to directors,
officers  and other  employees  of the Company  pursuant to the DTN Stock Option
Plan of 1989,  as amended,  and the DTN  Non-Employee  Director  Option Plan, as
amended,  and (c) 75,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of
existing warrants.

      Base Price:  on any date specified  herein,  the lesser of (a) the Current
Market Price or (b) the Warrant Price.

      Business  Day: any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday or a day on which
commercial banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized by law to
be closed, provided that, in determining the period within which certificates or
Warrants are to be issued and  delivered  pursuant to Section 1.3 at a time when
shares of Common Stock (or Other  Securities)  are listed or admitted to trading
on any national  securities  exchange or in the  over-the-counter  market and in
determining the Market Price of any securities  listed or admitted to trading on
any national securities exchange or in the  over-the-counter  market,  "Business
Day" shall mean any day when the principal exchange in which securities are then
listed or admitted to trading is open for  trading  or, if such  securities  are
traded in the over-the-counter  market in the United States, such system is open
for  trading,  and  provided,  further,  that any  reference  to "days"  (unless
Business Days are specified) shall mean calendar days.

      Commission:  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission or any other Federal
agency  at the  time  administering  the  Securities  Act or the  Exchange  Act,
whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

      Common Stock:  the Company's  common stock,  par value $.001 per share, as
constituted  on the date  hereof,  any stock into which such common  stock shall
have been  changed  or any stock  resulting  from any  reclassification  of such
common stock, and all other stock of any class or classes  (however  designated)
of the  Company the holders of which have the right,  without  limitation  as to
amount,  either to all or to a share of the  balance  of current  dividends  and
liquidating  dividends after the payment of dividends and  distributions  on any
shares entitled to preference.

      Company: Data Transmission Network Corporation, a Delaware corporation.



                                       31
                                    - 417 -
<PAGE>

      Convertible  Securities:  any evidences of  indebtedness,  shares of stock
(other than Common Stock) or other securities directly or indirectly convertible
into or exchangeable for Additional Shares of Common Stock.

      Current Market Price:  on any date specified  herein,  (a) with respect to
Common Stock or to Voting Common Stock (or  equivalent  equity  interests) of an
Acquiring  Person or its Parent,  (x) the average  daily Market Price during the
period of the most recent 20  consecutive  Business Days ending on such date, or
(y) if shares of Common Stock or such Voting Common Stock (or equivalent  equity
interests),  as the case may be, are not then  listed or  admitted to trading on
any national securities exchange and if the closing bid and asked prices thereof
are not then quoted or  published  in the  over-the-counter  market,  the Market
Price on such date;  and (b) with  respect to any other  securities,  the Market
Price on such date.

      Exchange Act: the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, or any similar Federal
statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder,  all as the
same shall be in effect at the time of determination.

      Fair Value:  with respect to any  securities or other  property,  the fair
value  thereof  as of a date which is within 15 days of the date as of which the
determination  is to be made (a) determined by an agreement  between the Company
and the Requisite  Holders or (b) if the Company and the Requisite  Holders fail
to agree,  determined jointly by an independent investment banking firm retained
by the Company and by an  independent  investment  banking firm  retained by the
Requisite  Holders,  either  of which  firms  may be an  independent  investment
banking firm regularly  retained by the Company or any such holder or (c) if the
Company  or such  holders  shall  fail so to  retain an  independent  investment
banking  firm within five  Business  Days of the  retention of such firm by such
holders or the  Company,  as the case may be,  determined  solely by the firm so
retained or (d) if the firms so  retained  by the  Company  and by such  holders
shall be unable to . reach a joint determination  within 15 Business Days of the
retention  of the last  firm so  retained,  determined  by  another  independent
investment  banking firm which is not a regular  investment  banking firm of the
Company  or any such  holder  chosen by the first  two such  firms.  Each of the
Company and the holders of the Warrants  shall be  responsible  for the fees and
expenses of the  investment  banking firm  retained by them under the  foregoing
clause (b) and shall  share  equally  the fees and  expenses  of any  investment
banking firm retained under the foregoing clause (d).

      Initial Date: the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

      Market Price:  on any date  specified  herein,  (a) with respect to Common
Stock or to Voting Common Stock (or equivalent equity interests) of an Acquiring
Person or its  Parent,  the amount per share equal to (x) the last sale price of
shares of such  security,  regular  way,  on such date or, if no such sale takes
place on such date,  the average of the closing bid and asked prices  thereof on
such  date,  in each  case as  officially  reported  on the  principal  national
securities exchange on which the same are then listed or admitted to trading, or
(y) if no shares of such  security are then listed or admitted to trading on any
national  securities  exchange  but such  security is  designated  as a national


                                       32
                                    - 418 -
<PAGE>

market system  security by the NASD,  the last trading price of such security on
such date, or if such security is not so designated, the average of the reported
closing bid and asked prices  thereof on such date as shown by the NASDAQ system
or, if no shares  thereof are then quoted in such  system,  as  published by the
National Quotation Bureau,  Incorporated or any successor  organization,  and in
either  case as  reported  by any  member  firm of the New York  Stock  Exchange
selected by the Company, or (z) if no shares of such security are then listed or
admitted to trading on any national  exchange or designated as a national market
system  security  and if no closing  bid and asked  prices  thereof  are then so
quoted or published in the  over-the-counter  market, the higher of (x) the book
value thereof as  determined by agreement  between the Company and the Requisite
Holders,  or if the Company and the Requisite Holders fail to agree, by any firm
of independent public  accountants of recognized  standing selected by the Board
of Directors of the  Company,  as of the last day of any month ending  within 60
days preceding the date as of which the  determination is to be made and (y) the
fair value  thereof  determined  in good faith by the Board of  Directors of the
Company thereof as of a date which is within 15 days of the date as of which the
determination is to be made; and (b) with respect to any other  securities,  the
fair value  thereof  determined  in good faith by the Board of  Directors of the
Company  as of a date  which  is  within  15 days of the  date as of  which  the
determination is to be made.

      Maximum Number of Shares: the meaning specified in Section 9.1(b).

      Merger Agreement:  the meaning specified in the opening paragraphs of this
Warrant.

      NASD: the National Association of Securities Dealers.

      NASDAO: the Automated Quotation System of the NASD.

      Options:  rights,  options or  warrants  to  subscribe  for,  purchase  or
otherwise  acquire  either  Additional  Shares  of Common  Stock or  Convertible
Securities.

      Other Securities: any stock (other than Common Stock) and other securities
of the Company or any other Person  (corporate or otherwise) which the holder of
this Warrant at any time shall be entitled to receive,  or shall have  received,
upon the exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of or in addition to Common Stock, or
which at any time shall be issuable or shall have been issued in exchange for or
in  replacement  of Common  Stock or Other  Securities  pursuant to Section 3 or
otherwise.

      Parent: as to any Acquiring Person,  any corporation or other Person which
(a) controls the Acquiring  Person  directly or  indirectly  through one or more
intermediaries,  (b)  is  required  to  include  the  Acquiring  Person  in  its
consolidated financial statements under generally accepted accounting principles
and (c) is not itself included in the consolidated  financial  statements of any
other Person (other than its consolidated subsidiaries).



                                       33
                                    - 419 -
<PAGE>

      Person:  an  individual,  a partnership,  limited  liability  company,  an
association,   a  joint  venture,  a  corporation,   a  business,  a  trust,  an
unincorporated  organization  or a  government  or  any  department,  agency  or
subdivision thereof.

      Public Offering: any offering of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

      Registrable  Securities:  (a) this Warrant, (b) any shares of Common Stock
or Other Securities issued or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and (c) any
securities  issued  or  issuable  with  respect  to any  Common  Stock  or Other
Securities  referred  to in  subdivision  (b) by way of stock  dividend or stock
split or in connection with a combination of shares,  recapitalization,  merger,
consolidation  or  other  reorganization  or  otherwise.  As to  any  particular
Registrable   Securities,   once  issued  such  securities  shall  cease  to  be
Registrable  Securities  when (x) a  registration  statement with respect to the
sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and
such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration
statement,  (y) they  shall have been sold as  permitted  under Rule 144 (or any
successor  provision) under the Securities Act, or (z) they shall have ceased to
be outstanding.

      Registration  Expenses: all expenses incident to the Company's performance
of  or  compliance  with  Section  9,   including,   without   limitation,   all
registration,  filing and NASD fees,  all fees and  expenses of  complying  with
securities  or blue sky laws,  all word  processing,  duplicating  and  printing
expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel
for  the  Company  and of its  independent  public  accountants,  including  the
expenses of any special audits or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident
to such performance and compliance  (provided that "Registration  Expenses" will
not  include  any "cold  comfort"  letter  requested  solely by the  holders  of
Registrable  Securities in connection with any registration if the Company shall
not have  elected or been  required  by the  underwriters  with  respect to such
registration  to cause such a letter to be delivered),  the reasonable  fees and
disbursements of a single counsel and single firm of accountants retained by the
holders of the Registrable Securities being registered, premiums and other costs
of policies of insurance against  liabilities arising out of the public offering
of the Registrable Securities being registered and any fees and disbursements of
underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding
underwriting  discounts and commissions  and transfer  taxes,  if any,  provided
that,  in any  case  where  Registration  Expenses  are not to be  borne  by the
Company,  such  expenses  shall not  include  salaries of Company  personnel  or
general  overhead  expenses of the  Company,  auditing  fees,  premiums or other
expenses  relating  to  liability  insurance  required  by  underwriters  of the
Company, or other expenses for the preparation of financial  statements or other
data normally  prepared by the Company in the ordinary course of its business or
which the Company would have incurred in any event.

      Requesting Holder: the meaning specified in Section 9.5.

      Requisite  Holders:  the  holders  of  more  than  50% of the  Registrable
Securities issued and outstanding at such time.



                                       34
                                    - 420 -
<PAGE>

      Restricted Securities:  (a) any Warrants bearing the applicable legend set
forth in Section 8.1, (b) any shares of Common Stock (or Other Securities) which
have been issued upon the  exercise of  Warrants  and which are  evidenced  by a
certificate  or  certificates  bearing the  applicable  legend set forth in such
Section 8.1, and (c) unless the context otherwise requires, any shares of Common
Stock (or Other  Securities) which are at the time issuable upon the exercise of
Warrants  and which,  when so issued,  will be  evidenced  by a  certificate  or
certificates bearing the applicable legend set forth in Section 8.1.

      Securities  Act:  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  or any  similar  Federal
statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder,  all as the
same shall be in effect at the time of determination.

      Subsidiary:  any  corporation,  association  or  other  business  entity a
majority (by number of votes) of the Voting Common Stock of which is at the time
owned by the Company or by one or more Subsidiaries or by the Company and one or
more Subsidiaries.

      Transfer:  unless the context otherwise  requires,  any sale,  assignment,
pledge or other disposition of any security,  or of any interest therein,  which
could  constitute  a "sale"  as that  term is  defined  in  Section  2(3) of the
Securities Act.

      Voting Common Stock: with respect to any corporation, association or other
business entity, stock of any class or classes (or equivalent interest) , if the
holders of the stock of such  class or classes  (or  equivalent  interests)  are
ordinarily,  in the absence of contingencies,  entitled to vote for the election
of a majority of the directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such
corporation,  association or business  entity,  even if the right so to vote has
been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

      Warrant Price: the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

      Warrants:  the Common Stock Purchase  Warrants issued by the Company under
the Merger Agreement.

15.   Remedies. The Company stipulates that the remedies at law of the holder of
      this  Warrant  in the event of any  default or  threatened  default by the
      Company in the  performance of or compliance with any of the terms of this
      Warrant are not and will not be adequate and that,  to the fullest  extent
      permitted by law, such terms may be specifically  enforced by a decree for
      the  specific  performance  of any  agreement  contained  herein  or by an
      injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or otherwise.

16.   No Rights or Liabilities as Stockholder. Nothing contained in this Warrant
      shall be  construed  as  conferring  upon the holder  hereof any voting or
      other  rights  as  a  stockholder  of  the  Company  or  as  imposing  any
      liabilities  on such holder to purchase any securities or as a stockholder


                                       35
                                    - 421 -
<PAGE>

      of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by
      creditors or stockholders of the Company or otherwise.

17.   Notices.  All notices and other communications under this Warrant shall be
      in writing and shall be mailed by  registered  or certified  mail,  return
      receipt  requested,  addressed (a) if to the holder of this Warrant or any
      holder  of any  Common  Stock  (or Other  Securities),  at the  registered
      address of such holder as set forth in the register  kept at the principal
      office of the Company,  or (b) if to the Company,  to the attention of its
      Chief  Financial  Officer  at its  principal  office,  provided  that  the
      exercise  of any  Warrant  shall be  effected  in the manner  provided  in
      Section 1.

18.   Expiration;  Notice.  The Company  will give the holder of this Warrant no
      less than 45 days' nor more than 90 days' notice of the  expiration of the
      right to exercise this  Warrant.  The right to exercise this Warrant shall
      expire at 3 P.M., New York City time,  December 11, 2005. The registration
      rights  provided in Section 9 shall expire at 3 P.M.,  New York City time,
      December  11,  2005 with  respect  to any  shares of Common  Stock  issued
      previously to such time upon the exercise hereof.

19.   Miscellaneous.  This  Warrant and any term hereof may be changed,  waived,
      discharged  or terminated  only by an instrument in writing  signed by the
      party  against  which  enforcement  of such change,  waiver,  discharge or
      termination  is sought.  The  agreements of the Company  contained in this
      Warrant other than those applicable solely to the Warrants and the holders
      thereof shall inure to the benefit of and be  enforceable by any holder or
      holders at the time of any Common Stock (or Other Securities)  issued upon
      the exercise of Warrants,  whether so expressed or not. This Warrant shall
      be construed and enforced in  accordance  with and governed by the laws of
      the  State of New York.  The  section  headings  in this  Warrant  are for
      purposes of convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof.


                                          DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION



                                          By: /s/ Joseph M. Urzendowski
                                          Its: Vice President - Operations




                                       36
                                    - 422 -
<PAGE>






                              FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION

(To be executed only upon exercise of Warrant)

To:  _______________________

      The undersigned registered holder of the within Warrant hereby irrevocably
exercises  such Warrant for, and purchases  thereunder,  ____________  shares of
Common Stock of Data Transmission Network Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,
and herewith  makes  payment of  $____________  therefor,  and requests that the
certificates    for    such    shares    be    issued    in    the    name    of
____________________________, and delivered to __________________, whose address
is ____________________________.

Dated:  ___________________.



                                           ------------------------------------
                                           (Signature  must  conform in all 
                                           respects to the name of holder as 
                                           specified on the face of this 
                                           Warrant)

                                           [insert address]

                                       37
                                    - 423 -
<PAGE>




                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed only upon transfer of Warrant)

      For value  received,  the  undersigned  registered  holder  of the  within
Warrant hereby sells,  assigns and transfers  unto  ____________________________
the right represented by such Warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock of Data
Transmission Network Corporation, a Delaware corporation,  to which such Warrant
relates, and appoints  ______________________  Attorney to make such transfer on
the books of _________________  maintained for such purpose,  with full power of
substitution in the premises.

Dated:  _________________.



                                          ------------------------------------
                                          (Signature  must  conform in all 
                                          respects to the name of holder as 
                                          specified on the face of this Warrant)

                                          [insert address]

Signed in the presence of:


- ----------------------------


                                       38
                                    - 424 -


                                  AMENDMENT TO
                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         This AMENDMENT TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT ("Amendment") is dated as of
January 12,  1999,  and is entered into by and among Data  Transmission  Network
Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  ("Buyer"),  and Donald W.  Bowles,  Excel
Interfinancial Corporation,  Charter Financial Holdings, LLC, Steven L. Reynolds
and Douglas Vanderbilt (collectively the "Sellers" and individually a "Seller").

                                    RECITALS:

         A. Buyer and  Sellers are all of the  present  parties to that  certain
Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 27, 1998 (the "Agreement").

         B.  Buyer and  Sellers  desire to  extend by three  months  the term of
certain  earnout  payments to Sellers  under the Agreement as  specifically  set
forth in this Amendment.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
set forth therein and herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendments to Agreement. (a) The first sentence of Subsection (b) of
Section  1.02 of the  Agreement  is amended by deleting it in its  entirety  and
inserting the following sentence in its place:

         "Sellers will be paid pro rata, based on their percentage  ownership of
         the Shares, 640% of the amount (the "Excess Amount"),  if any, by which
         the Recurring Revenue (as hereinafter defined) for each of the calendar
         quarters ending June 30, 1998,  September 30, 1998,  December 31, 1998,
         March 31, 1999,  June 30, 1999, and September 30, 1999 exceeds the Base
         Amount (as hereinafter defined)."

               (b) The first  sentence of Subsection  (c) of Section 1.02 of the
Agreement is amended by substituting the date of October 1, 1999 in place of the
date of July 1, 1999 in such sentence.

               (c) The  third  sentence  of  Section  7.02 of the  Agreement  is
amended by deleting it in its entirety and inserting  the following  sentence in
its place:

         "In full consideration for the purchase by Buyer of the Goodwill, Buyer
         shall  pay to Bowles  (i) 160% of the  Excess  Amount  (as  defined  in
         Section  1.02(b))  for each of the  calendar  quarters  ending June 30,
         1998,  September 30, 1998,  December 31, 1998, March 31, 1999, June 30,
         1999, and September 30, 1999 and (ii) 20% of the Non-recurring  Revenue
         (as  defined in Section  1.02(c))  received  by the  Company  after the
         Closing Date and before October 1, 1999."

                                       1
                                    - 425 -
<PAGE>

         2. Binding  Effect.  This Amendment  shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of Buyer and Sellers and their  respective  successors and permitted
assigns.

         3. Superseding.  From and after the date hereof,  all references to the
Agreement shall mean the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

         4.  Confirmation.  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  set  forth in this
Amendment,  the  Agreement is hereby  ratified and confirmed and remains in full
force and effect.

         5.  Counterparts.  This  Amendment  may be  executed  in any  number of
counterparts,  all of which taken  together  shall  constitute  one and the same
instrument  and any of the parties  hereto may execute this Amendment by signing
any such counterpart.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Amendment as of the
date and year first above written.

                                   DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK
                                   CORPORATION


                                   By: /s/ Charles R. Wood
                                      Charles R. Wood, Sr. Vice President



                                   /s/ Donald W. Bowles
                                   --------------------------
                                   Donald W. Bowles


                                   EXCEL INTERFINANCIAL CORPORATION


                                   By: /s/ Richard Muir
                                        -------------------------------------
                                       Richard Muir, Executive Vice President



                                   CHARTER FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, LLC


                                   By: /s/ John L. O'Donnell
                                        ------------------------------------
                                       John L. O'Donnell, Manager

                                       2
                                    - 426 -
<PAGE>

                                   /s/ Steven L. Reynolds
                                   ----------------------------------------
                                   Steven L. Reynolds

                                   /s/ Douglas Vanderbilt
                                   ----------------------------------------
                                   Douglas Vanderbilt
                                      
                                        3
                                    - 427 -




                                January 26, 1999


Mr. Sebastian E. Casseta, Chief Executive Officer
SmartServ Online, Inc.
Metro Center, One Station Place
Stamford, CT 06902

         Re:  Possible Merger with Data Transmission Network Corporation ("DTN")

Dear Mr. Casseta:

         This  letter sets forth our  agreement  in  principle  whereby a wholly
owned subsidiary of DTN ("Merger Sub") would merge with SmartServ  Online,  Inc.
("SSOL") (the "Merger") upon the terms, and subject to the conditions, generally
described below.

                                 ECONOMIC TERMS

         1.  Merger.  The Merger would be  accomplished  in a manner which would
qualify  it as a  tax-free  reorganization  under  Section  368 of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  and, if possible,  permit it to be accounted
for  as a  "pooling-of-interests".  Either  Merger  Sub  or  SSOL  would  be the
surviving  corporation  following the Merger, but the articles of incorporation,
bylaws,   directors  and  officers  of  the  surviving  corporation  immediately
following the Merger would be as specified by DTN.

         2. Merger Agreement. It is understood that SSOL and DTN will attempt in
good faith to negotiate and sign a definitive  merger agreement (the "Definitive
Agreement")  upon the  terms and  subject  to the  conditions  set forth in this
letter of intent.  The parties to this letter of intent  other than SSOL and DTN
(the  "Principal  Stockholders")  will be the holders of 46% or more of the SSOL
Common Stock on an as if converted  and fully  diluted  basis.  On or before the
execution of the Definitive Agreement,  the Principal Stockholders will agree to
exercise their  warrants,  options and other rights to acquire SSOL Common Stock
and vote their SSOL Common  Stock in favor of approval of the Merger;  provided,
however,  Sebastian Casseta and Mario Rossi will not be obligated to do so if it
would cause a  short-swing  profit  recapture  pursuant to Section  16(b) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934.  If such  recapture  would  result,  then the
parties  shall agree to  cooperate  in any  reasonable  arrangement  designed to
assure the vote of such SSOL Common Stock in favor of approval of the Merger and
yet avoid such recapture.  If no such reasonable  arrangement is available,  DTN
could elect to either  proceed  without the exercise of the options and warrants
of Messrs. Casseta and Rossi or terminate the Definitive Agreement.

                                       1
                                    - 428 -
<PAGE>

         3.  Merger  Consideration.  In the Merger,  the holders of  outstanding
stock  of  SSOL  on an as if  converted  and  fully  diluted  basis  (the  "SSOL
Stockholders")  would receive shares of Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation
Common Stock ("DTN Common Shares") having an aggregate market value equal to the
lesser of  $14,800,000  or the amount  determined  by  multiplying  $3.50 by the
number of shares of SSOL  Common  Stock  held by SSOL  Stockholders  on an as if
converted and fully diluted basis (the "Merger Consideration"). The market value
of a DTN Common Share for purposes of the Merger would be based upon the average
of its closing  prices on the Nasdaq Stock Market on each of the 10 trading days
ending on the third trading day prior to the date of the closing  ("Closing") of
the Merger, but would not be lower than $28.35 or higher than $34.65.



                                 RELATED MATTERS

         4.  Registration  of  Securities.  DTN  would  agree to file a  federal
registration  statement  prior to the  Closing  covering  all of the DTN  Common
Shares issued to the SSOL Stockholders in the Merger.  The registration would be
on Form S-4 or such other form as DTN elects.  The  registration,  if effective,
would permit the SSOL Stockholders to sell the DTN Common Shares into the public
market. DTN would pay the cost of such registration.  DTN would agree to use its
best  efforts  to  cause  the   registration   statement   (and  required  state
registrations,  if any) to become  effective upon the consummation of the Merger
and as soon as reasonably  practicable following the execution of the Definitive
Agreement.  DTN also would use its best efforts to list the DTN Common Shares to
be issued to the SSOL Stockholders on the Nasdaq Stock Market promptly after the
Closing.

         5.  Confidentiality and Non-Competition  Agreements.  Each of Sebastian
Casseta and Mario Rossi would enter into a Confidentiality  and  Non-Competition
Agreement (the  "Non-Competition  Agreements") in form mutually  satisfactory to
DTN and such employees.  The Non-Competition  Agreements would be for a duration
which is the longer of three years  following the Closing or two years following
the employee's termination of employment with the surviving  corporation,  would
be for the maximum geographic  territory  permitted by applicable law, and would
have the maximum scope of precluded conduct permitted by applicable law (or such
lesser period, territory and/or scope as DTN may elect).

         6.  Employment  Agreements.  Each of Sebastian  Casseta and Mario Rossi
would enter into an Employment  Agreement (the "Employment  Agreements") in form
mutually  satisfactory to DTN and such  employees,  which would be equivalent to
the compensatory  terms of their existing  employment  agreements with SSOL. The
Employment  Agreements  would be for a duration  of three  years  following  the
Closing,  would be subject to termination by the surviving  corporation  with or
without cause,  except upon termination by the surviving  corporation other than
for cause or death or disability of such  employee,  such employee shall receive
upon termination the present value of the compensation  such employee would have
received during the remaining term of the Employment Agreement.


                                       2
                                    - 429 -
<PAGE>



                            CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS

         7.  Subject  to  Definitive  Merger  Agreement.  This  letter of intent
expresses the parties' intent to move forward with the Merger and the terms upon
which they  would  move  forward.  This  letter of intent is based upon  certain
assumptions  which need to be verified through a due diligence review process by
DTN.  Except for the  provisions of Sections 9 through 13 which shall be binding
upon the parties in  accordance  with their terms  through  June 30,  1999,  the
provisions of this letter of intent shall not obligate the parties to consummate
the Merger or provide  the basis for  liability  of one party to another if such
Merger is not  consummated for any reason.  A party's  obligations to consummate
the Merger  shall  arise only if and when a  Definitive  Agreement,  if any,  is
entered into by the parties. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith to try
to reach a  Definitive  Agreement by March 31, 1999.  The  Definitive  Agreement
would contain representations,  warranties,  indemnities, covenants, conditions,
provisions for opinions, etc. as are customary in transactions of this nature.

         8. Special  Conditions.  In addition to the conditions to Closing which
customarily  would  be  contained  in the  Definitive  Agreement,  the  parties'
obligations  to  consummate  the  Merger  would  be  subject  to  the  following
conditions being satisfied as of Closing:

               a. Final Due Diligence. DTN shall be satisfied in good faith with
the results of its  continued  due  diligence  with respect to matters  arising,
matters  changing,  or matters coming to its attention during the period between
the date of the Definitive Agreement and the Closing.

               b. Entering into Other  Agreements.  The parties,  as applicable,
shall have negotiated and entered into the  Confidentiality  and Non-Competition
Agreements and Employment Agreements. In addition, DTN shall have negotiated and
entered into an agreement  with Spencer  Trask  Securities,  Inc.  regarding the
payment of expenses and fees by SSOL  pursuant to that certain  Letter of Intent
dated August 11, 1998 concerning a proposed  private  placement of securities of
SSOL,  which  agreement  shall be  satisfactory  to DTN in its sole and absolute
discretion.

               c. Board and Stockholder Approval. The parties' respective Boards
of Directors, the SSOL Stockholders and the sole stockholder of Merger Sub shall
have  approved  the Merger and  authorized  the  execution  and  delivery of the
Definitive Agreement and other closing documents.  Principal  Stockholders would
agree to vote their SSOL Common Stock in favor of approval of the Merger.

               d. Options,  Warrants,  and Conversion  Rights.  All  outstanding
options, warrants and conversion rights with respect to SSOL capital stock shall
have been exercised or the rights  thereunder  shall have been  relinquished  by
such  holders  prior to Closing or shall have been  replaced at Closing with DTN
Common Shares or options and warrants for DTN Common Shares.

               e. No Material Change.  DTN's and Merger Sub's  obligations shall
be  subject  to there  not  having  been a  material  adverse  change  in SSOL's
business,  operations,  prospects,  assets,  liabilities,  financial position or
results of operations,  as determined by DTN in its reasonable judgment.  SSOL's
and the SSOL Stockholders' obligations shall be subject to there not having been
a material  adverse change in DTN's  business,  operations,  prospects,  assets,
liabilities,  financial position or results of operations, as determined by SSOL
in its reasonable judgment.



                                       3
                                    - 430 -
<PAGE>

               f.  Litigation.  DTN's  and  Merger  Sub's  obligations  shall be
subject to SSOL not having any claims,  litigation,  proceedings  or  regulatory
changes pending which, in DTN's reasonable judgment, materially adversely affect
the Merger.  SSOL's and the SSOL  Stockholders'  obligations shall be subject to
DTN not having any claims, litigation, proceedings or regulatory changes pending
which, in SSOL's reasonable judgment, materially adversely affect the Merger.

               g. Dissenting  Stockholders.  DTN's and Merger Sub's  obligations
shall be  subject  to the  condition  that no SSOL  Stockholders  holding in the
aggregate  more  than five  percent  (5%) of the SSOL  Common  Stock on an as if
converted and fully diluted basis shall have perfected their dissenters'  rights
or demanded  payment  for their SSOL  Common  Shares  under  Delaware  statutory
dissenters' rights provisions.

               h. Effective Registration Statement.  The federal registration of
the DTN Common  Shares as  contemplated  in Section 4 shall be  effective at the
Closing.

               i.  Pooling-of-Interests  and Tax-Free Reorganization  Treatment.
Nothing  shall  have   occurred   which  would   disqualify   the  Merger  as  a
"reorganization"  within the meaning of Section 368 of the Code. In addition, if
the Merger can be accounted for as a "pooling-of-interests",  nothing shall have
occurred after the execution of this letter of intent which would disqualify the
Merger as a "pooling-on-interests" for accounting purposes.

               j.  Pooling  Letters.  If the  Merger can be  accounted  for as a
"pooling-of-interests",  each of DTN and SSOL shall have received from their own
independent  accountants a letter,  dated the date of the Closing, to the effect
that,   for   financial   reporting   purposes,   the   Merger   qualifies   for
"pooling-of-interests"  accounting treatment under generally accepted accounting
principles if consummated in accordance with the Definitive Agreement.

               k.  Fairness  Opinion.  The Board of Directors of SSOL shall have
received  an  opinion  of  its   financial   advisor  to  the  effect  that  the
consideration  to be received by the SSOL  Stockholders in the Merger is fair to
the SSOL Stockholders from a financial point of view.

                                    COVENANTS

         9.  Covenants.  In  addition to the  covenants  pending  Closing  which
customarily would be contained in a Definitive Agreement,  SSOL and, solely with
respect to paragraph g below, the Principal Stockholders agree to:

               a.  Conduct of  Business.  Conduct  SSOL's  business  only in the
ordinary course, and not engage in any extraordinary  transactions without DTN's
prior consent.

               b.  Disposition  of  Assets.  Not  dispose of any assets of SSOL,
except in the ordinary course of business.

               c.  Employee  Matters.  Except  with  the  approval  of DTN,  not
materially increase the annual level of compensation or benefits of any employee
or grant any unusual or extraordinary bonuses, benefits or other forms of direct
or indirect compensation to any employee, officer, director or consultant.

                                       4
                                    - 431 -
<PAGE>

               d.  Issuance of  Securities.  Not issue any equity  securities or
rights to acquire equity securities except with the prior approval of DTN.

               e. Dividends or Distributions.  Not pay any dividends, redeem any
securities,  or  otherwise  cause assets of SSOL to be  distributed  to any SSOL
Stockholder or affiliate.

               f.  Borrowings.  Not borrow any funds,  under  existing  lines of
credit or otherwise,  except as reasonably  necessary for the ordinary operation
of SSOL's  business in a manner,  and in  amounts,  in keeping  with  historical
practices.

               g. No Other  Negotiations.  Between  the date  hereof and May 31,
1999, not initiate,  solicit, encourage, or participate in any discussions with,
or provide any information to, any corporation,  partnership,  person, entity or
group,  other than DTN and its  employees  and  agents,  concerning  any merger,
consolidation, sale of assets or similar transaction involving SSOL, or any sale
of capital stock of SSOL, including securities  convertible into or exchangeable
for such securities.  If a Definitive  Agreement is entered into by the parties,
this  standstill  shall extend until Closing or  termination  of the  Definitive
Agreement in  accordance  with its terms.  SSOL and the  Principal  Stockholders
acknowledge  that  DTN is  relying  upon the  provisions  of this  paragraph  in
incurring the time and expense of due diligence and preparation of documents.


                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         10. Access and Due Diligence Updates.  SSOL shall make available to DTN
and its representatives full access to SSOL's books, records,  files, contracts,
documents,  facilities,  attorneys,  accountants  and  employees for purposes of
DTN's due diligence review.

         11.  Confidential  Information.  The parties by signing  this letter of
intent agree that DTN, Merger Sub, SSOL and the Principal Stockholders will each
keep  confidential  and will not disclose,  except as required by law (including
SEC and Nasdaq  requirements),  to anyone except employees and agents on a "need
to know" basis for purposes of evaluating,  negotiating, preparing documents for
and consummating the anticipated  Merger, all information  provided by the other
parties about its business which could  reasonably be expected to be proprietary
or confidential  information.  Prior to any disclosure of this letter of intent,
or the proposed Merger or other  confidential  information which may be required
by law, the party seeking to make such disclosure shall advise the other parties
so that appropriate  protective action may be taken as needed. The parties shall
consult with each other  regarding  the content of the press release to announce
this letter of intent.  If  negotiations  between the parties  terminate for any
reason,  each  party  will  promptly  return all  proprietary  and  confidential
information  received  from  the  other  parties  and  shall  not use  any  such
information, directly or indirectly, for their personal benefit. The obligations
of this paragraph shall survive the termination of negotiations.


                                       5
                                    - 432 -
<PAGE>

         12.  Expenses.  Each party to this letter of intent  shall bear its own
expenses  associated  with the due  diligence  process and the  negotiation  and
preparation of a Definitive Agreement and related documents and the consummation
of the Merger; provided,  however, all of SSOL's investment banking,  appraisal,
brokerage,  legal,  accounting  and other  related fees in  connection  with the
Merger must be approved by DTN in advance.

         13.  Broker.  Except for the Letter of Intent  between SSOL and Spencer
Trask  Securities,  Inc. referred to in Section 8(b), each party represents that
it has not retained a broker in connection with this transaction.

         If you agree that this reflects our agreement in principle, please sign
the enclosed copy of this letter and return it to us.


                                   Very truly yours,

                                   Data Transmission Network Corporation


                                   /s/ Charles R. Wood
                                   ----------------------
                                   Charles R. Wood, Sr. Vice President


AGREED:

SmartServ Online, Inc.


/s/ Sebastian E. Cassetta
- --------------------------
Sebastian E. Cassetta, Chairman and CEO


Principal Stockholders:


- --------------------------


- --------------------------


- --------------------------


- --------------------------


                                       6
                                    - 433 -



                   CONSENT TO PREPAYMENT OF SUBORDINATED DEBT


         The undersigned, being all of the lenders (both revolving and term, the
"Lenders") to Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation (the "Company") under the
1997 Revolving Credit Agreement (the "Revolving Credit Agreement") , dated as of
February  26,  1997,  as amended  from time to time,  among the  Company and the
Lenders and the 1997 Term Credit Agreement (the "Term Credit Agreement"),  dated
as of February  26, 1997,  as amended  from time to time,  among the Company and
certain of the Lenders,  hereby  consent  under  Section  4.16 of the  Revolving
Credit  Agreement and Section 5.16 of the Term Credit Agreement that the Company
may  prepay  on or  about  March  16,  1998  $15,000,000  of the  11.25%  Senior
Subordinated  Notes due 2004,  together  with accrued  interest  and  prepayment
amounts due in connection with such prepayment.

         This  CONSENT TO  PREPAYMENT  OF  SUBORDINATED  DEBT is effective as of
February 26, 1998.



                                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA


                                      By
                                         /s/ James P. Bonham
                                         James P. Bonham

                                      Its Vice President
                                




                                       1
                                    - 434 -
<PAGE>






                                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK
                                      WAHOO,  NEBRASKA


                                      By /s/ Elizabeth Rezac
                                         --------------------------
                                         Elizabeth Rezac
                                        

                                      Its 2nd Vice President
                                         ------------------------------

                                       2
                                    - 435 -
<PAGE>








                                      NBD BANK


                                      By /s/ Nathan L. Bloch
                                        -------------------------------
                                         Nathan L. Bloch

                                      Its First Vice President
                                         ------------------------------


                                       3
                                    - 436 -
<PAGE>






                                      NORWEST BANK
                                      NEBRASKA, N.A.


                                      By /s/ Kevin Munro
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Kevin Munro

                                      Its Vice President
                                         ------------------------------

                                       4
                                    - 437 -

<PAGE>









                                      THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                      By /s/ Michael F. Murphy
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Michael F. Murphy
                                      
                                        Its Vice President and Manager
                                         ------------------------------

                                       5
                                    - 438 -

<PAGE>











                                      MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.


                                      By /s/ Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.
                          
                                      Its  Vice President
                                         ------------------------------

                                       6
                                    - 439 -

<PAGE>






                                      FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                      By/s/ Beth Morgan
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Beth Morgan

                                      Its Vice President
                                         ------------------------------

                                       7
                                    - 440 -

<PAGE>






                                      BANK OF MONTREAL


                                      By
                                        -------------------------------

                                      Its
                                         ------------------------------

                                       8
                                    - 441 -
<PAGE>





                                      LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, 
                                      a national banking association


                                      By /s/ Tom Harmon
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Tom Harmon
                                      Its Assistant Vice President
                                         ------------------------------

                                       9
                                    - 442 -

<PAGE>








                                      NATIONSBANK, N.A (successor in interest to
                                      The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis)


                                      By /s/ Roger Bettlach
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Roger Bettlach
                              
                                      Its Assistant Vice President
                                         ------------------------------

                                       10
                                    - 443 -



               THIRD AMENDMENT TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS THIRD  AMENDMENT to 1997  REVOLVING  CREDIT  AGREEMENT (the "Third
Amendment")  is  intended  to  amend  the  terms of the  1997  Revolving  Credit
Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  dated as of  February  26,  1997,  as  previously
amended,  among DATA TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION;  FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
OMAHA;  FIRST NATIONAL  BANK,  WAHOO,  NEBRASKA;  NBD BANK,  N.A.;  NORWEST BANK
NEBRASKA, N.A.; THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED;  MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.;
FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION;  BANK OF MONTREAL;  LASALLE NATIONAL BANK; and
NATIONSBANK,  N.A.  (successor to THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK OF ST. LOUIS). All
terms and  conditions  of the  Agreement  shall  remain in full force and effect
except as expressly amended herein.  All capitalized terms herein shall have the
meanings prescribed in the Agreement. The Agreement shall be amended as follows:

         The parties hereby  acknowledge that,  effective as of the date hereof,
$16,000,000  of the revolving  credit  facility  available to Borrower under the
Agreement  shall be advanced to Borrower  for the purpose of  prepaying  certain
subordinated debt and such advance shall be immediately converted to a term loan
in accordance with Section 2.4 of the Agreement.  Notwithstanding Section 2.5 of
the  Agreement,  such loan  shall  bear  interest  at the fixed rate of 7.5% per
annum.  In Section 2.1 of the Agreement,  the reference to the maximum amount of
revolving  credit  available to be advanced shall be reduced from $33,000,000 to
$17,000,000,  and the references to each Bank's  maximum  advance limit shall be
reduced  accordingly  on a pro rata  basis,  as shown on  Exhibit  A. No further
increases in the Base Revolving  Credit Facility are available to be implemented
under Section 2.1 of the Agreement.

         In   connection   with   this   Third   Amendment   the   Borrower   is
contemporaneously executing and delivering to the Banks Converted Notes dated as
of the date  hereof  in the  respective  principal  amounts  shown on  Exhibit A
hereto.  This Third Amendment shall not affect and there remain outstanding from
the Borrower to the Banks, the Existing Term Notes and the Related Bank Debt.

         This Third Amendment may be executed in several  counterparts  and such
counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         Except as expressly  agreed  herein,  all terms of the Agreement  shall
remain in full force and effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed this THIRD AMENDMENT
TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of March 16, 1998.

                                       1
                                    - 444 -
<PAGE>


                                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION



                                      By /s/ Brian L. Larson
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Title:Vice President, CFO & Secretary

                                       2
                                    - 445 -
<PAGE>

                                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA



                                      By /s/ James P. Bonham
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Title:Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       3
                                    - 446 -
<PAGE>





                                      THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                      By /s/ Michael F. Murphy
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Title:Vice President and Manager


                                      By /s/ Teresa A. Lekich
                                        -------------------------------  
                                        Title:Vice President







NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       4
                                    - 447 -
<PAGE>



                                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                                      NEBRASKA



                                      By /s/ Elizabeth Rezac
                                        ------------------------------
                                        Title Second Vice President




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       5
                                    - 448 -
<PAGE>





                                      NBD BANK


                                      By Nathan L. Bloch
                                        ----------------------------- 
                                        Title:First Vice President





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       6
                                    - 449 -
<PAGE>




                                      NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.




                                      By /s/ Kevin Munro
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       7
                                    - 450 -
<PAGE>





                                      LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national
                                      banking association




                                      By /s/ Tom Harmon
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Title:Assistant Vice President





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       8
                                    - 451 -
<PAGE>






                                      MERCANTILE BANK OF
                                      ST. LOUIS, N.A.


                                      By Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       9
                                    - 452 -
<PAGE>





                                      FIRST BANK, NATIONAL
                                      ASSOCIATION


                                      By /s/ Beth Morgan
                                        ----------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       10
                                    - 453 -
<PAGE>




                              NATIONSBANK,   N.A.  (successor  in  interest  to
                              THE BOATMEN'S NATIONAL BANK
                              OF ST. LOUIS



                              By /s/ Roger Bettlach
                                ---------------------------------------
                                Title: Assistant Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                              INITIALED:


                              Borrower

                                       11
                                    - 454 -
<PAGE>




                                      BANK OF MONTREAL, a Canadian bank




                                      By /s/ Kevin Cullen
                                        ---------------------------------
               `                        Title: Associate






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       12
                                    - 455 -
<PAGE>



                                    Exhibit A
                                       to
                               THIRD AMENDMENT TO
                         1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


            Maximum Amount
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Current Revolving                Available Under
    Bank            Pro Rata %                 Revolving Facility             Revolving Facility*
<S>                 <C>                        <C>                               <C>        
FNB-O               20.7%                      $ 6,831,000                       $ 3,519,000
FNB-W                 .5%                          165,000                            85,000
NBD                 11.9%                        3,927,000                         2,023,000
Norwest              4.8 %                       1,584,000                           816,000
LaSalle             19.9%                        6,567,000                         3,383,000
Sumitomo            10.0%                        3,300,000                         1,700,000
Mercantile          10.3%                        3,399,000                         1,751,000
Montreal            11.6%                        3,828,000                         1,972,000
First Bank          10.3%                        3,399,000                         1,751,000
                                               ---------------------------------------------

                                               $33,000,000                       $17,000,000



*Includes current amounts, if any,  outstanding after Conversion

                                       13
                                    - 456 -
</TABLE>



               FOURTH AMENDMENT TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS FOURTH  AMENDMENT to 1997 REVOLVING  CREDIT AGREEMENT (the "Fourth
Amendment")  is  intended  to  amend  the  terms of the  1997  Revolving  Credit
Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  dated as of  February  26,  1997,  as  previously
amended,  among DATA TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION;  FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
OMAHA;  FIRST NATIONAL  BANK,  WAHOO,  NEBRASKA;  NBD BANK,  N.A.;  NORWEST BANK
NEBRASKA, N.A.; THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED;  MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.;
U.S.  BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  (formerly  known  as  First  Bank,  National
Association);  BANK OF MONTREAL;  LASALLE NATIONAL BANK; and  NATIONSBANK,  N.A.
(successor  to  THE  BOATMEN'S  NATIONAL  BANK  OF ST.  LOUIS).  All  terms  and
conditions  of the  Agreement  shall  remain in full force and effect  except as
expressly  amended herein.  All capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings
prescribed in the Agreement. The Agreement shall be amended as follows:

     1.  The definitions in Article I of the Agreement are amended as follows:

     Lenders:   FNB-O,  FNB-W, NBD,  Norwest,  LaSalle,  Mercantile,  U.S. Bank,
                Montreal and Nationsbank, in their capacity as Revolving Lenders
                under this Agreement,  the Term Lenders,  lenders of the Related
                Bank Debt,  Nationsbank,  as  successor in interest to Boatmen's
                (as to Articles VI and VII and as to Section 8.6 only), and such
                additional  lenders as may be added  hereto or thereto from time
                to time.

     Revolving  FNB-O,  FNB-W, NBD,  Norwest,  LaSalle,  Mercantile,  U.S. Bank,
     Lenders:   Montreal and Nationsbank,  and such additional Revolving Lenders
                as may be added as Revolving  Lenders  under  Section 2.1 hereto
                from time to time by mutual written agreement of the parties.

     2.  The  following  shall be added to the  definitions  in Article I of the
         Agreement:
     

     Nationsbank:  Nationsbank, N.A., a national banking association,  having an
                   office at 800 Market Street, 12th Floor, St. Louis,  Missouri
                   63101-2506, and its successors and assigns.

     U.S Bank:  U.S.  Bank,  formerly  known as First Bank,  a national  banking
                association having its principal place of business at 13th and M
                Streets,   Lincoln,  Nebraska  68508,  and  its  successors  and
                assigns.

                                       1
                                    - 457 -
<PAGE>

     3.  Section 2.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

         2.1 Revolving  Credit.  Until the earlier of June 30, 2000, or the date
         on which the loan  hereunder is converted to a term loan in  accordance
         with Section  2.4, the  Revolving  Lenders  severally  agree to advance
         funds for general  corporate  purposes not to exceed  $65,000,000  (the
         "Base Revolving Credit Facility") to the Borrower on a revolving credit
         basis (amounts  outstanding under the Acquisition Notes,  Existing Term
         Notes and  Related  Bank Debt  shall not be counted  against  such Base
         Revolving Credit Facility limit).  Such Advances shall be made on a pro
         rata basis by the Revolving  Lenders,  based on the  following  maximum
         advance limits and applicable  percentages  for each Revolving  Lender:
         (i) as to  FNB-O,  $13,000,000  (20.0%);  (ii)  as to  FNB-W,  $325,000
         (.50%);  (iii)  as to  NBD,  $2,015,000  (3.1%);  (iv)  as to  Norwest,
         $6,500,000 (10.0%); (v) as to LaSalle,  $8,320,000 (12.8%);  (vi) as to
         Nationsbank,  $8,515,000 (13.1%);  (vii) as to Mercantile,  $11,245,000
         (17.3%),  (viii) as to U.S. Bank,  $8,515,000  (13.1%);  and (ix) as to
         Montreal, $6,565,000 (10.1%). The Borrower shall not be entitled to any
         Advance  hereunder if, after the making of such  Advance,  the Leverage
         Ratio  would  exceed  thirty-six  (36),  determined  at the time of the
         Advance.  Nor shall the  Borrower be  entitled to any further  Advances
         hereunder  after the  occurrence  of a material  adverse  change in its
         management  personnel,  as described in Section  4.14(b),  or after the
         occurrence  of any  Event of  Default  with  respect  to the  Borrower.
         Advances shall be made, on the terms and conditions of this  Agreement,
         upon the Borrower's request. Requests shall be made by 12:00 noon Omaha
         time on the  Business Day prior to the  requested  date of the Advance.
         Requests  shall  be  made  by   presentation  to  FNB-O  of  a  drawing
         certificate in the form of Exhibit B. The Borrower's obligation to make
         payments of principal  and interest on the foregoing  revolving  credit
         indebtedness shall be further evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes.

     4.  Section 2.5 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

         2.5 Interest on  Converted  Notes.  After  Conversion,  interest  shall
         accrue on the  Principal  Loan  Amount  outstanding  on the  respective
         Converted  Note  from  time to time at a  variable  rate,  which  shall
         fluctuate on a monthly  basis,  which is equal to the Revolving  Credit
         Rate plus one quarter of one percent (.25%).  For purposes of computing
         such variable rate,  changes in the Base Rate shall be effective on the
         first day of each  month  based on the Base Rate in effect on such day.
         Notwithstanding  anything  in  the  foregoing  to the  contrary,  after
         Conversion,  the Borrower may elect to have a fixed interest rate apply
         to the  outstanding  Principal  Loan Amount  converted and  outstanding
         after the date of giving notice of such fixed rate election (the "Fixed
         Rate Notice"). Such fixed rate shall be the greater of:

         (a)    the Revolving  Credit Rate in effect on the date of the notice1,
                plus three-eighths of one percent (.375%), or

         (b)    the average of the yields on constant  maturity  Treasury  Bonds
                with maturities of three (3) years and five (5) years, as quoted
                in the  immediately  preceding  monthly  Release  for the  month
                preceding such Release,  plus the incremental  percentage  shown
                below:

                                Leverage Ratio1            Incremental %

                                Greater than 36               2.25%

                                Greater than 24 but
                                not in excess of 36           2.00%

                                24 or less                    1.75%

                                       2
                                    - 458 -
<PAGE>

     Any  election  of  a  fixed  rate  by  the  Borrower  shall  be  final  and
     irrevocable.  Interest  shall  be due  each  month  concurrently  with  the
     Borrower's  principal  payment.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary
     elsewhere  herein,  after an Event of Default has occurred  interest  shall
     accrue on the entire  outstanding  balance of principal and interest on all
     indebtedness hereunder at a fluctuating rate equal to the Default Rate. All
     interest due under this  Agreement  shall be calculated on the basis of the
     actual  number of days  outstanding  and a  360-day  year.  Interest  shall
     continue to accrue on the full unpaid balance of all indebtedness hereunder
     notwithstanding  any  permitted or  unpermitted  failure of the Borrower to
     make a scheduled  payment or the fact that a scheduled payment day falls on
     a day other than a Business Day. If the  Borrower's  most recent  Quarterly
     Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the end of the prior quarter, the
     Leverage  Ratio was at such date more than  thirty-six  (36),  the  current
     quarter  shall be deemed a  "Restricted  Quarter."  If,  any time  during a
     Restricted Quarter  (including,  without  limitation,  during any period in
     such quarter  prior to delivery of the Quarterly  Compliance  Certificate),
     the interest rate  accruing on any Existing Term Note or Converted  Note is
     less than seven and one-half  percent  (7.50%) per annum, a "Trigger Event"
     shall be deemed to have  occurred.  Upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event,
     the  Borrower   shall  be  obligated  to  pay  the  following   fees:   (i)
     three-eighths of one percent (.375%) of the outstanding  principal  balance
     as of the date  preceding  the Trigger  Event of each Existing Term Note or
     Converted  Note which  accrues  interest  at less than  seven and  one-half
     percent  (7.50%) per annum,  which  amount shall be payable  promptly  upon
     invoicing by FNB-O; (ii) the same amount as computed in clause (i), payable
     on the six (6) month  anniversary of the Trigger Event;  and (iii) the same
     amount  as  computed  in clause  (i),  payable  on the  twelve  (12)  month
     anniversary of the Trigger Event.


- -----------------

1 Determined  based on the Leverage Ratio  calculated on the Total  Indebtedness
and Operating  Cash Flow as ofthe last day of the preceding  month,  adjusted to
show  any  increases  in teh  Leverage  Ratio as a result  of  additional  Total
Indebtedness   incurred  (reduced  by  any  principal  payments  on  such  Total
Indebtedness)  during the quarter in which the rate is being fixed as  described
above.

                                      3
                                    - 459 -
<PAGE>

     5.  Section 4.4 (a) is hereby amended to read as follows:

         (a)    The Borrower  shall not at any time permit the Leverage Ratio to
                exceed forty-eight (48).

                                    
     6.  Section 4.19 is hereby amended to read as follows:

         4.19 Capital  Expenditures.  The Borrower shall not incur in any fiscal
         year,  commencing  with the  fiscal  year  beginning  January  1, 1998,
         capital expenditures,  determined in accordance with generally accepted
         accounting principles, of more than $2,000,000; provided, however, that
         capital expenditures for (a) equipment to be used by Subscribers of the
         Borrower,  and (b)  telecommunication  equipment,  computer  equipment,
         software,  and software consulting shall not be counted for purposes of
         this annual limitation.

     7.  Section 4.20 is hereby amended to read as follows:
                
         4.20  Acquisitions.  The  Borrower  shall not  acquire any stock or any
         equity interest in, or warrants therefor or securities convertible into
         the same, or a  substantial  portion of the assets of,  another  entity
         without the prior written consent of the Revolving  Lenders;  provided,
         however,  that the Borrower  shall be permitted to make on a cumulative
         basis from and after July 1, 1998,  such  acquisitions in an amount not
         to exceed Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) in the aggregate without
         the consent of the Revolving Lenders if:

         (a)    such acquisitions are in or from entities which:

         (i)    are   in   the   business   of   electronically    communicating
                time-sensitive information to subscribers;

         (ii)   have their  principal  place of business in the United States or
                Canada; and

         (iii)  have a  positive  operating  cash flow,  calculated  in the same
                method as is used to calculate  the  Borrower's  Operating  Cash
                Flow for purposes of this Agreement; and

         (b)    the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  is not, and  immediately  after
                making  such  acquisition,  will  not be in  default  under  any
                covenant or provisions  of this  Agreement  (including,  without
                limitation,  the covenants and provisions  pertaining to minimum
                net worth and limitations on indebtedness); and

         (c)    no one acquisition exceeds Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

                                       4
                                    - 460 -
<PAGE>


     8.  Exhibits A, B and C are hereby amended to read as shown on the attached
         Exhibits A, B and C to this Fourth Amendment.

     9.  All  references to June 30, 1999, in the Agreement  shall be amended to
         read June 30, 2000.

     10. Effective as of May 15, 1998, the Borrower shall issue new Notes in the
         form  specified in Exhibit A hereto to the Revolving  Lenders.  On such
         date,  the  Revolving  Lenders  shall  either lend,  or be repaid,  the
         principal  amounts  shown on  Exhibit D hereof,  so that the  principal
         amounts  outstanding on the Base Revolving  Credit  Facility will match
         the percentages  shown for each Revolving  Lender in Section 2.1 of the
         Agreement as amended by this Fourth Amendment. Upon the delivery of the
         new Notes,  the existing  Revolving Credit Lenders will cancel and will
         return to the Borrower the existing  Revolving Credit Notes.  Effective
         as of May 15,  1998,  The  Sumitomo  Bank,  Limited  will cease to be a
         Revolving  Lender.  On such  date,  the  Borrower  shall  repay  to The
         Sumitomo Bank,  Limited the principal  amount shown on Exhibit D hereto
         and shall pay all accrued  interest and any other  amounts then due and
         payable to The  Sumitomo  Bank,  Limited.  Upon receipt of such amounts
         from or on behalf of the  Borrower,  The  Sumitomo  Bank,  Limited will
         cancel and return to the Borrower its Revolving Credit Note.

     11. In   connection   with  this   Fourth   Amendment   the   Borrower   is
         contemporaneously  executing and  delivering to the Banks revised Notes
         dated as of the date hereof in the respective  principal  amounts shown
         in Section 3 above.

     12. This Fourth  Amendment  shall not affect and there  remain  outstanding
         from the Borrower to the Banks, the Existing Term Notes and the Related
         Bank Debt.

     13. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in several  counterparts and such
         counterparts  together shall  constitute  one and the same  instrument.
         
         Except as expressly  agreed  herein,  all terms of the Agreement  shall
         remain in full force and effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this FOURTH AMENDMENT
TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 15, 1998.



                                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION



                                      By /s/ Brian L. Larson
                                        ----------------------------------
                                         Brian L. Larson
                    
                                        Title: Vice President, Secretary &
                                         Treasurer


                                       5
                                    - 461 -
<PAGE>




                                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA



                                      By /s/ James P. Bonham
                                        -------------------------------
                                        James P. Bonham

                                        Title: Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       6
                                    - 462 -
<PAGE>




                                      THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                      By /s/ Brian M. Smith
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Brian M. Smith
                    
                                        Title: Sr. Vice President 






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       7
                                    - 463 -
<PAGE>






                                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                                      NEBRASKA



                                      By /s/ Elizabeth Rezac
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Elizabeth Rezac
          
                                        Title: Second Vice President








NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       8
                                    - 464 -
<PAGE>




                                      NBD BANK


                                      By
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Title:










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       9
                                    - 465 -
<PAGE>




                                      NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.




                                      By /s/ Kevin Munro
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Kevin Munro
          
                                        Title: Vice President












NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       10
                                    - 466 -
<PAGE>




                                      LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national
                                      banking association




                                      By /s/ Tom Harmon
                                        ------------------------------- 
                                        Tom Harmon
                                                
                                        Title: Assistant Vice President










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       11
                                    - 467 -
<PAGE>





                                      MERCANTILE BANK OF
                                      ST. LOUIS, N.A.


                                      By /s/ Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.

                                        Title: Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower



                                       12
                                    - 468 -
<PAGE>




                                      U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                      By /s/ Beth Morgan
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Beth Morgan

                                        Title: Vice President










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower



                                       13
                                    - 469 -
<PAGE>



                                      NATIONSBANK, N.A.



                                      By
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Title:










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower



                                       14
                                    - 470 -
<PAGE>



                                      BANK OF MONTREAL,
                                      Chicago Branch




                                      By /s/ W. T. Calder
                                        -------------------------------
                                        W. T. Calder
                                             
                                        Title:  Director










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       15
                                    - 471 -
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A



                       TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                               NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       AND
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK




                                  FORM OF NOTES


                                       16
                                    - 472 -
<PAGE>



SECURED BUSINESS PROMISSORY NOTE


Omaha, Nebraska                       $
                      , 19                                     June 30, 2000
- -----------------         ----                               ------------------
(Note Date)                                                   (Maturity Date)


                              REVOLVING NOTE TERMS

     On or before June 30, 2000, DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION ("Maker")
promises to pay to the order of [REVOLVING  LENDER] ("Lender") the principal sum
hereof,  which  shall be the  lesser  of                    Dollars,  or so much
thereof as may have been advanced by Lender,  either directly under this Note or
as an  advance  pursuant  to the 1997  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated as of
February 26, 1997,  as amended from time to time (the  "Agreement")  among Maker
and Lender, First National Bank of Omaha, First National Bank, Wahoo,  Nebraska,
NBD Bank, Norwest Bank Nebraska, N.A., LaSalle National Bank, Nationsbank, N.A.,
Mercantile Bank of St. Louis,  N.A., Bank of Montreal,  and U.S. Bank,  National
Association  (collectively,  the "Lenders").  All capitalized  terms not defined
herein shall have their respective meanings as set forth in the Agreement.

     Interest  shall accrue on the  principal  sum hereof from and including the
Note Date above to the earlier of the  Maturity  Date or the date of  Conversion
(as such term is defined hereafter) at a variable rate, which shall fluctuate on
a monthly  basis,  equal to the rate announced from time to time by FNB-O as its
"National  Base Rate" minus a margin as  determined  below.  The margin shall be
adjusted quarterly after receipt of Maker's Quarterly Compliance Certificate (as
defined in the Agreement),  commencing with the Quarterly Compliance Certificate
for the quarter ended June 30, 1998.  Adjustments  shall be  retroactive  to the
beginning of the current quarter.

         (a) If the Quarterly  Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the end
     of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage  Ratio was greater than 42, the margin
     for the current  quarter  (meaning the quarter in which the  certificate is
     required to be delivered) shall be .25%.

         (b) If the Quarterly  Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the end
     of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was greater than 36 but equal to
     or less than 42, the margin for the current quarter shall be .50%.

         (c) If the Quarterly  Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the end
     of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was greater than 30 but equal to
     or less than 36, the margin for the current quarter shall be .75%.


                                       17
                                    - 473 -
<PAGE>

         (d) If the Quarterly  Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the end
     of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was greater than 24 but equal to
     or less than 30, the margin for the current quarter shall be 1.00%.

         (e) If the Quarterly  Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the end
     of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was greater than 18 but equal to
     or less than 24, the margin for the current quarter shall be 1.25%.

         (f) If the Quarterly  Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the end
     of the prior quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was equal to or less than 18, the
     margin for the current quarter shall be 1.375%.

The Base Rate minus the  applicable  margin as determined  above is  hereinafter
referred to as the  "Revolving  Credit Rate."  Changes in the Base Rate shall be
effective on the first day of each month, based on the Base Rate in effect as of
such day.  Interest  shall be due upon the  rendering  of each  monthly  invoice
therefor by FNB-O.


                                 TERM NOTE TERMS

     Upon the earlier of: (i) June 30, 2000;  or (ii) Maker's  giving  notice of
its election to convert the revolving credit loan evidenced by this Note, or any
portion  thereof,  to a term  loan,  the  revolving  loan  referenced  above (or
applicable  portion  thereof)  shall be  deemed  converted  to a term  loan (the
"Conversion").  Any such term loan shall be evidenced  by notes (the  "Converted
Notes") separate from the initial  Revolving Credit Notes.  Upon the issuance of
Converted Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility shall be reduced by the principal
amount of such  Converted  Notes and no  further  Advances  shall be made by the
Revolving  Lenders  on the  converted  amount.  The then  outstanding  principal
hereunder  shall become due and payable in  forty-eight  equal  installments  of
principal,  with the  first  such  installment  due on the last day of the month
following  Conversion,  or,  if such  day is not a  Business  Day,  on the  next
succeeding  Business Day,  subsequent  installments  due on the last day of each
consecutive  month  thereafter.  In any  event,  the total  amount of all unpaid
principal and accrued interest  hereunder shall be due and payable no later than
June 30, 2004.

     After Conversion,  interest shall accrue on the principal  outstanding from
time to time at a variable rate, which shall fluctuate on a monthly basis, which
is equal to the Revolving  Credit Rate plus .25%. For purposes of computing such
variable  rate,  changes in the Base Rate shall be effective on the first day of
each  month  based on the  Base  Rate in  effect  on such  day.  Notwithstanding
anything in the foregoing to the contrary, after Conversion,  Maker may elect to
have a fixed  interest  rate  apply to the  outstanding  Principal  Loan  Amount
converted  and  outstanding  after the date of giving  notice of such fixed rate
election  (the  "Fixed  Rate  Notice").  Such  fixed  rate shall be equal to the
greater of:

                                       18
                                    - 474 -


<PAGE>

         (a) the  Revolving  Credit  Rate in effect on the date of the  notice2,
     plus .375%, or

         (b) the average of the yields on constant  maturity Treasury Bonds with
     maturities  of three  years and five  years,  as quoted in the  immediately
     preceding monthly Federal Reserve  Statistical Release (the "Release") plus
     the following  incremental  percentage  determined  based upon the Leverage
     Ratio3:  (x) if the  Leverage  Ratio is greater  than 36,  the  incremental
     percentage shall be 2.25%; (y) if the Leverage Ratio is greater than 24 but
     not in excess of 36, the incremental  percentage shall be 2.00%; and (z) if
     the Leverage  Ratio is 24 or less,  the  incremental  percentage  should be
     1.75%;


Any election of a fixed rate by Maker shall be final and  irrevocable.  Interest
shall  be due  each  month  concurrently  with the  Maker's  principal  payment.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  elsewhere  herein,  after an Event of
Default has occurred interest shall accrue on the entire outstanding  balance of
principal and interest at a fluctuating rate equal to the Default Rate. Interest
shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days  outstanding and a
360-day  year.  Interest  shall  continue to accrue on the full  unpaid  balance
hereunder  notwithstanding any permitted or unpermitted failure of Maker to make
a  scheduled  payment or the fact that a  scheduled  payment  day falls on a day
other  than  a  Business  Day.  If  Maker's  most  recent  Quarterly  Compliance
Certificate  shows that, as of the end of the prior quarter,  the Leverage Ratio
was in  excess  of  thirty-six  (36),  the  current  quarter  shall be  deemed a
"Restricted  Quarter."  If, any time  during a  Restricted  Quarter  (including,
without  limitation,  during any period in such quarter prior to delivery of the
Quarterly  Compliance  Certificate),  the interest rate accruing on any Existing
Term Note (as defined in the Agreement) or Converted Note is less than 7.50% per
annum, a "Trigger  Event" shall be deemed to have occurred.  Upon the occurrence
of a Trigger  Event,  Maker shall be obligated to pay the  following  fees:  (i)
 .375% of the outstanding  principal balance as of the date preceding the Trigger
Event of each  Existing Term Note or Converted  Note which  accrues  interest at
less than seven and  one-half  percent  (7.50%) per annum which  amount shall be
payable  promptly upon  invoicing by FNB-O;  (ii) the same amount as computed in
clause (i), payable on the six-month anniversary of the Trigger Event; and (iii)
the  same  amount  as  computed  in  clause  (i),  payable  on the  twelve-month
anniversary of the Trigger Event.

2 Determined  based on the Leverage Ratio  calculated on the Total  Indebtedness
and Operating Cash Flow as of the last day of the preceding  month,  adjusted to
show  any  increases  in the  Leverage  Ratio as a result  of  additional  Total
Indebtedness   incurred  (reduced  by  any  principal  payments  on  such  Total
Indebtedness)  during the quarter in which the rate is being fixed as  described
above .

  
                                       19
                                    - 475 -
<PAGE>

     Maker may at any time prepay in whole or in part the Principal  Loan Amount
outstanding  under this  Revolving  Credit Note or a Converted Note if the Maker
has given the  Revolving  Lenders at least two (2) business  days prior  written
notice of its intention to make such prepayment. Any such prepayment may be made
without penalty except for a Converted Note as to which interest is accrued at a
fixed  rate in  accordance  with  clause  (a) or (b)  above,  in  which  event a
prepayment  penalty shall be due to the Lender, at Lender's option,  either: (1)
the Make-Whole Premium due in respect of such prepayment;  or (2) the applicable
prepayment  fee as set  forth  below.  The  applicable  prepayment  fee  for any
Converted  Note shall be: (i) if the notice  electing  fixed  interest was given
within twelve (12) months of Conversion, the fee shall be 1.50% of the amount of
such  prepayment;  (ii) if the notice  electing  fixed  interest was given after
twelve  (12)  months  of  Conversion,  but  within  twenty-four  (24)  months of
Conversion, the fee shall be .75% of the amount of such prepayment; and (iii) if
the notice  electing  fixed interest was given after twenty- four (24) months of
Conversion,  but within  thirty-six (36) months of Conversion,  the fee shall be
 .30% of the amount of such prepayment.

                                  GENERAL TERMS

     Payment of this Note and the performance of Maker's  obligations  under the
Agreement  ("Obligations")  are secured by a security  interest granted to First
National Bank of Omaha, as agent for the Lenders and others ("Agent"), under the
Security Agreement in:

         All of Maker's accounts, accounts receivable, chattel paper, documents,
         instruments, goods, inventory, equipment, general intangibles, contract
         rights,  all rights of Maker in deposits and advance  payments  made to
         Maker by its customers and  Subscribers,  accounts due from advertisers
         and all  ownership,  proprietary,  copyright,  trade  secret  and other
         intellectual   property  rights  in  and  to  computer   software  (and
         specifically  including,  without  limitation,  all such  rights in DTN
         transmission  computer  software used in the provision of the Basic DTN
         Subscription Service and Farm Dayta Service to Maker's Subscribers) and
         all  documentation,  source code,  information  and works of authorship
         pertaining  thereto,  all  now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  and all
         proceeds and products thereof; and


     such  additional  collateral  as is  more  specifically  described  in  the
Security Agreement.

     Maker's liability under its Obligations shall not be affected by any of the
following:

     Acceptance  or retention by Lender or Agent of other  property or interests
     as security for the  Obligations,  or for the liability of any person other
     than a Maker with respect to the Obligations;

     The release of all or any of the  Collateral  or other  security for any of
     the Obligations to any Maker;

                                       20
                                    - 476 -


<PAGE>

     Any release, extension,  renewal,  modification or compromise of any of the
Obligations or the liability of any obligor thereon; or

     Failure by Lender or Agent to resort to other security or any person liable
for any of the Obligations before resorting to the Collateral.

     Neither  Lender  nor Agent is  required  to take any action  whatsoever  in
respect of the Collateral. Impairment or destruction of the Collateral shall not
release Maker of its liability hereunder.

         Maker represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

         Maker  is  authorized  to grant to  Agent a  security  interest  in the
         Collateral;

         This Note,  the  Agreement  and the Security  Agreement  have been duly
         authorized,  executed and delivered by the Maker and constitute  legal,
         valid and binding obligations of Maker;

         This Note evidences a loan for business or agricultural purposes; and

         Maker agrees to pay all costs of  collection  in  connection  with this
         Note, the Agreement and the Security  Agreement,  including  reasonable
         attorneys' fees and legal expenses.

     Upon the failure of Maker to make any payment of principal or interest when
due hereunder or the occurrence of any Event of Default,  all of the Obligations
shall,  at the option of Agent and without  notice or demand,  mature and become
immediately  due and  payable;  and Agent shall have all rights and remedies for
default provided by the Uniform Commercial Code, any other applicable law and/or
the Obligations.

     All costs and expenses  incurred by Lender or Agent in enforcing its rights
under  this  Note  or any  mortgage,  endorsement,  surety  agreement,  guaranty
relating  thereto  are the  obligation  of  Maker  and are  immediately  due and
payable.  Interest  shall  accrue on such  costs and  expenses  from the date of
incurrence at the rate  specified  herein for  delinquent  Note  payments.  Each
Maker,  endorser,  surety and  guarantor  hereby  waives  presentment,  protest,
demand, notice of dishonor, and the defense of any statute of limitations.

     Without  affecting  the  liability  of  any  Maker,  endorser,   surety  or
guarantor, the holder or Agent may, without notice, renew or extend the time for
payment,  accept  partial  payments,  release or impair any  Collateral or other
security for the payment of this Note or agree to sue any party liable on it.

     Neither  Lender nor Agent  shall be deemed to have waived any of its rights
upon or under this Note, or under any mortgage, endorsement, surety agreement or
guaranty,  unless such  waivers be in writing and signed by Lender or Agent,  as
the  case  may be.  No  delay or  omission  on the  part of  Lender  or Agent in
exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right.
A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any
right on any future  occasion.  All rights  and  remedies  of Lender or Agent on
liabilities  or  the  Collateral,  whether  evidenced  hereby  or by  any  other
instrument  or papers,  shall be cumulative  and may be exercised  singularly or
concurrently.

                                       21
                                    - 477 -
<PAGE>

     Maker,  if more than one, shall be jointly and severally  liable  hereunder
and all provisions  hereof  regarding the liabilities or security of Maker shall
apply to any liability or any security of any or all of them. This Note shall be
binding upon the heirs,  executors,  administrators,  assigns or  successors  of
Maker; shall constitute a continuing  agreement,  applying to all future as well
as existing  transactions,  whether or not of the character  contemplated at the
date of this Note, and if all transactions  between Lender and Maker shall be at
any time closed, shall be equally applicable to any new transactions thereafter,
provided that Lender's interest in the Collateral shall be limited to the extent
provided in the Security  Agreement;  shall benefit  Lender,  its successors and
assigns;  and  shall so  continue  in force  notwithstanding  any  change in any
partnership party hereto,  whether such change occurs through death,  retirement
or otherwise.

     All  obligations  of  Maker  hereunder  shall  be  payable  in  immediately
available funds in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal
office of First  National  Bank of Omaha in  Omaha,  Nebraska  or at such  other
address as may be designated by Bank in writing.

     This  Note  shall  be  construed  according  to the  laws of the  State  of
Nebraska.

     Unless the content  otherwise  requires,  all terms used  herein  which are
defined in the Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meanings therein stated.

     Any  provision of this Note which is  prohibited  or  unenforceable  in any
jurisdiction  shall,  as to such  jurisdiction,  be ineffective to the extent of
such  prohibition  or  unenforceability   without   invalidating  the  remaining
provisions  hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision
in any other jurisdiction.

         This Note is given in  substitution  of that certain  Secured  Business
Promissory  Note  dated  June 30,  1997,  in the  original  principal  amount of
$____________.  This Note shall not affect,  and there remains  outstanding from
the Maker to one or more of the Lenders the Related Bank Debt,  certain  Secured
Business Promissory Notes issued under the Term Agreement, and certain Converted
Notes, and all extensions, renewals, and substitutions of or for the foregoing.




         Executed as of this _____ day of _____________, _____.




                                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


                                      By:
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Title:


                                       22
                                    - 478 -


<PAGE>


    PROMISSORY NOTE SCHEDULE

                     Loan Advances and Payments of Principal

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


REVOLVING NOTE ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS:


                          Amount of                       Unpaid
            Amount      Principal Paid    Amount of     Principal   Notation
Date      of Advance     or Prepaid     Interest Paid    Balance     Made By
- ----      ----------    --------------  -------------   ---------   --------







                                       23
                                    - 479 -


<PAGE>


TERM NOTE:

Date of Conversion:

Amount Due at Date of Conversion:



    Fixed Rate Notice Date:                    Fixed Rate:           %


                       Amount of                      Unpaid
          Amount    Principal Paid    Amount of      Principal        Notation
Date    of Payment    or Prepaid    Interest Paid     Balance         Made By
- ----    ----------  --------------  -------------    ---------        --------

















                                       24
                                    - 480 -

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B



                       TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                               NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       AND
                             LASALLE NATIONAL BANK,




                               DRAWING CERTIFICATE



                                       25
                                    - 481 -
<PAGE>




                               DRAWING CERTIFICATE
                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION

To induce  the  First  National  Bank of  Omaha,  First  National  Bank,  Wahoo,
Nebraska,  NBD  Bank,  Norwest  Bank  Nebraska,  N.A.,  LaSalle  National  Bank,
Nationsbank,  N.A.,  Mercantile  Bank of St. Louis,  N.A.,  U.S. Bank,  National
Association,  and Bank of Montreal (the "Revolving  Lenders") to make an advance
under the 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of February
26, 1997,  between the undersigned (the  "Borrower"),  Nationsbank,  N.A. as the
successor in interest to The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis  ("Boatmen's),
and the Revolving  Lenders (as to Boatmen's and the Revolving  Lenders together,
(the  "Banks"),  the Borrower  hereby  certifies to the Banks that its Operating
Cash Flow (as defined in the Agreement) as represented below is true and correct
and that there is no default under the aforementioned Agreement, or on any other
liability of the Borrower to the Banks.

All information as of:  Date

a)  Maximum Revolving Credit Facility                               $

b)  Principal on Converted Notes,
    Acquisition Notes, Existing Term Notes,
    and Related Bank Debt Outstanding                               $

c)  Principal on Revolving Credit                                   $

d)  ADVANCE REQUEST                                                 $

e)  Total Proposed Bank Debt
    (line b + line c + line d, but                                  $ 
    not to exceed line a)

f)  Most recent month's operating cash flow                         $

g)  Prior month's operating cash flow                               $

h)  Operating Cash Flow
    (average of line f and line g)                                  $

i)  Total Indebtedness                                              $

j)  Leverage Ratio (line i divided by  line h), not to exceed
    36                                                              $

Name of Borrower:  Data Transmission Network Corporation
Signature:
Title:

                                       26
                                    - 482 -

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C



                       TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                               NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       AND
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK



                              OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE



                                       27
                                    - 483 -
<PAGE>


                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


First National Bank of Omaha                                    Date
Attn:  James Bonham                                                  ----------
16th & Dodge Streets
Omaha, Nebraska 68102

I certify that Data Transmission  Network  Corporation is in compliance with the
requirements set forth in the 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement (the  "Agreement")
dated as of February 26,  1997,  between  First  National  Bank of Omaha,  First
National Bank, Wahoo, Nebraska,  NBD Bank, Norwest Bank Nebraska,  N.A., LaSalle
National Bank, Nationsbank, N.A., Mercantile Bank of St. Louis, N.A., U.S. Bank,
National Association, and Data Transmission Network Corporation.

The  following  calculations  are as of _____  (statement  date) as  required by
Section 4.1(d) of said Agreement:
 
Evaluations:

Total Indebtedness (TI):

Operating Cash Flow:      most recent month                 previous month
                          ending                            ending
                         ------------------               ------------------
    Net Income (loss)
                          ----------                        ----------    
    Interest Expense
                          ----------                        ----------
    Depreciation
                          ----------                        ----------
    Amortization
                          ----------                        ----------
    Deferred Income
     Taxes                ----------                        ----------

    Non-Ordinary
     Non-Cash
     Charges (Credits)
                          ----------                        ----------

    Total               a)                                b)
                          ----------                        ----------

    Operating Cash Flow = OCF = (a+b)/2 =
                                          ---------

Leverage Ratio (TI/OCF):

Section 2.3

         Pricing:  If the  Leverage  Ratio is greater than 42 then the margin is
                   .25%.  If the Leverage  Ratio is greater than 36 but equal to
                   or less  than 42 then the  margin  is .50%.  If the  Leverage
                   Ratio is  greater  than 30 but  equal to or less than 36 then
                   the margin is .75%. If the Leverage  Ratio is greater than 24
                   but equal to or less than 30 then the margin is 1.00%. If the
                   Leverage  Ratio is greater  than 18 but equal to or less than
                   24 then the margin is 1.25%.  If the Leverage  Ratio is equal
                   to or less than 18 then the margin is 1.375%.

         Position: The Revolving Credit Rate is the Base Rate minus _________

                                       28
                                     - 484 -

<PAGE>

Section 2.5

         Trigger   Fee: If the  Leverage  Ratio is more than 36, then a one time
                   fee,  paid  in  three   installments  of  3/8%  of  the  then
                   outstanding  principal balances,  on any of the Existing Term
                   Notes,  Acquisition  Notes or  Converted  Notes which have an
                   interest rate less than 7.5% per annum is due.

         Position: A Trigger Event has/has not occurred.


Section 4.3

         Net Worth:A  minimum  Net Worth  (exclusive  of  subordinated  debt) of
                   $23,500,000  plus fifty  percent (50%) of the net income (but
                   not losses) of the Borrower for each fiscal year,  commencing
                   with the fiscal  year  beginning  January 1, 1997;  provided,
                   however,  solely for purposes of determining  compliance with
                   the  provisions  of this Section  5.3,  "Net Worth" shall not
                   include any subordinated debt.

                   Minimum  Net  Worth  (exclusive  of  subordinated   debt)=  
                   $23,500,000.

                   Net Income                 Year ending         Addition (50%)

                   $____________                12/31/97          $___________
Total Minimum Net
   Worth                                                          $

Position:    Total Net Worth (exclusive of subordinated debt) = $_____________

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 4.3.

Section 4.4

         Indebtedness: At no time will the Leverage Ratio exceed 48

         Position: Leverage Ratio =


    Total
    Indebtedness
    plus
    subordinated
    debt plus
    guaranty
    contingencies
    (Adjusted
    Total
    Indebtedness or
    ATI):4        At no time will Adjusted Total Indebtedness  exceed 60 x OCF

                                       29
                                    - 485 -

<PAGE>

         Position: Adjusted  Total  Indebtedness  = $ (60 x OCF) - (ATI) = $ The
                   Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 4.4.
Section 4.7

         Distributions:  Neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  shall declare
                   any dividends  (other than dividends  payable in stock of the
                   Borrower or dividends or distributions  from any consolidated
                   Subsidiary) or make any cash  distribution  in respect of any
                   shares of its capital stock or warrants of its capital stock,
                   without the prior  written  consent of the Lenders;  provided
                   that the Borrower  need not obtain the Lenders'  consent with
                   respect  to  dividends  in any one (1) year  which are in the
                   aggregate  less  than  25% of the  Borrower's  Net  Operating
                   Profit  After Taxes in the  previous  four (4)  quarters,  as
                   reported to the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.1.

         Position: Net Operating Profit

                   After Taxes for
                   last four (4) quarters              =  ______________
                                                                  x  .25

                   Available for dividends
                   or distributions in the most
                   recent quarter plus the
                   prior three (3) quarters            =  ______________
                   Dividends and distributions
                   (excluding dividends payable
                   solely in stock of the Borrower and distributions
                   from consolidated  Subsidiaries) declared or paid
                   in the most recent quarter plus the prior three
                                                   (3) quarters       =
                                                   --------------

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 4.7.

Section 4.15

         Interest  The ratio of OCF to Interest Expense ("IE")at the
         Coverage: end of each quarter will not be less than 2.25 to 1.0 (225%).

         Position: OCF = $
                   IE  = $
                   OCF/IE =        %

                                       30
                                    - 486 -

<PAGE>


The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 4.15.

Section 4.19

         Capital   The Borrower shall not make capital  expenditures (other than
    Expenditures:  permitted  earning  assets  specified in Section 4.19) in any
                   fiscal  year,  commencing  with  the  fiscal  year  beginning
                   January 1, 1998, in excess of $2,000,000.

         Position: Capital  Expenditures  (other than  permitted  earning assets
                   specified in Section 4.19) this fiscal year = $_____________

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 4.19.


Section 4.20

     Acquisitions: The  Borrower  shall  not  make  acquisitions  which  in  the
                   aggregate  exceed  $20,000,000 and in any one instance exceed
                   $10,000,000 except certain permitted unlimited acquisitions.

     Position:     Acquisitions (other than permitted unlimited acquisitions) in
                   the aggregate since the date of the Agreement = _________.

                   Date         Amount                      Acquired Company

Permitted Unlimited Acquisition:
          Date         Amount       Acquired          Principal          Line
                                    Company           Place of            Of
                                                      Business         Business

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 4.20.


Additional Representations:

     There  have/have  not  been any  sale(s)  of  assets  which  would  require
     prepayment of the Notes under Section 4.2.

     There has/has not been:

         (i)    a Change of Control or a material  adverse  change in management
                personnel as defined in Section 4.14 of the Agreement;

         (ii)   a default under Section  6.1(j) or 6.1(l)  regarding a change in
                ownership or control of the Company; or.

         (iii)  an indemnity claim by Broadcast Partners under Section 6.1(m).


Name of Borrower:     Data Transmission Network Corporation

                      Signature:

Title:


                                       31
                                    - 487 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    EXHIBIT D

                                       TO

               FOURTH AMENDMENT TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


Lender       Current     Current       Revised      Revised         Adjustment5
                %      Outstanding %              Outstanding


<S>           <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>              <C>       
FNB-O         20.7       $931,500       20.0%      $900,000         ($ 31,500)

FNB-W           .5         22,500         .5         22,500           -------

NBD           11.9        535,500        3.1        139,500         ( 396,000)

Norwest        4.8        216,000       10.0        450,000           234,000

LaSalle       19.9        895,500       12.8        576,000         ( 319,500)

Nationsbank    0.0        ------        13.1        589,500           589,500

Sumitomo      10.0        450,000        0.0        ------          ( 450,000)

Mercantile    10.3        463,500       17.3        778,500           315,000

Montreal      11.6        522,000       10.1        454,500         (  67,500)

U.S. Bank     10.3        463,500       13.1        589,500           126,000
- ---------                 -------                   -------          --------

TOTALS                 $4,500,000                $4,500,000         $ -------




- --------
                                       32
                                    - 488 -
<FN>

3

4 This section need not be completed  unless Borrower has  subordinated  debt or
guaranty contingencies.

5 Plus interest through May 15, 1998
</FN>
</TABLE>


               FIFTH AMENDMENT TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS FIFTH  AMENDMENT to 1997  REVOLVING  CREDIT  AGREEMENT (the "Fifth
Amendment")  is  intended  to  amend  the  terms of the  1997  Revolving  Credit
Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  dated as of  February  26,  1997,  as  previously
amended,  among DATA TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION;  FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
OMAHA;  FIRST NATIONAL  BANK,  WAHOO,  NEBRASKA;  NBD BANK,  N.A.;  NORWEST BANK
NEBRASKA, N.A.; THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED;  MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.;
U.S.  BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  (formerly  known  as  First  Bank,  National
Association);  BANK OF MONTREAL;  LASALLE NATIONAL BANK; and  NATIONSBANK,  N.A.
(successor  to  THE  BOATMEN'S  NATIONAL  BANK  OF ST.  LOUIS).  All  terms  and
conditions  of the  Agreement  shall  remain in full force and effect  except as
expressly  amended herein.  All capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings
prescribed in the Agreement. The Agreement shall be amended as follows:

         1.    The  definitions  in Article I of the  Agreement  are  amended as
               follows:
   
               Revolving Credit Notes: The following  sentence is added to the
                                       end of such definition:
                                               
                                        Solely for  purposes  of Section  7.2 of
                                        this Agreement and any reference to such
                                        Section 7.2, the Revolving  Credit Notes
                                        shall  include the amounts,  if any, due
                                        to  (a)  FNB-O   and/or  the   Revolving
                                        Lenders   under  the  Letter  of  Credit
                                        Facility,  and (b) Norwest in connection
                                        with the Norwest Letters of Credit.


         2.    The following  shall be added to the  definitions in Article I of
               the Agreement:

               Base Revolving Credit
                                        Facility:   The  amount   specified   in
                                        Section  2.1 of  this  Agreement,  which
                                        shall  include  the  aggregate   amounts
                                        which   may  be   available   under  the
                                        Revolving  Credit  Notes and the  Lender
                                        Letter of Credit Facility.

               FNB-O Letter of Credit
                                        Facility:   An  amount   not  to  exceed
                                        $500,000  at any time  which  FNB-O  may
                                        elect in its  discretion  to  provide to
                                        the  Borrower  and  one or  more  of its
                                        Subsidiaries   under  Section  2.11  (a)
                                        hereof.

                                       1
                                    - 489 -
<PAGE>

                                            FNB-O Letter(s) of  Credit:Letter(s)
                                        of Credit  issued under the FNB-O Letter
                                        of Credit Facility.

               Lender Letter  of Credit
                                            Facility:   The   letter  of  credit
                                        facility  provided  for in Section  2.11
                                        (b) hereof.


                                            Lender    Letter(s)    of    Credit:
                                        Letter(s)  of  Credit  issued  under the
                                        Lender  Letter of Credit  Facility,  the
                                        outstanding  face  amount of which shall
                                        not exceed $1,000,000 at any time.

                                            Letter of Credit Facility:Either the
                                        FNB-O or the  Lender  Letter  of  Credit
                                        Facility or, if the context so requires,
                                        both such letter of credit facilities.

                                            Letter of Credit Fees: The Letter of
                                        Credit Fees  specified  in Section  2.11
                                        (d) of the Agreement.


                                            Letter(s)  of  Credit:   Either  the
                                        FNB-O  Letter(s) of Credit or the Lender
                                        Letter(s)  of Credit,  or if the context
                                        so requires,  both such types of letters
                                        of credit.

                                            Norwest    Letters   of   Credit:The
                                        letters of credit  indicated below which
                                        were  issued by Norwest  for the account
                                        of Kavouras,  Inc.: (a) letter of credit
                                        no.   S405712,    in   the   amount   of
                                        $132,954.00  with an expiration  date of
                                        August  15,  1998;  and  (b)  letter  of
                                        credit  no.  S405444,  in the  amount of
                                        $130,949.00  with an expiration  date of
                                        July 30, 1999; but not letters of credit
                                        issued in exchange,  renewal,  extension
                                        or substitution of such original letters
                                        of credit.
 
                                        2
                                     - 490 -
<PAGE>

         3.    The following shall be added as Section 2.11 of the Agreement:

               2.11 Letter of Credit  Facilities.  In order to  accommodate  the
needs of the  Borrower  or one or more of its  Subsidiaries,  from  time to time
FNB-O on its own  behalf  may,  or FNB-O as the Agent of the  Revolving  Lenders
under this Agreement  shall,  upon application of the Borrower and, if requested
by FNB-O the applicable  Subsidiary,  issue letters of credit on the terms,  and
upon satisfaction of the conditions, specified below:

                    (a)  FNB-O  Letter of  Credit  Facility.  FNB-O may elect to
               issue letters of credit solely on its own behalf ("FNB-O  Letters
               of Credit");  provided,  however, that at the time of issuance of
               such FNB-O Letters of Credit,  the aggregate  amount available to
               be drawn on Letters of Credit issued and  outstanding  under this
               FNB-O Letter of Credit  Facility shall not exceed  $500,000.  The
               issuance  of FNB-O  Letters  of  Credit  shall not cause the Base
               Revolving Credit Facility to be reduced.

                    (b) Lender Letter of Credit Facility.  Whenever FNB-O elects
               not to issue an FNB-O  Letter of Credit or the  aggregate  amount
               available to be drawn on FNB-O Letters of Credit exceeds, or upon
               the issuance of a new Letter of Credit will exceed, $500,000, the
               Agent on behalf of the Revolving Lenders shall issue from time to
               time  for  the  account  of the  Borrower  or one or  more of its
               Subsidiaries letters of credit in the name of First National Bank
               of Omaha but which are  designated  as Lender  Letters  of Credit
               (the "Lender Letters of Credit");  provided,  however,  the Agent
               shall  have no  obligation  to issue  any such  Lender  Letter of
               Credit unless at such time the Borrower  meets all the conditions
               for an Advance  under the Base  Revolving  Credit  Facility  and,
               after such issuance,  the aggregate face amount of Lender Letters
               of Credit  outstanding  will not exceed  $1,000,000  and will not
               exceed the then  available  Base Revolving  Credit  Facility,  as
               reduced  by the  outstanding  principal  amount of the  Converted
               Notes and the Revolving  Credit Notes, as more  specifically  set
               forth in this Agreement. The Revolving Lenders shall be obligated
               to  fund  pro  rata  according  to  their   respective  pro  rata
               percentages  shown in Section 2.1 of this  Agreement any draws on
               such Lender  Letters of Credit and shall be entitled to share pro
               rata in the  Letter  of  Credit  Fees and  reimbursement  amounts
               received in connection  with such Lender  Letters of Credit.  The
               sum of (i)  amounts  drawn  under such  Lender  Letters of Credit
               which  have not been  reimbursed  by the  Borrower,  and (ii) the
               amounts available to be drawn under outstanding Lender Letters of
               Credit shall operate to reduce the Base Revolving Credit Facility
               by such sum.

                    (c) Letter of Credit Documents,  Fees. Prior to the issuance
               by FNB-O of any Letters of Credit, the Borrower and, if requested
               by FNB-O, the applicable Subsidiary, shall execute and deliver to


                                       3
                                    - 491 -
<PAGE>

               FNB-O an application and continuing  letter of credit  agreement,
               such  agreements to be in the forms attached  hereto as Exhibit C
               to this Fifth  Amendment,  as such forms may be amended from time
               to time for  general  use in  connection  with  letters of credit
               issued by FNB-O.

                    (d) Letter of Credit Fees. In addition to all costs incurred
               by FNB-O in the issuance and enforcement of the Letters of Credit
               which are to be reimbursed by the Borrower in accordance with the
               application and continuing letter of credit agreement executed in
               connection with each Letter of Credit,  the Borrower shall pay to
               FNB-O (on its own  behalf as to FNB-O  Letters  of Credit  and as
               Agent as to Lender Letters of Credit) a letter of credit fee (the
               "Letter of Credit  Fee") equal to one  percent  (1%) per annum of
               the undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit,  such fee to be paid
               quarterly  in arrears  based on the  average  amount  outstanding
               during such quarter; provided,  however, that at any time that an
               Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and is  continuing  under  the
               Agreement,  such fee  shall be  equal  to five  percent  (5%) per
               annum).  Interest  shall accrue on amounts drawn under any Letter
               of Credit,  until such amount is reimbursed,  at the then current
               rate for amounts  outstanding  under the Revolving  Note and, for
               any  period  that such draw  remains  unreimbursed  more than two
               Business  Days after such draw, at the Default Rate. In addition,
               the Borrower shall pay such other  administrative fees, including
               a fee for opening the Letter of Credit,  as are agreed in writing
               between FNB-O and the Borrower. Amounts received by the Agent for
               opening a Lender Letter of Credit or as administrative fees other
               than the Letter of Credit  remain the  property  of the Agent and
               shall not be shared pro rata with the Revolving Lenders.

                    (e) Security.  Amounts due in connection with the Letters of
               Credit  and the  Norwest  Letters  of Credit  are  secured by the
               Collateral  pledged under the Security Agreement and any security
               agreement  given by a  Subsidiary  in favor  of the  Lenders.  In
               addition,  the Agent  shall have the right to require  additional
               collateral,  including  cash  collateral  equal  to  100%  of the
               aggregate of the amounts  available to be drawn under the Letters
               of Credit,  upon the  occurrence of an Event of Default under the
               Agreement.

         4. The Drawing Certificate attached to the Agreement as Exhibit B shall
be amended as shown on Exhibit B to this Fifth Amendment.

         5. This Fifth Amendment  shall not affect and there remain  outstanding
from the  Borrower to the Banks,  the  Existing  Term Notes and the Related Bank
Debt.

         6. This Fifth  Amendment  may be executed in several  counterparts  and
such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         Except as expressly  agreed  herein,  all terms of the Agreement  shall
remain in full force and effect.



                                       4
                                    - 492 -
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed this FIFTH AMENDMENT
TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of July 10, 1998.

                                                   DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                                   CORPORATION

                                                   By /s/ Brian L. Larson
                                                      -----------------------
                                                     Title: Vice President, CFO
                                                       and Secretary


                                                   FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA



                                                   By /s/ James P. Bonham
                                                       ------------------------
                                                    Title: Vice President



NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                            INITIALED:


                                            Borrower


                                       5
                                    - 493 -
<PAGE>





                                                   THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                                   
                                                   By /s/Brian M. Smith
                                                       ------------------------
                                                    Title: Senior Vice President







NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                            INITIALED:


                                            Borrower


                                       6
                                    - 494 -
<PAGE>

                                                   FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                                                   NEBRASKA



                                                   By/s/ Elizabeth E. Rezac
                                                     --------------------------
                                                    Title: Second Vice President




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                            INITIALED:


                                            Borrower


                                       7
                                     -495 -
<PAGE>


                                                   NBD BANK


                                                   By /s/ Nathan L. Bloch
                                                      ------------------------
                                                      Title:First Vice President




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                            INITIALED:


                                            Borrower


                                       8
                                    - 496 -
<PAGE>


                                                   NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.




                                            By /s/ Kevin D. Munro
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Title:Vice President




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                            INITIALED:


                                            Borrower


                                       9
                                    - 497 -
<PAGE>





                                            LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national
                                            banking association




                                            By/s/ Tom Harmon
                                              --------------------------------
                                             Title:Assistant Vice President




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                            INITIALED:


                                            Borrower


                                       10
                                    - 498 -
<PAGE>

                                                   MERCANTILE BANK OF
                                                   ST. LOUIS, N.A.


                                            By/s/ Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.
                                              --------------------------------
                                             Title:Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                            INITIALED:


                                            Borrower



                                       11
                                    - 499 -
<PAGE>
                                                   U.S. BANK, NATIONAL
                                                   ASSOCIATION


                                            By /s/ Beth Morgan
                                               -------------------------------
                                             Title: Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                            INITIALED:


                                            Borrower



                                       12
                                    - 500 -
<PAGE>




                                                   NATIONSBANK, N.A.



                                            By/s/ Michael F. Murphy
                                              --------------------------------
                                             Title: Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                                   INITIALED:


                                                   Borrower



                                       13
                                    - 501 -
<PAGE>




                                                   BANK OF MONTREAL,
                                                   Chicago Branch




                                            By/s/ Karen Klapper
                                              -------------------------------
                                             Title: Director






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                            INITIALED:


                                            Borrower


                                       14
                                    - 502 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B



                       TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                               NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       AND
                             LASALLE NATIONAL BANK,




                               DRAWING CERTIFICATE



                                       15
                                    - 503 -
<PAGE>


                               DRAWING CERTIFICATE
                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION

To induce  the  First  National  Bank of  Omaha,  First  National  Bank,  Wahoo,
Nebraska,  NBD  Bank,  Norwest  Bank  Nebraska,  N.A.,  LaSalle  National  Bank,
Nationsbank,  N.A.,  Mercantile  Bank of St. Louis,  N.A.,  U.S. Bank,  National
Association,  and Bank of Montreal (the "Revolving  Lenders") to make an advance
under the 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of February
26, 1997,  between the undersigned (the  "Borrower"),  Nationsbank,  N.A. as the
successor in interest to The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis  ("Boatmen's),
and the Revolving  Lenders (as to Boatmen's and the Revolving  Lenders together,
(the  "Banks"),  the Borrower  hereby  certifies to the Banks that its Operating
Cash Flow (as defined in the Agreement) as represented below is true and correct
and that there is no default under the aforementioned Agreement, or on any other
liability of the Borrower to the Banks.

All information as of:  Date

a)  Maximum Revolving Credit Facility                            $

b)  Principal on Converted Notes                                 $___________

c)  Acquisition Notes, Existing Term Notes,
    and Related Bank Debt Outstanding                            $

d)  Principal on Revolving Credit Notes                          $

e)  Unreimbursed amounts drawn under Lender Letters
    of Credit                                                    $

f)  Amount available to be drawn under outstanding
    Lender Letters of Credit

g)  ADVANCE REQUEST ( not to exceed line a - line  b
    -  line d -  line e - line f)                                $

h)  Total Proposed Bank Debt
    (line b + line c + line d + line e + line f + line g)        $

i)  Most recent month's operating cash flow                      $

j)  Prior month's operating cash flow                            $

k)  Operating Cash Flow
    (average of line i and line j)                               $

l)  Total Indebtedness                                           $
m)  Leverage Ratio (line l divided by  line m), not to exceed
    36                                                           $

Name of Borrower:  Data Transmission Network Corporation
Signature:
Title:



                                       16
                                    - 504 -


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT C

                       TO 1997 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                               NATIONSBANK, N.A.,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       AND
                             LASALLE NATIONAL BANK,




         FORMS OF APPLICATION AND CONTINUING LETTER OF CREDIT AGREEMENT



                                       17
                                    - 505 -


                  FIRST AMENDMENT TO 1997 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS  FIRST  AMENDMENT  to  1997  TERM  CREDIT  AGREEMENT  (the  "First
Amendment")  is intended  to amend the terms of the 1997 Term  Credit  Agreement
(the "Agreement") dated as of February 26, 1997, among DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
CORPORATION; FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA; FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA;
NBD BANK,  N.A.;  NORWEST  BANK  NEBRASKA,  N.A.;  THE SUMITOMO  BANK,  LIMITED;
MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.; FIRST BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION;  BANK OF
MONTREAL;  and LASALLE  NATIONAL BANK. All terms and conditions of the Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect except as expressly  amended  herein.  All
capitalized  terms herein shall have the meanings  prescribed in the  Agreement.
The Agreement shall be amended as follows:

     The parties hereby acknowledge that, effective as of the date hereof:

     1.  Section 5.20 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:

         5.20  Acquisitions.  The  Borrower  shall not  acquire any stock or any
         equity  interest in, or warrants  therefor or securities into the same,
         or a substantial  portion of the assets of,  another entity without the
         prior  written  consent of the  Lenders;  provided,  however,  that the
         Borrower  shall be  permitted  to make on a  cumulative  basis from and
         after July 1, 1997 such acquisitions in an amount not to exceed Fifteen
         Million Dollars  ($15,000,000) in the aggregate  without the consent of
         the Lenders if such acquisitions are in or from entities which: (a) are
         in  the  business  of   electronically   communicating   time-sensitive
         information to subscribers;

              (b) have their principal place of business in the United States or
         Canada; and

              (c) have a positive  operating  cash flow,  calculated in the same
         method as is used to calculate the  Borrower's  Operating Cash Flow for
         purposes of this Agreement; and

              the Borrower or any Subsidiary is not, and  immediately  after the
         making  of such  acquisition,  will not be in  default  under any other
         covenant or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation,
         the  covenants  and  provisions  pertaining  to  minimum  net worth and
         limitations on indebtedness).

         This First Amendment shall not affect and there remain outstanding from
the Borrower to the Banks, the existing Notes and the Related Bank Debt.

         This First Amendment may be executed in several  counterparts  and such
counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         Except as expressly  agreed  herein,  all terms of the Agreement  shall
remain in full force and effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed this FIRST AMENDMENT
TO 1997 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of February 1, 1998.


                                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION



                                      By/s/ Brian L. Larson
                                        ---------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President, CFO and Secretary




                                       1
                                    - 506 -
<PAGE>

                                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA



                                      By /s/ James P. Bonham
                                         ----------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       2
                                    - 507 -
<PAGE>


                                      THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                      By /s/ Michael F. Murphy
                                        Title:Vice President and Manager


                                      By/s/ Teresa A. Lekich
                                        Title:Vice President







NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       3
                                    - 508 -
<PAGE>


                                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                                      NEBRASKA



                                      By/s/ Elizabeth Rezac
                                        Title:Second Vice President





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       4
                                    - 509 -
<PAGE>


                                      NBD BANK


                                      By /s/ Nathan L. Bloch
                                        Title:First Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       5
                                    - 510 -
<PAGE>





                                      NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.




                                      By /s/ Kevin Munro
                                        Title:Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       6
                                    - 511 -
<PAGE>





                                      LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national
                                      banking association




                                      By/s/ Tom Harmon
                                        Title:Assistant Vice President




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       7
                                    - 512 -
<PAGE>






                                      MERCANTILE BANK OF
                                      ST. LOUIS, N.A.


                                      By/s/ Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.
                                        Title:Vice President





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower



                                       8
                                    - 513 -
<PAGE>





                                      FIRST BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                      By /s/Beth Morgan
                                        Title:Vice President




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower



                                       9
                                    - 514 -
<PAGE>




                                      BANK OF MONTREAL,
                                      Chicago Branch




                                      By_________________________________
                                        Title:





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower



                                       10
                                    - 515 -

                 SECOND AMENDMENT TO 1997 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS  SECOND  AMENDMENT  to 1997  TERM  CREDIT  AGREEMENT  (the  "First
Amendment")  is intended  to amend the terms of the 1997 Term  Credit  Agreement
(the "Agreement") dated as of February 26, 1997, among DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
CORPORATION; FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA; FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA;
NBD BANK,  N.A.;  NORWEST  BANK  NEBRASKA,  N.A.;  THE SUMITOMO  BANK,  LIMITED;
MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.; U.S. BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  (formerly
First Bank, National Association);  BANK OF MONTREAL; and LASALLE NATIONAL BANK.
All terms and conditions of the Agreement  shall remain in full force and effect
except as expressly amended herein.  All capitalized terms herein shall have the
meanings prescribed in the Agreement. The Agreement shall be amended as follows:

         The parties hereby acknowledge that, effective as of the date hereof:

     1.  The following  definitions in Article I of the Agreement are amended as
         follows:

                   Banks:  FNB-O,  FNB-W, U.S. Bank,  Mercantile,  NBD, Norwest,
              Sumitomo,  Nationsbank,  LaSalle and Montreal, and such additional
              banks as may be added  hereto from time to time by mutual  written
              agreement of the parties.

         Operative

                   Documents:  This 1997 Loan Agreement, the Notes, the Security
              Agreement,  the financial  statements regarding the Collateral and
              the documents and certificates, other than the Purchase Agreement,
              delivered pursuant to Article VI.

     2.  Section 2.2 shall be amended to read as follows:

                   2.2 Notes.  The Notes shall bear  interest  on the  principal
              loan amount thereof outstanding through June 30, 1999, at the rate
              of 8.25% per annum;  thereafter  the interest rate for the balance
              of the term shall be set on June 30, 1999, at two percent  (2.00%)
              above  the  yield  on  constant   maturity   Treasury  Bonds  with
              maturities  of  three  years,  as  quoted  for  the  Business  Day
              immediately  preceding  June 30, 1999 in the  applicable  Release.
              Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Notes issued to the following
              Lenders  shall bear interest as follows:  (i) as to U.S.  Bank, at
              the rate of 8.36% per annum through June 30, 1999  (whereupon  the
              interest rate reset described above shall be applicable); and (ii)
              as to Mercantile, NBD, Sumitomo, Norwest, FNB-W and Montreal, at a
              variable rate per annum equal to New York Prime minus  one-half of
              one  percent  (0.5%).  After  an Event of  Default  has  occurred,
              interest  shall accrue:  (i) with respect to the fixed rate Notes,
              on the entire  outstanding  balance of principal and interest at a
              fluctuating  rate  equal to the  Revolving  Credit  Rate plus four
              percent  (4.00%);  and (ii) as to the floating rate Notes,  on the
              principal  loan amount  thereof at a rate per annum equal to three
              and one-half  percent (3.5%) above New York Prime.  Interest shall
              be  calculated  on actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days.  If
              the Borrower's most recent Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows
              that, as of the end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was
              at such date more than thirty-six  (36), the current quarter shall
              be deemed a "Restricted Quarter." If, any time during a Restricted
              Quarter (including,  without limitation, during any period in such
              quarter   prior   to   delivery   of  the   Quarterly   Compliance
              Certificate),  the interest rate accruing on any Note is less than
              seven and one-half  percent  (7.50%),  a "Trigger  Event" shall be
              deemed to have  occurred.  Upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event,
              the Borrower  shall be obligated to pay the Lenders the  following
              fees: (i)  three-eighths of one percent (.375%) of the outstanding
              principal  balance  of such  Note  as of the  date  preceding  the
              Trigger  Event,  which  amount  shall  be  payable  promptly  upon
              invoicing  by FNB-O;  (ii) the same  amount as  computed in clause
              (i),  payable on the six-month  anniversary  of the Trigger Event;
              and (iii) the same amount as  computed  in clause (i),  payable on
              the twelve-month anniversary of the Trigger Event.

 
                                        1
                                    - 516 -
<PAGE>

     3.  Section 5.4 (a) shall be amended to read as follows:  

                   (a) The  Borrower  shall not at any time permit the  Leverage
              Ratio to exceed forty-eight (48).

     4.  Section 5.19 shall be amended to read as follows:

                   5.19 Capital  Expenditures.  The Borrower  shall not incur in
              any fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year beginning January
              1, 1998,  capital  expenditures,  determined  in  accordance  with
              generally accepted accounting principles, of more than $2,000,000;
              provided,  however, that capital expenditures for (a) equipment to
              be used by subscribers of the Borrower, and (b) telecommunications
              equipment,  computer  equipment,  software and software consulting
              shall not be counted for purposes of this annual limitation.

     5.  Section 5.20 is hereby amended to read as follows:

                   5.20  Acquisitions.  The Borrower shall not acquire any stock
              or any equity interest in, or warrants therefor or securities into
              the same,  or a  substantial  portion of the  assets  of,  another
              entity without the prior written consent of the Lenders; provided,
              however,  that  the  Borrower  shall  be  permitted  to  make on a
              cumulative basis from and after July 1, 1998 such  acquisitions in
              an amount not to exceed Twenty Million  Dollars  ($20,000,000)  in
              the aggregate without the consent of the Lenders if:

                   (a) such acquisitions are in or from entities which:

                       (i) are in the business of  electronically  communicating
                           time-sensitive information to subscribers;

                       (ii)have their  principal place of business in the United
                           States or Canada; and

                       (iii) have a positive operating cash flow,  calculated in
                           the  same  method  as  is  used  to   calculate   the
                           Borrower's  Operating  Cash Flow for purposes of this
                           Agreement; and

                   (b) the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  is not, and  immediately
              after the making of such acquisition, will not be in default under
              any other  covenant or  provision  of this  Agreement  (including,
              without  limitation,  the covenants and  provisions  pertaining to
              minimum net worth and limitations on indebtedness); and

                   (c) no one  acquisition  shall  exceed  Ten  Million  Dollars
              ($10,000,000).
                                       2
                                    - 517 -
<PAGE>

     6.  Exhibit  B is  hereby  amended  to read as shown on  Exhibit  B to this
         Second Amendment.

     7.  This Second  Amendment  shall not affect and there  remain  outstanding
         from the Borrower to the Banks, the existing Notes and the Related Bank
         Debt.

     8.  This Second Amendment may be executed in several  counterparts and such
         counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     Except as expressly agreed herein,  all terms of the Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed this SECOND AMENDMENT TO
1997 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 15, 1998.

                                       DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION

                                       By /s/ Brian L. Larson
                                         Title:VP, CFO and Secretary





                                       FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA



                                       By /s/ James P. Bonham
                                         Title:Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       3
                                    - 518 -
<PAGE>





                                      THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                      By________________________________
                                        Title:


                                      By________________________________
                                        Title:







NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       4
                                    - 519 -
<PAGE>





                                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                                      NEBRASKA



                                      By________________________________
                                        Title:








NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       5
                                    - 520 -
<PAGE>





                                      NBD BANK


                                      By________________________________
                                        Title:





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       6
                                    - 521 -
<PAGE>




                                      NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.




                                      By________________________________
                                        Title:





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower


                                       7
                                    - 522 -
<PAGE>


                                      LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national
                                      banking association




                                      By________________________________
                                        Title:





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:
                                      
                                      Borrower


                                       8
                                    - 523 -
<PAGE>






                                      MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.


                                      By________________________________
                                        Title:







NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower



                                       9
                                    - 524 -
<PAGE>





                                      U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                      By________________________________
                                        Title:





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower



                                       10
                                    - 525 -
<PAGE>




                                      BANK OF MONTREAL,
                                      Chicago Branch




                                      By_______________________________
                                        Title:




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                      INITIALED:


                                      Borrower




                                       11
                                    - 526 -
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B



                          TO 1997 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                                    NBD BANK,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
                           THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       AND
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK



                              OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE



                                       12
                                    - 527 -
<PAGE>

                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


First National Bank of Omaha                                Date

Attn:  James Bonham
16th & Dodge Streets
Omaha, Nebraska 68102

I certify that Data Transmission  Network  Corporation is in compliance with the
requirements set forth in the 1997 Term Credit Agreement (the "Agreement") dated
as of February 26, 1997,  between First  National Bank of Omaha,  First National
Bank, Wahoo, Nebraska,  NBD Bank, Norwest Bank Nebraska,  N.A., LaSalle National
Bank,The  Sumitomo Bank,  Ltd.,  Mercantile Bank of St. Louis,  N.A., U.S. Bank,
National Association, and Data Transmission Network Corporation.

The following  calculations  are as of  (statement  date) as required by Section
5.1(d) of said Agreement: 

Evaluations:

Total Indebtedness (TI):

Operating Cash Flow:      most recent month                 previous month
                          ending                            ending

    Net Income (loss)     ------------                      ------------
    Interest Expense      ------------                      ------------
    Depreciation          ------------                      ------------
    Amortization          ------------                      ------------
    Deferred Income   
     Taxes                ------------                      ------------
    Non-Ordinary
     Non-Cash
     Charges (Credits)    ------------                      ------------

    Total                 a)                                b)
                            ----------                        ----------

    Operating Cash Flow = OCF = (a+b)/2 =
                                          ------------
Leverage Ratio (TI/OCF):

Section 2.2
                                       13
                                    - 528 -
<PAGE>

     Trigger Fee:  If the  Leverage  Ratio is more than 36, then a one time
                   fee is due,  paid in three  installments  of 3/8% of the then
                   outstanding  principal  balances,  on any of the Notes  which
                   have an interest rate less than 7.5% per annum.  

                   Position:  A Trigger Event has/has not occurred.
Section 5.3

     Net Worth:    A  minimum  Net Worth  (exclusive  of  subordinated  debt) of
                   $23,500,000  plus fifty  percent (50%) of the net income (but
                   not losses) of the Borrower for each fiscal year,  commencing
                   with the fiscal  year  beginning  January 1, 1997;  provided,
                   however,  solely for purposes of determining  compliance with
                   the  provisions  of this Section  5.3,  "Net Worth" shall not
                   include any subordinated debt.


                   Minimum  Net  Worth  (exclusive  of  subordinated   debt)=  $
                   23,500,000.

                   Net Income              Year ending            Addition (50%)

                   $____________             12/31/97             $___________
Total Minimum Net
   Worth                                                          $

Position:

Total Net Worth (exclusive of subordinated debt) = $_____________

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 5.3.

Section 5.4

             Indebtedness:    At no time will the Leverage Ratio  exceed 48

                              Position:            Leverage Ratio =      
                                                                   ---------


    Total
    Indebtedness
    plus
    subordinated
    debt plus
    guaranty
    contingencies
    (Adjusted
    Total
    Indebtedness or
    ATI)1:                    At no time will Adjusted Total Indebtedness
                              exceed 60 x OCF

    Position:                 Adjusted Total Indebtedness = $
                              (60 x OCF) - (ATI) = $

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 5.4.

                                       14
                                    - 529 -
<PAGE>

Section 5.7

    Distributions: Neither the Borrower  nor any  Subsidiary  shall  declare any
                   dividends  (other  than  dividends  payable  in  stock of the
                   Borrower or dividends or distributions  from any consolidated
                   Subsidiary) or make any cash  distribution  in respect of any
                   shares of its capital stock or warrants of its capital stock,
                   without the prior  written  consent of the Lenders;  provided
                   that the Borrower  need not obtain the Lenders'  consent with
                   respect  to  dividends  in any one (1) year  which are in the
                   aggregate  less  than  25% of the  Borrower's  Net  Operating
                   Profit  After Taxes in the  previous  four (4)  quarters,  as
                   reported to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1.


                       Position:                Net Operating Profit
                              After Taxes for
                              last four (4) quarters          =  ______________

                                                                         x  .25

                              Available for dividends
                              or distributions in the most
                              recent quarter plus the
                              prior three (3) quarters        =  ______________

                              Dividends and distributions
                              (excluding dividends payable
                              solely in stock of the Borrower
                              and distributions from consolidated
                              Subsidiaries) declared or paid 
                              in the most recent quarter plus
                              the prior three (3) quarters    = _______________

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 5.7.

                                       15
                                    - 530 -


<PAGE>

Section 5.15

    Interest                  The ratio of OCF to Interest Expense ("IE")
     Coverage:                at the end of each  quarter  will not be less than
                              2.25 to 1.0 (225%).

    Position:                 OCF = $
                              IE = $
                              OCF/IE =        %

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with section 5.1.5.

Section 5.19

Capital Expenditures: 
                   The Borrower shall not make capital  expenditures (other than
                   permitted  earning  assets  specified in Section 5.19) in any
                   fiscal  year,  commencing  with  the  fiscal  year  beginning
                   January 1, 1998, in excess of $2,000,000.

                   Position:  Capital Expenditures (other than permitted earning
                              assets specified in Section 5.19) this fiscal year
                              = $_____________

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 5.19.


Section 5.20

     Acquisitions: The  Borrower  shall  not  make  acquisitions  which  in  the
                   aggregate  exceed  $20,000,000 and in any one instance exceed
                   $10,000,000 except certain permitted unlimited acquisitions.

                   Position:  Acquisitions   (other  than  permitted   unlimited
                              acquisitions)  in the aggregate  since the date of
                              the Agreement = _________.

               Date                 Amount                      Acquired Company
               ---------------------------                      ----------------

Permitted Unlimited Acquisition:

Date         Amount            Acquired         Principal            Line
- ----         ------            Company          Place of              Of
                               --------         Business            Business
                                                ---------           --------

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 5.20.

                                       16
                                    - 531 -

<PAGE>

Additional Representations:

     There  have/have  not  been any  sale(s)  of  assets  which  would  require
     prepayment of the Notes under Section 5.2.

     There has/has not been:

         (i)       a  Change  of  Control  or  a  material   adverse  change  in
                   management  personnel  as  defined  in  Section  5.14  of the
                   Agreement;

         (ii)      a default under Section  7.1(j) or 7.1(l)  regarding a change
                   in ownership or control of the Company; or.

         (iii)     an  indemnity  claim  by  Broadcast  Partners  under  Section
                   7.1(m).

Name of Borrower:     Data Transmission Network Corporation

                      Signature: /s/ Brian L. Larson

                      Title:VP, CFO and Secretary








- --------
1This section need not be completed  unless  Borrower has  subordinated  debt or
guaranty contingencies.
                                       17
                                    - 532 -

                   FIRST AMENDMENT TO 1997 SECURITY AGREEMENT


     This First Amendment to 1997 Security  Agreement is made as of May 15, 1998
to the 1997 Security  Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of February 26, 1997,
among Data Transmission Network Corporation, First National Bank of Omaha, First
National Bank,  Wahoo,  Nebraska,  NBD Bank,  Norwest Bank Nebraska,  N.A., U.S.
Bank, National Association (formerly known as First Bank, National Association),
The Sumitomo Bank, Ltd.,  Mercantile Bank of St. Louis,  N.A., Bank of Montreal,
LaSalle National Bank, and  Nationsbank,  N.A.  ("Nationsbank,"  as successor in
interest to The Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis).

     The  parties  hereto  acknowledge  and  agree  that all  references  in the
Agreement to The  Boatmen's  National Bank of St. Louis shall be deemed to refer
to  Nationsbank  and that First National Bank of Omaha shall hold the Collateral
described in the  Agreement on behalf of the lenders named therein and on behalf
of  Nationsbank  as a new  Revolving  Lender  under  the 1997  Revolving  Credit
Agreement  dated as of February  26,  1997,  as amended from time to time by the
parties thereto.


                               DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION



                               By /s/ Brian L. Larson
                               Its: VP, CFO and Secretary



                               FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as agent for itself
                               and the other banks party to the Agreement


                               By /s/ James P. Bonham
                               Its: Vice President

                                       1
                                    - 533 -






                         1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL,
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
                                       and
                             NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA



                                       1
                                    - 534 -
<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.  DEFINITIONS                                                             2

II.  REVOLVING FACILITY                                                    10
     2.1      Revolving Credit                                             10
     2.2      Revolving Credit Fees                                        11
     2.3      Interest on Revolving Credit                                 11
     2.4      Conversion                                                   12
     2.5      Interest on Converted Notes                                  12
     2.6      Payments                                                     14
     2.7      Prepayments                                                  14
     2.8      Security                                                     14
     2.9      Existing Term Notes                                          14
     2.10     Related Bank Debt                                            15
     2.11     Letter of Credit Facilities                                  15

III.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                                       16
     3.1      Corporate Existence                                          16
     3.2      Corporate Authority                                          16
     3.3      Validity of Agreements                                       17
     3.4      Litigation                                                   17
     3.5      Governmental Approvals                                       17
     3.6       Defaults Under Other Documents                              17
     3.7      Judgments                                                    17
     3.8      Compliance with Laws                                         17
     3.9      Taxes.                                                       17
     3.10     Collateral                                                   18
     3.11     Pension Benefits.                                            18
     3.12     Margin Regulations                                           18
     3.13     Financial Condition                                          18
     4.1      Financial Reports                                            18
     4.2      Corporate Structure and Assets                               20
     4.3      Net Worth                                                    20
     4.4      Indebtedness                                                 20
     4.5      Use of Proceeds                                              21
     4.6      Notice of Default                                            21
     4.7      Distributions                                                22
     4.8      Compliance with Law and Regulations                          22
     4.9      Maintenance of Property; Accounting; Corporate Form; Taxes; 
              Insurance                                                    22
     4.10     Inspection of Properties and Books                           23
     4.11     Guaranties                                                   23
     4.12     Collateral                                                   23
     4.13     Name; Location                                               23

                                       2
                                    - 535 -
<PAGE>

     4.14     Notice of Change in Ownership or Management                  23
     4.15     Interest Coverage                                            24
     4.16     Subordinated Debt                                            24
     4.17     Subsidiaries                                                 24
     4.18     Amendments to Purchase Agreement                             24
     4.19     Capital Expenditures                                         24
     4.20     Acquisitions                                                 25

V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT                                                    25
     5.1      Closing Conditions                                           25

VI. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES                                                  25
     6.1      Events of Default                                            26
     6.2      Remedies                                                     28

VII.  INTER-CREDITOR AGREEMENTS                                            28
     7.1      FNB-O as Servicer                                            28
     7.2      Application of Payments                                      29
     7.3      Liability of FNB-O                                           30
     7.4      Transfers                                                    31
     7.5      Reliance                                                     31
     7.6      Relationship of Lenders                                      31
     7.7      New Lenders                                                  31

VIII.  MISCELLANEOUS                                                       31
     8.1      Entire Agreement                                             31
     8.2      Governing Law                                                31
     8.3      Notices                                                      31
     8.4      Headings                                                     32
     8.5      Counterparts                                                 32
     8.6      Survival; Successors and Assigns                             32
     8.7      Severability                                                 32
     8.8      Assignment                                                   32
     8.9      Amendments                                                   32
     8.10     Consent to Form of Security Agreement, Term Agreement        32

     SCHEDULE I: Subsidiaries

     EXHIBIT A: Form of Note

     EXHIBIT B: Drawing Certificate

     EXHIBIT C: Letter of Credit Forms

     EXHIBIT D: Compliance Certificate

     SCHEDULE A: Permitted Encumbrances

                                       3
                                    - 536 -
<PAGE>

                         1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT



    This 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is entered into as of
the 7th day of December,  1998, among DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK  CORPORATION,  a
Delaware  corporation  having its principal place of business at Suite 200, 9110
West Dodge Road, Omaha, Nebraska 68114 (the "Borrower"),  FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
OMAHA, a national banking  association having its principal place of business at
One First National Center, Omaha, Nebraska 68102 ("FNB-O"), FIRST NATIONAL BANK,
WAHOO,  NEBRASKA,  a national banking  association having its principal place of
business at Wahoo, Nebraska 68066 ("FNB-W"), THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
a national  banking  association  having its principal  place of business at One
First National Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60670-0173 ("First of Chicago"), NORWEST
BANK NEBRASKA,  N.A., a national banking  association having its principal place
of business  at 20th and Farnam  Streets,  Omaha,  Nebraska  68102  ("Norwest"),
DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,  being  represented by its
office at 75 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005 ("Dresdner"), MERCANTILE BANK
OF ST. LOUIS, N.A., a national banking association having its principal place of
business at One  Mercantile  Center,  7th and  Washington  Streets,  St.  Louis,
Missouri 63101  ("Mercantile"),  U.S.  BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a national
banking  association  having  its  principal  place  of  business  at 13th and M
Streets,  Lincoln,  Nebraska 68508 ("U.S.  Bank"), BANK OF MONTREAL,  a Canadian
bank  represented  by its office at 430 Park  Avenue,  New York,  New York 10022
("Montreal"),  LASALLE  NATIONAL  BANK,  a national  banking  association  being
represented by its offices at One Metropolitan  Square, 211 North Broadway,  St.
Louis, Missouri 63102 ("LaSalle");  and NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA, a Canadian bank
being  represented  by its  office  at 1200 17th  Street,  Suite  2760,  Denver,
Colorado 80202 ("NBC").

                                   WITNESSETH:

    WHEREAS,  the  Borrower  and  certain  of  the  Lenders  (as  such  term  is
hereinafter  defined)  are parties to a 1997 Term Credit  Agreement  dated as of
February 26, 1997, which has been amended,  (the "1997 Term Credit  Agreement"),
the  proceeds of which were used to acquire  substantially  all of the assets of
Broadcast Partners, a general partnership having its principal place of business
in Des Moines, Iowa;

    WHEREAS,  the  Borrower  and  certain of the  Lenders  are parties to a 1997
Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of February 26, 1997, which has been amended
(the "1997 Revolving Credit  Agreement"),  which 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement
provided a revolving credit facility for general corporate purposes;

                                       4
                                    - 537 -
<PAGE>

    WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to increase the amount of the revolving credit
facility which was the subject of the 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement; and

    WHEREAS,  the parties do not intend for this 1998 Revolving Credit Agreement
to be deemed to  extinguish  any  existing  indebtedness  of the  Borrower or to
release,  terminate  or affect the priority of any  security  therefor,  but the
parties do intend that this 1998 Revolving  Credit Agreement shall supersede and
replace the terms of the above-referenced 1997 Revolving Credit Agreement;

    NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the premises,  and for other good and
valuable  consideration,   the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:


                                 I. DEFINITIONS

    For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

Acquisition
              Notes:   The Notes  issued  by the  Borrower  to the Term  Lenders
                       under the Term Agreement dated as of May 3, 1996, and all
                       extensions, renewals and substitutions, if any, of or for
                       the same.

              Advance: Any  advance of funds to the  Borrower  by the  Revolving
                       Lenders  or  any  of  them  under  the  revolving  credit
                       facility provided in this Agreement.

Agreement:             This 1998 Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December
                       7, 1998,  between the  Borrower and certain  Lenders,  as
                       amended or restated from time to time.

Base                   Rate:  The floating  interest rate announced from time to
                       time by FNB-O as its  "National  Base Rate." The National
                       Base Rate is set by FNB-O,  solely in its discretion,  to
                       reflect  generally  the rates  charged by national  money
                       center banks as their reference rates.  (Previously,  the
                       rate was announced by FNB-O as its "New York Base Rate.")
                       Rates  charged  by FNB-O  may be at,  above or below  the
                       National  Base Rate,  as  determined  by FNB-O as to each
                       respective customer.

Base Revolving
Credit                 Facility:  The amount  specified  in Section  2.1 of this
                       Agreement,  which  shall  include the  aggregate  amounts
                       which may be available  under the Revolving  Credit Notes
                       and the Lender Letter of Credit Facility.

                                       5
                                    - 538 -
<PAGE>

Boatmen's:             The  Boatmen's  National  Bank of St.  Louis,  a national
                       banking   association   having  its  principal  place  of
                       business at One Boatmen's Plaza,  800 Market Street,  St.
                       Louis,  Missouri  63166-0236  (now known as  NationsBank,
                       N.A.), and its successors and assigns.

Borrower:              Data  Transmission   Network   Corporation,   a  Delaware
                       corporation  having its  principal  place of  business at
                       Suite 200, 9110 West Dodge Road, Omaha, Nebraska 68114.

Broadcast
              Partners:Broadcast  Partners,  a general  partnership  having  its
                       current  principal  place of  business  at  11275  Aurora
                       Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50322.

Business
              Day:     Any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or a legal holiday
                       on which banks in the State of Nebraska  are not open for
                       business.

Change of
              Control: (a) At any time when any of the equity  securities of the
                       Borrower  shall be  registered  under  Section  12 of the
                       Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 as amended from time to
                       time (the  "Exchange  Act"),  (i) any  person,  entity or
                       "group"  (within the  meaning of Section  13(d)(3) of the
                       Exchange   Act)  (other  than  any  person   which  is  a
                       management  employee,  or any such "group" which consists
                       entirely of management employees,  of the Borrower) being
                       or becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,
                       of more than 50% of the voting stock of the Borrower,  or
                       (ii) a majority of the members of the Borrower's board of
                       directors (the "Board")  consisting of persons other than
                       Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined); and (b) at
                       any other time,  less than 50% of the voting stock of the
                       Borrower   being   owned   beneficially,    directly   or
                       indirectly,   by   employees   of  the  Borrower  or  its
                       subsidiaries.   As  used  herein,  the  term  "Continuing
                       Director" means any member of the Board on June 29, 1995,
                       and  any   other   member  of  the  Board  who  shall  be
                       recommended  or elected to succeed a Continuing  Director
                       by a majority of Continuing Directors who are the members
                       of the Board.

         Collateral:   All personal  property of the  Borrower  described in the
                       Security  Agreement,   whether  now  owned  or  hereafter
                       acquired, including, without limitation:

                              (a)  all  of  the  Borrower's  accounts,  accounts
                      receivable,  Subscriber  contract  rights,  chattel paper,
                      documents,   instruments,   goods,  inventory,  equipment,
                      general intangibles; and

                              (b)  all proceeds and products of the foregoing.

                                       6
                                    - 539 -
<PAGE>

Conversion:            This term  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in Section
                       2.4.

Converted
              Notes:   Any  note  evidencing  Conversion  under  or of  all or a
                       portion  of the  Revolving  Credit  Notes  (or  any  such
                       similar notes issued to any additional  Revolving Lenders
                       hereinafter added to this Agreement), and all extensions,
                       renewals and substitutions of or for the foregoing.



Default                Rate:  The floating  interest rate announced from time to
                       time by FNB-O as its "National  Base Rate" plus 4.0%. The
                       National  Base  Rate  is  set  by  FNB-O,  solely  in its
                       discretion,  to reflect  generally  the rates  charged by
                       national  money  center banks as their  reference  rates.
                       (Previously,  the rate was announced by FNB-O as its "New
                       York Base Rate.") Rates charged by FNB-O may be at, above
                       or below the National  Base Rate,  as determined by FNB-O
                       as to each respective customer.

                       Dresdner  Dresdner  Bank AG,  New York and  Grand  Cayman
                       Branches,  being  represented  by its  office  at 75 Wall
                       Street,  New York, New York 10005, and its successors and
                       assigns.

Existing
Term                   Notes: That certain  promissory note from the Borrower to
                       FNB-O,  FirsTier,  FNB-W, NBD, Norwest and Boatmen's (now
                       NationsBank,  N.A.) dated as of February  27,  1995;  and
                       those  certain  promissory  notes  from the  Borrower  to
                       FNB-O, FNB-W, NBD, Norwest, Sumitomo,  Mercantile,  First
                       Bank,  Montreal,  and LaSalle dated as of March 31, 1997,
                       and March 16,  1998,  and,  as to each,  all  extensions,
                       renewals, and substitutions of or for the foregoing.

         FNB-O:        First  National  Bank  of  Omaha,   a  national   banking
                       association having its principal place of business at One
                       First National  Center,  Omaha,  Nebraska 68102,  and its
                       successors and assigns.

FNB-O Letter of
Credit                 Facility:  An amount not to exceed  $500,000  at any time
                       which FNB-O may elect in its discretion to provide to the
                       Borrower  and  one  or  more  of its  Subsidiaries  under
                       Section 2.11 (a) hereof.

FNB-O Letter(s)
of                     Credit: Letter(s) of Credit issued under the FNB-O Letter
                       of Credit Facility.


                                       7
                                    - 540 -
<PAGE>

         FNB-W:        First National Bank, Wahoo,  Nebraska, a national banking
                       association  having its  principal  place of  business at
                       Wahoo, Nebraska 68066, and its successors and assigns.

First                  Bank:  First  Bank,  National  Association,   a  national
                       banking   association   having  its  principal  place  of
                       business at 13th and M Streets,  Lincoln, Nebraska 68508,
                       and its  successors  and assigns  (it being  acknowledged
                       that  First  Bank  is  the   successor   in  interest  to
                       FirsTier.)

First of
         Chicago:      The First  National Bank of Chicago,  a national  banking
                       association having its principal place of business at One
                       First National Plaza, Chicago,  Illinois 60670-0173,  and
                       its successors and assigns.

         FirsTier      FirsTier Bank, National Association, having its principal
                       place  of  business  at  13th  and  M  Streets,  Lincoln,
                       Nebraska 68508 (predecessor to U.S. Bank).

Fixed Rate
         Notice:       This term  shall  have the  meaning  set forth in Section
                       2.5.


Interest Rate
Protection Contract
         Amounts:      "Interest Rate  Protection  Contract  Amounts" shall mean
                       amounts  due  from  the  Borrower   under  interest  rate
                       protection contracts between the Borrower and one or more
                       Lenders as to (i) the interest  differential  amounts due
                       in respect of periodic  netting  payments  under any such
                       contract,  and (ii) any amount due as a result of marking
                       to  market  the  Borrower's  obligations  under  any such
                       contract  upon the  occurrence  of an  event  of  default
                       under, or other early  termination of, such contract;  in
                       either case without  inclusion of fees and other expenses
                       related to such contract.  Such Interest Rate  Protection
                       Contract  Amounts  shall be  reported in writing to FNB-O
                       and the Borrower by the  applicable  Lender at such times
                       as shall be  appropriate  to carry out the intent of this
                       Agreement.

         LaSalle:      LaSalle  National  Bank, a national  banking  association
                       having  its  principal  place of  business  at 135  South
                       LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

Lender Letter of
Credit Facility:       The letter of credit facility  provided for in
                       Section 2.11 (b) hereof.

                                       8
                                    - 541 -
<PAGE>

Lender Letter(s)
of                     Credit:  Letter(s)  of Credit  issued  under  the  Lender
                       Letter of Credit Facility, the outstanding face amount of
                       which shall not exceed $1,000,000 at any time.

         Lenders:      FNB-O,  FNB-W,  First  of  Chicago,   Norwest,   LaSalle,
                       Dresdner,  Mercantile,  U.S. Bank, Montreal,  and NBC, in
                       their capacity as Revolving Lenders under this Agreement,
                       the Term  Lenders,  lenders  of the  Related  Bank  Debt,
                       NationsBank,  formerly  Boatmen's  (as to Articles VI and
                       VII and as to Section 8/6 only),  and the  Existing  Term
                       Notes  , and  such  additional  lenders  as may be  added
                       hereto or thereto from time to time.

Letter of Credit
         Facility:     Either the FNB-O or the Lender Letter of Credit  Facility
                       or, if the  context  so  requires,  both  such  letter of
                       credit facilities.

Letter of Credit
Fees:                  The Letter of Credit Fees  specified  in Section 2.11 (d)
                       of this Agreement.

Letter(s) of
         Credit:       Either  the  FNB-O  Letter(s)  of  Credit  or the  Lender
                       Letter(s) of Credit, or if the context so requires,  both
                       such types of letters of credit.

Leverage
         Ratio:        The number which is obtained at the time of determination
                       by dividing Total  Indebtedness at the applicable time by
                       Operating Cash Flow at the applicable time.

Make-Whole
         Premium:      An amount which shall be sufficient, as determined by the
                       relevant  Lender in good faith and on a reasonable  basis
                       and  certified to the Borrower in writing,  to compensate
                       the Lender for any loss (including any lost yield),  cost
                       or expense  incurred by the Lender (i) in  liquidating or
                       redeploying  deposits  or  other  funds  acquired  by the
                       Lender to fund or maintain  the loan  prepaid and (ii) in
                       unwinding,  amending, canceling or otherwise modifying or
                       terminating any match funding,  swap or other arrangement
                       entered into by the Lender in connection  with  acquiring
                       or maintaining the funding for the loan prepaid.

Mercantile:            Mercantile  Bank of St. Louis,  N.A., a national  banking
                       association having its principal place of business at One
                       Mercantile Center, 7th and Washington Streets, St. Louis,
                       Missouri 63101, and its successors and assigns.

Montreal:              Bank of Montreal,  a Canadian bank being  represented  by
                       its offices at 430 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

                                       9
                                    - 542 -
<PAGE>

         NBC:          National   Bank  of  Canada,   a   Canadian   bank  being
                       represented  by its  offices at 1200 17th  Street,  Suite
                       2760, Denver, Colorado 80202.

         NBD:          NBD Bank, a bank organized under the laws of the State of
                       Michigan  and having its  principal  place of business at
                       611 Woodward  Avenue,  Detroit,  Michigan 48226,  and its
                       successors and assigns.

NationsBank:           NationsBank,  N.A., a national banking association having
                       an office at 800 Market  Street,  12th Floor,  St. Louis,
                       Missouri 63101-2506  (successor to The Boatmen's National
                       Bank of St. Louis), and its successors and assigns.

Net Operating
Profit After
Taxes:                 For any period, the net earnings (or loss) after taxes of
                       Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for
                       such  period  taken as a  single  accounting  period  and
                       determined  in   conformity   with   generally   accepted
                       accounting  principles;  provided  that  there  shall  be
                       excluded  (i) the income (or loss) of any entity  accrued
                       prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary  of Borrower or
                       is merged into or consolidated with Borrower and (ii) any
                       extraordinary  gains or losses for such period determined
                       in  accordance   with   generally   accepted   accounting
                       principles.

Net                    Worth:   The   Borrower's   consolidated   net  worth  as
                       determined  in   accordance   with   generally   accepted
                       accounting   principles  plus   subordinated   debt.  For
                       purposes of this  definition,  "subordinated  debt" means
                       indebtedness of the Borrower which is  subordinate,  in a
                       manner  satisfactory to the Lenders,  to the indebtedness
                       due to  the  Lenders,  and  the  repayment  of  which  is
                       forbidden  during the  existence  of any Event of Default
                       hereunder;  provided however,  that any such indebtedness
                       shall not be deemed  subordinated  debt to the  extent of
                       the amount of  principal  payments  that are due  thereon
                       within one (1) year from the date of determination.


         Norwest:      Norwest  Bank   Nebraska,   N.A.,   a  national   banking
                       association  having its  principal  place of  business at
                       20th and Farnam Streets,  Omaha,  Nebraska 68102, and its
                       successors and assigns.


Norwest Letter
         of            Credit:  The letter of credit no. S405444,  in the amount
                       of $130,949.00  with an expiration date of July 30, 1999,
                       which was issued by Norwest for the account of  Kavouras,
                       Inc.;  but not  letters  of credit  issued  in  exchange,
                       renewal,  extension  or  substitution  of  such  original
                       letter of credit.

                                       10
                                    - 543 -
<PAGE>

         Notes:        (i) The Revolving  Credit Notes, the Converted Notes, the
                       Existing  Term Notes,  the  Acquisition  Notes,  and such
                       additional  similar  notes as may be  issued  to  certain
                       additional  Lenders,  and all extensions,  renewals,  and
                       substitutions  of or for the  foregoing;  and (ii)  notes
                       and, in the case of interest rate  protection  contracts,
                       such contracts evidencing the obligations of the Borrower
                       to any Lender under the Related Bank Debt.

Operating
Cash                   Flow:  The  Borrower's   consolidated   average   monthly
                       earnings   or   loss   before   interest,   depreciation,
                       amortization and taxes, less current tax expense and plus
                       or minus any non-ordinary  non-cash charges or credits to
                       earnings,  which average shall be based on the Borrower's
                       actual  financial  results  in the two (2) full  calendar
                       months preceding the date of determination.  For purposes
                       of calculating  Operating  Cash Flow for this  Agreement,
                       the  Borrower  shall  not  permit   deferred   commission
                       expenses  to be  capitalized  for any period in excess of
                       twelve (12) months.

Operative
Documents:             This Agreement,  the Notes, the Security  Agreement,  the
                       financing  statements  regarding the  Collateral  and the
                       documents and certificates  delivered pursuant to Section
                       5.1.

Principal
Loan                   Amount:  As to the Revolving  Credit Notes, the aggregate
                       principal  amount of all unpaid  Advances  outstanding at
                       any time (not  including  the  unpaid  balance  under the
                       Related Bank Debt, Existing Term Notes or any Acquisition
                       Notes,   or  any  amounts   converted   to  a  term  loan
                       hereunder),  and as to  Converted  Notes  hereunder,  the
                       unpaid principal amount thereof.

Purchase
Agreement:             The Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement  dated as of May 3,
                       1996,  between the Borrower and  Broadcast  Partners,  as
                       amended from time to time.

Quarterly
Compliance
Certificate:           The certificate  delivered to the Lenders by the Borrower
                       pursuant to Section 4.1(d).

Related
Bank                   Debt: The aggregate  unpaid balance of all  indebtedness,
                       now or hereafter  existing  (including  future  advances)
                       under certain interest rate protection  contracts entered
                       into from time to time by the  Borrower  with one or more
                       of the Lenders.

         Release:      The Federal Reserve Statistical Release.

Restricted
         Quarter:      This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5
                       hereof.

Revolving
Credit                 Notes: The Notes issued to the Revolving Lenders pursuant
                       to Section 2.1, and such additional  similar notes as may
                       be issued to Revolving Lenders  hereinafter added to this
                       Agreement by mutual written agreement of the parties, and
                       all extensions, renewals, and substitutions of or for the
                       same.  Such  notes  shall  be in the  form of  Exhibit  A
                       hereto.  Solely  for  purposes  of  Section  7.2 of  this
                       Agreement  and any  reference  to such  Section  7.2, the
                       Revolving Credit Notes shall include the amounts, if any,
                       due to (a) FNB-O and/or the  Revolving  Lenders under the
                       Letter of Credit Facility,  and (b) Norwest in connection
                       with the Norwest Letter of Credit.

Revolving
Credit                 Rate:  The Base  Rate  minus  the  applicable  margin  as
                       determined pursuant to Section 2.3.

Revolving
         Lenders:      FNB-O,  FNB-W,  First  of  Chicago,   Norwest,   LaSalle,
                       Dresdner,  Mercantile,  U.S. Bank,  Montreal and NBC, and
                       such  additional  Revolving  Lenders  as may be  added as
                       Revolving  Lenders  under Section 2.1 hereto from time to
                       time by mutual written agreement of the parties.

                                       11
                                    - 544 -
<PAGE>

Security
Agreement:             The 1998 Security  Agreement dated as of the date hereof,
                       between the Borrower and FNB-O, as agent for the Lenders,
                       (which  amends and restates the 1997  Security  Agreement
                       dated as of February  26,  1997,  as amended by the First
                       Amendment to 1997 Security  Agreement dated as of May 15,
                       1998),  and as further  amended or restated  from time to
                       time.

Subscribers:           Those customers of the Borrower which have subscribed for
                       the Borrower's  "Basic DTN  Subscription  Service" and/or
                       "Farm Dayta  Service"  and/or other similar  services and
                       who  are  not  in  default  of  their  payment  or  other
                       obligations with respect thereto.

Subsidiary:            Any corporation business association,  partnership, joint
                       venture,  limited  liability  company  or other  business
                       entity  in  which  the  Borrower,  or one or  more of its
                       Subsidiaries,  or the  Borrower  and  one or  more of its
                       Subsidiaries  has  either (i) more than 50% of the equity
                       ownership thereof,  or (ii) the power to elect a majority
                       of the directors or to control the  identification of the
                       managing or general partners or similar governing persons
                       thereof.

Sumitomo:              The  Sumitomo  Bank,   Limited,  a  Japanese  bank  being
                       represented  by its office at 200 North  Broadway,  Suite
                       1625, St. Louis,  Missouri 63102,  and acting through its
                       Chicago branch, and its successors and assigns.

Term
Agreement:             The  1998  Term  Credit  Agreement  dated  as of the date
                       hereof,  among the Borrower and certain Lenders specified
                       therein,  (which amends and restates the 1997 Term Credit
                       Agreement  dated as of February 26,  1997,  as amended by
                       the First  Amendment to 1997 Term Credit  Agreement dated
                       as of February 1, 1998; and the Second  Amendment to 1997
                       Term Credit  Agreement dated as of May 15, 1998),  and as
                       further amended or restated from time to time.

Term
         Lenders:      "Lenders"  to the Borrower as such term is defined in the
                       Term Agreement.

Total
Indebtedness:          All loans and other  obligations  of the Borrower and its
                       Subsidiaries,  without  duplication,  for borrowed  money
                       (including,  without limitation,  the indebtedness due to
                       the  Lenders)  regardless  of the maturity  thereof.  For
                       purposes  of this  definition  of  "Total  Indebtedness,"
                       indebtedness under an interest rate protection  agreement
                       shall   mean  the   amount   if  any,   at  the  time  of
                       determination,  of the unpaid  Interest  Rate  Protection
                       Contract  Amounts;  provided,  however,  that  solely for
                       purposes of voting  under this  Agreement by the Lenders,
                       "Total  Indebtedness" will not include such Interest Rate
                       Protection Contract Amounts.

                                       12
                                    - 545 -
<PAGE>

Trigger
         Event:        This term shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5
                       hereof.

U.S.                   Bank: U.S.Bank,  National Association,  formerly known as
                       First Bank,  a national  banking  association  having its
                       principal  place  of  business  at  13th  and M  Streets,
                       Lincoln, Nebraska 68508, and its successors and assigns.

All  accounting  terms not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall  have the  meaning
ordinarily applied under generally accepted accounting principles.

                             II. REVOLVING FACILITY

    2.1  Revolving  Credit.  Until the earlier of June 30, 2000,  or the date on
which the loan hereunder is converted to a term loan in accordance  with Section
2.4,  the  Revolving  Lenders  severally  agree to  advance  funds  for  general
corporate  purposes  not to  exceed  $80,800,000  (the  "Base  Revolving  Credit
Facility")  to the  Borrower on a revolving  credit basis  (amounts  outstanding
under the Acquisition Notes, Existing Term Notes and Related Bank Debt shall not
be counted  against such Base Revolving  Credit Facility  limit).  Such Advances
shall  be made on a pro  rata  basis  by the  Revolving  Lenders,  based  on the
following  maximum advance limits and applicable  percentages for each Revolving
Lender:  (i) as to  FNB-O,  $16,000,000  (19.80%);  (ii) as to  FNB-W,  $325,000
(.40%);  (iii) as to First of Chicago,  $2,015,000 (2.49%);  (iv) as to Norwest,
$6,500,000 (8.04%); (v) as to LaSalle, $8,320,000 (10.30%); (vi) as to Dresdner,
$8,515,000 (10.54%); (vii) as to Mercantile,  $11,245,000 (13.92%), (viii) as to
U.S. Bank, $8,515,000 (10.54%); (ix) as to Montreal, $6,565,000 (8.13%); and (x)
as to NBC,  $12,800,000  (15.84%).  The  Borrower  shall not be  entitled to any
Advance hereunder if, after the making of such Advance, the Leverage Ratio would
exceed  thirty-six  (36),  determined at the time of the Advance.  Nor shall the
Borrower be entitled to any further Advances hereunder after the occurrence of a
material  adverse  change in its management  personnel,  as described in Section
4.14(b),  or after the  occurrence  of any Event of Default  with respect to the
Borrower. Advances shall be made, on the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
upon the Borrower's request.  Requests shall be made by 12:00 noon Omaha time on
the Business Day prior to the requested  date of the Advance.  Requests shall be
made by presentation to FNB-O of a drawing certificate in the form of Exhibit B.
The  Borrower's  obligation  to make  payments of principal  and interest on the
foregoing  revolving  credit  indebtedness  shall be  further  evidenced  by the
Revolving Credit Notes.

    2.2. The Borrower shall pay to the Revolving  Lenders a commitment fee equal
to the product of the per annum unused  commitment  fee  percentage  shown below
times the unadvanced  portion of the Maximum Revolving Credit Facility described
above:

                                       13
                                    - 546 -
<PAGE>

          Leverage Ratio                        Unused Commitment Fee Percentage

          Greater than 42                                  .375%

          Greater than 24 but not in
          excess of 42                                     .250%

          24 or less                                       .125%

Such fee shall be paid to FNB-O  quarterly  (calendar  quarters)  in arrears and
based on the average unused portion of the revolving  credit  commitment  during
the  applicable  quarter and the Leverage Ratio in effect on the last day of the
month preceding such quarter.  FNB-O shall  distribute to each Revolving  Lender
its pro rata  share of such fee based on the  maximum  advance  limits set forth
above.  Furthermore,  the  Borrower  will pay to FNB-O an agenting  fee equal to
$40,000 annually, payable quarterly in arrears.

    2.3 Interest on Revolving Credit. Until the earlier of June 30, 2000, or the
date on which the revolving  credit loan  hereunder is converted to a term loan,
interest shall accrue on the Principal Loan Amount outstanding from time to time
at a variable rate, which shall fluctuate on a monthly basis,  equal to the Base
Rate minus a margin as determined below. The margin shall be adjusted  quarterly
after receipt of the Borrower's  Quarterly Compliance  Certificate.  Adjustments
shall be retroactive to the beginning of the current quarter.

             Leverage Ratio                        Margin Below Base Rate

             Greater than 42                         .25%

             Greater than 36 but not more
              than 42                                .50%

             Greater than 30 but not more
              than 36                                .75%

             Greater than 24 but not more
              than 30                               1.00%

             Greater than 18 but not more
              than 24                               1.25%

             18 or less                             1.375%

The Base Rate minus the  applicable  margin as determined  above is  hereinafter
referred to as the  "Revolving  Credit Rate."  Changes in the Base Rate shall be
effective on the first day of each month, based on the Base Rate in effect as of
such day.  Interest  shall be due upon the  rendering  of each  monthly  invoice
therefor by FNB-O.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  elsewhere herein,

                                       14
                                    - 547 -
<PAGE>

after an Event of  Default  has  occurred  interest  shall  accrue on the entire
outstanding balance of principal and interest on all indebtedness hereunder at a
fluctuating rate equal to the Default Rate.

     2.4  Conversion.  Upon the  earlier  of:  (i) June  30,  2000;  or (ii) the
Borrower's  giving notice of its election to convert the  revolving  credit loan
hereunder,  or any portion  thereof,  to a term loan, the revolving  credit loan
described above (or applicable  portion  thereof) shall be deemed converted to a
term loan (hereinafter  referred to as "Conversion").  Any such term loans shall
be  evidenced  by notes  (the  "Converted  Notes")  separate  from  the  initial
Revolving  Credit  Notes.  Upon the issuance of Converted  Notes,  the Revolving
Credit Facility will be reduced by the principal  amount of such Converted Notes
(and shall be increased to the extent  permitted in Section 2.1(b) hereof),  and
no further  Advances  shall be made by the  Revolving  Lenders on the  converted
amount. The then outstanding  Principal Loan Amount of each respective Converted
Note shall  become due and payable in  forty-eight  (48) equal  installments  of
principal,  with the  first  such  installment  due on the last day of the month
following  Conversion,  or,  if such  day is not a  Business  Day,  on the  next
succeeding Business Day, and subsequent installments due on the last day of each
consecutive  month  thereafter.  In any  event,  the total  amount of all unpaid
principal and accrued interest  hereunder shall be due and payable no later than
June 30, 2004.

     2.5 Interest on Converted Notes. After Conversion, interest shall accrue on
the Principal Loan Amount outstanding on the respective Converted Note from time
to time at a variable rate,  which shall fluctuate on a monthly basis,  which is
equal to the Revolving  Credit Rate plus one quarter of one percent (.25%).  For
purposes of  computing  such  variable  rate,  changes in the Base Rate shall be
effective  on the  first day of each  month  based on the Base Rate in effect on
such day.  Notwithstanding  anything in the  foregoing  to the  contrary,  after
Conversion,  the Borrower may elect to have a fixed  interest  rate apply to the
outstanding  Principal Loan Amount  converted and outstanding  after the date of
giving notice of such fixed rate election (the "Fixed Rate Notice").  Such fixed
rate shall be the greater of:


          (a) the  Revolving  Credit Rate in effect on the date of the  notice1,
     plus three-eighths of one percent (.375%), or

          (b) the average of the yields on constant maturity Treasury Bonds with
     maturities  of three  (3)  years  and  five (5)  years,  as  quoted  in the
     immediately preceding monthly Release for the month preceding such Release,
     plus the incremental percentage shown below:

          Leverage Ratio1                                  Incremental %

          Greater than 36                                  2.25%

          Greater than 24 but not in
                  excess of 36                             2.00%

          24 or less                                       1.75%

                                       15
                                    - 548 -
<PAGE>

Any  election of a fixed rate by the  Borrower  shall be final and  irrevocable.
Interest  shall be due each month  concurrently  with the  Borrower's  principal
payment.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  elsewhere herein,  after an
Event of Default has occurred  interest  shall accrue on the entire  outstanding
balance of principal and interest on all indebtedness hereunder at a fluctuating
rate equal to the Default Rate. All interest due under this  Agreement  shall be
calculated on the basis of the actual number of days  outstanding  and a 360-day
year.  Interest  shall  continue  to accrue on the full  unpaid  balance  of all
indebtedness  hereunder  notwithstanding any permitted or unpermitted failure of
the  Borrower to make a scheduled  payment or the fact that a scheduled  payment
day falls on a day other than a Business  Day.  If the  Borrower's  most  recent
Quarterly Compliance Certificate shows that, as of the end of the prior quarter,
the  Leverage  Ratio was at such date more than  thirty-six  (36),  the  current
quarter shall be deemed a "Restricted Quarter." If, any time during a Restricted
Quarter (including,  without limitation, during any period in such quarter prior
to delivery of the Quarterly Compliance Certificate), the interest rate accruing
on any  Existing  Term Note or  Converted  Note is less than seven and  one-half
percent  (7.50%) per annum, a "Trigger  Event" shall be deemed to have occurred.
Upon the occurrence of a Trigger  Event,  the Borrower shall be obligated to pay
the following fees: (i)  three-eighths of one percent (.375%) of the outstanding
principal  balance as of the date  preceding  the Trigger Event of each Existing
Term Note or  Converted  Note  which  accrues  interest  at less than  seven and
one-half percent (7.50%) per annum,  which amount shall be payable promptly upon
invoicing by FNB-O;  (ii) the same amount as computed in clause (i),  payable on
the six (6) month anniversary of the Trigger Event; and (iii) the same amount as
computed in clause  (i),  payable on the twelve  (12) month  anniversary  of the
Trigger Event.

     2.6 Payments.  All  obligations of the Borrower under the Related Bank Debt
(other than obligations under any interest rate protection contract),  Revolving
Credit Notes and Converted Notes and under the other  Operative  Documents shall
be payable in immediately  available  funds in lawful money of the United States
of America at the principal office of FNB-O in Omaha,  Nebraska or at such other
address as may be  designated  by FNB-O in writing.  In the event that a payment
day is not a  Business  Day,  the  payment  shall be due on the next  succeeding
Business Day.

     2.7  Prepayments.  The Borrower may at any time prepay the  Principal  Loan
Amount  outstanding  under the  Revolving  Credit Notes or any of the  Converted
Notes if the Borrower has given the Revolving  Lenders at least two (2) Business
Days prior  written  notice of its intention to make such  prepayment.  Any such
prepayment may be made without  penalty  except for Converted  Notes as to which
interest is accruing at a fixed rate in  accordance  with  Section 2.5, in which

                                       16
                                    - 549 -
<PAGE>

event a  prepayment  penalty  shall  be due to each  Revolving  Lender,  at each
Revolving  Lender's  option,  either:  (1) the  Make-Whole  Premium  due to such
Revolving Lender in respect of such prepayment;  or (2) such Revolving  Lender's
applicable  prepayment fee as set forth below. The applicable prepayment fee for
any Converted Note shall be: (i) if the notice electing fixed interest was given
within  twelve  (12)  months of  Conversion,  the fee shall be one and  one-half
percent  (1.50%) of the amount of such  prepayment;  (ii) if the notice electing
fixed  interest  was given after  twelve (12)  months of  Conversion  but within
twenty-four  (24) months of Conversion,  the fee shall be  three-fourths  of one
percent (.75%) of the amount of such  prepayment;  (iii) if the notice  electing
fixed interest was given after  twenty-four (24) months of Conversion but within
thirty-six  (36)  months of  Conversion,  the fee shall be  three-tenths  of one
percent (.30%) of the amount of such prepayment.  The applicable  prepayment fee
for any Existing Term Note shall be as specified in such Existing Term Note.

     2.8  Security.  All  obligations  of the Borrower  hereunder  and under the
Operative Documents,  including,  without limitation, the Borrower's obligations
to make  payments of  principal  and interest on the Notes shall be secured by a
first security interest in the Collateral, as more specifically described in the
Security Agreement.

     2.9 Existing Term Notes. The Borrower's obligations under the Existing Term
Notes  shall  continue  in full  force and effect in  accordance  with the terms
thereof.  Such notes  shall be deemed  amended to  include  this 1998  Revolving
Credit  Agreement  within the definition of Obligations in such notes,  it being
understood  that this 1998  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  rather  than the 1997
Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  shall be  controlling  with  respect to defaults,
covenants and all other relevant  matters  arising under the Existing Term Notes
and the Notes  executed and  delivered in  connection  with this 1998  Revolving
Credit  Agreement.  The Existing Term Notes shall  continue to be secured by the
security interest provided in the Security Agreement.  

     2.10  Related Bank Debt.  Nothing  herein shall be deemed to alter or amend
the  Borrower's  obligations  under  the  Related  Bank  Debt or any  collateral
security  therefor,  all of which  shall  continue  in full  force and effect in
accordance with the terms thereof.

     2.11 Letter of Credit Facilities.  In order to accommodate the needs of the
Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries,  from time to time FNB-O on its own
behalf may, or FNB-O as the Agent of the Revolving  Lenders under this Agreement
shall,  upon  application  of the  Borrower  and,  if  requested  by  FNB-O  the
applicable  Subsidiary,   issue  letters  of  credit  on  the  terms,  and  upon
satisfaction of the conditions, specified below:

     (a) FNB-O Letter of Credit  Facility.  FNB-O may elect to issue  letters of
credit solely on its own behalf ("FNB-O Letters of Credit");  provided, however,
that at the time of  issuance  of such FNB-O  Letters of Credit,  the  aggregate
amount  available to be drawn on Letters of Credit issued and outstanding  under
this FNB-O Letter of Credit Facility shall not exceed $500,000.  The issuance of
FNB-O Letters of Credit shall not cause the Base Revolving Credit Facility to be
reduced.

     (b) Lender Letter of Credit Facility. Whenever FNB-O elects not to issue an
FNB-O Letter of Credit or the  aggregate  amount  available to be drawn on FNB-O
Letters of Credit  exceeds,  or upon the issuance of a new Letter of Credit will

                                       17
                                     - 550 -
<PAGE>

exceed,  $500,000, the Agent on behalf of the Revolving Lenders shall issue from
time to time for the account of the Borrower or one or more of its  Subsidiaries
letters  of  credit  in the name of First  National  Bank of Omaha but which are
designated  as Lender  Letters  of Credit  (the  "Lender  Letters  of  Credit");
provided,  however,  the Agent shall have no obligation to issue any such Lender
Letter of Credit unless at such time the Borrower  meets all the  conditions for
an Advance under the Base  Revolving  Credit  Facility and, after such issuance,
the  aggregate  face  amount of Lender  Letters of Credit  outstanding  will not
exceed  $1,000,000 and will not exceed the then available Base Revolving  Credit
Facility,  as reduced by the outstanding principal amount of the Converted Notes
and  the  Revolving  Credit  Notes,  as  more  specifically  set  forth  in this
Agreement.  The Revolving  Lenders shall be obligated to fund pro rata according
to their respective pro rata percentages  shown in Section 2.1 of this Agreement
any draws on such  Lender  Letters of Credit and shall be  entitled to share pro
rata in the  Letter  of  Credit  Fees  and  reimbursement  amounts  received  in
connection  with such Lender  Letters of Credit.  The sum of (i)  amounts  drawn
under such  Lender  Letters  of Credit  which  have not been  reimbursed  by the
Borrower,  and (ii) the amounts available to be drawn under  outstanding  Lender
Letters of Credit shall operate to reduce the Base Revolving  Credit Facility by
such sum.

     (c) Letter of Credit Documents, Fees. Prior to the issuance by FNB-O of any
Letters of Credit,  the  Borrower  and, if requested  by FNB-O,  the  applicable
Subsidiary,  shall execute and deliver to FNB-O an  application  and  continuing
letter of credit  agreement,  such agreements to be in the forms attached hereto
as  Exhibit C to this 1998  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  as such  forms may be
amended from time to time for general use in  connection  with letters of credit
issued by FNB-O.

     (d) Letter of Credit  Fees.  In addition to all costs  incurred by FNB-O in
the issuance and enforcement of the Letters of Credit which are to be reimbursed
by the Borrower in accordance  with the  application  and  continuing  letter of
credit agreement executed in connection with each Letter of Credit, the Borrower
shall pay to FNB-O (on its own behalf as to FNB-O Letters of Credit and as Agent
as to Lender  Letters of  Credit) a letter of credit fee (the  "Letter of Credit
Fee") equal to one percent  (1%) per annum of the undrawn  amount of such Letter
of Credit,  such fee to be paid quarterly in arrears based on the average amount
outstanding  during such quarter;  provided,  however,  that at any time that an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing  under the  Agreement,  such fee
shall be equal to five percent (5%) per annum). Interest shall accrue on amounts
drawn under any Letter of Credit,  until such amount is reimbursed,  at the then
current  rate for amounts  outstanding  under the  Revolving  Note and,  for any
period that such draw remains  unreimbursed  more than two  Business  Days after
such draw, at the Default Rate. In addition,  the Borrower  shall pay such other
administrative  fees,  including a fee for opening the Letter of Credit,  as are
agreed in writing between FNB-O and the Borrower.  Amounts received by the Agent
for opening a Lender Letter of Credit or as  administrative  fees other than the
Letter of Credit  remain the  property  of the Agent and shall not be shared pro
rata with the Revolving Lenders.

     (e) Security.  Amounts due in connection with the Letters of Credit and the
Norwest  Letter  of Credit  are  secured  by the  Collateral  pledged  under the
Security  Agreement and any security agreement given by a Subsidiary in favor of
the Lenders.  In addition,  the Agent shall have the right to require additional
collateral,  including  cash  collateral  equal to 100% of the  aggregate of the
amounts  available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit,  upon the occurrence
of an Event of Default under the Agreement.

                                       18
                                    - 551 -
<PAGE>

                       III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     The Borrower  represents  and warrants that as of the date hereof and as of
the date of each and every request for an Advance  hereunder,  the following are
and shall be true and correct:

     3.1  Corporate  Existence.  It is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware and each
Subsidiary  is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing  and in  good
standing in its state of  incorporation  as shown on Schedule I, and it and each
of its  Subsidiaries  is duly qualified and in good standing in all states where
it is doing business  except where the failure to be so qualified would not have
a material  adverse  effect on it and it has full power and authority to own and
operate  its  properties  and to carry on its  business.  As of the date of this
Agreement,  the Borrower has no Subsidiaries  other than those shown on Schedule
I.

     3.2 Corporate Authority.  It has full corporate power,  authority and legal
right to execute,  deliver and perform the Operative  Documents to which it is a
party, and all other instruments and agreements contemplated hereby and thereby,
and to perform its obligations  hereunder and thereunder;  and such actions have
been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate action, and are not in conflict
with any applicable law or regulation,  or any order,  judgment or decree of any
court or  other  governmental  agency  or  instrumentality  or its  articles  of
incorporation  or bylaws,  or with any provisions of any indenture,  contract or
agreement  to which it or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or by which it or
any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their property may be bound.

     3.3 Validity of Agreements.  The Borrower's  Operative  Documents have been
duly  authorized,  executed and delivered and  constitute  its legal,  valid and
binding  agreements,  enforceable  against the Borrower in accordance with their
respective terms (except to the extent that  enforcement  thereof may be limited
by any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,  moratorium or similar laws now or
hereafter in effect, or by principles of equity).

     3.4  Litigation.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to any
pending  lawsuit or proceeding  before or by any court or  governmental  body or
agency,  which is likely to have a materially  adverse  effect on the Borrower's
ability to perform its  obligations  under its Operative  Documents;  nor is the
Borrower  aware of any  threatened  lawsuit  or  proceeding,  to which it or any
Subsidiary  may  become  a  party  or of  any  investigation  of  any  Court  or
governmental  body or agency into its affairs,  which if instituted would have a
material  adverse effect upon the Borrower's  ability to perform its obligations
under its Operative Documents.

     3.5 Governmental Approvals. The execution,  delivery and performance by the
Borrower of the  Operative  Documents do not require the consent or approval of,
the  giving of notice  to,  the  registration  with,  or the taking of any other
action in respect of, any  federal,  state or other  governmental  authority  or
agency other than as contemplated herein and therein.

                                       19
                                    - 552 -
<PAGE>

     3.6 Defaults Under Other Documents. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
is in default or in violation (nor has any event occurred which,  with notice or
lapse of time or both,  would  constitute  a  default  or  violation)  under any
document  or any  agreement  or  instrument  to which it may be a party or under
which it or any of its  properties  may be bound and the  result of which  would
have a material  adverse  effect  upon the  Borrower's  ability  to perform  its
obligations under its Operative Documents.

     3.7 Judgments.  There are no outstanding or unpaid judgments (which are not
adequately bonded) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary which would have a material
adverse effect upon the Borrower's  ability to perform its obligations under its
Operative Documents.

     3.8  Compliance  with Laws.  Neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary is in
violation of any laws,  regulations or judicial or  governmental  decrees in any
respect  which  could have any  material  adverse  effect  upon the  validity or
enforceability  of any of the terms of the  Borrower's  Operative  Documents  or
which  could have a  material  adverse  effect  upon the  Borrower's  ability to
perform its obligations under its Operative Documents.

     3.9  Taxes.  All tax  returns  of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  for
material taxes  required to be filed have been filed or extensions  permitted by
law have been  obtained;  all taxes of the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  of a
material  nature and which are due and payable as reflected on such returns have
been  paid,  other than  taxes  which are due but for which only a nominal  late
payment  penalty  is  payable  and for which  the  taxing  authority  is not yet
entitled to enforce its remedies for payment  thereof and other than taxes being
contested in good faith and with respect to which  adequate  reserves  have been
established;  and  no  material  amounts  of  taxes  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries not reflected on such returns are payable.

     3.10  Collateral.  The  Borrower  has  good  and  marketable  title  to the
Collateral and the Collateral is free from all liens,  encumbrances  or security
interests,  except as disclosed on Schedule A attached  hereto.  The  Borrower's
principal  place of business,  chief executive  office,  and the principal place
where it keeps its records  concerning  the  Collateral  is Suite 200, 9110 West
Dodge Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska  68114.  The  Borrower  also keeps  certain of its
records regarding the Collateral at 11275 Aurora Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50322.

     3.11 Pension Benefits.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary maintains a
"Plan" as defined in Section 3 of the Employees  Retirement  Income Security Act
of 1974 ("ERISA"), or each such entity is in compliance with the minimum funding
requirements  with  respect to any such "Plan"  maintained  by it and it has not
incurred any  material  liability to the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation
("PBGC") or otherwise under ERISA in connection with any such Plan.

     3.12 Margin  Regulations.  No part of the proceeds of any Advance hereunder
shall be used to  purchase or carry any  "margin  stock"  (within the meaning of
Regulation  U of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System of the

                                       20
                                    - 553 -
<PAGE>

United States) or any "margin  security"  (within the meaning of Regulation G of
said  Board of  Governors),  or to extend  credit to others  for the  purpose of
purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or margin security.  No part of the
proceeds of any Advance  hereunder  shall be used for any purpose that violates,
or which is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X of said
Board of Governors.

     3.13 Financial  Condition.  The financial condition of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries  is truly and  accurately  set forth in the most  recent  financial
statement which has been provided to the Lenders and no material  adverse change
has occurred which would make such financial statement inaccurate or misleading.



                                  IV. COVENANTS

     The Borrower hereby covenants that:

     4.1      Financial Reports

              (a) Within  forty-five (45) days after the end of each month,  the
     Borrower,  at its sole expense,  shall  furnish the Lenders a  consolidated
     balance sheet, a statement of earnings of the Borrower and its consolidated
     Subsidiaries  and a  statement  of  cash  flows  of the  Borrower  and  its
     consolidated Subsidiaries, and such financial statements on a consolidating
     basis as to the Borrower,  all such financial  statements to be prepared in
     accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  consistently
     applied and certified as completed and correct,  subject to normal  changes
     resulting from year-end audit  adjustments,  by the chief financial officer
     of the Borrower.

              (b)  Within  ninety  (90) days  after the close of the  Borrower's
     fiscal year, the Borrower, at its sole expense,  shall furnish the Lenders:
     (i) a  consolidated  balance sheet, a statement of earnings of the Borrower
     and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  and a  statement  of cash flows of the
     Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, certified by Deloitte & Touche,
     or  other  independent  certified  public  accountants  acceptable  to  the
     Lenders, that such financial reports fairly present the financial condition
     of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and have been prepared in
     accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  consistently
     applied;  and (ii) a certificate from such  accountants  certifying that in
     making the requisite audit for  certification  of the Borrower's  financial
     statements, the auditors either (1) have obtained no knowledge, and are not
     otherwise  aware of, any condition or event which  constitutes  an Event of
     Default  or which with the  passage  of time or the giving of notice  would
     constitute  an Event of Default  under  Sections  4.3,  4.4,  4.7,  4.9(b),
     4.9(d),  4.11,  4.19, or 4.20;  or (2) have  discovered  such  condition or
     event, as specifically set forth in such certificate,  which constitutes an
     Event of Default or which with the  passage of time or the giving of notice
     would  constitute  an Event of Default  under such  sections.  The auditors

                                       21
                                    - 554 -
<PAGE>

     shall not be liable to the  Lenders by reason of the  auditors'  failure to
     obtain knowledge of such event or condition in the ordinary course of their
     audit unless such failure is the result of negligence or willful misconduct
     in the performance of the audit.

              (c) Within thirty (30) days after submission to the Securities and
     Exchange  Commission,  the Borrower  shall provide to the Lenders copies of
     its  Forms  10K and  10Q,  as  submitted  to the  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission during the term of this Agreement.

              (d) Within  twenty  (20) days after the end of each  quarter,  the
     Borrower,  at its expense,  shall furnish the Lenders a certificate  of the
     chief  financial  officer of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit D, setting
     forth such  information  (including  detailed  calculations)  sufficient to
     verify the conclusions of such officer after due inquiry and review, that:

                     (i) The  Borrower  and each  Subsidiary,  either  (y) is in
              compliance  with the  requirements  set forth in this Agreement or
              (z)  is  NOT  in   compliance   with  the  foregoing  for  reasons
              specifically set forth therein; and

                     (ii)  The  chief  financial  officer  of the  Borrower  has
              reviewed  or  caused  to be  reviewed  all  of  the  terms  of the
              Operative  Documents of the  Borrower and that such review  either
              (1) has NOT  disclosed  the  existence  of any  condition or event
              which  constitutes  an event of default or any  condition or event
              which  with the  passage  of time or the  giving of  notice  would
              constitute an event of default  under the  Operative  Documents or
              (2) has  disclosed  the  existence  of a condition  or event which
              constitutes  an event of default,  or a  condition  or event which
              with the passage of time or the giving of notice would  constitute
              an event of default, under the aforesaid instrument or instruments
              and the specific condition or event is specifically set forth.


              (e) The  Borrower  shall  provide  the  Lenders  with  such  other
     financial reports and statements as the Lenders may reasonably request.

     4.2  Corporate  Structure  and  Assets.  The  Borrower  shall  not merge or
consolidate  with any other  corporation  or entity unless the Borrower shall be
the surviving  entity,  nor sell any assets except items that are obsolete or no
longer  necessary  for  operation  of the  business,  other than in the ordinary
course of business without the prior written consent of the Lenders. The Lenders
shall be entitled to receive as a  prepayment  on the Notes the  proceeds of any
sale of assets of the Borrower which are  prohibited by the preceding  sentence.
Notwithstanding the foregoing prepayment requirements,  any such prohibited sale
shall remain a violation of this Agreement.  In addition, the Borrower shall not
engage in any business  materially  different from that in which it is presently
engaged  without the prior written  consent of the Lenders,  which consent shall
not  be  unreasonably  withheld.  The  foregoing  restrictions  on  mergers  and
consolidations  shall not apply if: (i) in the case of a merger, the Borrower is
the surviving entity and expressly reaffirms its obligations hereunder;  (ii) in
the case of a consolidation,  the resulting  corporation  expressly  assumes the
 
                                      22
                                    - 555 -
<PAGE>

obligations  of  the  Borrower  hereunder;  (iii)  the  surviving  or  resulting
corporation  is organized  under the laws of the United States or a jurisdiction
thereof; (iv) after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the surviving
or  resulting  corporation  will be engaged in  substantially  the same lines of
business as are now engaged in by the Borrower; and (v) immediately after giving
effect  to such  merger  or  consolidation,  no  Event  of  Default  will  exist
hereunder.

     4.3 Net Worth.  The Borrower  shall maintain a minimum Net Worth during the
term of this Agreement of at least $23,500,000,  plus fifty percent (50%) of the
net income (but not losses) of the  Borrower  for each fiscal  year,  commencing
with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 1997;  provided,  however,  solely for
purposes of determining compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.3, "Net
Worth" shall not include any subordinated debt.

     4.4 Indebtedness

              (a) The Borrower  shall not at any time permit the Leverage  Ratio
     to exceed forty-eight (48).

              (b) On the day the  Borrower or a Subsidiary  becomes  liable with
     respect to any debt and immediately  after giving effect thereto and to the
     concurrent  retirement  of any other debt,  the sum of Total  Indebtedness,
     plus the amount of any  outstanding  subordinated  debt of the Borrower and
     its Subsidiaries,  plus the contingent  obligations of the Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries  under any  guaranty of the debt of any other person or entity
     (other than unsecured debt of a Subsidiary  incurred in the ordinary course
     of business for other than borrowed  money or to finance the purchase price
     of any property or business) shall not exceed an amount equal to sixty (60)
     times Operating Cash Flow at such date.


     4.5 Use of  Proceeds.  The  Borrower  shall  not use  the  proceeds  of the
Advances  hereunder to purchase or carry any "margin  stock" (within the meaning
of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System of the
United States) or any "margin  security"  (within the meaning of Regulation G of
said  Board of  Governors),  or to extend  credit to others  for the  purpose of
purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or margin security. No part of such
proceeds shall be used for any purpose that violates,  or which is  inconsistent
with, the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X of said Board of Governors. This
section shall not preclude the Borrower from  repurchasing any of its own issued
and outstanding common stock;  provided,  however, that such repurchase does not
result in the occurrence of any other Event of Default hereunder.

     4.6  Notice of  Default.  The  Borrower  shall give to the  Lenders  prompt
written notification of the existence or occurrence of:

              (a) any fact or event which  results,  or which with notice or the
     passage of time, or both, would result in an Event of Default hereunder;

                                       23
                                    - 556 -
<PAGE>

              (b) any  proceedings  instituted by or against the Borrower in any
     federal, state or local court or before any governmental body or agency, or
     before any arbitration  board, or any such proceedings  threatened  against
     the Borrower by any governmental agency, which is likely to have a material
     adverse effect upon the Borrower's ability to perform its obligations under
     its Operative Documents;

              (c) any default or event of default involving the payment of money
     under any agreement or instrument  which is material to the Borrower or any
     Subsidiary  to which  such  entity  is a party or by which it or any of its
     property may be bound,  and which  default or event of default would have a
     material  adverse  effect  upon  the  Borrower's  ability  to  perform  its
     obligations under its Operative Documents; and

              (d) the Borrower shall give immediate  notice of the  commencement
     of any  proceeding  under the  Federal  Bankruptcy  Code by or against  the
     Borrower or any Subsidiary.

     4.7 Distributions

              (a)  Neither   Borrower  nor  any  Subsidiary  shall  declare  any
     dividends  or make any cash  distribution  in  respect of any shares of its
     capital stock or warrants of its capital  stock,  without the prior written
     consent of the Lenders;  provided,  however,  that the Borrower may declare
     stock dividends;  provided,  further, that the Borrower need not obtain the
     Lenders'  consent with  respect to (i)  dividends in any one (1) year which
     are, in the aggregate, less than 25% of the Borrower's Net Operating Profit
     After Taxes in the previous four (4)  quarters,  as reported to the Lenders
     pursuant  to Section  4.1;  or (ii)  dividends  or  distributions  from any
     consolidated Subsidiary.

              (b)  Neither  the  Borrower  nor  any  Subsidiary   other  than  a
     Subsidiary which is wholly-owned by the Borrower shall purchase, redeem, or
     otherwise retire any shares of its capital stock or warrants of its capital
     stock if, immediately after the making of such purchase or redemption,  the
     Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  will be in default of any other  covenant  or
     provision of this Agreement (including,  without limitation,  the covenants
     and  provisions   pertaining  to  minimum  net  worth  and  limitations  on
     indebtedness).

     4.8 Compliance with Law and  Regulations.  The Borrower and each Subsidiary
shall comply in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws
and regulations.

     4.9 Maintenance of Property; Accounting; Corporate Form; Taxes; Insurance
                  

              (a) The Borrower and each  Subsidiary  shall maintain its property
     in  good  condition  in all  material  respects,  ordinary  wear  and  tear
     excepted, and make all renewals,  replacements,  additions, betterments and
     improvements thereto necessary for the efficient operation of its business.

                                       24
                                    - 557 -
<PAGE>

              (b) The  Borrower  and each  Subsidiary  shall  keep true books of
     record and accounts in which full and correct  entries shall be made of all
     its  business  transactions,  all in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
     accounting principles consistently applied.

              (c) The Borrower and each Subsidiary  shall do or cause to be done
     all  things  necessary  to  preserve  and keep in full force and effect its
     corporate  form of existence as is necessary  for the  continuation  of its
     business in substantially the same form, except where such failure to do so
     with respect to any Subsidiary  would not have a material adverse effect on
     the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations  under the Operative
     Documents.

              (d)  The  Borrower  and  each  Subsidiary  shall  pay  all  taxes,
     assessments  and  governmental  charges  or levies  imposed  upon it or its
     property;  provided, however, that the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall not
     be required to pay any of the  foregoing  taxes which are being  diligently
     contested in good faith by appropriate  legal  proceedings and with respect
     to which adequate reserves have been established.

              (e)  The  Borrower  shall  maintain  or  cause  to  be  maintained
     liability  insurance  and  casualty   insurance,   in  a  form  and  amount
     satisfactory  to FNB-O  as  agent  for the  Lenders,  upon  the  Collateral
     (excluding  equipment or inventory  provided to Subscribers in the ordinary
     course  of  business)  and  other  tangible  assets  owned  by it  and  its
     Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall name FNB-O as agent for the Lenders as the
     loss payee on all such casualty insurance,  and as an additional insured on
     all such liability insurance and shall provide the Lenders with evidence of
     such insurance upon request.

     4.10  Inspection of Properties and Books.  The Borrower shall recognize and
honor the right of the Lenders,  upon request to an officer of the Borrower,  to
visit and inspect any of the properties of, to examine the books,  accounts, and
other  records of, and to take  extracts  therefrom  and to discuss the affairs,
finances,  loans  and  accounts  of,  and to be  advised  as to the  same by the
officers  of, the  Borrower at all such times,  in such detail and through  such
agents and representatives as the Lenders may reasonably desire.

     4.11 Guaranties.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall guaranty or
become responsible for the indebtedness of any other person or entity; provided,
however, that a Subsidiary may guaranty the obligation of the Borrower; provided
further,  that the Borrower may guaranty the obligations of a Subsidiary so long
as no Event of Default (or no event or occurrence which with the passage of time
or notice, or both, would become an Event of Default) has occurred or will occur
hereunder, taking into account such guaranty and indebtedness.

     4.12  Collateral.  Neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  shall incur or
permit  to  exist  any  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  security  interest  or  other
encumbrance on the  Collateral,  except as permitted in the Security  Agreement.

                                       25
                                    - 558 -
<PAGE>

Subject to Section 4.4(b),  the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the
Borrower or any  Subsidiary  from  acquiring  leased  equipment  in the ordinary
course of  business.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the
Borrower  covenants and agrees that it shall on request  enforce for the benefit
of the Lenders, but at the sole expense of the Borrower,  any and all rights and
remedies (including,  without limitation, rights to indemnity), that it may have
with  respect  to the  existence  of any  liens,  security  interests  or  other
encumbrances  that may  exist on the  property  of the  Borrower  acquired  from
Broadcast Partners under the Purchase Agreement.

     4.13 Name;  Location.  The Borrower shall give the Lenders ninety (90) days
notice prior to changing its name, identity or corporate  structure,  moving its
principal place of business,  chief executive office or place where it keeps its
records concerning the Collateral.

     4.14 Notice of Change in Ownership or  Management.  During the term of this
Agreement,  the Borrower  shall give the Lenders notice of the occurrence of any
of the following  described  events,  which notice shall be given as soon as the
Borrower obtains notice or knowledge thereof:
                      
              (a)  any  change,   directly  or   indirectly,   in  the  existing
     controlling interest in the Borrower; or

              (b) any material  adverse  change in its management  personnel.  A
     material  adverse change in the Borrower's  management  personnel  shall be
     deemed to have  occurred if any one (1) of the  following has occurred with
     respect  to two of the  four (4)  individuals  who are  both  officers  and
     members of the Board of Directors  of the  Borrower:  (i) the  resignation,
     retirement,  or voluntary or involuntary  termination of employment  and/or
     status of such persons as officers and directors of the Borrower;  (ii) any
     announcement,  notice of intent,  resolution or similar advance notice with
     respect to the matters  referenced  in the foregoing  clause;  or (iii) the
     death, disability or legal incompetence of such persons.

     4.15  Interest  Coverage.  The ratio of  Operating  Cash  Flow to  interest
expense  (as  determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles but excluding  amortization  of deferred  offering costs and any fees
related to the  Trigger  Event in Section 2.5 of this  Agreement)  at the end of
each  quarter  during  the term of this  Agreement,  as  shown on the  Quarterly
Compliance Report, shall not be less than 2.25 to 1.0.

     4.16 Subordinated Debt. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall incur
any  subordinated  debt or issue any  preferred  stock or warrants for preferred
stock except upon the prior written consent of the Lenders. Neither the Borrower
nor any  Subsidiary  shall make any  voluntary  or  optional  prepayment  on any
subordinated  debt without the prior written consent of the Lenders.  Similarly,
the  Borrower  shall  not  amend  its  articles  of  incorporation  or any other
documents or agreements relating to the issuance of subordinated debt, preferred
stock or warrants for preferred  stock without the prior written  consent of the
Lenders.

     4.17  Subsidiaries.  The Borrower  shall give prompt  written notice to the
Lenders of the Borrower's intent to acquire,  or the Borrower's  acquisition of,

                                       26
                                    - 559 -
<PAGE>

any  Subsidiary.  Prior to the creation or acquisition of such  Subsidiary,  the
Borrower  (i)  shall  cause a first  security  interest  in the  assets  of such
Subsidiary to be perfected in favor of FNBO, as agent for the Lenders,  and (ii)
shall cause the  Subsidiary to enter into a security  agreement,  to execute and
file such financing  statements and to provide opinions all in form satisfactory
to the Lenders as to compliance with this section.

     4.18  Amendments to Purchase  Agreement.  The Borrower  shall not amend the
Purchase Agreement without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

     4.19 Capital Expenditures. The Borrower shall not incur in any fiscal year,
commencing with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 1998, capital expenditures,
determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  of more
than $2,000,000;  provided, however, that capital expenditures for (a) equipment
to be used by Subscribers of the Borrower, and (b) telecommunication  equipment,
computer equipment,  software,  and software consulting shall not be counted for
purposes of this annual limitation.

     4.20  Acquisitions.  The Borrower shall not acquire any stock or any equity
interest in, or warrants therefor or securities  convertible into the same, or a
substantial  portion of the assets of,  another entity without the prior written
consent of the Revolving Lenders; provided,  however, that the Borrower shall be
permitted  to make on a  cumulative  basis  from and after  July 1,  1998,  such
acquisitions  (excluding  the  acquisition  of A-T Financial  Information,  Inc.
directly or through Asset Growth  Corporation) in an amount not to exceed Twenty
Million  Dollars  ($20,000,000)  in the  aggregate  without  the  consent of the
Revolving Lenders if:

              (a) such acquisitions are in or from entities which:

                     (i) are in the  business  of  electronically  communicating
              time-sensitive information to their customers;

                     (ii) have their  principal  place of business in the United
              States or Canada; and

                     (iii)  except  for  Weather  Services  Corporation,  have a
              positive operating cash flow,  calculated in the same method as is
              used to calculate the Borrower's  Operating Cash Flow for purposes
              of this Agreement; and

              (b) the Borrower or any Subsidiary is not, and  immediately  after
     making  such  acquisition,  will not be in default  under any  covenant  or
     provisions of this Agreement (including,  without limitation, the covenants
     and  provisions   pertaining  to  minimum  net  worth  and  limitations  on
     indebtedness); and

              (c) except for the acquisition of A-T Financial Information,  Inc.
     directly or through Asset Growth  Corporation,  no one acquisition  exceeds
     Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).


                                       27
                                    - 560 -
<PAGE>

                             V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     6.1 Events of Default. Any and all obligations of the Lenders hereunder are
subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

              (a) FNB-O, as agent,  shall have received an opinion of counsel to
     the Borrower  covering such matters as the Lenders may request  (including,
     without  limitation,  corporate  existence  and  good  standing,  corporate
     authority,  due  authorization,  execution  and  delivery of the  Operative
     Documents,  the  legal,  valid,  binding  and  enforceable  nature  of  the
     Operative  Documents,  and the  perfection  and  priority  of the  security
     interest in the  Collateral  granted to the  Lenders),  such  opinion to be
     satisfactory in form and substance to counsel to FNB-O;

              (b) FNB-O,  as agent,  shall have received such  certificates  and
     documents  as  the  Lenders  may  reasonably  request  from  the  Borrower,
     including articles of incorporation and bylaws, certificates regarding good
     standing,  incumbency, copies of other corporate documents, and appropriate
     authorizing resolutions; and

              (c) the Operative  Documents  shall have been duly  authorized and
     executed  and shall be in full  force and  effect,  and such UCC  financing
     statements  shall have been  executed  and filed in such  offices as may be
     appropriate  to perfect the  security  interest of FNB-O,  as agent for the
     Lenders, in the Collateral.


                            VI. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     6.1 Events of  Default.  Any of the  following  shall be deemed an event of
default under this Agreement (an "Event of Default"):

              (a) Any  payment of  principal  required  by any of the  Operative
     Documents shall not be paid when due.

              (b) Any payment of interest or other fees due  hereunder  or under
     any of the  Operative  Documents  shall  not be paid  within  fifteen  (15)
     calendar days after the date on which such payment was invoiced or due.

              (c) Any  representation  or warranty of the Borrower  under any of
     the  Operative  Documents,  or  any  financial  reports  or  statements  or
     certificates submitted pursuant to this Agreement, shall prove to have been
     false in any material respect when made.

              (d) A failure of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to comply with any
     requirement  or  restriction  applicable  to such entity and  contained  in
     Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.7, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.19,
     or 4.20 of this Agreement.

                                       28
                                    - 561 -
<PAGE>

              (e) A failure of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to comply with any
     requirement  or  restriction  contained in any  provision of the  Operative
     Documents not otherwise specified in this Article VI, which failure remains
     unremedied  for ten (10) days  following  receipt  of notice  from FNB-O on
     behalf of the Lenders.

              (f)  The  occurrence  of a  default  or a  breach  of  any  of the
     obligations  of the Borrower or any Subsidiary  (other than  obligations of
     such Subsidiary to the Borrower) under any note, loan agreement,  preferred
     stock,  subordinated  debt instrument or agreement,  or any other agreement
     evidencing an obligation to repay borrowed money.

              (g) The entry of a final  judgment  against  the  Borrower  or any
     Subsidiary for the payment of money, which is not covered by insurance, and
     the expiration of thirty (30) days from the date of such entry during which
     the judgment is not discharged in full or stayed.

              (h) The occurrence of any one or more of the following:

                     (1) The Borrower or any  Subsidiary  shall file a voluntary
              petition in  bankruptcy or an order for relief shall be entered in
              a bankruptcy  case as to such entity or shall file any petition or
              answer seeking or acquiescing in any reorganization,  arrangement,
              composition,  readjustment,  liquidation,  dissolution  or similar
              relief for itself  under any present or future  federal,  state or
              other   statute,   law  or  regulation   relating  to  bankruptcy,
              insolvency  or other relief for debtors;  or shall seek or consent
              to or acquiesce  in the  appointment  of any trustee,  receiver or
              liquidator  of such entity or of all or any part of its  property,
              or of any or all of the  royalties,  revenues,  rents,  issues  or
              profits  thereof,  or shall make any  general  assignment  for the
              benefit of  creditors,  or shall admit in writing its inability to
              pay its debts or shall  generally not pay its debts as they become
              due; or

                     (2) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order,
              judgment or decree approving a petition filed against the Borrower
              or any  Subsidiary  seeking  any  reorganization,  dissolution  or
              similar relief under any present or future federal, state or other
              statute,  law or regulation relating to bankruptcy,  insolvency or
              other relief for debtors, and such order, judgment or decree shall
              remain unvacated and unstayed for an aggregate of thirty (30) days
              (whether or not consecutive) from the first date of entry thereof;
              or any  trustee,  receiver or  liquidator  of the  Borrower or any
              Subsidiary or of all or any part of its property, or of any or all
              of the  royalties,  revenues,  rents,  issues or profits  thereof,
              shall be  appointed  without the consent or  acquiescence  of such
              entity and such  appointments  shall remain unvacated and unstayed
              for an aggregate of thirty (30) days (whether or not consecutive);
              or

                                       29
                                    - 562 -
<PAGE>

                     (3) A writ  of  execution  or  attachment  or  any  similar
              process  shall be issued or levied  against  all or any part of or
              interest in the  Collateral,  or any judgment  involving  monetary
              damages  shall be entered  against the Borrower or any  Subsidiary
              which shall become a lien on the Collateral or any portion thereof
              or interest  therein  and such  execution,  attachment  or similar
              process or judgment is not released, bonded, satisfied, vacated or
              stayed within thirty (30) days after its entry or levy.
              
              (i) Any event of default shall occur under any Operative Document.

              (j) A change  shall  occur  after  November  8, 1993,  directly or
     indirectly, in the ownership or control of the Borrower; provided, however,
     that changes in the  ownership or control of, or new  issuances  of, voting
     common stock which do not exceed, cumulatively, 50% of the total issued and
     outstanding  shares of the Borrower as of  September  30, 1993 shall not be
     deemed an Event of Default  under this Section  6.1(j);  provided  further,
     that acquisitions of additional shares by members of the existing executive
     management  group of the  Borrower  shall not be  counted as changes in the
     ownership  or  control  of the  Borrower  under this  Section  6.1(j).  For
     purposes  of  computing  the  total  issued  and  outstanding  shares as of
     September 30, 1993, warrants and options for such shares shall be included.

              (k) An Event of Default  shall occur under any Existing  Term Note
     or the Related Bank Debt and the expiration of any  applicable  cure period
     thereunder.

              (l) The  Borrower  shall be obligated to prepay all or any portion
     of its subordinated debt as a result of a Change of Control.

              (m)  The  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  is not at any  time  after
     September  30, 1999,  in compliance  with Year 2000  requirements  and such
     failure creates a material adverse effect on the ability of the Borrower to
     carry out its business.

     6.2 Remedies.  If an Event of Default  occurs and is  continuing,  upon the
election of the Lenders  holding  two-thirds of the then  outstanding  aggregate
Total Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders (including under the Revolving
Credit Notes,  the Existing Term Notes,  the Related Bank Debt, the  Acquisition
Notes, and any similar  indebtedness),  the entire unpaid principal amount under
the Notes, together with interest accrued thereon,  shall become immediately due
and payable without presentment,  demand,  protest or notice of any kind, all of
which are hereby  expressly  waived,  and the Lenders may exercise  their rights
under the other Operative  Documents,  the Notes,  the Term  Agreement,  and the
Related Bank Debt (and the operative documents with respect thereto), including,
without limitation,  under the Security Agreement.  For purposes of this Article
VI, the term Lenders includes NationsBank,  formerly Boatmen's. In addition, the
Lenders  shall have such other  remedies as are  available at law and in equity.
Remedies under this  Agreement,  the Operative  Documents,  the Notes,  the Term
Agreement,  the Related  Bank Debt (and the  operative  documents  with  respect
thereto)  are  cumulative.  Any waiver  must be in writing by the Lenders and no
waiver shall constitute a waiver as to any other occurrence which constitutes an
Event of Default or as to any party not  specifically  included in such  written
waiver.

                                       30
                                    - 563 -
<PAGE>

                         VII. INTER-CREDITOR AGREEMENTS

     7.1  FNB-L as  Servicer.  FNB-O  will  act as sole  servicer  of the  loans
evidenced by the Notes (other than in connection  with interest rate  protection
contracts).  For  purposes  of this  Article  VII,  the  term  Lenders  includes
NationsBank, formerly Boatmen's and the term Event of Default means any Event of
Default  hereunder,  under one or more of the Notes, or under the Term Agreement
or the Related Bank Debt. FNB-O will enforce, administer and otherwise deal with
the loans  made by the  Lenders  in  accordance  with safe and  prudent  banking
standards  employed  by FNB-O in the case of the  loan  made by  FNB-O.  Without
limiting the generality of the  foregoing,  FNB-O will, on its own behalf and on
behalf  of the  Lenders:  (i)  maintain  originals  of the  Operative  Documents
(excluding  the Notes) and the operative  documents in connection  with the Term
Agreement and the Related Bank Debt; (ii) receive requests for Advances from the
Borrower,  promptly  transmit  the same to the  Revolving  Lenders and make such
Advances on behalf of the Revolving  Lenders  (provided that FNB-O is assured of
reimbursement  therefor  by the  other  Revolving  Lenders  for  their  pro rata
shares); (iii) receive payments and prepayments from the Borrower and apply such
payments as provided in Section 7.2; (iv) receive  notices from the Borrower and
send copies thereof to the Lenders if FNB-O has reasonable cause to believe that
such Lenders have not received such notice from another  source;  and (v) advise
the Lenders of the occurrence of any Event of Default which FNB-O obtains actual
knowledge  of. The Lenders  agree not to attempt to take any action  against the
Borrower  under the Operative  Documents,  the Notes,  the Term Agreement or the
Related Bank Debt or with respect to the indebtedness  evidenced thereby without
FNB-O's consent unless holders of two-thirds of the then  outstanding  aggregate
Total Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders (including under the Notes and
any similar  indebtedness)  shall have requested  FNB-O to take specific  action
against the  Borrower  and FNB-O shall have failed to do so within a  reasonable
period  after  receipt of such  request.  All  actions,  consents,  waivers  and
approvals by the Lenders  shall be deemed taken or given and  amendments  hereto
deemed  agreed to if the  holders  of more than  two-thirds  of the  outstanding
aggregate Total Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders shall have indicated
their consent thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, unanimous approval of the
applicable  Lenders  under the  respective  Notes shall be required for: (i) any
reduction or compromise of the principal  loan amount of such Notes,  the amount
or rate of interest accrued or accruing  thereon or the fees due hereunder;  and
(ii) extension of the date of any scheduled  payment;  and unanimous  consent of
all the Lenders shall be required for (iii)  permitting the sale of or releasing
the security interest of the Lenders in Collateral which comprises more than ten
percent  (10%) of net book value of fixed assets of the  Borrower;  and (iv) any
amendment  of  Sections  7.1 or 7.2  hereof.  A  Revolving  Lender's  commitment
hereunder may not be increased  without the consent of such Revolving Lender, it
being understood, however, that increases in the total revolving credit facility
hereunder may be made with the consent of the holders of more than two-thirds of
the outstanding  aggregate total  outstanding  obligation of the Borrower to the
Revolving  Lenders,  so long as such increase does not result in the increase of
any non-consenting Revolving Lender's commitment hereunder.

                                       31
                                    - 564 -
<PAGE>

     7.2  Application  of Payments.  Until the earlier of the  occurrence  of an
Event of Default or any  Lender's  giving of notice to the others  that it deems
itself insecure,  payments or prepayments made by the Borrower may be applied to
the indebtedness designated by the Borrower or otherwise applied as follows:

              (a) first,  to pay interest to date on the Revolving  Credit Notes
     and fees due to the Lenders;

              (b) second, to make payments due but unpaid under any of the other
     Notes; and

              (c)  third,  pro rata to the  Lenders,  such pro rata  share to be
     determined as set forth below in subsection (bb) of this Section 7.2.

                                       32
                                    - 565 -
<PAGE>

After the  occurrence  of an Event of Default or any  Lender's  giving of notice
that it deems itself insecure,  payments or prepayments on the Notes received by
FNB-O or any of the Lenders and funds  realized upon the  disposition  of any of
the Collateral shall be applied as follows:

              (aa)  first,  to  reimburse  FNB-O for any  costs,  expenses,  and
     disbursements  (including attorneys' fees) which may be incurred or made by
     FNB-0:  (i) in  connection  with  its  servicing  obligations;  (ii) in the
     process of collecting  such payments or funds; or (iii) as advances made by
     FNB-O to protect the Collateral  (provided,  however, that FNB-O shall have
     no obligation to make such protective advances); and

              (bb)  second,  pari  passu  among  the  Lenders,  based  on  their
     respective  pro rata shares of the funds to be applied.  Each  Lender's pro
     rata share shall be equal to a fraction,  (x) the  numerator of which shall
     be the total principal loan amount then outstanding  which is owing to each
     such Lender under its Notes,  and (y) the denominator of which shall be the
     total principal loan amount then outstanding  which is owing to the Lenders
     under all  Notes.  As to any Note which  represents  an  obligation  of the
     Borrower to one or more Lenders under an interest rate protection contract,
     "principal  loan amount  then  outstanding"  shall mean,  as of the date of
     determination  by FNB-O of the Lenders'  respective  pro rata  shares,  the
     amount, if any, of the unpaid Interest Rate Protection Contract Amounts.

Except as  specifically  provided  in this  Section  7.2,  FNB-O  shall  have no
obligation  to repay or prepay any amount  due from the  Borrower  to any of the
other  Lenders nor shall FNB-O have any  obligation to purchase all or a part of
any Note  hereunder or any Advance  made by any  Lenders,  nor shall the Lenders
have any recourse  whatsoever  against  FNB-O with respect to any failure of the
Borrower to repay the indebtedness referenced herein.

     7.3  Liability  of FNB-O.  FNB-O shall not be liable to the Lenders for any
error  of  judgment  or for any  action  taken  or  omitted  to be  taken  by it
hereunder,  except for gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limiting
the  generality of the foregoing,  FNB-O,  except as expressly set forth herein,
(a) may consult with legal counsel,  independent  public  accountants  and other
experts  selected by it and shall not be liable for any action  taken or omitted
to be taken in good faith by it in  accordance  with the advice of such counsel,
accountants or experts; (b) makes no representation or warranty with respect to,
and  shall  not be  responsible  for,  the  accuracy,  completeness,  execution,
legality, validity, legal effect or enforceability of this 1998 Revolving Credit
Agreement,  the  Notes,  or the  other  Operative  Documents  or  the  operative
documents  under the Term  Agreement or the Related  Bank Debt,  or the value or
sufficiency  of any  Collateral  given by the  Borrower  or the  priority of the
Lenders' security  interest therein or the financial  condition of the Borrower;
and (c) shall not be responsible for the performance or observance of any of the
terms,  covenants or conditions of the  Operative  Documents,  the Existing Term
Notes, or the operative documents under any Related Bank Debt on the part of the
Borrower and shall not have any duty to inspect the property (including, without
limitation, the books and records) of the Borrower.

                                       33
                                    - 566 -
<PAGE>

     7.4 Transfers. No Lender shall subdivide, transfer or grant a participation
in its respective  Notes or in any Advance  hereunder  without the prior written
consent of FNB-O which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld. For purposes
of this  Section  7.4,  "Notes"  shall  not  include  interest  rate  protection
contracts.

     7.5 Reliance. The Lenders acknowledge that they have been advised that none
of the Notes nor any interest therein or related thereto has been (i) registered
under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  nor (ii) insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance  Corporation.  The Lenders acknowledge that they have received
from the Borrower all  financial  information  and other data  relevant to their
decision  to extend  credit  to the  Borrower  and that they have  independently
approved the credit quality of the Borrower.

     7.6  Relationship  of  Lenders.  The Lenders  intend for the  relationships
created by this  Agreement to be construed as concurrent  direct loans from each
Lender respectively to the Borrower. Nothing herein shall be construed as a loan
from  any  Lender  to FNB-O  or as  creating  a  partnership  or  joint  venture
relationship among them.

     7.7 New Lenders. In the event that new Lenders are added to this Agreement,
the Term  Agreement or the Related Bank Debt,  such Lenders shall be required to
agree to the inter-creditor provisions of this Article VII.


                               VIII. MISCELLANEOUS

     8.1 Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not
be effectively amended, changed, modified or altered, except in writing executed
by all parties.

     8.2  Governing  Law.  The  Operative  Documents  shall be  governed  by and
construed pursuant to the laws of the State of Nebraska.

     8.3 Notices.  Until changed by written  notice from one party hereto to the
other, all communications  under the Operative Documents shall be in writing and
shall be hand delivered or mailed by registered mail to the parties as follows:

     If to the Borrower:

               DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
               Suite 200
               9110 West Dodge Road
               Omaha, Nebraska 68114
               Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

                                       34
                                    - 567 -
<PAGE>

     If to the Lenders:

               FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA
               One First National Center
               Omaha, Nebraska  68102
               Attention:  Mr. James P. Bonham

Notices  shall be  deemed  given  when  mailed,  except  that any  notice by the
Borrower  under Sections 2.4 and 2.5 shall not be deemed given until received by
FNB-O.


     8.4 Headings. The captions and headings herein are for convenience only and
in no way define,  limit or describe  the scope or intent of any  provisions  or
sections of this Agreement.

     8.5  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in several  counterparts
and such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     8.6  Survival;   Successors  and  Assigns.   The   covenants,   agreements,
representations  and warranties made herein,  and in the certificates  delivered
pursuant hereto, shall survive the execution and delivery to the Lenders of this
Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Note or any
obligation to the Lenders under any of the  Operative  Documents is  outstanding
and unpaid. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to,
such  reference  shall be deemed to include the  successors  and assigns of such
party,  and all  covenants,  promises  and  agreements  by or on  behalf  of the
Borrower  which are contained in this  Agreement  shall bind the  successors and
assigns of the  Borrower  and shall inure to the benefit of the  successors  and
assigns of the Lenders.

     8.7 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by
or invalid under  applicable  law, such  provision  shall be  ineffective to the
extent of such prohibition or invalidity  without  invalidating the remainder of
such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

     8.8  Assignment.  The  Borrower  may not assign  its rights or  obligations
hereunder and any assignment in contravention of the terms hereof shall be void.

     8.9 Amendments. Any amendment, modification or supplement to this Agreement
must be in writing and must be signed by the requisite parties hereto.

     8.10 Consent to Form of Security  Agreement,  Term  Agreement.  The parties
hereto  expressly  approve  the  form of the  Term  Agreement  and the  Security
Agreement, both amended and restated as of the date hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower,  Boatmen's and the Revolving Lenders have
caused  this 1998  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  to be  executed  by their  duly
authorized corporate officers as of the day and year first above written.


                                       35
                                    - 568 -
<PAGE>

                            DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                            CORPORATION


                            By /s/ Brian L. Larson
                             Title:VP, CFO and Secretary


                                       36
                                    - 569 -
<PAGE>




                            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA



                            By /s/ James P. Bonham
                             Title:Vice President




NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                             INITIALED:


                                             Borrower


                                       37
                                    - 570 -
<PAGE>





                            DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES


                            By /s/ Patrick A. Keleher
                             Title:Vice President


                            By /s/ Brian Haughney
                             Title: Assistant Treasurer







NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                           INITIALED:


                                           Borrower


                                       38
                                    - 571 -
<PAGE>


                            FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                             NEBRASKA



                            By /s/ Elizabeth Rezac
                             Title:Second Vice President








NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower


                                       39
                                    - 572 -
<PAGE>





                            THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO


                            By /s/ Nathan L. Bloch
                             Title: First Vice President










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower


                                       40
                                    - 573 -
<PAGE>





                            NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.




                            By /s/ Kevin D. Munro
                             Title:Vice President









NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                 INITIALED:


                                 Borrower


                                       41
                                    - 574 -
<PAGE>





                            LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national
                            banking association




                            By /s/ Tom Harmon
                             Title: Assistant Vice President










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower


                                       42
                                    - 575 -
<PAGE>






                            MERCANTILE BANK OF
                            ST. LOUIS, N.A.


                            By /s/ Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.
                             Title: Vice President










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower



                                       43
                                    - 576 -
<PAGE>





                            U.S. BANK, NATIONAL
                            ASSOCIATION


                            By /s/Beth Morgan
                             Title:Vice President










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower




                                       44
                                    - 577 -
<PAGE>







                     NATIONSBANK,  N.A.  (Successor  to The  Boatmen's  National
                     Bank of St. Louis)



                     By/s/ Roger Bettlach
                      Title:Assistant Vice President










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower

                                       45
                                    - 578 -
<PAGE>




                            BANK OF MONTREAL, a Canadian bank




                            By /s/ Allegra Griffiths
                             Title:Director










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower


                                       46
                                    - 579 -
<PAGE>




                            NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA, a Canadian bank




                            By /s/ Kevin L. Cullen 
                             Title:Assistant Vice President










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower

                                       47
                                    - 580 -
<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE I



                       TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL,
                            LASALLE NATIONAL BANK AND
                             NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   Subsidiary              State of Incorporation            Shares              % of Ownership


<S>                            <C>                          <C>                      <C> 
National Datamax, Inc.         California                   873,300                  100%

Kavouras, Inc.                 Minnesota                        155 5/12             100%

DTN Acquisition, Inc.          Nebraska                         100                  100%

DTN Market Commuications       Nebraska                         100                  100%
 Group, Inc.

DTN Merger Co.                 Massachusetts                    100                  100%

Paragon Software, Inc.*        Illinois                       1,000                  100%

*Owned by DTN Acquisition, Inc.

</TABLE>


                                       48
                                    - 581 -
<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT A



                       TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL,
                             LASALLE NATIONAL BANK,
                                NATIONSBANK, N.A.
                                       AND
                             NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA





                                  FORM OF NOTES


                                       49
                                    - 582 -
<PAGE>







                        SECURED BUSINESS PROMISSORY NOTE


Omaha, Nebraska                           $
                      , 19                                    June 30, 2000
- ----------------------    ----                                -------------
(Note Date)                                                  (Maturity Date)


                              REVOLVING NOTE TERMS

     On or before June 30, 2000, DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION ("Maker")
promises to pay to the order of [REVOLVING  LENDER] ("Lender") the principal sum
hereof,  which  shall be the lesser of Dollars,  or so much  thereof as may have
been  advanced  by  Lender,  either  directly  under  this Note or as an advance
pursuant to the 1998 Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 7, 1998, as
amended  from time to time (the  "Agreement")  among  Maker  and  Lender,  First
National Bank of Omaha, First National Bank, Wahoo, Nebraska, The First National
Bank of Chicago,  Norwest Bank Nebraska,  N.A., LaSalle National Bank,  Dresdner
Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman Branches, Mercantile Bank of St. Louis, N.A.,
Bank of Montreal,  U.S. Bank, National Association,  and National Bank of Canada
(collectively,  the "Lenders").  All capitalized  terms not defined herein shall
have their respective meanings as set forth in the Agreement.

     Interest  shall accrue on the  principal  sum hereof from and including the
Note Date above to the earlier of the  Maturity  Date or the date of  Conversion
(as such term is defined hereafter) at a variable rate, which shall fluctuate on
a monthly  basis,  equal to the rate announced from time to time by FNB-O as its
"National  Base Rate" minus a margin as  determined  below.  The margin shall be
adjusted quarterly after receipt of Maker's Quarterly Compliance Certificate (as
defined in the Agreement).  Adjustments shall be retroactive to the beginning of
the current quarter.

              (a) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the
     end of the prior  quarter,  the  Leverage  Ratio was  greater  than 42, the
     margin  for  the  current  quarter   (meaning  the  quarter  in  which  the
     certificate is required to be delivered) shall be .25%.

              (b) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the
     end of the prior quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was greater than 36 but equal
     to or less than 42, the margin for the current quarter shall be .50%.

              (c) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the
     end of the prior quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was greater than 30 but equal
     to or less than 36, the margin for the current quarter shall be .75%.

                                       50
                                    - 583 -
<PAGE>

              (d) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the
     end of the prior quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was greater than 24 but equal
     to or less than 30, the margin for the current quarter shall be 1.00%.

              (e) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the
     end of the prior quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was greater than 18 but equal
     to or less than 24, the margin for the current quarter shall be 1.25%.

              (f) If the Quarterly Compliance  Certificate shows that, as of the
     end of the prior quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was equal to or less than 18,
     the margin for the current quarter shall be 1.375%.

The Base Rate minus the  applicable  margin as determined  above is  hereinafter
referred to as the  "Revolving  Credit Rate."  Changes in the Base Rate shall be
effective on the first day of each month, based on the Base Rate in effect as of
such day.  Interest  shall be due upon the  rendering  of each  monthly  invoice
therefor by FNB-O.


                                 TERM NOTE TERMS

     Upon the earlier of: (i) June 30, 2000;  or (ii) Maker's  giving  notice of
its election to convert the revolving credit loan evidenced by this Note, or any
portion  thereof,  to a term  loan,  the  revolving  loan  referenced  above (or
applicable  portion  thereof)  shall be  deemed  converted  to a term  loan (the
"Conversion").  Any such term loan shall be evidenced  by notes (the  "Converted
Notes") separate from the initial  Revolving Credit Notes.  Upon the issuance of
Converted Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility shall be reduced by the principal
amount of such Converted  Notes (and shall be increased to the extent  permitted
in Section 2.1(b) of the Agreement) and no further Advances shall be made by the
Revolving  Lenders  on the  converted  amount.  The then  outstanding  principal
hereunder  shall become due and payable in  forty-eight  equal  installments  of
principal,  with the  first  such  installment  due on the last day of the month
following  Conversion,  or,  if such  day is not a  Business  Day,  on the  next
succeeding  Business Day,  subsequent  installments  due on the last day of each
consecutive  month  thereafter.  In any  event,  the total  amount of all unpaid
principal and accrued interest  hereunder shall be due and payable no later than
June 30, 2004.

     After Conversion,  interest shall accrue on the principal  outstanding from
time to time at a variable rate, which shall fluctuate on a monthly basis, which
is equal to the Revolving  Credit Rate plus .25%. For purposes of computing such
variable  rate,  changes in the Base Rate shall be effective on the first day of
each  month  based on the  Base  Rate in  effect  on such  day.  Notwithstanding
anything in the foregoing to the contrary, after Conversion,  Maker may elect to
have a fixed  interest  rate  apply to the  outstanding  Principal  Loan  Amount
converted  and  outstanding  after the date of giving  notice of such fixed rate
election  (the  "Fixed  Rate  Notice").  Such  fixed  rate shall be equal to the
greater of:

                                       51
                                    - 584 -
<PAGE>

              (a)  the  Revolving  Credit  Rate  in  effect  on the  date of the
     notice2, plus .375%, or

              (b) the average of the yields on constant  maturity Treasury Bonds
     with maturities of three years and five years, as quoted in the immediately
     preceding monthly Federal Reserve  Statistical Release (the "Release") plus
     the following  incremental  percentage  determined  based upon the Leverage
     Ratio3 as of the last day of the preceding month: (x) if the Leverage Ratio
     is greater than 36, the incremental  percentage  shall be 2.25%; (y) if the
     Leverage Ratio is greater than 24 but not in excess of 36, the  incremental
     percentage shall be 2.00%; and (z) if the Leverage Ratio is 24 or less, the
     incremental percentage should be 1.75%;

Any election of a fixed rate by Maker shall be final and  irrevocable.  Interest
shall  be due  each  month  concurrently  with the  Maker's  principal  payment.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  elsewhere  herein,  after an Event of
Default has occurred interest shall accrue on the entire outstanding  balance of
principal and interest at a fluctuating rate equal to the Default Rate. Interest
shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days  outstanding and a
360-day  year.  Interest  shall  continue to accrue on the full  unpaid  balance
hereunder  notwithstanding any permitted or unpermitted failure of Maker to make
a  scheduled  payment or the fact that a  scheduled  payment  day falls on a day
other  than  a  Business  Day.  If  Maker's  most  recent  Quarterly  Compliance
Certificate  shows that, as of the end of the prior quarter,  the Leverage Ratio
was in excess of thirty-six (36) at the end of such quarter, the current quarter
shall be deemed a "Restricted Quarter." If, any time during a Restricted Quarter
(including,  without  limitation,  during  any period in such  quarter  prior to
delivery of the Quarterly Compliance Certificate), the interest rate accruing on
any Existing Term Note (as defined in the  Agreement) or Converted  Note is less
than 7.50% per annum, a "Trigger  Event" shall be deemed to have occurred.  Upon
the occurrence of a Trigger Event, Maker shall be obligated to pay the following
fees: (i) .375% of the  outstanding  principal  balance as of the date preceding
the Trigger  Event of each  Existing  Term Note or Converted  Note which accrues
interest at less than seven and one-half  percent (7.50%) per annum which amount
shall be payable  promptly  upon  invoicing  by FNB-O;  (ii) the same  amount as
computed  in clause (i),  payable on the  six-month  anniversary  of the Trigger
Event;  and (iii) the same  amount as  computed  in clause  (i),  payable on the
twelve-month anniversary of the Trigger Event.

                                       52
                                    - 585 -
<PAGE>

     Maker may at any time prepay in whole or in part the Principal  Loan Amount
outstanding  under this  Revolving  Credit Note or a Converted Note if the Maker
has given the  Revolving  Lenders at least two (2) business  days prior  written
notice of its intention to make such prepayment. Any such prepayment may be made
without penalty except for a Converted Note as to which interest is accrued at a
fixed  rate in  accordance  with  clause  (a) or (b)  above,  in  which  event a
prepayment  penalty shall be due to the Lender, at Lender's option,  either: (1)
the Make-Whole Premium due in respect of such prepayment;  or (2) the applicable
prepayment  fee as set  forth  below.  The  applicable  prepayment  fee  for any
Converted  Note shall be: (i) if the notice  electing  fixed  interest was given
within twelve (12) months of Conversion, the fee shall be 1.50% of the amount of
such  prepayment;  (ii) if the notice  electing  fixed  interest was given after
twelve  (12)  months  of  Conversion,  but  within  twenty-four  (24)  months of
Conversion, the fee shall be .75% of the amount of such prepayment; and (iii) if
the notice  electing  fixed interest was given after twenty- four (24) months of
Conversion,  but within  thirty-six (36) months of Conversion,  the fee shall be
 .30% of the amount of such prepayment.


                                  GENERAL TERMS

     Payment of this Note and the performance of Maker's  obligations  under the
Agreement  ("Obligations")  are secured by a security  interest granted to First
National Bank of Omaha, as agent for the Lenders and others ("Agent"), under the
Security Agreement in:

     All of Maker's accounts,  accounts  receivable,  chattel paper,  documents,
     instruments,  goods, inventory,  equipment,  general intangibles,  contract
     rights,  all rights of Maker in deposits and advance payments made to Maker
     by its customers and  Subscribers,  accounts due from  advertisers  and all
     ownership,  proprietary,  copyright,  trade  secret and other  intellectual
     property rights in and to computer  software (and  specifically  including,
     without limitation,  all such rights in DTN transmission  computer software
     used in the provision of the Basic DTN Subscription  Service and Farm Dayta
     Service  to  Maker's  Subscribers)  and  all  documentation,  source  code,
     information and works of authorship  pertaining  thereto,  all now owned or
     hereafter acquired and all proceeds and products thereof; and

such  additional  collateral as is more  specifically  described in the Security
Agreement.

     Maker's liability under its Obligations shall not be affected by any of the
following:

              Acceptance  or retention  by Lender or Agent of other  property or
     interests  as security  for the  Obligations,  or for the  liability of any
     person other than a Maker with respect to the Obligations;

              The release of all or any of the  Collateral or other security for
     any of the Obligations to any Maker;

                                       53
                                    - 586 -
<PAGE>

              Any release, extension, renewal, modification or compromise of any
     of the Obligations or the liability of any obligor thereon; or

              Failure  by Lender or Agent to  resort  to other  security  or any
     person  liable  for  any  of  the  Obligations   before  resorting  to  the
     Collateral.

     Neither  Lender  nor Agent is  required  to take any action  whatsoever  in
respect of the Collateral. Impairment or destruction of the Collateral shall not
release Maker of its liability hereunder.

              Maker represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

              Maker is authorized  to grant to Agent a security  interest in the
     Collateral;

              This Note, the Agreement and the Security Agreement have been duly
     authorized, executed and delivered by the Maker and constitute legal, valid
     and binding obligations of Maker;

              This Note evidences a loan for business or agricultural  purposes;
     and

              Maker agrees to pay all costs of  collection  in  connection  with
     this Note, the Agreement and the Security Agreement,  including  reasonable
     attorneys' fees and legal expenses.

     Upon the failure of Maker to make any payment of principal or interest when
due hereunder or the occurrence of any Event of Default,  all of the Obligations
shall,  at the option of Agent and without  notice or demand,  mature and become
immediately  due and  payable;  and Agent shall have all rights and remedies for
default provided by the Uniform Commercial Code, any other applicable law and/or
the Obligations.

     All costs and expenses  incurred by Lender or Agent in enforcing its rights
under  this  Note  or any  mortgage,  endorsement,  surety  agreement,  guaranty
relating  thereto  are the  obligation  of  Maker  and are  immediately  due and
payable.  Interest  shall  accrue on such  costs and  expenses  from the date of
incurrence at the rate  specified  herein for  delinquent  Note  payments.  Each
Maker,  endorser,  surety and  guarantor  hereby  waives  presentment,  protest,
demand, notice of dishonor, and the defense of any statute of limitations.

     Without  affecting  the  liability  of  any  Maker,  endorser,   surety  or
guarantor, the holder or Agent may, without notice, renew or extend the time for
payment,  accept  partial  payments,  release or impair any  Collateral or other
security for the payment of this Note or agree to sue any party liable on it.

     Neither  Lender nor Agent  shall be deemed to have waived any of its rights
upon or under this Note, or under any mortgage, endorsement, surety agreement or
guaranty,  unless such  waivers be in writing and signed by Lender or Agent,  as

                                       54
                                    - 587 -
<PAGE>

the  case  may be.  No  delay or  omission  on the  part of  Lender  or Agent in
exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right.
A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any
right on any future  occasion.  All rights  and  remedies  of Lender or Agent on
liabilities  or  the  Collateral,  whether  evidenced  hereby  or by  any  other
instrument  or papers,  shall be cumulative  and may be exercised  singularly or
concurrently.

     Maker,  if more than one, shall be jointly and severally  liable  hereunder
and all provisions  hereof  regarding the liabilities or security of Maker shall
apply to any liability or any security of any or all of them. This Note shall be
binding upon the heirs,  executors,  administrators,  assigns or  successors  of
Maker; shall constitute a continuing  agreement,  applying to all future as well
as existing  transactions,  whether or not of the character  contemplated at the
date of this Note, and if all transactions  between Lender and Maker shall be at
any time closed, shall be equally applicable to any new transactions thereafter,
provided that Lender's interest in the Collateral shall be limited to the extent
provided in the Security  Agreement;  shall benefit  Lender,  its successors and
assigns;  and  shall so  continue  in force  notwithstanding  any  change in any
partnership party hereto,  whether such change occurs through death,  retirement
or otherwise.

     All  obligations  of  Maker  hereunder  shall  be  payable  in  immediately
available funds in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal
office of First  National  Bank of Omaha in  Omaha,  Nebraska  or at such  other
address as may be designated by Bank in writing.

     This  Note  shall  be  construed  according  to the  laws of the  State  of
Nebraska.

     Unless the content  otherwise  requires,  all terms used  herein  which are
defined in the Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meanings therein stated.

     Any  provision of this Note which is  prohibited  or  unenforceable  in any
jurisdiction  shall,  as to such  jurisdiction,  be ineffective to the extent of
such  prohibition  or  unenforceability   without   invalidating  the  remaining
provisions  hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision
in any other jurisdiction.

     This  Note is  given  in  substitution  of that  certain  Secured  Business
Promissory  Note dated  _____________,  ____ the  original  principal  amount of
$____________.  This Note shall not affect,  and there remains  outstanding from
the Maker to the Lender the Related  Bank Debt and the  Existing  Term Notes (as
such terms are  defined in the  Agreement),  and,  as to each,  all  extensions,
renewals, and substitutions of or for the foregoing.

     Executed as of this _____ day of _____________, _____.



                                       55
                                    - 588 -
<PAGE>



                                  DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                  CORPORATION


                                  By:
                                   Title:

                                       56
                                    - 589 -

<PAGE>


                            PROMISSORY NOTE SCHEDULE

                     Loan Advances and Payments of Principal

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


REVOLVING NOTE ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS:

                      Amount of                          Unpaid
        Amount      Principal Paid      Amount of       Principal      Notation
Date  of Advance      or Prepaid      Interest Paid      Balance       Made By


                                       57
                                    - 590 -
<PAGE>



TERM NOTE:

Date of Conversion:

Amount Due at Date of Conversion:



    Fixed Rate Notice Date:                    Fixed Rate:           %


                      Amount of                          Unpaid
         Amount     Principal Paid     Amount of        Principal      Notation
Date   of Advance     or Prepaid     Interest Paid       Balance       Made By




                                       58
                                    - 591 -
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B



                       TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL,
                             LASALLE NATIONAL BANK,
                                       AND
                             NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA





                               DRAWING CERTIFICATE



                                       59
                                    - 592 -
<PAGE>

                               DRAWING CERTIFICATE
                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION

To induce  the  First  National  Bank of  Omaha,  First  National  Bank,  Wahoo,
Nebraska,  The First  National  Bank of Chicago,  Norwest Bank  Nebraska,  N.A.,
LaSalle  National  Bank,  Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman  Branches,
Mercantile Bank of St. Louis,  N.A., U.S. Bank,  National  Association,  Bank of
Montreal,  and  National  Bank of Canada (the  "Revolving  Lenders")  to make an
advance under the 1998 Revolving Credit Agreement (the "Agreement")  dated as of
December 7, 1998,  between the undersigned (the  "Borrower"),  and the Revolving
Lenders  (the  "Banks"),  the  Borrower  hereby  certifies to the Banks that its
Operating Cash Flow (as defined in the  Agreement) as represented  below is true
and correct and that there is no default under the aforementioned  Agreement, or
on any other liability of the Borrower to the Banks.

All information as of:  Date

a)  Maximum Revolving Credit Facility                            $

b)  Principal on Converted Notes                                 $___________

c)  Acquisition Notes, Existing Term Notes,
    and Related Bank Debt Outstanding                            $

d)  Principal on Revolving Credit Notes                          $

e)  Unreimbursed amounts drawn under Lender Letters
    of Credit                                                    $

f)  Amount available to be drawn under outstanding
    Lender Letters of Credit

g)  ADVANCE REQUEST ( not to exceed line a - line  b
    -  line d -  line e - line f)                                $

h)  Total Proposed Bank Debt
    (line b + line c + line d + line e + line f + line g)        $

I)  Most recent month's operating cash flow                      $

j)  Prior month's operating cash flow                            $

k)  Operating Cash Flow
    (average of line I and line j)                               $

l)  Total Indebtedness                                           $

m)  Leverage Ratio (line l divided by  line m), not to exceed
    36                                                           $
Name of Borrower:  Data Transmission Network Corporation
Signature:
Title:


                                       60
                                    - 593 -
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT C



                       TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL,
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
                                       AND
                             NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA



         FORMS OF APPLICATION AND CONTINUING LETTER OF CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                       61
                                    - 594 -
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT D



                       TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL,
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
                                       AND
                             NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA




                              OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE



                                       62
                                    - 595 -
<PAGE>



                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


First National Bank of Omaha                                    Date
Attn:  James Bonham
16th & Dodge Streets
Omaha, Nebraska 68102

I certify that Data Transmission  Network  Corporation is in compliance with the
requirements set forth in the 1998 Revolving Credit Agreement (the  "Agreement")
dated as of  December  7, 1998,  between  First  National  Bank of Omaha,  First
National Bank, Wahoo, Nebraska, The First National Bank of Chicago, Norwest Bank
Nebraska,  N.A.,  LaSalle  National  Bank,  Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand
Cayman  Branches,  Mercantile  Bank of St.  Louis,  N.A.,  U.S.  Bank,  National
Association,  and  National  Bank  of  Canada,  and  Data  Transmission  Network
Corporation.

The following  calculations are as of _________  (statement date) as required by
Section 4.1(d) of said Agreement:
                                     

Evaluations:

Total Indebtedness (TI):

Operating Cash Flow:      most recent month                 previous month
                          ending _______                    ending  ______

    Net Income (loss)
    Interest Expense
    Depreciation
    Amortization
    Deferred Income
     Taxes
    Non-Ordinary
     Non-Cash
     Charges (Credits)

    Total                 a)                                b)

    Operating Cash Flow = OCF = (a+b)/2 =

Leverage Ratio (TI/OCF):

                                       63
                                     - 596 -
<PAGE>

Section 2.3

            Pricing: If the Leverage Ratio is greater than 42 then the margin is
            .25%. If the Leverage  Ratio is greater than 36 but equal to or less
            than 42 then the margin is .50%.  If the  Leverage  Ratio is greater
            than 30 but equal to or less than 36 then the margin is .75%. If the
            Leverage  Ratio is greater than 24 but equal to or less than 30 then
            the margin is 1.00%.  If the  Leverage  Ratio is greater than 18 but
            equal to or less than 24 then the margin is 1.25%.  If the  Leverage
            Ratio is equal to or less than 18 then the margin is 1.375%.

            Position: The Revolving Credit Rate is the Base Rate minus _________


Section 2.5

Trigger
            Fee:  If Total  Indebtedness  is more than 36 times  Operating  Cash
            Flow, then a one time fee, paid in three installments of 3/8% of the
            then  outstanding  principal  balances,  on any of the Existing Term
            Notes,  Acquisition  Notes or Converted Notes which have an interest
            rate less than 7.5% per annum is due.

            Position: A Trigger Event has/has not occurred.


Section 4.3

            Net Worth: A minimum Net Worth  (exclusive of subordinated  debt) of
            $23,500,000  plus fifty  percent  (50%) of the net  income  (but not
            losses) of the Borrower for each fiscal  year,  commencing  with the
            fiscal year beginning January 1, 1997; provided, however, solely for
            purposes  of  determining  compliance  with the  provisions  of this
            Section 5.3, "Net Worth" shall not include any subordinated debt.
                     
           Minimum  Net Worth  (exclusive  of  subordinated  debt)= $23,500,000.

                   Net Income            Year ending              Addition (50%)

                   $____________           12/31/97               $___________
Total Minimum Net
   Worth                                                          $

Position:

Total Net Worth (exclusive of subordinated debt) = $_____________

                                       64
                                    - 597 -
<PAGE>

Section 4.4

Indebtedness:    At no time will the Leverage Ratio exceed 48.

                 Position:           Leverage Ratio =

                 Total               At no time will Adjusted Total Indebtedness
                 Indebtedness        exceed 60 x OCF
plus
subordinated
debt plus
guaranty
contingencies
(Adjusted 
Total
Indebtedness or
ATI):

Position:       Adjusted Total Indebtedness = $
                (60 x OCF) - (ATI) = $

Section 4.7

                 Distributions:  Neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  shall
                 declare any dividends (other than dividends payable in stock of
                 the   Borrower  or   dividends   or   distributions   from  any
                 consolidated  Subsidiary)  or make  any  cash  distribution  in
                 respect of any shares of its  capital  stock or warrants of its
                 capital  stock,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
                 Lenders;  provided  that  the  Borrower  need  not  obtain  the
                 Lenders'  consent with respect to dividends in any one (1) year
                 which are in the aggregate  less than 25% of the Borrower's Net
                 Operating Profit After Taxes in the previous four (4) quarters,
                 as reported to the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.1.

                 Position:                Net Operating Profit
                        After Taxes for
                        last four (4) quarters              =  ______________

                                                                       x  .25

                        Available for dividends
                        or distributions in the most
                        recent quarter plus the
                        prior three (3) quarters          = ______________

                        Dividends and distributions
                        (excluding dividends payable
                        solely in stock of the Borrower and distributions

                                       65
                                    - 598 -
<PAGE>

                        from consolidated  Subsidiaries) declared or paid
                        in the most recent quarter plus the prior three
                                                   (3) quarters             =
                                                   ---------------

                        The  Borrower [is/is  not]  in  compliance  with
                        Section 4.7.

Section 4.15

     Interest           The ratio of OCF to Interest Expense ("IE")
    Coverage:           at the end of each quarter will not be less than 2.25 to
                        1.0 (225%).

    Position:           OCF = $
                        IE = $
                        OCF/IE =        %


Section 4.19

     Capital Expenditures:    
                 The Borrower  shall not make capital  expenditures  (other than
                 permitted  earning  assets  specified  in Section  4.19) in any
                 fiscal year,  commencing with the fiscal year beginning January
                 1, 1998, in excess of $1,000,000.

                 Position:  Capital  Expenditures  (other than permitted earning
                 assets   specified   in  Section   4.19)  this  fiscal  year  =
                 $_____________

                 The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 4.19.


Section 4.20

     Acquisitions:
                 The Borrower shall not make acquisitions which in the aggregate
                 exceed  $20,000,000 and in any one instance exceed  $10,000,000
                 except certain permitted unlimited acquisitions.

     Position:   Acquisitions (other than permitted  unlimited  acquisitions) in
                 the aggregate since the date of the Agreement = _________.

                 Date                 Amount                   Acquired Company

Permitted Unlimited Acquisition:

         Date         Amount        Acquired        Principal            Line
                                    Company         Place of              Of
                                                    Business            Business

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 4.20.

                                       66
                                    - 599 -
<PAGE>



Additional Representations:

There have/have not been any sale(s) of assets which would require prepayment of
the Notes under Section 4.2.

There has/has not been:

     (i)       a Change of Control or a material  adverse  change in  management
               personnel as defined in Section 4.14 of the Agreement; or

     (ii)      a default  under Section  6.1(j) or 6.1(l)  regarding a change in
               ownership or control of the Company.


Name of Borrower:     Data Transmission Network Corporation

                      Signature:

Title:


                                       67
                                    - 600 -
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A

                       TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK
                                       AND
                             NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA





                             PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES


Secured Party                                             Financing Statements

Nebraska Secretary of State
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                  <C>           <C>               <C>   
First National Bank of Omaha                         12/28/87      #401690
                                                     10/13/92      #564918           Amendment
                                                     11/13/92      #568176           Continued
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                5/8/96       #691938           Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     6/24/87      #384782
First National Bank of Omaha                          2/03/88      #405477           Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            5/28/92      #553205           Continued
NBD, Detroit                                         10/13/92      #564919           Amendment
                                                      2/05/93      #576038           Amendment
                                                     11/10/93      #603168           Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                5/8/96       #691936           Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88      #406144
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/13/92      #564917           Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/07/93      #572981           Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/05/93      #576039           Amendment
                                                     11/10/93      #603169           Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                5/8/96       #691937           Amendment

                                       68
                                    - 601 -
<PAGE>

First Bank of Minneapolis                            11/25/91      #534665
 (Norstan)                                            8/24/92      #561090           Assignment


Douglas County Clerk, Nebraska

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88      #000534
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92      #000534           Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93      #0000054          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/05/93      #000253           Amendment
                                                     11/17/93      #54               Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                5/ /96                         Amendment


Iowa Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88      H842023
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92      K395184           Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93      K424887           Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93      K434908           Amendment
                                                     11/15/93      K503145           Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                5/6/96       K734148           Amendment

Kansas Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88      #1286572
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92      #1842986          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93      #1868482          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/11/93      #1879069          Amendment
                                                     11/12/93      #1964342          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/18/96      #2265201          Amendment


Illinois Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     3/18/88      #2402370
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92      #3043202          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            2/11/93      #3084199          Amendment
NBD, Detroit                                          2/25/93      #3089132          Continued
                                                     12/09/93      #3197498          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/9/96       #3562627          Amendment


Michigan Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/12/88      #C034473
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92      #C646856          Amendment

                                       69
                                    - 602 -
<PAGE>

First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93      #C672590          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          3/01/93      #C689434          Amendment
                                                     11/15/93      #C778208          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       #D128002          Amendment


Wisconsin Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/18/88      #968701
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92      #1309942          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                           01/15/93      #1326550          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93      #1331412          Amendment
                                                     11/23/93      #1393268          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/23/96      #1602740          Amendment


Indiana Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88      #1454192
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92      #1808780          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/11/93      #1822115          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93      #1827451          Amendment
                                                     11/12/93      #1878806          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/9/96       #2065412          Amendment


Minnesota Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/17/88      1#121648#00
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92      #1537269          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                           01/19/93      #1557397          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93      #1562125          Amendment
                                                     11/23/93      #1632156          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                9/5/96       #1875684          Amendment


South Dakota Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88      880410802864
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92      #22901003596      Amend.
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93      #30081001734      Cont.
NBD, Detroit                                          2/09/93      #30391203308      Amend.
                                                     11/22/93      #33261003899      Amend.
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       #961900902562     Amend.


                                       70
                                    - 603 -
<PAGE>

Missouri Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88      #1555991
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92      #2184193          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93      #2212473          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93      #2224113          Amendment
                                                     11/15/93      #2331876          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       #2684601          Amendment

Ohio Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/12/88      #Y00095612
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/19/92      #01097336         Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/11/93      #01119343901      Cont.
NBD, Detroit                                          2/09/93      #02099338901      Amend.
                                                     11/12/93      #1129331801       Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/9/96       #07099607117      Amendment
 

Kentucky Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93      134318
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/23/96                        Amendment


Pennsylvania Department of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93      22571277
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       25631529          Amendment


Oklahoma Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93      059782
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       035257            Amendment


Mississippi Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93      0756092--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       01015782          Amendment

Colorado Secretary of State
First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93      932082461
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       962051575         Amendment

California Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93      93229491
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/5/96       96191C0067        Amendment


Washington Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93      933190075
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/5/96       96-187-9060       Amendment


Montana Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93      419540
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       419540            Amendment


Arizona Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93      765359
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       765359            Amendment

North Carolina Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93      050742
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       1357308           Amendment


North Dakota Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/16/93      93-380331
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       96-608985         Amendment


Florida Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/17/93      930000236992
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/10/96      960000142090      Amendment


Texas Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/29/93      227591--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96       96683548          Amendment

Alabama Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/27/95      B-95-26462FS
                                                      7/19/96          95-26462      Amendment
                                       71
                                    - 604 -
<PAGE>

Arkansas Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/29/95      968722
                                                      7/10/96      968722            Amendment


New York Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/26/95      130246
                                                      7/8/96       532973            Amendment




</TABLE>


- --------
1Determined based on the Leverage Ratio calculated on the Total Indebtedness and
Operating Cash Flow as of the last day of the preceding month,  adjusted to show
any increases in the Leverage Ratio as a result of additional Total Indebtedness
incurred (reduced by any principal payments on such Total  Indebtedness)  during
the quarter in which the rate is being fixed as described above.

2 Determined  based on the Leverage Ratio  calculated on the Total  Indebtedness
and Operating Cash Flow as of the last day of the preceding  month,  adjusted to
show  any  increases  in the  Leverage  Ratio as a result  of  additional  Total
Indebtedness   incurred  (reduced  by  any  principal  payments  on  such  Total
Indebtedness)  during the quarter in which the rate is being fixed as  described
above.

                                       72
                                    - 605 -



               FIRST AMENDMENT TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


         THIS FIRST  AMENDMENT to 1998  REVOLVING  CREDIT  AGREEMENT (the "First
Amendment")  is  intended  to  amend  the  terms of the  1998  Revolving  Credit
Agreement  (the   "Agreement")   dated  as  of  December  7,  1998,  among  DATA
TRANSMISSION NETWORK  CORPORATION;  FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA; FIRST NATIONAL
BANK,  WAHOO,  NEBRASKA;  THE  FIRST  NATIONAL  BANK OF  CHICAGO;  NORWEST  BANK
NEBRASKA,  N.A.;  DRESDNER  BANK,  AG,  NEW  YORK  AND  GRAND  CAYMAN  BRANCHES;
MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS,  N.A.; U.S. BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION;  BANK OF
MONTREAL; LASALLE NATIONAL BANK; NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA; FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
OMAHA, as Agent; and DRESDNER BANK, AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN  BRANCHES,  as
Documentation  Agent.  All terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in
full force and effect except as expressly amended herein.  All capitalized terms
herein shall have the meanings prescribed in the Agreement.  The Agreement shall
be amended as follows:

         1.    Section  2.1 of the  Agreement  is  hereby  amended  to  read  as
               follows:


               2.1 Revolving Credit.  Until the earlier of June 30, 2001, or the
               date on which the loan  hereunder  is converted to a term loan in
               accordance  with  Section 2.4, the  Revolving  Lenders  severally
               agree to advance  funds for  general  corporate  purposes  not to
               exceed $122,900,000 (the "Base Revolving Credit Facility") to the
               Borrower on a revolving credit basis (amounts  outstanding  under
               the Acquisition Notes,  Existing Term Notes and Related Bank Debt
               shall not be counted against such Base Revolving  Credit Facility
               limit).  Such  Advances  shall be made on a pro rata basis by the
               Revolving Lenders,  based on the following maximum advance limits
               and applicable  percentages for each Revolving Lender:  (i) as to
               FNB-O,  $19,000,000 (15.46%);  (ii) as to FNB-W, $490,000 (.40%);
               (iii) as to  First  of  Chicago,  $7,010,000  (5.7%);  (iv) as to
               Norwest,  $9,810,000  (7.98%);  (v)  as to  LaSalle,  $10,860,000
               (8.84%); (vi) as to Dresdner,  $23,164,000 (18.85%);  (vii) as to
               Mercantile,   $17,000,000  (13.83%),  (viii)  as  to  U.S.  Bank,
               $12,856,000  (10.46%);  (ix) as to Montreal,  $9,910,000 (8.06%);
               and (x) as to NBC, $12,800,000  (10.42%).  The Borrower shall not
               be entitled to any Advance hereunder if, after the making of such
               Advance,   the  Leverage  Ratio  would  exceed  thirty-six  (36),
               determined at the time of the Advance.  Nor shall the Borrower be
               entitled to any further  Advances  hereunder after the occurrence
               of a material  adverse  change in its  management  personnel,  as
               described  in Section  4.14(b),  or after the  occurrence  of any
               Event of Default with respect to the Borrower.  Advances shall be
               made,  on the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement,  upon the
               Borrower's  request.  Requests  shall be made by 12:00 noon Omaha
               time on the  Business  Day  prior  to the  requested  date of the

                                       1
                                    - 606 -
<PAGE>

               Advance.  Requests  shall be made by  presentation  to FNB-O of a
               drawing  certificate  in the form of  Exhibit  B. The  Borrower's
               obligation  to make  payments of  principal  and  interest on the
               foregoing   revolving  credit   indebtedness   shall  be  further
               evidenced by the Revolving Credit Notes.

         2.    The agent fee  referenced  in the last sentence of Section 2.2 of
               the Agreement is hereby increased from $40,000.00 to $50,000.00.

         3.    Section  3.13  of the  Agreement  is  hereby  amended  to read as
               follows:

               3.13 Financial Condition. The financial condition of the Borrower
               and its  Subsidiaries  is truly and  accurately  set forth in the
               most recent  financial  statements  which have been provided from
               time to time to the Lenders and no material adverse change in the
               financial  condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  taken
               as a  whole,  has  occurred  since  the  date of  such  financial
               statements.

         4.    All  references  in the  Agreement  to June  30,  2000,  shall be
               amended to June 30, 2001; and the reference in Section 2.4 to the
               maturity date of the  Converted  Notes shall be amended from June
               30, 2004 to June 30, 2005.

         5.    In  connection  with this First  Amendment,  each of the  Lenders
               whose pro rata portion of the Base Revolving  Credit  Facility is
               being  increased  will  receive  at  the  closing   specified  in
               Paragraph  6 below the  closing  fee  shown in  Exhibit B to this
               First Amendment.

         6.    On the closing  date for this First  Amendment,  which shall be a
               date  mutually  acceptable  to the  Borrower  and the Agent,  the
               Revolving Lenders shall either lend, or be repaid,  the principal
               amounts shown on Exhibit C hereof,  so that the principal amounts
               outstanding on the Base Revolving  Credit Facility will match the
               percentages shown for each Revolving Lender in Section 2.1 of the
               Agreement  as amended by this First  Amendment.  Effective  as of
               such closing date, the Borrower shall issue new Notes in the form
               specified  in  Exhibit A hereto to the  Revolving  Lenders in the
               respective  principal  amounts shown in Paragraph 1 of this First
               Amendment.  Upon the  delivery  of the new  Notes,  the  existing
               Revolving  Credit  Lenders  will  cancel  and will  return to the
               Borrower the existing Revolving Credit Notes.

         7.    This  First   Amendment   shall  not  affect  and  there   remain
               outstanding  from the Borrower to the Banks,  the  Existing  Term
               Notes and the Related Bank Debt.

         8.    This First Amendment may be executed in several  counterparts and
               such  counterparts  together  shall  constitute  one and the same
               instrument.

         Except as expressly  agreed  herein,  all terms of the Agreement  shall
remain in full force and effect.

                                       2
                                    - 607 -
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed this FIRST AMENDMENT
TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of January 29, 1999.


                                   DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                   CORPORATION



                                   By /s/ Brian Larson
                                    Title:CFO



                                   FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA



                                   By James P. Bonham
                                    Title:Vice President





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                    INITIALED:


                                    Borrower



                                       3
                                    - 608 -
<PAGE>



                              DRESDNER  BANK  AG,  NEW  YORK  AND
                              GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES


                              By /s/ Patrick A. Keleher
                               Title:Vice President


                              By /s/ Brian Haughney
                               Title:Assistant Treasurer







NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                              INITIALED:


                              Borrower


                                       4
                                    - 609 -
<PAGE>









                              FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                              NEBRASKA



                              By /s/ Elizabeth Rezac
                               Title:Second Vice President








NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                              INITIALED:


                              Borrower



                                       5
                                    - 610 -
<PAGE>





                              THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO


                              By /s/ Nathan L. Bloch
                               Title:First Vice President










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                              INITIALED:


                              Borrower



                                       6
                                    - 611 -
<PAGE>





                              NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.




                              By /s/James 
                               Title:Vice President












NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                              INITIALED:


                              Borrower



                                       7
                                    - 612 -
<PAGE>





                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national
                              banking association




                              By/s/ Tom Harmon
                               Title:Assistant Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                              INITIALED:


                              Borrower



                                       8
                                    - 613 -
<PAGE>






                              MERCANTILE BANK OF
                              ST. LOUIS, N.A.


                              By /s/Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.
                               Title:Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower




                                       9
                                    - 614 -
<PAGE>

                                    U.S. BANK, NATIONAL
                                    ASSOCIATION


                                    By/s/ Beth Morgan
                                     Title:Vice President










NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower




                                       10
                                    - 615 -
<PAGE>




                                    NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA, a Canadian bank



                                    By /s/
                                     Title:Vice President





NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                    Borrower




                                       11
                                    - 616 -
<PAGE>




                                    BANK OF MONTREAL, a Canadian bank





                                    By/s/ Karen Klapper
                                     Title:Director








NOTICE: A credit  agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                    Borrower



                                       12
                                    - 617 -
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A



              TO FIRST AMENDMENT TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL,
                 LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA,
                     FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent
                                       AND
                         DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND
                  GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES, as Documentation Agent




                                  FORM OF NOTES



                                       13
                                    - 618 -
<PAGE>

                        SECURED BUSINESS PROMISSORY NOTE


Omaha, Nebraska                                   $
                      , 19                                        June 30, 2001
- ---------------    ----                                           -------------
(Note Date)                                                      (Maturity Date)


                              REVOLVING NOTE TERMS

         On or before  June 30,  2001,  DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION
("Maker")  promises to pay to the order of  [REVOLVING  LENDER]  ("Lender")  the
principal sum hereof, which shall be the lesser  of_____________________________
Dollars, or so much thereof as may have been advanced by Lender, either directly
under this Note or as an advance pursuant to the 1998 Revolving Credit Agreement
dated as of December  7, 1998,  as amended  from time to time (the  "Agreement")
among Maker and Lender,  First  National  Bank of Omaha,  First  National  Bank,
Wahoo,  Nebraska,  The First  National Bank of Chicago,  Norwest Bank  Nebraska,
N.A.,  LaSalle  National  Bank,  Dresdner  Bank AG,  New York and  Grand  Cayman
Branches,  Mercantile  Bank of St. Louis,  N.A.,  Bank of Montreal,  U.S.  Bank,
National Association, and National Bank of Canada (collectively, the "Lenders"),
First  National Bank of Omaha,  as Agent,  and Dresdner  Bank,  AG, New York and
Grand Cayman Branches, as Documentation Agent. All capitalized terms not defined
herein shall have their respective meanings as set forth in the Agreement.

         Interest  shall accrue on the  principal  sum hereof from and including
the  Note  Date  above  to the  earlier  of the  Maturity  Date  or the  date of
Conversion (as such term is defined  hereafter) at a variable rate,  which shall
fluctuate on a monthly  basis,  equal to the rate announced from time to time by
FNB-O as its "National Base Rate" minus a margin as determined below. The margin
shall be  adjusted  quarterly  after  receipt  of Maker's  Quarterly  Compliance
Certificate (as defined in the Agreement).  Adjustments  shall be retroactive to
the beginning of the current quarter.

               (a) If the Quarterly Compliance Certificate shows that, as of the
         end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was greater than 42, the
         margin  for the  current  quarter  (meaning  the  quarter  in which the
         certificate is required to be delivered) shall be .25%.

               (b) If the Quarterly Compliance Certificate shows that, as of the
         end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage  Ratio was greater than 36 but
         equal to or less than 42, the margin for the current  quarter  shall be
         .50%.

                                       14
                                    - 619 -
<PAGE>

               (c) If the Quarterly Compliance Certificate shows that, as of the
         end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage  Ratio was greater than 30 but
         equal to or less than 36, the margin for the current  quarter  shall be
         .75%.

               (d) If the Quarterly Compliance Certificate shows that, as of the
         end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage  Ratio was greater than 24 but
         equal to or less than 30, the margin for the current  quarter  shall be
         1.00%.

               (e) If the Quarterly Compliance Certificate shows that, as of the
         end of the prior  quarter,  the Leverage  Ratio was greater than 18 but
         equal to or less than 24, the margin for the current  quarter  shall be
         1.25%.

               (f) If the Quarterly Compliance Certificate shows that, as of the
         end of the prior quarter,  the Leverage Ratio was equal to or less than
         18, the margin for the current quarter shall be 1.375%.

The Base Rate minus the  applicable  margin as determined  above is  hereinafter
referred to as the  "Revolving  Credit Rate."  Changes in the Base Rate shall be
effective on the first day of each month, based on the Base Rate in effect as of
such day.  Interest  shall be due upon the  rendering  of each  monthly  invoice
therefor by FNB-O.


                                 TERM NOTE TERMS

         Upon the earlier of: (i) June 30, 2001;  or (ii) Maker's  giving notice
of its election to convert the revolving  credit loan evidenced by this Note, or
any portion  thereof,  to a term loan, the revolving loan  referenced  above (or
applicable  portion  thereof)  shall be  deemed  converted  to a term  loan (the
"Conversion").  Any such term loan shall be evidenced  by notes (the  "Converted
Notes") separate from the initial  Revolving Credit Notes.  Upon the issuance of
Converted Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility shall be reduced by the principal
amount of such Converted  Notes (and shall be increased to the extent  permitted
in Section 2.1(b) of the Agreement) and no further Advances shall be made by the
Revolving  Lenders  on the  converted  amount.  The then  outstanding  principal
hereunder  shall become due and payable in  forty-eight  equal  installments  of
principal,  with the  first  such  installment  due on the last day of the month
following  Conversion,  or,  if such  day is not a  Business  Day,  on the  next
succeeding  Business Day,  subsequent  installments  due on the last day of each
consecutive  month  thereafter.  In any  event,  the total  amount of all unpaid
principal and accrued interest  hereunder shall be due and payable no later than
June 30, 2005.

         After  Conversion,  interest shall accrue on the principal  outstanding
from time to time at a variable rate,  which shall fluctuate on a monthly basis,
which is equal to the Revolving Credit Rate plus .25%. For purposes of computing
such variable rate, changes in the Base Rate shall be effective on the first day
of each  month  based on the Base Rate in  effect  on such day.  Notwithstanding
anything in the foregoing to the contrary, after Conversion,  Maker may elect to

                                       15
                                    - 620 -
<PAGE>

have a fixed  interest  rate  apply to the  outstanding  Principal  Loan  Amount
converted  and  outstanding  after the date of giving  notice of such fixed rate
election  (the  "Fixed  Rate  Notice").  Such  fixed  rate shall be equal to the
greater of:
               (a) the  Revolving  Credit  Rate  in  effect  on the  date of the
         notice1, plus .375%, or

               (b) the average of the yields on constant maturity Treasury Bonds
         with  maturities  of three  years  and five  years,  as  quoted  in the
         immediately  preceding monthly Federal Reserve Statistical Release (the
         "Release") plus the following  incremental  percentage determined based
         upon the Leverage Ratio2 as of the last day of the preceding month: (x)
         if the Leverage  Ratio is greater than 36, the  incremental  percentage
         shall be 2.25%; (y) if the Leverage Ratio is greater than 24 but not in
         excess of 36, the incremental percentage shall be 2.00%; and (z) if the
         Leverage  Ratio is 24 or less,  the  incremental  percentage  should be
         1.75%;

Any election of a fixed rate by Maker shall be final and  irrevocable.  Interest
shall  be due  each  month  concurrently  with the  Maker's  principal  payment.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  elsewhere  herein,  after an Event of
Default has occurred interest shall accrue on the entire outstanding  balance of
principal and interest at a fluctuating rate equal to the Default Rate. Interest
shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days  outstanding and a
360-day  year.  Interest  shall  continue to accrue on the full  unpaid  balance
hereunder  notwithstanding any permitted or unpermitted failure of Maker to make
a  scheduled  payment or the fact that a  scheduled  payment  day falls on a day
other  than  a  Business  Day.  If  Maker's  most  recent  Quarterly  Compliance
Certificate  shows that, as of the end of the prior quarter,  the Leverage Ratio
was in excess of thirty-six (36) at the end of such quarter, the current quarter
shall be deemed a "Restricted Quarter." If, any time during a Restricted Quarter
(including,  without  limitation,  during  any period in such  quarter  prior to
delivery of the Quarterly Compliance Certificate), the interest rate accruing on
any Existing Term Note (as defined in the  Agreement) or Converted  Note is less
than 7.50% per annum, a "Trigger  Event" shall be deemed to have occurred.  Upon
the occurrence of a Trigger Event, Maker shall be obligated to pay the following
fees: (i) .375% of the  outstanding  principal  balance as of the date preceding
the Trigger  Event of each  Existing  Term Note or Converted  Note which accrues
interest at less than seven and one-half  percent (7.50%) per annum which amount

                                       16
                                    - 621 -
<PAGE>

shall be payable  promptly  upon  invoicing  by FNB-O;  (ii) the same  amount as
computed  in clause (i),  payable on the  six-month  anniversary  of the Trigger
Event;  and (iii) the same  amount as  computed  in clause  (i),  payable on the
twelve-month anniversary of the Trigger Event.

         Maker  may at any time  prepay in whole or in part the  Principal  Loan
Amount  outstanding  under this Revolving Credit Note or a Converted Note if the
Maker has given the  Revolving  Lenders  at least two (2)  business  days  prior
written notice of its intention to make such prepayment. Any such prepayment may
be made  without  penalty  except for a Converted  Note as to which  interest is
accrued at a fixed rate in  accordance  with  clause (a) or (b) above,  in which
event a  prepayment  penalty  shall be due to the Lender,  at  Lender's  option,
either: (1) the Make-Whole Premium due in respect of such prepayment; or (2) the
applicable  prepayment fee as set forth below. The applicable prepayment fee for
any Converted Note shall be: (i) if the notice electing fixed interest was given
within twelve (12) months of Conversion, the fee shall be 1.50% of the amount of
such  prepayment;  (ii) if the notice  electing  fixed  interest was given after
twelve  (12)  months  of  Conversion,  but  within  twenty-four  (24)  months of
Conversion, the fee shall be .75% of the amount of such prepayment; and (iii) if
the notice  electing  fixed interest was given after twenty- four (24) months of
Conversion,  but within  thirty-six (36) months of Conversion,  the fee shall be
 .30% of the amount of such prepayment.


                                  GENERAL TERMS

         Payment of this Note and the performance of Maker's  obligations  under
the  Agreement  ("Obligations")  are secured by a security  interest  granted to
First  National  Bank of Omaha,  as agent for the Lenders and others  ("Agent"),
under the Security Agreement in:

         All of Maker's accounts, accounts receivable, chattel paper, documents,
         instruments, goods, inventory, equipment, general intangibles, contract
         rights,  all rights of Maker in deposits and advance  payments  made to
         Maker by its customers and  Subscribers,  accounts due from advertisers
         and all  ownership,  proprietary,  copyright,  trade  secret  and other
         intellectual   property  rights  in  and  to  computer   software  (and
         specifically  including,  without  limitation,  all such  rights in DTN
         transmission  computer  software used in the provision of the Basic DTN
         Subscription Service and Farm Dayta Service to Maker's Subscribers) and
         all  documentation,  source code,  information  and works of authorship
         pertaining  thereto,  all  now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  and all
         proceeds and products thereof; and


such  additional  collateral as is more  specifically  described in the Security
Agreement.

         Maker's liability under its Obligations shall not be affected by any of
the following:

                                       17
                                    - 622 -
<PAGE>

              Acceptance  or retention  by Lender or Agent of other  property or
         interests as security for the Obligations,  or for the liability of any
         person other than a Maker with respect to the Obligations;

              The release of all or any of the  Collateral or other security for
         any of the Obligations to any Maker;
                  
              Any release, extension, renewal, modification or compromise of any
         of the Obligations or the liability of any obligor thereon; or

              Failure  by Lender or Agent to  resort  to other  security  or any
         person  liable  for  any of the  Obligations  before  resorting  to the
         Collateral.

         Neither  Lender nor Agent is required to take any action  whatsoever in
respect of the Collateral. Impairment or destruction of the Collateral shall not
release Maker of its liability hereunder.

         Maker represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

              Maker is authorized  to grant to Agent a security  interest in the
         Collateral;

              This Note, the Agreement and the Security Agreement have been duly
         authorized,  executed and delivered by the Maker and constitute  legal,
         valid and binding obligations of Maker;

              This Note evidences a loan for business or agricultural  purposes;
         and

              Maker agrees to pay all costs of  collection  in  connection  with
         this  Note,  the  Agreement  and  the  Security  Agreement,   including
         reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses.

         Upon the failure of Maker to make any payment of  principal or interest
when  due  hereunder  or the  occurrence  of any  Event of  Default,  all of the
Obligations  shall, at the option of Agent and without notice or demand,  mature
and become  immediately  due and  payable;  and Agent  shall have all rights and
remedies  for  default  provided  by the  Uniform  Commercial  Code,  any  other
applicable law and/or the Obligations.


         All costs and  expenses  incurred by Lender or Agent in  enforcing  its
rights under this Note or any mortgage,  endorsement, surety agreement, guaranty
relating  thereto  are the  obligation  of  Maker  and are  immediately  due and
payable.  Interest  shall  accrue on such  costs and  expenses  from the date of
incurrence at the rate  specified  herein for  delinquent  Note  payments.  Each
Maker,  endorser,  surety and  guarantor  hereby  waives  presentment,  protest,
demand, notice of dishonor, and the defense of any statute of limitations.

                                       18
                                    - 623 -
<PAGE>

         Without  affecting  the  liability  of any Maker,  endorser,  surety or
guarantor, the holder or Agent may, without notice, renew or extend the time for
payment,  accept  partial  payments,  release or impair any  Collateral or other
security for the payment of this Note or agree to sue any party liable on it.

         Neither  Lender  nor Agent  shall be deemed to have  waived  any of its
rights  upon or under  this Note,  or under any  mortgage,  endorsement,  surety
agreement or guaranty, unless such waivers be in writing and signed by Lender or
Agent,  as the case may be. No delay or  omission on the part of Lender or Agent
in  exercising  any right  shall  operate as a waiver of such right or any other
right. A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver
of any right on any future occasion.  All rights and remedies of Lender or Agent
on  liabilities  or the  Collateral,  whether  evidenced  hereby or by any other
instrument  or papers,  shall be cumulative  and may be exercised  singularly or
concurrently.

         Maker,  if more  than  one,  shall  be  jointly  and  severally  liable
hereunder and all  provisions  hereof  regarding the  liabilities or security of
Maker shall apply to any  liability or any security of any or all of them.  This
Note shall be  binding  upon the heirs,  executors,  administrators,  assigns or
successors of Maker;  shall constitute a continuing  agreement,  applying to all
future  as  well  as  existing  transactions,  whether  or not of the  character
contemplated  at the date of this Note, and if all  transactions  between Lender
and Maker shall be at any time closed,  shall be equally  applicable  to any new
transactions thereafter, provided that Lender's interest in the Collateral shall
be limited to the extent  provided  in the  Security  Agreement;  shall  benefit
Lender,   its   successors   and  assigns;   and  shall  so  continue  in  force
notwithstanding any change in any partnership party hereto,  whether such change
occurs through death, retirement or otherwise.

         All  obligations  of Maker  hereunder  shall be payable in  immediately
available funds in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal
office of First  National  Bank of Omaha in  Omaha,  Nebraska  or at such  other
address as may be designated by Bank in writing.

         This  Note  shall be  construed  according  to the laws of the State of
Nebraska.

         Unless the content otherwise requires,  all terms used herein which are
defined in the Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meanings therein stated.

         Any provision of this Note which is prohibited or  unenforceable in any
jurisdiction  shall,  as to such  jurisdiction,  be ineffective to the extent of
such  prohibition  or  unenforceability   without   invalidating  the  remaining
provisions  hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision
in any other jurisdiction.

         This Note is given in  substitution  of that certain  Secured  Business
Promissory  Note dated  _____________,  ____ the  original  principal  amount of
$____________.  This Note shall not affect,  and there remains  outstanding from
the Maker to certain of the Lenders the Related Bank Debt and the Existing  Term
Notes  (as such  terms are  defined  in the  Agreement),  and,  as to each,  all
extensions, renewals, and substitutions of or for the foregoing.

                                       19
                                    - 624 -
<PAGE>

         Executed as of this _____ day of _____________, _____.


                                            DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                               CORPORATION


                                             By:
                                          Title:

                                       20
                                    - 625 -
<PAGE>

                            PROMISSORY NOTE SCHEDULE

                     Loan Advances and Payments of Principal

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION




REVOLVING NOTE ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS:


                           Amount of                         Unpaid
           Amount        Principal Paid      Amount of      Principal   Notation
Date     of Advance        or Prepaid      Interest Paid     Balance    Made By
- ----     ----------     ---------------    -------------    ---------   --------

                                       21
                                    - 626 -
<PAGE>



TERM NOTE:

Date of Conversion:

Amount Due at Date of Conversion:



    Fixed Rate Notice Date:                    Fixed Rate:           %


                           Amount of                         Unpaid
           Amount        Principal Paid      Amount of      Principal   Notation
Date     of Advance        or Prepaid      Interest Paid     Balance    Made By
- ----     ----------      --------------    -------------    ---------   --------






                                       22
                                    - 627 -
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT C



              TO FIRST AMENDMENT TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL,
                 LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA,
                     FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent
                                       AND
                         DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND
                  GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES, as Documentation Agent





                               CLOSING ALLOCATIONS








                                       23
                                    - 628 -
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT C
                                       TO
               FIRST AMENDMENT TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Lender       Current       Current         Revised       Revised      Adjustment
                 %       Outstanding %                 Outstanding


<S>           <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>          <C>         
FNB-O         19.80       $10,989,000      15.46%      $ 8,580,300  $(2,408,700)

FNB-W           .40           222,000        .40%          222,000     No Change

First of 
   Chicago     2.49         1,381,950       5.70%        3,163,500    1,781,550

Norwest        8.04         4,462,200       7.98%        4,428,900    (  33,300)

LaSalle       10.30         5,716,500       8.84%        4,906,200    ( 810,300)

Dresdner      10.54         5,849,700      18.85%       10,461,750    4,612,050

Mercantile    13.92         7,725,600      13.83%        7,675,650    (  49,950)

Montreal       8.13         4,512,150       8.06%        4,473,300    (  38,850)

U.S. Bank     10.54         5,849,700      10.46%        5,805,300    (  44,400)

NBC           15.84         8,791,200      10.42%        5,783,100   (3,008,100)

TOTALS       100.00%      $55,500,000     100.00%      $55,500,000        $  -0-




</TABLE>

                                       24
                                    - 629 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                       TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL,
                             LASALLE NATIONAL BANK,
                            NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA,
                     FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent
                                       AND
                         DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND
                  GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES, as Documentation Agent




                                  CLOSING FEES





                                       25
                                    - 630 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    EXHIBIT B
                                       TO
               FIRST AMENDMENT TO 1998 REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


BANKS RECEIVING .25% OF INCREASE:
      Bank                       Amount of Increase                 Closing Fee

      <S>                         <C>                               <C>       
      FNB-O                       $  3,000,000                      $ 7,500.00
      LaSalle                     $  2,540,000                      $ 6,350.00






BANKS RECEIVING .375% OF INCREASE:
         Bank                       Amount of Increase             Closing Fee

      FNB-W                       $   165,000                       $   618.75
      First of Chicago            $ 4,995,000                       $18,731.25
      Norwest                     $ 3,310,000                       $12,412.50
      Dresdner                    $14,649,000                       $54,933.75
      Mercantile                  $ 5,755,000                       $21,581.25
      U.S. Bank                   $ 4,341,000                       $16,278.75
      Montreal                    $ 3,345,000                       $12,543.75



BANKS RECEIVING .00% OF INCREASE
         Bank                       Amount of Increase             Closing Fee
         NBC                        $    -0-                          $ -0-





                                       26
                                    - 631 -
<FN>

- --------
         1  Determined  based on the  Leverage  Ratio  calculated  on the  Total
         Indebtedness  and  Operating  Cash  Flow  as of  the  last  day  of the
         preceding  month,  adjusted to show any increases in the Leverage Ratio
         as a result of additional Total  Indebtedness  incurred (reduced by any
         principal  payments on such Total  Indebtedness)  during the quarter in
         which the rate is being fixed as described above.


</FN>

</TABLE>






                           1998 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT


         This 1998 Term Credit Agreement (the  "Agreement"),  entered into as of
the 7th day of  December,  1998,  amends  and  restates  the  1997  Term  Credit
Agreement  entered  into  as of the  26th  day of  February,  1997,  among  DATA
TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation having its principal
place of business at Suite 200, 9110 West Dodge Road, Omaha, Nebraska 68114 (the
"Borrower"), FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, a national banking association having
its principal place of business at One First National  Center,  Omaha,  Nebraska
68102  ("FNB-O"),  FIRST  NATIONAL BANK,  WAHOO,  NEBRASKA,  a national  banking
association  having its  principal  place of business at Wahoo,  Nebraska  68066
("FNB-W"),  THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,  a national banking  association
having its principal  place of business at One First  National  Plaza,  Chicago,
Illinois  60670-0173  ("First of  Chicago"),  NORWEST  BANK  NEBRASKA,  N.A.,  a
national banking  association having its principal place of business at 20th and
Farnam Streets,  Omaha,  Nebraska 68102 ("Norwest"),  DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK
AND GRAND CAYMAN  BRANCHES,  being  represented by its office at 75 Wall Street,
New York, New York 10005  ("Dresdner"),  MERCANTILE  BANK OF ST. LOUIS,  N.A., a
national  banking  association  having its  principal  place of  business at One
Mercantile  Center,  7th and  Washington  Streets,  St.  Louis,  Missouri  63101
("Mercantile"),  U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association
having its principal place of business at 13th and M Streets,  Lincoln, Nebraska
68508 ("U.S.  Bank"), BANK OF MONTREAL, a Canadian Bank being represented by its
office at 430 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10022  ("Montreal"),  and LASALLE
NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association being represented by its office at
One  Metropolitan  Square,  211  North  Broadway,   St.  Louis,  Missouri  63102
("LaSalle");  as amended by the First  Amendment  to 1997 Term Credit  Agreement
dated as of  February  1, 1998,  and the Second  Amendment  to 1997 Term  Credit
Agreement dated as of May 15, 1998.


                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  the parties  have  entered into that certain 1997 Term Credit
Agreement,  dated as of February 26, 1997, as amended by the First  Amendment to
1997  Term  Credit  Agreement  dated as of  February  1,  1998,  and the  Second
Amendment to 1997 Term Credit  Agreement dated as of May 15, 1998 (as so amended
and restated, the "1997 Term Credit Agreement"),  pursuant to which the Borrower
obtained a term credit facility for the purpose of acquiring  substantially  all
of the assets of Broadcast Partners; and

         WHEREAS,  the parties desire to further amend and restate the 1997 Term
Credit Agreement; and

                                       1
                                    - 632 -
<PAGE>

         WHEREAS,  the parties do not intend for this 1998 Term Credit Agreement
to be deemed to  extinguish  any  existing  indebtedness  of the  Borrower or to
release, terminate or affect the priority of any security therefor;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises,  and for other good
and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby
acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:


                                 I. DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

            Agreement:  The 1998 Term Credit  Agreement  dated as of December 7,
                 1998, between the Borrower and the Lenders, amends and restates
                 the 1997 Term Credit  Agreement  dated as of February 26, 1997,
                 as  amended  by  the  First   Amendment  to  1997  Term  Credit
                 Agreement,  dated  as of  February  1,  1998,  and  the  Second
                 Amendment  to 1997 Term Credit  Agreement,  dated as of May 15,
                 1998,  between the  Borrower  and the  Lenders,  and as further
                 amended or restated  from time to time.  Reference in the Notes
                 to the Agreement shall mean the Agreement as defined herein.

            Banks:  FNB-O,  FNB-W,  U.S.  Bank,  Mercantile,  First of  Chicago,
                 Norwest,  Dresdner,  LaSalle, and Montreal, and such additional
                 banks  as may be  added  hereto  from  time to  time by  mutual
                 written agreement of the parties.

            Boatmen's:  The Boatmen's  National  Bank of St.  Louis,  a national
                 banking  association  having its principal place of business at
                 One Boatmen's  Plaza,  800 Market Street,  St. Louis,  Missouri
                 63166-0236   (predecessor  to  NationsBank,   N.A.),   and  its
                 successors and assigns.

            Borrower:  Data  Transmission   Network   Corporation,   a  Delaware
                 corporation  having its  principal  place of  business at Suite
                 200, 9110 West Dodge Road, Omaha, Nebraska 68114.

Broadcast
            Partners:  Broadcast  Partners,  a general  partnership  having  its
                 current principal place of business at 11275 Aurora Avenue, Des
                 Moines,   Iowa  50322.   For  purposes  of  future  notices  or
                 communications  under this Agreement Broadcast Partners address
                 shall  be:  Broadcast  Partners,  care of  Thomas  M.  Hanigan,
                 Pioneer Hi-Bred International,  Inc., 7200 N.W. 62nd Ave., P.O.
                 Box 184, Johnston, Iowa 50131-0184.


                                       2
                                    - 633 -
<PAGE>

Business
            Day: Any day other  than a  Saturday,  Sunday or a legal  holiday on
                 which banks in the State of Nebraska are not open for business.

Change of
Control:         (a) At any time when any of the equity  securities  of the
                 Borrower shall be registered under Section 12 of the Securities
                 Exchange  Act of  1934  as  amended  from  time  to  time  (the
                 "Exchange Act"), (i) any person,  entity or "group" (within the
                 meaning of Section  13(d)(3) of the  Exchange  Act) (other than
                 any person which is a management employee,  or any such "group"
                 which  consists  entirely  of  management  employees,   of  the
                 Borrower) being or becoming the beneficial  owner,  directly or
                 indirectly,  of  more  than  50% of  the  voting  stock  of the
                 Borrower,  or (ii) a majority of the members of the  Borrower's
                 board of directors  (the  "Board")  consisting of persons other
                 than Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined);  and (b) at
                 any  other  time,  less  than  50% of the  voting  stock of the
                 Borrower being owned beneficially,  directly or indirectly,  by
                 employees of the Borrower or its subsidiaries.  As used herein,
                 the term "Continuing Director" means any member of the Board on
                 June 29,  1995 and any  other  member of the Board who shall be
                 recommended  or elected to succeed a  Continuing  Director by a
                 majority  of  Continuing  Directors  who are the members of the
                 Board.

            Collateral: All personal  property of the Borrower  described in the
                 Security  Agreement,  whether now owned or hereafter  acquired,
                 including, without limitation:

                    (a) all of the  Borrower's  accounts,  accounts  receivable,
                 subscriber   contract   rights,   chattel   paper,   documents,
                 instruments,  goods, inventory, equipment, general intangibles;
                 and

                    (b) all proceeds and products of the foregoing.

            Dresdner Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman Branches, being
                 represented by its office at 75 Wall Street, New York, New York
                 10005, and its successors and assigns.

Existing
            Term Notes: That certain promissory note from the Borrower to FNB-O,
                 FirsTier,  FNB-W,  NBD,  Norwest  and  Boatmen's  dated  as  of
                 February 27, 1995; and those certain  promissory notes from the
                 Borrower to FNB-O, FNB-W, NBD, Norwest,  Sumitomo,  Mercantile,
                 First Bank,  Montreal,  and LaSalle dated as of March 31, 1997,
                 and March 16, 1998.

                                       3
                                    - 634 -
<PAGE>

            FNB-O: First National Bank of Omaha, a national banking  association
                 having its  principal  place of business at One First  National
                 Center, Omaha, Nebraska 68102, and its successors and assigns.

            FNB-W: First  National Bank,  Wahoo,  Nebraska,  a national  banking
                 association  having its  principal  place of business at Wahoo,
                 Nebraska 68066, and its successors and assigns.

            FirsTier: FirsTier Bank, National Association,  Lincoln, Nebraska, a
                 national  banking  association  having its  principal  place of
                 business at 13th and M Streets,  Lincoln,  Nebraska 68508,  the
                 predecessor to U.S. Bank.

            FirstBank:  First Bank,  National  Association,  a national  banking
                 association  having its principal place of business at 13th and
                 M Streets,  Lincoln,  Nebraska  68508,  and its  successors and
                 assigns (it being acknowledged that First Bank is the successor
                 in interest to FirsTier.)

            Firstof Chicago:  The First  National  Bank of  Chicago,  a national
                 banking  association  having its principal place of business at
                 One First National Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60670-0173, and its
                 successors and assigns.

Interest Rate
Protection Contract
            Amounts:  "Interest  Rate  Protection  Contract  Amounts" shall mean
                 amounts due from the Borrower  under  interest rate  protection
                 contracts  between  the  Borrower  and  Lender  as to  (i)  the
                 interest  differential  amounts  due  in  respect  of  periodic
                 netting  payments under any such contract,  and (ii) any amount
                 due as a result of marking to market the Borrower's obligations
                 under  any such  contract  upon the  occurrence  of an event of
                 default under, or other early termination of, such contract; in
                 either  case  without  inclusion  of fees  and  other  expenses
                 related  to  such  contract.   Such  Interest  Rate  Protection
                 Contract  Amounts shall be reported in writing to FNB-O and the
                 Borrower  by the  applicable  Lender at such  times as shall be
                 appropriate to carry out the intent of this Agreement.


            LaSalle:  LaSalle  National  Bank,  a national  banking  association
                 having its  principal  place of business  at 135 South  LaSalle
                 Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

            Lenders:    The Banks.

                                       4
                                     - 635 -
<PAGE>

            Leverage  Ratio:  The  number  which  is  obtained  at the  time  of
                 determination by dividing Total  Indebtedness at the applicable
                 time by Operating Cash Flow at the applicable time.

Make-Whole
            Premium: An amount which shall be  sufficient  as  determined by the
                 relevant  Bank in good  faith  and on a  reasonable  basis  and
                 certified to the Borrower in writing,  to  compensate  the Bank
                 for any  loss  (including  any  lost  yield),  cost or  expense
                 incurred by the Bank (i) in liquidating or redeploying deposits
                 or other funds  acquired  by the Bank to fund or  maintain  the
                 loan prepaid and (ii) in  unwinding,  amending,  cancelling  or
                 otherwise  modifying or terminating any match funding,  swap or
                 other  arrangement  entered into by the Bank in connection with
                 acquiring or maintaining the funding for the loan prepaid.

            Mercantile:  Mercantile Bank of St. Louis,  N.A., a national banking
                 association  having  its  principal  place of  business  at One
                 Mercantile  Center,  7th and  Washington  Streets,  St.  Louis,
                 Missouri 63101.

            Montreal: Bank of Montreal, a Canadian bank being represented by its
                 office at 430 Park Avenue, New York, New York, 10022.

            NBC: National Bank of Canada,  a Canadian bank being  represented by
                 its office at 1200 17th Street,  Suite 2760,  Denver,  Colorado
                 80202.

            NBD: NBD  Bank,  a bank  organized  under  the laws of the  State of
                 Michigan  and having its  principal  place of  business  at 611
                 Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan 48226.

            NationsBank:  NationsBank,  N.A.,  a  national  banking  association
                 having an office at 800 Market Street,  12th Floor,  St. Louis,
                 Missouri  63101-2506  (successor to The Boatmen's National Bank
                 of St. Louis), and its successors and assigns.

Net Operating
Profit After
            Taxes: For any  period,  the net  earnings  (or loss) after taxes of
                 Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis for such
                 period taken as a single  accounting  period and  determined in
                 conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting   principals;
                 provided  that there shall be excluded (i) the income (or loss)
                 of any entity accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary
                 of Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with Borrower and
                 (ii)  any  extraordinary   gains  or  losses  for  such  period
                 determined in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
                 principles.

                                       5
                                    - 636 -
<PAGE>

            Net  Worth:  The Borrower's  consolidated net worth as determined in
                 accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles plus
                 subordinated   debt.   For   purposes   of   this   definition,
                 "subordinated debt" means indebtedness of the Borrower which is
                 subordinate,  in a manner  satisfactory to the Lenders,  to the
                 indebtedness due to the Lenders,  and the repayment of which is
                 forbidden   during  the  existence  of  any  Event  of  Default
                 hereunder;  provided however,  that any such indebtedness shall
                 not be deemed  subordinated debt to the extent of the amount of
                 principal  payments  that are due  thereon  within one (1) year
                 from the date of determination.

New York
            Prime: The floating interest rate published as the "Prime Rate" (the
                 base  rate on  corporate  loans  posted  by at least 75% of the
                 nation's 30 largest  banks) in the Wall  Street  Journal on the
                 first  day of each  month,  or if no rate is  published  on the
                 first day of any month,  on the first day thereafter  when such
                 rate is  published.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  New York
                 Prime shall  fluctuate on a monthly basis.  Changes to New York
                 Prime shall be  effective  on the first day of each month based
                 on the "Prime Rate" in effect on such day.

            Norwest: Norwest Bank Nebraska, N.A., a national banking association
                 having  its  principal  place of  business  at 20th and  Farnam
                 Streets, Omaha, Nebraska 68102, and its successors and assigns.

            Notes: Those  certain  promissory  notes  from the  Borrower  to the
                 Lenders  dated as of May 3, 1996,  July 17, 1996,  and July 31,
                 1996, including,  without limitation, the Notes to the Banks as
                 referenced  in Section 2.1  hereof,  and such  additional  term
                 notes as the  parties  may  hereafter  agree to add  hereto  as
                 Notes.

Operating
            Cash Flow: The Borrower's  consolidated  average monthly earnings or
                 loss before  interest,  depreciation,  amortization  and taxes,
                 less  current tax  expense  and plus or minus any  non-ordinary
                 non-cash charges or credits to earnings, which average shall be
                 based on the Borrower's actual financial results in the two (2)
                 full calendar months preceding the date of  determination.  For
                 purposes of calculating Operating Cash Flow for this Agreement,
                 the Borrower shall not permit deferred  commission  expenses to
                 be capitalized for any period in excess of twelve (12) months.

                                       6
                                    - 637 -
<PAGE>

Operative
            Documents:  This  1998  Loan  Agreement,  the  Notes,  the  Security
                 Agreement,  the financing  statements  regarding the Collateral
                 and the  documents  and  certificates,  other than the Purchase
                 Agreement, delivered pursuant to Article VI.

Purchase

            Agreement: The Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement  dated as of May 3,
                 1996, between the Borrower and Broadcast Partners.


Quarterly
Compliance
            Certificate:  The  certificate  delivered  to  the  Lenders  by  the
                 Borrower pursuant to Section 5.1(d).

Related
            Bank Debt: The aggregate unpaid balance of all indebtedness,  now or
                 hereafter  existing   (including  future  advances)  under  the
                 Existing  Term  Notes;  the  amounts   outstanding   under  the
                 revolving  credit  notes  issued  under  the  Revolving  Credit
                 Agreement,  and under any term  notes  issued to  convert  such
                 revolving  credit  notes  or  any  portion  thereof  to a  term
                 obligation;  the amounts  outstanding under the Lender's Letter
                 of Credit and under the Norwest Letter of Credit, as defined in
                 the Revolving Credit Agreement;  all extensions,  renewals, and
                 substitutions of or for the foregoing; and all obligations,  if
                 any,  as to the  accrued and unpaid  Interest  Rate  Protection
                 Contract Amounts.

            Release: The Federal Reserve Statistical Release.

Restricted
            Quarter:  This term shall have the  meaning set forth in Section 2.2
                 hereof.

Revolving Credit
            Agreement: The 1998 Revolving  Credit Agreement dated as of December
                 7, 1998,  between the Borrower and the Lenders which amends and
                 restates the 1997  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  as  previously
                 amended.

Revolving
                  Credit   Rate: The floating  interest rate announced from time
                           to time by FNB-O as its  "National  Base  Rate."  The
                           National  Base  Rate is set by  FNB-O,  solely in its
                           discretion, to reflect generally the rates charged by
                           national money center banks as their reference rates.
                           (Previously,  the rate was  announced by FNB-O as its
                           "New York Base Rate.")  Rates charged by FNB-O may be
                           at,  above  or  below  the  National  Base  Rate,  as
                           determined by FNB-O as to each respective customer.

                                       7
                                     - 638 -
<PAGE>

Security
            Agreement: The 1998 Security  Agreement dated as of the date hereof,
                 which  amends and  restates  the 1997  Security  Agreement,  as
                 previously amended.

            Subsidiaries: Any corporation,  business  association,  partnership,
                 joint  venture,  limited  liability  company or other  business
                 entity  in  which  the   Borrower,   or  one  or  more  of  its
                 Subsidiaries,   or  the   Borrower  and  one  or  more  of  its
                 Subsidiaries  has  either  (i)  more  than  50% of  the  equity
                 ownership thereof, or (ii) the power to elect a majority of the
                 directors or to control the  identification  of the managing or
                 general partners or similar governing persons thereof.

            Sumitomo:The   Sumitomo  Bank,   Limited,   a  Japanese  bank  being
                 represented  by its office at 200 North  Broadway,  Suite 1625,
                 St. Louis, Missouri 63102 and acting through its Chicago branch
                 and its successors and assigns.

Total
            Indebtedness:  All loans and other  obligations  of the Borrower and
                 its  Subsidiaries,  without  duplication,  for  borrowed  money
                 (including,  without  limitation,  the  indebtedness due to the
                 Lenders and the holders of the Related Bank Debt) regardless of
                 the   maturity   thereof   but  such  term  shall  not  include
                 subordinated  debt of the Borrower,  as such term is defined in
                 the  definition  of  Net  Worth,  up  to  $15,000,000  if  such
                 subordinated  debt was existing on May 3, 1996. For purposes of
                 this definition of "Total Indebtedness,"  indebtedness under an
                 interest rate protection  Agreement  shall mean the amount,  if
                 any, at the time of determination,  of the unpaid Interest Rate
                 Protection Contract Amounts; provided, however, that solely for
                 purposes of voting under this Agreement by the Lenders,  "Total
                 Indebtedness"  will not include such Interest  Rate  Protection
                 Contract Amounts.

Trigger
            Event: This term shall  have the  meaning  set forth in Section  2.2
                 hereof.

            U.S. Bank: U.S. Bank, National Association,  formerly known as First
                 Bank, a national banking association having its principal place
                 of business at 13th and M Streets, Lincoln, Nebraska 68508, and
                 its successors and assigns.

All  accounting  terms not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall  have the  meaning
ordinarily applied under generally accepted accounting principles.


                                       8
                                    - 639 -
<PAGE>

                                II. TERM FACILITY


         2.1.  Term  Credit.  The  Banks  agree to  advance  $48,490,000  to the
Borrower  for the  purchase  of  substantially  all of the  assets of  Broadcast
Partners.  Such advances shall be made, in one or more  closings,  on a pro rata
basis by the Banks, based on the following maximum advance limits for each Bank:
(1) as to FNB-O,  $10,780,000;  (ii) as to FNB-W, $245,000; (iii) as to First of
Chicago,  $6,223,000;  (iv)  as to  Norwest,  $4,047,000;  (v)  as  to  LaSalle,
$10,388,000;   (vi)  as  to  Mercantile,   $5,333,900;  (vii)  as  to  Dresdner,
$5,170,000;  (viii)  as to U.S.  Bank,  $1,933,000;  and  (ix)  as to  Montreal,
$4,370,100.

         It is understood and agreed by the parties that the foregoing  advances
by FNB-O,  FNB-W,  and NBD were made at the initial  closing under the 1996 Term
Credit Agreement on May 3, 1996. The foregoing advance by Norwest  represents an
advance of $1,822,000  which was made at the initial closing under the Agreement
on May 3, 1996, and an additional  advance of $2,225,000,  which was made at the
closing under the First  Amendment on July 17, 1996.  The foregoing  advances by
Mercantile,  Sumitomo and U.S. Bank (then  "FirsTier")  were made at the closing
under the First  Amendment  on July 17,  1996.  The advance made by Montreal was
made at the closing of the Second  Amendment on July 31,  1996;  the proceeds of
such advance were used to prepay the existing Note held by Broadcast Partners in
the  remaining  principal  amount of  $4,070,100,  and to provide an  additional
$300,000 to the  Borrower.  The advance made by LaSalle was made on December 27,
1996,  at the  closing  of the Third  Amendment.  The  outstanding  interest  of
Sumitomo  was  assigned to Dresdner as of  September  4, 1998.  The  outstanding
interest  of NBD was  assigned  to First of Chicago as of October 1, 1998.  This
Agreement  shall not be deemed to extinguish  any existing  indebtedness  of the
Borrower under the 1997 Term Credit Agreement or the Notes issued  thereunder or
to release, terminate or affect the priority of any security therefor.

         2.2 Notes.  The Notes shall bear interest on the principal  loan amount
thereof  outstanding  through  June 30,  1999,  at the rate of 8.25% per  annum;
thereafter  the  interest  rate for the balance of the term shall be set on June
30, 1999, at two percent (2.00%) above the yield on constant  maturity  Treasury
Bonds with maturities of three years, as quoted for the Business Day immediately
preceding  June  30,  1999  in  the  applicable  Release.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the Notes issued to the  following  Lenders  shall bear  interest as
follows:  (i) as to U.S.  Bank,  at the rate of 8.36% per annum through June 30,
1999  (whereupon the interest rate reset  described  above shall be applicable);
and (ii) as to  Mercantile,  First of  Chicago,  Dresdner,  Norwest,  FNB-W  and
Montreal, at a variable rate per annum equal to New York Prime minus one-half of
one percent  (0.5%).  After an Event of Default  has  occurred,  interest  shall
accrue:  (i) with  respect to the fixed rate  Notes,  on the entire  outstanding
balance of principal and interest at a  fluctuating  rate equal to the Revolving
Credit Rate plus four percent  (4.00%);  and (ii) as to the floating rate Notes,
on the  principal  loan  amount  thereof at a rate per annum  equal to three and
one-half  percent  (3.5%) above New York Prime.  Interest shall be calculated on
actual  days  elapsed  and a year of 360 days.  If the  Borrower's  most  recent
Quarterly Compliance Certificate shows that, as of the end of the prior quarter,
the  Leverage  Ratio was at such date more than  thirty-six  (36),  the  current

                                       9
                                    - 640 -
<PAGE>

quarter shall be deemed a "Restricted Quarter." If, any time during a Restricted
Quarter (including,  without limitation, during any period in such quarter prior
to delivery of the Quarterly Compliance Certificate), the interest rate accruing
on any Note is less than seven and one-half percent  (7.50%),  a "Trigger Event"
shall be deemed to have occurred.  Upon the  occurrence of a Trigger Event,  the
Borrower  shall  be  obligated  to pay  the  Lenders  the  following  fees:  (i)
three-eighths  of one percent  (.375%) of the outstanding  principal  balance of
such Note as of the date  preceding  the Trigger  Event,  which  amount shall be
payable  promptly upon  invoicing by FNB-O;  (ii) the same amount as computed in
clause (i), payable on the six-month anniversary of the Trigger Event; and (iii)
the  same  amount  as  computed  in  clause  (i),  payable  on the  twelve-month
anniversary of the Trigger Event.

         2.3. Payments. Interest on the unpaid balance of the Notes shall be due
on the last day of each month  beginning May 31, 1996.  The principal  amount of
each respective  Note shall become due and payable in seventy-two  equal monthly
installments,  with the first such  installment  due on January  31,  1997,  and
subsequent   installments  due  on  the  last  day  of  each  consecutive  month
thereafter.  The total  amount of all  unpaid  principal  and  accrued  interest
hereunder shall be due and payable no later than December 31, 2002. In the event
that a payment day is not a Business  Day, the payment  shall be due on the next
succeeding  Business Day.  Interest  shall continue to accrue on the full unpaid
balance hereunder  notwithstanding  any permitted or unpermitted  failure of the
Borrower  to make a scheduled  payment or the fact that a scheduled  payment day
falls on a day other than a Business Day.

         2.4.  Fees.  At the  initial  closing,  the  Borrower  paid to FNB-O an
initial fee equal to $14,729,  which was  allocated  by FNB-O pro rata among the
Banks  based on their  respective  commitments  at such time.  Furthermore,  the
Borrower  paid to FNB-O at  closing an  agenting  fee equal to  $25,500.  At the
closing of the First  Amendment  on July 17, 1996,  the  Borrower  paid a fee of
$7,330.95 to FNB-O for  distribution  to the following  Banks:  (i) $1,112.50 to
Norwest;  (ii) $2,666.95 to Mercantile;  (iii)  $2,585.00 to Sumitomo;  and (iv)
$966.50 to U.S. (then First Bank, National  Association).  At the closing of the
Second Amendment on July 31, 1996, the Borrower paid a fee of $2,185.05 to FNB-O
for distribution to Montreal.

         2.5 Payment.  The  Borrower's  obligation to make payments of principal
and interest  hereunder  shall be further  evidenced  by the Notes,  the form of
which is attached hereto as Exhibit A. All obligations of the Borrower under the
Notes  and the  other  Operative  Documents  shall  be  payable  in  immediately
available funds in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal
office of FNB-O in Omaha, Nebraska or at such other address as may be designated
by FNB-O in writing.

         2.6 Prepayment. Prepayments of the Notes may be made in full or in part
at any time upon 10 days prior written notice to the Lenders; provided, however,
that unanimous consent of the Lenders shall be required for any prepayment which
is not  applied  pro  rata  to the  Lenders  in  accordance  with  Section  8.2.
Prepayment penalties will be required as indicated below:

                                       10
                                    - 641 -
<PAGE>

                  (a)      The Borrower  may prepay in full without  penalty the
                           principal  loan amounts  outstanding  under all Notes
                           which bear  interest  at a fixed  rate in  accordance
                           with Section 2.2 hereof, if such prepayment occurs on
                           June 30, 1999 and the Borrower has given the Banks at
                           least 30 days prior  written  notice of its intention
                           to make such prepayment.

                  (b)      If a prepayment  of a Note which bears  interest at a
                           fixed  rate in  accordance  with  Section  2.2 hereof
                           occurs other than in accordance  with (a) above,  the
                           Borrower  shall  pay to  the  respective  Bank  payee
                           thereof,  at such  payee's  option,  either:  (1) the
                           Make-Whole Premium due in respect of such prepayment;
                           or (2) a  prepayment  fee  equal to one and  one-half
                           percent (1.50%) of the amount of such prepayment.

                  (c)      The  Borrower   shall  not  be  obligated  to  pay  a
                           Make-Whole  Premium  or  prepayment  fee to any  Bank
                           payee of a Note which  bears  interest  at a floating
                           rate indexed to New York Prime.

         2.6A Permitted  Prepayments to Broadcast Partners.  Broadcast Partners'
Notes were  prepaid in full at the closing of the Second  Amendment  on July 31,
1996.

         2.7 Security.  All obligations of the Borrower  hereunder and under the
Operative Documents,  including,  without limitation, the Borrower's obligations
to make payments of principal and interest  shall be secured by a first security
interest in the  Collateral,  as more  specifically  described  in the  Security
Agreement.

         2.8 Revolving Credit Agreement. Nothing herein shall be deemed to alter
or amend the Borrower's  obligations under the Revolving Credit  Agreement,  the
Related  Bank  Debt or any  collateral  security  therefor,  all of which  shall
continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof.


                          III. [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]


                       IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Borrower  represents  and warrants that as of May 3, 1996,  and the
date hereof the following are and shall be true and correct:

         4.1 Corporate  Existence.  It is a corporation duly organized,  validly
existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware and each
Subsidiary  is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing  and in  good
standing in its state of  incorporation  as shown on Schedule I, and it and each
of its  Subsidiaries  is duly qualified and in good standing in all states where
it is doing business  except where the failure to be so qualified would not have
a material  adverse  effect on it and it has full power and authority to own and
operate  its  properties  and to carry on its  business.  As of the date of this
Agreement,  the Borrower has no Subsidiaries  other than those shown on Schedule
I.

                                       11
                                    - 642 -
<PAGE>

         4.2 Corporate  Authority.  It has full corporate  power,  authority and
legal right to execute,  deliver and perform the Operative Documents to which it
is a party,  and all other  instruments and agreements  contemplated  hereby and
thereby,  and to perform its  obligations  hereunder  and  thereunder;  and such
actions have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and are not
in conflict with any  applicable law or  regulation,  or any order,  judgment or
decree  of any court or other  governmental  agency  or  instrumentality  or its
articles of  incorporation  or bylaws,  or with any provisions of any indenture,
contract or  agreement to which it or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or by
which  it or any of its  Subsidiaries  or any of its or  their  property  may be
bound.

         4.3 Validity of  Agreements.  The Borrower's  Operative  Documents have
been duly authorized, executed and delivered and constitute its legal, valid and
binding  agreements,  enforceable  against the Borrower in accordance with their
respective terms (except to the extent that  enforcement  thereof may be limited
by any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,  moratorium or similar laws now or
hereafter in effect, or by principles of equity).

         4.4  Litigation.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to
any pending lawsuit or proceeding before or by any court or governmental body or
agency,  which is likely to have a materially  adverse  effect on the Borrower's
ability to perform its  obligations  under its Operative  Documents;  nor is the
Borrower  aware of any  threatened  lawsuit  or  proceeding,  to which it or any
Subsidiary  may  become  a  party  or of  any  investigation  of  any  Court  or
governmental  body or agency into its affairs,  which if instituted would have a
material  adverse effect upon the Borrower's  ability to perform its obligations
under its Operative Documents.

         4.5 Governmental Approvals. The execution,  delivery and performance by
the Borrower of the Operative Documents or the Purchase Agreement do not require
the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the  registration  with, or
the  taking of any other  action in  respect  of,  any  federal,  state or other
governmental authority or agency other than as contemplated herein and therein.

         4.6  Defaults  Under  Other  Documents.  Neither the  Borrower  nor any
Subsidiary is in default or in violation (nor has any event occurred which, with
notice or lapse of time or both,  would constitute a default or violation) under
any document or any  Agreement or instrument to which it may be a party or under
which it or any of its  properties  may be bound and the  result of which  would
have a material  adverse  effect  upon the  Borrower's  ability  to perform  its
obligations under its Operative Documents.

                                       12
                                    - 643 -
<PAGE>

         4.7 Judgments.  There are no outstanding or unpaid judgments (which are
not  adequately  bonded) of the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  which would have a
material  adverse effect upon the Borrower's  ability to perform its obligations
under its Operative Documents.

         4.8 Compliance with Laws. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in
violation of any laws,  regulations or judicial or  governmental  decrees in any
respect  which  could have any  material  adverse  effect  upon the  validity or
enforceability  of any of the terms of the  Borrower's  Operative  Documents  or
which  could have a  material  adverse  effect  upon the  Borrower's  ability to
perform its obligations under its Operative Documents.

         4.9 Taxes.  All tax returns of the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  for
material taxes  required to be filed have been filed or extensions  permitted by
law have been  obtained;  all taxes of the  Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  of a
material  nature and which are due and payable as reflected on such returns have
been  paid,  other than  taxes  which are due but for which only a nominal  late
payment  penalty  is  payable  and for which  the  taxing  authority  is not yet
entitled to enforce its remedies for payment  thereof and other than taxes being
contested in good faith and with respect to which  adequate  reserves  have been
established;  and  no  material  amounts  of  taxes  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries not reflected on such returns are payable.

         4.10  Collateral.  The  Borrower has good and  marketable  title to the
Collateral and the Collateral is free from all liens,  encumbrances  or security
interests,  except as disclosed on Schedule A attached  hereto.  The  Borrower's
principal  place of business,  chief executive  office,  and the principal place
where it keeps its records  concerning  the  Collateral  is Suite 200, 9110 West
Dodge Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska  68114.  The  Borrower  also keeps  certain of its
records regarding the Collateral at 11275 Aurora Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50322.

         4.11  Pension  Benefits.   Neither  the  Borrower  nor  any  Subsidiary
maintains a "Plan" as defined in Section 3 of the  Employees  Retirement  Income
Security Act of 1974  ("ERISA"),  or each such entity is in compliance  with the
minimum funding  requirements  with respect to any such "Plan"  maintained by it
and it has not incurred any material  liability to the Pension Benefit  Guaranty
Corporation ("PBGC") or otherwise under ERISA in connection with any such Plan.

         4.12  Margin  Regulations.  No  part  of the  proceeds  of any  advance
hereunder  shall be used to  purchase or carry any  "margin  stock"  (within the
meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System
of the United States) or any "margin security" (within the meaning of Regulation
G of said Board of Governors),  or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or margin security.  No part of the
proceeds of any advance  hereunder  shall be used for any purpose that violates,
or which is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X of said
Board of Governors.

                                       13
                                    - 644 -
<PAGE>

         4.13 Financial  Condition.  The financial condition of the Borrower and
its  Subsidiaries is truly and accurately set forth in the most recent financial
statement which has been provided to the Lenders and no material  adverse change
has occurred which would make such financial statement inaccurate or misleading.

                                  V. COVENANTS

         The Borrower hereby covenants that:

         5.1  Financial Reports.

              (a) Within  forty-five (45) days after the end of each month,  the
              Borrower,  at its  sole  expense,  shall  furnish  the  Lenders  a
              consolidated balance sheet,

                                       14
                                    - 645 -
<PAGE>



              statement  of  earnings  of  the  Borrower  and  its  consolidated
              Subsidiaries,  and a statement  of cash flows of the  Borrower and
              its consolidated  subsidiaries and such financial  statements on a
              consolidating  basis  as  to  the  Borrower,  all  such  financial
              statements to be prepared in accordance  with  generally  accepted
              accounting  principles   consistently  applied  and  certified  as
              completed and correct,  subject to normal  changes  resulting from
              year-end audit adjustments,  by the chief financial officer of the
              Borrower.



              (b)  Within  ninety  (90) days  after the close of the  Borrower's
              fiscal year, the Borrower, at its sole expense,  shall furnish the
              Lenders: (i) a consolidated balance sheet, a statement of earnings
              of the Borrower and its consolidated  Subsidiaries and a statement
              of cash flows of the Borrower and its  consolidated  subsidiaries,
              certified  by Deloitte & Touche,  or other  independent  certified
              public accountants  acceptable to the Lenders, that such financial
              reports fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and
              its consolidated Subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance
              with  generally  accepted   accounting   principles   consistently
              applied;  and (ii) a certificate from such accountants  certifying
              that in  making  the  requisite  audit  for  certification  of the
              Borrower's  financial  statements,  the  auditors  either (1) have
              obtained  no  knowledge,  and  are not  otherwise  aware  of,  any
              condition or event which  constitutes an Event of Default or which
              with the passage of time or the giving of notice would  constitute
              an Event of Default under Sections 5.3, 5.4, 5.7, 5.9(b),  5.9(d),
              5.11,  5.19 or 5.20;  or (2) have  discovered  such  condition  or
              event,  as  specifically  set  forth  in such  certificate,  which
              constitutes  an Event of Default or which with the passage of time
              or the giving of notice would constitute an Event of Default under
              such sections.  The auditors shall not be liable to the Lenders by
              reason of the auditors'  failure to obtain knowledge of such event
              or  condition  in the  ordinary  course of their audit unless such
              failure is the result of negligence  or willful  misconduct in the
              performance of the audit.

              (c) Within thirty (30) days after submission to the Securities and
              Exchange  Commission,  the Borrower  shall  provide to the Lenders
              copies of its Forms 10K and 10Q, as  submitted  to the  Securities
              and Exchange Commission during the term of this Agreement.

              (d) Within  twenty  (20) days after the end of each  quarter,  the
              Borrower, at its expense,  shall furnish the Lenders a certificate
              of the chief  financial  officer  of the  Borrower  in the form of
              Exhibit C,  setting  forth such  information  (including  detailed
              calculations) sufficient to verify the conclusions of such officer
              after due inquiry and review, that:


                                       15
                                    - 646 -
<PAGE>

                    (i) The  Borrower  and  each  Subsidiary,  either  (y) is in
                    compliance with the requirements set forth in this Agreement
                    or (z) is NOT in  compliance  with the foregoing for reasons
                    specifically set forth therein; and

                    (ii)  The  chief  financial  officer  of  the  Borrower  has
                    reviewed  or caused to be  reviewed  all of the terms of the
                    Operative  Documents  of the  Borrower  and that such review
                    either (1) has NOT  disclosed the existence of any condition
                    or  event  which  constitutes  an event  of  default  or any
                    condition  or event  which  with the  passage of time or the
                    giving of notice would  constitute an event of default under
                    the  Operative  Documents or (2) has disclosed the existence
                    of a  condition  or  event  which  constitutes  an  event of
                    default,  or a condition  or event which with the passage of
                    time or the giving of notice  would  constitute  an event of
                    default,  under the aforesaid  instrument or instruments and
                    the specific condition or event is specifically set forth.


              (e) The  Borrower  shall  provide  the  Lenders  with  such  other
              financial  reports and  statements  as the Lenders may  reasonably
              request.

         5.2  Corporate  Structure and Assets.  The Borrower  shall not merge or
consolidate  with any other  corporation  or entity unless the Borrower shall be
the surviving  entity,  nor sell any assets except items that are obsolete or no
longer  necessary  for  operation  of the  business,  other than in the ordinary
course of business without the prior written consent of the Lenders. The Lenders
shall be entitled to receive as a  prepayment  on the Notes the  proceeds of any
sale of assets of the Borrower which are  prohibited by the preceding  sentence.
Notwithstanding the foregoing prepayment requirements,  any such prohibited sale
shall remain a violation of this Agreement.  In addition, the Borrower shall not
engage in any business  materially  different from that in which it is presently
engaged  without the prior written  consent of the Lenders,  which consent shall
not  be  unreasonably  withheld.  The  foregoing  restrictions  on  mergers  and
consolidations  shall not apply if: (i) in the case of a merger, the Borrower is
the surviving entity and expressly reaffirms its obligations hereunder;  (ii) in
the case of a consolidation,  the resulting  corporation  expressly  assumes the
obligations  of  the  Borrower  hereunder;  (iii)  the  surviving  or  resulting
corporation  is organized  under the laws of the United States or a jurisdiction
thereof; (iv) after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the surviving
or  resulting  corporation  will be engaged in  substantially  the same lines of
business as are now engaged in by the Borrower; and (v) immediately after giving
effect  to such  merger  or  consolidation,  no  Event  of  Default  will  exist
hereunder.

                                       16
                                     - 647 -
<PAGE>

         5.3 Net Worth.  The Borrower  shall maintain a minimum Net Worth during
the term of this Agreement of at least  $23,500,000  plus fifty percent (50%) of
the net income (but not losses) of the Borrower for each fiscal year, commencing
with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 1997;  provided,  however,  solely for
purposes of determining compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.3, "Net
Worth" shall not include any subordinated debt.


         5.4  Indebtedness.

              (a) The Borrower  shall not at any time permit the Leverage  Ratio
              to exceed forty-eight (48).

              (b) On the day the  Borrower or a Subsidiary  becomes  liable with
              respect to any debt and  immediately  after giving effect  thereto
              and to the  concurrent  retirement  of any other debt,  the sum of
              Total   Indebtedness,   plus  the   amount   of  any   outstanding
              subordinated debt of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,  plus the
              contingent  obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under
              any guaranty of the debt of any other person or entity (other than
              unsecured debt of a Subsidiary  incurred in the ordinary course of
              business for other than borrowed  money or to finance the purchase
              price of any  property  or  business)  shall not  exceed an amount
              equal to sixty (60) times Operating Cash Flow at such date.

         5.5 Use of  Proceeds.  The  Borrower  shall not use the proceeds of the
advances  hereunder to purchase or carry any "margin  stock" (within the meaning
of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System of the
United States) or any "margin  security"  (within the meaning of Regulation G of
said  Board of  Governors),  or to extend  credit to others  for the  purpose of
purchasing or carrying any such margin stock or margin security. No part of such
proceeds shall be used for any purpose that violates,  or which is  inconsistent
with, the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X of said Board of Governors. This
section shall not preclude the Borrower from  repurchasing any of its own issued
and outstanding common stock;  provided,  however, that such repurchase does not
result in the occurrence of any other Event of Default hereunder.

         5.6 Notice of Default.  The Borrower  shall give to the Lenders  prompt
written notification of the existence or occurrence of:

              (a) any fact or event which  results,  or which with notice or the
              passage  of time,  or both,  would  result in an Event of  Default
              hereunder;

              (b) any  proceedings  instituted by or against the Borrower in any
              federal,  state or local court or before any governmental  body or
              agency,  or before any arbitration  board, or any such proceedings
              threatened against the Borrower by any governmental  agency, which
              is likely to have a material  adverse  effect upon the  Borrower's
              ability to perform its obligations under its Operative Documents;

                                       17
                                    - 648 -
<PAGE>

              (c) any default or event of default involving the payment of money
              under  any  Agreement  or  instrument  which  is  material  to the
              Borrower or any  Subsidiary  to which such entity is a party or by
              which it or any of its property may be bound, and which default or
              event of default  would have a material  adverse  effect  upon the
              Borrower's  ability to perform its obligations under its Operative
              Documents; and (d) the Borrower shall give immediate notice of the
              commencement of any proceeding  under the Federal  Bankruptcy Code
              by or against the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

5.7  Distributions.

              (a)  Neither   Borrower  nor  any  Subsidiary  shall  declare  any
              dividends or make any cash  distribution  in respect of any shares
              of its capital stock or warrants of its capital stock, without the
              prior written consent of the Lenders; provided,  however, that the
              Borrower may declare stock dividends;  provided, further, that the
              Borrower need not obtain the Lenders'  consent with respect to (i)
              dividends in any one (1) year which are, in  aggregate,  less than
              25% of the  Borrower's  Net  Operating  Profit  After Taxes in the
              previous four (4) quarters, as reported to the Lenders pursuant to
              Section  5.1;  or  (ii)  dividends  or   distributions   from  any
              consolidated Subsidiary.

              (b)  Neither  the  Borrower  nor  any  Subsidiary   other  than  a
              Subsidiary  which is  wholly-owned by the Borrower shall purchase,
              redeem,  or  otherwise  retire any shares of its capital  stock or
              warrants of its capital stock if,  immediately after the making of
              such purchase or redemption,  the Borrower or any Subsidiary  will
              be in default of any other covenant or provision of this Agreement
              (including,  without  limitation,  the  covenants  and  provisions
              pertaining to minimum net worth and limitations on indebtedness).

         5.8  Compliance  with  Law  and  Regulations.  The  Borrower  and  each
Subsidiary shall comply in all material respects with all applicable federal and
state laws and regulations.

         5.9  Maintenance  of  Property;  Accounting;   Corporate  Form;  Taxes;
Insurance.

              (a) The Borrower and each  Subsidiary  shall maintain its property
              in good condition in all material respects, ordinary wear and tear
              excepted,   and  make  all  renewals,   replacements,   additions,
              betterments and improvements  thereto  necessary for the efficient
              operation of its business.

                                       18
                                    - 649 -
<PAGE>

              (b) The  Borrower  and each  Subsidiary  shall  keep true books of
              record and  accounts  in which full and correct  entries  shall be
              made of all its  business  transactions,  all in  accordance  with
              generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

              (c) The Borrower and each Subsidiary  shall do or cause to be done
              all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect
              its   corporate   form  of  existence  as  is  necessary  for  the
              continuation  of its  business  in  substantially  the same  form,
              except where such failure to do so with respect to any  Subsidiary
              would not have a  material  adverse  effect on the  ability of the
              Borrower to perform its obligations under the Operative Documents.
              
              (d)  The  Borrower  and  each  Subsidiary  shall  pay  all  taxes,
              assessments and governmental  charges or levies imposed upon it or
              its  property;   provided,  however,  that  the  Borrower  or  any
              Subsidiary shall not be required to pay any of the foregoing taxes
              which are being diligently  contested in good faith by appropriate
              legal proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have
              been established.

              (e)  The  Borrower  shall  maintain  or  cause  to  be  maintained
              liability insurance and casualty  insurance,  in a form and amount
              satisfactory  to  FNB-O  as  agent  for  the  Lenders,   upon  the
              Collateral   (excluding   equipment  or   inventory   provided  to
              Subscribers in the ordinary course of business) and other tangible
              assets owned by it and its  Subsidiaries.  The Borrower shall name
              FNB-O as agent for the Lenders and the holders of the Related Bank
              Debt as the loss payee on all such casualty  insurance,  and as an
              additional  insured  on all such  liability  insurance  and  shall
              provide the Lenders with evidence of such insurance upon request.

         5.10  Inspection of Properties and Books.  The Borrower shall recognize
and honor the right of the Lenders,  upon request to an officer of the Borrower,
to visit and inspect any of the properties  of, to examine the books,  accounts,
and other records of, and to take extracts therefrom and to discuss the affairs,
finances,  loans  and  accounts  of,  and to be  advised  as to the  same by the
officers  of, the  Borrower at all such times,  in such detail and through  such
agents and representatives as the Lenders may reasonably desire.

         5.11 Guaranties. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall guaranty
or  become  responsible  for the  indebtedness  of any other  person or  entity;
provided,  however,  that  a  Subsidiary  may  guaranty  the  obligation  of the
Borrower;  provided further, that the Borrower may guaranty the obligations of a
Subsidiary so long as no Event of Default (or not event or occurrence which with

                                       19
                                    - 650 -
<PAGE>

the passage of time or notice,  or both,  would  become an Event of Default) has
occurred  or will  occur  hereunder,  taking  into  account  such  guaranty  and
indebtedness.

         5.12 Collateral. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall incur or
permit  to  exist  any  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  security  interest  or  other
encumbrance on the  Collateral,  except as permitted in the Security  Agreement.
Subject to Section 5.4(b),  the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the
Borrower or any  Subsidiary  from  acquiring  leased  equipment  in the ordinary
course of  business.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the
Borrower  covenants and agrees that it shall on request  enforce for the benefit
of the Lenders and the holders of the Related Bank Debt, but at the sole expense
of the Borrower, any and all rights and remedies (including, without limitation,
rights to  indemnity),  that it may have with  respect to the  existence  of any
liens,  security  interests or other encumbrances that may exist on the property
of the Borrower acquired from Broadcast  Partners under the Purchase  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  anything  else  to the  contrary  herein  or in  the  Operative
Documents,  Broadcast  Partners  shall have no right to share in the proceeds of
any such recovery which  constitutes  the proceeds of any indemnity claim by the
Borrower under the Purchase Agreement.

         5.13 Name;  Location.  The Borrower  shall give the Lenders ninety (90)
days notice prior to changing its name, identity or corporate structure,  moving
its principal place of business,  chief executive office or place where it keeps
its records concerning the Collateral.

         5.14 Notice of Change in  Ownership or  Management.  During the term of
this Agreement,  the Borrower shall give the Lenders notice of the occurrence of
any of the following  described  events,  which notice shall be given as soon as
the Borrower obtains notice or knowledge thereof:

              (a)  any  change,   directly  or   indirectly,   in  the  existing
              controlling interest in the Borrower; or

              (b) any material  adverse  change in its management  personnel.  A
              material  adverse  change in the Borrower's  management  personnel
              shall be deemed to have  occurred if any one (1) of the  following
              has occurred with respect to two of the four (4)  individuals  who
              are both  officers  and members of the Board of  Directors  of the
              Borrower:  (i)  the  resignation,   retirement,  or  voluntary  or
              involuntary  termination  of  employment  and/or  status  of  such
              persons  as  officers  and  directors  of the  Borrower;  (ii) any
              announcement,  notice of intent,  resolution  or  similar  advance
              notice with  respect to the matters  referenced  in the  foregoing
              clause;  or (iii) the death,  disability or legal  incompetence of
              such persons.

         5.15.  Interest Coverage.  The ratio of Operating Cash Flow to interest
expense  (as  determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles but excluding  amortization  of deferred  offering costs and any fees
related to the  Trigger  Event in Section 2.2 of this  Agreement)  at the end of

                                       20
                                    - 651 -
<PAGE>

each  quarter  during  the term of this  Agreement,  as  shown on the  Quarterly
Compliance Report, shall not be less than 2.25 to 1.0.

         5.16 Subordinated  Debt.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall
incur  any  subordinated  debt or issue  any  preferred  stock or  warrants  for
preferred  stock except upon the prior written  consent of the Lenders.  Neither
the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall make any voluntary or optional  prepayment
on any  subordinated  debt  without the prior  written  consent of the  Lenders.
Similarly,  the Borrower  shall not amend its articles of  incorporation  or any
other  documents or agreements  relating to the issuance of  subordinated  debt,
preferred  stock or warrants  for  preferred  stock  without  the prior  written
consent of the Lenders.

         5.17 Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall give prompt written notice to the
Lenders of the Borrower's intent to acquire,  or the Borrower's  acquisition of,
any  Subsidiary.  Prior to the creation or acquisition of such  Subsidiary,  the
Borrower  (i)  shall  cause a first  security  interest  in the  assets  of such
Subsidiary  to be perfected in favor of FNB-O,  as agent for the Lenders and the
holders of the Related Bank Debt,  and (ii) shall cause the  Subsidiary to enter
into a security Agreement,  to execute and file such financing statements and to
provide opinions all in form  satisfactory to the Lenders and the holders of the
Related Bank Debt, as to compliance with this section.

         5.18 Amendments to Purchase Agreement. The Borrower shall not amend the
Purchase Agreement without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

         5.19 Capital  Expenditures.  The Borrower shall not incur in any fiscal
year,  commencing  with the fiscal  year  beginning  January  1,  1997,  capital
expenditures,  determined  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles,   of  more  than  $2,000,000;   provided,   however,   that  capital
expenditures  for (a) equipment to be used by subscribers  of the Borrower,  and
(b)  telecommunications  equipment,  computer  equipment,  software and software
consulting shall not be counted for purposes of this annual limitation.

         5.20  Acquisitions.  The  Borrower  shall not  acquire any stock or any
equity  interest in, or warrants  therefor or  securities  convertible  into the
same,  or a substantial  portion of the assets of,  another  entity  without the
prior written consent of the Lenders; provided, however, that the Borrower shall
be  permitted  to make on a  cumulative  basis  from and after July 1, 1998 such
acquisitions  (excluding  the  acquisition  of A-T Financial  Information,  Inc.
directly or through Asset Growth  Corporation) in an amount not to exceed Twenty
Million  Dollars  ($20,000,000)  in the  aggregate  without  the  consent of the
Lenders if:

              (a) such acquisitions are in or from entities which:

                    (i)  are in the  business  of  electronically  communicating
                    time-sensitive information to their customers; and

                    (ii) have their  principal  place of  business in the United
                    States or Canada; and

                                       21
                                    - 652 -
<PAGE>

                    (iii)  except  for  Weather  Services  Corporation,  have  a
                    positive operating cash flow,  calculated in the same method
                    as is used to calculate the  Borrower's  Operating Cash Flow
                    for purposes of this Agreement; and

              (b) the Borrower or any Subsidiary is not, and  immediately  after
              the making of such  acquisition,  will not be in default under any
              other covenant or provision of this Agreement (including,  without
              limitation, the covenants and provisions pertaining to minimum net
              worth and limitations on indebtedness); and

              (c) except for the acquisition of A-T Financial Information,  Inc.
              directly or through Asset Growth  Corporation,  no one acquisition
              shall exceed Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).





                            VI. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         6.1  Closing  Conditions.  Any  and  all  obligations  of  the  Lenders
hereunder are subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

              (a) FNB-O, as agent,  shall have received an opinion of counsel to
              the  Borrower  covering  such  matters as the  Lenders may request
              (including,  without  limitation,  corporate  existence  and  good
              standing,  corporate authority,  due authorization,  execution and
              delivery of the Operative Documents, the legal, valid, binding and
              enforceable nature of the Operative Documents,  and the perfection
              and priority of the security interest in the Collateral granted to
              the Lenders.

              (b) FNB-O,  as agent,  shall have received such  certificates  and
              documents as the Lenders may reasonably request from the Borrower,
              including  articles  of  incorporation  and  bylaws,  certificates
              regarding good  standing,  incumbency,  copies of other  corporate
              documents, and appropriate authorizing resolutions; and

              (c) the Operative  Documents  shall have been duly  authorized and
              executed  and  shall be in full  force  and  effect,  and such UCC
              financing  statements  shall have been  executed and filed in such
              offices as may be appropriate to perfect the security  interest of
              FNB-O, as agent for the Lenders, in the Collateral.

                                       22
                                    - 653 -
<PAGE>

                           VII. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

         7.1 Events of Default. Any of the following shall be deemed an event of
default under this Agreement (an "Event of Default"):

              (a) Any  payment of  principal  required  by any of the  Operative
              Documents shall not be paid when due.

              (b) Any payment of interest or other fees due  hereunder  or under
              any of the Operative  Documents  shall not be paid within  fifteen
              (15)  calendar  days  after  the date on which  such  payment  was
              invoiced or due.

              (c) Any  representation  or warranty of the Borrower  under any of
              the Operative Documents, or any financial reports or statements or
              certificates submitted pursuant to this Agreement,  shall prove to
              have been false in any material respect when made.

              (d) A failure of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to comply with any
              requirement or restriction applicable to such entity and contained
              in Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.7, 5.11, 5.12, 5.13, 5.14, 5.15,
              5.16, 5.19 or 5.20 of this Agreement.

              (e) A failure of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to comply with any
              requirement  or  restriction  contained  in any  provision  of the
              Operative  Documents not  otherwise  specified in this Article VI,
              which  failure  remains  unremedied  for ten (10)  days  following
              receipt of notice from FNB-O on behalf of the Lenders.

              (f)  The  occurrence  of a  default  or a  breach  of  any  of the
              obligations  of  the  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary   (other  than
              obligations  of such  Subsidiary to the Borrower)  under any note,
              loan agreement,  preferred stock,  subordinated debt instrument or
              agreement,  or any other  agreement  evidencing  an  obligation to
              repay borrowed money.

              (g) The entry of a final  judgment  against  the  Borrower  or any
              Subsidiary  for the  payment  of money,  which is not  covered  by
              insurance, and the expiration of thirty (30) days from the date of
              such entry during which the judgment is not  discharged in full or
              stayed.

              (h) The occurrence of any one or more of the following:

                                       23
                                    - 654 -
<PAGE>

                    (1) The  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  shall file a voluntary
                    petition  in  bankruptcy  or an order  for  relief  shall be
                    entered in a bankruptcy case as to such entity or shall file
                    any  petition  or  answer  seeking  or  acquiescing  in  any
                    reorganization,   arrangement,  composition,   readjustment,
                    liquidation,  dissolution or similar relief for itself under
                    any present or future federal,  state or other statute,  law
                    or regulation  relating to  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other
                    relief for debtors; or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce
                    in the appointment of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of
                    such entity or of all or any part of its property, or of any
                    or all of the royalties,  revenues, rents, issues or profits
                    thereof,  or  shall  make  any  general  assignment  for the
                    benefit  of  creditors,   or  shall  admit  in  writing  its
                    inability  to pay its debts or shall  generally  not pay its
                    debts as they become due; or

                    (2) A court of competent  jurisdiction shall enter an order,
                    judgment or decree  approving a petition  filed  against the
                    Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  seeking  any  reorganization,
                    dissolution  or similar  relief  under any present or future
                    federal,  state or other statute, law or regulation relating
                    to bankruptcy,  insolvency or other relief for debtors,  and
                    such order,  judgment or decree shall remain  unvacated  and
                    unstayed for an  aggregate  of thirty (30) days  (whether or
                    not  consecutive)  from the first date of entry thereof;  or
                    any trustee,  receiver or  liquidator of the Borrower or any
                    Subsidiary or of all or any part of its property,  or of any
                    or all of the royalties,  revenues, rents, issues or profits
                    thereof,   shall  be   appointed   without  the  consent  or
                    acquiescence  of such  entity  and such  appointments  shall
                    remain  unvacated  and  unstayed  for an aggregate of thirty
                    (30) days (whether or not consecutive); or

                    (3) A writ of execution or attachment or any similar process
                    shall be  issued  or  levied  against  all or any part of or
                    interest  in  the  Collateral,  or  any  judgment  involving
                    monetary  damages  shall be entered  against the Borrower or
                    any  Subsidiary  which shall become a lien on the Collateral
                    or  any  portion  thereof  or  interest   therein  and  such
                    execution,  attachment or similar process or judgment is not
                    released, bonded, satisfied, vacated or stayed within thirty
                    (30) days after its entry or levy.

                                       24
                                     - 655 -
<PAGE>

              (i) Any event of default shall occur under any Operative Document.

              (j) A change  shall  occur  after  November  8, 1993,  directly or
              indirectly, in the ownership or control of the Borrower; provided,
              however,  that  changes in the  ownership  or  control  of, or new
              issuances   of,   voting   common   stock  which  do  not  exceed,
              cumulatively,  50% of the total issued and  outstanding  shares of
              the Borrower as of September 30, 1993 shall not be deemed an Event
              of Default  under this  Section  7.1(j);  provided  further,  that
              acquisitions  of  additional  shares by  members  of the  existing
              executive management group of the Borrower shall not be counted as
              changes in the  ownership  or control of the  Borrower  under this
              Section  7.1(j).  For purposes of  computing  the total issued and
              outstanding shares as of September 30, 1993,  warrants and options
              for such shares shall be included.

              (k) An Event of Default shall occur under any Related Bank Debt or
              the Related Loan  Agreement and the  expiration of any  applicable
              cure period thereunder.

              (l) The  Borrower  shall be obligated to prepay all or any portion
              of its subordinated debt as a result of a Change of Control.

              (m)  The  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  is not at any  time  after
              September 30, 1999, in compliance with Year 2000  requirements and
              such failure  creates a material  adverse effect on the ability of
              the Borrower to carry out its business.

         7.2 Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, upon the
election of the Lenders  holding  two-thirds of the then  outstanding  aggregate
Total  Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders  (including  under the Notes,
the Related Bank Debt and any similar  indebtedness  but  excluding  amounts due
under the Purchase  Agreement),  the entire  unpaid  principal  amount under the
Notes and all Related Bank Debt,  together with interest accrued thereon,  shall
become  immediately  due and payable  without  presentment,  demand,  protest or
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby  expressly  waived,  and the Lenders
may exercise their rights under the other Operative  Documents and the Revolving
Credit Agreement (and the operative documents with respect thereto),  including,
without limitation,  under the Security Agreement.  For purposes of this Article
VII, the term Lenders  includes  NationsBank,  formerly  Boatmen's,  and NBC. In
addition, the Lenders shall have such other remedies as are available at law and
in equity. Remedies under this Agreement, the Operative Documents, the Revolving
Credit  Agreement  (and  the  operative  documents  with  respect  thereto)  are
cumulative.  Any waiver must be in writing by the  Lenders  and no waiver  shall
constitute a waiver as to any other  occurrence  which  constitutes  an Event of
Default or as to any party not specifically included in such written waiver.


                                       25
                                    - 656 -
<PAGE>

                     ARTICLE VIII. INTER-CREDITOR AGREEMENTS

         8.1 FNB-O as  Servicer.  FNB-O will act as sole  servicer  of the loans
evidenced  by the Notes issued  hereunder  and the Related Bank Debt (other than
interest rate  protection  agreements).  For purposes of this Article VIII,  the
term Lenders includes First Bank,  Boatmen's and the term Event of Default means
any Event of  Default  hereunder  or under any  Related  Bank  Debt.  FNB-O will
enforce,  administer  and  otherwise  deal with the loans made by the Lenders in
accordance with safe and prudent banking standards employed by FNB-O in the case
of the loan made by FNB-O.  Without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,
FNB-O  will,  on its own  behalf  and on behalf  of the  Lenders:  (i)  maintain
originals of the Operative  Documents and the operative  documents in connection
with the Revolving Credit Agreement; (ii) receive requests for advances from the
Borrower under the Revolving  Credit  Agreement and make such advances on behalf
of the revolving  lenders in such agreements  (provided that FNB-O is assured of
reimbursement  therefor  by the  other  revolving  lenders  for  their  pro rata
shares); (iii) receive payments and prepayments from the Borrower and apply such
payments as provided in Section 8.2; (iv) receive  notices from the Borrower and
send copies thereof to the Lenders if FNB-O has reasonable cause to believe that
such Lenders have not received such notice from another  source;  and (v) advise
the Lenders of the occurrence of any Event of Default which FNB-O obtains actual
knowledge  of. The Lenders  agree not to attempt to take any action  against the
Borrower under the Operative Documents, Related Bank Debt or with respect to the
indebtedness  evidenced  thereby  without  FNB-O's  consent  unless  holders  of
two-thirds of the then outstanding  aggregate Total Indebtedness of the Borrower
to the Lenders (including under the Notes, the Related Bank Debt and any similar
indebtedness but excluding amounts due under the Purchase  Agreement) shall have
requested  FNB-O to take  specific  action  against the Borrower and FNB-O shall
have failed to do so within a reasonable  period after  receipt of such request.
All actions,  consents,  waivers and  approvals  by the Lenders  shall be deemed
taken or given and  amendments  hereto  deemed  agreed to if the holders of more
than two-thirds of the outstanding  aggregate Total Indebtedness of the Borrower
to the Lenders shall have indicated their consent thereto.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  unanimous  approval of the applicable Lenders under the Notes or the
Related Bank Debt shall be required  for: (i) any reduction or compromise of the
principal  loan amount of the Notes or the Related Bank Debt, the amount or rate
of interest  accrued or  accruing  thereon or the fees due  hereunder;  and (ii)
extension of the date of any scheduled payment; and unanimous consent of all the
Lenders  shall be required for (iii)  permitting  the sale of or  releasing  the
security  interest of the Lenders in Collateral  which  comprises  more than ten
percent  (10%)  net book  value of fixed  assets of the  Borrower;  and (iv) any
amendment of Sections 8.1 or 8.2 hereof. A Lender's commitment hereunder may not
be increased without the consent of such Lender,  it being understood,  however,
that increases in the total  facility  hereunder may be made with the consent of
the  holders  of  more  than  two-thirds  of  the  aggregate  total  outstanding
obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders under the Agreement,  so long as such
increase  does  not  result  in  the  increase  of any  non-consenting  Lender's
commitment hereunder.

                                       26
                                    - 657 -
<PAGE>

         8.2 Application of Payments.  Until the earlier of the occurrence of an
Event of Default or any  Lender's  giving of notice to the others  that it deems
itself insecure,  payments or prepayments made by the Borrower may be applied to
the indebtedness designated by the Borrower or otherwise applied as follows:

              (a) first,  to pay  interest to date on the  revolving  credit due
              under the Revolving  Credit  Agreement and fees due to the Lenders
              and holders of the Related Bank Debt;

              (b) second, to make payments due but unpaid under any of the Notes
              and Related Bank Debt; and

              (c)  third,  pro rata to the  Lenders,  such pro rata  share to be
              determined as set forth below in  subsection  (bb) of this Section
              8.2.

After the  occurrence  of an Event of Default or any  Lender's  giving of notice
that it deems itself insecure,  payments or prepayments on the Notes and Related
Bank Debt  received by FNB-O or any of the Lenders and funds  realized  upon the
disposition of any of the Collateral shall be applied as follows:

              (aa)  first,  to  reimburse  FNB-O for any  costs,  expenses,  and
              disbursements (including attorneys' fees) which may be incurred or
              made by FNB-0:  (i) in connection with its servicing  obligations;
              (ii) in the process of collecting such payments or funds; or (iii)
              as  advances  made by FNB-O to protect the  Collateral  (provided,
              however,  that  FNB-O  shall  have  no  obligation  to  make  such
              protective advances); and

              (bb)  second,  pari  passu  among  the  Lenders,  based  on  their
              respective  pro  rata  shares  of the  funds to be  applied.  Each
              Lender's  pro rata  share  shall be equal to a  fraction,  (x) the
              numerator of which shall be the total  principal  loan amount then
              outstanding  which is owing to each such Lender  under its Related
              Bank Debt,  and (y) the  denominator  of which  shall be the total
              principal  loan  amount  then  outstanding  which is owning to the
              Lenders under all Related Bank Debt.  As to any  obligation of the
              Borrower to one or more Lenders under an interest rate  protection
              contract,  "principal loan amount then outstanding" shall mean, as
              of the date of determination  by FNB-O of the Lenders'  respective
              pro rata shares,  the amount,  if any, of the unpaid Interest Rate
              Protection Contract Amounts.

Except as  specifically  provided  in this  Section  8.2,  FNB-O  shall  have no
obligation  to repay or prepay any amount  due from the  Borrower  to any of the
other  Lenders nor shall FNB-O have any  obligation to purchase all or a part of
any Note  hereunder or any Note  evidencing any Related Bank Debt or any advance
made by any Lenders,  nor shall the Lenders have any recourse whatsoever against
FNB-O with  respect to any  failure of the  Borrower  to repay the  indebtedness
referenced herein.

         8.3  Liability  of FNB-O.  FNB-O shall not be liable to the Lenders for
any error of  judgment  or for any  action  taken or  omitted  to be taken by it
hereunder,  except for gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limiting
the  generality of the foregoing,  FNB-O,  except as expressly set forth herein,

                                       27
                                    - 658 -
<PAGE>

(a) may consult with legal counsel,  independent  public  accountants  and other
experts  selected by it and shall not be liable for any action  taken or omitted
to be taken in good faith by it in  accordance  with the advice of such counsel,
accountants or experts; (b) makes no representation or warranty with respect to,
and  shall  not be  responsible  for,  the  accuracy,  completeness,  execution,
legality,  validity,  legal  effect or  enforceability  of this 1998 Term Credit
Agreement, the Notes, the Revolving Credit Agreement or the Related Bank Debt or
the other Operative  Documents or the operative documents under any Related Bank
Debt or the value or sufficiency of any Collateral  given by the Borrower or the
priority of the Lenders' security interest therein or the financial condition of
the Borrower; and (c) shall not be responsible for the performance or observance
of any of the terms,  covenants or conditions of the Operative  Documents or the
operative  documents under any Related Bank Debt on the part of the Borrower and
shall not have any duty to inspect the property (including,  without limitation,
the books and records) of the Borrower.

         8.4  Transfers.  No  Lender  shall  subdivide,   transfer  or  grant  a
participation in its respective Notes or notes evidencing any Related Bank Debt,
or in any advance  hereunder or under any Related  Bank Debt,  without the prior
written consent of FNB-O which consent shall not be unreasonably  withheld.  For
purposes of this Section  8.4,  "Related  Bank Debt" shall not include  interest
rate protection agreements.

         8.5 Reliance.  The Lenders acknowledge that they have been advised that
none of the Notes,  the notes  evidencing any Related Bank Debt nor any interest
therein or related  thereto has been (i) registered  under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, nor (ii) insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
The Lenders  acknowledge that they have received from the Borrower all financial
information  and other data  relevant to their  decision to extend credit to the
Borrower and that they have  independently  approved  the credit  quality of the
Borrower.

         8.6 Relationship of Lenders.  The Lenders intend for the  relationships
created by this  Agreement to be construed as concurrent  direct loans from each
Lender respectively to the Borrower. Nothing herein shall be construed as a loan
from  any  Lender  to FNB-O  or as  creating  a  partnership  or  joint  venture
relationship among them.

         8.7 New  Lenders.  In the  event  that new  Lenders  are  added to this
Agreement or to the Revolving Credit  Agreement,  such Lenders shall be required
to agree to the inter-creditor provisions of this Article VIII.

         8.8 Broadcast  Partners.  As of the closing of the Second  Amendment on
July 31, 1996, Broadcast Partners was removed from this Agreement as a party.

                            ARTICLE IX. MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire Agreement
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not
be effectively amended, changed, modified or altered, except in writing executed
by all  parties.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  it is  understood  that  the
purchase and sale  transaction  between the Borrower and  Broadcast  Partners is
governed by the Purchase Agreement.

                                       28
                                    - 659 -
<PAGE>

         9.2  Governing  Law. The Operative  Documents  shall be governed by and
construed pursuant to the laws of the State of Nebraska.

         9.3 Notices.  Until changed by written  notice from one party hereto to
the other, all communications  under the Operative Documents shall be in writing
and shall be hand  delivered  or mailed by  registered  mail to the  parties  as
follows:

              If to the Borrower:

              DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
              Suite 200
              9110 West Dodge Road
              Omaha, Nebraska 68114
              Attention:  Chief Financial Officer


              If to the Lenders:

              FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA
              One First National Center
              Omaha, Nebraska  68102
              Attention:  Mr. James P. Bonham

Notices  shall be  deemed  given  when  mailed,  except  that any  notice by the
Borrower under Section 2.6 shall not be deemed given until received by FNB-O.

         9.4 Headings. The captions and headings herein are for convenience only
and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions or
sections of this Agreement.

         9.5   Counterparts.   This   Agreement   may  be  executed  in  several
counterparts  and such  counterparts  together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

         9.6  Survival;  Successors  and  Assigns.  The  covenants,  agreements,
representations  and warranties made herein,  and in the certificates  delivered
pursuant hereto, shall survive the execution and delivery to the Lenders of this
Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Note or any
obligation to the Lenders under any of the  Operative  Documents is  outstanding
and unpaid. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to,
such  reference  shall be deemed to include the  successors  and assigns of such
party,  and all  covenants,  promises  and  agreements  by or on  behalf  of the
Borrower  which are contained in this  Agreement  shall bind the  successors and
assigns of the  Borrower  and shall inure to the benefit of the  successors  and
assigns of the Lenders.

         9.7  Severability.   If  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  shall  be
prohibited  by  or  invalid  under  applicable  law,  such  provision  shall  be
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating
the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

                                       29
                                    - 660 -
<PAGE>

         9.8  Assignment.  The Borrower may not assign its rights or obligations
hereunder and any assignment in contravention of the terms hereof shall be void.

         9.9  Amendments.  Any  amendment,  modification  or  supplement to this
Agreement must be in writing and must be signed by the parties hereto.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Borrower and the Lenders have caused this 1998
Term Credit Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized corporate officers
as of the day and year first above written.






                                            DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                            CORPORATION



                                            By /s/ Brian L. Larson
                                             Title: VP, CFO and Secretary

                                       30
                                    - 661 -
<PAGE>


                                            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA




                                            By /s/ James P. Bonham
                                             Title: Vice President






NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                            INITIALED:


                                            Borrower

                                       31
                                    - 662 -
<PAGE>





                           DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES





                           By /s/ Patrick A. Keleher
                              -------------------------
                            Title: Vice President


                           By /s/ Brian Haughney
                              --------------------------
                              Assistant Treasurer






NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                                   INITIALED:


                                                   Borrower



                                       32
                                    - 663 -
<PAGE>

                                        FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,
                                        NEBRASKA





                                        By /s/ Elizabeth Rezac
                                         Title: Second Vice President





NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   
                                       INITIALED:


                                       Borrower



                                       33
                                    - 664 -
<PAGE>


                                   THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK
                                   OF CHICAGO




                                   By /s/ Nathan L. Bloch
                                    Title:First Vice President










NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower



                                       34
                                    - 665 -
<PAGE>





                                  NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.




                                  By /s/ Kevin D. Munro
                                   Title: Vice President












NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower




                                       35
                                    - 666 -
<PAGE>




                                   MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.




                                   By /s/ Joseph L. Sooter, Jr.
                                    Title:Vice President







NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                   INITIALED:


                                   Borrower



                                       36
                                    - 667 -
<PAGE>






                                  U. S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION




                                  By /s/ Beth Morgan
                                   Title:Vice President








NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                                   INITIALED:


                                                   Borrower



                                       37
                                    - 668 -
<PAGE>





                                     BANK OF MONTREAL




                                     By /s/ Allegra Griffiths
                                      Title:Director












NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                                INITIALED:


                                                Borrower



                                       38
                                    - 669 -
<PAGE>





                                     LASALLE NATIONAL BANK





                                     By /s/ Tom Harmon
                                      Title:Assistant Vice President








NOTICE: A credit  Agreement must be in writing to be enforceable  under Nebraska
law. To protect you and us from any  misunderstandings  or disappointments,  any
contract,  promise,  undertaking,  or offer to forebear repayment of money or to
make any other financial  accommodation in connection with this loan of money or
grant or extension of credit,  or any amendment of,  cancellation of, waiver of,
or  substitution  for any or all of the terms or provisions of any instrument or
document executed in connection with this loan of money or grant or extension of
credit, must be in writing to be effective.

                                                INITIALED:


                                                Borrower



                                       39
                                    - 670 -
<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE I



                          TO 1998 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                      among
                           DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       AND
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK




Subsidiary          State of Incorporation       Shares        % of Ownership


National Datamax, Inc.   California             873,300             100%

Kavouras, Inc.           Minnesota                  155 5/12            100%

DTN Acquisition, Inc.    Nebraska                   100                 100%

DTN Market Commu-        Nebraska                   100                 100%
 nications Group, Inc.

DTN Merger Co.           Massachusetts              100                 100%

Paragon Software, Inc.*  Illinois                 1,000                 100%

*Owned by DTN Acquisition, Inc.

                                       40
                                    - 671 -
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A


                          TO 1998 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       and
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK






                                  FORM OF NOTES



                                       41
                                    - 672 -
<PAGE>




                        SECURED BUSINESS PROMISSORY NOTE



Omaha, Nebraska                                   $
                                                  December 31, 2002
(Note Date)                                       (Maturity Date)


         DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION  ("Maker") promises to pay to the
order of  _______________  ("Lender")  at the offices of First  National Bank of
Omaha in Omaha,  Nebraska,  the principal sum of _____________.  Interest on the
unpaid principal  balance shall be due on the last day of each month,  beginning
May 31, 1996.  The  principal  sum shall  become due and payable in  seventy-two
equal monthly  installments,  with the first such installment due on January 31,
1997, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day,
and  subsequent  installments  due on the  last  day of each  consecutive  month
thereafter,  or,  if such day is not a  Business  Day,  on the  next  succeeding
Business Day. In any event, the total amount of all unpaid principal and accrued
interest hereunder shall be due and payable no later than December 31, 2002. All
capitalized  terms not defined  herein shall have the meanings set forth in that
certain  1998 Term Credit  Agreement  dated as of December 7, 1998 among  Maker,
Lender and others, as amended from time to time (the "Agreement".)

         Interest  shall accrue on the  principal  outstanding  through June 30,
1999, from time to time at the rate of % per annum; thereafter the interest rate
for the  balance  of the  term  shall be set on June 30,  1999,  at two  percent
(2.00%) above the yield on constant  maturity  Treasury Bonds with maturities of
three  years,  as  quoted  for the  immediately  preceding  Business  Day in the
applicable Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after an Event of Default has
occurred  interest shall accrue on the entire  outstanding  balance of principal
and interest at a  fluctuating  rate equal to the  Revolving  Credit Rate,  plus
4.00%.  Interest  shall be  calculated on the basis of the actual number of days
outstanding  and a 360-day year.  Interest  shall continue to accrue on the full
unpaid balance hereunder notwithstanding any permitted or unpermitted failure of
the  Borrower to make a scheduled  payment or the fact that a scheduled  payment
day falls on a day other than a Business  Day.  If, any time during a Restricted
Quarter (including,  without limitation, during any period in such quarter prior
to delivery of the Quarterly Compliance Certificate), the interest rate accruing
on this Note is less than seven and one-half percent (7.50%),  a "Trigger Event"
shall be deemed to have occurred.  Upon the  occurrence of a Trigger Event,  the
Maker shall be obligated to pay the following  fees:  (i)  three-eighths  of one
percent (.375%) of the outstanding  principal balance of the Note as of the date
preceding  the  Trigger  Event,  which  amount  shall be payable  promptly  upon
invoicing;  (ii) the same  amount as  computed  in clause  (i),  payable  on the
six-month  anniversary  of the  Trigger  Event;  and  (iii)  the same  amount as
computed in clause (i), payable on the  twelve-month  anniversary of the Trigger
Event.

         Maker may prepay in full without penalty the unpaid balance  hereunder,
provided that the Borrower contemporaneously prepays in full all other Notes (as

                                       42
                                    - 673 -
<PAGE>

such term is defined in the Agreement),  but only if such  prepayment  occurs on
June 30, 1999 and the Borrower  has given Lender at least 30 days prior  written
notice  of its  intention  to make  such  prepayment.  In the event of any other
prepayment  (regardless of whether such  prepayment  occurs before or after June
30, 1999), the Borrower shall pay to Lender, at Lender's option, either: (1) the
Make-Whole  Premium (as such term is defined in the Agreement) due in respect of
such  prepayment;  or (2) a  prepayment  fee equal to one and  one-half  percent
(1.50%) of the amount of such prepayment.

         Payment of this Note and the performance of Maker's  obligations  under
the  Agreement  ("Obligations")  are secured by a security  interest  granted to
First  National  Bank of Omaha,  as agent for the Lenders and others  ("Agent"),
under the Security Agreement in:

         All  of  Debtor's  accounts,   accounts   receivable,   chattel  paper,
         documents,    instruments,   goods,   inventory,   equipment,   general
         intangibles,  contract  rights,  all rights of Debtor in  deposits  and
         advance  payments  made to Debtor  by its  customers  and  subscribers,
         accounts  due  from   advertisers   and  all  ownership,   proprietary,
         copyright,  trade secret and other intellectual  property rights in and
         to computer software (and specifically  including,  without limitation,
         all such  rights  in DTN  transmission  computer  software  used in the
         provision of the Basic DTN Subscription  Service and Farm Dayta Service
         to  Debtor's   subscribers)   and  all   documentation,   source  code,
         information and works of authorship  pertaining thereto,  all now owned
         or hereafter acquired and all proceeds and products thereof; and


such  additional  collateral as is more  specifically  described in the Security
Agreement.

         Maker's liability under its Obligations shall not be affected by any of
the following:

                  Acceptance  or retention by Lender or Agent of other  property
         or interests as security for the  Obligations,  or for the liability of
         any person other than a Maker with respect to the Obligations;

                  The release of all or any of the  Collateral or other security
         for any of the Obligations to any Maker;

                  Any release, extension, renewal, modification or compromise of
         any of the Obligations or the liability of any obligor thereon; or

                  Failure by Lender or Agent to resort to other  security or any
         person  liable  for  any of the  Obligations  before  resorting  to the
         Collateral.

         Neither  Lender nor Agent is required to take any action  whatsoever in
respect of the Collateral. Impairment or destruction of the Collateral shall not
release Maker of its liability hereunder.
         
                                       43
                                    - 674 -
<PAGE>

                  Maker represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

                  Maker is authorized  to grant to Agent a security  interest in
         the Collateral;

                  This Note, the Agreement and the Security  Agreement have been
         duly  authorized,  executed and  delivered by the Maker and  constitute
         legal, valid and binding obligations of Maker;

                  This Note evidences a loan to acquire substantially all of the
         assets of Broadcast Partners, a general partnership, with its principal
         place of business at 11274 Aurora Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50322; and

                  Maker agrees to pay all costs of collection in connection with
         this  Note,  the  Agreement  and  the  Security  Agreement,   including
         reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses.

         Upon the failure of Maker to make any payment of  principal or interest
when  due  hereunder  or the  occurrence  of any  Event of  Default,  all of the
Obligations  shall, at the option of Agent and without notice or demand,  mature
and become  immediately  due and  payable;  and Agent  shall have all rights and
remedies  for  default  provided  by the  Uniform  Commercial  Code,  any  other
applicable law and/or the Obligations.

         All costs and  expenses  incurred by Lender or Agent in  enforcing  its
rights under this Note or any mortgage,  endorsement, surety Agreement, guaranty
relating  thereto  are the  obligation  of  Maker  and are  immediately  due and
payable.  Interest  shall  accrue on such  costs and  expenses  from the date of
incurrence at the rate  specified  herein for  delinquent  Note  payments.  Each
Maker,  endorser,  surety and  guarantor  hereby  waives  presentment,  protest,
demand, notice of dishonor, and the defense of any statute of limitations.

         Without  affecting  the  liability  of any Maker,  endorser,  surety or
guarantor, the holder or Agent may, without notice, renew or extend the time for
payment,  accept  partial  payments,  release or impair any  Collateral or other
security for the payment of this Note or agree to sue any party liable on it.

         Neither  Lender  nor Agent  shall be deemed to have  waived  any of its
rights  upon or under  this Note,  or under any  mortgage,  endorsement,  surety
agreement or guaranty, unless such waivers be in writing and signed by Lender or
Agent,  as the case may be. No delay or  omission on the part of Lender or Agent
in  exercising  any right  shall  operate as a waiver of such right or any other
right. A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver
of any right on any future occasion.  All rights and remedies of Lender or Agent
on  liabilities  or the  Collateral,  whether  evidenced  hereby or by any other
instrument  or papers,  shall be cumulative  and may be exercised  singularly or
concurrently.

         Maker,  if more  than  one,  shall  be  jointly  and  severally  liable
hereunder and all  provisions  hereof  regarding the  liabilities or security of
Maker shall apply to any  liability or any security of any or all of them.  This
Note shall be  binding  upon the heirs,  executors,  administrators,  assigns or
successors of Maker;  shall constitute a continuing  Agreement,  applying to all

                                       44
                                    - 675 -
<PAGE>    





future  as  well  as  existing  transactions,  whether  or not of the  character
contemplated  at the date of this Note, and if all  transactions  between Lender
and Maker shall be at any time closed,  shall be equally  applicable  to any new
transactions thereafter, provided that Lender's interest in the Collateral shall
be limited to the extent  provided  in the  Security  Agreement;  shall  benefit
Lender,   its   successors   and  assigns;   and  shall  so  continue  in  force
notwithstanding any change in any partnership party hereto,  whether such change
occurs through death, retirement or otherwise.

         All  obligations  of Maker  hereunder  shall be payable in  immediately
available funds in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal
office of First  National  Bank of Omaha in  Omaha,  Nebraska  or at such  other
address as may be designated by Bank in writing.

         This  Note  shall be  construed  according  to the laws of the State of
Nebraska.

         Unless the content otherwise requires,  all terms used herein which are
defined in the Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meanings therein stated.

         Any provision of this Note which is prohibited or  unenforceable in any
jurisdiction  shall,  as to such  jurisdiction,  be ineffective to the extent of
such  prohibition  or  unenforceability   without   invalidating  the  remaining
provisions  hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision
in any other jurisdiction.

         Executed as of this [Note Date].

                                             DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK
                                                CORPORATION


                                             By:
                                          Title:

                                       45
                                    - 676 -
<PAGE>




                            PROMISSORY NOTE SCHEDULE


                     Loan Advances and Payments of Principal

                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


REVOLVING NOTE ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS:


                          Amount of                       Unpaid
         Amount        Principal Paid    Amount of       Principal     Notation
Date    of Advance       or Prepaid    Interest Paid      Balance       Made By
- ----    ----------    ---------------  -------------     ---------     --------





                                       46
                                    - 677 -
<PAGE>

TERM NOTE:

Date of Conversion:

Amount Due at Date of Conversion:



    Fixed Rate Notice Date:                    Fixed Rate:           %


                          Amount of                       Unpaid
         Amount        Principal Paid    Amount of       Principal     Notation
Date    of Advance       or Prepaid    Interest Paid      Balance       Made By
- ----    ----------     --------------  -------------     ---------     --------




                                       47
                                    - 678 -
<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT B


                          TO 1998 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       and
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK






                              OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE



                                       48
                                    - 679 -
<PAGE>



                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


First National Bank of Omaha                 Date
Attn:  James Bonham
16th & Dodge Streets
Omaha, Nebraska 68102


I certify that Data Transmission  Network  Corporation is in compliance with the
requirements set forth in the 1998 Term Credit Agreement (the "Agreement") dated
as of December 7, 1998,  between First  National Bank of Omaha,  First  National
Bank,  Wahoo,  Nebraska,  The  First  National  Bank of  Chicago,  Norwest  Bank
Nebraska,  N.A.,  LaSalle  National  Bank,  Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand
Cayman  Branches,  Mercantile  Bank of St.  Louis,  N.A.,  U.S.  Bank,  National
Association, and Data Transmission Network Corporation.

The following calculations are as of ___________ (statement date) as required by
Section 5.1(d) of said Agreement:
                                     

Evaluations:

Total Indebtedness (TI):

Operating Cash Flow:      most recent month                 previous month
                          ending                            ending

    Net Income (loss)
    Interest Expense
    Depreciation
    Amortization
    Deferred Income
     Taxes
    Non-Ordinary
     Non-Cash
     Charges (Credits)

    Total                  a)                             b)

    Operating Cash Flow = OCF = (a+b)/2 =

Leverage Ratio (TI/OCF):

Section 2.2

                                       49
                                    - 680 -
<PAGE>


    Trigger           Fee:  If the  Leverage  Ratio is more than 36,  then a one
                      time fee is due, paid in three installments of 3/8% of the
                      then outstanding  principal balances,  on any of the Notes
                      which have an interest rate less than 7.5% per annum.

                      Position:          A Trigger Event  has/has not  occurred.


Section 5.3

    Net               Worth:  A minimum  Net Worth  (exclusive  of  subordinated
                      debt) of  $23,500,000  plus fifty percent (50%) of the net
                      income  (but not losses) of the  Borrower  for each fiscal
                      year, commencing with the fiscal year beginning January 1,
                      1997;   provided,   however,   solely  for   purposes   of
                      determining compliance with the provisions of this Section
                      5.3, "Net Worth" shall not include any subordinated debt.

                      Minimum  Net Worth  (exclusive  of  subordinated  debt)= $
23,500,000.

                              Net Income           Year ending    Addition (50%)

                              $____________          12/31/97      $___________
Total Minimum Net
   Worth                                                           $

Position:

Total Net Worth (exclusive of subordinated debt) = $_____________

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 5.3.

Section 5.4

             Indebtedness:    At no time will the Leverage Ratio  exceed 48

                              Position:            Leverage Ratio   =


    Total
    Indebtedness
    plus
    subordinated
    debt plus
    guaranty
                                       50
                                    - 681 -
<PAGE>

    contingencies
    (Adjusted
    Total
    Indebtedness or
    ATI)1:                    At no time will Adjusted Total Indebtedness
                              exceed 60 x OCF

    Position:                 Adjusted Total Indebtedness = $
                              (60 x OCF) - (ATI) = $

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 5.4.

Section 5.7

                       Distributions:  Neither the Borrower  nor any  Subsidiary
                              shall declare any dividends  (other than dividends
                              payable in stock of the  Borrower or  dividends or
                              distributions from any consolidated Subsidiary) or
                              make  any  cash  distribution  in  respect  of any
                              shares of its  capital  stock or  warrants  of its
                              capital stock,  without the prior written  consent
                              of the Lenders;  provided  that the Borrower  need
                              not obtain the  Lenders'  consent  with respect to
                              dividends  in any one (1)  year  which  are in the
                              aggregate  less  than  25% of the  Borrower's  Net
                              Operating  Profit After Taxes in the previous four
                              (4) quarters,  as reported to the Lenders pursuant
                              to Section 5.1.

                       Position:                Net Operating Profit
                              After Taxes for
                              last four (4) quarters          =  ______________

                                                                         x  .25

                              Available for dividends
                              or distributions in the most
                              recent quarter plus the
                              prior three (3) quarters        = ______________

                              Dividends and distributions
                              (excluding dividends payable
                              solely in stock of the Borrower
                              and distributions
                              from consolidated  Subsidiaries) 

                                       51
                                    - 682 -
<PAGE>
 
                              declared or paid in the most 
                              recent quarter plus the prior three
                                                   (3) quarters            =
                                                   ---------------

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 5.7.

Section 5.15

     Interest                 The ratio of OCF to Interest Expense ("IE")
    Coverage:                 at the end of each quarter will not be less than
                              2.25 to 1.0 (225%).

    Position:                 OCF = $
                              IE = $
                              OCF/IE =        %

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with section 5.1.5.

Section 5.19

     Capital Expenditures:  The  Borrower  shall not make  capital  expenditures
                            (other than permitted  earning  assets  specified in
                            Section  5.19) in any fiscal year,  commencing  with
                            the fiscal year beginning January 1, 1998, in excess
                            of $2,000,000.

     Position:              Capital  Expenditures  (other than permitted earning
                            assets specified in Section 5.19) this fiscal year =
                            $_____________

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 5.19.


Section 5.20

     Acquisitions           The Borrower  shall not make  acquisitions  which in
                            the  aggregate  exceed  $20,000,000  and in any  one
                            instance exceed $10,000,000 except certain permitted
                            unlimited acquisitions.

     Position:              Acquisitions   (other   than   permitted   unlimited
                            acquisitions) in the aggregate since the date of the
                            Agreement = _________.

                            Date           Amount              Acquired Company


                                       52
                                    - 683 -
<PAGE>



Permitted Unlimited Acquisition:



         Date         Amount          Acquired       Principal         Line
                                       Company       Place of           Of
                                                     Business         Business

The Borrower [is/is not] in compliance with Section 5.20.


Additional Representations:

     There  have/have  not  been any  sale(s)  of  assets  which  would  require
     prepayment of the Notes under Section 5.2.

    There has/has not been:

         (i)  a Change of  Control or a material  adverse  change in  management
              personnel as defined in Section 5.14 of the Agreement; or

         (ii) a default  under  Section  7.1(j) or 7.1(l)  regarding a change in
              ownership or control of the Company.


Name of Borrower:     Data Transmission Network Corporation

                      Signature:

Title:


                                       53
                                    - 684 -
<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE A

                          TO 1998 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       and
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK




                             PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES


Secured Party                                    Financing Statements

Nebraska Secretary of State

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>                 <C>   
First National Bank of Omaha                         12/28/87       #401690
                                                     10/13/92       #564918             Amendment
                                                     11/13/92       #568176             Continued
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                5/8/96        #691938             Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     6/24/87       #384782
First National Bank of Omaha                          2/03/88       #405477             Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            5/28/92       #553205             Continued
NBD, Detroit                                         10/13/92       #564919             Amendment
                                                      2/05/93       #576038             Amendment
                                                     11/10/93       #603168             Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent               5/8/96         #691936             Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88       #406144
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/13/92       #564917             Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/07/93       #572981             Continued

                                       54
                                    - 685 -
<PAGE>



NBD, Detroit                                          2/05/93       #576039             Amendment

                                                     11/10/93       #603169             Amendment

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent               5/8/96         #691937             Amendment

First Bank of Minneapolis                            11/25/91       #534665
 (Norstan)                                            8/24/92       #561090             Assignment


Douglas County Clerk, Nebraska

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88       #000534
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92       #000534             Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93       #0000054            Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/05/93       #000253             Amendment
                                                     11/17/93       #54                 Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                5/ /96                            Amendment


Iowa Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88       H842023
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92       K395184             Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93       K424887             Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93       K434908             Amendment
                                                     11/15/93       K503145             Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                5/6/96        K734148             Amendment

Kansas Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88       #1286572
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/15/92       #1842986            Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93       #1868482            Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/11/93       #1879069            Amendment
                                                     11/12/93       #1964342            Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/18/96       #2265201            Amendment


Illinois Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     3/18/88       #2402370
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92       #3043202            Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            2/11/93       #3084199            Amendment
NBD, Detroit                                          2/25/93       #3089132            Continued
                                                     12/09/93       #3197498            Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/9/96        #3562627            Amendment

                                       55
                                    - 686 -
<PAGE>




Michigan Secretary of State


FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/12/88       #C034473
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92       #C646856            Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93       #C672590            Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          3/01/93       #C689434            Amendment
                                                     11/15/93       #C778208            Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        #D128002            Amendment


Wisconsin Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/18/88       #968701
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92       #1309942            Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                           01/15/93       #1326550            Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93       #1331412            Amendment
                                                     11/23/93       #1393268            Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/23/96       #1602740            Amendment


Indiana Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88       #1454192
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/21/92       #1808780            Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/11/93       #1822115            Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93       #1827451            Amendment
                                                     11/12/93       #1878806            Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/9/96        #2065412            Amendment


Minnesota Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/17/88       1#121648#00
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92       #1537269            Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                           01/19/93       #1557397            Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93       #1562125            Amendment
                                                     11/23/93       #1632156            Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                9/5/96        #1875684            Amendment


South Dakota Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/10/88       880410802864
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92       #22901003596        Amend.
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93       #30081001734        Cont.

                                       56
                                    - 687 -
<PAGE>



NBD, Detroit                                          2/09/93       #30391203308        Amend.

                                                     11/22/93       #33261003899        Amend.

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        #961900902562       Amend.


Missouri Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/11/88       #1555991
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/16/92       #2184193            Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/08/93       #2212473            Continued
NBD, Detroit                                          2/08/93       #2224113            Amendment
                                                     11/15/93       #2331876            Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        #2684601            Amendment


Ohio Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                                     2/12/88       #Y00095612
First National Bank of Omaha                         10/19/92       #01097336           Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                            1/11/93       #01119343901        Cont.
NBD, Detroit                                          2/09/93       #02099338901        Amend.
                                                     11/12/93       #1129331801         Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/9/96        #07099607117        Amendment

Kentucky Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93       134318
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/23/96                           Amendment


Pennsylvania Department of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93       22571277
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        25631529            Amendment


Oklahoma Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93       059782
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        035257              Amendment


Mississippi Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93       0756092--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        01015782            Amendment

                                       57
                                    - 688 -
<PAGE>

Colorado Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93       932082461
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        962051575           Amendment

California Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/12/93       93229491
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/5/96        96191C0067          Amendment


Washington Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93       933190075
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/5/96        96-187-9060         Amendment


Montana Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93       419540
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        419540              Amendment


Arizona Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93       765359
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        765359              Amendment


North Carolina Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/15/93       050742
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        1357308             Amendment


North Dakota Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/16/93       93-380331
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        96-608985           Amendment


Florida Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/17/93       930000236992
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/10/96       960000142090        Amendment


                                       58
                                    - 689 -
<PAGE>

Texas Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                         11/29/93       227591--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                7/8/96        96683548            Amendment


Alabama Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/27/95       B-95-26462FS
                                                      7/19/96       95-26462            Amendment


Arkansas Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/29/95       968722
                                                      7/10/96       968722              Amendment


New York Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent                6/26/95       130246
                                                      7/8/96        532973              Amendment



</TABLE>
                                       59
                                    - 690 -
<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENT


  I.   DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

 II.   TERM FACILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
             2.1      Term Credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
             2.2      Acquisition Term Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
             2.3      Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
             2.4      Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
             2.5      Payment . . . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . .  10
             2.6      Prepayment  . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . .  10
             2.6A     Permitted Prepayments to Broadcast Partners. . . .  11
             2.7      Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
             2.8      Revolving Credit Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . .   11

III.  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11

 IV.         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    11
             4.1  Corporate Existence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    11
             4.2  Corporate Authority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    11
             4.3  Validity of Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12
             4.4  Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12
             4.5  Governmental Approvals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
             4.6  Defaults Under Other Documents . . . . . . . . . . .    12
             4.7  Judgments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12
             4.8  Compliance with Laws  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12
             4.9  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
             4.10 Collateral  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
             4.11 Pension Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
             4.12 Margin Regulations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
             4.13 Financial Condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    13

 V.          COVENANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
             5.1  Financial Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   13
             5.2  Corporate Structure and Assets . . . . . . . . . . .    15
             5.3  Net Worth  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    15
             5.4  Indebtedness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
             5.5  Use of Proceeds   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16
             5.6  Notice of Default   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16
             5.7  Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    17
             5.8  Compliance with Law and Regulations. . . . . . . . .    17
             5.9  Maintenance of Property; Accounting;
                      Corporate Form; Taxes; Insurance . . . . . . . .    17
             5.10 Inspection of Properties and Books  . . . . . . . .     18

                                       60
                                    - 691 -
<PAGE>

             5.11 Guaranties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    18
             5.12 Collateral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
             5.13 Name; Location  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
             5.14 Notice of Change in Ownership or Management . . . . .   19
             5.15 Interest Coverage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
             5.16 Subordinated Debt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
             5.17 Subsidiaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
             5.18 Amendments to Purchase Agreement. . . . . . . . . . .   20
             5.19 Capital Expenditures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
             5.20 Acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    20

 VI.         CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
             6.1  Closing Conditions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21

VII.         DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    21
             7.1  Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
             7.2  Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    23

VIII.        INTER-CREDITOR AGREEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    24
             8.1  FNB-O as Servicer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    24
             8.2  Application of Payments   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
             8.3  Liability of FNB-O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    26
             8.4  Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
             8.5  Reliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
             8.6  Relationship of Lenders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
             8.7  New Lenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
             8.8  Broadcast Partners  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26

 IX.         MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
             9.1  Entire Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
             9.2  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
             9.3  Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
             9.4  Headings   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
             9.5  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
             9.6  Survival; Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . .   27
             9.7  Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
             9.8  Assignment   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
             9.9  Amendments   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

Schedule I:  Borrower's Subsidiaries
Exhibit A:   Form of Notes
Exhibit B:   Officer's Certificate
Schedule A:  Permitted Encumbrances

                                       61
                                    - 692 -
<PAGE>


                           1998 TERM CREDIT AGREEMENT


                                      among
                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION,
                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                      FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA,
                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,
                          NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA, N.A.,
              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,
                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS, N.A.,
                        U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                BANK OF MONTREAL
                                       and
                              LASALLE NATIONAL BANK





1This section need not be completed  unless  Borrower has  subordinated  debt or
guaranty contingencies.

                                       62
                                    - 693 -


                             1998 SECURITY AGREEMENT

         THIS 1998 SECURITY  AGREEMENT  (this  "Security  Agreement") is entered
into as of December 7, 1998, between DATA TRANSMISSION  NETWORK  CORPORATION,  a
Delaware  corporation  having its principal place of business at Suite 200, 9110
West Dodge Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska 68114 (the "Debtor"),  FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
OMAHA, a national banking  association having its principal place of business at
One First National Center,  Omaha, Nebraska 68102 as agent ("Secured Party") for
itself and FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO,  NEBRASKA, a national banking association
having its principal place of business at Wahoo,  Nebraska 68066 ("FNB-W"),  THE
FIRST  NATIONAL  BANK OF  CHICAGO,  a national  banking  association  having its
principal  place of  business at One First  National  Plaza,  Chicago,  Illinois
60670-0173 (First of Chicago),  NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA,  N.A., a national banking
association  having its principal  place of business at 20th and Farnam Streets,
Omaha, Nebraska 68102 ("Norwest"),  U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,  a national
banking  association  having  its  principal  place  of  business  at 13th and M
Streets,  Lincoln,  Nebraska 68508 ("U.S. Bank"), DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND
GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES,  being  represented by its office at 75 Wall Street,  New
York, New York 10005 Dresdner,  MERCANTILE  BANK OF ST. LOUIS,  N.A., a national
banking  association  having its principal  place of business at One Mercantile,
7th and  Washington  Streets,  St. Louis,  Missouri  63101  Mercantile,  BANK OF
MONTREAL,  a Canadian bank being  represented  by its office at 430 Park Avenue,
New York, New York 10022  Montreal,  LASALLE  NATIONAL BANK, a national  banking
association  being  represented by its office at One  Metropolitan  Square,  211
North Broadway,  St. Louis, Missouri 63102 LaSalle, and NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA,
a Canadian bank being represented by its office at 1200 17th Street, Suite 2760,
Denver, Colorado 80202.

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  Debtor  and  Secured  Party are  parties  to a 1997  Security
Agreement  dated as of February 26, 1997 as amended by a First Amendment to 1997
Security  Agreement  dated as of May 15, 1998, as so amended and  restated,  the
1997 Security Agreement;

         WHEREAS, Debtor and Secured Party wish to further amend and restate the
1997 Security Agreement;

         WHEREAS,  Debtor  and  Secured  Party  wish to have this 1998  Security
Agreement  be the  controlling  agreement  with respect to the matters set forth
herein, which shall supersede the 1997 Security Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Debtor  and  Secured  Party do not  intend for this 1998
Security  Agreement to be deemed to extinguish any existing  indebtedness of the
Debtor or to release, terminate or affect the priority of any security therefor;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises,  and for other good
and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby
acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:


                                       1
                                    - 694 -
<PAGE>

         1. Grant of Security  Interest.  Debtor  hereby grants to Secured Party
and  reaffirms  its prior grant of a security  interest in the  Collateral.  All
capitalized  terms not  defined  in this  Security  Agreement  shall  have their
respective  meanings as set forth in the 1998  Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  as
described in Section 3(i) below.

         2. Collateral.  The Collateral to which this Security  Agreement refers
is described on Exhibit A.

         3. Obligations  Secured.  The security interest granted herein is given
to secure all  present  and  future  obligations  of Debtor:  (i) under the 1998
Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 7, 1998, as amended from time to
time between the Debtor and First National Bank of Omaha, FNB-W, Norwest,  First
of Chicago, U.S. Bank, Dresdner,  Mercantile,  Montreal,  LaSalle, and NBC; (ii)
under the 1997  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated as of February 26, 1997,  as
amended from time to time between the Debtor and First  National  Bank of Omaha,
and the other Lenders named therein; (iii) under the 1997 Term Credit Agreement,
dated as of February 26,  1997,  between the Debtor and First  National  Bank of
Omaha, and the other Lenders named therein,  which agreement  further amends and
restates  the 1996 Term  Credit  Agreement  dated as of May 3, 1996  among  such
parties;  (iv) under the 1996 Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated as of June 28,
1996 as amended from time to time between the Borrower,  First  National Bank of
Omaha,  and the other  Lenders named  therein;  (v) under the 1995 Restated Loan
Agreement  dated as of June 29,  1995,  as amended from time to time between the
Borrower and First National Bank of Omaha,  and the other Lenders named therein;
(vi) under the 1993  Restated  Loan  Agreement  dated as of November 8, 1993, as
amended from time to time,  between Debtor and First National Bank of Omaha, and
other Lenders named therein;  (vii) under any interest rate protection agreement
entered into by Debtor with one or more Lenders;  (viii) under any and all Notes
previously,  now or hereafter  made by Debtor to the Lenders  pursuant to any of
the foregoing Loan  Agreements and interest rate  protection  agreements (all of
which are referred to herein as the "Loan  Agreements") or any predecessor  loan
agreements, including, without limitation, the Existing Term Notes and any notes
given in extension,  renewal or substitution of the Notes; (ix) to reimburse the
Secured Party for all sums, if any, advanced to protect the Collateral;  and (x)
to reimburse  Secured Party for all costs and expenses incurred in collection of
the foregoing, including, without limitation, costs of repossession and sale and
reasonable  attorneys'  fees.  This  Security  Agreement  shall not be deemed to
extinguish  existing  indebtedness  of the  Debtor  under any of the  agreements
referenced  in  this  Section  3 or any of the  notes  issued  thereunder  or to
release, terminate or affect the priority of any security therefor.

         4. Representations and Warranties. Debtor represents and warrants:

              (a)  Debt.  Debtor  is  justly  indebted  to the  Lenders  for the
         obligations  secured and has no set off or  counterclaim  with  respect
         thereto;

              (b)  Possession  and  Ownership.  The  Collateral is or will be in
         Debtor's  possession  (except for  equipment or  inventory  provided to
         Debtor's  customers in the ordinary  course of business) and Debtor has
         or will acquire  absolute  title thereto and will defend the Collateral
         against the claims and demands of all persons other than Secured Party.
         Debtor has full right and power to grant the security  interest  herein
         to Secured Party.

                                       2
                                    - 695 -
<PAGE>

              (c) Liens and Encumbrances.  No financing  statement  covering the
         Collateral or other filing  evidencing  any lien or  encumbrance on the
         Collateral  is on file in any  public  office  and  there  is no  lien,
         security  interest  or  encumbrance  on the  Collateral  except for the
         security  interest  held by Secured  Party  pursuant  to this  Security
         Agreement and for those security interests  described on Schedule A and
         other filings in favor of Secured Party.

              (d)  Truth  of  Representations.   All  information,   statements,
         representations,  and  warranties  made  by  Debtor  herein  and in any
         financial or credit  statement,  application  for credit,  or any other
         writing executed prior to or substantially  contemporaneously  herewith
         are true, accurate and complete in all material respects.

              (e) Location.  Debtor has its chief  executive  office,  principal
         place of business  and place where it keeps it records  concerning  the
         Collateral at Suite 200, 9110 West Dodge Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska 68114.
         The Borrower also keeps certain of its records regarding the Collateral
         at 11275 Aurora Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50322.

              (f)  Authority.  Debtor  has full  authority  to enter  into  this
         Security   Agreement  and  in  so  doing  is  not  violating  any  law,
         regulation,  or agreement with third parties.  This Security  Agreement
         has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action.

         5. Covenants.  Debtor covenants and agrees:

              (a) Liens and Encumbrances.  Except as otherwise expressly allowed
         by the Loan Agreements, Debtor shall keep the Collateral free and clear
         of liens,  encumbrances,  security interests, and other claims of third
         parties and will, at Debtor's  expense,  defend the Collateral  against
         the claims and demands of all third parties.  Debtor shall promptly pay
         and discharge any indebtedness  owing to any third party who, by reason
         of said  indebtedness,  could  obtain or become  entitled  to a lien or
         encumbrance  on the  Collateral,  other  than such  indebtedness  being
         contested  in good faith and with  respect to which  adequate  reserves
         have been established.

              (b) Proceeds;  Sale. Debtor shall not sell or otherwise dispose of
         any Collateral  without first  obtaining the written consent of Secured
         Party;  provided,   however,  that  Debtor  may  provide  equipment  or
         inventory to customers and others in the ordinary course of business so
         long as: (i) such equipment or inventory is not sold to customers;  and
         (ii) the value of equipment or inventory  disposed of to others  (e.g.,
         for salvage purposes) does not exceed, in aggregate,  $500,000.  Debtor
         shall  at all  times  keep the  Collateral  and the  proceeds  from any
         authorized  or  unauthorized   disposition  thereof   identifiable  and
         separate  from  the  other  property  of  Debtor  or any  third  party;
         provided,  however,  that  Debtor  may  commingle  and use for  general
         corporate  purposes up to $500,000 in  aggregate  net book value of the
         proceeds  of sale or  other  disposition  of  obsolete  or  out-of-date
         equipment or inventory disposed of in accordance with clause (ii) above
         in this Section 5(b).

                                       3
                                    - 696 -
<PAGE>

              (c)  Protection  of Value.  Debtor  shall use the utmost  care and
         diligence to protect and preserve the Collateral,  and shall not commit
         nor  suffer  any waste to occur  with  respect  to the  Collateral.  In
         pursuance of the  foregoing,  Debtor shall  maintain the  Collateral in
         good condition and repair and shall take such steps as are necessary or
         as are  requested  by Secured  Party to prevent any  impairment  of the
         value of the Collateral.

              (d) Taxes.  Debtor shall  promptly pay and  discharge  any and all
         taxes,  levies and other impositions made upon the Collateral which may
         give rise to liens upon the  Collateral  if unpaid or which are imposed
         upon the creation,  perfection, or continuance of the security interest
         provided for herein, other than taxes being contested in good faith and
         with respect to which adequate reserves have been established.

              (e)  Insurance.  All risk of loss of, damage to, or destruction of
         the  Collateral  shall at all times be on Debtor.  Debtor shall procure
         and maintain,  at its own expense,  insurance  covering the  Collateral
         against all risks  under  policies  and with  companies  acceptable  to
         Secured Party, for the duration of this Security  Agreement (except for
         equipment  provided to Debtor's  customers  in the  ordinary  course of
         business). Such policies shall be written for and shall name Debtor and
         Secured Party as their  interests may appear,  shall contain a standard
         loss payable clause in favor of Secured Party. Proof of insurance shall
         be provided to Secured  Party upon  request.  For purposes of security,
         Debtor hereby  assigns to Secured Party any and all monies  (including,
         without  limitation,  proceeds  of  insurance  and  refunds of unearned
         premiums)  due or to become due under any such  policy.  Debtor  hereby
         directs the issuer of any such  policy to pay any such monies  directly
         to  Secured  Party.  Secured  Party may act as  attorney  for Debtor in
         obtaining,  settling and adjusting  such insurance and in endorsing any
         checks or drafts paid thereunder.

              (f) Secured  Party as Payee.  Debtor  shall take such steps as are
         necessary or as are  requested by Secured  Party to have Secured  Party
         named as a payee on any check,  draft or other  document or  instrument
         which  Debtor may obtain or  anticipate  obtaining  with respect to the
         Collateral.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  Secured
         Party shall be named as a payee on all instruments from insurers of the
         Collateral.  Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing or in Subsection
         (e) above to the  contrary,  Secured  Party agrees that:  (i) insurance
         proceeds  may be paid to Debtor so long as no event of  default  exists
         hereunder and such proceeds are, in aggregate,  less than $500,000; and
         (ii) Secured  Party's rights  hereunder are subject to the interests of
         the parties identified on Schedule A.

              (g)  Records.  Debtor shall keep  accurate  and  complete  records
         pertaining to the Collateral  and  pertaining to Debtor's  business and
         financial condition,  and shall allow Secured Party to inspect the same
         from  time to time  upon  reasonable  request  and  shall  submit  such
         periodic  reports  relating  to the same to Secured  Party from time to
         time as Secured Party may reasonably request. Debtor shall provide that
         the Secured  Party's  interest  is noted on all chattel  paper and that
         there is only one single  original of any chattel  paper held by Debtor
         and created after the date hereof.

              (h) Notice to Secured Party.  Debtor shall promptly notify Secured
         Party of any loss or damage to the  Collateral,  any  impairment of the
         value  thereof,  any claim  made  thereto  by any third  party,  or any
         adverse  change in Debtor's  financial  condition  which may affect its
         prospect to pay or perform its obligations to Secured Party.

                                       4
                                    - 697 -
<PAGE>

              (i)  Location.  Except for  equipment  or  inventory  provided  to
         Debtor's customers in the ordinary course of business,  Debtor will not
         move the  Collateral,  its chief executive  office,  principal place of
         business or places where it keeps its records concerning the Collateral
         from the locations  specified above without first obtaining the written
         consent of Secured  Party and shall not  permit  any  Collateral  to be
         located  in any  state  in which a  financing  statement  covering  the
         Collateral is required to be, but has not in fact been,  filed in order
         to perfect the  security  interest  granted  herein.  Debtor  shall not
         change its name without giving Secured Party at least ninety (90) days'
         prior notice thereof.

              (j) Other Documents.  Debtor shall execute such further  documents
         as may be requested  by Secured  Party to obtain and perfect a security
         interest  in the  Collateral,  including  without  limitation,  Uniform
         Commercial Code Financing  Statements and amendments thereto. A carbon,
         photographic or other reproduction of this Security Agreement or of any
         financing  statement  signed by Debtor  shall  have the same  force and
         effect as the original for all purposes of a financing statement.

         6.  Default.  Debtor  shall  be in  default  hereunder  if  any  of the
following occurs:

              (a) Event of Default.  An Event of Default occurs under any of the
         Notes or the Loan Agreements.

              (b)  Failure  to Pay.  Debtor  fails to pay when due or within the
         applicable cure period any of the obligations secured hereby.

              (c)  Misrepresentation.  Any of the  representations or warranties
         made by Debtor herein or in any of the documents  referred to herein or
         executed prior hereto or substantially  contemporaneously  herewith are
         or become false or misleading in any material respect.

              (d)  Breach  of  Covenants.  Debtor  fails to  perform  any of its
         covenants,  agreements or  obligations  hereunder or under any document
         referred  to  herein  or  executed   prior   hereto  or   substantially
         contemporaneously herewith.

              (e)  Other  Indebtedness.   Any  event  occurs  which  results  in
         acceleration  of the maturity of the  indebtedness  of Debtor under any
         material agreement with any third party.

              (f) Loss of Security. Collateral with an aggregate value in excess
         of $100,000 is lost, damaged or destroyed.

              (g)  Business  Failure.  The death,  dissolution,  termination  of
         existence,  business failure,  appointment of a receiver of any part of
         the  property  of,  assignment  for the  benefit  of  creditors  by, or
         commencement  of any  proceeding  in  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  by or
         against  Debtor or any  principals of Debtor or any guarantor or surety
         for Debtor.

                                       5
                                    - 698 -
<PAGE>

         7. Rights and Remedies of Secured  Party.  Secured Party shall have all
of the  rights and  remedies  provided  at law and in equity and in the  Uniform
Commercial  Code and in addition  thereto and without  limitation  thereon shall
have the following rights which may be exercised singularly or concurrently:

              (a)  Inspection.  Secured  Party may at any time,  with or without
         notice,  enter upon  Debtor's  premises  or any other  place  where the
         Collateral is located to inspect and examine the same and, if Debtor is
         in default, to take possession thereof.

              (b)  Performance by Secured Party.  If Debtor fails to perform any
         of  its  obligations   hereunder,   Secured  Party  may,  at  its  sole
         discretion,  pay or perform such  obligations for Debtor's  account and
         may add any cost or expense thereof to the obligations secured hereby.

              (c) Acceleration.  Upon default, Secured Party may, without demand
         or notice to Debtor,  accelerate all of the obligations  secured hereby
         and  proceed  to  enforce  payment  of the same with or  without  first
         resorting against the Collateral.

              (d)  Proceed  Against  Collateral.   Subject  to  applicable  cure
         periods,  if any, upon default,  Secured Party may:  require  Debtor to
         make  the  Collateral  available  to  Secured  Party  at a place  to be
         designated  by  Secured  Party;  take  possession  of  the  Collateral,
         proceeding  without  judicial process or by judicial process (without a
         prior hearing or notice thereof which Debtor hereby  expressly  waives)
         and sell,  retain or  otherwise  dispose of the  Collateral  in full or
         partial satisfaction of the obligations secured hereby.

              (e) Power of Attorney.  Debtor hereby irrevocably  appoints (which
         appointment is coupled with an interest) Secured Party as Debtor's true
         and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, without notice to
         Debtor  and at  such  time  or  times  as  Secured  Party  in its  sole
         discretion may determine to: (i) create,  prepare,  complete,  execute,
         deliver and file such documents, instruments, financing statements, and
         other  agreements and writings as may be deemed  appropriate by Secured
         Party to facilitate the intent of this Security Agreement;  (ii) notify
         account  debtors and others with  obligations to Debtor to make payment
         of their  obligations  to Secured  Party;  (iii)  demand,  enforce  and
         receive  payment of any  accounts or  obligations  owing to Debtor,  by
         legal  proceedings  or  otherwise;  (iv)  settle,  adjust,  compromise,
         release, renew or extend any account or obligation owing to Debtor; (v)
         notify postal authorities to change the address for delivery of mail to
         Debtor to such address as Secured  Party may  designate;  (vi) receive,
         open and  dispose  of all  mail  addressed  to  Debtor;  (vii)  endorse
         Debtor's name on any check,  note,  draft,  instrument or other form of
         payment that may come into Secured Party's possession;  and (viii) send
         requests to Debtor's  customers and account debtors for verification of
         amounts due to Debtor.  Secured  Party  covenants  not to exercise  the
         foregoing  rights  prior  to the  occurrence  of an  event  of  default
         hereunder.

              (f)  Deficiency.  Upon default,  and after any  disposition of the
         Collateral, Secured Party may sue Debtor for any deficiency remaining.

                                       6
                                    - 699 -
<PAGE>

         8.  Obligations of Secured  Party.  Secured Party has no obligations to
Debtor  hereunder except those expressly  required  herein.  Except as expressly
provided  in the Loan  Agreements,  Secured  Party  has not  agreed  to make any
further advance or loan of any kind to Debtor. Secured Party's duty of care with
respect to the Collateral in its possession shall be deemed fulfilled if Secured
Party exercises reasonable care in physically  safekeeping the Collateral or, in
the case of Collateral in the  possession of a bailee or third party,  exercises
reasonable  care in the  selection of the bailee or third party.  Secured  Party
need not otherwise preserve, protect, insure or care for the Collateral. Secured
Party  need not  preserve  rights the Debtor  may have  against  prior  parties,
realize on the Collateral in any particular  manner or order,  or apply proceeds
of the Collateral in any particular order of application.

         9. Miscellaneous.

              (a) No Waiver. No delay or failure on the part of Secured Party in
         the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver
         thereof and no single or partial exercise by Secured Party of any right
         or remedy  shall  preclude  other or  further  exercise  thereof or the
         exercise of any other right or remedy.

              (b) Amendment  and  Termination.  This  Security  Agreement may be
         amended or terminated and the security  interest  granted herein can be
         released  only by an explicit  written  agreement  signed by Debtor and
         Secured Party.

              (c)  Choice of Law.  This  Security  Agreement  and the rights and
         obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in
         accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska.

              (d) Binding  Agreement.  This Security  Agreement shall be binding
         upon  the  parties  hereto  and  their  heirs,   successors,   personal
         representatives and permitted assigns.

              (e) Assignment. This Security Agreement may be assigned by Secured
         Party only.

              (f)  Captions.  Captions and headings  herein are for  convenience
         only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any
         provision or section of the Security Agreement.

              (g)  Severability.  If any  provision of this  Security  Agreement
         shall be prohibited by or invalid under  applicable law, such provision
         shall be  ineffective  to the extent of such  prohibition or invalidity
         without  invalidating  the remainder of such provision or the remaining
         provisions of this Security Agreement.

              (h) Notices.  All notices to be given shall be deemed sufficiently
         given if delivered or mailed by  registered  or certified  mail postage
         prepaid  if to  Debtor  at Suite  200,  9110 West  Dodge  Road,  Omaha,
         Nebraska  68114;  if to  Secured  Party at One First  National  Center,
         Omaha,  Nebraska  68102;  or such  other  address  as the  parties  may
         designate in writing from time to time.  Debtor shall  promptly  notify
         Secured Party of any changes in Debtor's address.

                                       7
                                    - 700 -
<PAGE>

              (i) Priorities.  The security interest of a Lender in any property
         of the Debtor (i) arising under and in connection  with the  Agreement,
         this Security  Agreement or any of the Related Loan Agreements and (ii)
         granted  to  secure  any  obligation  of the  Debtor  to  such  Lender,
         including,  without limitation,  all Collateral,  shall rank equally in
         priority with the security  interests of each of the other Lenders,  if
         any, in such  property  of the  Borrower,  irrespective  of the time or
         order of attachment or  perfection  of such security  interest,  or the
         time or order of filing,  or the failure to file, and regardless of the
         date any obligation of the Debtor to a Lender was incurred. Any amounts
         or payments  obtained  upon  disposition  of any  property  securing an
         obligation  of the Debtor to a Lender  shall be applied as  provided in
         Article VII of the 1998 Revolving  Credit Agreement as in effect on the
         date hereof.  Unanimous  approval of the Lenders  shall be required for
         amendments to this Section 9(i).

              IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  executed  this 1998
         Security Agreement as of the 7th day of December, 1998.


                                       DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION


                                       By /s/ Brian L. Larson
                                        Title VP, CFO and Secretary
 
                                        8
                                     - 701 -
<PAGE>


                                  FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                                  as agent for itself, U.S. Bank,
                                  National Association, First
                                  National Bank, Wahoo,
                                  Nebraska, The First National Bank of Chicago,
                                  Norwest Bank Nebraska, N.A.,
                                  Dresdner Bank AG, New York Branch, Mercantile
                                  Bank of St. Louis, N.A., Bank of Montreal,
                                  LaSalle National Bank, and
                                  National Bank of Canada




                                       By /s/ James P. Bonham
                                        Title Vice President



                                       9
                                    - 702 -
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A
                           TO 1998 SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent ("Secured Party")
                                       AND
                DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION ("Debtor")

                                   COLLATERAL

         All  of  Debtor's  accounts,   accounts   receivable,   chattel  paper,
documents,   instruments,  goods,  inventory,  equipment,  general  intangibles,
contract  rights,  all rights of Debtor in deposits and advance payments made to
Debtor by its customers and  subscribers,  accounts due from advertisers and all
ownership, proprietary,  copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property
rights  in  and  to  computer  software  (and  specifically  including,  without
limitation,  all such rights in DTN transmission  computer  software used in the
provision of the Basic DTN  Subscription  Service  and/or Farm Dayta  Service to
Debtor's subscribers) and all documentation,  source code, information and works
of authorship  pertaining thereto, all now owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor
and all proceeds and products thereof (including,  without limitation,  all such
assets acquired by Debtor from Broadcast Partners); and

         Further  including,  without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the following all now owned or hereafter acquired by the Debtor:

              (a) all accounts,  accounts receivable,  chattel paper, documents,
         instruments,  goods,  inventory,  equipment,  general  intangibles  and
         contract rights that constitute,  are due under or by reason of, or are
         described in,  subscription  agreements or arrangements  between Debtor
         and its subscribers,  and similar agreements or arrangements  purchased
         by Debtor from Broadcast  Partners and including,  without  limitation,
         all:

              (i) equipment and inventory of Debtor,  whether in its  possession
         or in the possession of its customers and  subscribers  (but subject to
         such customers' and subscribers'  rights therein),  which equipment and
         inventory may include, but not be limited to, computer monitor screens,
         D-127,  D-128, D-120, D-110 and 6001 or comparable  receivers,  outdoor
         antennas, and satellite interfaces (collectively, the "Equipment");

              (ii) parts, accessories,  attachments,  additions,  substitutions,
         rents, profits,  proceeds,  products, and customer deposits and advance
         payments related to or arising from the Equipment;

              (iii) chattel paper, instruments,  general intangibles,  accounts,
         accounts   receivable   and  contract   rights  in,   arising  from  or
         corresponding  to the  Equipment,  which may include but not be limited
         to, all rights of Debtor under  Subscription  Agreements between Debtor
         and its customers and subscribers (collectively,  the "Subscriptions");
         and

                                       10
                                    - 703 -
<PAGE>

              (iv) accounts, accounts receivable, rents, profits, modifications,
         renewals, extensions, substitutions,  proceeds, and products related to
         or arising from the Subscriptions; and

              (b) all rights,  remedies,  privileges,  claims and other contract
         rights and general  intangibles  of Debtor  arising under or related to
         the Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement  (including,  without limitation,
         rights to  indemnity)  between  Debtor and  Broadcast  Partners  or the
         transactions contemplated thereby.

              (c) all proceeds and products of the foregoing.




                                       11
                                    - 704 -
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A
                           TO 1998 SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent ("Secured Party")
                                       AND
                DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION ("Debtor")


                             PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Secured Party                                  Financing Statements

Nebraska Secretary of State

<S>                                            <C>                <C>               <C>
First National Bank of Omaha                   12/28/87           #401690
                                               10/13/92           #564918           Amendment
                                               11/13/92           #568176           Continued
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           5/8/96           #691938           Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                               6/24/87           #384782
First National Bank of Omaha                    2/03/88           #405477           Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                      5/28/92           #553205           Continued
NBD, Detroit                                   10/13/92           #564919           Amendment
                                                2/05/93           #576038           Amendment
                                               11/10/93           #603168           Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           5/8/96           #691936           Amendment

FirsTier, Lincoln                               2/10/88           #406144
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/13/92           #564917           Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                      1/07/93           #572981           Continued
NBD, Detroit                                    2/05/93           #576039           Amendment
                                               11/10/93           #603169           Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           5/8/96           #691937           Amendment

First Bank of Minneapolis                      11/25/91           #534665
 (Norstan)                                      8/24/92           #561090           Assignment


Douglas County Clerk, Nebraska

FirsTier, Lincoln                               2/11/88           #000534
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/15/92           #000534           Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                      1/08/93           #0000054          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                    2/05/93           #000253           Amendment
                                               11/17/93           #54               Amendment
                                       12
                                    - 705 -
<PAGE>

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           5/ /96                             Amendment


Iowa Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                               2/10/88           H842023
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/15/92           K395184           Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                      1/08/93           K424887           Continued
NBD, Detroit                                    2/08/93           K434908           Amendment
                                               11/15/93           K503145           Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           5/6/96           K734148           Amendment

Kansas Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                               2/10/88           #1286572
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/15/92           #1842986          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                      1/08/93           #1868482          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                    2/11/93           #1879069          Amendment
                                               11/12/93           #1964342          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent          7/18/96           #2265201          Amendment


Illinois Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                               3/18/88           #2402370
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/21/92           #3043202          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                      2/11/93           #3084199          Amendment
NBD, Detroit                                    2/25/93           #3089132          Continued
                                               12/09/93           #3197498          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           7/9/96           #3562627          Amendment


Michigan Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                               2/12/88           #C034473
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/16/92           #C646856          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                      1/08/93           #C672590          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                    3/01/93           #C689434          Amendment
                                               11/15/93           #C778208          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           7/8/96           #D128002          Amendment

                                       13
                                    - 706 -
<PAGE>

Wisconsin Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                               2/18/88           #968701
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/21/92           #1309942          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                     01/15/93           #1326550          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                    2/08/93           #1331412          Amendment
                                               11/23/93           #1393268          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent          7/23/96           #1602740          Amendment


Indiana Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                               2/11/88           #1454192
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/21/92           #1808780          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                      1/11/93           #1822115          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                    2/08/93           #1827451          Amendment
                                               11/12/93           #1878806          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           7/9/96           #2065412          Amendment


Minnesota Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                               2/17/88           1#121648#00
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/16/92           #1537269          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                     01/19/93           #1557397          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                    2/08/93           #1562125          Amendment
                                               11/23/93           #1632156          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           9/5/96           #1875684          Amendment


South Dakota Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                               2/10/88           880410802864
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/16/92           #22901003596      Amend.
First National Bank, Wahoo                      1/08/93           #30081001734      Cont.
NBD, Detroit                                    2/09/93           #30391203308      Amend.
                                               11/22/93           #33261003899      Amend.
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           7/8/96           #961900902562     Amend.


Missouri Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                               2/11/88           #1555991
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/16/92           #2184193          Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                      1/08/93           #2212473          Continued
NBD, Detroit                                    2/08/93           #2224113          Amendment
                                               11/15/93           #2331876          Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           7/8/96           #2684601          Amendment

                                       14
                                    - 707 -
<PAGE>

Ohio Secretary of State

FirsTier, Lincoln                               2/12/88           #Y00095612
First National Bank of Omaha                   10/19/92           #01097336         Amendment
First National Bank, Wahoo                      1/11/93           #01119343901      Cont.
NBD, Detroit                                    2/09/93           #02099338901      Amend.
                                               11/12/93           #1129331801       Amendment
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           7/9/96           #07099607117      Amendment


Kentucky Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                   11/12/93           134318
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent          7/23/96                             Amendment


Pennsylvania Department of State

First National Bank of Omaha                   11/12/93           22571277
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           7/8/96           25631529          Amendment


Oklahoma Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                    11/12/93           059782
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent            7/8/96           035257           Amendment


Mississippi Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                    11/12/93           0756092--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent            7/8/96           01015782         Amendment

Colorado Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                    11/12/93           932082461
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent            7/8/96           962051575        Amendment

California Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                    11/12/93           93229491
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent            7/5/96           96191C0067       Amendment


                                       15
                                    - 708 -
<PAGE>

Washington Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                    11/15/93           933190075
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent            7/5/96           96-187-9060      Amendment


Montana Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                    11/15/93           419540
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent            7/8/96           419540           Amendment


Arizona Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                    11/15/93           765359
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent            7/8/96           765359           Amendment


North Carolina Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                    11/15/93           050742
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent            7/8/96           1357308          Amendment


North Dakota Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                    11/16/93           93-380331
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent            7/8/96           96-608985        Amendment


Florida Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                     1/17/93           930000236992
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           7/10/96           960000142090     Amendment


Texas Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha                    11/29/93           227591--
First National Bank of Omaha, as agent            7/8/96           96683548         Amendment


                                       16
                                    - 709 -
<PAGE>

Alabama Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           6/27/95           B-95-26462FS
                                                 7/19/96           95-26462         Amendment


Arkansas Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           6/29/95           968722
                                                 7/10/96           968722           Amendment


New York Secretary of State

First National Bank of Omaha, as agent           6/26/95           130246
                                                  7/8/96           532973           Amendment


</TABLE>
                                       17
                                    - 710 -




                          SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT

         THIS  SUBSIDIARY  SECURITY  AGREEMENT  (this  "Security  Agreement") is
entered into as of June 1, 1998,  between  National  Datamax,  Inc. a California
corporation having its principal place of business at 16955 Via Del Campo, Suite
215, San Diego,  CA 92127 (the  "Debtor"),  and FIRST  NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, a
national banking association having its principal place of business at One First
National  Center,  Omaha,  Nebraska 68102 as agent ("Secured  Party") for itself
("FNB-O") and FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA ("FNB-W"), a national banking
association having its principal place of business at Wahoo, Nebraska 68066, NBD
BANK ("NBD"),  a bank organized  under the laws of the State of Michigan  having
its principal place of business at 611 Woodward Avenue, Detroit, Michigan 48226,
NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA,  N.A. ("Norwest"),  a national banking association having
its  principal  place of business at 20th and Farnam  Streets,  Omaha,  Nebraska
68102, US BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ("US Bank"), a national banking association
having its principal place of business at 13th and M Streets,  Lincoln, Nebraska
68508,  the  SUMITOMO  BANK,  LIMITED   ("Sumitomo"),   a  Japanese  bank  being
represented by its office at 200 North Broadway, Suite 1625, St. Louis, Missouri
63102 and acting  through  its Chicago  branch,  MERCANTILE  BANK OF ST.  LOUIS,
N.A.("Mercantile"), a national banking association having its principal place of
business at One  Mercantile,  7th and Washington  Streets,  St. Louis,  Missouri
63101, BANK OF MONTREAL  ("Montreal"),  a Canadian bank being represented by its
office at 430 Park  Avenue,  New York,  New York 10022,  LASALLE  NATIONAL  BANK
("LaSalle"),  a national banking  association being represented by its office at
One  Metropolitan  Square,  211 North Broadway,  St. Louis,  Missouri 63102, and
NATIONSBANK,  N.A.  ("Nationsbank"),  a national banking  association  having an
office at 800 Market Street, 12th Floor, St. Louis, Missouri 63101-2506.

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  Debtor  is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Data  Transmission
Network Corporation ("DTN"); and

         WHEREAS,  DTN and Secured Party are parties to a 1997 Revolving  Credit
Agreement (the "Revolving  Credit  Agreement") and a 1997 Term Credit  Agreement
(the "Term Credit  Agreement"),  each dated as of February 26, 1997,  as amended
from time to time (together, the "Credit Agreements"); and

         WHEREAS, pursuant to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  Secured Party and
the Revolving  Lenders defined in such Revolving  Credit  Agreement from time to
time may make  advances  to DTN  which  may be used for the  benefit  of DTN and
Debtor; and

         WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreements, DTN is required to have any
subsidiary  execute  a  security  agreement  and file  Uniform  Commercial  Code
financing  statements  as shall be  necessary  to grant and  perfect a  security
interest in favor of the lenders under such Credit Agreements;

                                       1
                                    - 711 -
<PAGE>

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises,  and for other good
and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby
acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:

               1. Grant of Security  Interest.  Debtor  hereby grants to Secured
Party a security  interest in the  personal  property of Debtor as  described on
Exhibit A to this Security Agreement (the "Collateral").

               2. Obligations  Secured.  The security interest granted herein is
given to  secure  all  present  and  future  obligations  of DTN:  (i) under the
Revolving  Credit  Agreement;  (iii) under the 1996 Revolving  Credit  Agreement
dated as of June 28,  1996 as  amended  from time to time  between  DTN,  FNB-O,
FNB-W, Norwest, NBD, First Bank, Sumitomo, Mercantile, Montreal, LaSalle and The
Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis ("Boatmen's"); (iv) under the 1995 Restated
Loan  Agreement  dated as of June 29, 1995, as amended from time to time between
DTN and FNB-O, FNB-W, US Bank, NBD , Norwest, and Boatmen's;  (v) under the 1993
Restated  Loan  Agreement  dated as of November 8, 1993, as amended from time to
time,  between DTN and FNB-O, US Bank, FNB-W,  NBD, Norwest and Boatmen's;  (vi)
under the Loan  Agreement  dated as of October 9, 1992,  as amended from time to
time,  between DTN and FNB-O,  US Bank,  and FNB-W,  or under any interest  rate
protection  agreement entered into by DTN with one or more Lenders;  (vii) under
any  and all  Notes  previously,  now or  hereafter  made by DTN to the  Lenders
pursuant to any of the foregoing Loan  Agreements  and interest rate  protection
agreements (all of which are referred to herein as the "Loan Agreements") or any
predecessor loan agreements,  including,  without limitation,  the Existing Term
Notes and any notes given in extension,  renewal or  substitution  of the Notes;
(viii) to reimburse the Secured Party for all sums, if any,  advanced to protect
the Collateral;  and (ix) to reimburse  Secured Party for all costs and expenses
incurred in collection of the foregoing, including, without limitation, costs of
repossession and sale and reasonable  attorneys'  fees. This Security  Agreement
shall not be deemed to extinguish existing  indebtedness of DTN under any of the
agreements referenced in this Section 3 or any of the notes issued thereunder or
to release, terminate or affect the priority of any security therefor.

               4.   Representations   and  Warranties.   Debtor  represents  and
warrants:

                    (a)  Possession  and  Ownership.  Except as shown on Exhibit
4(a)  attached  to this  Security  Agreement,  the  Collateral  is or will be in
Debtor's  possession  (except for  equipment or  inventory  provided to Debtor's
customers  in the ordinary  course of  business)  and Debtor has or will acquire
absolute  title  thereto and will defend the  Collateral  against the claims and
demands of all persons other than Secured Party,  the rights of customers to use
the  Collateral  in the  ordinary  course of  Debtor's  business,  and  existing
security interests and leaseholds shown on such Exhibit 4(a).

                    (b) Liens and Encumbrances.  No financing statement covering
the  Collateral  or  other  filing  evidencing  any lien or  encumbrance  on the
Collateral  is on file in any  public  office  and  there is no  lien,  security
interest or encumbrance on the Collateral  except for the security interest held
by Secured  Party  pursuant to this Security  Agreement  and for those  security
interests and leaseholds described in (a) above and Exhibit 4(a).

                                        2
                                    - 712 -
<PAGE>

                    (c) Truth of Representations.  All information,  statements,
representations,  and  warranties  made by Debtor herein and in any financial or
credit statement, application for credit, or any other writing executed prior to
or substantially  contemporaneously  herewith are true, accurate and complete in
all material respects.

                    (d)  Location.  Debtor  has its chief  executive  office and
principal  place of business at 16955 Via Del Campo,  Suite 215,  San Diego,  CA
92127 and Debtor keeps its records concerning the Collateral at such address and
at the  offices  of DTN  located  at Suite 200,  9110 West  Dodge  Road,  Omaha,
Nebraska 68114.

                    (e) Authority.  Debtor has full authority to enter into this
Security  Agreement  and in so doing is not violating  any law,  regulation,  or
agreement with third parties.  This Security Agreement has been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary corporate action.

                  5.       Covenants.  Debtor covenants and agrees:

                    (a) Liens and  Encumbrances.  Except as otherwise  expressly
allowed  herein or as permitted to DTN under the Loan  Agreements,  Debtor shall
keep the Collateral free and clear of liens,  encumbrances,  security interests,
and other  claims of third  parties and will,  at Debtor's  expense,  defend the
Collateral  against the claims and demands of all third  parties.  Debtor  shall
promptly pay and  discharge  any  indebtedness  owing to any third party who, by
reason  of said  indebtedness,  could  obtain or  become  entitled  to a lien or
encumbrance on the Collateral,  other than such indebtedness  being contested in
good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves have been established.

                    (b)  Proceeds;  Sale.  Debtor  shall  not sell or  otherwise
dispose of any Collateral without first obtaining the written consent of Secured
Party;  provided,  however,  that  Debtor may (i) sell or provide  equipment  or
inventory to customers in the  ordinary  course of Debtor's  business,  and (ii)
dispose of obsolete or  out-of-date  equipment to others so long as the value of
equipment or inventory  disposed of to others (e.g., for salvage  purposes) does
not exceed, in aggregate,$500,000. Debtor shall at all times keep the Collateral
and the  proceeds  from  any  authorized  or  unauthorized  disposition  thereof
identifiable  and separate from the other property of Debtor or any third party;
provided,  however,  that Debtor may  commingle  and use for  general  corporate
purposes (y) the proceeds of sales of inventory to customers  sold in accordance
with clause (i) above in this  Section  5(b) and (z) up to $500,000 in aggregate
net book value of the  proceeds  of sale or other  disposition  of  obsolete  or
out-of-date  equipment  disposed of in accordance with clause (ii) above in this
Section 5(b).

                    (c)  Protection  of Value.  Debtor shall use the utmost care
and diligence to protect and preserve the  Collateral,  and shall not commit nor
suffer any waste to occur with  respect to the  Collateral.  In pursuance of the
foregoing, Debtor shall maintain the Collateral in good condition and repair and


                                       3
                                    - 713 -
<PAGE>

shall take such steps as are  necessary or as are  requested by Secured Party to
prevent any impairment of the value of the Collateral.

                    (d)  Taxes.  Debtor  shall  pay and  discharge  prior to the
delinquency  thereof any and all taxes,  levies and other  impositions made upon
the  Collateral  which may give rise to liens upon the  Collateral  if unpaid or
which are imposed upon the creation,  perfection, or continuance of the security
interest provided for herein, other than taxes being contested in good faith and
with respect to which adequate reserves have been established.

                    (e)   Insurance.   All  risk  of  loss  of,  damage  to,  or
destruction  of the  Collateral  shall at all times be on Debtor.  Debtor  shall
procure and  maintain,  at its own expense,  insurance  covering the  Collateral
against all risks under policies and with companies acceptable to Secured Party,
for the duration of this Security  Agreement  (except for equipment  provided to
Debtor's  Customers in the ordinary course of business).  Such policies shall be
written  for and shall name  Debtor and  Secured  Party as their  interests  may
appear,  shall contain a standard loss payable clause in favor of Secured Party.
Proof of insurance shall be provided to Secured Party upon request. For purposes
of  security,  Debtor  hereby  assigns  to  Secured  Party  any and  all  monies
(including,  without  limitation,  proceeds of insurance and refunds of unearned
premiums) due or to become due under any such policy.  Debtor hereby directs the
issuer of any such  policy to pay any such  monies  directly  to Secured  Party.
Secured  Party  may act as  attorney  for  Debtor  in  obtaining,  settling  and
adjusting such insurance and in endorsing any checks or drafts paid thereunder.

                    (f) Secured Party as Payee.  Debtor shall take such steps as
are  necessary or as are  requested by Secured Party to have Secured Party named
as a payee on any check,  draft or other document or instrument which Debtor may
obtain or anticipate  obtaining  with respect to the  Collateral  other than the
sale of inventory to customers in the ordinary  course of Debtor's  business and
the sale of obsolete or  out-of-date  equipment in accordance  with Section 5(b)
hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Secured Party shall be
named  as  a  payee  on  all  instruments   from  insurers  of  the  Collateral.
Notwithstanding  anything in the  foregoing  or in  Subsection  (e) above to the
contrary,  Secured  Party agrees  that:  (i)  insurance  proceeds may be paid to
Debtor so long as no event of default exists hereunder and such proceeds are, in
aggregate,  less than $500,000;  and (ii) Secured  Party's rights  hereunder are
subject to the  interests  of the  parties  identified  on Exhibit 4 (a) and the
rights of Debtor's customers set forth in Section 4(a) above.

                    (g) Records. Debtor shall keep accurate and complete records
pertaining to the Collateral  and pertaining to Debtor's  business and financial
condition,  and shall allow  Secured Party to inspect the same from time to time
upon reasonable  request and shall submit such periodic  reports relating to the
same to Secured Party from time to time as Secured Party may reasonably request.
Debtor shall provide that the Secured  Party's  interest is noted on all chattel
paper and that there is only one single  original of any  chattel  paper held by
Debtor and created after the date hereof.

                                       4
                                     -714 -
<PAGE>

                    (h) Notice to Secured Party.  Debtor shall  promptly  notify
Secured  Party of any loss or damage to the  Collateral,  any  impairment of the
value thereof, or any claim made thereto by any third party.

                    (i) Location.  Except for equipment or inventory provided to
Debtor's customers in the ordinary course of business,  Debtor will not move the
Collateral,  its chief executive  office,  principal place of business or places
where it  keeps  its  records  concerning  the  Collateral  from  the  locations
specified above without first obtaining the written consent of Secured Party and
shall not permit any  Collateral to be located in any state in which a financing
statement  covering the  Collateral is required to be, but has not in fact been,
filed in order to perfect the security interest granted herein. Debtor shall not
change its name without  giving  Secured  Party at least ninety (90) days' prior
notice thereof.

                    (j) Other  Documents.  Debtor  shall  execute  such  further
documents as may be requested by Secured  Party to obtain and perfect a security
interest in the Collateral,  including without  limitation,  Uniform  Commercial
Code Financing  Statements and amendments  thereto.  A carbon,  photographic  or
other  reproduction  of this Security  Agreement or of any  financing  statement
signed by Debtor  shall have the same force and effect as the  original  for all
purposes of a financing statement.

               6.  Default.  Debtor shall be in default  hereunder if any of the
following occurs:

                    (a) Event of Default.  An Event of Default  occurs under any
of the Notes or the Loan Agreements.

                    (b)   Misrepresentation.   Any  of  the  representations  or
warranties  made by Debtor herein or in any of the documents  referred to herein
or executed  prior  hereto or  substantially  contemporaneously  herewith are or
become false or misleading in any material respect.

                    (c) Breach of Covenants.  Debtor fails to perform any of its
covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder or under any document referred to
herein or executed prior hereto or substantially  contemporaneously herewith and
such failure is not cured within ten (10) business days after  knowledge of such
default;  provided,  however, that there shall be no cure period for the failure
of Debtor to comply with the provisions of Section 5 (b) hereof.

                    (d) Other  Indebtedness.  Any event occurs which  results in
acceleration  of the maturity of the  indebtedness  of Debtor under any material
agreement with any third party.

                    (f) Loss of Security.  Collateral with an aggregate value in
excess of $500,000 is lost,  damaged or  destroyed  and such  Collateral  is not
covered by insurance.

                                       5
                                    - 715 -


<PAGE>

                    (g) Business Failure. The death, dissolution, termination of
existence (other than a merger of Debtor into DTN), appointment of a receiver of
any part of the property  of,  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors  by, or
commencement  of any proceeding in bankruptcy or insolvency by or against Debtor
or any principals of Debtor or any guarantor or surety for Debtor.

               7. Rights and Remedies of Secured Party. Secured Party shall have
all of the rights and remedies  provided at law and in equity and in the Uniform
Commercial  Code and in addition  thereto and without  limitation  thereon shall
have the following rights which may be exercised singularly or concurrently:

                    (a)  Inspection.  Secured  Party  may at any  time,  with or
without  notice,  enter upon  Debtor's  premises  or any other  place  where the
Collateral  is located  to inspect  and  examine  the same and,  if Debtor is in
default, to take possession thereof.

                    (b) Performance by Secured Party. If Debtor fails to perform
any of its obligations hereunder, Secured Party may, at its sole discretion, pay
or perform such obligations for Debtor's account and may add any cost or expense
thereof to the obligations secured hereby.

                    (c) Acceleration.  Upon default,  Secured Party may, without
demand or notice to Debtor, accelerate all of the obligations secured hereby and
proceed to enforce payment of the same with or without first  resorting  against
the Collateral.

                    (d) Proceed Against  Collateral.  Subject to applicable cure
periods,  if any,  upon default  Secured Party may:  require  Debtor to make the
Collateral  available to Secured  Party at a place to be  designated  by Secured
Party; take possession of the Collateral, proceeding without judicial process or
by judicial  process  (without a prior  hearing or notice  thereof  which Debtor
hereby expressly waives) and sell, retain or otherwise dispose of the Collateral
in full or partial satisfaction of the obligations secured hereby.

                    (e) Power of Attorney.  Debtor hereby  irrevocably  appoints
(which  appointment is coupled with an interest)  Secured Party as Debtor's true
and lawful attorney,  with full power of substitution,  without notice to Debtor
and at such time or times as Secured Party in its sole  discretion may determine
to: (i) create,  prepare,  complete,  execute,  deliver and file such documents,
instruments,  financing statements,  and other agreements and writings as may be
deemed  appropriate  by Secured Party to facilitate  the intent of this Security
Agreement;  (ii) notify account debtors and others with obligations to Debtor to
make payment of their  obligations to Secured Party;  (iii) demand,  enforce and
receive  payment  of any  accounts  or  obligations  owing to  Debtor,  by legal
proceedings or otherwise;  (iv) settle,  adjust,  compromise,  release, renew or
extend any account or obligation owing to Debtor;  (v) notify postal authorities
to change the address for  delivery of mail to Debtor to such address as Secured
Party may  designate;  (vi) receive,  open and dispose of all mail  addressed to
Debtor;  (vii) endorse Debtor's name on any check,  note,  draft,  instrument or

                                       6
                                     - 716 -
<PAGE>

other form of payment that may come into Secured Party's possession;  and (viii)
send requests to Debtor's  customers  and account  debtors for  verification  of
amounts due to Debtor.  Secured  Party  covenants  not to exercise the foregoing
rights prior to the occurrence of an event of default hereunder.


               8. Obligations of Secured Party. Secured Party has no obligations
to Debtor hereunder except those expressly required herein.  Except as expressly
provided  in the Loan  Agreements,  Secured  Party  has not  agreed  to make any
further  advance or loan of any kind to Debtor or DTN.  Secured  Party's duty of
care with respect to the Collateral in its possession  shall be deemed fulfilled
if  Secured  Party  exercises  reasonable  care in  physically  safekeeping  the
Collateral  or, in the case of Collateral in the possession of a bailee or third
party,  exercises reasonable care in the selection of the bailee or third party.
Secured  Party  need not  otherwise  preserve,  protect,  insure or care for the
Collateral.  Secured Party need not preserve  rights the Debtor may have against
prior parties,  realize on the Collateral in any particular  manner or order, or
apply proceeds of the Collateral in any particular order of application.

               9. Miscellaneous.

                    (a) No  Waiver.  No delay or  failure on the part of Secured
Party in the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof  and no single or  partial  exercise  by  Secured  Party of any right or
remedy shall preclude other or further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any
other right or remedy.

                    (b) Amendment and Termination.  This Security  Agreement may
be  amended  or  terminated  and the  security  interest  granted  herein can be
released  only by an  explicit  written  agreement  signed by Debtor and Secured
Party.

                    (c) Choice of Law.  This  Security  Agreement and the rights
and  obligations  of the parties  hereto  shall be governed by and  construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska.

                    (d) Binding  Agreement.  This  Security  Agreement  shall be
binding  upon  the  parties  hereto  and  their  heirs,   successors,   personal
representatives and permitted assigns.

                    (e) Assignment.  This Security  Agreement may be assigned by
Secured Party only.

                    (f)   Captions.   Captions  and  headings   herein  are  for
convenience only and in no way define,  limit or describe the scope or intent of
any provision or section of the Security Agreement.

                                       7
                                    - 717 -
<PAGE>

                    (g)   Severability.   If  any  provision  of  this  Security
Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision
shall be  ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition  or invalidity  without
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this
Security Agreement.

                    (h)  Notices.  All  notices  to be  given  shall  be  deemed
sufficiently  given if  delivered  or mailed by  registered  or  certified  mail
postage prepaid if to Debtor in care of Data  Transmission  Network,  Suite 200,
9110 West Dodge Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska  68114; if to Secured Party at One First
National Center, Omaha, Nebraska 68102; or such other address as the parties may
designate in writing from time to time.  Debtor shall  promptly  notify  Secured
Party of any changes in Debtor's address.

                    (i)  Priorities.  The  security  interest of a Lender in any
property  of the  Debtor (i)  arising  under and in  connection  with the Credit
Agreements,  this Security  Agreement or any of the Related Loan  Agreements and
(ii) granted to secure any obligation of DTN to such Lender, including,  without
limitation,  all  Collateral,  shall rank equally in priority  with the security
interests  of each  of the  other  Lenders,  if any,  in  such  property  of the
Borrower,  irrespective of the time or order of attachment or perfection of such
security  interest,  or the time or order of filing, or the failure to file, and
regardless  of the date any  obligation  of DTN to a Lender  was  incurred.  Any
amounts or  payments  obtained  upon  disposition  of any  property  securing an
obligation of DTN to a Lender shall be applied as provided in Article VII of the
1997  Revolving  Credit  Agreement as in effect on February 26, 1997.  Unanimous
approval of the Lenders shall be required for amendments to this Section 9(i).

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  executed  this  Security
Agreement as of this 1st day of June, 1998.


                     NATIONAL DATAMAX, INC.


                     By /s/ Brian L. Larson
                     Title Vice President, CFO and Secretary



                     FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                     as agent for itself, US Bank,
                     National Association, First
                     National Bank, Wahoo,
                     Nebraska, NBD Bank,
                     Norwest Bank Nebraska, N.A.,
                     Nationsbank, N.A., The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, Mercantile


                                       8
                                    - 718 -
<PAGE>

                     Bank of St. Louis, N.A., Bank of Montreal, and
                     LaSalle National Bank


                     By /s/ James P. Bonham
                     Title Vice President






                                       9
                                    - 719 -
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A
                              TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent ("Secured Party")
                                       AND
                        NATIONAL DATAMAX, INC. ("Debtor")

                                   COLLATERAL

         All  of  Debtor's  accounts,   accounts   receivable,   chattel  paper,
documents,   instruments,  goods,  inventory,  equipment,  general  intangibles,
contract  rights,  all rights of Debtor in deposits and advance payments made to
Debtor by its customers  and/or  subscribers,  accounts due from advertisers and
all  ownership,  proprietary,  copyright,  trade  secret and other  intellectual
property rights in and to computer software (and specifically including, without
limitation,  all such rights in Debtor's computer software used in the provision
of the services to Debtor's customers and/or subscribers) and all documentation,
source code,  information and works of authorship  pertaining  thereto,  all now
owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor and all proceeds and products thereof; and
 all proceeds and products of the foregoing.







                                       10
                                    - 720 -
<PAGE>



                              ATTACHMENT A TO UCC-1

                                   COLLATERAL


         All  of  Debtor's  accounts,   accounts   receivable,   chattel  paper,
documents,   instruments,  goods,  inventory,  equipment,  general  intangibles,
contract  rights,  all rights of Debtor in deposits and advance payments made to
Debtor by its customers  and/or  subscribers,  accounts due from advertisers and
all  ownership,  proprietary,  copyright,  trade  secret and other  intellectual
property rights in and to computer software (and specifically including, without
limitation,  all such rights in Debtor's computer software used in the provision
of the services to Debtor's customers and/or subscribers) and all documentation,
source code,  information and works of authorship  pertaining  thereto,  all now
owned or hereafter acquired by Debtor and all proceeds and products thereof; and
 all proceeds and products of the foregoing.








                                       11
                                    - 721 -
<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT 4 (a)
                              TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent ("Secured Party")
                                       AND
                        NATIONAL DATAMAX, INC. ("Debtor")


                             PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES


Secured Party                                            Comments


                                      NONE








               EQUIPMENT NOT LOCATED AT DEBTOR'S OR DTN'S ADDRESS

Equipment                                            Location


                                      NONE



                                       12
                                    - 722 -






                          SUBSIDIARY SECURITY AGREEMENT

         THIS  SUBSIDIARY  SECURITY  AGREEMENT  (this  "Security  Agreement") is
entered  into  as  of  July  1,  1998,  between  Kavouras,  Inc.  , a  Minnesota
corporation  having  its  principal  place  of  business  at 11400  Rupp  Drive,
Burnsville,  Minnesota  55337-1279  (the  "Debtor"),  and FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
OMAHA, a national banking  association having its principal place of business at
One First National Center,  Omaha, Nebraska 68102 as agent ("Secured Party") for
itself ("FNB-O") and FIRST NATIONAL BANK, WAHOO, NEBRASKA ("FNB-W"),  a national
banking  association  having its principal place of business at Wahoo,  Nebraska
68066,  NBD BANK  ("NBD"),  a bank  organized  under  the  laws of the  State of
Michigan having its principal place of business at 611 Woodward Avenue, Detroit,
Michigan 48226,  NORWEST BANK NEBRASKA,  N.A.  ("Norwest"),  a national  banking
association  having its principal  place of business at 20th and Farnam Streets,
Omaha,  Nebraska 68102, US BANK,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  ("US Bank"), a national
banking  association  having  its  principal  place  of  business  at 13th and M
Streets,  Lincoln,  Nebraska 68508, the SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED  ("Sumitomo"),  a
Japanese bank being represented by its office at 200 North Broadway, Suite 1625,
St. Louis, Missouri 63102 and acting through its Chicago branch, MERCANTILE BANK
OF ST. LOUIS,  N.A.("Mercantile"),  a national  banking  association  having its
principal place of business at One Mercantile,  7th and Washington Streets,  St.
Louis,  Missouri  63101,  BANK OF MONTREAL  ("Montreal"),  a Canadian bank being
represented by its office at 430 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022,  LASALLE
NATIONAL BANK ("LaSalle"),  a national banking  association being represented by
its office at One Metropolitan Square, 211 North Broadway,  St. Louis,  Missouri
63102, and NATIONSBANK,  N.A.  ("Nationsbank"),  a national banking  association
having  an  office  at 800  Market  Street,  12th  Floor,  St.  Louis,  Missouri
63101-2506.

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  Debtor  is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Data  Transmission
Network Corporation ("DTN"); and

         WHEREAS,  DTN and Secured Party are parties to a 1997 Revolving  Credit
Agreement (the "Revolving  Credit  Agreement") and a 1997 Term Credit  Agreement
(the "Term Credit  Agreement"),  each dated as of February 26, 1997,  as amended
from time to time (together, the "Credit Agreements"); and

         WHEREAS, pursuant to the Revolving Credit Agreement,  Secured Party and
the Revolving  Lenders defined in such Revolving  Credit  Agreement from time to
time may make  advances  to DTN  which  may be used for the  benefit  of DTN and
Debtor; and

         WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreements, DTN is required to have any
subsidiary  execute  a  security  agreement  and file  Uniform  Commercial  Code

                                       1
                                    - 723 -
<PAGE>

financing  statements  as shall be  necessary  to grant and  perfect a  security
interest in favor of the lenders under such Credit Agreements;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises,  and for other good
and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby
acknowledged, it is agreed as follows:

               1. Grant of Security  Interest.  Debtor  hereby grants to Secured
Party a security  interest in the  personal  property of Debtor as  described on
Exhibit A to this Security Agreement (the "Collateral").

               2. Obligations  Secured.  The security interest granted herein is
given to  secure  all  present  and  future  obligations  of DTN:  (i) under the
Revolving  Credit  Agreement;  (iii) under the 1996 Revolving  Credit  Agreement
dated as of June 28,  1996 as  amended  from time to time  between  DTN,  FNB-O,
FNB-W, Norwest, NBD, First Bank, Sumitomo, Mercantile, Montreal, LaSalle and The
Boatmen's National Bank of St. Louis ("Boatmen's"); (iv) under the 1995 Restated
Loan  Agreement  dated as of June 29, 1995, as amended from time to time between
DTN and FNB-O, FNB-W, US Bank, NBD , Norwest, and Boatmen's;  (v) under the 1993
Restated  Loan  Agreement  dated as of November 8, 1993, as amended from time to
time,  between DTN and FNB-O, US Bank, FNB-W,  NBD, Norwest and Boatmen's;  (vi)
under the Loan  Agreement  dated as of October 9, 1992,  as amended from time to
time,  between DTN and FNB-O,  US Bank,  and FNB-W,  or under any interest  rate
protection  agreement entered into by DTN with one or more Lenders;  (vii) under
any  and all  Notes  previously,  now or  hereafter  made by DTN to the  Lenders
pursuant to any of the foregoing Loan  Agreements  and interest rate  protection
agreements (all of which are referred to herein as the "Loan Agreements") or any
predecessor loan agreements,  including,  without limitation,  the Existing Term
Notes and any notes given in extension,  renewal or  substitution  of the Notes;
(viii) to reimburse the Secured Party for all sums, if any,  advanced to protect
the Collateral;  and (ix) to reimburse  Secured Party for all costs and expenses
incurred in collection of the foregoing, including, without limitation, costs of
repossession and sale and reasonable  attorneys'  fees. This Security  Agreement
shall not be deemed to extinguish existing  indebtedness of DTN under any of the
agreements referenced in this Section 3 or any of the notes issued thereunder or
to release, terminate or affect the priority of any security therefor.

               4.   Representations   and  Warranties.   Debtor  represents  and
warrants:

                    (a) Possession  and Ownership.  Except as shown on Exhibit 4
(a)  attached  to  this  Security  Agreement,  the  Collateral  is or will be in
Debtor's  possession  (except for  equipment or  inventory  provided to Debtor's
customers  in the ordinary  course of  business)  and Debtor has or will acquire
absolute  title  thereto and will defend the  Collateral  against the claims and
demands of all persons other than Secured Party,  the rights of customers to use
the  Collateral  in the  ordinary  course of  Debtor's  business,  and  existing
security interests and leaseholds shown on such Exhibit 4 (a).


                                       2
                                    - 724 -
<PAGE>

                    (b) Liens and Encumbrances.  No financing statement covering
the  Collateral  or  other  filing  evidencing  any lien or  encumbrance  on the
Collateral  is on file in any  public  office  and  there is no  lien,  security
interest or encumbrance on the Collateral  except for the security interest held
by Secured  Party  pursuant to this Security  Agreement  and for those  security
interests and leaseholds described in (a) above and Exhibit 4(a).

                    (c) Truth of Representations.  All information,  statements,
representations,  and  warranties  made by Debtor herein and in any financial or
credit statement, application for credit, or any other writing executed prior to
or substantially  contemporaneously  herewith are true, accurate and complete in
all material respects.

                    (d)  Location.  Debtor  has its chief  executive  office and
principal  place of  business  at 11400 Rupp Drive,  Burnsville,  Minnesota  and
Debtor keeps its records  concerning  the  Collateral at such address and at the
offices of DTN  located at Suite 200,  9110 West  Dodge  Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska
68114.

                    (e) Authority.  Debtor has full authority to enter into this
Security  Agreement  and in so doing is not violating  any law,  regulation,  or
agreement with third parties.  This Security Agreement has been duly and validly
authorized by all necessary corporate action.

               5. Covenants. Debtor covenants and agrees:

                    (a) Liens and  Encumbrances.  Except as otherwise  expressly
allowed  herein or as permitted to DTN under the Loan  Agreements,  Debtor shall
keep the Collateral free and clear of liens,  encumbrances,  security interests,
and other  claims of third  parties and will,  at Debtor's  expense,  defend the
Collateral  against the claims and demands of all third  parties.  Debtor  shall
promptly pay and  discharge  any  indebtedness  owing to any third party who, by
reason  of said  indebtedness,  could  obtain or  become  entitled  to a lien or
encumbrance on the Collateral,  other than such indebtedness  being contested in
good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves have been established.

                    (b)  Proceeds;  Sale.  Debtor  shall  not sell or  otherwise
dispose of any Collateral without first obtaining the written consent of Secured
Party;  provided,  however,  that  Debtor may (i) sell or provide  equipment  or
inventory to customers in the  ordinary  course of Debtor's  business,  and (ii)
dispose of obsolete or  out-of-date  equipment to others so long as the value of
equipment or inventory  disposed of to others (e.g., for salvage  purposes) does
not exceed, in aggregate,$500,000. Debtor shall at all times keep the Collateral
and the  proceeds  from  any  authorized  or  unauthorized  disposition  thereof
identifiable  and separate from the other property of Debtor or any third party;
provided,  however,  that Debtor may  commingle  and use for  general  corporate
purposes (y) the proceeds of sales of inventory to customers  sold in accordance
with clause (i) above in this  Section  5(b) and (z) up to $500,000 in aggregate
net book value of the  proceeds  of sale or other  disposition  of  obsolete  or
out-of-date  equipment  disposed of in accordance with clause (ii) above in this
Section 5(b).

                                       3
                                    - 725 -
<PAGE>

                    (c)  Protection  of Value.  Debtor shall use the utmost care
and diligence to protect and preserve the  Collateral,  and shall not commit nor
suffer any waste to occur with  respect to the  Collateral.  In pursuance of the
foregoing, Debtor shall maintain the Collateral in good condition and repair and
shall take such steps as are  necessary or as are  requested by Secured Party to
prevent any impairment of the value of the Collateral.

                    (d)  Taxes.  Debtor  shall  pay and  discharge  prior to any
delinquency  thereof any and all taxes,  levies and other  impositions made upon
the  Collateral  which may give rise to liens upon the  Collateral  if unpaid or
which are imposed upon the creation,  perfection, or continuance of the security
interest provided for herein, other than taxes being contested in good faith and
with respect to which adequate reserves have been established.

                    (e)   Insurance.   All  risk  of  loss  of,  damage  to,  or
destruction  of the  Collateral  shall at all times be on Debtor.  Debtor  shall
procure and  maintain,  at its own expense,  insurance  covering the  Collateral
against all risks under policies and with companies acceptable to Secured Party,
for the duration of this Security  Agreement  (except for equipment  provided to
Debtor's  Customers in the ordinary course of business).  Such policies shall be
written  for and shall name  Debtor and  Secured  Party as their  interests  may
appear,  shall contain a standard loss payable clause in favor of Secured Party.
Proof of insurance shall be provided to Secured Party upon request. For purposes
of  security,  Debtor  hereby  assigns  to  Secured  Party  any and  all  monies
(including,  without  limitation,  proceeds of insurance and refunds of unearned
premiums) due or to become due under any such policy.  Debtor hereby directs the
issuer of any such  policy to pay any such  monies  directly  to Secured  Party.
Secured  Party  may act as  attorney  for  Debtor  in  obtaining,  settling  and
adjusting such insurance and in endorsing any checks or drafts paid thereunder.

                    (f) Secured Party as Payee.  Debtor shall take such steps as
are  necessary or as are  requested by Secured Party to have Secured Party named
as a payee on any check,  draft or other document or instrument which Debtor may
obtain or anticipate  obtaining  with respect to the  Collateral  other than the
sale of inventory to customers in the ordinary  course of Debtor's  business and
the sale of obsolete or  out-of-date  equipment in accordance  with Section 5(b)
hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Secured Party shall be
named  as  a  payee  on  all  instruments   from  insurers  of  the  Collateral.
Notwithstanding  anything in the  foregoing  or in  Subsection  (e) above to the
contrary,  Secured  Party agrees  that:  (i)  insurance  proceeds may be paid to
Debtor so long as no event of default exists hereunder and such proceeds are, in
aggregate,  less than $500,000;  and (ii) Secured  Party's rights  hereunder are
subject to the  interests  of the  parties  identified  on Exhibit 4 (a) and the
rights of Debtor's customers as set forth in Section 4(a) above.

                    (g) Records. Debtor shall keep accurate and complete records
pertaining to the Collateral  and pertaining to Debtor's  business and financial
condition,  and shall allow  Secured Party to inspect the same from time to time
upon reasonable  request and shall submit such periodic  reports relating to the
same to Secured Party from time to time as Secured Party may reasonably request.
Debtor shall provide that the Secured  Party's  interest is noted on all chattel

                                       4
                                    - 726 -
<PAGE>

paper and that there is only one single  original of any  chattel  paper held by
Debtor and created after the date hereof.

                    (h) Notice to Secured Party.  Debtor shall  promptly  notify
Secured  Party of any loss or damage to the  Collateral,  any  impairment of the
value thereof, or any claim made thereto by any third party.

                    (i) Location.  Except for equipment or inventory provided to
Debtor's customers in the ordinary course of business,  Debtor will not move the
Collateral,  its chief executive  office,  principal place of business or places
where it  keeps  its  records  concerning  the  Collateral  from  the  locations
specified above without first obtaining the written consent of Secured Party and
shall not permit any  Collateral to be located in any state in which a financing
statement  covering the  Collateral is required to be, but has not in fact been,
filed in order to perfect the security interest granted herein. Debtor shall not
change its name without  giving  Secured  Party at least ninety (90) days' prior
notice thereof.

                    (j) Other  Documents.  Debtor  shall  execute  such  further
documents as may be requested by Secured  Party to obtain and perfect a security
interest in the Collateral,  including without  limitation,  Uniform  Commercial
Code Financing  Statements and amendments  thereto.  A carbon,  photographic  or
other  reproduction  of this Security  Agreement or of any  financing  statement
signed by Debtor  shall have the same force and effect as the  original  for all
purposes of a financing statement.

               6.  Default.  Debtor shall be in default  hereunder if any of the
following occurs:

                    (a) Event of Default.  An Event of Default  occurs under any
of the Notes or the Loan Agreements.

                    (b)   Misrepresentation.   Any  of  the  representations  or
warranties  made by Debtor herein or in any of the documents  referred to herein
or executed  prior  hereto or  substantially  contemporaneously  herewith are or
become false or misleading in any material respect.

                    (c) Breach of Covenants.  Debtor fails to perform any of its
covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder or under any document referred to
herein or executed prior hereto or substantially  contemporaneously herewith and
such failure is not cured within ten (10) business days after  knowledge of such
default;  provided,  however, that there shall be no cure period for the failure
of Debtor to comply with the provisions of Section 5 (b) hereof.

                    (d) Other  Indebtedness.  Any event occurs which  results in
acceleration  of the maturity of the  indebtedness  of Debtor under any material
agreement with any third party.

                                       5
                                    - 727 -
<PAGE>

                    (f) Loss of Security.  Collateral with an aggregate value in
excess of $500,000 is lost,  damaged or  destroyed  and such  Collateral  is not
covered by insurance.

                    (g) Business Failure. The death, dissolution, termination of
existence (other than a merger of Debtor into DTN), appointment of a receiver of
any part of the property  of,  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors  by, or
commencement  of any proceeding in bankruptcy or insolvency by or against Debtor
or any principals of Debtor or any guarantor or surety for Debtor.

               7. Rights and Remedies of Secured Party. Secured Party shall have
all of the rights and remedies  provided at law and in equity and in the Uniform
Commercial  Code and in addition  thereto and without  limitation  thereon shall
have the following rights which may be exercised singularly or concurrently:

                    (a)  Inspection.  Secured  Party  may at any  time,  with or
without  notice,  enter upon  Debtor's  premises  or any other  place  where the
Collateral  is located  to inspect  and  examine  the same and,  if Debtor is in
default, to take possession thereof.

                    (b) Performance by Secured Party. If Debtor fails to perform
any of its obligations hereunder, Secured Party may, at its sole discretion, pay
or perform such obligations for Debtor's account and may add any cost or expense
thereof to the obligations secured hereby.

                    (c) Acceleration.  Upon default,  Secured Party may, without
demand or notice to Debtor, accelerate all of the obligations secured hereby and
proceed to enforce payment of the same with or without first  resorting  against
the Collateral.

                    (d) Proceed Against  Collateral.  Subject to applicable cure
periods,  if any,  upon default  Secured Party may:  require  Debtor to make the
Collateral  available to Secured  Party at a place to be  designated  by Secured
Party; take possession of the Collateral, proceeding without judicial process or
by judicial  process  (without a prior  hearing or notice  thereof  which Debtor
hereby expressly waives) and sell, retain or otherwise dispose of the Collateral
in full or partial satisfaction of the obligations secured hereby.

                    (e) Power of Attorney.  Debtor hereby  irrevocably  appoints
(which  appointment is coupled with an interest)  Secured Party as Debtor's true
and lawful attorney,  with full power of substitution,  without notice to Debtor
and at such time or times as Secured Party in its sole  discretion may determine
to: (i) create,  prepare,  complete,  execute,  deliver and file such documents,
instruments,  financing statements,  and other agreements and writings as may be
deemed  appropriate  by Secured Party to facilitate  the intent of this Security
Agreement;  (ii) notify account debtors and others with obligations to Debtor to
make payment of their  obligations to Secured Party;  (iii) demand,  enforce and
receive  payment  of any  accounts  or  obligations  owing to  Debtor,  by legal
proceedings or otherwise;  (iv) settle,  adjust,  compromise,  release, renew or

                                       6
                                    - 728 -
<PAGE>

extend any account or obligation owing to Debtor;  (v) notify postal authorities
to change the address for  delivery of mail to Debtor to such address as Secured
Party may  designate;  (vi) receive,  open and dispose of all mail  addressed to
Debtor;  (vii) endorse Debtor's name on any check,  note,  draft,  instrument or
other form of payment that may come into Secured Party's possession;  and (viii)
send requests to Debtor's  customers  and account  debtors for  verification  of
amounts due to Debtor.  Secured  Party  covenants  not to exercise the foregoing
rights prior to the occurrence of an event of default hereunder.


               8. Obligations of Secured Party. Secured Party has no obligations
to Debtor hereunder except those expressly required herein.  Except as expressly
provided  in the Loan  Agreements,  Secured  Party  has not  agreed  to make any
further  advance or loan of any kind to Debtor or DTN.  Secured  Party's duty of
care with respect to the Collateral in its possession  shall be deemed fulfilled
if  Secured  Party  exercises  reasonable  care in  physically  safekeeping  the
Collateral  or, in the case of Collateral in the possession of a bailee or third
party,  exercises reasonable care in the selection of the bailee or third party.
Secured  Party  need not  otherwise  preserve,  protect,  insure or care for the
Collateral.  Secured Party need not preserve  rights the Debtor may have against
prior parties,  realize on the Collateral in any particular  manner or order, or
apply proceeds of the Collateral in any particular order of application.

               9. Miscellaneous.

                    (a) No  Waiver.  No delay or  failure on the part of Secured
Party in the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof  and no single or  partial  exercise  by  Secured  Party of any right or
remedy shall preclude other or further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any
other right or remedy.

                    (b) Amendment and Termination.  This Security  Agreement may
be  amended  or  terminated  and the  security  interest  granted  herein can be
released  only by an  explicit  written  agreement  signed by Debtor and Secured
Party.

                    (c) Choice of Law.  This  Security  Agreement and the rights
and  obligations  of the parties  hereto  shall be governed by and  construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska.

                    (d) Binding  Agreement.  This  Security  Agreement  shall be
binding  upon  the  parties  hereto  and  their  heirs,   successors,   personal
representatives and permitted assigns.

                    (e) Assignment.  This Security  Agreement may be assigned by
Secured Party only.

                                       7
                                    - 729 -
<PAGE>

                    (f)   Captions.   Captions  and  headings   herein  are  for
convenience only and in no way define,  limit or describe the scope or intent of
any provision or section of the Security Agreement.

                    (g)   Severability.   If  any  provision  of  this  Security
Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision
shall be  ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition  or invalidity  without
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this
Security Agreement.

                    (h)  Notices.  All  notices  to be  given  shall  be  deemed
sufficiently  given if  delivered  or mailed by  registered  or  certified  mail
postage prepaid if to Debtor in care of Data  Transmission  Network,  Suite 200,
9110 West Dodge Road,  Omaha,  Nebraska  68114; if to Secured Party at One First
National Center, Omaha, Nebraska 68102; or such other address as the parties may
designate in writing from time to time.  Debtor shall  promptly  notify  Secured
Party of any changes in Debtor's address.

                    (i)  Priorities.  The  security  interest of a Lender in any
property  of the  Debtor (i)  arising  under and in  connection  with the Credit
Agreements,  this Security  Agreement or any of the Related Loan  Agreements and
(ii) granted to secure any obligation of DTN to such Lender, including,  without
limitation,  all  Collateral,  shall rank equally in priority  with the security
interests  of each  of the  other  Lenders,  if any,  in  such  property  of the
Borrower,  irrespective of the time or order of attachment or perfection of such
security  interest,  or the time or order of filing, or the failure to file, and
regardless  of the date any  obligation  of DTN to a Lender  was  incurred.  Any
amounts or  payments  obtained  upon  disposition  of any  property  securing an
obligation of DTN to a Lender shall be applied as provided in Article VII of the
1997  Revolving  Credit  Agreement as in effect on February 26, 1997.  Unanimous
approval of the Lenders shall be required for amendments to this Section 9(i).

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  have  executed  this  Security
Agreement as of this 1st day of July, 1998.


                          KAVOURAS, INC.


                          By /s/ Brian L. Larson
                             --------------------------
                          Title Vice President, CFO and Secretary



                          FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA,
                          as agent for itself, US Bank,
                          National Association, First
                          National Bank, Wahoo,
 
                                        8
                                     - 730 -
<PAGE>

                          Nebraska, NBD Bank,
                          Norwest Bank Nebraska, N.A.,
                          Nationsbank, N.A., The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, 
                          Mercantile Bank of St. Louis, N.A., Bank of Montreal,
                          and LaSalle National Bank


                          By /s/ James P. Bonham
                          Title Vice President






                                       9
                                    - 731 -
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A
                              TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent ("Secured Party")
                                       AND
                            KAVOURAS, INC. ("Debtor")

                                   COLLATERAL

         All  of  Debtor's  accounts,   accounts   receivable,   chattel  paper,
documents,   instruments,  goods,  inventory,  equipment,  general  intangibles,
contract  rights,  all rights of Debtor in deposits and advance payments made to
Debtor by its customers  and/or  subscribers,  accounts due from advertisers and
all  ownership,  proprietary,  copyright,  trade  secret and other  intellectual
property rights in and to computer software (and specifically including, without
limitation,  all such rights in Debtor's computer software used in the provision
of the  services to  Debtor's  customers  and all  documentation,  source  code,
information  and  works  of  authorship  pertaining  thereto,  all now  owned or
hereafter  acquired by Debtor and all  proceeds and  products  thereof;  and all
proceeds and products of the foregoing.















                                       10
                                    - 732 -
<PAGE>





                              ATTACHMENT A TO UCC-1

                                   COLLATERAL

         All  of  Debtor's  accounts,   accounts   receivable,   chattel  paper,
documents,   instruments,  goods,  inventory,  equipment,  general  intangibles,
contract  rights,  all rights of Debtor in deposits and advance payments made to
Debtor by its customers  and/or  subscribers,  accounts due from advertisers and
all  ownership,  proprietary,  copyright,  trade  secret and other  intellectual
property rights in and to computer software (and specifically including, without
limitation,  all such rights in Debtor's computer software used in the provision
of the  services to Debtor's  customers)  and all  documentation,  source  code,
information  and  works  of  authorship  pertaining  thereto,  all now  owned or
hereafter  acquired by Debtor and all  proceeds and  products  thereof;  and all
proceeds and products of the foregoing.




                                       11
                                    - 733 -
<PAGE>





                                  EXHIBIT 4 (a)
                              TO SECURITY AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
            FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF OMAHA, as Agent ("Secured Party")
                                       AND
                            KAVOURAS, INC. ("Debtor")


                             PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES


Secured Party                                        Comments

Small Business Administration               To be  released not later than
                                            July 30, 1998

Norwest Bank                                To be  released not later than 
                                            September 30, 1998

Federal Aviation Administration             Rights as lessees under leasehold of
                                            certain Vista work stations


               EQUIPMENT NOT LOCATED AT DEBTOR'S or DTN'S ADDRESS

Equipment                                            Location

Tooling                                         Microwave Specialties
                                                520 Carmel Street
                                                San Marcos, CA 92069

Vista Work Stations                             Federal Aviation Administration
                                                Cheekdowaga, NY




                                       12
                                    - 734 -






The Corporate Profile
      Data Transmission Network Corporation (DTN(R)), an electronic  information
and  communications  services  company  headquartered in Omaha,  Nebraska,  is a
leader in the delivery of time-sensitive  information  (NEWS...NOT  HISTORY(R)).
DTN is  committed  to  providing  comprehensive,  timely and  affordably  priced
information to our customers.  DTN's services are tailored to meet  subscribers'
needs and are valuable tools in managing business and personal affairs.

      The Company  began  operations in 1984,  went public in January 1987,  and
continues to evolve into a full-service  information provider and communications
network.  DTN  distributes  information  via small dish Ku-band  satellite,  the
Internet, FM radio side-band channels, TV cable (VBI-vertical  blanking interval
via satellite delivery to cable stations), FAX and e-mail. Subscribers receiving
information via satellite utilize a DTN receiver  capturing  information  around
the clock and converting it to text, graphics and audio.

      Prior to 1992, DTN supported only a monochrome  receiver system capable of
receiving  and  displaying  information.  In 1992,  the Company  introduced  the
Advanced  Communications  EngineSM (ACE) receiver that expanded the  information
and  communication  services  provided by the  Company.  DTN  receivers  contain
multiple processors for capturing,  manipulating and displaying  high-resolution
color video pictures,  graphics and text. In addition,  these processors provide
the ability to play audio clips and to utilize a phone  modem.  The ACE receiver
is equipped with an internal hard drive  allowing  processed  information  to be
stored,  archived  and then  displayed by using the built-in  control  panel,  a
keyboard or a mouse. In 1995, DTN began to offer services on the Internet.  This
distribution  technology has become a significant part of the Company's strategy
for the future.

      DTN's  services  reach  subscribers  in the U.S.  and Canada.  The Company
receives the majority of its revenues from the agricultural,  weather, financial
and energy industries. These industries and the services offered are profiled on
pages 16-19 of this report.

      DTN's  strategy is to focus on growing the business  organically,  through
acquisitions and by pursuing  opportunities to provide services to niche markets
within other industries.

      Led  by  customer  suggestions  and  demands,  Data  Transmission  Network
Corporation  has engineered  growth and evolution  from what we were--the  first
low-cost, electronically delivered agricultural commodities information service,
to what we are today--a  multi-faceted  information  provider,  utilizing a full
range of  technological  communication  systems to deliver the most  valuable of
commodities, timely information.

                            Our Mission is to provide
                  the best information and analysis available,
                                       as
          quickly as possible, at an affordable cost to our customers.
                               Among many things
                        critical to successfully meeting
                 these commitments, the three most important are
           customer service, customer service, and customer service.
                     As fellow shareholders of the Company,
                        DTN employees' number one goal is
             the long-term enhancement of the value of the Company.

                                       1
                                    - 735 -
<PAGE>

Contents
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                     <C>
Selected Consolidated Financial Highlights                                              2
Five Years in Review                                                                    3
Letter to Shareholders                                                                  4
Information Technology Update                                                           8
Business Review                                                                        10
Information Distribution Technology                                                    10
Services and Equipment Offered                                                         15
Industries and Services at a Glance                                                    16
The Agricultural Industry                                                              20
The Weather Industry                                                                   26
The Financial Services Industry                                                        32
The Energy Industry                                                                    36
The Transportation Industry                                                            38
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data                                        40
Management's Discussion and Analysis                                                   41
Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements and Independent Auditor's Report  49
Consolidated Financial Statements                                                      50
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                             54
Quarterly Data and Trading Information                                                 63
Board of Directors and Corporate Officers                                              64

                                       2
                                    - 736 -
<PAGE>


Selected Consolidated Financial Highlights

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    Percent
                                                                  1998             1997              Change
For the Year
<S>                                                           <C>                <C>                   <C> 
  Revenues                                                    $148,986,346       $126,374,352          18 %
  Operating cash flow(1)                                        53,013,798         54,698,708          (3)%
  Cash provided by operating activities(2)                      42,415,869         47,543,395         (11)%
  Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item(3)   (4,068,563)         3,407,081           -
  Net income (loss)(4)                                          (3,742,759)         2,236,081           -
  Diluted income (loss) per share(4)                          $       (.33)      $        .19           -
  
At Year End
  Total assets                                                $197,185,082       $162,430,898           21 %
  Long-term debt and subordinated notes                        100,619,998         72,891,370           38 %
  Shareholders' equity                                          32,149,886         32,196,173           -
  Book value per share                                        $       2.79       $       2.89           (3)%

Key Indicators
  Total subscribers at year-end                                    159,300            158,800           -
  Subscriber retention rate                                         80.6 %             88.1 %           (9)%
  Net development costs(5)                                    $  6,533,965       $  5,199,605           26 %
  Operating cash flow from core services(6)                   $ 59,434,670       $ 59,701,141           -

As a Percent of Revenue
  Operating cash flow(1)                                            35.6 %             43.3 %
  Cash provided by operating activities(2)                          28.5 %             37.6 %
  Operating cash flow from core services(6)                         40.8 %             48.5 %
  Depreciation and amortization                                     32.8 %             33.5 %
  Interest expense                                                   5.7 %              7.2 %
  Net income (loss) before income taxes and
    extraordinary item                                              (2.7)%              2.7 %


<FN>

1  Operating  income before  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  (EBITDA).
   Excluding the $5.8 million non-recurring satellite costs, operating cash flow
   would have been $58.8  million in 1998  compared to $54.7 million in 1997, an
   increase of 8%. As a percent of revenue,  operating cash flow would have been
   39.5% and 43.3% for 1998 and 1997, respectively.

2  Excluding the $5.8 million  non-recurring  satellite costs,  cash provided by
   operating  activities would have been $48.2 million in 1998 compared to $47.5
   million  in 1997.  As a  percent  of  revenue,  cash  provided  by  operating
   activities would have been 32.4% and 37.6% for 1998 and 1997, respectively.
  
3  Income  (loss)  before  income  taxes,  extraordinary  item and $5.8  million
   non-recurring  satellite costs would have been income of $1.7 million in 1998
   compared to $3.4 million in 1997.

4  Net income  before  the $5.8  million  non-recurring  satellite  costs  ($3.7
   million  net of tax) and  $1.7  million  debt  extinguishment  charges  ($1.1
   million  net of tax) would  have been $1.0  million of $.09 per share in 1998
   compared to $2.2 million or $.19 per share in 1997.

5  Net  Development  Costs  are  defined  as  the  sum  of  1)  market  research
   activities,  2) hardware and software  engineering,  research and development
   and 3) the negative operating cash flow (prior to corporate  allocations plus
   interest) of new services.

6  Core  services  are  services no longer in the initial  development  process.
   Operating  cash flow from core services as a percent of revenue is calculated
   on core services revenue.  Excluding the $5.8 million non-recurring satellite
   costs,  operating  cash flow from core services would have been $65.2 million
   in 1998 compared  $59.7  million in 1997. As a percent of revenue,  operating
   cash flow from core  services  would  have been  44.7% and 48.5% for 1998 and
   1997, respectively.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      3
                                    - 737 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              FIVE YEARS IN REVIEW
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPHS IN TABULAR FORM:
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>  
                          1994      1995      1996      1997      1998
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----

  Revenues
($ millions)              46.1      62.3      98.4     126.4      149.0


                          1994      1995      1996      1997      1998
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Operating Cash Flow
    ($ millions)          15.8      23.2      40.4      54.7      53.0
                                                                  58.8*

          

                          1994      1995      1996      1997      1998
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Operating Cash Flow
(percent of revenue)       34%       37%       41%      43.3%      36%
                                                                   40%*


                          1994      1995      1996      1997      1998
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Net Development Costs
    ($ millions)           4.3       3.7       5.3       5.2       6.5


                          1994      1995      1996      1997      1998
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Subscribers At Year End
      (thousands)         82.0      95.9      145.9     158.8     159.3


                          1994      1995      1996      1997      1998
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Subscriber Retention Rate
       (percent)          89.8      91.0      89.3      88.1      80.6


                          1994      1995      1996      1997      1998
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Annual Revenue
Per Subscriber
($ based on average
 subscribers)             591       700       775       830       937



                          1994      1995      1996      1997      1998
                          ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
Annual Operating Cash
Flow Per Subscriber
($ based on average
 subscribers)             202       260       318       359       333
                                                                  370*


*Pro-forma results before $5.8 million non-recurring satellite costs.
</TABLE>




                                       4
                                    - 738 -
<PAGE>

Letter to Shareholders

      Those of you that have been reading my letter to shareholders for the last
several years have become  accustomed  to me leading off with various  financial
highlights,  i.e. subscriber numbers, revenue, cash flow, cash flow as a percent
of revenue,  etc.  Some of these  financial  highlights  are not too stellar for
1998. So, in keeping with my propensity to brag, I am  rearranging  this writing
vs.   previous   years  and  will  first   discuss   some   powerful   strategic
accomplishments concluded in 1998.

      The combination of organic growth and strategic  acquisitions  has enabled
us to grow the  Company's  revenues,  operating  cash flow  (EBITDA)  (excluding
non-recurring  satellite  costs) and per share value at compounded rates of 33%,
35% and 26%, respectively, for the past five years. I am proud of, and will take
some credit for, our revenue and cash flow growth. However, I prefer to minimize
reference  to influence on price per share  changes,  as these are  subjected to
vagaries of the market place and a myriad of influences beyond my control.

      Keeping with our strategy to acquire businesses that fit into our business
model, the following is a summary of our accomplishments for 1998:

      Market Information of Colorado, Inc. (MIC) - In February, DTN acquired 100
      subscribers  receiving real-time  commodities and futures information from
      MIC for $135,000 cash.

      CDS Group,  Inc. - In March,  DTN  acquired  CDS Group,  Inc. for $250,000
      cash.  CDS is engaged in the business of  marketing  software for tracking
      bales of cotton for businesses in the cotton  industry.  This  acquisition
      compliments our July, 1997 acquisition of The Network, Inc., an electronic
      cotton trading network.

      SmartServ  Online,  Inc. In April,  DTN acquired the  exclusive  rights to
      market the  Internet-based  financial  services  information  products  of
      SmartServ Online and their Internet  information  distribution  technology
      for a total of $1,905,000  cash  commitment  for the first twelve  months.
      These services include: DTN.IQ, a real-time,  tick-by-tick stock quote and
      news service,  and TradeNet and BrokerNet,  real-time  trading and account
      information   products  for  the  brokerage   industry.   This   agreement
      transferred  the 850 subscribers  using  SmartServ  Online to DTN. All new
      subscribers  to these  services  will be DTN  customers,  and DTN will pay
      SmartServ Online, Inc. an ongoing royalty based on revenues.
         

      Through this alliance, DTN received the following:

      1)  a  proven  Internet   real-time  quote  and  news  service   providing
      convenience and advanced features for the user;

      2) the ability to facilitate electronic trading via the Internet, good for
      many applications, but more specifically applicable to broker-dealers that
      do not possess this technology;

      3) access to a talented  development  team to support  and enhance the new
      products; and

      4) an additional 850 subscribers.

      National Datamax, Inc. - In June, DTN completed the acquisition of 100% of
      the capital stock outstanding of National Datamax, a software  development
      and information  services firm specializing in integrated  systems for the
      financial  services  industry.  DTN paid  $3.0  million  in cash,  plus an
      earn-out  based on revenue  growth from the quarter  ending  December  31,
      1997, through the quarter ending September 30, 1999, which is estimated to
      be approximately $2.0 million,  based on growth projections.  Through this
      acquisition, DTN acquired the following:

      1) advanced  software  programs for investment  professionals  with useful
      "back office" and client applications;

      2) a developed  and stable  private  network  (WAN) and Internet  site for
      delivering information to professional and institutional customers;

      3) established vendor  relationships  providing historical and fundamental
      data for mutual funds, variable annuities and equities; and

      4)  2,000  customers   (investment   professionals  in  the  higher  level
      institutional market).

      Kavouras,  Inc.  - In July,  DTN  closed  the  acquisition  of 100% of the
      capital  stock  outstanding  of  Kavouras  for a total  purchase  price of
      approximately  $22.7  million.  Kavouras  is engaged  in the  development,
      design, manufacture, marketing and service of meteorological equipment and
      provides  weather-related  services to  government,  aviation,  commercial
      broadcast and other  industries.  Among the products  provided by Kavouras
      are the Triton Doppler Radar, the most advanced and powerful Doppler radar

                                       5
                                    - 739 -
<PAGE>

      in the world, and the Triton RT, a  multiprocessor-based  high performance
      on-air graphics and animation weather workstation.  The Triton RT features
      real-time  processing  of  exclusive  4-D  Flythrough/Lookdown   animation
      sequences using a complete array of weather graphic images.

      Through this acquisition, DTN accomplished the following:

      1) control of a major source of content that will enable DTN to strengthen
      its role as a leading provider of timely weather information;
  
      2) the ability to expand its weather services into the middle market;

      3) entry into high-end weather markets (commercial broadcasting);
 
      4)vertical  integration  from the weather source (radar) to the final data
      display;

      5) exposure to international markets; and

      6) an experienced management and R&D team.

      Weather Services Corporation - In December,  DTN closed the acquisition of
      100% of the capital  stock  outstanding  of Weather  Services  Corporation
      (WSC) for $3.8 million cash and a warrant to purchase 20,000 shares of DTN
      common  stock  at  $34.00.   WSC  is  one  of  the  largest   sources  for
      meteorological consulting and worldwide commercial weather information.

      The strategic  acquisition of WSC provides name awareness for DTN Kavouras
      Weather Services,  a division of DTN, through valuable contracts with high
      profile customers including America Online, Inc.  (NYSE:AOL),  the world's
      largest online service,  USA Today and numerous  utilities,  broadcasters,
      agribusinesses and municipalities.

      Current  annualized  revenue from the above  acquisitions is approximately
$25 million. These acquisitions are strategically  significant to DTN and should
make a significant contribution to our growth.

      Our  strategy  also  includes  the  growth  of our core  businesses;  and,
therefore,  we made a decision  related to our sales force,  which we think will
have a positive impact on sales going forward. We de-centralized our sales force
in the third  quarter of 1998.  Our  district  sales  representatives  and sales
management  were assigned to a specific  division and  specialize in the sale of
those  services  targeted at that industry.  We believe this is an  evolutionary
process and that the  day-to-day  management  of the sales  personnel by product
management will have a positive impact on the sales of our core services.

      In addition to our plans for organic growth and strategic acquisitions, we
are focusing on our Internet technology and services (www.dtn.com).  The company
had 4,700 Internet subscribers at the end of fiscal 1998.

      The  agricultural  division,  DTN's largest  industry niche, has grown its
Internet  subscribers  (www.agdayta.com)  from approximately 1,100 at the end of
1997 to 2,700 at the end of 1998.

      DTN's  Internet  real-time  financial  service,   DTN.IQ  (www.dtniq.com),
released  in June 1998,  had 1,800  subscribers  at the end of fiscal  1998.  In
January 1999, DTN announced  plans to merge SmartServ  Online,  Inc. (SSOL) into
DTN. SSOL is the company that licensed its Internet technology to DTN to provide
the DTN.IQ service.  This transaction will expand DTN's presence in the Internet
and  wireless  communications  arena with  services  for equity and bond trading
transactions on the Internet.

      DTN Financial  Services  will  continue to focus on  developing  strategic
online brokerage alliances to provide quotes, news, charts and other services to
the brokers'  customers such as the agreement  announced in October of 1998 with
Atlantic Financial  (www.atlanticfinancial.com)  and Wang Investment  Associates
(www.Wangvest.com),  in January of 1999.  The company will  aggressively  target

                                       6
                                    - 740 -
<PAGE>

broker-dealers  and their  representatives  with the National  Datamax  services
acquired in 1998. 

      In December of 1998, DTN and GlobalView  Software,  Inc. (GVSI)  announced
the   release   of  a   new   Internet   service   for   the   energy   industry
(www.energyview.com).  The service  provides  Internet  users with real-time and
historical energy market information including quotes, news and weather.

      DTN  continues to develop new  technologies  for the  distribution  of its
information  and  communication  services.  The company has developed  satellite
technology to provide our  information  products using  DIRECTV's  eighteen-inch
dish. DIRECTV,  including its recent acquisition of PrimeStar, has approximately
7 million  subscribers.  We have  just  begun to  market  our first  information
service via this delivery.  Most of our information  services will be offered on
this  platform  by  May  of  1999.  To  help  facilitate  implementation  of our
strategies,  DTN secured a $122.9  million  revolving  credit line from our bank
group  which was closed in January of 1999.  The  company is also  working  with
cable TV providers to offer other information services.

      That's about it for the  bragging,  now comes the grueling  reality of the
numbers.  Bear in mind as you read our 1998 operating  results that we had three
major adverse and unusual  circumstances  to deal with in 1998.  During 1998 the
agricultural  community saw some very tough times. The satellite  delivering our
services  went out of control  creating the need for us to assist our  customers
with  the  realignment  of  tens of  thousands  of  satellite  dishes;  and,  by
shareholder  direction,  the  company  was  pursuing  the sale or  merger of the
Company.

      The following is a brief summary of our operating  results for fiscal 1998
compared to fiscal  1997  followed  by a  discussion  of the impact of the above
mentioned adverse and unusual circumstances effecting 1998.

      o Total  subscribers  were 159,300 at the end of 1998  compared to 158,800
      for 1997.

      o  Total  revenues  for  1998  grew  18%  to   $148,986,346   compared  to
      $126,374,352 for 1997.

      o  Operating  cash flow  (EBITDA)  for 1998  decreased  3% to  $53,013,798
      compared to $54,698,708 for 1997.

      o The net loss for 1998 was  $3,742,759 or $.33 per diluted share compared
      to net income of $2,236,081 or $.19 per diluted share for 1997.

      o Operating  cash flow  (EBITDA) for 1998 as a  percentage  of revenue was
      35.6% compared to 43.3% for 1997.

      o Subscription  revenue for all  subscribers on a per subscriber per month
      basis for 1998 was $62.63 compared to $55.10 for 1997.

      o Subscription  revenue for all new subscription sales on a per subscriber
      per month basis for 1998 was $77 compared to $68 for 1997.

      o Operating  revenue,  consisting of subscriptions,  additional  services,
      communications  and  advertising  for 1998  increased  11% to  $73.80  per
      subscriber per month compared to $66.29 for 1997.

      A couple of material  non-recurring  events occurred in 1998 that affected
our results.  First, we retired our $15,000,000 11.25% Senior Subordinated Notes
Due 2004. This retirement  included a one-time charge, net of tax, of $1,076,880
in the first quarter of 1998. The one-time charge consisted of a pre-payment fee
of $1,125,000  plus  unamortized  debt issuance and discount  costs,  less a tax
benefit of $606,000.  The present value of this  decision  based on our analysis
was a benefit of $940,000.

      Second,  DTN released  information  to investors  and our  customers  that
PanAmSat  lost control of the Galaxy IV  satellite on May 19, 1998.  The Company
switched DTN FarmDayta  subscribers to the Galaxy 3R satellite and all other DTN
subscribers  to the Telestar 5 satellite.  The  Company's  costs  related to the
failure  of Galaxy IV include  telecommunications,  labor,  satellite  costs and
customer communications.  These unusual non-recurring costs, on a pre-tax basis,
were  estimated to be $5.8 million ($3.7 million after tax) and were recorded in
May,  impacting  the second  quarter  1998  results.  In  addition  to the above
identified  non-recurring costs, our entire sales force spent the better part of
eight weeks (mid May to early July) assisting  customers with the realignment of
their  satellite  dish.  Needless to say, this event had a significant  one-time
affect on our 1998 operating results.

                                       7
                                    - 741 -
<PAGE>

      For comparative purposes, if we exclude these two non-recurring items from
operating cash flow (EBITDA) and net income we get the following results:

      o  Operating  cash flow for 1998 would have  increased  8% to  $58,813,798
      compared to $54,698,708 for 1997.

      o Net Income for 1998 would have been $1,046,121 or $.09 per diluted share
      compared to $2,236,081 or $.19 per diluted share for 1997.

      Due to our acquisition and development  activities,  a further analysis of
our results is  necessary.  DTN's July 1st  acquisition  of Kavouras,  Inc.,  in
Minneapolis,  added a new market niche for the Company, the manufacture and sale
of various meteorological  equipment and radar systems. The Kavouras acquisition
added $4.8 million of  meteorological  equipment  and radar sales for the second
half of 1998.  Total  Kavouras  revenues  for fiscal 1998 were $9.2 million on a
consolidated basis.

      Kavouras  equipment  sales have lower  EBITDA  margins  than  subscription
sales,  and will tend to lower the Company's total operating cash flow margin. A
further  analysis  shows  that  excluding  Kavouras  operating  results  and the
non-recurring  satellite  costs,  operating  cash flow margin for 1998 was 41.5%
compared with 43.3% for 1997.

      During the second half of 1998, the Company expanded activities related to
the development of new services. Net Development Costs are defined as:

      1) market research activities;

      2) the  expenses  of  hardware  and  software  engineering,  research  and
      development; and

      3) the negative  operating cash flow (prior to corporate  allocations plus
      interest) of new services,  for the fiscal year of 1998  increased to $6.5
      million compared to $5.2 million for the fiscal year of 1997. The Kavouras
      operations  contributed  $1.3 million to net development  costs for fiscal
      1998.

      Operating  cash flow margin from core services (core services are services
no longer in the initial  development  process)  for the fiscal year of 1998 was
40.8%. This margin,  excluding  Kavouras operating results and the non-recurring
satellite  costs,  for the fiscal year 1998 was 47.2%  compared to 48.5% for the
same period of 1997.

      The  decrease  in  operating  income  is  primarily  related  to the  $5.8
non-recurring   satellite  costs  and  lower  operating   income  from  acquired
operations due to lower  operating cash flow margins and increased  amortization
expense  related  to  these  acquisitions.   Amortization   expense  related  to
acquisitions  for the  second  half of 1998 was $5.3  million  compared  to $3.1
million  for  the  second  half  of  1997.   Amortization   expense  related  to
acquisitions was $8.4 million in 1998 compared to $5.9 million for 1997.

      The above concludes my summary (with a lot of help from Brian Larson,  our
able CFO) of our 1998 operating results. In signing off, I would like for you to
reflect on my boastful part of this communique while reading the following quote
from Samuel Rayburn,  "Readiness for opportunity makes for success.  Opportunity
often comes by accident; readiness never does."

      As always,  many thanks to our  customers,  shareholders,  financiers  and
suppliers for their  support.  And a special  thanks to all of our employees and
their families for an extraordinary effort in 1998.
                                                                

                                                  Very sincerely yours,



                                                  Roger Brodersen
                                                  Chairman and CEO

                                       8
                                    - 742 -
<PAGE>


Information Technology Update
Our Philosophy

      Since the inception of DTN, our  philosophy has always been to utilize any
technology that allows delivery of services in an affordable,  reliable, easy to
use method. Coupled with this philosophy is our strategy (and I now quote Robert
Herman, my predecessor) to adopt "leading edge technology but avoid the bleeding
edge."  Millions  of  dollars  are  spent  trying  to  develop  "bleeding  edge"
technology  while  "leading  edge"  normally  offers an advantage that is within
sight. This being said, you may have guessed that the Internet will be one of my
next  topics  for  discussion.  Prior  to  this,  I would  like to share a quick
overview of the technologies that we currently employ.

Where we are 
      While  a more  detailed  description  of our  distribution  technology  is
contained in the next  section,  the following is a quick summary of our current
technology and a hint of where we are headed in the future.

Pre-1998
      Prior to 1998, DTN developed and  implemented  the following  distribution
technologies for its services.  As you can see from the list, DTN has progressed
from 100% DTN proprietary  hardware to new solutions including 100% client owned
hardware. This is a result of the increasing capabilities of PC's.

      o FM Side  Band into a  Monochrome  System 

      o C-Band  Satellite  

      o Ku-Band  Satellite  into a  Monochrome  System  

      o Ku-Band Satellite into a Color Ace Receiver System 

      o VBI (Cable TV) into a Monochrome or Color System o Ku-Band  Satellite 
        into a D8000 Receiver System  connected to the customer's  PC 
      
      o Fax 

      o E-mail/"Mailbox"  

      o Internet  (browser  based and "thin client"  based)  

1998
      In 1998 we continued to use all the  distribution  technologies  discussed
above while expanding and improving many of them. We also began  delivering some
of our information content on leased lines into major metropolitan areas. Leased
lines provide delivery of information where a satellite dish is not practical or
where the customer prefers a redundant path to a stand-alone service or one that
serves the  customer's  PC  network.  In  addition,  our Energy  division  began
transmitting  data  over  the  Atlantic  Ocean to  London,  England,  our  first
non-North American City to receive a direct data feed.

      The acquisition of Kavouras, Inc. in July 1998 was an exciting addition to
our ever-increasing array of content. Most Kavouras weather customers are served
by  C-Band   technology.   C-Band  is  recognized  as  a  large  dish  apparatus
(approximately  8 feet in  diameter).  At the end of 1998,  DTN  Kavouras  began
delivering  some of their data via  Ku-Band  technology,  which  provides a much
smaller  dish  and  a  more  user-friendly  installation.   This  allows  for  a

                                       9
                                    - 743 -
<PAGE>

substantially  lower  price  entry  point into the market for  high-end  weather
services  provided by Kavouras.  

Where we're going
      In addition to improving and expanding our current technologies, 1999 will
mark the year for two large additional steps in distribution technology.  First,
we will  officially  roll  out  several  of our  products  on  DIRECTV's  direct
broadcast  satellite  18" dish  technology.  The 18" dish will be connected to a
special  card  installed  inside the  subscribers'  PC.  DTN will  provide a new
software package, DTN for Windows, allowing customers to access data. Along with
DTN for Windows,  the same 18" dish can feed set top boxes for viewing DIRECTV's
television  products.  As many of you know,  DIRECTV is the largest  provider of
direct broadcast services and with their recent  acquisition of PrimeStar,  they
will clearly  dominate the direct broadcast  satellite field with  approximately
seven million  current  subscribers.  The  combination  of DIRECTV's  television
products  and  DTN's  data  services   will  render  a  reliable,   high  speed,
user-friendly, PC-driven product.

      The second major  technological step for DTN in 1999 is the Internet.  The
company is placing  significant  emphasis on the  improvement and development of
current and future Internet services.  Read on for more discussion regarding DTN
and the Internet.


The  Internet  or Bust?  
      1998 was a banner year for the Internet. Not only did Internet stocks gain
huge  momentum,  it is  clear  that  the  Internet  is  being  adopted  for many
applications.  As it relates to DTN, two of our  divisions  provide  information
that is highly sought after by folks gravitating to the Internet, financial data
and weather.  The introduction of DTN.IQ (which is our Internet-based  financial
services  product)  has been well  received  by the  market  and is the  fastest
selling  product  ever  released  by our  Financial  Services  division.  DTN.IQ
represents  the  beginning  of an ongoing  process  for  developing  content and
functionality on the Internet for delivering all sorts of financial-related data
to the varying segments of an ever-growing industry.

      Even  more  sought  after  than  financial  services  information,  recent
independent  surveys  have  shown  that  weather  is one of the top draws to the
Internet.  Historically,  our weather services have been subscription-based.  In
1999,  we will  concentrate  on  finding  the  appropriate  business  model  for
weather-based  information on the Internet.  Our acquisition of Weather Services
Corporation  (WSC) in December of 1998 was just the  beginning of this  process.
With the  acquisition  of WSC, we "acquired" a business  relationship  with some
significant  Internet and non-DTN  traditional  businesses,  specifically,  AOL,
Lycos, USA Today, Metro Networks, Inc., and others.

      Our plan is to continue the  development  and  allocation of resources for
creating exciting weather products for the Internet.

      While we are not ready to sell bumper  stickers  which read  "INTERNET  OR
BUST", we will focus our energy on finding appropriate  business models to offer
our vast array of comprehensive, time-sensitive data on the Internet.
                                                                     
                                                      Sincerely,



                                                      Scott Fleck
                                                      Vice President
                                                      Director of Engineering



                                       10
                                    - 744 -
<PAGE>

Business Review
     Data Transmission  Network Corporation (DTN) began operations in April 1984
and  continues  to  provide   comprehensive,   time-sensitive   information  and
communication services for a variety of industries via all relevant distribution
technologies. DTN had over 159,000 subscribers throughout the U.S. and Canada at
the end of 1998 with the majority receiving agricultural, weather, financial and
energy  related  services.  A review of these  industries  and services with the
year's highlights are discussed in this report.

     The Company's  subscription services are targeted at niche business markets
and  designed  to be  timely,  simple  to use,  and  convenient.  The  Company's
distribution  technology  provides  an  efficient  means  of  sending  data  and
information  from point to  multi-point.  The  development  and  enhancement  of
cost-effective  distribution  methods such as electronic  satellite delivery and
the  Internet,  plus a total  commitment  to customer  service  and  information
quality has enabled the Company to become a major  player in the  communications
industry.

     The Company  continues to take advantage of many  engineering  and software
advancements  available for developing and improving distribution in an exciting
and growing industry.

Information  Distribution Technology
     The  Company  is  committed  to  researching  and  developing  distribution
technologies  to  cost-effectively  deliver  the  timely  information  that  the
Company's  subscribers  demand.  DTN supports several  information  distribution
technologies  allowing the  distribution,  reception and display of information.
These technologies  include small dish Ku-band satellite (Ku), the Internet,  FM
radio  side-band  channels (FM),  Fax, the vertical  blanking  interval within a
television signal sent via Cable TV (VBI), e-mail, leased lines and DIRECTV.

     The first  technology  used by the Company was FM radio  side-band.  The Ku
technology was added in 1989,  providing the ability to reach customers  outside
the  geographic  territory of the signal of the FM stations.  Fax, VBI,  e-mail,
Internet,  leased lines and DIRECTV have since been added to further  expand the
distribution network.

     The Company  provides the equipment  necessary for  subscribers  to receive
certain services using FM, Ku or VBI technologies. This equipment includes a DTN
receiver,  a video monitor,  FM antenna or a small 30" Ku-band satellite dish. A
keyboard,  mouse and printer may be provided  depending on the  service.  DTN is
responsible for the normal maintenance and repair of subscriber equipment.

     Prior to 1992, the Company utilized a "page-based"  receiver and monochrome
display system.  The monochrome system translates the Company's data stream into
text and is capable of receiving and  displaying  up to 246  different  pages of
information.  The monochrome receiver can also download information to a printer
or computer.

     In 1992, the Company  introduced the Advanced  Communications  Engine (ACE)
receiver,  a color graphics receiver system,  expanding the Company's ability to
provide  information  and  communication  services.  The ACE  receiver  contains
multiple  processors.  One is dedicated to data communications and storage.  The
second  processor  is for  manipulating  data,  interacting  with  the  user and
displaying high-resolution color pictures,  graphics and text. A third processor
enables the unit to play audio clips for weather forecasts, voice advertisements
or audio alarms set for when a futures contract or stock price reaches a pre-set
price. In addition, this processor can send and retrieve information by using an
internal modem connected to a phone line.  Additional processors may be present,
as necessary,  based on the method of information  distribution technology used,
such as satellite, VBI, etc.

     The ACE receiver can also  download  information  to a printer or computer.
This  receiver  is  equipped  with an  internal  hard drive  allowing  processed
information  to be stored,  archived  and  displayed.  The  receiver's  built-in
control panel,  keyboard or mouse allows  subscribers to conveniently  view this
information.

      One of  the  unique  aspects  of the  Company's  information  distribution
technology  is the computer  software  developed by the Company for use with the
broadcast  system that feeds data to the ACE  receivers.  This software  manages
information from a wide array of input sources,  runs routines,  sets priorities
and then  initiates  transmission  to the satellite.  The software  provides the
capability to individually  address each receiver unit placed with a subscriber.
This  permits  the  Company  to  transmit  specific  information  to a  specific
subscriber or group of subscribers.

     The Company leases FM radio side-band channels,  satellite channels and VBI
space to deliver the information to receivers used by the Company's subscribers.
All information is up-linked from Omaha to satellite (except  Internet,  Fax and
other  telephone  delivery  technology)  and  downlinked  from the  satellite to
subscribers based on their distribution technology.

                                       11
                                    - 745 -
<PAGE>

     FM monochrome  subscribers receive their information using FM antennas that
receive the information via side-band  signals  transmitted from radio stations.
The Ku subscribers  utilize a 30" satellite dish, a direct downlink,  to receive
their information.

     Early  in  1994,  the  Company  began  using a new  cable  TV  distribution
technology   involving  vertical  blanking  intervals  (VBI).  The  Company  has
contracted with a major cable TV superstation to transmit information along with
the station's TV signal. This technology  eliminates the need for FM antennas or
satellite dishes and is available to businesses or residences that are wired for
cable TV and receive the superstation's service.

     The  Company has  introduced  several  Internet  products  since 1995.  DTN
currently  offers  services  via the  Internet  for the  agricultural,  weather,
financial and energy  industries and plans to expand the services  offered using
this information  distribution  technology. A major milestone for DTN's Internet
services was the leasing of Internet  technology from SmartServ Online, Inc. for
the  real-time  streaming  quote  service  offered  by the  Company's  Financial
Services Division (www.dtniq.com)(see page 33).

     In 1998,  the Company  began  delivering  services to customers  via direct
leased line  circuits.  This gives  customers  in major  metropolitan  areas the
ability to receive the Company's  information  where options,  such as satellite
dishes, are impractical. In many instances, this technology provides a redundant
delivery method to insure maximum availability of the Company's information.

     At the end of 1998, DTN Marine Center, a specialty  weather service,  began
delivering  its  information  via DIRECTV's  satellite  system.  Information  is
received  directly into the subscriber's  computer from an 18-inch DIRECTV dish.
This  initial  product  rollout  is  expected  to be the first of many using the
newest information  distribution  technology.  The new product launch also marks
the  introduction  of DTN for  Windows,  a software  product  for the PC using a
satellite  dish which is capable of  operating  without an ACE receiver or other
external hardware devices.

     The  following  is a summary of  subscribers  by  information  distribution
technology at December 31, 1998.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Information Distribution Technologies       Subscribers

<S>                                          <C>    
Ku-Band Satellite                            144,800
Internet                                       4,700
FM Radio Side-band                             8,400
VBI                                            1,300
Lease Lines/DIRECTV                              100
TOTAL                                        159,300

</TABLE>

     The Company has approximately 15,000 customers receiving  information using
Fax technology. The e-mail business is primarily a subscriber (an e-mail source)
communicating specific messages to a group of subscribers.  There are over 1,200
e-mail sources delivering over 3,500 pages of information to subscribers daily.

                                       12
                                    - 746 -
<PAGE>



Services and Equipment Offered

     The  Company's  revenue  is  derived  primarily  from six  categories:  (1)
monthly,  quarterly or annual subscriptions,  (2) equipment sales (3) additional
(optional) services, (4) communication services, (5) advertising and (6) service
initiation fees. The percentage of total revenue for each category over the last
three fiscal years was:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           1998     1997     1996
<S>                         <C>      <C>     <C> 
Subscriptions               80 %     80 %    76 %
Equipment Sales              3 %      -       -
Optional Services            5 %      5 %     6 %
Communication Services       7 %      8 %     9 %
Advertising                  3 %      3 %     3 %
Service initiation fees      2 %      4 %     6 %
</TABLE>

     Subscription  revenue  is  generated  from  monthly,  quarterly  or  annual
subscription  fees  for one of the  Company's  services.  The  Company  offers a
discount  to  subscribers  who  pre-pay  their  subscriptions  annually.  A more
detailed review of each service is found later in this report.

     A new  business  unit  of  the  Company,  DTN  Kavouras  Weather  Services,
generates  equipment sales of weather  systems,  workstations  and weather radar
systems.  DTN Kavouras Weather Services' weather systems and workstations  allow
customers  to receive  weather  information  provided by the Company for monthly
subscriptions.  This  business  unit also builds small and large  doppler  radar
systems.

     Optional  services  are offered to  subscribers  on an "a la carte"  basis,
similar  to  premium  channels  on cable TV. A third  party  primarily  provides
information  for these  services with DTN receiving a share of the  subscription
revenue paid by the subscriber.  Optional  services revenue continues to grow in
total dollars at a rate commensurate with the overall growth of the Company due,
in part, to new technological innovations using the Internet.

     The  Company   sells   communication   services   allowing   companies   to
cost-effectively  communicate  a large  amount  of timely  information  to their
customers or field offices.  This category  includes revenue  generated from FAX
and e-mail services.  Communications  revenue continued to grow in total dollars
and management believes this area offers opportunities for future growth.

     The  Company  sells  advertising  interspersed  among the pages of news and
information,  similar to a newspaper or magazine. The advantage of an electronic
advertisement  over typical  print media is the ability to change or replace the
advertising  message  quickly and as  frequently as market  conditions  dictate.
Advertising  revenue  maintained  the same  percentage  of total  revenue due to
subscriber  and  subscription  revenue  growth  as well as the  addition  of new
services with available advertising space.

     Service   initiation  fees  are  one-time  charges  for  new  subscriptions
depending on the service and the information distribution  technology.  DTN also
charges an initiation fee for those  subscribers  who convert to another service
(i.e. from a monochrome FM to a Ku color service).


                                       13
                                    - 747 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDUSTRY SERVED AT A GLANCE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDUSTRY/SERVICE                                                                   TRANSMISSION/RECEIVER                    PRICE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------   -----

<S>                                                                                <C>                                      <C>
Industry/Service                                                                   
The Agricultural Industry                                                                               www.dtn.com/ag/
DTN AgDaily(R)/  DTN  FarmDayta(R)  provides  agricultural  market  information,   FM-Side Band/Page Based Monochrome           $31
delayed  commodity  futures and options  quotes,  local cash grain and livestock   Ku-Band Satellite/Page Based Monochrome      $37
prices,  regional  and world  weather  updates and a variety of daily  analysis,   Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System       $46-$54
commentary and news affecting grain and livestock prices.

DTN AgDayta  (www.agdayta.com)  provides an Internet solution combining the best   Internet/Subscribers' PC                     $25
of DTN AgDaily and DTN FarmDayta for up-to-date  agricultural weather,  markets,
news and commentary, quotes, local cash grain and livestock prices.

DTN Pro SeriesSM/ DTN FarmDayta  Elite Plus(R)  provides  services with advanced   Ku-Band Satellite/Ace Color System       $60-$84
information  sources for ag  producers,  agribusinesses  and  commodity  traders
requiring extensive information to be customized for their specific needs.

DTNstant(R)  provides  real-time  futures  and  options  quotes,   comprehensive   Ku-Band Satellite/Ace Color System       $180 (2)
analytics and headline  commodity  news from Bridge and Future World News.  This
service also includes all the information found on DTN AgDaily.

DTNironSM provides an equipment locator and inventory management service for the   Ku-Band Satellite/Ace Color System           $102
farm  implement  dealer.  It is  designed to allow  dealers to work  together in
locating, buying and selling used farm equipment with other dealers/subscribers.

DTN PROduce(R)  provides  comprehensive  weather,  DTN's price discovery network   Ku-Band Satellite/Ace Color System       $65-$94
(DTNdexSM),  transportation  information  and  news for the  growers,  shippers,   Internet/Subscribers' PC                     $63
packers, brokers, retailers and institutions linked to the produce industry.

DTN  Cotton  Network  provides  an  electronic  marketing  system for the cotton   Ku-Band Satellite/
industry. The service allows gins, brokers, buyers, and warehouses to share data    Ace Color System               $.50/bale listing
allowing fast and accurate marketing and accounting of cotton offered and sold.

The Weather Industry                                                                                              www.dtnweather.com
DTN Weather Services
DTN Weather Center(R)/DTN Online
(www.dtn.com/dtnonline/security/loginscreen.cfm)    provides   a   comprehensive   Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System           $76
weather  information  system  to meet  the  weather  information  needs  of many   Internet/Subscribers' PC                     $25
industries.  Subscribers  to DTN  Weather  Center  rely on  accurate  and easily
accessible weather information as a critical ingredient in operating, operations
planning, and staffing decisions.

DTN Aviation CenterSM provides  comprehensive  aviation weather specifically for   Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System     $118-$152
pilots,  airports  and Fixed  Base  Operators  (FBO's).  This  service  supplies   Internet/Subscribers' PC                     $45
airports, pilots and FBO's with comprehensive flight planning and operations.

DTN  Broadcast  Weather  provides  comprehensive  local,  regional  and national   Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System          $101
weather  forecasts  plus  national  and  international  news  for the  broadcast
industry. The Weather Industry-continued
</TABLE>
                                       14
                                    - 748 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

INDUSTRY/SERVICE                                                                   TRANSMISSION/RECEIVER                    PRICE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------   -----

<S>                                                                                <C>                                      <C>

The Weather Industry-continued
           
DTN  Contractor  DaytaSM  provides  construction  businesses  with  industry and   Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System     $86-$99
association news, construction and bid specifications along with all the weather   Internet/Subscribers' PC                      $35
information affecting the construction company.

DTN  Forestry  CenterSM  provides  specialty  weather  services  targeted at the   Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System         $91
District Forest Management offices in the continental United States and Canada.


DTN  Marine  CenterSM  provides  specialty  weather  information  for the marine Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System     $91-$106
industries, including coastal sea condition forecasts, marine buoy data for wind DIRECTV                                   $91-$106
and weather, temperature conditions and sea surface temperature maps.

DTN Transportation  Weather provides  time-sensitive and often critical,  local, Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System     $86-$98
regional  and  national  weather  forecasts  for  transportation  professionals.
Subscribers have a choice of receiving immediate notification through a pager or
via DTNonline, DTN Weather Center's Internet service.

DTN Travel CenterSM provides weather,  news,  markets and sports  information to Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System         $88
motel and hotel  customers.  This  service is targeted at motels and hotels with
50+  rooms and  includes  road  condition  forecasts  and  special  notices  for
travelers.

DTN Turf ManagerSM  provides  weather  information to individuals and businesses Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System         $82
involved in  turf-related  operations  such as outdoor sports  facilities,  golf
courses, lawn maintenance, landscaping and sod farms. The service provides news,
weather and specialty information designed for turf management.

DTN Weather Safety Center provides  valuable weather  information,  warnings and Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System     $86-$98 
alerts to emergency  management  professionals and anyone who is responsible for
protecting  lives and property from the hazards of severe weather.  This service
couples  with  the  DTN  Weather  Alert  Paging  System  to  provide   immediate
notification of severe weather to alpha pagers.

DTN Kavouras Weather  Services--Meteorological  Equipment TritonTM Doppler Radar Customizable                                - (3)
Series is a complete  line of  advanced,  fully  coherent  Klystron or TWT-based
Doppler weather radars,  representing the most powerful,  the most accurate, the
most  versatile and the most  cost-effective  Doppler radar  performance  in the
world. Users include broadcast television,  aviation,  universities,  government
and military.

TritonTM RT is a  real-time  3-D and 2-D  weather  and news  graphics  animation Customizable                                - (3)
system  focused on, but not limited to, the broadcast  television  market.  This
product uses weather data to create an informative and exciting weather show.

MetWorkTM  FileServer  is a robust and dynamic  network  solution for  real-time Customizable                                - (3)
dissemination of meteorological information based on the versatile and efficient
NT format,  supporting  standard  Internet  communications  protocol and various
network configurations.
</TABLE>

                                       15
                                    - 749 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDUSTRY/SERVICE                                                                   TRANSMISSION/RECEIVER                    PRICE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------   -----


The Weather Industry-continued                                                                                   www.dtnweather.com
DTN Kavouras Weather Services--Meteorological Services

<S>                                                                              <C>                                         <C>
Storm ProTM is a workstation  that  integrates  real-time  Doppler weather radar Customizable                                - (3)
with a  geographic  information  data system to create an accurate  display with
broadcast-quality appearance. The display can be individualized for a unique and
defining look important in the television market.

StormSentryTM  is  around-the-clock  storm  tracking  software  that  identifies Customizable                                - (3)
dangerous weather cells, analyzes their characteristics,  their locations, their
speeds, their directions, their estimated times of arrival...all automatically.

StormWatch(R) is customizable  software that monitors either a weather wire or a Customizable                                - (3)
DTN Kavouras  MetWork  Fileserver  to generate  color-coded  maps and/or a crawl
message for important watch, warning or advisory weather situations.  StormWatch
also allows a television  station to edit and prioritize  information  for their
viewing areas.

SchoolWatchTM  is customizable  software for the Triton RT that helps television Customizable                                - (3)
stations  easily update,  prioritize  and display  late-start and school closing
information.  This software can also be configured  to update  information  on a
station's Web site.

Data and Customizable  Forecasting  Services  provides a broad range of standard Customizable                                - (3)
data for a wide variety of markets.  In addition,  DTN Kavouras  staff  provides
24-hour,  365 days a year coverage for tailor-made  forecasts to meet customers'
special needs.

The Financial Services Industry                                                                                www.dtn.com/finserv/
DTN.IQ   (www.dtniq.com)   provides   cutting-edge   Internet   technology   for Internet to Subscribers' PC                $89(2)
tick-by-tick  quotes,  full-text  news,  intraday and historical  charts,  price
watches and alerts and more with a cost-effective  and efficient delivery method
for individual and professional investors.

DTN  Real-Time(R)  provides  real-time  quotes  on over  225,000  stocks,  stock Ku-Band Satellite or cable
options,  commodities,  and indexes,  plus news,  economic  data,  and financial  to Subscribers' PC                   $98-$118(2)
markets information.  This service delivers the information via a new generation
of DTN  proprietary  hardware  into a  subscriber's  PC where it is captured and
displayed through the use of DTN customer software or third-party software.

DTN  SPECTRUM(R)  provides  delayed  quotes,  business  news,  economic data and Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System         $68
financial  market  information.  This service is an enhanced version of DTN Wall
Street that includes custom programming.

DTN  SPECTRUM(R)RT  provides the same  information  as DTN SPECTRUM with futures Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System     $118(2)
provided in real-time.                                                           Cable TV-VBI to ACE Color System          $118(2)

DTN Wall Street(R)  provides delayed financial quotes plus in-depth economic and Ku-Band Satellite to Page Based Monochrome    $44
business news, financial information.  The Financial Services Industry-continued Cable TV-VBI to Page Based Monochrome         $44
</TABLE>

                                       16
                                    - 750 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


INDUSTRY/SERVICE                                                                   TRANSMISSION/RECEIVER                    PRICE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------   -----


<S>                                                                              <C>                                           <C>
DTN    FirstRate(R)    provides    wholesale    mortgage    rates    and    U.S. Ku-Band Satellite to Page Based Monochrome    $98
Agency/Mortgaged-Backed Securities prices in an easy-to-use standard format.     Cable TV-VBI to Page Based Monochrome         $98
                                                                                 Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System        $129
                                                                                 Cable TV-VBI to ACE Color System             $129

DTN  FirstRate+(R)  provides the same  information  as DTN  FirstRate  with U.S. Cable TV-VBI to ACE Color System          $179(4)
Treasury futures, all other futures and futures options provided in real-time.

National Datamax provides  software and data services to financial  planners and
independent  brokers for a comprehensive  financial picture pinpointing the best
investment options for their customers.

The Energy Industry                                                                                                  www.dtnergy.com
DTNergy(R) - Refined Fuels provides  terminal  prices,  alerts,  electronic fund Ku-Band Satellite to Page Based Monochrome    $40
transfer  notifications and other communication services from Petroleum Refiners Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System         $80
to their customers (also DTN Subscribers).

DTNergy(R)  - Natural  Gas and  Electricity  provides  instant or delayed  NYMEX Ku-Band Satellite to ACE Color System    $40-$180
energy options and futures quotes, weather, news and industry information.

Prophet X  (www.fimi.com)  provides access to DTNenergy's  real-time market data Internet to Subscribers' PC                  $218
using Financial Information Management Inc.'s (FIMI) client-service  software on
the Internet.

EnergyView  (www.energyview.com)  provides  real-time data for the international Internet to Subscribers
energy  markets on the Internet.  This service was the result of a joint venture
with DTN and GlobalView Software.

Other Services & Joint Ventures                                                                                   www.dtn.com/auto/
DTNautoSM  provides a communication  and information  service for the automobile Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System       $84-$169
industry including wholesale and retail values on new and used vehicles,  a used
car  inventory   locating   service  and  direct   communication   services  for
manufacturers and automobile auctions.

DAT  Services  provides an  information  communication  system for the  trucking Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color Sytem          $90(4)
industry that provides load and truck matching on a database of 80,000  listings
updated daily.

TracElectric  provides an equipment  locator service for the electric  equipment Ku-Band Satellite/Page Based Monochrome   $100(5)
industry with over 100 pages of new, remanufactured, surplus and used electrical
equipment listings.

DTN Missing Children  Information CenterSM provides instant transmission of data Ku-Band Satellite/ACE Color System        -(6)(7)
regarding children in danger to local, regional, national and Canadian outlets.


<FN>

1  Prices are based on a monthly  subscription  price.  DTN offers discounts for
   annual prepayments. Prices are subject to change.

2  Plus Exchange Fees.

3  Customized  configurations  to meet a wide  variety  of  customer  needs  are
   offered at competitive prices.

4  DTN receives this fee from DAT Services.

5  DTN shares revenues with TracElectric.

6  Currently provided on all ACE Color Systems.

7  Sponsorships of kiosk programs are offered at $7,500 for two years per kiosk.

</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       17
                                    - 751 -
<PAGE>

THE AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1994       1995      1996       1997     1998
                                   ----       ----      ----       ----     ----
<S>                                 <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>      <C> 
DTN Agricultural Services Revenue
          ($ millions)              33.7      44         69.7     87.6      88.3
  
</TABLE>

DTN Agricultural Services
      The DTN  Agricultural  Division  consists  of  five  major  services:  DTN
AgServices, DTNstant, DTN PROduce, DTNiron, and DTN Cotton Network.

      New  subscriptions  are primarily sold by the Agricultural  Division's own
dedicated sales force. These individual sales  professionals began working under
the direct control of the Ag Division in August 1998. The ag sales force is made
up of district sales  representatives,  in-house sales staff,  and  independent,
commission-only sales  representatives.  By dissolving the former national sales
group into a smaller,  more focused staff,  the division is able to provide more
knowledgeable   and  service  oriented  sales   professionals  for  current  and
prospective customers. DTN AgServices,  DTNstant and DTNiron each have their own
individual group of sales professionals, selling their basic products. For these
three services, the prospective customer base is essentially the same, and these
sales  professionals are encouraged to sell any of the products  associated with
Ag when the  opportunity  presents  itself.  DTN PROduce  deals with a different
prospect than the normal  livestock and grain farmer,  and therefore DTN PROduce
sales  professionals  sell  primarily  to  produce  oriented  prospects.  The Ag
Division  provides  its  sales  force  with  leads  that  are  obtained  through
telemarketing,  direct mail, print media advertising,  customer  referrals,  and
Internet advertising.

      The main  competition  to these  services  is the  combination  of printed
advisory services,  radio,  television,  telephone,  other satellite information
services,  Internet  services,  and the  changing  of old  information-gathering
habits.

      There are over 200 premium  (optional)  services available to agricultural
subscribers to enhance the primary product subscriptions. These premium services
consist of advisory, informational and educational products as well as newswire,
association  and additional  free services.  DTN subscribers can customize their
DTN unit to meet  specific  needs by  choosing  from a broad  mix of these "a la
carte"  services.  DTN is continually  developing  new premium  services to meet
customer  demands by listening  closely to the  marketplace and to the customer.
Premium  services are marketed  through a combination of individual free trials,
system-wide  trials,  on-screen  advertising,  direct  mail,  invoice  stuffers,
equipment stuffers, and telemarketing. Premium Services' prices range from $6 to
$1,200 per quarter. The average subscription price is $60 per quarter. Effective
marketing campaigns helped to increase premium service sales in 1998.

      Communication services (DTN InfoMail) plays an important role in providing
a cost effective means to reach a large number of targeted  customers  daily. At
the touch of a button,  subscribers  have instant  access to messages 24 hours a
day. DTN  InfoMail  customers  receive  information  tailored to their  specific
needs.  The  service  provides  information  for  elevators,  seed  sales  reps,
agronomists,  chemical  sales reps and technical  advisors,  commodity  brokers,
processing  plants,  feedlots  and  anyone  with a need  to  communicate  to DTN
subscribers. Over 75 new InfoMail providers began messaging in 1998.

      Advertising  on DTN Ag  Services  plays  a major  role  in the  division's
revenue. The Advanced  Communication  Engine (ACE) satellite receiver,  with its
animation and inter-active ability, provides an excellent avenue for advertising
sales.  With the  development  of the ag  Internet  service,  (www.agdayta.com),
advertising  will have a new avenue in which to grow.  In 1998,  the Ag Division
sold over $3.2  million in  advertising  space to  numerous  ag  industries,  ag
chemical and seed companies, and equipment and finance businesses.

DTN Ag  Services  Review  
      Approximately 80% of DTN Ag Services' subscribers are farmers or livestock
producers   with  the  balance   consisting   primarily   of  grain   elevators,
agribusinesses and financial  institutions.  Subscribers to DTN Ag Services farm
nearly one third of the nations  total  cropland and market more that 50% of the
nation's cattle and hogs.

      FarmDayta was the primary  competition for DTN AgDaily until May 1996 when
DTN acquired Broadcast Partners.  The addition of FarmDayta gives DTN AgServices
a fully  integrated  agricultural  product line with price entry points across a
wide  spectrum,  expanding  the  marketing  horizons  for all  DTN  agricultural
services. DTN maintains the DTN FarmDayta facilities in Des Moines, Iowa.

DTN AgDaily 
      DTN  AgDaily is an  agricultural  market  information,  quote and  weather
service. Subscribers receive delayed commodity futures and options quotes, local
cash grain and livestock  prices,  selected  regional and world weather updates,
and a variety  of daily  analysis,  commentary  and news that  affect  grain and
livestock  prices.  DTN AgDaily color  graphics  allows for an advanced  weather
segment  with  national  and  regional  radar maps  (updated  every 15 minutes),

                                       18
                                    - 752 -
<PAGE>

infrared  satellite cloud cover maps,  precipitation,  temperature,  jet stream,
surface  wind and snow cover  maps,  and much more.  The  subscriber  can custom
design high resolution charts and/or select from a library that holds over 1,000
charts.  The system is capable of custom programming the futures quotes pages to
display only the quotes desired.  The service also includes information segments
for specific crop and livestock enterprises as well as general,  business, sport
and entertainment  news.  AgDaily offers crop liability  insurance and livestock
profitability  calculators  through  use of the  inter-activity  feature,  which
allows subscribers to search a comprehensive database.

DTN Pro Series
     The DTN Pro/Premier  services feature a more advanced AgDaily product.  The
Pro Series enhanced functionality includes a high interest window to view future
or  options  quotes on any page as well as  keyword  search  that  automatically
searches the news story database for articles affecting the user's operation. It
also allows  subscribers  to  customize a segment  with up to five of the user's
favorite pages, and a personal library serving as a customized  archive segment.
There are seven DTN Pro  products,  all of which  include the  complete  AgDaily
service plus additional specific information:  Weather Pro, News Pro, Chart Pro,
Intraday Pro, Stock Pro, Premier and Premier Plus.

o    DTN Weather Pro provides 32 programmable  pages for creating unique weather
     information.  It allows  subscribers  to choose  from over 70 weather  maps
     including detailed regional,  state and zone forecasts,  and lets them zoom
     in on a particular spot on the map. These maps can also be put into motion.

o    DTN News Pro  provides the AP Online  service (a service of the  Associated
     Press),  an audio  summary  of the day's  agricultural  news as well as the
     general news of the day.

o    DTN Chart  Pro  includes  40 pages  for  programmable  charts  which  allow
     subscribers  to create an  extensive  "chart  book" for  analyzing  trends,
     patterns, and cycles.

o    DTN   Intraday   Pro  offers  the   ability   to  chart   market   sessions
     minute-by-minute  during the trading day. This allows subscribers to choose
     time intervals for charting to keep them abreast of the markets.

o    DTN Stock Pro provides  access to prices for over 50,000  issues of stocks,
     bonds and funds.  The service  includes stock quotes using either the quick
     quote feature or the programmable quotes pages. Additional features include
     a personal  library  for storing  news and  information  and high  interest
     windows  allowing  subscribers  to  constantly  monitor up to six  futures,
     options, stock or bond quotes.

o    DTN Premier combines Weather Pro, News Pro, Chart Pro and Intraday Pro into
     a comprehensive ag marketing and information package.

o    DTN Premier Plus includes all Pro products  (Weather  Pro, News Pro,  Chart
     Pro,  Intraday  Pro, and Stock Pro) into one complete  package for farmers,
     ranchers or agribusinesses  needing all the market information available in
     one convenient location.

DTN FarmDayta 
     DTN FarmDayta II is an agricultural market  information,  quote and weather
service  delivering  delayed  commodity  futures and options quotes,  local cash
grain and livestock prices,  selected regional and world weather updates,  and a
variety of daily analysis,  commentary and news that affects grain and livestock
prices.

o    DTNFarmDayta  Elite HD includes all the DTN  FarmDayta  II  features,  plus
     options  quotes,  charting,  weather maps and a receiver with a hard drive,
     which is  critical to  maintaining  storage of  information  during a power
     outage.

o    DTN FarmDayta  Elite Plus includes all of the  information  provided on the
     DTN FarmDayta  Elite HD, plus more advanced news (Reuters  Headline  News),
     quotes,  weather  (including motion and zoom capabilities) and programmable
     charts.  The Elite  Plus  product  is  similar  in  content  to the DTN Pro
     services.  DTN  FarmDayta  Elite Plus is  considered  the "top of the line"
     product in the FarmDayta line.
                                       
                                       19
                                    - 753 -
<PAGE>

DTN AgDayta 
     DTN  AgDayta  (www.agdayta.com)  is  the  company's  agricultural  Internet
service.  AgDayta  combines  DTN  FarmDayta  Elite Plus and DTN Premier  Plus to
produce the most content rich product offered by DTN Ag Services. DTN AgDayta is
designed for the  producer  preferring  to use his/her own personal  computer to
receive  information,  or for the  individual  that is not able to  utilize  the
traditional  satellite-based  system supplied by DTN. The information on AgDayta
includes animated weather maps, satellite and summary maps, short and long range
forecast maps,  news commentary and analysis,  plus unlimited  access to futures
and option quotes from all the major  exchanges.  Also  available on AgDayta are
commodities for energy, finance, currency, metals and other exchanges as well as
instant access to daily,  weekly and monthly commodity charts. The customization
capabilities  allow for the  organization of information that is most often used
for business decisions.

DTN AgBasic 
     DTN AgBasic was introduced in 1998 and is the most economical  agricultural
color satellite  system offered by DTN. The service came about through  requests
from prospective customers for a more condensed version of the AgDaily/FarmDayta
products. AgBasic was developed as a "start up" color service for the first time
DTN customer. The service includes select quotes for 20 futures and two options,
the national radar map, local weather,  state news, USDA Flash, USDA Pre-Report,
state  grains  and  livestock  bids,  FarmDayta  grains,   livestock  and  other
commentaries.

1998 DTN Ag Services Highlights
     The past year  brought  many  changes  and growth  opportunities  to DTN Ag
Services.  A major change was the  realignment  of the national sales force into
smaller,  more focused  groups.  Ag Services  introduced  two new products,  DTN
AgDayta,  the improved ag Internet  service and AgBasic,  a product designed for
the price conscious producer.

     DTN AgDayta replaces  FarmDayta OnLine as the company's  Internet option to
the satellite  delivery system.  AgDayta's  improvements  include a new look and
feel and combines the best of DTN Premier Plus and FarmDayta Elite Plus. AgDayta
offers more  choices in allowing  the user to  customize  his site with  weather
packages  and ag  commentary.  To date,  AgDayta has 2,500  subscribers,  a 150%
increase over last year's total.

     The AgBasic  product has brought in new sales as well as an effective means
of retaining current customers with financial difficulties. Offering a condensed
version of AgDaily and FarmDayta II packages,  AgBasic allows us to reach a new,
more  price  conscious  producer  who can  then  be  easily  upgraded  to a more
comprehensive system.

     In 1998,  Ag Services  also  announced  the addition of Futures  World News
(FWN) to its premium services package.  FWN is an extensive  commodity news wire
allowing a subscriber  to follow  up-to-the-minute  news stories  affecting  the
commodity market. This product was formerly available only on DTNstant.

     In  addition,  DTN  teamed up with  Stewart  Peterson  to  provide  Stewart
Peterson's  Marketing Tudor, free of charge, to all new customers.  This program
guides the farmer through the  intricacies of trading and following the markets.
While helping customers become more actively involved in marketing,  we are also
able to increase the value of DTN.

     In early summer 1998, in response to rapidly falling commodity prices,  DTN
began posting the Loan  Deficiency  Payment (LDP).  LDP is a "safety net" put in
place by the federal  government to protect farmers should commodity prices fall
below pre-set levels.  The LDP is the amount a farmer could get for his product,
from the government,  on any given day, which covers the difference  between the
price given on his crop,  used as collateral  for obtaining a 9 month  operating
loan,  and the price at which he could  currently  sell.  Each  commodity  has a
different LDP, which changes every day and varies, from county to county. Access
to this critical information has been the difference,  for some farmers, between
success and selling the farm.

     In an economy of falling  prices and farm  consolidations,  DTN Ag Services
recognizes that to remain  competitive,  we need to continue to look for ways to
expand into new markets,  and we must be  increasingly  aggressive in generating

                                       20
                                    - 754 -
<PAGE>

more revenue from current customers. In this vein, we have moved headlong into a
program of upgrading current customers from our basic entry-level service to the
more sophisticated  higher-end  services.  This endeavor has proven tremendously
successful.

     The future of DTN Ag Services looks even more exciting and rewarding.  With
more new niche market products,  more premium service  options,  and our upgrade
program,  the  potential  for  continued  growth is strong for DTN Ag  Services.
Coming in 1999 is another service option for customers,  DTN Ag for Windows. The
same  information-packed  product our customers  already enjoy will be available
through  DIRECTV.  With  DIRECTV  technology,  our  customers  will  receive the
information they want, the way they want to receive it. We are excited about the
potential of this new addition and look forward to a successful 1999.

DTNstant
     DTNstant is a leader in providing  satellite  delivery of real-time futures
and options  quotes from the major  commodity  exchanges and headline  commodity
news from multiple sources such as the Associated Press, Reuters,  Futures World
News and  Bridge.  The  service  also  provides  market-leading  cash  grain and
livestock  information,  in-depth charting capabilities plus all the information
available on the DTN AgDaily color service.

     In addition, the service provides information for the energy, metals, softs
(ie:  orange  juice,  coffee,  cocoa),  transportation  and  lumber  industries.
DTNstant uses compatible  software to allow the "pass thru" of data and graphics
into a computer's  local area network  (LAN).  With this  capability,  a DTN ACE
receiver can feed  information to multiple  users/traders on the LAN. This "pass
thru" software opens new markets by utilizing information  distribution within a
customer's LAN, enhancing analytical capabilities.

     Other valuable features are  user-programmable  formulas for data analysis,
high  interest  windows  to  include  news  stories,   and  increased   keyboard
functionality.

     DTNstant  operates  in a very  competitive  market with many  providers  of
instant commodity quotes. The primary subscribers are commercial grain companies
and elevators,  feedlots,  commodity brokers and commodity speculators. No other
service  in the  industry  offers  a more  comprehensive  news  and  information
service.  Due to the  nature of this  industry,  the  Company  provides  on-site
service and installation by professional service technicians.


     In February 1997, DTN acquired 500 subscribers  (mainly grain elevators and
brokers) from Market Quoters and Northern Data Services.  These  subscribers are
located in Minnesota,  the Dakotas and Iowa. In March of 1997 DTNstant  acquired
2,400 subscribers from Market Communications Group LLC (MCG).

     The MCG  acquisition  made it  possible to  redistribute  Reuters  news,  a
renowned  leader,  to  the  DTNstant  subscribers.   The  service  now  provides
unparalleled  information  and strategic  news for commodity  traders  including
access to additional international information, news packages for softs (coffee,
sugar, cocoa and orange juice), metals and energy.

1998 DTNstant Highlights
     DTNstant  experienced  a dynamic  1998 with most of the  subscriber  growth
occurring via LAN (Local Area Network) subscribers.  The individual  subscribers
(nodes) access DTN data through a 3rd party software provider.  They receive all
of DTNstant's  data combined with the technical  capabilities  that the software
and the computer's desktop allow.

     Due to the location of many new DTNstant subscribers,  the product has also
been  made  available  via  leased  landline  or the  Internet.  Both  of  these
information delivery methods are popular with the growing metropolitan  customer
base.

DTNiron
     DTNiron is a cost-effective  communication resource for the farm implement,
construction,  truck and trailer dealers which provides an equipment locator and
advertising service for dealers at the wholesale and retail levels.

     A detailed implement listing remains on the DTNiron system for a minimum of
30 days,  renewable at the dealer's request.  Subscribers receive industry news,
financial information,  economic indicators and information from the DTN AgDaily
service.

                                       21
                                    - 755 -
<PAGE>

     In 1997, DTNiron added retail equipment listings to its newly developed web
site  on  the  Internet  (www.dtniron.com).  This  allows  subscribers  to  gain
additional  exposure for their listings at no additional charge.  Internet users
can easily  locate  equipment  for sale by using a  drill-down  database  search
engine  directing  them to  DTNiron's  complete  web  listing.  Dealers can also
receive e-mail from  potential  buyers or, if they are not e-mail  enabled,  DTN
will call or fax the message to the dealer.

1998 DTNiron Highlights
     Agrisurfer  (www.agrisurf.com),  an Internet Search Engine for agricultural
websites repeatedly reported DTNiron's Website  (www.dtniron.com)  as one of the
top ten agricultural  websites in 1998.  Daily traffic at DTNiron's  website has
more than tripled in the past year.

DTN Cotton Network
     DTN Cotton  Network is an electronic  communications  system for the cotton
industry  designed  to  operate on a user's  personal  computer  using  software
developed  specifically for cotton  accounting and marketing.  Based in Lubbock,
Texas,  with an office in Memphis,  Tennessee,  the Network  serves its customer
base in the mid-South and Southeast.

     Users  dial  into a DTN data  center  via modem to  upload  bale  ownership
information  and to  list  cotton  for  broadcast  to  prospective  buyers.  The
information  is broadcast via DTN Ku-band  satellite and passed through a serial
port into the personal computers located at both buyer and seller locations.

1998 DTN Cotton Network Highlights
     In March of 1998,  DTN purchased the assets of Cotton Data Systems (CDS) in
Memphis,  Tennessee,  adding cotton gin and warehouse accounting software to its
current  marketing  network  product.   This  acquisition  added  250  gins  and
warehouses to its customer  list.  In addition to gin and warehouse  cotton bale
accounting  systems,  the DTN Cotton Network sells marketing  software developed
for the needs of cotton  merchants.  The software is sold and supported from the
Memphis operations.

     DTN also  purchased  the  cotton gin  customers  of  Challenger  Systems in
Tennessee,  adding more than 20 cotton gins to the gin bale accounting  customer
base in west Tennessee.

DTN PROduce 
     DTN PROduce is an  authority  in providing  the produce  industry  with the
timeliest  information  available  through use of satellite  technology  and the
Internet  (www.dtn.com/ag/produce).  Weather, market conditions,  transportation
information, and news are the four main components with the greatest impact on a
subscriber's  daily  operation.  DTN PROduce has become the industry's  accepted
source for receiving this information.

     Price Link was introduced in 1997 allowing  subscribers to send and receive
real-time  pricing  information  for  a  fraction  of  the  time  and  money  of
conventional  faxing  methods.  The service allows  suppliers to advertise their
products  or announce  available  inventories  to buyers.  Prices can be quickly
changed, added or downloaded from the DTN service to a personal computer.

DTN
     PROduce  continues to network  itself with the major players in the produce
industry  by  providing  the  necessary  tools  to save  time,  make  money  and
communicate  pricing and other information at a fraction of the time and cost of
other existing systems.

1998 DTN PROduce Highlights
     DTN PROduce  introduced  several  improvements  to the Price Link  service,
which  included   updating  the  methods  for  sending  and  receiving   pricing
information. The service also continues to expand and upgrade its information on
the  Internet  (www.dtn.com/ag/produce)  with  50%  of  its  customer  base  now
accessing  produce  information  using  this  form of  information  distribution
technology.

                                       22
                                    - 756 -
<PAGE>


THE WEATHER INDUSTRY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1994       1995      1996       1997     1998
                                   ----       ----      ----       ----     ----
<S>                                 <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>      <C> 
DTN Weather Services Revenue        0.0       1.0        5.6       10.7     25.8
          ($ millions)             
  
</TABLE>

DTN Weather Services
     DTN Weather Services consists of three major components, DTN Weather Center
Services,  Kavouras, Inc. and Weather Services Corporation (WSC). Kavouras, Inc.
was  acquired by DTN on July 1, 1998 and is now doing  business as DTN  Kavouras
Weather  Services.  DTN acquired WSC on December 11, 1998. The addition of these
two  companies  truly  makes  DTN a leader  in the  weather  industry  providing
critical weather  information and meteorological  equipment to small businesses,
military, federal government,  broadcast television,  major utilities,  Internet
portals and everyone in between.

     DTN Weather  Services'  future  plans are to  concentrate  on the  untapped
middle  markets where  customers  number in the tens of thousands.  The Internet
also  provides  many  additional  opportunities  for growth such as  advertising
supported sites, monthly subscription sites, "pay-per-view" sites, etc.

     DTN Weather  Services  employs a dedicated  weather  sales force made up of
nearly 100 sales  professionals for its sales and marketing efforts.  This sales
force is unique to DTN in the  weather  industry  and is a major  reason for the
success of the division.

     Weather  information  is always  in high  demand  for many  small and large
businesses  as  well  as   individuals   planning  their  vacation  and  outdoor
activities. DTN Weather Services has a handful of competition from several large
private  weather  companies.  Television  and the  Internet  also  provide  some
competition  on a smaller scale,  but lack the timeliness and local  information
the DTN service  provides.  DTN Weather  Services  constantly looks for more and
better  ways to  provide  this  critical  information  to its  customers  in the
quickest, most dependable and cost effective way.

DTN Weather Center
     DTN Weather Center is a comprehensive  weather  information system designed
to meet the weather information needs of many industries.  Markets  specifically
targeted by DTN Weather  Center are golf  courses,  turf  management,  emergency
management,   state  transportation   departments,   public  works  departments,
construction, broadcast and aviation. DTN Weather Center introduced new products
in  1998  designed  especially  for the  broadcast,  transportation  and  safety
industries.

     DTN  Weather  Center  provides  more  than 100  full-color  maps and  other
in-depth  weather  information,  from local forecasts and regional radar maps to
national infrared satellite images. The service provides short-range  (immediate
to 48-hour) forecasts, long-range (30-90 day) outlooks and 10-day city forecasts
for more than 550 major cities across the United States. A personal programmable
segment  allows users to customize  maps and the archive  feature  easily stores
maps for future reference.

     DTN Weather Center provides the important weather  information and planning
tools to make businesses safer, more profitable and easier to manage.

DTN Aviation Center
     DTN Aviation Center is a comprehensive  aviation weather package  specially
designed for pilots, airports and Fixed Based Operators (FBO's),  supplying them
with  the  extensive  flight-plan  information  found on many  premier  "online"
systems.

     This package includes U.S. and regional  depiction maps,  24-hour low-level
significant weather prognosis, U.S. region winds and temperatures aloft and also
METAR (the aviation acronym for airport observations) and TAF (Terminal Aerodome
Forecast)  information.  Subscribers  use  DTN  Aviation  Center  during  flight
services to visualize  current  weather  conditions  while creating their flight
plans. This service also aids in determining alternate route destinations.

     Subscribers   choose   from  the  Level  I   service,   designed   for  the
local/regional  flyers up to 18,000 feet, or the Level II service,  designed for
pilots and airports  flying  nationally up to 45,000 feet.  The Level II service
also provides European flight information.

                                       23
                                    - 757 -
<PAGE>

DTN Broadcast Weather
     DTN Broadcast  Weather is a weather and news  information  service designed
for the broadcast  industry.  Along with the comprehensive  local,  regional and
national weather forecasts and information, subscribers receive National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration Warnings & Alerts (NOAA).

     Learfield  World & National  News  Summary  provides  hourly  summaries  of
international  and national news. The segment  contains 20 pages,  formatted for
about two to three  minutes  of "rip and  read".  Announcers  can  organize  the
material, print it out or read it right off the DTN screen.

DTN Contractor Weather
     DTN  Contractor  Weather is  designed  for the  construction  industry  and
includes  construction-related  news and information,  which gives subscribers a
competitive  advantage.  This  service  provides  valuable  weather  information
necessary for important day-to-day business decisions.

     Job site weather  management  options  include the DTN Weather Alert Paging
System, which provides immediate  notification of severe weather directly to the
user's alpha pager, and DTNonline  (Weather  Center's  Internet  service).  NOAA
Weather  Wire and Severe  Weather Maps are  included in DTN  Contractor  Weather
Level II, along with the subscriber's  choice of the Weather Alert Paging System
or DTNonline.

     The service is a practical tool in improving employee safety,  saving labor
and material costs, and providing  effective  scheduling and staffing management
for the construction industry.

DTN Forestry Center 
     DTN  Forestry   Center  provides   critical  forest  fire   information  to
subscribers.  Previously,  district  forest  service  offices  relied on a modem
network  assembled  in the late  1960's for crucial  information  on forest fire
locations and fire weather forecasts. With DTN Forestry Center, forecast service
district  managers  quickly  access fire  weather  text  bulletins  along with a
comprehensive set of weather maps.

     Bulletins  provided  for the forest  service  markets  are  Forest  Weather
Forecasts, Red Flag Warnings, Fire Danger Indexes, Fire Weather Observations and
Fire Weather Notices. A special chapter of fire weather maps provides additional
information such as Haines Fire Index,  Current and Forecast Relative  Humidity,
Current and Forecast Wind Speed and Direction,  upper air analysis from 5,000 to
10,000 feet,  and moisture index  information  from both the Crop Moisture Index
and Palmer Drought Index.

DTN Marine Center 
     DTN Marine Center provides  satellite-delivered weather information for all
areas of the marine  industry.  The service provides  information  necessary for
cost-effective,  efficient decision making regarding towing,  shipping,  salvage
and recreation.  It includes Lake and Marine Text Bulletins,  Buoy Reports, Lake
and Marine Maps and Tide Tables, as well as general weather  information and sea
conditions.

     New to the  product  in 1998 was the  addition  of DTN  OnBoard,  a service
allowing the user to receive DTN Marine  Center  through a DIRECTV dish on their
PC while at anchor or underway.  Sea Surface  Temperatures are also available as
an optional service.

DTN Transportation Weather
     DTN  Transportation  Weather is designed  for anyone  responsible  for road
maintenance or whose business depends on road conditions.  Comprehensive  local,
regional  and  national  weather  forecasts  and  information  are  available to
transportation professionals, allowing them to make informed decisions regarding
the weather.

                                       24
                                    - 758 -
<PAGE>

     Subscribers  have the  choice of the DTN  Weather  Alert  Paging  System or
DTNonline  (DTN Weather  Center's  Internet  service).  The Weather Alert Paging
system provides immediate  notification of severe weather directly to the user's
alpha pager. DTNonline enables the subscriber to make management decisions based
on weather at home or away from the office with a PC.

     NOAA  Weather  Wire and  Severe  Weather  Maps,  Travel  Cast Maps and Road
Conditions,  and EarthSAT Winter Weather  Information are important  features of
this product.

DTN Travel Center 
     DTN Travel Center is an  interactive  hotel guest service  designed for the
hospitality  and travel  industries.  The service targets hotels and motels with
50+ rooms and includes NEXRAD  Real-Time Radar Maps,  travel  forecasts and road
conditions,  detailed  city and  national  forecasts,  national  and world news,
sports and sports  scores.  In  addition,  the  service  provides  business  and
financial news and market quotes and indexes.

     DTN Travel Center  provides a  comprehensive  weather and news  information
package for both the business and vacation traveler.

DTN Turf Manager 
     DTN Turf Manager is available to  businesses  and  individuals  involved in
turf-related operations such as golf courses, lawn maintenance,  landscaping and
sod farms. The service provides the weather and chemical  information needed for
effective  turf  management,  making  the  safest,  most  cost-effective  use of
chemicals, labor and other resources.

     Material  Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are available with Turf Manager,  along
with the C&P Press Turf Product Index, an information  database of more than 275
turf  pesticides.  Plant  Protection  Chemical  Product Labels were added to the
service in 1998. This important  segment  provides full information on chemicals
used in turf care and management.

     ThorGuard,  the  only  lightning  prediction  system  available,  warns  of
lightning  strikes  before they happen and is available as an optional  service.
Evapotranspiration Tables provide regional  evapotranspiration rates to plan for
watering and chemical application.

     Golf  information,  such as ESPN Sports  Ticker,  the National  Golf Course
Directory, GCSAA News and USGA News, is provided with DTN Turf Manager.

DTN Weather Safety Center 
     DTN Weather Safety Center  provides  weather  information for anyone who is
responsible  for  protecting  lives  and  property  from the  hazards  of severe
weather.  NOAA Weather  Wire,  the most  comprehensive  warning and alert system
available  today, is available with the service,  along with radar and satellite
images, local, regional and national outlooks.

     DTN  Weather   Safety  Center  is  invaluable   for  emergency   management
professionals.  Coupled with the DTN Weather  Alert Paging  System,  subscribers
receive immediate notification of severe weather directly to their alpha pagers.
Weather watches,  warnings and storm movement,  along with local weather updates
twice  daily for an  8-county  area of the user's  choice,  are  included in the
service.

1998 DTN Weather Services Highlights 
     DTN Weather Center increased its subscriber base in 1998 by more than 5,000
subscribers,  bringing the total  subscriber  count to over  18,000.  Government
agencies (emergency management and state transportation departments),  aviation,
golf and turf management, and construction-related businesses continue to be the
leading industries for DTN Weather Center.

     DTN Weather Safety Center and DTN Transportation Weather were introduced in
1998 and  immediately  became top  selling  services  for  Weather  Center.  DTN
Broadcast  Weather was also  introduced and is rapidly gaining a presence in the
broadcast industry.

                                       25
                                    - 759 -
<PAGE>

     DTN Weather Center is continuing to make its presence known as the industry
leader in  providing  timely,  accurate  weather  information  to a  variety  of
industries  and is gaining a strong  foothold in the  emergency  management  and
Department of Transportation (DOT) segments.  In 1998, the Minnesota DOT awarded
DTN  Aviation  Center  contracts  for more than 100 units for use in Fixed Based
Operations  (FBO's)  across  the  state.  The  State  of  Georgia,   working  in
conjunction  with a grant  from the  Federal  Emergency  Management  Association
(FEMA) purchased DTN Weather Center units for nearly 80 counties in Georgia.

     1998 also saw the  development  of  alternative  delivery  methods  for DTN
Weather Center services.  DIRECTV offers  subscribers the opportunity to receive
DTN  Weather  Center  information  through  their  PC's.  For  larger  companies
requiring multiple employee access, an Intranet system is also available.

     DTN Kavouras Weather Services is the result of the acquisition of Kavouras,
Inc. in July 1998. DTN Kavouras  Weather  Services is a total weather  solutions
resource,  providing  a full  spectrum of  advanced  meteorological  information
products and services  for  weather-dependent  applications  in  industries  and
governments  worldwide.  The  Minneapolis-based  subsidiary  of DTN produces the
world's  most  powerful  Doppler  radars,  real-time  PC  weather  workstations,
comprehensive  meteorological  training,  and a  massive  international  weather
database.  DTN Kavouras and its 140 employees offer an expertise level unmatched
in the industry.

     WSC was  acquired  by DTN in  December  of 1998  and is one of the  largest
sources  for   meteorological   consulting  and  worldwide   commercial  weather
information.  The strategic  acquisition  of WSC provides name awareness for DTN
Weather  Services  through  valuable   contracts  with  high  profile  customers
including  America Online Inc.  (NYSE:AOL),  the world's largest online service,
USA   Today   and   numerous   utilities,   broadcasters,   agribusinesses   and
municipalities.   Weather   Services   Corporation   is  based   in   Lexington,
Massachusetts.

     DTN  believes the  acquisition  of WSC is an  excellent  complement  to the
Kavouras  acquisition  as the two  businesses  serve  different  segments of the
weather  industry  yet  share  many  of the  same  customers  making  weather  a
one-stop-shop experience.

DTN Kavouras Weather Service 
Meteorological Equipment  
Triton Doppler Radar Series 
     Triton Doppler Radar Series is a complete line of advanced,  fully coherent
Klystron or TWT-based  Doppler weather radars,  representing  the most powerful,
the most accurate,  the most versatile and the most cost-effective Doppler radar
performance  in  the  world.  Users  include  broadcast  television,   aviation,
universities, government and military.

Triton RT
     Triton RT is a real-time  3-D and 2-D weather and news  graphics  animation
system  focused on, but not limited to, the broadcast  television  market.  This
product uses weather data to create an informative and exciting weather show.

MetWork FileServer  
     MetWork  FileServer is a robust and dynamic network  solution for real-time
dissemination of meteorological information based on the versatile and efficient
NT format,  supporting  standard  Internet  communications  protocol and various
network configurations.

Meteorological Services 
Storm Pro 
     Storm Pro is a workstation that integrates  real-time Doppler weather radar
with a  geographic  information  data system to create an accurate  display with
broadcast-quality appearance. The display can be individualized for a unique and
defining look important in the television market.

StormSentry 
     StormSentry is  around-the-clock  storm tracking  software that  identifies
dangerous weather cells, analyzes their characteristics,  their locations, their
speeds, their directions, their estimated times of arrival...all automatically.

StormWatch  
     StormWatch is customizable  software that monitors either a weather wire or
a DTN Kavouras  MetWork  Fileserver to generate  color-coded maps and/or a crawl
message for important watch, warning or advisory weather situations.

                                       26
                                    - 760 -
<PAGE>

     StormWatch  also  allows  a  television  station  to  edit  and  prioritize
information for their viewing areas.

SchoolWatch  
     SchoolWatch  is  customizable   software  for  the  Triton  RT  that  helps
television stations easily update,  prioritize and display late-start and school
closing information.  This software can also be configured to update information
on a station's web site.

     Data  and  Customizable  Forecasting  Services  provides  a broad  range of
standard  data for a wide variety of markets.  In addition,  DTN Kavouras  staff
provides  24-hour,  365 days a year coverage for  tailor-made  forecasts to meet
customers' special needs.

DTN Kavouras Weather Services Highlights 
     In  July,  DTN  acquired  Kavouras,  Inc.,  and in  late  1998,  reached  a
definitive  agreement  with  Weather  Services  Corporation.  A new force in the
meteorological  services  industry was created - DTN Kavouras Weather  Services.
Each team offered a unique specialty, and together formed a full-service weather
company with the  experience,  products and solutions to serve a diverse  client
base - from small-town  farmers to big-city  broadcasters - even  governments at
home and across the globe.

     The year brought the introduction of a new 3-D, free-form, fully functional
weather graphics system, the Triton RT. Its real-time  performance and stunning,
multi-plane,  animated  weather  and  news  graphics  have  caught  the  eye  of
broadcasters  around the world.  The system is currently  employed at television
stations in the United States,  Canada,  South America and Asia.  With the focus
and energy of DTN Kavouras  employees,  1999 will bring much advancement to this
young, innovative system.

     It was also an exciting year for the company's  Triton Doppler Radar (TDR).
The radar,  which  offers a  revolutionary  design and precise  performance,  is
sailing   the   seas   as   part   of   Boeing   SeaLaunch,    a   multinational
satellite-launching  group.  While  the TDR is "made to order" to meet a clients
needs for range and sensitivity, a "sea-worthy" model was a first. Modifications
were made to account  for the  rolling  waves,  as well as the ship's  speed and
direction.  The SeaLaunch TDR joins standard and special transportable models in
the  United  States,  Europe,  the  Middle  East  and Asia  (including  a system
currently being installed at the Haikou Airport on Hainan Island).

     There were also advancements to existing products. Advancements include new
software and hardware  features for established  systems,  new data products and
custom forecasting  services as well as an outstanding level of customer service
during a year of satellite communications difficulties.

                                       27
                                    - 761 -

<PAGE>

THE FINANCIAL SERVICES INDUSTRY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1994       1995      1996       1997     1998
                                   ----       ----      ----       ----     ----
<S>                                 <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>      <C> 
DTN Financial Services Revenue      5.1       6.1        8.6       10.3     13.4
          ($ millions)              
  
</TABLE>

DTN Financial Services
     DTN Financial  Services offers five primary  information  services,  DTN.IQ
(www.dtniq.com),  DTN RealuTime, DTN SPECTRUM, DTN Wall Street and DTN FirstRate
as well as a suite  of  business  applications  for the  financial  professional
through National Datamax, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary.

     These services offer a complete line of fully  integrated  information  for
financial  professionals and individual investors.  As a full-service  provider,
DTN  Financial   Services   brings  together  a  broad  selection  of  financial
information  to  accurately  cover the  markets,  real-time  or delayed  quotes,
real-time business newswires, and an array of back-office applications including
client management systems and trading capabilities. DTN Financial Services' main
objective is to provide  comprehensive,  in-depth  financial  information  at an
affordable cost to its subscribers. This objective is critical due to the highly
competitive nature of the industry.

     DTN Financial  Services  integrates  information  from a variety of sources
such as Bridge, Liberty Brokerage and Market News Service,  ZionsBank,  UPI, New
York Times, PR Newswire, Business Wire, Futures World News, Dow Jones, AP Online
and others. In addition, a la carte, optional services offer subscribers an even
greater  variety of financial data including  stock selection and timing advice,
earnings  estimates,  fundamental  stock market data,  U.S.  Treasury quotes and
other financial market-related services. This combination allows each service to
maintain its competitive advantage in the market.


     Subscribers include individual  investors,  independent brokers,  financial
advisors and financial  institutions.  With competition coming from sources such
as commodity  news  services,  diversified  media  companies  and smaller  niche
providers,  DTN  Financial  Services  continues to  differentiate  itself in the
market by offering services that are broader in scope, yet remain  strategically
priced.

     DTN Financial Services revenue grew 29% in 1998, continuing its bullish 27%
compounded revenue growth for the past five years.

DTN.IQ 
     In May 1998,  DTN  Financial  Services  acquired a technology  license from
SmartServ  Online  (SSOL) along with their  existing  Internet  customers.  This
license  granted DTN exclusive  rights to market a real-time  Internet-delivered
quote and news service previously developed by SmartServ Online.  Renamed DTN.IQ
(www.dtniq.com),   it  was   released  in  June  1998,   with  new  pricing  and
functionality.

     DTN.IQ has begun to fulfill its initial  promise of satisfying the needs of
investors  and traders who prefer to use the Internet as a market data  delivery
channel.  By year-end,  DTN.IQ had begun to generate  positive cash flow and had
become the fastest-growing service released by DTN Financial Services.

     In addition to providing streaming real-time quotes and news, DTN.IQ offers
functionality  not  found in other  DTN  services.  Primary  among  these is the
ability to retrieve a chart on any  security at any time with up to two years of
daily  history or five days of tick  history.  In  addition,  DTN.IQ  takes full
advantage  of  32-bit  architecture,  complete  windowing  capability,  and  the
flexibility of Internet delivery.

DTN Real*Time 
     DTN REAL*TIME  delivers  real-time stock and stock option quotes as well as
real-time futures quotes,  fixed income  government  securities  quotes,  market
statistics and indicators,  news, commentary and other time-sensitive  financial
market information.  The service is delivered at a rate of 18,800 characters per
second,  roughly three times faster than a computer  modem  operating at 56 kbs.

                                       28
                                    - 762 -
<PAGE>

     DTN   REAL*TIME  is  two  to  four  times  faster  than  other   dedicated,
competitive, real-time quote services.

     As an adjunct service with DTN REAL*TIME,  NASDAQ Level II quotes were made
available in the fourth  quarter of 1998,  an important  step in DTN's effort to
gain  market  share  among  institutional  customers.   Level  II  quotes  offer
institutional money managers and active day-traders more detailed information on
the bid and asked prices offered by NASDAQ market makers.

     DTN REAL*TIME was the first DTN service delivered  directly to a PC without
displaying  information on a proprietary system or stand-alone unit. This allows
users maximum flexibility in displaying and manipulating the data.

     As part of the service, subscribers are offered free use of DTN's Chameleon
software to display market data, news and other financial information. Chameleon
also provides market condition alarms, news alerts and archiving,  charting, and
portfolio  monitoring.  There are several  other  popular  third-party  software
programs available for formatting, manipulating, analyzing and displaying market
data and news on a single PC or networked PC's.

DTN SPECTRUM
     DTN SPECTRUM is an enhanced  version of DTN Wall Street  utilizing  the ACE
receiver  technology.  The service provides  advanced quote selection and custom
programming along with alarms, news search and charting  capabilities  appealing
to a broad market of individual investors and investment professions.

     An extension  of DTN SPECTRUM is the DTN SPECTRUM RT service.  DTN SPECTRUM
RT provides  real-time futures and commodity quotes along with  exchange-delayed
stock quotes, news and other information.

DTN Wall Street  
     DTN Wall Street provides  exchange-delayed  quotes on stocks, bonds, mutual
and money market funds, futures,  interest rates, currencies and real-time index
quotes.  This service also provides  in-depth  economic,  financial and business
news  and   other   time-sensitive   financial   market   information   such  as
company-specific  news and earnings.  The service  allows  subscribers to custom
program the system to track their selection of financial quotes.

     The majority of subscribers  to DTN Wall Street are  individual  investors,
independent brokers, financial advisors and financial institutions.

DTN FirstRate  
     DTN FirstRate is a service for the mortgage  industry  providing  wholesale
mortgage  rates in an  easy-to-use  standard  format and intraday  interest rate
information  indicating the direction of mortgage loan rates.  This service also
provides  subscribers  with  snapshots  of  real-time  rates from Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac plus other news, commentary and analysis for mortgage lenders.

     DTN FirstRate+ is an enhanced color version of DTN FirstRate.  This service
provides  additional  features which are well received by subscribers.  Features
include keyword search, quick quote, alarms and zoom capabilities for weather.

National Datamax 
     In June 1998, DTN Financial Services acquired National Datamax, Inc. (NDM),
a provider of software and data services to financial  planners and  independent
broker-dealers.  Within the financial services industry,  NDM enjoys strong name
recognition  and was  one of the  first  firms  to  offer  its  unique  business
solutions.

     NDM solves two distinct problems faced by brokers. By consolidating  client
account  information  from a variety  of  sources,  NDM  assists  the  broker in
presenting a comprehensive  financial picture to his/her clients,  no matter how
many securities or fund families are involved.

     Brokers also need analysis tools to help them pinpoint the best  investment
options  for  their  clients.   NDM  offers   fundamental   data  combined  with
sophisticated  scanning  routines  that help select  appropriate  mutual  funds,
variable annuities and stocks based on client-defined risk/reward parameters.

                                       29
                                    - 763 -
<PAGE>

     NDM  represents  a key  element in DTN's  strategy  to become an  important
player  in  the  institutional  marketplace  as  well  as  add  value  to  basic
information delivery.

1998 DTN Financial Services Highlights 
     DTN Financial  Services enjoyed  continued success in its efforts to market
and sell real-time  market data to both individual  investors and  institutions.
The  increased  presence  of  advertising-supported  web sites  providing  free,
delayed  market data has sharply  reduced the  opportunity  to sell new DTN Wall
Street and DTN  SPECTRUM  subscriptions.  That same  development,  however,  has
allowed DTN  Financial  Services to focus on  promoting  its more  sophisticated
real-time services, where margins are higher.

     As the availability of reliable Internet access has increased,  so have the
opportunities  for  Internet-delivered   market  data  services.  DTN  Financial
Services  added  Internet  delivery  to its suite of  service  options  with the
release of DTN.IQ in June 1998. As the service was enhanced throughout the year,
DTN.IQ began to play an  ever-more-important  role as a superior  service priced
significantly lower than its competition.

     Aside from its general popularity among investors, Internet delivery offers
several advantages. Internet delivery:

1)   eliminates  the  need  for  customers  to set up a  small  satellite  dish,
     sometimes difficult in urban areas.

2)   eliminates DTN's hardware cost associated with the dish and receiver.

3)   offers  marketing   opportunities   with  other  online  financial  service
     providers, like discount brokerage firms.

     In keeping with the strategy of increasing market share among institutional
customers, the acquisition of National Datamax, Inc. (NDM) brought new products,
a large  existing  customer  base and a strong  team of  professionals  into the
Financial Services division.  Among small to medium-sized  independent  brokers,
few companies enjoy a stronger reputation than NDM.

     DTN Financial  Services  continued its  significant  investment in sales to
institutional  clients by  creating  its own outside  sales  force and  assuming
managerial  responsibility  for that group. With the increase in the breadth and
complexity of DTN's financial products, there is hardly a financial professional
who is not a strong prospect for at least one of these services.  However,  this
same  breadth  and  depth  requires  a  dedicated  sales   professional  who  is
knowledgeable in all facets of the industry.  This group of professionals was in
place by the end of the fourth quarter of 1998.

                                       30
                                    - 764 -
<PAGE>

THE ENERGY INDUSTRY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1994       1995      1996       1997     1998
                                   ----       ----      ----       ----     ----
<S>                                 <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>      <C> 
DTN Energy Services Revenue
          ($ millions)              7.2       10.0       12.2      14.3     16.1
  
</TABLE>


DTN Energy Services
     Energy related services include DTNergy for the refined fuels,  natural gas
industries and electric industries.

DTNergy Service Review 
     DTNergy provides  pricing  information and  communication  services for the
refined fuels industry. This service consists of several pages of delayed energy
futures and options quotes plus selected news and financial information.

     DTNergy is designed to connect  refiners  (producers  of refined  fuels) to
wholesalers  (distributors  of refined  fuels).  The refiner  sends refined fuel
prices to  wholesalers  authorized to receive this  information.  The refiner is
also   capable  of  sending   terminal   alerts,   electronic   funds   transfer
notifications, invoices, and other communications to the wholesaler. The DTNergy
system  carries  more  than two  million  messages  a month  for this  industry.
Subscribers  can also  select  from a variety  of  optional  services  providing
additional prices or news related to the petroleum industry.

     The strength of the DTNergy Refined Fuel service is the ability to deliver,
within seconds,  accurate refiner terminal prices and other vital communications
to the  wholesalers.  This service is more  reliable,  timely and less expensive
than the competition, which utilize telephone delivered printer-only systems and
FAX services.

     DTNergy generates revenue from two primary sources,  the wholesaler and the
refiner.  Wholesalers  currently pay a monthly  subscription  fee of $40 for the
monochrome Ku-band satellite service.  Refiners pay fees based on the number and
length of communications sent to wholesalers.

     Refiners use DTNergy  communications  to link to their wholesalers with the
implementation  in 1997 of EDI  (Electronic  Data  Interchange)  fuel  invoices.
EDI/VAN  (Value  Added  Network)  services  help  automate  customers'  business
processes by converting  refiner text invoices into an industry standard format.
Once these  invoices are in a standard  format,  the invoice data is transferred
into a customer's accounting system from the ACE unit.

     DTNergy  also  provides  an  information  service  for the  natural gas and
electric industries. Subscribers receive instant or delayed NYMEX energy futures
and options quotes, a comprehensive  weather package and industry  specific news
and market  information.  This service targets energy  producers and generators,
transporters, marketers, utilities and larger energy consumers.

1998 DTNergy Highlights 
     Two   Internet-based   services  were   introduced   in  1998.   Prophet  X
(www.fimi.com)  was introduced in June 1998.  This service allows the ability to
access DTNergy's  real-time market data using Financial  Information  Management
Inc.'s (FIMI) client-service software, Prophet X.

     In November 1998 a joint venture  between DTN and GlobalView  Software Inc.
prompted  the   formation  of   GlobalData,   which  is  aimed  at  serving  the
international  energy  markets.  This  partnership  allows  DTNergy  to  provide
real-time  data for the  international  markets with  GlobalView  Software  Inc.
providing   the   graphical   user   interface   for  the  service.   EnergyView
(www.energyview.com)  is the Internet product creation of GlobalData,  which was
introduced in December 1998.

                                       31
                                    - 765 -
<PAGE>

THE AUTO INDUSTRY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1994       1995      1996       1997     1998
                                   ----       ----      ----       ----     ----
<S>                                 <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>      <C> 
DTN Auto Services Revenue
          ($ millions)              0.0       .7         1.4       1.9      2.0
  
</TABLE>

Other Industries and Services
DTNauto Service Review
     DTNauto is a  communication  and  information  service  for the  automobile
industry.  This service offers  automobile  dealers  precision  information  for
valuing  trade-ins and locating used car inventory.  DTNauto  provides a host of
convenient  features for the industry such as the ability for automobile auction
companies and manufacturers to communicate directly with the dealers.

     DTNauto  provides  information  on more  than  125  pre-auction  automobile
listings,  results of past auctions, new and used car industry news, weather and
other news. The service allows  subscribers to perform  searches of upcoming and
past auction listings for specific automobile information.

     DTNauto  offers a variety of optional  services  providing  information  on
credit reporting (CREDCO), vehicle histories (CARFAX), warranty information (The
Warranty Guide) and residual value of leased vehicles (Lease Guide).  The CARFAX
and CREDCO optional services  extensively utilize the internal modem to send and
receive information.  These services create a comprehensive  information service
placing the "subscriber in the driver's seat".


1998 DTNauto Highlights 
     In 1998, DTNauto  incorporated  Chrome Data Corporation's PC Carbook(R) new
car data and SMART ValuesTM used car pricing as part of its standard service. PC
Carbook provides the automotive industry with specifications,  prices,  options,
trim packages,  discounts and rebates for all new domestic and import  vehicles.
SMART  Values  consists  of used car  pricing  data which is revised and updated
monthly.  DTN has  developed  an  application  which  draws  directly  from  the
information published by Chrome Data that enables DTNauto subscribers to produce
a used car window  sticker at a cost  several  times below the current  industry
standard.

     Improvements to our vehicle wholesale pricing  information gave dealers and
fleet industry analysts increased  flexibility and manipulation of the NADA/NAAA
AuctionNet(R) wholesale vehicle-pricing data.


DTN JOINT VENTURE SERVICES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1994       1995      1996       1997     1998
                                   ----       ----      ----       ----     ----
<S>                                 <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>      <C> 
DTN Joint Venture Services Revenue
          ($ millions)              0.1       0.3        0.9       1.7      2.6
  
</TABLE>


DTN Joint Venture Services 
     DTN joined forces with several companies to market their services using DTN
technology. These services are DAT Transportation Terminal, TracElectric and DTN
Missing Children Information Center (MCIC).

DAT 
     The  DAT  (Dial-A-Truck)   Transportation  Terminal  service,   located  in
Beaverton, OR, is an information communication system for the trucking industry.
The service  provides load and truck matching  performed on a database of 80,000
listings updated daily.

     DAT allows  subscribers  to input their  listings into the DTN receiver and
send this  information  to a database  using the  internal  modem.  The  service
provides  subscribers with the ability to perform  extensive  searches to locate
loads and trucks and to set alarms alerting users of a match.

     The service also provides regional radar weather maps of major highways and
interstate systems,  transportation news, diesel fuel prices and other financial
information related to the trucking industry.

     DAT targets all freight brokers and carriers  throughout the United States,
Canada and Mexico.

Trac Electric  
     TracElectric is an equipment  locator service for the electrical  equipment
industry. This service provides over 100 pages of new,  remanufactured,  surplus
and used electrical equipment listings.  The service connects buyers and sellers
throughout the United States and Canada.

Missing Children Information Center  
     DTN  Missing   Children   Information   Center  (MCIC)   provides   instant
transmission of data regarding children in danger to local,  regional,  national
and Canadian  outlets.  In an effort to assist parents,  police and the National
Center for Missing and Exploited  Children  (NCMEC) in locating missing children
and the criminals involved,  photos and information regarding these children are
posted as a public service on all DTN color systems.

     As a result of the close working  relationship  with NCMEC a national kiosk
program has been  developed.  Plans are  underway to identify  sponsors  for the
kiosk  units to be placed in  high-pedestrian  traffic  areas  such as  shopping
malls, airports, grocery stores, theaters, government buildings, etc.

                                       32
                                    - 766 -
<PAGE>

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

PIE GRAPHS IN TABULAR FORM:

                                         1998             1997            1996
                                         ----             ----            ----

Revenues
<S>                                       <C>              <C>             <C>
  DTN Ag Services                         59%              69%             71%
  DTN Weather                             17%               8%              6%
  DTN Financial Services                   9%               8%              9%
  DTN Energy Services                     11%              11%             12%
  Other Services                           4%               4%              2%


Subscribers At Year End
  DTN Ag Services                         71%              76%             80%
  DTN Weather Services                    11%               8%              5%
  DTN Financial Services                  10%               8%              8%
  DTN Energy Services                      5%               5%              5%
  Other Services                           3%               3%              2%

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  
In thousands, except per share data       1998             1997           1996             1995         1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Data (For the Year):
<S>                                     <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>     
  Total revenues                        $148,986         $126,374        $ 98,384         $ 62,288     $ 46,110
  Operating income                      $  4,163(1)      $ 12,383        $  6,921         $  4,343     $    695
  Net income (loss)                     $ (3,743)(2)     $  2,236        $   (958)        $   (283)    $( 1,603)
  Basic income (loss) per share         $   (.33)        $    .20        $   (.09)        $   (.03)    $   (.16)
  Diluted income (loss) per share       $   (.33)        $    .19        $   (.09)        $   (.03)    $   (.16)
  Basic shares outstanding                11,359           11,101          10,658            9,909        9,760
  Diluted shares outstanding              11,359           12,083          10,658            9,909        9,760
  Dividends paid(3)                         -                -              -                 -            -
  Dividends paid per share(3)               -                -              -                 -            -
Balance Sheet Data (At Period End):
  Working capital (deficit)             $(17,447)        $(21,520)       $(14,748)        $(10,472)    $(10,237)
  Total assets                          $197,185         $162,431        $177,730         $ 92,672     $ 71,459
  Long-term debt and
    subordinated notes                  $100,620         $ 72,891        $ 97,748         $ 47,021     $ 33,983
  Shareholders' equity                  $ 32,150         $ 32,196        $ 28,290         $ 12,877     $ 12,707



<FN>

1  Includes $5.8 million  non-recurring  satellite  costs related to the loss of
   control of Galaxy IV satellite by PanAmSat,  the Company's  primary satellite
   provider.

2  Includes $5.8 million ($3.7 million after tax) non-recurring  satellite costs
   related to the loss of control of the Galaxy IV Satellite  by  PanAmSat,  the
   Company's  primary  satellite  provider.  Also  includes a $1.7 million ($1.1
   million after tax) debt extinguishment charge for the early retirement of the
   Company's $15,000,000 11.25% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2004.

3  DTN has not paid any dividends in the last five years and  currently  intends
   to retain earnings for use in its business.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       33
                                    - 767 -
<PAGE>


                      Management's Discussion and Analysis

FINANCIAL CONDITION
General Overview
      The equipment used by  subscribers  is a large capital  investment for the
Company. The cost of subscriber equipment, net of depreciation, accounts for 46%
of the  Company's  total  assets.  The  Company  financed  the  majority  of the
investment in subscriber  equipment with  long-term  debt. In 1997 and 1998, the
cash  provided  by  operating  activities  exceeded  the cost of new  subscriber
equipment and was used for acquisitions or to service long-term debt.

      The Company made  significant  investments  during 1996,  1997 and 1998 to
acquire  subscribers and businesses that fit the Company's  business model.  The
net intangible  assets  (primarily  goodwill) from  acquisitions  are 33% of the
Company's  total assets.  The  acquisitions  of  subscribers  and businesses are
expected to enhance the long-term operating  performance and financial condition
of the  Company.  The  investment  in  acquisitions  has required the Company to
increase long-term debt.

      The Company's  overall financing  strategy has been simple,  use long-term
debt financing  versus  equity,  whenever  possible,  to prevent the dilution of
shareholder  value. The Company's  management  plans to continually  review this
strategy to support the growth of the Company.

Cash Flows From Operating Activities
      Net cash  provided  by  operating  activities  for 1998 was $42.4  million
compared to $47.5  million for 1997.  The decrease of $5.1 million was primarily
due to the $1.7 million decrease in operating cash flow (operating income before
depreciation and amortization  expense),  generally  referred to as EBITDA,  and
$3.2 million from the change in assets and liabilities.  The decrease was offset
by the $.6 million reduction in interest expense primarily due to lower rates on
debt outstanding.

      Excluding the $5.8 million  non-recurring  satellite costs (see discussion
in Results of Operations below) that decreased operating cash flow for 1998, net
cash provided by operating  activities would have been $48.2 million compared to
$47.5 million for 1997.

Cash Flows From Investing Activities
      Net cash used in investing  activities for 1998 was $66.8 million compared
to $30.2  million for 1997.  The  increase of $36.6  million is due to the $31.9
million increase in acquisitions, the $5.4 increase for purchases of information
distribution  software and equipment and a decrease of $.8 million for purchases
of subscriber equipment.

      The Company's growth strategy includes  acquisitions that fit the business
model and/or competitive strategies.  The Company closed on several acquisitions
during    1998    (See    Footnote    2   to    the    Consolidated    Financial
Statements-Acquisitions).   The  Company  paid  $37.6  million  cash  for  these
acquisitions compared to $5.7 million cash during 1997. The acquisitions in 1998
were primarily financed using the revolving credit line of the Company.

      The  majority  of the  investment  in  equipment  used by  subscribers  is
generally a direct result of the growth in the Company's  subscriber  base.  The
Company's  marketing  efforts to obtain new  subscribers  includes  investing in
subscriber  equipment for trial and  complimentary  subscriptions.  In addition,
approximately 3,500 monochrome system (FM and Ku) and DTN FarmDayta  subscribers
upgraded  service   requiring  the  color  Ku-band  system  with  84%  of  these
conversions  involving DTN AgDaily  subscribers.  The remaining 16% involved DTN
Financial  Services and DTNergy  subscribers.  The  conversion of  approximately
1,000  subscribers  from DTN AgDaily on the color  Ku-band  system to other more
advanced Ku-band services such as DTN Pro Series, DTNstant, DTNiron, DTN PROduce
and DTN Weather Center resulted in upgraded equipment.

      DTN  increased the  inventory of color  receivers and  components to build
color receivers during 1998. At December 31, 1998 the Company had  approximately
$19 million of this  inventory  compared to $7 million in 1997.  The build up of
inventory in 1998 occurred due to advance commitments on equipment purchases and
the unexpected  increase in cancellations  due to the Galaxy IV satellite outage
discussed below. The Company adjusted purchasing and production schedules in the
second half of 1998 to reduce the  inventory  related to sales and  cancellation
activity.  The reduced production of color systems should  significantly  reduce
capital expenditures on subscriber equipment for 1999.

      The Company had approximately  21,900  monochrome  subscribers at December
31, 1998. The Company has made limited  purchases of monochrome  equipment since
1991  and  monochrome  depreciation  related  to  monochrome  equipment  will be
approximately  $.7 million in 1999 and $.1 million in 2000. The Company utilizes
monochrome  receiver  equipment  coming in from conversions for new DTN AgDaily,
DTN Wall Street and DTNergy  subscribers.  The demand is limited for  monochrome
services,  however, the Company continues to research new markets for monochrome
system services.  At this time, the Company's  management believes the prospects
are more favorable for color services.

      As it relates to the Company's investing activities, the Company had $17.4
million and $21.5 million of negative  working  capital at December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively. The increase in working capital is primarily due to the $2.8
million  increase in accounts  receivable,  the $1.4 million increase in prepaid
expenses  and the $3.6 million of  inventory  primarily  related to the Kavouras
acquisition.   The  increase  in  accounts   receivable  was  primarily  due  to
acquisitions,  to an increase in revenue per subscriber per month,  and a larger
mix of  customers  invoicing on an annual basis  compared to  quarterly,  as was
previously the standard. The increase in prepaid expenses was also primarily due
to acquisitions.

      The increase in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and inventory offset
the $3.6 million  increase in accrued  expenses and the $1.2 million decrease in
accounts  payable.  The  increase  in  accrued  expenses  was  primarily  due to

                                       34
                                     - 768 -
<PAGE>

acquisitions  and the decrease in accounts  payable was primarily due to reduced
capital spending on subscriber equipment.

Cash Flow From Financing Activities
      In 1998,  net cash  provided by financing  activities of $23.5 million was
primarily the result of an increase in total debt  outstanding of $27.5 million.
The increase in debt  outstanding  was  primarily due to an increase of $51.0 in
the revolving  credit line to fund  acquisitions and capital  expenditures.  The
Company made $24.8 million of principal  payments on term notes and $5.2 million
of payments on debt acquired through acquisitions. The Company also financed the
prepayment of $15.0 million  11.25% Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 2004 and the
$1.1 million prepayment cost with $16.0 million of term notes and revolver.

      In 1997,  net cash  used by  financing  activities  of $17.2  million  was
primarily the result of a decrease in total debt  outstanding  of $18.2 million.
The decrease in debt outstanding was primarily due to $22.2 million of principal
payments  during 1997. The Company was able to pay down debt due to the increase
in  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  and  using  subscriber  equipment
inventory for new subscribers during the first half of 1997.

Factors That May Affect Future Results
      Acquisitions - The Company's  strategy  includes  continued growth through
acquisitions of complimentary  services,  technologies or businesses,  which may
result in the diversion of management's attention from the day-to-day operations
of the Company's business. Other risks include, but are not limited to, possible
difficulties  in  the   integration  of  operations,   products  and  personnel,
difficulty in applying internal  controls to acquired  businesses and particular
problems, liabilities or contingencies related to the businesses being acquired.
If efforts to  integrate  past or future  acquisitions  fail,  there  could be a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results  of  operations.  The  Company  plans to  pursue  opportunities  that it
believes fit its business strategy.

      Competition - The Company  operates in a highly  competitive  environment,
competing with information and communication services utilizing various types of
electronic media including satellite delivery, TV Cable delivery,  the Internet,
electronic  bulletin  boards,   television,   radio,   cellular,  and  telephone
communications.  In addition to the various electronic  publishers,  the Company
competes with print media and "old  information  gathering  habits." Many of the
Company's actual and potential  competitors have substantially greater resources
than the Company.

      Indebtedness - The Company anticipates that internally generated cash flow
and its bank  credit  lines will be  sufficient  to fund  operating  activities,
capital  expenditures and service  interest and principal  payments on long-term
debt.

      Inflation - The Company believes that  inflationary  trends have a limited
effect on the  business.  However,  since a large  percentage  of the  Company's
subscribers and revenues are related to the agricultural industries, the general
state of the agricultural  economy may impact the Company's business  operations
and financial condition.

      Technology  - The  business  of the  Company is subject to the  continuous
changes in  information  distribution  technology  affecting how  information is
distributed  to the  Company's  customers.  Currently,  the primary  information
distribution  technology the Company utilizes for the delivery of information is
satellite.  Other technologies used are the Internet, FM side band channels, VBI
(vertical  blanking  interval  through a cable TV  signal),  leased  land lines,
DIRECTV,  E-mail and Fax. The Company is not aware of any other  technology that
may  replace  the  current  electronic  delivery  systems  and  equipment  at  a
competitive price. New developments in electronic  hardware  capabilities and in
data distribution  technologies  could cause the Company's  delivery systems and
equipment  to  become  obsolete,  economically  inefficient  or less  attractive
compared  to  available  alternatives.  The  improvement  and  enhancement  (and
subsequent lower cost) of delivery  technologies  such as the Internet,  DIRECTV
and cable are providing  the Company with  alternatives  to its current  primary
delivery method, which is satellite.

      Year 2000 (Y2K) - The  Company  is  actively  engaged  in a  comprehensive
review of its computer  systems to identify and remediate the systems that could
be affected by the Year 2000 Issue.  The  Company is  addressing  the  following
critical areas related to the Company's  state of readiness,  cost of addressing
Year 2000 issues, risks of Year 2000 issues, and contingency plans:

      State of Readiness - The Company has identified the following  major areas
of the Company  dependent on computer software and hardware that may be affected
by the Y2K issues.

      *   Service   delivery   -   The   Company   transmits   information   and
          communications  services to subscribers  via satellite,  Internet,  FM
          side band channels,  VBI, leased land lines, DIRECTV,  E-mail and Fax.
          The Company has been engaged in  identifying,  remediating and testing
          any system that could result in an interruption of the delivery of the
          Company's services to subscribers.

      *   Customer   Service  -  The  Company   provides   customer  service  to
          subscribers using telephone systems,  using administrative  systems to
          ship equipment  and/or modify the services that  subscribers  receive.
          The Company has been engaged in  identifying,  remediating and testing
          any system that could result in an  interruption  of customer  service
          provided to subscribers.

      *   Cash flow - The Company  maintains  administrative  systems that track
          services provided to subscribers,  invoice  subscribers and apply cash
          payments  remitted for services  received by subscribers.  The Company
          has been engaged in  identifying,  remediating  and testing any system
          that could result in an interruption of cash flow from subscribers.

      *   Physical environment - The Company maintains facilities for employees,
          operating computer data centers and distributing subscriber equipment.
          The Company has been engaged in  identifying,  remediating and testing
          the  possibility  of any  environmental  control,  such as heating and
          cooling systems, inhibiting the use of the Company's facilities.

                                       35
                                    - 769 -
<PAGE>

      The  Company  has made  progress  in its  efforts to address the Year 2000
issue and ensure systems and data will be functional  beyond 1999. The following
phases, which to some extent are being conducted  concurrently,  are on schedule
to be completed by the listed completion dates.

      *   Inventory - The  Company  has  conducted  an  inventory  of all custom
          developed  software  and third party  vendor  supplied  software  used
          internally by the Company. The Company has also conducted an inventory
          of all third party data feeds that are  transmitted to the Company for
          rebroadcast.  The  Company  has also  conducted  an  inventory  of all
          hardware   related   to  the   transmission   of  data  and   internal
          administrative  operations. The Company had completed this phase as of
          December 31, 1998.

      *   Assess  Business Impact - The Company has reviewed the business impact
          of  specific  systems  if  they  were to fail  due to  incorrect  date
          processing past 2000. The Company has identified these systems related
          to  internal  administrative  systems,  third  party  data  feeds  and
          hardware as critical or non-critical  to normal  business  operations.
          The Company had completed this phase as of December 31, 1998.

      *   Remediation  and Testing - The  Company is  remediating  software  and
          hardware  systems  and  conducting  detailed  Y2K  testing  to produce
          standardized  'evidence' of Y2K  compliance.  The Company's  estimated
          completion date is September 30, 1999.

      *   Manage Subsequent  Changes - All system  modifications made subsequent
          to Y2K testing  that are date related  will be  regression  tested and
          documented.  The Company's  estimated  completion date is December 31,
          1999.

      Cost of  Addressing  Year  2000  Issues - The  Company  has used  existing
internal  resources to perform all work on the phases  discussed  above  through
December  31, 1998.  The  estimated  cost of using  internal  resources  through
December  31,  1998 is $.5  million.  The Company  plans to complete  all system
modifications and testing required to resolve Y2K issues using existing internal
resources  and does not expect the cost of making  the  necessary  changes to be
significant.  The remaining estimated cost of using internal resources to effect
Y2K compliance is less than $.5 million.

      Risks of Year 2000 Issues and  Contingency  Plan - The Company expects its
Year 2000 conversion project to be completed on a timely basis, however, failure
to do so or  failure on the part of third  parties  with whom the  Company  does
business could materially impact operations and financial  results.  The Company
believes  the worst case  scenario  would be the  failure  of the  communication
systems providing information and communications to the Company's customers.  If
any of the satellites  used by the Company were to fail, it is possible that the
Company could shift all of its satellite  subscribers to other satellites or its
Internet based products. The Company is working with various third party vendors
to verify Year 2000 compliance, and if necessary,  securing alternate sources of
service or products if compliance is not obtained. In the event that one or more
data providers fail, it is possible the Company could integrate information from
another data provider into its data feed.

      The Company is currently  developing  contingency  plans for those systems
identified as critical to normal business operations.  The contingency plan will
include   focusing  on  early  detection,   planned   reactions  and  subsequent
remediation of unforeseen issues. The Company's estimated completion of a formal
contingency  plan is  September  30,  1999.  The Company  believes  there are no
foolproof contingency plans that cover every possible failure.

      Based  upon  currently  available  information,  management  believes  the
Company will meet its compliance  goals and does not anticipate that the cost of
Y2K compliance will have a material impact on the Company's financial condition,
results of operations or liquidity.  The achievement of these goals is dependent
upon many factors,  some outside of the Company's control. In the event that the
Company's  internal  systems or  internal  systems of critical  vendors  fail to
achieve Y2K  compliance,  the  Company's  business and its results of operations
could be adversely impacted.

Market Risk Sensitive Instruments and Positions
      The risk inherent in the Company's  market risk sensitive  instruments and
positions is the potential  loss arising from adverse  changes in interest rates
as discussed below.

      Interest  Rates - The  Company's  earnings  are  affected  by  changes  in
interest  rates due to the impact those changes have on its  variable-rate  debt
instruments.  The Company has three  components that make up its total bank loan
debt: 1) Fixed Term Notes of $49,822,540  or 41% of the total,  2) Variable Term
Notes  of  $16,926,000  or 14% of the  total  and 3)  Revolving  Credit  Line of
$55,500,000  or 45% of the  total.  Assuming a  hypothetical  10% change in 1998
interest rates,  below is an analysis of what the impact would have been on 1998
interest expense:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            1998
<S>                                      <C>  
Fixed Term Notes                         $   -
Variable Term Notes                       153,400
Revolving Credit Line (a)                 178,500
                                         --------
Total                                    $331,900
</TABLE>

(a)The  Company's  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  includes the ability to fix the
   revolving  credit  line based on the  Revolving  Credit Rate in effect at the
   beginning of the month (see Note 5). The ability to look back to the interest
   rates at the  beginning of the month,  reduces the market risk of an increase
   in First National Bank of Omaha's "National Base Rate".

      Market risk for fixed-rate term debt is estimated as the potential  change
in fair value from a  hypothetical  change in  interest  rates.  The Company has
$49,822,540  of fixed term debt as of December 31, 1998 with an  estimated  fair
value of  $50,395,940  or an increase  $573,400.  The fair value was  calculated
using  existing  terms of the debt and  interest  rates  present  valued  at the
Company's current available term debt rate (See note 5).

                                       36
                                    - 770 -
<PAGE>

Accounting Pronouncements
      In June 1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB)  issued
Statement  No.  133,   "Accounting   for  Derivative   Instruments  and  Hedging
Activities"  which will be effective for fiscal years  beginning  after June 15,
1999. The Company will adopt this Statement  effective  January 1, 2000. At this
time, the Company  believes the impact of adopting this Statement  should not be
significant to the results of operations or financial position.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     
                        1994        1995          1996        1997        1998
                        ----        ----          ----        ----        ----
<S>                     <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>  
Revenues                46.1        62.3          98.4        126.4       149.0

Operating Cash Flow     15.8        23.2          40.4         54.7        53.0
(in millions of dollars)                                                   58.8*   


*Pro-Forma results before $58.8 million non-recurring satellite costs.
</TABLE>

General Overview
      The  financial  dynamics  of DTN's  business  operations  are  similar  to
businesses that sell monthly  subscriptions such as electronic  publications and
communications  and cable TV  companies.  The  financial  dynamics  are  similar
because DTN makes an initial  investment of variable  marketing  costs to obtain
new subscribers  (generally a one year  subscription  agreement) and the Company
makes a  capital  expenditure  to  provide  the  subscriber  with the  necessary
equipment  to  receive  the  Company's   satellite  based   services.   Internet
subscribers utilize their own personal computer.

      In addition,  DTN has a level of fixed costs,  such as FM and Ku satellite
leases,   certain  news  and  weather,   quotes,   information   providers   and
administrative  expenses,  not  directly  affected by the number of  subscribers
receiving the Company's services.

Non-recurring Satellite Costs (Galaxy IV)
      On May 20, 1998,  nearly all of the  Company's  159,000  subscribers  were
unable to receive  their data due to loss of control of the Galaxy IV  satellite
by  PanAmSat.  This  satellite  was used by the Company to  transmit  service to
nearly all its  subscribers.  By May 21, 1998,  solutions were available for all
subscribers, however, the impacts on DTN operations were significant.

      The loss of control of Galaxy IV by PanAmSat had a  significant  impact on
the  Company's  operations.  The Company  switched  all  satellite  customers to
Telestar 5, which is a more powerful  satellite and has a larger  footprint or a
larger  coverage of  geographical  area.  This  satellite  includes  coverage of
Mexico,  Hawaii and Alaska.  Although this allows future  opportunities for DTN,
the cost to DTN was  significant.  The costs related to the failure of Galaxy IV
include  telecommunications,   overtime  labor,  satellite  costs  and  customer
communications and these unusual,  non-recurring  satellite costs were estimated
to be $5.8  million and recorded in May of 1998.  These costs are the  Company's
estimate  to  convert  subscribers  to the new  satellite  and  handle the large
customer  service call volume,  duplicate  satellite  charges and other  service
costs related to this change.

      Although the Company  believes the  estimate was  reasonable  based on all
available  information,  the impact of customer  retention is more  difficult to
quantify and actual costs may vary from the estimate.  The Company's  management
believes  the  impact  from  this  problem  will not  significantly  impact  the
longer-term growth prospects of the Company. The Galaxy IV failure had an impact
on  subscription  sales  related to the months of May,  June and July due to the
Company utilizing the sales force to adjust subscriber satellite dishes.

Operating Cash Flow
      The Company's  operating cash flow (operating  income before  depreciation
and amortization  expense),  known in the industry as EBITDA, is a key indicator
monitored  by DTN  management.  Growth in  operating  cash flow  results  from a
growing base of  subscribers,  as well as,  increased  revenues  per  subscriber
covering the Company's fixed expenses.

      Operating cash flow for 1998  decreased 3.1% to $53.0 million  compared to
$54.7 million for 1997.  Excluding  the  non-recurring  satellite  costs of $5.8
million related to the Galaxy IV satellite outage,  operating cash flow for 1998
would have increased 7.5% to $58.8 million compared to $54.7 million for 1997.

      Operating cash flow as a percent of revenue  (operating  cash flow margin)
for 1998 was  35.6%  compared  to 43.3% for 1997.  Excluding  the  non-recurring
satellite  costs of $5.8  million  related  to the Galaxy IV  satellite  outage,
operating  cash flow margin for 1998 would have been 39.5% compared to 43.3% for
1997.

      Kavouras  equipment  sales have lower operating cash flow margins and will
decrease the Company's  total  operating  cash flow margin.  A further  analysis
shows  that,   excluding  the  Kavouras   acquisition   operating   results  and
non-recurring  satellite  costs,  operating cash flow margin for 1998 would have
been 41.5% compared to 43.3% for 1997.

      The  following  graph  details  the  trend  in  operating  cash  flow as a
percentage of revenue to illustrate operating leverage.

GRAPH IN TABULAR FORM:

Operating Cash Flow
Percent of Revenue
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      1994       1995        1996         1997       1998
                      ----       ----        ----         ----       ----

<S>                    <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>
Operating Cash Flow    34         37          41           43         36
(percent of revenue)                                                  40*


*Pro-Forma results before $5.8 million non-recurring satellite cots.
</TABLE>
                                       37
                                    - 771 -
<PAGE>

Net Development Costs
      Operating cash flow is affected by the Company's  research and development
activities.   DTN  accumulates  research  and  development  activities  as  "Net
Development  Costs".  The Company defines "Net  Development  Costs" as 1) market
research  activities,  2)  hardware  and  software  engineering,   research  and
development,  and 3) the  negative  operating  cash  flow  (prior  to  corporate
allocations plus interest) of new services. The Company includes new services in
the "Net  Development  Costs"  classification  until the service shows  positive
operating  cash flow prior to  corporate  allocations  plus  interest for a full
quarter.  The service  becomes a core service  after  reaching this level in the
developmental process.

      During 1996, DTN expanded it developmental activities with net development
costs  growing from $3.7 million in 1995 to $5.3 million in 1996.  The Company's
increased  efficiencies  on a per subscriber per month basis and the acquisition
of subscribers from Broadcast  Partners  contributed to an increase in operating
cash  flow  margin  from  37.2% in 1995 to 41.0% in 1996.  Operating  cash  flow
margin,  excluding the acquisition of Broadcast  Partners,  was 37% in 1996. The
expansion of developmental  activities was offset by increased efficiencies on a
per  subscriber  per month  basis.  Core  services  operating  cash flow  margin
improved to 47.4% in 1996  compared to 44.4% in 1995.  Core  services  operating
cash flow margin,  excluding Broadcast Partners operating results,  was 43.4% in
1996 compared to 44.4% in 1995.

      During 1997, the Company's  developmental  activities were relatively flat
at $5.2 million  compared to $5.3 million in 1996.  The  efficiencies  gained in
1996  carried  over into 1997 and  contributed  to  operating  cash flow  margin
growing from 41.0% in 1996 to 43.3% in 1997.  Core services  operating cash flow
margin  improved  to 48.5% in 1997  compared  to  47.4% in 1996.  Core  services
operating cash flow margin,  excluding Broadcast Partners operating results, was
45.0% in 1997 compared to 43.4% in 1996.

      During 1998,  the  Company's  developmental  activities  increased to $6.5
million  compared  to $5.2  million  for  1997,  with  the  Kavouras  operations
contributing $1.3 million.  Operating cash flow margin in 1998 declined to 35.6%
compared to 43.3% in 1997.  This decline was  primarily  due to the $5.8 million
non-recurring  satellite  costs and the Kavouras  operations as discussed in the
Operating Cash Flow segment above. Core services  operating cash flow margin for
1998 decreased to 40.8% compared to 48.5% for 1997. Excluding Kavouras operating
results and  non-recurring  satellite costs,  core services  operating cash flow
margin for 1998 would have been 47.2% compared to 48.5% for 1997.

1998 COMPARED TO 1997
      The 1998 operating results were affected by the weak agriculture  economy,
the satellite  outage and the strategic  acquisitions  completed by the Company.
The operating results for 1998 include six months of the operations of Kavouras,
Inc. (Kavouras),  acquired in July 1998. The Kavouras operations are included in
the  Weather  Services  division  of  the  Company.  Operating  income  declined
primarily  due to the $5.8  million  non-recurring  satellite  costs and  higher
amortization expense related to acquisitions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Percent
In Thousands                        1998             1997               Change
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>                   <C>              
Subscribers                           159.3          158.8                -            
Revenues                           $148,986       $126,374               18 %
Operating cash flow                  53,014         54,699               (3)%
Operating income                      4,163         12,383              (66)%
Net income (loss)                    (3,743)         2,236                -


</TABLE>

Revenues
      Total revenue increased 18% for 1998 compared to 1997. Recurring operating
revenues, consisting of subscriptions,  additional services,  communications and
advertising,  increased to $73.80 per  subscriber per month for 1998 compared to
$66.29 for 1997.

      Subscriptions  - Subscription  revenue for 1998 grew 18% to $119.5 million
compared  to  $101.2  million  for  1997.  The  increase  was  primarily  due to
acquisitions completed in 1998, increases in total subscribers,  and the ability
to move subscribers to higher priced services. The increase in total subscribers
in 1998 was primarily  due to  acquisition  activities.  The Company added 3,300
subscribers  from  acquisitions  and  incurred  a  loss  of  2,800  subscribers,
excluding the acquired subscribers, due to lower retention. The Company believes
the lower retention is due to lower commodity prices in the Agriculture industry
and the Galaxy IV satellite outage.  The Kavouras  acquisition  contributed $4.5
million of subscription  revenue on a consolidated basis to the Weather Services
division of the Company.  This revenue  accounted  for 24% of the $18.3  million
increase in the Company's subscription revenues.

      The Company continues to add new subscribers at higher subscription rates.
Subscription revenue per subscriber, per month for all new subscription sales in
1998 was $77  compared to $68 for 1997.  The  increase in  subscribers  from new
subscription sales and acquisitions resulted in total subscription revenues on a
per subscriber per month basis to increase for 1998 to $62.63 compared to $55.10
for 1997.

      At December 31, 1998, 91% of total  subscribers were receiving service via
Ku-band  satellite  transmission  compared to 90% in 1997.  The price of Ku-band
satellite  delivered services ranged from $37 for monochrome DTN AgDaily to $180
for the color  DTNstant  service  during  1998.  The price of Ku-band  satellite
delivered  services ranged from $37 for monochrome DTN AgDaily to $170 for color
DTNstant  service  during 1997.  The price of the  monochrome  FM delivered  DTN
AgDaily (the only FM service) was $31 in 1998 and $29 in 1997.

      The subscribers  converting to higher priced services  includes those that
switched from the  monochrome FM or Ku-band  satellite DTN AgDaily priced at $54

                                       38
                                    - 772 -
<PAGE>

in 1998 and $52 in 1997.  Subscribers  continued to convert  from color  Ku-band
satellite DTN AgDaily service to color Ku-band  satellite DTN Pro Series ranging
in price from $67 in 1998 and $63 in 1997 for one Pro Series service,  to $81 in
1998 and $79 in 1997 for all four Pro Series  services  (DTN  Premier).  The DTN
Premier and Stock Pro, DTN Premier  Plus,  was priced at $84 a month in 1998 and
$82 a month in 1997.

      Equipment  Sales - The  Company's  July 1, 1998  acquisition  of Kavouras,
Inc., in Minneapolis,  added a new market niche for the Company, the manufacture
and sale of various  meteorological  equipment and radar  systems.  The Kavouras
acquisition added $4.8 million of  meteorological  equipment and radar sales for
1998. This accounted for the majority of the Company's equipment sales for 1998.

      Additional  Services - The  Company  increased  the number of  information
services  through  "a la carte"  optional  services  (230 in 1998  versus 200 in
1997). The growth in services,  subscribers and marketing  efforts resulted in a
5% increase in  additional  service  revenues.  The revenue  increased  on a per
subscriber per month basis to $3.70 in 1998 compared to $3.65 in 1997.

      Communication   Services  -  The  growth  in  communications  revenue  was
primarily in the Energy Services division. The DTNergy service transmits refiner
prices  and  communications  to  wholesaler/subscribers.  The  number of refiner
communications  increased and produced a revenue growth of 7% in 1998 over 1997.
The revenue increased on a company wide per subscriber per month basis to $5.65,
up from $5.47 in 1997.

      Advertising  -  Advertising  revenue  fell 9% to $3.5  million  for  1998,
compared to $3.8 million for 1997.  Advertising had a record year in 1997 fueled
by strong advertising  related to new product  introductions by companies in the
agriculture  industry.  The  Agricultural  Services  division  accounts  for the
majority  of  advertising  revenues,  therefore,  the  recent  downturn  in  the
agriculture economy has negatively impacted the 1998 advertising revenues of the
Company.  Advertising  revenue on a per  subscriber per month basis for 1998 was
$1.81 compared to $2.07 for 1997.

      Service  Initiation Fees - Service initiation fees, the Company's up-front
one-time charges to new subscribers  ranged from $95 to $530 in 1998 and $150 to
$495 in 1997 depending on the service and information  distribution  technology.
Initiation  fees for  subscribers  that  convert  to  another  service or change
delivery  technology (such as FM to Ku) ranged from $50 to $100 depending on the
service in 1998 and 1997.  Service  initiation fees revenue for 1998 fell 29% to
$3.3 million  compared to $4.6  million for 1997.  This decline is due to slower
sales in the  Agricultural  Services  division,  the  direct  result of the weak
agricultural economy, and the inability of the Company's sales force to focus on
new sales while assisting  subscribers for three months related to the satellite
outage.

Expenses
      Total operating expenses for 1998 increased 27% to $144.8 million compared
to  $114.0  million  for  1997.  Excluding  the $5.8  million  of  non-recurring
satellite  costs  related to Galaxy IV, total  expenses for 1998  increased  22%
compared  to  1997.  The  increase  in  total  operating   expenses,   excluding
non-recurring  satellite  costs,  was primarily  due to the Company's  growth in
subscribers,  initiatives to expand distribution  programs, the $11.2 million of
operating expenses from the Kavouras operations (including $4.1 million of costs
of equipment sales) and the amortization expense from other acquisitions.  Total
operating  expenses  (excluding sales  commissions,  cost of equipment sales and
non-recurring  satellite costs) increased on a per subscriber per month basis to
$64.85 for 1998 compared to $56.69 for 1997.

      Selling,  General & Administrative - Selling,  general and  administrative
expenses  on a per  subscriber  per  month  basis for 1998  increased  to $39.25
compared  to  $33.65  for 1997.  These  costs  increased  in 1998 as a result of
expenses associated with acquisitions and the initiatives to expand distribution
programs. Selling, general and administrative expenses in 1998 grew 21% compared
to 1997 and as a percentage of revenue increased to 50% compared to 49% in 1997.
Selling,  general and administrative  expenses,  excluding selling,  general and
administrative related to the Kavouras operations,  grew 13% in 1998 compared to
1997.

      Cost of  Equipment  Sales - Cost of  equipment  sales for  1998,  was $4.2
million.  These  expenses  were  primarily  the  direct  result of the  Kavouras
acquisition  which brought a new market niche for the Company,  the  manufacture
and sale of various meteorological equipment and radar systems.

      Sales Commissions - Sales commissions are generated from new subscriptions
sales force and cash flows  related to the DTNergy  service.  Sales  commissions
increased  12% during 1998  compared to 1997.  This increase is due to incentive
programs to the national sales force and sales management related to initiatives
to expand distribution programs. Sales commissions,  excluding sales commissions
related to the Kavouras operations, grew 7% in 1998 compared to 1997.

      Depreciation and Amortization - Depreciation and amortization  expense for
1998  increased 15% to $48.9 million  compared to $42.3 million for 1997.  These
increases  are  primarily  due to the increase in  subscriber  equipment for the
added subscribers,  increase in subscriber  equipment inventory and amortization
related to the intangible assets (primarily  goodwill) from  acquisitions.  As a
percentage of total revenues, depreciation and amortization expense for 1998 and
1997 remained  level at 33%.  Depreciation  and  amortization  expense for 1998,
excluding depreciation and amortization related to the Kavouras operations, grew
11% in 1998 compared to 1997.

Operating Income
      Operating income (EBIT) for 1998 decreased 66% to $4.2 million compared to
$12.4 million for 1997. Excluding the $5.8 million non-recurring satellite costs
related to Galaxy IV,  operating  income for 1998 was $10.0 million  compared to
$12.4  million  for 1997.  These  decreases  in  operating  income  for 1998 are
primarily  related to lower  operating  income from acquired  operations  due to

                                       39
                                     - 773 -
<PAGE>

lower   operating  cash  flow  margins  and  increased   amortization   expense.
Amortization  expense related to acquisitions was $8.4 million for 1998 compared
to $5.9 million for 1997.

Interest Expense
      Interest  expense for 1998  decreased 7% to $8.4 million  compared to $9.1
million for 1997. In the first quarter of 1998 the Company refinanced its 11.25%
Senior  Subordinated  Notes down to 7.5%  Senior  Term notes  which had a direct
impact on interest  expense in 1998  compared to 1997.  As a percentage of total
revenue, interest expense for 1998 decreased to 6% compared to 7% for 1997.

Other Income, Net
      During 1998, the Company received a federal income tax refund from amended
returns for prior years and as a result,  recorded one time  interest  income of
$181,000 from those refunds.

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)
      The Company's  federal and state  effective tax rate was 34% for both 1998
and 1997.

Income (Loss) Before Extraordinary Item
      The loss before  extraordinary  item for 1998 was $2.7 million or $.24 per
share on a diluted  basis  compared to income of $2.2  million or $.19 per share
for  1997.  Excluding  the  nonrecurring  satellite  costs,  the  income  before
extraordinary  item for 1998 would have been $1.0 million or $.09 per share on a
diluted basis.

Extraordinary Item, Net of Tax
      During the first quarter of 1998, the Company  refinanced the  $15,000,000
11.25%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 2004 with 7.5% Senior  Term  Notes.  The
Company  incurred a one-time charge to earnings of $1.1 million,  net of tax, or
$.09 per share on a diluted basis.  This one-time charge was for the pre-payment
penalties  and  write-offs  for debt  issuance  and  discount  costs  not  fully
amortized related to the subordinated notes.

Net Income (Loss)
      The net loss for 1998 was  $3.7  million  or $.33 per  share on a  diluted
basis  compared  to net  income  of $2.2  million  or $.19 per  share  for 1997.
Excluding the non-recurring satellite costs and the extraordinary item discussed
above, the net income for 1998 would have been $1.0 million or $.09 per share on
a diluted basis.

1997 COMPARED TO 1996
      The growth in  subscribers,  revenues and operating  cash flow during 1997
highlighted  another very good year for the Company.  The operating  results for
1997 include  twelve months of the  Broadcast  Partners  operations  compared to
approximately  eight  months in 1996.  The  Broadcast  Partners  operations  are
included in the Agricultural Services division of the Company.  Operating income
improvement  combined  with lower  interest  expense as a percentage  of revenue
resulted in positive earnings for the year.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                        Percent
In Thousands                    1997                 1996                Change
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                 <C>                    <C>
Subscribers                      158.8               145.9                  9%
Revenues                      $126,374             $98,384                 28%
Operating cash flow             54,699              40,377                 35%
Operating income                12,383               6,921                 79%
Net income (loss)                2,236                (958)                -

</TABLE>


Revenues
      Total  revenue  increased  28% in 1997  compared to 1996 and all operating
revenue categories made good contributions to this increase. Recurring operating
revenues consisting of subscriptions,  additional  services,  communications and
advertising  increased to $66.29 per  subscriber  per month in 1997  compared to
$60.92 in 1996.

Subscriptions:
      A 9%  growth in total  subscribers,  the mix of  higher  priced  services,
inflationary  price increases and acquisitions led to 35% growth in subscription
revenue.  Subscription  revenue  related to the  Broadcast  Partners  operations
accounted for 35% of the  $27,990,639  total revenue  growth in 1997 compared to
1996. At December 31, 1997, 90% of total  subscribers were receiving service via
Ku-band satellite transmission compared to 88% in 1996. All acquired subscribers
were receiving service via Ku-band satellite transmission.  Subscription revenue
on a per subscriber per month basis  increased to $55.10,  compared to $49.24 in
1996.

      The price of Ku-band  satellite  delivered  services  ranged  from $37 for
monochrome DTN AgDaily to $170 for the color  DTNstant  service during 1997. The
price of Ku-band satellite delivered services ranged from $35 for monochrome DTN
AgDaily  to $160 for  color  DTNstant  service  during  1996.  The  price of the
monochrome FM delivered DTN AgDaily (the only FM service)was $29 in 1997 and $27
in 1996.

      The subscribers  converting to higher priced services  includes those that
switched from the  monochrome FM or Ku-band  satellite DTN AgDaily priced at $52
in 1997 and $50 in 1996 ($46 prior to June 1, 1996).  Subscribers  continued  to
convert  from the color  Ku-band  satellite  DTN  AgDaily  service  to the color
Ku-band  satellite  DTN Pro Series  which ranged in price from $63 ($59 prior to
June 1, 1996),  for one Pro Series service,  to $79 ($74 prior to June 1, 1996),
for all four Pro Series  services (DTN Premier),  in both 1997 and 1996. The DTN
Premier and Stock Pro, DTN Premier  Plus,  was priced at $82 a month in 1997 and
$82 a month in 1996 ($78 prior to June 1, 1996).

Additional Services:
      The Company  increased the number of  information  services  through "a la
carte"  optional  services  (200 in 1997  versus  180 in  1996).  The  growth in
services  combined  with  growth of total  subscribers  and the  acquisition  of
Broadcast  Partners  resulted in a 16% increase in additional  service revenues.
Additional  services  revenue  related  to  the  Broadcast  Partners  operations
accounted for 38% of the $901,955  growth in 1997 compared to 1996.  The revenue
decreased on a per subscriber per month basis to $3.65 in 1997 compared to $3.80
in 1996.

                                       40
                                     - 774 -
<PAGE>

Communications Services:
      The growth in communications revenue was primarily in the DTNergy service.
The  DTNergy   service   transmits   refiner   prices  and   communications   to
wholesaler/subscribers.  The  number of  refiner  communications  increased  and
produced a revenue growth of 14% over 1996.  The revenue  decreased on a company
wide per  subscriber  per month  basis to $5.47,  down from $5.78 in 1996.  This
decrease  is due to  spreading  communications  revenue  over a  larger  base of
subscribers,  with the largest increase coming from the acquisition of Broadcast
Partners in 1996.

Advertising:
      Advertising  revenue grew 19% to $3,809,748 in 1997 compared to $3,198,321
in 1996.  This  growth was due to an  increase  in the  acceptance  of the color
system as an electronic  medium,  the acquisition of Broadcast Partners and less
discounting   due  to  the  increased   subscriber   base  associated  with  the
acquisition.  Advertising  revenue related to the Broadcast Partners  operations
accounted for 81% of the $611,427  growth in 1997 compared to 1996.  Advertising
revenue  remained flat on a company wide per subscriber per month basis at $2.07
in 1997, compared to $2.10 in 1996.

Service Initiation Fees:
      Service  initiation fees, the Company's  up-front  one-time charges to new
subscribers  ranged from $150 to $495 in 1997 and 1996  depending on the service
and information  distribution  technology.  Initiation fees for subscribers that
convert to  another  service or change  delivery  technology  (such as FM to Ku)
ranged from $50 to $100  depending  on the  service in 1996 and 1997.  The total
fees  collected  decreased 17% in 1997 to  $4,625,487  compared to $5,560,049 in
1996.  The  increased  sales  volume in 1997  compared to 1996 was offset by the
recognition of deferred revenues during 1996 for initiation fees received in the
prior year.  Service  initiation  fees are recognized in income since these fees
are less than the marketing and setup costs related to a new subscriber.

Expenses
      Total  operating  expenses  increased 25% in 1997 over 1996. This increase
was due to a 26% increase in selling,  general and  administrative  costs,  a 9%
increase  in  sales   commissions  and  a  26%  increase  in  depreciation   and
amortization. These expenses (excluding the sales commission costs) increased on
a per subscriber per month basis to $56.69 in 1997 compared to $54.07 in 1996.

Selling, General and Administrative:
      Selling, general and administrative expenses on a per subscriber per month
basis increased to $33.65,  up from $32.12 in 1996. These costs were up modestly
due to efficiency  gains from spreading  costs over a larger base of subscribers
obtained from increased  sales from expanding the sales force and  acquisitions.
Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  revenue
decreased from 50% in 1996 to 49% in 1997.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses  growth,  excluding the selling,  general and  administrative  expenses
related to Broadcast Partners, was 20% in 1997 compared to 1996.

Sales Commissions:
      Sales  commissions  are generated  from new  subscriptions  sales and cash
flows related to the DTNergy service. Sales commissions increased 9% during 1997
compared to 1996. This increase is due to higher subscriptions sales,  incentive
programs  to the  national  sales  force  and  sales  management  related  to an
expanding  sales  force and higher  cash  flows in  DTNergy.  Sales  commissions
growth,  excluding sales commissions related to Broadcast  Partners,  was 10% in
1997 compared to 1996.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense:
      Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  increased  primarily  due to the
purchase of $21,137,267 of new equipment used by subscribers and the acquisition
of Broadcast  Partners.  On May 3, 1996,  the Company  acquired and  capitalized
approximately  $38.2  million  of  equipment  and $34.8  million  of  intangible
assets(goodwill) related to the acquisition.  The Company began using a six year
life for depreciating  subscriber equipment in July of 1992 compared to an eight
year life  prior to the  change.  The  Company  is  depreciating  the  equipment
acquired in the acquisition of Broadcast Partners using the straight-line method
over five years and is amortizing the  intangible  assets  (goodwill)  using the
straight-line method over three to eight years beginning in May of 1996.

Operating Income
      Operating income increased 79% to $12,383,403,  up from $6,920,791 in 1996
as a result of the growth in revenues and expenses  discussed  above.  Operating
cash flow grew 35% to $54,698,708, up from $40,377,428 in 1996.

Interest Expense
      Interest  expense  increased 8% in 1997 compared to 1996. This increase is
related to the increase in total long-term debt outstanding to finance equipment
used by subscribers and acquisitions.  The Company borrowed  $48,490,000 in 1996
to acquire Broadcast  Partners.  The Company decreased the revolving credit line
borrowing  from  $38,500,000  at December 31, 1996 to $4,500,000 at December 31,
1997.  This  decrease  was  primarily  the  result  of  the  Company  converting
$38,000,000  of revolving  debt to term debt at the end of the first  quarter of
1997.

Income Tax Provision (Benefit)
      The  Company's  federal and state  effective  tax rate was 34% and 32% for
1997 and 1996, respectively.

Net Income (Loss)
      The net  income  for 1997 was $2.2  million or $.19 per share on a diluted
basis compared to a net loss of $1.0 million or $.09 per share for 1996.

                                       41
                                    - 775 -
<PAGE>


              Management's Responsibility for Financial Statements
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
To Our Stockholders:

      The management of Data Transmission Network Corporation is responsible for
the  preparation,  integrity  and  objectivity  of  the  accompanying  financial
statements  and related  notes.  To meet these  responsibilities,  we maintain a
system of internal  controls  to provide  reasonable  assurance  that assets are
safeguarded and transactions are properly authorized and recorded.

      The financial  statements  have been prepared in conformity with generally
accepted accounting  principles and include amounts based upon our estimates and
judgments, as required. The financial statements have been audited by Deloitte &
Touche LLP who have expressed their opinion,  presented  below,  with respect to
the fairness of the  statements.  Their audit included a review of the system of
internal  control  and  tests of  transactions  to the  extent  they  considered
necessary to render their opinion.

      The  Audit  Committee  of the Board of  Directors  is  composed  solely of
outside  directors.  The Audit Committee meets periodically with our independent
auditors and management to review  accounting,  auditing,  internal  control and
financial reporting matters.




/s/ Roger R. Brodersen                     /s/Brian L. Larson
Chairman of the Board                      Vice President 
Chief Executive Officer                    Chief Financial Officer and Secretary




                          Independent Auditor's Report
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Data Transmission Network Corporation

      We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Data
Transmission  Network  Corporation and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and
1997,  and the related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  December
31, 1998.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such consolidated  financial statements present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Data  Transmission  Network
Corporation  and  subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results
of their  operations  and their  cash  flows for each of the three  years in the
period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.




/s/Deloitte & Touche LLP
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Omaha, Nebraska
February 12, 1999

                                       42
                                    - 776 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
                        As of December 31, 1998 and 1997

                                                         1998                       1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets
Current Assets
<S>                                                   <C>                       <C>         
 Cash                                                 $   -                     $    837,170
 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for 
  doubtful accounts of $1,300,000 and $810,000          10,475,426                 7,629,296
 Inventory                                               3,575,580                      -  
 Prepaid expenses                                        2,219,778                   825,577
 Deferred commission expense                             2,695,475                 3,302,972
                                                      --------------------------------------
   Total Current Assets                                 18,966,259                12,595,015
Property and Equipment
 Equipment Used By Subscribers                         244,613,085               224,620,148
 Equipment, Building and Leasehold Improvements         38,788,491                23,155,237
                                                      --------------------------------------
   Total Property and Equipment                        283,401,576               247,775,385
 Less: Accumulated Depreciation                        174,164,486               135,265,090
                                                      --------------------------------------
   Net Property and Equipment                          109,237,090               112,510,295
Intangible Assets From Acquisitions,                    82,266,913                44,493,486
 Less: Accumulated Amortization                         18,121,533                 9,728,684
                                                      --------------------------------------
   Net Intangible Assets                                64,145,380                34,764,802
Other Assets                                             4,836,353                 2,560,786
                                                      --------------------------------------
                                                      $197,185,082              $162,430,898
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current Liabilities
 Accounts payable                                     $  5,820,579              $  6,985,053
 Accrued expenses                                        8,963,856                 5,319,506
 Current portion of long-term debt                      21,628,542                21,810,833
                                                      --------------------------------------
  Total Current Liabilities                             36,412,977                34,115,392
Long-Term Debt                                         100,619,998                58,248,540
Subordinated Long-Term Notes, net of unamortized
 discount of $357,170                                     -                       14,642,830
Equipment Deposits                                         653,753                   484,017
Unearned Revenue                                        27,348,468                22,743,946
Shareholders' Equity
 Common stock, par value $.001, authorized 
  20,000,000 shares, issued 11,516,392 and 11,148,052       11,516                    11,148
 Paid-in capital                                        35,022,787                31,326,683
 Retained earnings (deficit)                            (2,884,417)                  858,342
                                                      --------------------------------------
  Total Shareholders' Equity                            32,149,886                32,196,173
                                                      --------------------------------------
                                                      $197,185,082              $162,430,898


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

</TABLE>
                                       43
                                    - 777 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      Consolidated Statements of Operations
                  Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996


                                                              1998               1997                1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenues
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>                <C>        
 Subscriptions                                              $119,543,225        $101,194,290       $75,019,826
 Equipment sales                                               4,871,481                -                 -
 Additional services                                           7,059,007           6,694,754         5,792,799
 Communication services                                       10,787,952          10,050,073         8,812,718
 Advertising                                                   3,455,194           3,809,748         3,198,321
 Service initiation fees                                       3,269,487           4,625,487         5,560,049
                                                             148,986,346         126,374,352        98,383,713
Expenses
 Selling, general and administrative                          74,919,319          61,790,861        48,944,027
 Cost of equipment sales                                       4,192,737                -                 -
 Sales commissions                                            11,060,492           9,884,783         9,062,258
 Depreciation and amortization                                48,850,622          42,315,305        33,456,637
 Non-recurring satellite costs                                 5,800,000                -                 -
                                                             144,823,170         113,990,949        91,462,922
Operating Income                                               4,163,176          12,383,403         6,920,791
 Interest expense                                              8,449,668           9,098,231         8,432,270
 Other income, net                                               217,929             121,909           107,173

Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes and Extraordinary Item      (4,068,563)          3,407,081        (1,404,306)
 Income tax provision (benefit)                               (1,402,684)          1,171,000          (446,000)
Income (Loss) Before Extraordinary Item                       (2,665,879)          2,236,081          (958,306)
Extraordinary Item, Net of tax                                 1,076,880                -                 -
Net Income (Loss)                                            $(3,742,759)       $  2,236,081       $  (958,306)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Income (Loss) Per Share
 Income (loss) before Extraordinary Item                     $     (0.24)       $       0.20       $     (0.09)
 Extraordinary Item, net of tax                                    (0.09)               -                  -
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Net Income (loss)                                           $     (0.33)       $       0.20       $     (0.09)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share
 Income (loss) before Extraordinary Item                     $     (0.24)       $       0.19       $     (0.09)
 Extraordinary Item, net of tax                                    (0.09)               -                  -
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Net Income (loss)                                           $     (0.33)       $       0.19       $     (0.09)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic Shares Outstanding                                      11,358,934          11,100,684        10,657,893
Diluted Shares Outstanding                                    11,358,934          12,082,556        10,657,893

</TABLE>
                                       44
                                     - 778 -
<PAGE>


                 Consolidated Statement of ShareHolders' Equity
                  Years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   Retained                      Total
                                      Common         Common      Paid-in           Earnings       Treasury    Shareholders'
                                      Shares          Stock      Capital           (Deficit)        Stock        Equity
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>             
Balance, January 1, 1996             3,375,409       $  3,375    $ 14,422,689    $  (497,687)   $ (1,051,412)   $12,876,965
Treasury stock issued on exercise
  of employee stock options                              -               -             51,391        709,239        760,630
Tax benefit related to exercise
  of employee stock options                              -            634,000            -              -           634,000
Issuance of common stock on
  acquisitions                         316,000            316      14,976,684            -              -        14,977,000
Three-for-one stock split            7,382,816          7,383          (7,383)           -              -              -
Net loss                                                 -               -           (958,306)          -          (958,306)
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1996          11,074,224       $ 11,074    $ 30,025,990    $ (1,404,602)      (342,173)   $28,290,289
Treasury stock issued on exercise
  of employee stock options                              -               -             26,863        342,173        369,036
Issuance of common stock on
  exercise of employee stock options    73,828             74         625,693            -              -           625,767
Tax benefit related to exercise
  of employee stock options                              -            675,000            -              -           675,000
Net income                                               -               -          2,236,081           -         2,236,081
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Balance, December 31, 1997          11,148,052       $ 11,148    $ 31,326,683    $    858,342    $      -       $32,196,173
Issuance of common stock on
  exercise of employee stock options   368,340            368       2,677,308            -              -         2,677,676
Tax benefit related to exercise
  of employee stock options                              -            688,796            -              -           688,796
Issuance of warrants on
  an acquisition                                         -            330,000            -              -           330,000
Net loss                                                 -               -         (3,742,759)          -        (3,742,759)
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance, December 31, 1998          11,516,392       $ 11,516    $ 35,022,787    $ (2,884,417)          -       $32,149,886


</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       45
                                     - 779 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                  Years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996


                                                            1998                 1997               1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
<S>                                                    <C>                   <C>                <C>         
   Net income (loss)                                   $  (3,742,759)        $  2,236,081       $  (958,306)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
   net cash provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                          48,850,622           42,315,305        33,456,637
   Amortization of debt issue costs and discount              38,437              147,880           139,694
   Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt      1,682,880                 -           
   Deferred income taxes                                  (1,254,753)           1,056,000          (480,000)
 Change in assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable                                    (1,721,398)          (1,278,437)          (63,634)
   Inventory                                               1,144,102                 -                 -            
   Prepaid expenses                                         (851,447)            (180,068)          (21,839)
   Deferred commission expense                               614,502             (400,469)         (310,792)
   Deferred debt issuance costs                                 -                    -             (112,078)
   Accounts payable                                       (3,151,545)             518,361        (1,947,116)
   Accrued expenses                                       (2,091,048)          (1,113,749)         (149,687)
   Equipment deposits                                       (542,752)             (51,175)          (26,578)
   Unearned revenue                                        3,441,028            4,293,666         4,251,166
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
 Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities                42,415,869           47,543,395        33,777,467
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
 Capital expenditures:
   Equipment used by subscribers                         (20,341,583)         (21,137,267)      (37,424,684)
   Equipment, building and leasehold improvements         (8,803,636)          (3,367,535)       (3,120,125)
 Acquisitions                                            (37,621,363)          (5,687,196)      (65,745,794)
                                                        ----------------------------------------------------
 Net Cash Used By Investing Activities                   (66,766,582)         (30,191,998)     (106,290,603)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
 Proceeds:
   Revolving credit line                                  51,000,000            4,000,000        17,250,000
   Term notes                                             16,000,000                 -           48,490,000
   Exercise of stock options                               2,677,676              994,803           760,630
   Issuance of common stock                                     -                    -           14,977,000
 Payments:
   Term notes                                            (24,810,833)         (22,217,083)       (9,036,459)
   Debt acquired through acquisitions                     (5,228,300)                -                 -
   Subordinated notes and prepayments costs              (16,125,000)                -                 -
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
 Net Cash Provided (Used) By Financing Activities         23,513,543          (17,222,280)       72,441,171
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash                             (837,170)             129,117           (71,965)
Cash at Beginning of Period                                  837,170              708,053           780,018
                                                       ------------------------------------------------------
Cash at End of Period                                   $       -            $    837,170       $   708,053


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


</TABLE>
                                       46
                                    - 780 -
<PAGE>


                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principles of Consolidation
      The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Data
Transmission  Network Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries (the Company
or DTN).  All  significant  intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have been
eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue Recognition
      The Company provides its subscribers with equipment to receive information
and communications service. DTN charges a recurring subscription fee and in most
instances a one-time service  initiation fee. The  subscriptions  are contracted
for an initial period of one year and are generally billed quarterly in advance.
Payments  received  in  advance  for  subscriptions,   additional  services  and
advertising  are  deferred  and  recognized  as the services are provided to the
subscribers.  Equipment  Sales are  recognized  when the  equipment  is shipped.
Service  initiation fees are recognized in income since these fees are less than
the  marketing  and  setup  costs  related  to a new  subscriber.  Communication
services are generally  billed monthly in arrears based on the number and length
of the messages delivered to subscribers.

Inventory
      Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined
on a first in, first out basis.

Deferred Commission Expense
      Commissions  and  bonuses  which  are  paid  at the  time  of the  initial
subscription  to  sales  representatives,  to  company  representatives,  or  to
subscribers for successful  customer  referrals,  are deferred and expensed over
the initial twelve-month subscription period.

Equipment Used By Subscribers
      Equipment  used by  subscribers  to receive the  Company's  electronically
transmitted  information  and  communication  services  is  stated  at cost less
accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation is calculated  using the  straight-line
method over a useful  life of three to eight years for assets  placed in service
prior to July 1,  1992,  and  three to six years for  assets  placed in  service
subsequent to July 1, 1992.

Equipment, Building and Leasehold Improvements
      Equipment,  building and  leasehold  improvements  are stated at cost less
accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation is calculated  using the  straight-line
method over the estimated  useful lives of the  respective  classes of assets as
follows:


Equipment                  2-7 years
Building                    40 years
Leasehold improvements    5-10 years


Intangible Assets
      Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization.  These
costs are amortized using the straight-line  method over three to ten years. The
carrying value of fixed and intangible  assets is  periodically  assessed by the
Company by  reviewing  the  recoverability  of the assets over the  amortization
period  based on the  projected  undiscounted  future  cash flows of the related
business  unit.  Cash  flow  projections  are  based  on  trends  of  historical
performance   and   management's   estimate   of  future   performance,   giving
consideration to existing and anticipated competition and economic conditions.

Income Taxes
      Income taxes are computed in accordance  with the  provisions of Statement
of Financial  Accounting Standard 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS 109).
The  objective of the  statement is to recognize  the amount of taxes payable or
refundable  in the current year and to recognize  deferred tax  liabilities  and
assets for the future tax  consequences  of events that have been  recognized in
the financial statements or tax returns.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share
      Basic  earnings  per  share  data  are  based  on  the  weighted   average
outstanding common shares during the period. Diluted earnings per share data are
based on the weighted  average  outstanding  common shares and the effect of all
dilutive potential common shares, including stock options and warrants.

Statement of Cash Flows
      For purposes of the  statement of cash flows,  the Company  considers  all
highly liquid  investments  purchased with a maturity of three months or less to
be cash  equivalents.  During the years ended December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,
the Company made interest  payments of $8,367,000,  $8,983,000,  and $8,555,000,
respectively. Capital expenditures for subscriber equipment included in accounts
payable at year end totalled $342,000, $1,105,000 and $1,394,000 at December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The Company paid $136,000 of federal income
taxes in 1998 and no federal  income taxes during 1997 or 1996.  At December 31,
1996, $931,700 of the purchase price for acquired  subscribers was due in future
periods and was included in accounts payable.

Research and Development
      Expenditures  for research and  development are charged to expense as they
are incurred and  approximated  $4,423,000,  $3,059,000  and  $2,263,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996.

Stock-Based Compensation
      The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation under the provisions
of  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion 25,  Accounting  for Stock  Issued to
Employees (APB 25).

Use of Estimates
      The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

                                       47
                                    - 781 -
<PAGE>

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
      Because of their maturities and/or interest rates, the Company's financial
instruments  generally have a fair value  approximating  their  carrying  value.
These  instruments  include  accounts  receivable,  revolving  credit  and  term
borrowings, subordinated debt, commercial paper, and trade payables. The Company
has  $49,822,540  of fixed term debt as of December  31, 1998 with an  estimated
fair value of $50,395,940.

Accounting Pronouncements
      In June 1998,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB)  issued
Statement  No.  133,   "Accounting   for  Derivative   Instruments  and  Hedging
Activities"  which will be effective for fiscal years  beginning  after June 15,
1999. The Company will adopt this Statement  effective  January 1, 2000. At this
time, the Company  believes the impact of adopting this Statement  should not be
significant to the results of operations or financial position.

Non-recurring Satellite Costs (Galaxy IV)
      On May 20, 1998,  nearly all of the  Company's  159,000  subscribers  were
unable to receive  their data due to loss of control of the Galaxy IV  satellite
by  PanAmSat.  This  satellite  was used by the Company to  transmit  service to
nearly all its subscribers.

      The costs related to the failure of Galaxy IV include  telecommunications,
overtime labor,  satellite costs and customer  communications and these unusual,
non-recurring  satellite costs were estimated to be $5.8 million and recorded in
May of 1998.

2.       Acquisitions
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Broadcast Partners
      In May of 1996,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all the  assets of
Broadcast Partners, an electronic information and communication services company
providing  similar  services as DTN AgDaily in the  agricultural  industry.  The
Company  paid $63.5  million  cash and assumed  certain  "non-interest"  bearing
liabilities  of  approximately   $9.8  million.   The  Company  received  39,000
agricultural subscribers in this acquisition.

      The $63.5 million cash paid for the  Broadcast  Partners  acquisition  was
financed  with a  combination  of $15 million of privately  placed  common stock
equity  (948,000  shares) and $48.5 million of six year term notes (see note 5).
The Company acquired and capitalized  approximately  $38.2 million of equipment.
The Company is depreciating this equipment using the  straight-line  method over
five years. The Company capitalized approximately $34.8 million as an intangible
asset (primarily  goodwill) and is amortizing this cost using the  straight-line
method over three to eight years.

Market Quoters, Northern Data and Market Communications Group LLC
      During the first quarter of 1997,  the Company  acquired  2,900  real-time
commodity  subscribers through two separate  acquisitions.  Approximately 500 of
the subscribers were acquired from Market Quoters and Northern Data Services for
$750,000  cash.  The  remaining  2,400  subscribers  were  acquired  from Market
Communications Group, LLC (MCG), a joint venture between Reuters America,  Inc.,
and Farmland  Industries,  Inc. The Company paid $3.6 million cash for the 2,400
subscribers,  certain  assets and assumed  certain  liabilities.  In total,  the
Company capitalized approximately $4.5 million as an intangible asset (primarily
goodwill) and is amortizing this cost using the straight-line  method over three
to eight years. The MCG acquisition  included the preferred rights to distribute
relevant Reuters  real-time news and information to the commodities,  energy and
metals markets.

The Network, Inc.
      In July of 1997, the Company acquired the assets of The Network,  Inc., an
electronic cotton trading network service.  The Company agreed to pay $1,000,000
cash over five years.  The Company has the option to terminate  the agreement at
any time and cease all payments and return the assets to the owner.  The Company
paid  $200,000  cash in 1997 and 1998 and will pay $200,000  cash on each of the
next three anniversary  dates. The Company is capitalizing the $200,000 payments
when made as an intangible asset  (primarily  goodwill) and amortizing this cost
using  the  straight-line  method  over 12  months.  To  date  the  Company  has
capitalized  a total of  $500,000.  In effect,  if all  payments  are made,  the
Company is amortizing the $1,000,000 purchase price over five years.

Arkansas Farm Bureau ACRES Service
      In October of 1997,  the Company agreed to acquire the  approximately  700
subscribers  on the ACRES  platform  from the Arkansas  Farm Bureau  (AFB).  The
Company agreed to pay approximately $600 for each subscriber that converted to a
DTN service.  The Company has converted  628  subscribers  to a DTN service.  In
addition,  the Company will pay the AFB a $6 monthly  residual for the lesser of
the life of the  subscriber or ten years for those  subscribers  converting to a
DTN service.  The Company  capitalized  $376,800 as an  intangible  asset and is
amortizing this cost using the straight-line method over eight years.

Market Information of Colorado, Inc.
      In February of 1998,  DTN acquired  100  subscribers  receiving  real-time
commodities and futures  information from Market  Information of Colorado,  Inc.
(MIC) for $135,000 cash. The Company capitalized $133,205 as an intangible asset
and is amortizing this cost using the straight-line method over eight years.

CDS Group, Inc.
      In March of 1998, DTN acquired CDS Group, Inc. (CDS) for $250,000 cash and
the  assumption  of  certain  liabilities.  CDS is engaged  in the  business  of
marketing  software for tracking  bales of cotton for  businesses  in the cotton
industry.  This acquisition complements the acquisition of The Network, Inc., an
electronic cotton trading network (discussed above). The Company has capitalized

                                       48
                                     - 782 -
<PAGE>

$325,300 as an intangible asset (goodwill) and is amortizing this cost using the
straight-line method over five years.

SmartServ Online, Inc.
      In April of 1998, DTN signed an agreement to acquire  exclusive  rights to
market the Internet based financial services  information  products of SmartServ
Online,  Inc.  their internet  information  distribution  technology,  and their
subscribers for $850,000 cash plus $1,055,000 for minimum payments for the first
twelve  months of the  contract.  These  services  include:  SmartServ  Pro, now
DTN.IQ, a real-time, tick-by-tick stock quote and news service, and TradeNet and
BrokerNet,  real-time trading and account information services for the brokerage
industry. This agreement transfers the 850 subscribers currently using SmartServ
Online to DTN. All new  subscribers  to these services will be DTN customers and
DTN will pay SmartServ  Online,  Inc. an ongoing royalty based on revenues.  The
first  year  minimum  payments  in excess of the  calculated  payments  has been
capitalized  as  part  of  the  purchase  price.  The  Company  has  capitalized
$1,905,000  as an  intangible  asset  and is  amortizing  this  cost  using  the
straight-line method over five years.

National Datamax, Inc.
      In June of 1998,  DTN signed an  agreement  to acquire 100% of the capital
stock  outstanding of National Datamax,  a software  development and information
services firm specializing in integrated  systems for the financial  information
services industry.  DTN has agreed to pay $3,000,000 cash, assume the assets and
liabilities of National Datamax,  Inc., plus pay any earn-out based upon revenue
growth from quarter ending December 31, 1997,  through quarter ending  September
30, 1999.  National Datamax is a wholly owned subsidiary of DTN and operates out
of California.  The Company has  capitalized  $3,242,930 as an intangible  asset
(primarily  goodwill) and is amortizing this cost using the straight-line method
over three to five years.

Kavouras, Inc.
      In July of 1998,  DTN signed an  agreement  to acquire 100% of the capital
stock  outstanding  in Kavouras,  Inc.  Kavouras is engaged in the  development,
design,  manufacture,  marketing  and service of  meteorological  equipment  and
provides  meteorological  data  services  to  government,  aviation,  commercial
broadcast and other industries,  including DTN. The Company agreed to assume the
assets and  liabilities  of  Kavouras,  Inc. and pay  $22,650,000  cash of which
$20,650,000 was paid at closing.  The remaining $2,000,000 cash will be paid out
in equal  $400,000  payments  over the next five  anniversary  dates of closing.
Kavouras is a wholly owned subsidiary of DTN and operates out of Minnesota under
the name DTN Kavouras Weather Services. The Company has capitalized  $18,208,749
as an intangible  asset  (primarily  goodwill) and is amortizing this cost using
the straight-line method over five to ten years.

      In a  related  transaction,  in April of 1998,  Kavouras  signed a License
Agreement with Earthwatch  Communication,  Inc. for the exclusive rights to use,
market license and sell the Licensed  Products of a U.S. Patent which provides a
"Method  for  Creating  a 3D  Image  of  Terrain  and  Associated  Weather."  In
conjunction with the acquisition  agreement,  an Assignment Agreement was signed
on March 30,  1998,  between  Kavouras and the Company to assign this License to
DTN Market Communications Group, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
As a result of this assignment, the Company paid $3,000,000 cash for the License
Agreement with Earthwatch Communication,  Inc., which is being capitalized as an
intangible asset and amortized using the straight-line method over ten years.

Paragon Software, Inc.
      In  October  of 1998,  the  Company  acquired  100% of the  capital  stock
outstanding in Paragon Software, Inc. (PSI), subject to a re-purchase by a third
party.  PSI  provides  financial  information  services to  subscribers  via the
Internet. The Company agreed to pay $5.7 million to acquire the stock and assume
the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  company.  The  Company  has  capitalized
$6,474,910 as an intangible  asset  (primarily  goodwill) and is amortizing this
cost using the straight-line method over three to five years.

      The  acquisition  of  PSI  was  part  of an  overall  plan  to  acquire  a
controlling  interest  in  two  other  companies.   Without  those  acquisitions
occurring  prior to December  31,  1998, a third party has the right to purchase
PSI from the Company at the Company's  initial cost. The  acquisitions  were not
completed  by  December  31,  1998 (due to  circumstances  beyond the  Company's
control) and the third party has indicated their intentions to purchase Paragon.
If the third party does not obtain the  financing  and purchase  Paragon by June
30, 1999, Paragon will remain an asset of DTN.

Weather Services Corporation
      In  December  of 1998,  the Company  acquired  100% of the  capital  stock
outstanding in Weather Services  Corporation (WSC). WSC provides  meteorological
consulting and worldwide commercial weather information to internet,  newspaper,
utilities,  broadcasters,  agribusinesses and municipalities. The Company agreed
to pay $3,807,700 cash to acquire the stock and assume certain  liabilities plus
a warrant to purchase 20,000 shares of DTN's common stock at $34.00. The Company
has capitalized  $3,806,533 as an intangible  asset (goodwill) and is amortizing
this cost using the  straight-line  method over ten years. The fair value of the
warrant is included in shareholder's equity.

Pro Forma Financial Information
      All of the acquisitions  have been accounted for using the purchase method
of accounting.  With the exception of National Datamax,  Kavouras,  PSI and WSC,

                                       49
                                    - 783 -
<PAGE>

the acquisitions in 1997 and 1998 were primarily acquisitions of subscribers and
not entire businesses.  The following unaudited pro forma financial  information
reflects the  consolidated  results of  operations of the Company for the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 as though the Kavouras,  National Datamax
and WSC acquisitions, had occurred at the beginning of the period presented. The
remaining  1998  acquisitions  were deemed not material in nature to the overall
operating  statements  of the  Company,  thus are  excluded  from the pro  forma
information  disclosure.  The  acquisition  of PSI is excluded from the proforma
information  as a result  of the  repurchase  agreement  discussed  above.  This
proforma  information has been prepared for  comparative  purposes only and does
not necessarily  represent actual operating  results that may be achieved in the
future or that would have  occurred  had the  acquisition  been  consummated  on
January 1, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Pro Forma December 31,                  1998                          1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>                           <C>         
Revenues                            $161,544,338                  $150,665,102
Income (loss) before
  extraordinary item                $ (5,684,895)                 $ (1,293,803)
Income (loss) per share before
  extraordinary item
  Basic                             $      (0.50)                 $      (0.12)
  Diluted                           $      (0.50)                 $      (0.12)

</TABLE>



3.       Inventories
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Inventories  are primarily  related to the equipment  sales as a result of
the acquisition of Kavouras. The major classes of inventory are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31                  1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>          
Raw Materials           $   2,684,857
Work-in-Process               728,415
Finished Goods                162,308
                        $   3,575,580

</TABLE>

4.       Equipment, Building and Leasehold Improvements
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Equipment,  building and leasehold  improvements  are stated at cost.  The
respective costs of the classes of assets are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31,                 1998                        1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>                         <C>         
Equipment                $ 33,198,540                $ 21,338,869
Building                    2,460,486                        -
Land                          220,269                        -
Leasehold improvements      2,909,196                   1,816,368
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total                  $ 38,788,491                $ 23,155,237

</TABLE>


5.       Long Term Debt And Loan Agreements
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The Company has a revolving credit agreement,  as amended, with a group of
banks (the "Revolving Credit Agreement").  The Revolving Credit Agreement, which
expires June 30, 2000 unless extended,  provides for a total commitment of up to
$80,800,000 in new borrowings. As of December 31, 1998, $55,500,000 of the total
commitment had been borrowed,  with the remaining  $25,300,000  available to the
Company subject to certain restrictions as discussed below.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31,                           1998                        1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revolving Credit Agreement
<S>                               <C>                          <C>         
  Revolving credit line           $  55,500,000                 $  4,500,000
  Term notes                         34,421,875                   35,151,040
Term Credit Agreement
  Term notes                      $  32,326,665                 $ 40,408,333
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Loan Agreements               122,248,540                   80,059,373
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less current portion                 21,628,542                   21,810,833
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Long-Term Debt              $ 100,619,998                 $ 58,248,540


</TABLE>


      Additional  borrowings  under the Revolving Credit Agreement are available
to the Company,  as long as at the time of the advance,  no default  exists with
any of the  Company  loan  agreements  and  the  ratio  of the  Company's  total
borrowings  to  operating  cash flow  ("the  Leverage  Ratio")  does not  exceed
thirty-six.  As of December 31, 1998 based on current  operating  cash flow, the
Company  would be able to borrow  all of the  remaining  $25,300,000  commitment
available.

      In addition to the restrictions  mentioned above with respect to advances,
total debt  outstanding is limited to forty-eight  times monthly  operating cash
flow. The Company is required to maintain total stockholders' equity of at least
$23,500,000  plus fifty  percent  (50%) of net income (but not losses) at fiscal
year end through June 30, 2000. The minimum  stockholders' equity required to be
maintained is  $24,618,040  as of December 31, 1998.  The Company is required to
maintain  a ratio of  quarterly  operating  cash flow to  interest  expense  (as
defined) of at least 2.25 to 1. The Company is permitted  to pay cash  dividends
in any one year, which are, in the aggregate, less than 25% of the Company's net
operating profit after taxes in the previous four quarters.

      Interest on the outstanding borrowings (prior to when the borrowings might
be converted to term loans, as discussed below) is at a variable rate, depending
on the ratio of the  Company's  total  borrowings  to  operating  cash flow (the
"Leverage  Ratio").  The  following  table  outlines the "Leverage  Ratio",  the
applicable Margin, Unused Commitment Fees and Fixed Note Margin discussed below.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Unused              Fixed
                                                   Commitment             Note
Leverage Ratio                      Margin             Fee               Margin
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>               <C>                <C>  
more than 42                        .250%             .375%              2.25%
more than 36 and less than 42       .500%             .250%              2.25%
more than 30 and less than 36       .750%             .250%              2.00%
more than 24 and less than 30      1.000%             .250%              2.00%
more than 18 and less than 24      1.250%             .125%              1.75%
less than 18                       1.375%             .125%              1.75%


</TABLE>

      The Revolving Credit Rate is the First National Bank of Omaha's  "National
Base Rate", minus the applicable Margin. The base rate is adjusted monthly, with

                                       50
                                    - 784 -
<PAGE>

the  interest  rate  margin (as  defined on page 57)  changed  quarterly.  As of
December 31, 1998, the Revolving Credit Rate is 6.75%.

      The  Company has the option to convert the  outstanding  revolving  credit
borrowings to term loans at any time,  payable in  forty-eight  fixed  principal
installments,  plus  interest.  Interest on the  converted  term loans is at the
Company's  option,  a variable  interest rate of 1/4% over the Revolving  Credit
Rate or at a fixed rate of 3/8% over the Revolving  Credit Rate in effect on the
date of the notice (as defined) or the  applicable  Fixed Note Margin  (based on
the  "Leverage  Ratio")  over  the  average  of the 3 and 5 year U. S.  treasury
securities,  as quoted in the prior month "Federal Reserve Statistical Release",
whichever is greater.  Through a refinancing of Senior Subordinated Notes, as of
March 17, 1998, the Company  converted  $16,000,000 of revolving  credit to term
notes  accruing  interest at the rate of 7.50% (see  footnote 6). As of December
31, 1998, $55,500,000 of the total borrowings outstanding had not been converted
to  term  loans.  As of  December  31,  1998,  $34,421,875  of term  loans  were
outstanding with monthly  installments due up through 2002 having interest rates
ranging from 7.50% to 9.25%.

      The Company pays a commitment  fee of 1/8 - 3/8% on the unused  portion of
the total  revolving  credit  commitment  based on the "Leverage  Ratio".  As of
December 31, 1998 the  commitment  fee was 1/4% on all unused  revolving  credit
commitment.  In the event the total  borrowings  exceed 36 times  Operating Cash
Flow,  any term  note  accruing  interest  at less than  7.5% is  included  in a
"Trigger Event".  The Company is obligated to pay the holders of such term notes
a fee of 0.375% of the  outstanding  balance of the notes upon the occurrence of
the Trigger Event and like amounts on the six month  anniversary  and the twelve
month  anniversary of the Trigger Event. The Company has a Term Credit Agreement
with a group of banks providing for an aggregate principal amount of $48,490,000
to be repaid in 72 fixed principal installments which began January 31, 1997.

      As of  December  31,1998,  the  principal  balance  was  $32,326,665  with
$16,926,000  accruing  at a  variable  interest  rate of the NY prime  rate less
one-half of one  percent,  or 7.25% and the  remaining  $15,400,665  accruing at
fixed interest rates ranging from 8.25% to 8.36%.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                 Minimum Principal Maturities of Long-Term Debt*
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year Ending December 31,

           <S>                         <C>         
           1999                         $ 21,628,542
           2000                           21,581,667
           2001                           14,456,667
           2002                            9,081,664
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                   $ 66,748,540
      
<FN>

*Excluding revolving credit line.

</FN>
</TABLE>


      The  revolving  credit lines are  classified  as long-term  debt since the
Company has the ability and the intent to maintain these  obligations for longer
than one year.

      Substantially  all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral under
the Company's long-term debt and loan agreements.

6.       Subordinated Long-Term Notes
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      On March 17, 1998, the Company  refinanced its Senior  Subordinated  Notes
with 7.50% term notes with fixed principal  payments plus interest.  The Company
recorded an extraordinary loss for the pre-payment penalty of $1,125,000 or 7.5%
of the principal balance of $15,000,000 to retire the Subordinated  Notes early.
In addition,  $557,880 of debt issuance and discount costs related to the senior
subordinated  notes were also  recorded  as an  extraordinary  loss in the first
quarter of 1998.



7.       Income Taxes
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Components of the income tax (benefit) provision are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       1998                 1997                 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>               <C>                    <C>                  <C>       
Current           $   156,000            $  115,000           $   34,000
Deferred           (1,558,684)            1,056,000             (480,000)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  $(1,402,684)           $1,171,000           $ (446,000)


</TABLE>

      The income tax (benefit) provision differs from the (benefit) provision at
federal statutory rates for the following reasons:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        1998                 1997                  1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>       
Federal             $(1,383,313)         $1,158,000            $(477,000)
State Taxes             (81,371)             68,000              (28,000)
Other                    62,000             (55,000)              59,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    $(1,402,684)         $1,171,000            $(446,000)


</TABLE>

      Included in the extraordinary  item, net of tax, is a federal deferred tax
benefit of $606,000.  The  components of deferred tax  liability  (asset) are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            1998                     1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>                       <C>          
Depreciation                          $ (4,910,000)             $ (6,573,000)
Net operating loss carryforwards         8,630,000                 8,101,000
Intangible assets                         (828,000)                     -
AMT Credits                                860,000                   235,000
Accruals and other                       1,019,000                  (417,000)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Deferred Asset                    $  4,771,000              $  1,346,000


</TABLE>

      The Company had  approximately  $23,971,000  of unused net operating  loss
(NOL)  carryforwards at December 31, 1998. The NOL carryforwards  will expire in
the years 2002 to 2018.  In addition,  the Company  reflected in Other Assets at
December 31, 1997 approximately  $911,000 relating to pending IRS refund claims.
This refund was collected in 1998.

                                       51
                                    - 785 -
<PAGE>


8.       Capital Stock
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The Company's  articles of incorporation  provide for the authorization of
1,000,000  shares of $.50 par value per share  preferred  stock.  The  preferred
stock,  none of which has been issued,  presently  has no voting rights or other
features,  although the articles of  incorporation  contain  provisions to adopt
various features or privileges at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

      In  September  1992,  the  Company's  Board of  Directors  authorized  the
repurchase of up to 350,000  shares of the Company's  outstanding  common stock.
The purchases are to be made from time to time in the open market or in arranged
transactions at such price or prices as company officers may deem advisable. The
Company has purchased 150,000 shares of outstanding common stock since September
1992.  The  common  stock  repurchased  may be used to  provide  shares  for the
Company's existing stock options and warrants outstanding.

      In June 1994,  pursuant  to the sale of  subordinated  debt,  the  Company
issued a warrant to purchase  75,000  shares of the  Company's  common  stock at
$7.39 per share on or before June 30, 2004.  At December 31, 1998 the warrant to
purchase 75,000 shares had not been exercised.

      As part of the May 1996  acquisition  of Broadcast  Partners,  the Company
sold 948,000 (split  adjusted) shares through a private  placement  transaction.
During the second  quarter of 1996,  the  Company  effectuated  a  three-for-one
common stock split,  payable  June 28, 1996 to  stockholders  of record June 14,
1996. The stated par value of each share was not changed from $0.001. A total of
$7,383 was reclassified from the Company's additional paid in capital account to
the Company's common stock account.

      In August of 1997,  the  Company  adopted a  shareholder  rights plan with
respect  to its  Common  Stock,  under  which  the  Board  declared  a  dividend
distribution of one preferred  shares purchase right to holders of each share of
Common Stock.  The rights are not  exercisable  until ten days after a person or
group announces the acquisition of 11% or more of the Company's  voting stock or
announces a tender  offer for 11% or more of the  Company's  outstanding  common
stock.  Each right entitles the holder to purchase  common stock at one half the
stock's market value. The rights are redeemable at the Company's option for $.01
per  Right  at any time on or prior to  public  announcement  that a person  has
acquired 11% or more of the Company's voting stock. The rights are automatically
attached to and trade with each share of Common Stock.

      In  December  of  1998,  pursuant  to the  purchase  of  Weather  Services
Corporation,  the  Company  issued a warrant to  purchase  20,000  shares of the
Company's  common stock at $34.00 per share on or before  December 11, 2005.  At
December 31, 1998 the warrant to purchase 20,000 shares had not been exercised.

9.       Benefit Plan
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The Company has a defined  contribution  plan under provisions of Internal
Revenue Code Section 401(k). All employees with at least one year of service may
participate in the plan. The Company  matches the employee's  contribution up to
4% of  the  employee's  compensation,  and  may  make  additional  discretionary
contributions.  During 1998, 1997 and 1996, the Company contributed  $1,029,000,
$848,000 and $671,000, respectively, to the plan as matching contributions.

10.      Leases
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The Company leases the right to subsidiary channel  authorizations from FM
radio  stations and  satellite  network  transmission  capacity to broadcast the
Company's information service to its subscribers. These leases are accounted for
as operating  leases and are for varying periods of one to ten years and contain
annual renewal options for periods of up to five years.

      The Company also has various operating leases for office space,  warehouse
facilities and equipment.  These leases expire on various dates through 2005 and
generally  provide for renewal  options at the end of the lease.  The Company is
generally obligated to pay the cost of property taxes, insurance,  utilities and
maintenance on the leases.

      Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases at
December 31, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Year Ending December 31
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<C>                                        <C>               
1999                                       $ 5,546,000
2000                                         4,597,000
2001                                         3,677,000
2002                                         2,517,000
2003                                         2,177,000
2004 and after                               2,575,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total future minimum lease payments        $21,089,000
</TABLE>




      Total rent expense on all operating leases was $5,920,000,  $4,842,000 and
$3,459,000 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

11.      Stock-Based Compensation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The Company has employee and  director  stock option plans with  aggregate
limits of  2,800,000  shares for the  employee  plan and 210,000  shares for the
non-employee  director plan. The exercise price of the stock options is equal to
the market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. The options
are  exercisable  for a period  of up to ten  years  from the date of grant  and
generally vest equally over a period of three years.

                                       52
                                    - 786 -
<PAGE>

      At December  31, 1998,  shares of the  Company's  authorized  but unissued
common stock were reserved for issuance as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                    Shares
- --------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>    
Employee stock option plan          691,226
Non-employee director plan           83,003
- --------------------------------------------
Total                               774,229


</TABLE>



      The Company  accounts  for its  stock-based  compensation  plans under the
provisions of APB 25. Accordingly,  no compensation cost has been recognized for
its fixed stock option plans.

      The effects on 1998, 1997 and 1996 net income (loss) and income (loss) per
share of accounting for stock-based  compensation based on the fair value method
at the grant dates consistent with the method of FASB Statement 123,  Accounting
for  Stock-Based  Compensation,  are shown in the pro forma  information  to the
right:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Pro Forma                          1998                1997            1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income (Loss)
<S>                           <C>                  <C>             <C>         
  As Reported                 $ (3,742,759)        $  2,236,081    $  (958,306)
  Proforma                    $ (5,427,339)        $    920,827    $(2,452,206)
Diluted Income (Loss)
per share
  As Reported                 $      (0.33)        $       0.19    $     (0.09)
  Proforma                    $      (0.48)        $       0.08    $     (0.23)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair Value Per Share          $      15.70         $      11.56    $      8.22


</TABLE>


      The fair value for options  granted  under the above  mentioned  plans was
estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with
the following assumptions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                      1998            1997         1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>             <C>          <C>  
Risk-free interest rate               5.5 %           5.5 %        5.4 %
Dividend yield                        0.0 %           0.0 %        0.0 %
Expected volatility                  53.0 %          51.0 %       56.0 %
Expected life (years)                 4.95            5.60         4.75


</TABLE>


The following table  summarizes the stock options as of December 31, 1998, 1997,
1996:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1998                         1997                           1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Weighted-Average               Weighted-Average               Weighted-Average
                                          Shares   Exercise Price        Shares    Exercise Price      Shares     Exercise Price
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>               <C>           <C>             <C>          <C>      
Outstanding at beginning of year         1,546,432   $ 10.55           1,520,810     $   9.04        1,276,959    $    5.79
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Granted                                    253,458   $ 29.87             207,350     $  21.60          538,800    $   15.64
Exercised                                 (368,992)  $  7.25            (119,644)    $   8.33         (134,878)   $    5.64
Cancelled                                  (46,521)  $ 22.59             (62,084)    $  14.23         (160,071)   $    7.93
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at end of year               1,384,377   $ 14.57           1,546,432     $  10.55        1,520,810    $    9.04
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercisable at end of year                 895,230   $  9.48             968,834     $   7.25          741,409    $    5.67


</TABLE>


The following table summarizes the stock options  outstanding as of December 31,
1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                     Options Outstanding                                Options Exercisable
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Shares             Weighted-Average     Weighted-Average      Shares      Weighted-Average
                                   Outstanding           Remaining Life       Exercise Price     Exercisable    Exercise Price
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>                                 <C>                 <C>                   <C>                  <C>          <C>    
$ 0.00 -  $ 5.50                    451,853             3.7 years             $ 4.67               451,853      $  4.67
$ 5.75 -  $14.42                    125,092             5.1 years             $ 8.71               125,042      $  8.71
$15.50 -  $15.50                    388,645             7.0 years             $15.50               246,995      $ 15.50
$15.67 -  $41.75                    418,787             8.6 years             $26.14                71,340      $ 20.52
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ 0.00 -  $41.75                   1,384,377            6.3 years             $14.57               895,230      $  9.48

</TABLE>

12.       Earnings Per Share
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      The following table shows the amounts used in computing earnings per share
and the effect on the weighted  average  number of shares of dilutive  potential
common stock. The dilutive  potential common shares outstanding were 878,837 and
855,640 for 1998 and 1996,  respectively,  and were not  included  in  computing
diluted earnings per share because their effects were antidilutive.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                  1998                            1997                              1996
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Per-Share                           Per-Share                        Per-Share
                                 Income      Shares     Amount     Income      Shares      Amount    Income       Shares    Amount
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic EPS
<S>                          <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>    
  Net Income (Loss)          $ (3,742,759) 11,358,934  $ (0.33)   $2,236,081  11,100,684    $0.20    $ (958,306)  10,657,893 $(0.09)
Effect of Dilutive 
  Securities
  Stock Options and Warrants         -           -          -           -        981,872      -            -            -        - 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted EPS                  $ (3,742,759) 11,358,934  $ (0.33)   $2,236,081  12,082,556    $0.19    $ (958,306)  10,657,893 $(0.09)



</TABLE>

                                       53
                                    - 787 -
<PAGE>



13.      Industry Segment Data
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      The Company operates in four principal  industry  segments - Agricultural,
Weather,   Financial   and   Energy.   All   segments   provide   comprehensive,
time-sensitive  information  and  communication  services  for their  respective
industries.

      The  Agricultural  segment  (DTN Ag  Services)  provides  information  and
services,  including:agricultural  market  information,  delayed  and real  time
futures and options quotes and  comprehensive  news and weather for a variety of
agribusiness industries;  equipment locator and inventory management service for
the farm implement dealer; weather, pricing, news and transportation information
for the produce  industry;  and an  electronic  marketing  system for the cotton
industry.

      The  Weather  segment  (DTN  Weather  Services)  provides a  comprehensive
weather  information  system  to meet  the  weather  information  needs  of many
industries  including:  aviation,  broadcast,  construction,  forestry,  marine,
transportation,  turf-related  operations,  emergency  management  and any other
business relying on weather information to help carry out its operations.

      The Financial  segment (DTN  Financial  Services)  provides  comprehensive
information and services  including;  real-time quotes,  news, charts and alerts
for professional  investors delivered via proprietary  hardware,  PC or over the
internet;  delayed  quotes,  business news and economic data for the  individual
investor;  wholesale  mortgage rates and prices for the mortgage  industry;  and
software and data services to financial planners and independent brokers.

      The Energy segment (DTN Energy Services) provides pricing  information and
communications  services  including,  delayed  futures and  options  quotes plus
selected financial information for the refined fuels industry,  thus linking the
refiners  with their  customers  and  real-time  or delayed  options and futures
quotes, weather, news and information for the gas and electricity industries.

      The Other segment  (Other  Services) is general  corporate  activities not
attributable  to a specific  industry  segment and other  industry  services not
material in nature and eliminations of inter-segment activity.

      Management  primarily  evaluates  performance  of each  segment  based  on
operating cash flow (operating  income before  depreciation  and  amortization),
EBITDA.   The  Company  does  not  allocate   income  taxes  and  infrequent  or
extraordinary items to the individual industry segments.  Inter-segment revenues
have  been  recorded  at  amounts  approximating  market.  The  following  table
summarizes  additional  information  regarding the Company's individual industry
segments:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 1998                 1997           1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
External revenues
<S>                           <C>               <C>              <C>         
  DTN Ag Services             $ 88,313,568      $ 87,574,829     $ 69,718,299
  DTN Weather Services          25,760,861        10,665,701        5,597,926
  DTN Financial Services        13,350,361        10,316,370        8,586,836
  DTN Energy Services           16,108,597        14,344,714       12,169,273
  Other Services                 5,452,959         3,472,738        2,311,379
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                         $148,986,346      $126,374,352     $ 98,383,713
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Inter-segment revenues
  DTN Ag Services             $       -         $       -        $       -
  DTN Weather Services           1,038,231              -                -
  DTN Financial Services            24,611              -                -
  DTN Energy Services                 -                 -                -
  Other Services                      -                 -                -
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 1,062,842              -                -
  Inter-segment
    Elimination                 (1,062,842)             -                -
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                         $       -         $       -        $       -
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Income
  DTN Ag Services             $ 16,797,670      $ 18,773,860     $ 11,169,290
  DTN Weather Services          (2,649,423)       (2,174,723)      (1,685,060)
  DTN Financial Services        (3,559,403)       (2,701,058)      (2,471,838)
  DTN Energy Services            6,282,467         5,720,451        4,201,884
  Other Services               (12,708,135)       (7,235,127)      (4,293,485)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (a)                     $  4,163,176      $ 12,383,403     $  6,920,791
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation
and Amortization
  DTN Ag Services             $ 33,176,299      $ 31,989,604     $ 26,013,461
  DTN Weather Services           6,839,166         3,575,805        1,588,449
  DTN Financial Services         4,226,327         3,196,835        2,730,428
  DTN Energy Services            2,003,109         2,124,352        1,918,895
  Other Services                 2,605,721         1,428,709        1,205,404
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                         $ 48,850,622      $ 42,315,305     $ 33,456,637
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest Expense
  DTN Ag Services             $  5,813,030      $  7,554,514     $  7,073,451
  DTN Weather Services           1,812,353           694,197          404,252
  DTN Financial Services           454,981           442,381          462,724
  DTN Energy Services              158,535           184,024          258,870
  Other Services                   210,769           223,115          232,973
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                         $  8,449,668      $  9,098,231     $  8,432,270
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating
Cash Flow (EBITDA)
  DTN Ag Services             $ 49,973,969      $ 50,763,464     $ 37,182,751
  DTN Weather Services           4,189,743         1,401,082          (96,611)
  DTN Financial Services           666,924           495,777          258,590
  DTN Energy Services            8,285,576         7,844,803        6,120,779
  Other Services (a)           (10,102,414)       (5,806,418)      (3,088,081)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                         $ 53,013,798      $ 54,698,708     $ 40,377,428
</TABLE>

                                       54
                                    - 788 -
<PAGE>


14.  Subsequent Events
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SmartServ Online, Inc. Letter of Intent:
      On January 26, 1999, the Company and SmartServ Online,  Inc., (SSOL) based
in Stamford,  CT,  (OTC-BB:SSOL)  signed a Letter of Intent  whereby the Company
will merge with SmartServ Online,  Inc.  Shareholders of SmartServ Online,  Inc.
will receive  stock of the Company.  The Letter of Intent has been signed by the
holders of a majority of the stock of SSOL on a fully diluted basis.

      Under the terms of the proposed  transaction,  the holders of  outstanding
stock of SSOL  would  receive  shares  of the  Company  Common  Stock  having an
aggregate  market  value  equal  to the  lesser  of  $14,850,000  or the  amount
determined  by  multiplying  $3.20 by the number of shares of SSOL Common  Stock
held by SSOL  Stockholders  on an as if converted and fully diluted  basis.  The
market  value of a share of the  Company's  Common  Stock  for  purposes  of the
proposed  transaction  would be based upon the average of its closing  prices on
the  Nasdaq  Stock  Market on each of the 10  trading  days  ending on the third
trading day prior to the date of the closing of the  proposed  transaction,  but
would not be lower than $28.35 or higher than $34.65.

      The  Company  will  file a  federal  registration  statement  prior to the
Closing  covering  all  of the  Company's  Common  Shares  issued  to  the  SSOL
Stockholders in the proposed transaction.  The registration,  if effective, will
permit the SSOL Stockholders to sell the Company's Common Shares into the public
market. The transaction is subject to the execution of a definitive agreement, a
fairness  opinion and approval of a majority of the  outstanding  stock of SSOL.
The parties anticipate the proposed transaction to close in June 1999.

1998 Revolving Credit Agreements:
      On January 29,  1999,  the Company  closed on the First  Amendment to 1998
Revolving  Credit  Agreement.  This  agreement  increased the  revolving  credit
facility to $122,900,000 from the previous limit of $80,800,000.  This amendment
extended  the term of the  revolving  credit  facility to June 30, 2001 from the
previous  term of June 30, 2000. At January 29, 1999,  $57,000,000  of the total
commitment had been borrowed,  with the remaining  $65,900,000  available to the
Company subject to certain restrictions.

                                       55
                                    - 789 -

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                           Quarterly Data (Unuadited)

                     Years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997


Quarter                             First            Second             Third            Fourth            Total
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fiscal 1998
<S>                                  <C>                 <C>                <C>             <C>               <C>          
Revenues                             $ 34,425,147        $ 34,797,482       $ 39,733,540    $ 40,030,177      $ 148,986,346
Operating Income                     $  3,701,311        $ (3,030,844)      $  2,124,238    $  1,368,471      $   4,163,176
Income (Loss)
  Before Extraordinary Item          $  1,087,406        $ (3,076,542)(4)   $      9,987    $   (686,730)     $  (2,665,879)
Net Income (Loss)                    $     10,526(3)     $ (3,076,542)(4)   $      9,987    $   (686,730)     $  (3,742,759)
Basic Income (Loss) Per Share2
  Income (loss)
    before extraordinary item        $       0.10        $      (0.27)      $       -(5)    $      (0.06)     $       (0.24)
  Net Income (loss)                  $       -(5)        $      (0.27)      $       -(5)    $      (0.06)     $       (0.33)
Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share(2)
  Income (loss)
    before extraordinary item        $       0.10        $      (0.27)      $       -(5)    $      (0.06)     $       (0.24)
  Net Income (loss)                  $       -(5)        $      (0.27)      $       -(5)    $      (0.06)$            (0.33)
Operating Cash Flow1                 $ 14,784,727        $  8,581,338       $ 15,028,263    $ 14,619,470      $  53,013,798
Total Subscribers                         160,400             160,100            158,400         159,300            159,300
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fiscal 1997
Revenues                             $ 29,466,873        $ 31,391,287       $ 32,216,238    $ 33,299,954      $ 126,374,352
Operating Income                     $  2,929,234        $  3,049,577       $  3,114,077    $  3,290,515      $  12,383,403
Net Income                           $    361,619        $    485,561       $    571,800    $    817,101      $   2,236,081

Basic Income Per Share(2)            $       0.03        $       0.04       $       0.05    $       0.07      $        0.20
Diluted Income Per Share(2)          $       0.03        $       0.04       $       0.05    $       0.07      $        0.19

Operating Cash Flow1                 $ 13,141,205        $ 13,508,667       $ 13,770,835    $ 14,278,001      $  54,698,708
Total Subscribers                         151,800             153,700            155,700         158,800            158,800




<FN>

1  Operating income before depreciation and amortization expense.
2  Net  income  per  share  for each of the four  quarters  may not agree to net
   income per share for the year due to rounding.
3  Includes  an  Extraordinary  Item,  net of tax of  $1,076,880  for the  early
   extinguishment of $15,000,000 11.25% Senior  Subordinated Notes due December,
   2004.
4  Includes  $5,800,000 on a pre-tax basis and  $3,716,000 on an after tax basis
   for non-recurring satellite costs related to Galaxy IV outage.
5  Less than one cent per share.

</FN>
</TABLE>


 <TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Trading Information
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Market Price 1998                Market Price 1997
                           -----------------                -----------------

Quarter Ended            High     Low     Last            High     Low     Last
<S>                     <C>      <C>      <C>            <C>      <C>     <C>
March 31                38 1/2   26 1/4   34 1/2         28 3/4   21 1/4  26 1/4
June 30                 46       34 3/4   40             33 1/4   22 3/4  31 3/4
September 30            40 1/2   24       30             32 1/2   27 1/4  29 1/2
December 31             35       22 1/4   28 7/8         32 5/8   25 3/4  28

</TABLE>



      The Company's  common stock trades on The Nasdaq  National  Market tier of
the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol: DTLN. On December 31, 1998, there were
approximately 500 stockholders of record, not including beneficial holders whose
shares are held in names other than their own.

                                       56
                                    - 790 -
<PAGE>


                               Board Of Directors
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Data Transmission Network Corporation
Roger R. Brodersen
Chairman of the Board
Chief Executive Officer
Data Transmission Network Corp.

Scott A. Fleck
Vice President
Director of Engineering
Data Transmission Network Corp.

Richard R. Jaros
Director
Level 3 Communications, Inc.
CalEnergy Company, Inc.
RCN Corporation and
Commonwealth Telephone

Peter H. Kamin
President
Peak Management, Inc.

David K. Karnes
President
Chief Executive Officer
The Fairmont Group Inc.
Of Counsel, Kutak Rock law firm

J. Michael Parks
President
Chief Executive Officer
Alliance Data Systems

Jay E. Ricks
Chairman of the Board
Douglas Communications Corp.

Greg T. Sloma
President
Chief Operating Officer
Data Transmission Network Corp.

Roger W. Wallace
Senior Vice President
Data Transmission Network Corp.



                               Corporate Officers
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Data Transmission Network Corporation
Roger R. Brodersen
Chairman of the Board
Chief Executive Officer

Greg T. Sloma
President
Chief Operating Officer

Brian L. Larson
Vice President
Chief Financial Officer and
Secretary

James J. Marquiss
Senior Vice President
Director of Business Research and Product Development

Roger W. Wallace
Senior Vice President
President, Ag Services Division

Charles R. Wood
Senior Vice President
President, Financial Services Division

William R. Davison
Vice President
President, Ag Services

Scott A. Fleck
Vice President
Director of Engineering

H. Wade German
Vice President
Business Research

Daniel A. Petersen
Corporate Controller and
Treasurer

Joseph A. Urzendowski
Vice President, Operations



                                       57
                                    - 791 -
<PAGE>


                              INVESTOR INFORMATION
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate Headquarters
Data Transmission Network Corporation
9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
Omaha, NE 68114
(402) 390-2328
www.dtn.com

Independent Auditors
Deloitte & Touche LLP

Stock Transfer Agent
First National Bank of Omaha
Attn: Corporate Trust Services
One First National Center
Omaha, Nebraska 68102

Annual Shareholders Meeting
The annual shareholders meeting will be held on:
Wednesday, April 28, 1999 at 10:00 A.M.,
at the Holiday Inn-Northwest, 655 North 108th Avenue, Omaha, Nebraska.

Form 10-K
A copy of the  company's  form  10-K  filed  with the  securities  and  exchange
commission is available without charge upon written request to:

Secretary
Data Transmission Network Corporation
9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
Omaha, Nebraska 68114

Dividends
The  Company has never paid any  dividends  and has no present  intention  of so
doing.  Payment of cash  dividends in the future,  if any, will be determined by
the Board of Directors in light of the Company's  earnings,  financial condition
and other relevant considerations.




                                      58
                                    - 792 -


                                                                     Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT:

(1)   Kavouras,  Inc. which is organized and operates out of Minnesota under the
      same name.

(2)   National Datamax which is organized and operates out of California under 
      the same name.

(3)   Weather Services Corporation which is organized and operates out of 
      Massachusetts under the same name.

(4)   DTN Market Communications Group, Inc. which is organized in Nebraska and 
      includes the EarthWatch License Agreement.

(5)   DTN Acquisition Inc. which is organized in Nebraska and includes Paragon 
      Software, Inc.



                                       1
                                    - 793 -






                                                                     Exhibit 23



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT








      We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in Registration  Statements
No. 33-50406 and No. 33-50412 of Data Transmission  Network Corporation on Forms
S-8 of our reports dated  February 12, 1999,  appearing in and  incorporated  by
reference  in this  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K of Data  Transmission  Network
Corporation for the year ended December 31, 1998.





DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP


Omaha, Nebraska
March 17, 1999

                                       1
                                    - 794 -




<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
                               
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                  JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                    DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                    0
<SECURITIES>                              0
<RECEIVABLES>                    11,775,426
<ALLOWANCES>                      1,300,000
<INVENTORY>                               0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                 18,966,259
<PP&E>                          283,401,576 
<DEPRECIATION>                  174,164,486
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                  197,185,082
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>            36,412,977
<BONDS>                         100,619,998
                     0
                               0
<COMMON>                             11,516
<OTHER-SE>                       32,138,370
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>    197,185,082
<SALES>                         148,986,346
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                148,986,346
<CGS>                                     0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                   144,823,170
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                          0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                          0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                8,449,668
<INCOME-PRETAX>                  (4,068,563)
<INCOME-TAX>                     (1,402,684)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>              (2,665,879)
<DISCONTINUED>                            0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                   1,076,880
<CHANGES>                                 0
<NET-INCOME>                     (3,742,759)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                         (0.33)
<EPS-DILUTED>                         (0.33)
        


</TABLE>


                            SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
                Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the
                        Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Filed by the Registrant  [ x ]

Check the appropriate box:

[   ]  Preliminary Proxy Statement
[ x ]  Definitive Proxy Statement
[   ]  Definitive Additional Materials
[   ]  Soliciting Material Pursuant to ss.240.14a-11(c) or ss.240.14a-12
[   ]  Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule
       14a-6(e) (2))

                     DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                (Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
                ------------------------------------------------
                   (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement
                         if other than the Registrant)

Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):

[   ]  $125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii), 14a-6(i)(1), 14a-6(i)(2)
       or Item 22(a)(2) of Schedule 14A.

[   ]  $500 per each party to the controversy pursuant to Exchange Act Rule
       14a-6(i)(3).

[   ]  Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.

       1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:

          ----------------------------------------------------------------
       2) Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:

          ----------------------------------------------------------------
       3) Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computer
          pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (Set forth the amount on which
          the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):

          ----------------------------------------------------------------
       4) Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
          
          ----------------------------------------------------------------
       5) Total fee paid:

          ----------------------------------------------------------------

[   ]  Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.

[   ]  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act
       Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was
       paid previously.  Identify the previous filing by registration statement
       number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.

          1)   Amount Previously Paid: 
                                        ----------------------------------
          2)   Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.: 
                                                             -------------
          3)   Filing Party:
                            ----------------------------------------------
          4)   Date Filed:
                          ------------------------------------------------

                                       2
                                    - 797 -
<PAGE>
  




                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                         9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
                              Omaha, Nebraska 68114
                                 (402) 390-2328


                    NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                          TO BE HELD ON APRIL 28, 1999



     NOTICE IS HEREBY  GIVEN that the Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  of Data
Transmission Network Corporation,  a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  will
be held at the Holiday Inn-Old Mill, 655 North 108th Avenue,  Omaha, Nebraska on
Wednesday,  April 28, 1999 at 10:00 A.M. Omaha time for the following  purposes,
as more fully described in the accompanying Proxy Statement:

     1.   To elect nine directors to the Board of Directors.

     2.   To consider  and vote upon a proposal to approve  the  Company's  1999
          Stock Incentive Plan.

     3.   To  consider  and vote upon a proposal  to ratify the  appointment  of
          Deloitte & Touche LLP as  independent  auditors of the Company for the
          1999 fiscal year.

     4.   To  transact  such other  business  as may  properly  come  before the
          meeting or any adjournments thereof.

     Any  action  may be  taken  on any one of the  foregoing  proposals  at the
meeting  on the date  specified  above,  or on any  date or  dates to which  the
meeting may be  adjourned.  The Board of  Directors of the Company has fixed the
close of business on March 1, 1999, as the record date for  determination of the
stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

     All  stockholders  are  cordially  invited to attend the meeting in person.
However, to assure your representation at the meeting, please complete, date and
sign the enclosed proxy card and mail it promptly in the self-addressed envelope
provided.  The giving of such proxy does not affect your right to vote in person
in the event you attend the meeting.

                                              BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS



Omaha, Nebraska                               Brian L. Larson
March 15, 1999                                Secretary

IMPORTANT:  THE PROMPT  RETURN OF PROXIES  WILL SAVE YOUR COMPANY THE EXPENSE OF
FURTHER REQUESTS FOR PROXIES IN ORDER TO INSURE A QUORUM. AN ADDRESSED  ENVELOPE
IS ENCLOSED FOR YOUR CONVENIENCE. NO POSTAGE IS REQUIRED IF MAILED IN THE UNITED
STATES.

                                       3
                                    - 798 -
<PAGE>



                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                                 Proxy Statement


                                      Index
                                                                            Page

Proxy Statement..............................................................1
Proxies......................................................................1
Voting Securities............................................................1
Election of Directors........................................................2
Ownership by Certain Beneficial Owners and Management........................5
Executive Compensation.......................................................8
Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation......................11
Proposal for 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.......................................13
Approval of Appointment of Auditors..........................................19
Transactions with Management.................................................19
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation..................19
Stockholder Proposals for 2000 Annual Meeting................................19
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance......................20
Other Matters................................................................20
Miscellaneous................................................................20
Exhibit 1 to Proxy Statement - 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.....................22






                                       4
                                     - 799 -
<PAGE>



                                 PROXY STATEMENT

                         ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                            TO BE HELD APRIL 28, 1999

     This Proxy  Statement is furnished in connection  with the  solicitation of
proxies by the Board of Directors of Data Transmission  Network  Corporation,  a
Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company"),  to be used at the  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders  (the  "Meeting") to be held at the Holiday Inn-Old Mill, 655 North
108th Avenue, Omaha, Nebraska on Wednesday,  April 28, 1999, at 10:00 A.M. Omaha
time.  Stockholders  of  record at the  close of  business  on March 1, 1999 are
entitled  to  notice  of and to vote at the  Meeting.  The  Company's  principal
executive  offices  are  located at 9110 West  Dodge  Road,  Suite  200,  Omaha,
Nebraska 68114.

                                     PROXIES

     Proxies are being  solicited  by the Board of Directors of the Company with
all costs of the  solicitation  to be paid by the Company.  If the  accompanying
proxy is executed  and  returned,  the shares  represented  by the proxy will be
voted as specified therein. A stockholder may revoke any proxy given pursuant to
this  solicitation  by  delivering to the Company prior to the Meeting a written
notice of  revocation  or by  attending  the Meeting and voting in person.  This
notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders, proxy statement and accompanying proxy
card are first being mailed to stockholders on or about March 15, 1999.

                                VOTING SECURITIES

     At March 1, 1999, the Company had issued and  outstanding 11,625,320 shares
of the Company's $.001 par value common stock. The Company has no other class of
voting  securities  outstanding.  Each  stockholder  voting in the  election  of
directors may cumulate such stockholder's  votes and give one candidate a number
of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number
of votes to which such stockholder's shares are entitled, or may distribute such
votes on the same principle among as many candidates as the stockholder chooses,
provided  that votes  cannot be cast for more than the total number of directors
to be elected at the Meeting.  The nine nominees receiving the most votes at the
Meeting  will be  elected  as  directors.  Each  share has one vote on all other
matters. An affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present in person or by
proxy and  entitled to vote at the Meeting is required for approval of all other
matters being submitted to the stockholders for their consideration.

     In accordance  with  Delaware  law, a shareholder  entitled to vote for the
election of  directors  can  withhold  authority to vote for all nominees or for
certain  nominees  for  directors.  Abstentions  from voting on the  proposal to
approve the 1999 Stock  Incentive Plan or to ratify the  appointment of auditors
are treated as votes against such proposal.  Broker non-votes on the proposal to
approve the 1999 Stock  Incentive Plan or to ratify the  appointment of auditors
are  treated  as  shares  as to which  voting  power  has been  withheld  by the
beneficial  holders of those  shares and,  therefore,  as shares not entitled to
vote on the proposal.



                                        
                                       5
                                    - 800 -
<PAGE>



                                 PROPOSAL NO. 1

                              ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

     At the Meeting, the stockholders will elect a board of nine directors for a
term extending  until the 2000 annual meeting of stockholders of the Company and
until their  respective  successors have been elected and qualify.  The Board of
Directors  as nominated  for  election or  re-election  as  directors:  Roger R.
Brodersen, Scott A. Fleck, Richard R. Jaros, Peter H. Kamin, David K. Karnes, J.
Michael  Parks,  Jay E. Ricks,  Greg T. Sloma and Roger W.  Wallace.  All of the
nominees presently are serving as directors of the Company. Proxies may be voted
for nine directors.

     If any  nominee  is unable to serve,  the shares  represented  by all valid
proxies  will be voted  for the  election  of such  substitute  as the  Board of
Directors  may  recommend  or the Board of  Directors  may amend the By-Laws and
reduce the size of the Board. At this time, the Board knows of no reason why any
nominee might be unavailable to serve.

     Set forth below is certain information as of March 1, 1999, with respect to
the nominees for election as directors of the Company.  The information relating
to their  respective  business  experience  was furnished to the Company by such
persons.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Nominee                    Age          Positions and Offices with the Company               Director Since

<S>                        <C>           <C>                                                     <C> 
Roger R. Brodersen         53            Chairman of the Board,                                  1984
                                         Chief Executive Officer and Director

Scott A. Fleck             31            Vice President and Director                             1997

Richard R. Jaros           46            Director                                                1998

Peter H. Kamin             37            Director                                                1998

David K. Karnes            50            Director                                                1989

J. Michael Parks           48            Director                                                1990

Jay E. Ricks               66            Director                                                1995

Greg T. Sloma              47            President, Chief Operating Office and                   1993
                                         Director

Roger W. Wallace           42            Senior Vice President and Director                      1984
</TABLE>

     Mr.  Brodersen  has  served as  Chairman  of the Board and Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company  since 1984.  Mr.  Brodersen  served as  President of the
Company from 1984 to 1995.

     Mr. Fleck has served as Vice  President of the Company  since 1997.  He has
served as Director of Engineering  of the Company since 1996.  Prior to becoming
Director of Engineering, Mr. Fleck held the position of Director of Software and
Hardware Development since joining the Company in 1991.




                                        6
                                     - 801 -
<PAGE>

     Mr. Jaros, age 46, served as President of Kiewit  Diversified  Group, Inc.,
now Level 3  Communications,  Inc.,  from 1996 to 1997.  From 1993 to 1997,  Mr.
Jaros served as an executive  officer and member of the  Executive  Committee of
Peter Kiewit Sons',  Inc.,  first as Executive  Vice President from 1993 to 1995
and then as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer from 1995 to 1997.
He served as Chairman of the Board of CalEnergy Company,  Inc. from 1993 to 1994
and served as its President and Chief  Operating  Officer from 1992 to 1993. Mr.
Jaros  presently  serves on the Board of  Directors  of Level 3  Communications,
Inc., CalEnergy Company, Inc., RCN Corporation and Commonwealth Telephone.

     Mr.  Kamin,  age 37, has served as  President of Peak  Management,  Inc., a
General Partner of Peak Investment  Limited  Partnership,  since 1992. Mr. Kamin
served as co-manager of the U.S. private and public equity market activities for
The Morningside Group (an offshore family trust) from 1987 to 1992. He served as
Assistant  Portfolio  Manager for the  Fidelity  Magellan  Fund and the Fidelity
Over-The-Counter  Fund from 1986 to 1987.  He was an Equity  Analyst at Fidelity
Management and Research from 1983 to 1986. As more fully  disclosed in the Proxy
Statement,  as of  the  record  date  Mr.  Kamin  and  Peak  Investment  Limited
Partnership  are the  beneficial  owners of 546,200  shares of DTN common stock.
Such shares represent  approximately 4.7% of the Company's outstanding shares of
common stock.

     Mr.  Karnes  has served as  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of The
Fairmont Group,  Inc., a financial  services and consulting firm, since 1989. He
is  currently a Director  of the Federal  Home Loan Bank of Topeka and served as
its  Chairman  from 1989 to 1996.  Mr.  Karnes  also  served as a United  States
Senator from 1987 to 1989.

     Mr. Parks has served as President and Chief  Executive  Officer of Alliance
Data Systems, a provider of data processing  services,  since 1997. He served as
President and Chief Operating  Officer of First Data Resources Inc. from 1993 to
1994 and President of the Merchant  Services  Group of First Data Resources Inc.
from 1991 to 1993.  He also served as President and Chief  Executive  Officer of
Call Interactive,  an affiliate of First Data Resources Inc., from 1989 to 1991.
From 1976 to 1989,  Mr. Parks  served as  President or Senior Vice  President of
various American Express Information Services Companies or their subsidiaries.

     Mr. Ricks has served as Chairman of Douglas Communications  Corporation, an
operator of cable  television  systems,  since 1990. He was a partner in the law
firm of Hogan & Hartson in Washington,  D.C.,  from 1970 to 1990. Mr. Ricks is a
director of Amtera Technologies, Inc., a communications software company.

     Mr. Sloma has served as President of the Company since January 1996. He has
served as Chief  Operating  Officer of the Company since January 1994. Mr. Sloma
served as Executive  Vice President of the Company from January 1994 to December
1995 and as Chief Financial  Officer from April 1993 to December 1993. From 1983
to 1993, Mr. Sloma was a Tax Partner at Deloitte & Touche.  Mr. Sloma has served
as a Director of West TeleServices Corporation since 1997.

     Mr.  Wallace has served as Senior Vice President of the Company since 1989.
He served as Vice President of the Company from 1984 to 1989.


                                        

                                       7
                                    - 802 -
<PAGE>


Board Meetings and Committees

     The Board of  Directors  met twelve times (four  regular and eight  special
meetings)  during the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1998.  During fiscal 1998,
with the exception of Mr. Parks and Mr. Robert  Herman  (former  Director of the
Company)  who were not  present at one  meeting of the Board of  Directors,  all
directors  attended all of the meetings of the Board of  Directors,  and related
committees on which they served. The Company does not have a Standing Nominating
Committee.

     The Audit Committee  recommends the selection of the independent  auditors,
reviews the scope of the audits performed by them and reviews their audit report
and any recommendations made by them relating to internal financial controls and
procedures.  Members of the Audit Committee met twice during fiscal 1998.  David
K.  Karnes,  Peter H. Kamin and Jay E. Ricks are  presently  the  members of the
Audit Committee. Jay E. Ricks is the Chairman of the current Audit Committee.

     The Compensation  Committee reviews and makes  recommendations to the Board
of Directors regarding officers' compensation and the Company's employee benefit
plans;  provided,  however, the Compensation Committee administers the Company's
Stock Option Plan of 1989 through its Stock Option Plan Subcommittee, consisting
of all members of the Compensation  Committee other than Greg T. Sloma.  Members
of the Compensation Committee, which met once during fiscal 1998, are Richard R.
Jaros,  David K. Karnes, J. Michael Parks, Jay E. Ricks and Greg T. Sloma. David
K. Karnes is the Chairman of the Compensation  Committee and Richard R. Jaros is
Chairman of the Stock Option Plan Subcommittee.

     At the Annual  Meeting of the Board of Directors  of the Company,  held May
21,  1998,  the Board  established  a  committee  of its members  (the  "Special
Committee") to explore  alternatives  to produce greater value for the Company's
shareholders. Members of the Special Committee, which met three times during the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, are Roger R. Brodersen, Jay E. Ricks, Peter
H.  Kamin and  Richard R.  Jaros,  with Mr.  Kamin  acting as  Chairman  for the
meetings.

Directors Compensation

     During  fiscal 1998,  each member of the Board of Directors  who was not an
employee of the Company  received  $2,500 for each  regular  Board of  Directors
meeting  attended,  $5,000 for the eight  special  Board of  Directors  meetings
attended,  $600  for each  Audit  Committee  meeting  attended,  $1,500  for the
Compensation  Committee  meeting  attended  and  $1,500  for the  three  Special
Committee meetings attended. Non-employee members of the Board of Directors also
receive awards under the Company's Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (the
"Non-Employee  Directors  Plan").  Stock option  grants  under the  Non-Employee
Directors  Plan are  automatic  and occur each time a  non-employee  director is
elected,  re-elected or appointed a director of the Company. In 1998, Richard R.
Jaros,  Peter H. Kamin,  David K. Karnes, J. Michael Parks and Jay E. Ricks each
received an option to purchase 3,500 shares of the Company's  common stock at an
exercise  price of $41.75 per share.  The  Non-Employee  Directors Plan had been
amended  for fiscal year 1998 to reduce from 4,500 to 3,500 the number of shares
for which options are to be awarded to each non-employee  director. The exercise
price of  options  granted  under the  Non-Employee  Directors  Plan is the fair
market value of the common stock on the date of the option grant.




                                       8
                                    - 803 -
<PAGE>


              OWNERSHIP BY CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The following table sets forth  information as to the beneficial  ownership
of the Company's  common stock by each person or group who, as of March 1, 1999,
to  the  knowledge  of the  Company,  beneficially  owned  more  than  5% of the
Company's common stock:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Name and Address of                       Amount and Nature            Percent of
         Beneficial Owner                           of Ownership                Class

<S>                                                <C>                            <C>                 
Roger R. Brodersen                                 1,719,641   (1)                14.8%
16705 Ontario Plaza
Omaha, NE  68130

Wanger Asset Management, L.P.,                     1,539,800   (2)                13.2%
  Wanger Asset Management Ltd.,
  and Ralph Wanger
227 West Monroe, Suite 3000
Chicago, IL 60606

Wallace R. Weitz & Company                         1,164,100   (3)                10.0%
1125 South 103rd Street
Suite 600
Omaha, NE  68124

Acorn Investment Trust,                            1,028,100   (4)                8.8%
  Series Designated Acorn Fund
227 West Monroe Street, Suite 3000
Chicago, IL 60606


</TABLE>

- -----------------------------------

(1)      This includes 249,167 shares subject to options  exercisable  within 60
         days of March 1, 1999, 39,150 shares held in a trust for the benefit of
         Mr.  Brodersen's  children,  36,999  shares  beneficially  owned by Mr.
         Brodersen's  spouse,  and  18,455  shares  allocated  to Mr.  Brodersen
         through his participation in the Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

(2)      According  to a Schedule  13G dated  February  23, 1999,  Wanger  Asset
         Management,  L.P.,  Wanger Asset Management Ltd., and Ralph Wanger have
         shared  voting and shared  dispositive  power  over such  shares.  Such
         shares   include   1,028,100   shares  also  shown  in  this  table  as
         beneficially  owned by Acorn Investment Trust,  Series Designated Acorn
         Fund.  Wanger Asset  Management,  L.P. serves as investment  adviser to
         such trust.  Wanger  Asset  Management  Ltd. is the general  partner of
         Wanger Asset Management, L.P. Ralph Wanger is the principal stockholder
         of Wanger Asset Management Ltd.

(3)      According to a Schedule 13G dated February 10, 1999, Wallace R. Weitz &
         Company has sole voting and shared dispostive power over such shares.

(4)      According to a Schedule 13G dated February 23, 1999,  Acorn  Investment
         Trust has shared voting and shared  dispositive power over such shares.
         Such  shares  also are  shown in this  table as  beneficially  owned by
         Wanger Asset Management,  L.P. which is the investment advisor of Acorn
         Fund.

                                       
                                       9
                                    - 804 -
<PAGE>



     The following table sets forth information as to the shares of common stock
of the Company  beneficially  owned as of March 1, 1999, by each director of the
Company,  by each nominee for election as a director of the Company,  by each of
the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table beginning on page
8, and by all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Amount and Nature                  Percent of
Beneficial Owner                                of Ownership ( 1)                  Class ( 2)

<S>                                                 <C>                                 <C>                     
Roger R. Brodersen                                  1,719,641    ( 3)                   14.8%

Scott A. Fleck                                          6,305    ( 4)                   *

Richard R. Jaros                                           --                          --

Peter H. Kamin                                        546,200                           4.7%

David K. Karnes                                        64,935    ( 5)                   *

James J. Marquiss                                     147,382    ( 6)                   1.3%

J. Michael Parks                                       47,999    ( 7)                   *

Jay E. Ricks                                           19,500    ( 8)                   *

Greg T. Sloma                                         175,857    ( 9)                   1.5%

Roger W. Wallace                                      282,985    (10)                   2.4%

Charles R. Wood                                        48,353    (11)

All directors and executive officers
as a group (19 persons)                             3,214,294    (12)                   27.6%

*Less than 1.0%
- --------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)      The  number  of  shares in the  table  include  interests  of the named
         persons,  or of members of the directors  and  executive  officers as a
         group,  in shares held by the trustee of the Company's  401(k)  Savings
         Plan.  The  beneficial  owners  have sole  investment  power over these
         shares but do not have sole voting power.

(2)      Shares subject to options  exercisable  within 60 days of March 1, 1999
         ("Presently  Exercisable Options") are deemed to be outstanding for the
         purpose of computing the percentage  ownership of persons  beneficially
         owning such options but have not been deemed to be outstanding  for the
         purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

(3)      Includes  249,167  shares  subject to  Presently  Exercisable  Options,
         39,150  shares  which are held in trust for Mr.  Brodersen's  children,
         36,999 shares  beneficially owned by Mr. Brodersen's spouse, and 18,455
         shares  allocated to Mr.  Brodersen  through his  participation  in the
         Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

(4)      Includes  4,434  shares  subject to Presently  Exercisable  Options and
         1,871 shares  allocated to Mr. Fleck through his  participation  in the
         Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

                                       10
                                    - 805 -
<PAGE>





(5)      Includes 35,499 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options.

(6)      Includes  72,999 shares  subject to Presently  Exercisable  Options and
         14,383 shares  allocated to Mr. Marquiss  through his  participation in
         the Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

(7)      Includes 33,999 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options.

(8)      Includes 16,500 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options.

(9)      Includes 131,677 shares subject Presently  Exercisable  Options,  4,212
         shares  beneficially  owned by Mr.  Sloma's  children and 21,728 shares
         allocated  to Mr.  Sloma  through his  participation  in the  Company's
         401(k) Savings Plan.

(10)     Includes 101,182 shares subject to Presently Exercisable Options, 4,500
         shares  beneficially  owned by Mr. Wallace's spouse,  and 15,453 shares
         allocated to Mr.  Wallace  through his  participation  in the Company's
         401(k) Savings Plan.

(11)     Includes  3,758  shares  subject to Presently  Exercisable  Options and
         7,932 shares  allocated to Mr. Wood  through his  participation  in the
         Company's 401(k) Savings Plan.

(12)     Includes  731,037  shares  subject to  Presently  Exercisable  Options,
         39,150 shares held in trust for the children of executive  officers and
         directors,  45,711 shares owned  beneficially by spouses or children of
         executive  officers  and  directors,  and 92,727  shares  allocated  to
         executive officers through their  participation in the Company's 401(k)
         Savings Plan.

                                        

                                       11
                                    - 806 -
<PAGE>


                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  with  respect to the Chief
Executive  Officer  and the four  remaining  most highly  compensated  executive
officers of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998.

                           Summary Compensation Table
                                      
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Long Term
              Annual Compensation                                                Compensation
   (a)                (b)              (c)          (d)            (e)               (f)                    (g)

                                                                   Other          Securities
                                                                   Annual         Underlying
Name and Principal                                                 Compen-          Options            All Other
    Position              Year        Salary        Bonus         sation(1)         shares)         Compensation(2)

<S>                       <C>        <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>                  <C>   
Roger R. Brodersen        1998       $200,000      $122,518         $0           $   7,500            $6,400
Chairman &                1997        195,744       137,304          0              10,000             6,400
Chief Executive Officer   1996        179,172       112,178          0             240,000(3)          9,500

Greg T. Sloma             1998        180,000       110,115          0               7,500             6,400
President &               1997        172,593       121,312          0              10,000             6,400
Chief Operating Officer   1996        145,996       147,707          0              16,500             9,500

Roger W. Wallace          1998        150,000       103,730          0               4,200             6,400
Senior Vice President     1997        143,628       123,498          0               5,600             6,400
                          1996        120,858       108,390          0               7,500             9,170

James J. Marquiss         1998        140,000        97,711          0               3,375             6,400
Senior Vice President     1997        135,936       125,401          0               4,500             6,400
                          1996        120,858       108,390          0               6,000             9,170

Charles R. Wood           1998        136,538        55,210          0               3,375             6,400
Senior Vice President     1997        120,385        59,327          0               3,400             6,400
                          1996        101,346        41,374          0               4,500             5,709

</TABLE>


(1)      Excludes  perquisites and other benefits  because the aggregate of such
         compensation was less than either $50,000 or 10% of the total of annual
         salary and bonus reported for the named executive officer.

(2)      The amounts  included in the All Other  Compensation  column  represent
         401(k) matching contributions made by the Company.

(3)      This amount  includes  225,000 shares  underlying a replacement  option
         issued to Mr.  Brodersen  during 1996 in exchange for the  surrender of
         outstanding,  unexpired and unexercised options to acquire an aggregate
         of  117,999  shares  previously  awarded  to Mr.  Brodersen  under  the
         Company's   Employee  Stock  Option  Plan.  The   surrendered   options
         exercisable  for 117,999  shares were  considered  for tax  purposes as
         incentive stock options,  whereas,  the replacement  option for 225,000
         shares is considered for tax purposes as a non-qualified  stock option.
         The  weighted  average  exercise  price  per  share of the  surrendered
         options was $6.28,  while the exercise price of the replacement  option
         was the fair  market  value of the  common  stock on January 5, 1996 or
         $15.50 per share.

                                        
                                       12
                                    - 807 -
<PAGE>
                                

         The following table shows,  as to the Chief  Executive  Officer and the
four  remaining  most highly  compensated  executive  officers  of the  Company,
information about stock option grants in fiscal 1998. The Company does not grant
any stock appreciation rights.


                        Option Grants In Last Fiscal Year
                                Individual Grants
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      
   (a)                (b)                 (c)                  (d)                 (e)                (f)
- ---------        --------------     ---------------       -------------       --------------     --------------
                   Number of
                   Securities          Percent of
                   Underlying         Total Options
                    Options            Granted to            Exercise                              Grant Date
                    Granted           Employees In            Price             Expiration           Present
  Name            (shares) (1)        Fiscal 1998           (Per share)            Date             Value (2)
- ------------     --------------     ---------------       -------------       --------------     --------------

<S>                  <C>                 <C>                 <C>                  <C>                  <C>     
Roger R. Brodersen   7,500               3.2%                $27.50               1-01-08              $106,800

Greg T. Sloma        7,500               3.2%                 27.50               1-01-08               106,800

Roger W. Wallace     4,200               1.8%                 27.50               1-01-08                59,800

James J. Marquiss    3,375               1.4%                 27.50               1-01-08                48,100

Charles R. Wood      3,375               1.4%                 27.50               1-01-08                48,100

</TABLE>

(1)      Except  as  indicated  in the  footnotes  to this  table,  the  options
         referred  to in this  table  were  granted  by the  Stock  Option  Plan
         Subcommittee  on  January 1, 1998 under the  Company's  Employee  Stock
         Option Plan.

(2)      As  suggested  by the  Securities  &  Exchange  Commission's  rules  on
         executive  compensation,  the Company used the  Black-Scholes  model of
         option  valuation to determine  grant date present  value.  The Company
         does not necessarily  agree that the  Black-Scholes  model can properly
         determine  the  value  of an  option.  The  actual  value,  if any,  an
         executive may realize will depend on the excess of the stock price over
         the exercise  price on the date the option is exercised,  so that there
         is no assurance  that the value  realized  will be at or near the value
         estimated by the Black-Scholes model.

                                       13
                                    - 808 -
<PAGE>



     The following table provides information on option exercises in fiscal 1998
and the  value of  unexercised  options  at  December  31,  1998  for the  Chief
Executive  Officer  and the four  remaining  most highly  compensated  executive
officers.

                 Aggregated Option Exercises In Last Fiscal Year
                        And Fiscal Year End Option Values
                                      
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Number of Securities
                         Shares                                    Underlying Unexercised                  Value of Unexercised
                        Acquired                                     Options at Fiscal                     In-the-Money Options
                           On                 Value                  Year End (shares)                   At Fiscal Year End (1)
Name                    Exercise             Realized           Exercisable        Unexercisable      Exercisable      Unexercisable

<S>                        <C>              <C>                 <C>                <C>               <C>       
Roger R. Brodersen           -                    0           163,334             94,166             $2,165,800        $1,130,700

Greg T. Sloma           15,000              382,500           122,834             19,666              2,694,800           120,600

Roger W. Wallace             -                    0           101,415             10,433              2,316,500            67,200

James J. Marquiss            -                    0            71,374              8,375              1,625,800            53,900

Charles R. Wood         36,288            1,327,000                 0              7,141                      0            41,700

</TABLE>


(1)      The closing  "bid"  price of the  Company's  common  stock as quoted by
         NASDAQ on December  31, 1998 was $28.88.  The values shown are computed
         based upon the difference  between this price and the exercise price of
         the underlying options.



Performance Graph

     The following  performance  graph compares the performance of the Company's
common stock to the Center for Research in Securities Prices (CRSP) Total Return
Index for the NASDAQ Stock Market (U.S.  Companies) and to the CRSP Total Return
Industry Index for NASDAQ Telecommunications  Stocks. The graph assumes that the
value of the investment in the Company's Common Stock and each index was $100 at
December 31, 1993.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Nasdaq 
                                      Nasdaq Total      Telecommunications
     Year               DTN           Return Index        Industry Index
     ----               ---           ------------      ------------------
<S>  <C>                <C>               <C>                 <C>
     1993               100               100                 100
     1994               65                 98                  83
     1995               188               138                 109
     1996               254               170                 112
     1997               320               209                 165
     1998               326               293                 270


</TABLE>

                                       14
                                    - 809 -
<PAGE>





                          COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
                            ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION



Compensation Philosophy

     The Company strives to apply a consistent  philosophy on  compensation  for
all  employees,  including  senior  management.  The  goals of the  compensation
program are to directly link compensation  with corporate  profitability and the
enhancement of the  underlying  value of the Company's  business.  The following
objectives are used by the Company and the Compensation  Committee as guidelines
for compensation decisions:

         Provide a  competitive  total  compensation  package  that  allows  the
Company to attract and retain the best people possible.

         The Company pays for  performance.  Employees  are rewarded  based upon
corporate performance, business unit performance and individual performance.

         Provide  variable  compensation  programs  that  are  linked  with  the
performance  of the  Company  and that  align  executive  compensation  with the
interests of shareholders.

Compensation Program Components

     The  Compensation  Committee  annually  reviews the Company's  compensation
program to ensure that pay levels and incentive  opportunities  are  competitive
and reflect the performance of the Company.  The components of the  compensation
program  for  executive  officers,  which are  comparable  to those used for all
employees, are outlined below.

     Base  Salary - Base pay  levels are  determined  by  reviewing  competitive
positions in the market,  including  comparisons with companies of similar size,
complexity and growth rates. Increases in base salary were recommended by senior
management  for  fiscal  1998 for the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and the  other
executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table, and the Compensation
Committee acted in accordance with this recommendation.

     Variable  Incentive  Compensation  - The large  majority  of the  Company's
employees,  including the executive officers, participate in an annual incentive
award plan.  The amount of incentive  compensation  is based upon the  Company's
achievement  of goals  established  at the  beginning  of the fiscal year by the
Compensation Committee.  For fiscal 1998, the incentive plans were tied to sales
and income before income taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses.  The
incentive was awarded  approximately  50% based on sales and 50% based on income
before income taxes and depreciation and amortization expense.

     Stock Option  Program - The purpose of this program,  which is available to
the  large  majority  of  employees,  is to  provide  additional  incentives  to
employees to work to maximize long-term  shareholder value. It also uses vesting
periods to encourage key employees to continue in the employ of the Company. The
number of stock options  granted to executive  officers is based on  competitive
practices.


                                       15
                                    - 810 -
<PAGE>



CEO Compensation

     The factors and criteria upon which Mr. Brodersen's  compensation was based
for  fiscal  year  1998  are the same as those  considered  by the  Compensation
Committee in  establishing  the  compensation  program for all of the  executive
officers  of the  Company  as  outlined  above.  The annual  base  salary of Mr.
Brodersen was established by the Compensation Committee on December 18, 1997 for
the  period of April 1, 1998 to March 31,  1999.  The  Compensation  Committee's
decision was based on Mr. Brodersen's  personal performance of his duties and on
salary  levels  to chief  executive  officers  of  companies  of  similar  size,
complexity and growth rates.

     Mr.  Brodersen's 1998 fiscal year incentive cash  compensation was based on
the actual financial performance of the Company. His annual cash incentive award
was based on the incentive plan described above.

     An option  grant for 7,500  shares was awarded to Mr.  Brodersen  under the
Company's  Employee Stock Option Plan based upon his  performance and leadership
with the Company.

                Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
                           David K. Karnes - Chairman
                                J. Michael Parks
                                  Jay E. Ricks
                                  Greg T. Sloma
                                Richard R. Jaros



                                       16
                                    - 811 -
<PAGE>






                                 PROPOSAL NO. 2

                            1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN



Proposed Plan and Purposes

     At the Meeting,  the  stockholders  will be asked to approve the  Company's
1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1999 Plan"), as adopted by the Board on February
25, 1999. If approved by stockholders,  the 1999 Plan will replace the Company's
existing  employee  Stock  Option Plan of 1989 (the "1989 Plan") and the Company
will not grant any new awards  under the 1989 Plan.  Stock  options  outstanding
under the 1989 Plan will continue to be governed by that plan.

     As of March 1, 1999,  options for approximately  1,577,000 shares of Common
Stock were outstanding under the 1989 Plan, and approximately  353,000 shares of
Common Stock  remained  available for future option grants under that plan.  The
Board of  Directors  is not  requesting  any  additional  shares  not  otherwise
available  under the 1989 Plan.  The 1999 Plan  authorizes  for option grants or
other awards to eligible full-time employees of the Company or any subsidiary of
the Company (i) the 353,000  shares which  remained  available for future option
grants  under the 1989  Plan,  plus (ii) the  number of shares  subject to stock
options outstanding under the 1989 Plan which expire or terminate unexercised as
to such  shares.  No grants or other  awards have been made under the 1999 Plan,
and it is not  possible  to state  the  terms or types of any  options  or other
awards that may be granted to executive officers of the Company or other persons
under the 1999 Plan at a future  time or to  identify  the  persons to whom such
future grants may be made.

     The 1999 Plan is intended to foster and  promote  the  long-term  financial
success of the Company and its  subsidiaries  and thereby  increase  stockholder
value by providing  incentives to those full-time employees who are likely to be
responsible for achieving such success.  The Company  anticipates  that the 1999
Plan will assist it in  recruiting  and  retaining  key  employees in the highly
competitive  communications/information industry. The Company also believes that
participation  in the 1999 Plan by full-time  employees  will  strengthen  their
commitment  to the Company and more closely  align the interests of such persons
with the interests of the Company's stockholders.

Required Vote

     Approval of the 1999 Plan requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the shares of Common Stock  present or  represented  by proxy at the
Annual Meeting and entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting.

The  Board of  Directors  Recommends  a vote  FOR  approval  of the  1999  Stock
Incentive Plan.



                                       17
                                    - 812 -
<PAGE>

Description of the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan

     The following  summary of the 1999 Plan does not purport to be complete and
is subject to and  qualified in its entirety by the full terms of the 1999 Plan,
which appears as Exhibit 1 to this Proxy Statement.

     The 1999 Plan authorizes the grant of (i) incentive stock options under the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended from time to time, the "Code"),  (ii)
non-qualified stock options,  (iii) stock appreciation  rights, (iv) performance
unit  awards,  (v)  restricted  stock  awards,  and (vi) stock  bonus  awards to
full-time  employees  of the  Company or any  subsidiary  of the Company who are
responsible  for or  contribute  to,  or are  likely  to be  responsible  for or
contribute  to, the growth and  success of the Company or such  subsidiary.  The
Company  and its  subsidiaries  currently  have  approximately  1,100  full-time
employees who potentially are eligible to receive such a grant.

     The shares of Common Stock available for issuance pursuant to the 1999 Plan
may be authorized and unissued  shares or treasury  shares.  If there is a stock
dividend,  stock split, or other relevant  change in the  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock,  then the Stock Option Plan  Subcommittee (the "Committee") of the
Board will make appropriate adjustments in (a) the aggregate number of shares of
Common  Stock (i)  reserved  for  issuance  under the 1999 Plan,  (ii) for which
grants or awards  may be made to an  individual  grantee,  and (iii)  covered by
outstanding  awards  or  grants,  (b) the  exercise  or other  applicable  price
relating to outstanding  awards or grants,  and (c) the appropriate  fair market
value and other price  determinations  relevant to outstanding awards or grants.
Any shares subject to an option or right which expires or terminates unexercised
as to such  shares  will again be  available  for the grant of awards or options
under the 1999 Plan.  If any shares of Common  Stock which have been  pledged as
collateral for indebtedness incurred by an optionee in connection with an option
exercise are returned to the Company in satisfaction of such indebtedness,  then
such shares will again be available for the grant of awards or options under the
1999 Plan.

     No award or grant under the 1999 Plan may be assigned or transferred by the
recipient except by will, the laws of descent and distribution,  or, in the case
of awards or grants other than incentive stock options,  pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order or by such other means as the Committee may approve.

Administration

     The 1999 Plan is administered  by the Committee,  which is composed of four
directors  of the  Company  who are not  employees  of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.  The Committee has authority to interpret the 1999 Plan, to select
the full-time  employees to whom awards or options will be granted, to determine
whether and to what extent  awards and  options  will be granted  under the 1999
Plan, to determine the types of awards and options to be granted and the amount,
size,  terms,  and conditions of each award or grant, and to make other relevant
determinations  and  administrative  decisions.  In general,  all  decisions and
determinations  made by the  Committee  pursuant  to the 1999 Plan are final and
binding on all persons.

     The Committee may delegate to any officer or officers of the Company any of
the Committee's  duties,  powers,  and authorities under the 1999 Plan upon such
conditions and with such  limitations as the Committee may determine;  provided,
that only the  Committee  may select for awards or options  under the 1999 Plan,
and make grants of awards or options under the 1999 Plan to, full-time employees
of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company who are subject to Section 16 of
the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 at the time of such selection or the making
of such a grant.
  
Awards and Grants

     Stock Options.  The Committee may grant  incentive  stock options under the
Code and non-qualified stock options. The option price per share may not be less
than the fair  market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of the grant.  The



                                       18
                                    - 813 -
<PAGE>

Committee  will fix the term of each  option at the time of its grant,  but such
term may not be more than ten years after the date of the grant.  The  Committee
may determine when an option becomes  exercisable and may accelerate  previously
established  exercise  rights.  The Committee  may permit  payment of the option
exercise  price in cash or in shares of Common Stock valued at their fair market
value on the exercise  date. The Committee also may permit the exercise price to
be paid by the  optionee's  delivery  of a  properly  executed  exercise  notice
together with  irrevocable  instructions to a broker to promptly  deliver to the
Company the amount of the applicable  sale or loan proceeds  required to pay the
exercise price.

     If an optionee's  employment  terminates for any reason other than death or
disability,  then the optionee generally may exercise an option to the extent it
was  exercisable at the time of the termination for a period of six months after
the termination (but not after the expiration date of the option).  However, the
Committee has the power to terminate an optionee's  rights under an  outstanding
option if the Committee determines that the optionee's employment was terminated
for cause. If an optionee's employment terminates by reason of disability,  then
the optionee's options generally will be exercisable for twelve months after the
termination  to the extent that the exercise was permitted  prior to or upon the
termination  (but not after the expiration  date of the option).  If an optionee
dies while in the employ of the  Company or a  subsidiary,  then the  optionee's
options generally will be exercisable by the optionee's personal  representative
or other  successor for twelve months after the date of death to the extent that
the exercise was permitted prior to or upon the optionee's  death (but not after
the expiration date of the option).

     Stock  Appreciation  Rights.  The  Committee  may grant stock  appreciation
rights  ("SAR's") which entitle the grantee to receive,  upon the exercise of an
SAR,  an award  equal to all or a portion of the  excess of (i) the fair  market
value  of a  specified  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock at the time of the
exercise over (ii) a specified  price not less than the fair market value of the
Common  Stock  at  the  time  the  SAR  was  granted.  An  SAR  may  be  granted
independently  or in connection with a stock option grant.  Upon the exercise of
an SAR,  the  applicable  award may be paid in cash or in shares of Common Stock
(or a combination  thereof) as the Committee may  determine.  The Committee will
fix the term of an SAR at the time of its  grant,  but such term may not be more
than ten years after the date of the grant.  The Committee may determine when an
SAR becomes  exercisable  and may  accelerate  previously  established  exercise
rights.

     The  provisions of the 1999 Plan relating to  exercisability  of SAR's upon
the  termination of a grantee's  employment are similar to those discussed above
in connection with stock options.

     Performance Unit Awards.  The Committee may grant  performance unit awards,
which entitle the grantees to receive future  payments based upon and subject to
the achievement of preestablished  long-term  performance targets. In connection
with such awards, the Committee is required to establish (i) performance periods
of not  less  than  two nor  more  than  five  years,  (ii)  the  value  of each
performance  unit,  and (iii)  maximum  and  minimum  performance  targets to be
achieved  during the  performance  period.  The Committee may adjust  previously
established  performance  targets or other terms and conditions of a performance
unit award to reflect major  unforeseen  events,  but such  adjustments  may not
increase  the  payment  due  upon  attainment  of  the  previously   established
performance targets.  Performance unit awards, to the extent earned, may be paid
in cash or shares of Common Stock (or a  combination  thereof) as the  Committee
may determine.

     If the employment of a grantee of a performance unit award terminates prior
to  the  end of an  applicable  performance  period  other  than  by  reason  of
disability or death, then the award generally terminates. However, the 1999 Plan
permits the Committee to make partial payments of performance unit awards if the
Committee determines such action to be equitable. If the employment of a grantee
of a performance unit award  terminates as a result of the grantee's  disability
or  death  prior  to the  end of an  applicable  performance  period,  then  the
Committee may authorize the payment of all or a portion of the performance  unit
award (to the extent  earned in the case of  disability)  to the  grantee or the
grantee's legal representative.


                                       19
                                    - 814 -
<PAGE>


     Restricted  Stock Awards.  The Committee may grant  restricted stock awards
consisting of shares of Common Stock restricted  against transfer,  subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture and to other terms and conditions  established by
the Committee. The Committee must determine the restriction period applicable to
a  restricted  stock  award and the amount,  form,  and time of payment (if any)
required from the grantee of a restricted  stock award in  consideration  of the
issuance of the shares  covered by such award.  The Committee in its  discretion
may provide for the lapse in  installments  of the  restrictions  applicable  to
restricted stock awards and may waive the restrictions in whole or in part.

     If the employment of a grantee of a restricted  stock award  terminates for
any  reason  while  some or all of the  shares  covered  by such award are still
restricted, the grantee's rights with respect to the restricted shares generally
terminate.  However, the Committee has the discretion to provide for complete or
partial exemptions to such employment requirement.

     Stock Bonus Awards.  The Committee may grant a stock bonus award based upon
the performance of the Company,  a subsidiary,  or a segment thereof in terms of
preestablished   objective  financial  criteria  or  performance  goals  or,  in
appropriate  cases,  such other measures or standards of performance  (including
but not  limited to  performance  already  accomplished)  as the  Committee  may
determine.  The  Committee  may  adjust  preestablished  financial  criteria  or
performance  goals  to  take  into  account  unforeseen  events  or  changes  in
circumstances, but such adjustments may not increase the amount of a stock bonus
award. The Committee, in its discretion, may impose additional restrictions upon
the shares of Common Stock which are the subject of a stock bonus award.

Miscellaneous Provisions

     Unless the 1999 Plan is sooner  terminated by the Board, the 1999 Plan will
terminate on the tenth  anniversary  of the date the Plan is initially  approved
and adopted by the stockholders of the Company. Awards or options outstanding at
the time of the termination of the 1999 Plan will remain in effect in accordance
with  their  terms.  The Board  may  amend  the 1999 Plan at any time;  however,
stockholder  approval must be obtained for any amendment for which such approval
is required by Rule 16b-3 under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 or Sections
162(m) or 422 of the Code. The Company's  obligation to deliver shares of Common
Stock or make cash  payments  under the 1999 Plan is subject to  applicable  tax
withholding  requirements;  in the  discretion  of the  Committee,  required tax
withholding amounts may be paid by the grantee in cash or shares of Common Stock
having a fair market value equal to the required tax withholding amount.

Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences

     The following brief  description of certain federal income tax consequences
is based  upon  present  federal  income tax laws and  regulations  and does not
purport to be a complete  description of the federal income tax  consequences of
the 1999 Plan.

     Incentive  Stock Options.  The grant of an incentive stock option under the
1999 Plan will not result in taxable  income to the  grantee or a tax  deduction
for the Company.  If the grantee holds the shares purchased upon the exercise of
an incentive stock option for at least one year after the purchase of the shares
and until at least two years after the option was  granted,  then the  grantee's
sale of the shares will result in a long-term gain or loss  (depending  upon the
grantee's  holding  period),  and the  Company  will not be  entitled to any tax
deduction.  If the grantee  sells or otherwise  transfers the shares before such
holding periods have elapsed, then the grantee generally will recognize ordinary
income and the Company  would be entitled to a tax  deduction in an amount equal
to the lesser of (i) the fair market  value of the shares on the  exercise  date
minus the option price or (ii) the amount  realized upon the  disposition  minus
the option price.  Any gain in excess of such ordinary  income  portion would be
taxable as long-term or  short-term  capital gain  depending  upon the grantee's
holding period for the shares. The excess of the fair market value of the shares
received  on the option  exercise  date over the option  price is an item of tax
preference, potentially subject to the alternative minimum tax.

                                       20
                                     - 815 -
<PAGE>


     Non-Qualified  Stock  Options.  The grant of a  non-qualified  stock option
under the 1999 Plan will not  result in taxable  income to the  grantee or a tax
deduction for the Company.  Upon the exercise of a  non-qualified  stock option,
the  grantee  will be taxed at ordinary  income  rates on the excess of the fair
market value of the shares  received  over the option  exercise  price,  and the
Company  generally  will be entitled to a tax deduction in the same amount.  The
exercise price of the non-qualified stock option plus the amount included in the
grantee's  income as a result of the  option  exercise  will be  treated  as the
grantee's basis in the shares  received,  and any gain or loss on the subsequent
sale of the shares will be treated as  long-term or  short-term  capital gain or
loss depending upon the grantee's  holding period for the shares.  The grantee's
sale of shares acquired upon the exercise of a  non-qualified  stock option will
have no tax consequences to the Company.

     Stock Appreciation  Rights and Performance Unit Awards. The grant of an SAR
or a  performance  unit  award  under the 1999 Plan will not  result in  taxable
income to the grantee or a tax deduction  for the Company.  Upon the exercise of
an SAR or the  receipt of cash or shares of Common  Stock upon the  payment of a
performance  unit award,  the grantee  will  recognize  ordinary  income and the
Company  generally will be entitled to a tax deduction in an amount equal to the
fair market value of the shares plus any cash received.

     Restricted  Stock Awards.  The grant of a restricted stock award should not
result in taxable  income for the grantee or a tax  deduction for the Company if
the  shares  of  Common  Stock   transferred  to  the  grantee  are  subject  to
restrictions  which create a substantial risk of forfeiture of the shares by the
grantee  if  certain  conditions  prescribed  at the time of the  grant  are not
subsequently satisfied.  However, the grantee may elect within 30 days after the
acquisition  of the  shares  to  recognize  ordinary  income  on the date of the
acquisition  in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the fair market of the
shares on the date of the grant,  determined  without regard to the restrictions
imposed on such shares (other than restrictions  which by their terms will never
lapse),  over the amount (if any) paid for the shares.  If the grantee  does not
make  the  election  referred  to in the  preceding  sentence,  then,  when  the
restrictions imposed upon the shares lapse or otherwise  terminate,  the grantee
of the shares will  recognize  ordinary  income in an amount equal to the excess
(if any) of the fair  market  value of the  shares on the date of such  lapse or
other  termination over the amount (if any) paid for the shares. If and when the
grantee of a restricted stock award  recognizes  ordinary income with respect to
the shares  covered by such award,  the Company  generally will be entitled to a
tax deduction in the same amount.  The amount paid by the grantee for restricted
shares plus any amount  recognized  by the grantee as ordinary  income under the
rules described above will be treated as the grantee's basis in the shares; when
the grantee sells the shares covered by a restricted  share award  following the
lapse or other  termination of the  restrictions,  any gain or loss on such sale
will be treated as long-term or short-term  capital gain or loss  depending upon
the grantee's  holding  period.  Any dividends paid to the grantee of restricted
shares while the shares are still subject to the  restrictions  would be treated
as compensation for federal income tax purposes.

     Stock  Bonus  Awards.  When a stock bonus award is paid to a grantee by the
delivery of shares of Common Stock,  the grantee will recognize  ordinary income
and the Company generally will be entitled to a tax deduction in an amount equal
to the fair  market  value of such  shares  at the  time of such  delivery.  If,
however, such shares are subject to any restrictions, which create a substantial
risk  of  forfeiture,  then  the tax  rules  described  above  with  respect  to
restricted stock awards would be applicable.

Market Price

     The closing  price of the Common  Stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market on March
1, 1999, was $22.25 per share.




                                       21
                                    - 816 -
<PAGE>


                                 PROPOSAL NO. 3

                       APPROVAL OF APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS

     The Board of Directors has, upon the recommendation of the Audit Committee,
appointed  the firm of  Deloitte & Touche LLP to audit the  Company's  financial
statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1999, subject to ratification
by the  stockholders  of the  Company.  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP  served  as the
Company's auditors for the 1998 fiscal year.

     Ratification of the appointment of the  independent  auditors  requires the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of Common Stock present,  in person
or by proxy, and voting at the Meeting.  If the  stockholders  should not ratify
the appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Board of Directors will reconsider
the appointment.

     A representative  of Deloitte & Touche LLP is expected to be present at the
Meeting,  will have an opportunity  to make a statement if desired,  and will be
available to respond to appropriate stockholder questions.

The Board of Directors  recommends a vote FOR the approval of the appointment of
Deloitte & Touche LLP as independent auditors for the Company.

                                       22
                                    - 817 -
<PAGE>


                          TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT

     No reportable  transactions occurred during fiscal 1998 between the Company
and its officers and directors.

           COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

         The following  directors  served on the  Compensation  Committee of the
Company's  Board of  Directors:  Richard R. Jaros,  David K. Karnes,  J. Michael
Parks, Jay E. Ricks and Greg T. Sloma.  Mr. Sloma,  because he is an officer and
employee  of  the  Company,   abstains  from  all  votes  dealing  with  officer
compensation.  Also,  only Mr. Jaros,  Mr.  Karnes,  Mr. Parks and Mr. Ricks are
members of the Stock  Option Plan  Subcommittee  of the  Compensation  Committee
which administers the Company's Stock Option Plan of 1989.

                  STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 2000 ANNUAL MEETING

     Proposals of stockholders  for which  consideration  is desired at the 2000
annual meeting of stockholders of the Company must be received by the Company no
later than November 15, 1999, for inclusion in the Company's proxy statement and
form of proxy relating to such meeting.  Any such proposals  shall be subject to
the requirements of the proxy rules adopted under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.

     If a stockholder wishes to present a proposal for consideration at the 2000
annual  meeting of  stockholders  of the  Company  without  having  such  matter
included in the proxy  statement of the Company for such annual meeting but does
not give the Company notice of such matter by February 1, 2000, then the proxies
solicited  by the  Board  of  Directors  for  such  annual  meeting  may  confer
discretionary  authority  on the persons  holding  such  proxies to vote on such
matter in accordance with their judgment.  Stockholder  proposals should be sent
to the  Secretary  of the  Company  at the  principal  executive  office  of the
Company.


             SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

     Section  16(a) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the
"Exchange  Act"),  requires  the  Company's  directors,  executive  officers and
holders  of more  than  10% of the  Company's  common  stock  to file  with  the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  initial reports of ownership and reports of
changes in ownership of common stock and other equity securities of the Company.
The Company  believes that during the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1998,  its
executive  officers,  directors  and  holders of more than 10% of the  Company's
common stock  complied with all Section 16(a) filing  requirements,  except that
Mr.  German and Mr. Sloma each filed one late report  covering  one  transaction
each. In making these statements, the Company has relied solely upon a review of
Forms 3 and 4 furnished to the Company during its most recent fiscal year, Forms
5 furnished  to the Company with  respect to its most recent  fiscal  year,  and
written representations from reporting persons that no Form 5 was required.

                                  OTHER MATTERS

     The Board of  Directors  is not aware of any  business  to come  before the
Meeting other than those matters  described above in this Proxy  Statement.  The
Company did not receive  timely advance  notice from any  stockholder  that such
stockholder  intends to bring a matter  before the  Meeting;  for such  purpose,
timely  advance  notice means notice of the  particular  matter at least 45 days
before this year's date which corresponds to the date on which the Company first
mailed its proxy  materials  for last  year's  annual  meeting of  stockholders.
Therefore,  if any matter not  discussed  in this Proxy  Statement  is  properly
presented at the Meeting,  the persons named in the accompanying  proxy or their
substitutes  will  have  discretionary  authority  to  vote on  such  matter  in
accordance with their judgment.



                                       23
                                    - 818 -
<PAGE>


                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     The cost of  solicitation  of  proxies  will be borne by the  Company.  The
Company will,  upon request,  reimburse  brokerage  firms and other  custodians,
nominees and  fiduciaries  for reasonable  expenses  incurred by them in sending
proxy  material  to the  beneficial  owners  of common  stock.  In  addition  to
solicitations by mail, directors, officers, and regular employees of the Company
may solicit proxies personally or by telegram,  telephone or other means without
additional compensation.  The Company has retained First National Bank of Omaha,
the  Company's  stock  transfer  agent,  to  assist  in  the   distribution  and
solicitation  of  proxies  at a cost  of  approximately  $5,000,  including  the
reimbursement of certain expenses.

     The  Company's   Annual  Report  to   Stockholders,   including   financial
statements,  has been  mailed to all  stockholders  of record as of the close of
business on March 1, 1999. Any  stockholder  who has not received a copy of such
Annual  Report may obtain a copy by writing the Company.  Such Annual  Report is
not to be  treated as a part of this proxy  solicitation  material  or as having
been incorporated herein by reference.

     Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth in any of the Company's
previous  filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  or the Exchange
Act that might incorporate  future filings,  including this Proxy Statement,  in
whole  or in  part,  the  Compensation  Committee  Report  on  page  11 and  the
Performance  Graph on page 10 shall not be  incorporated  by reference  into any
such filings.

                                                         THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Omaha, Nebraska
March 15, 1999


A COPY OF THE FORM 10-K AS FILED WITH THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,
EXCLUDING  EXHIBITS,  WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE TO STOCKHOLDERS AS OF THE
RECORD DATE UPON WRITTEN  REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY,  DATA  TRANSMISSION  NETWORK
CORPORATION, 9110 WEST DODGE ROAD, SUITE 200, OMAHA, NEBRASKA 68114.




                                       24
                                    - 819 -
<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit 1
                               To Proxy Statement




                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                            1999 Stock Incentive Plan

         1. Purpose.  The purpose of the Data Transmission  Network  Corporation
1999 Stock  Incentive  Plan (the "Plan") is to foster and promote the  long-term
financial  success of the Company  and its  Subsidiaries  and  thereby  increase
stockholder value by providing  incentives to those full-time  employees who are
likely to be responsible for achieving such success.

         2. Certain Definitions.

         "1989 Plan" means the Company's  existing employee Stock Option Plan of
1989.

         "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time, or any successor  thereto.  References to a particular section of the Code
shall include any regulations issued under such section.

         "Committee" shall have the meaning provided in Section 3 of the Plan.

         "Common  Stock" means the Common Stock,  $.001 par value per share,  of
the Company.

         "Company"  means  Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation,  a Delaware
corporation.

         "Disability"  means (i) with  respect to the  exercise of an  Incentive
Stock Option after termination of employment, a disability within the meaning of
Section  22(e)(3)  of the  Code and (ii) for all  other  purposes,  a mental  or
physical  condition  which,  in the opinion of the Committee,  renders a grantee
unable or incompetent to carry out the job  responsibilities  which such grantee
held or the tasks to which such grantee was assigned at the time the  disability
was incurred and which is expected to be permanent or for an indefinite duration
exceeding one year.

         "Exchange  Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
from time to time.

         "Fair Market Value" means,  as  determined by the  Committee,  the last
reported sale price on the principal national  securities  exchange on which the
Common  Stock is listed or  admitted to trading on the trading day for which the
determination  is being made,  or, if no such  reported sale takes place on such
day,  the  average  of the  closing  bid and  asked  prices  on such  day on the
principal  national  securities  exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or
admitted to  trading,  or, if the Common  Stock is not  admitted to trading on a
national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices in
the over-the-counter market on the day for which the determination is being made
as reported through Nasdaq,  or, if bid and asked prices for the Common Stock on
such day are not  reported  through  Nasdaq,  the  average  of the bid and asked
prices for such day as  furnished  by any New York Stock  Exchange  member  firm
regularly  making a market in the Common Stock  selected for such purpose by the
Committee,  or, if none of the  foregoing  is  applicable,  then the fair market
value of the Common Stock as  determined  in good faith by the  Committee in its
sole discretion.

         "Incentive  Stock Option" means any stock option intended to qualify as
an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

                                       25
                                    - 820 -
<PAGE>


         "Non-Qualified  Stock  Option"  means  any  stock  option  that  is not
intended  to be an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  including  any stock  option that
provides (as of the time such option is granted)  that it will not be treated as
an Incentive Stock Option.

         "Parent  Corporation" means any corporation (other than the Company) in
an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the
granting of the option,  each of the  corporations  other than the Company  owns
stock  possessing 50% or more of the total combined  voting power of all classes
of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

         "Performance Unit Award" means an award granted pursuant to Section 8.

         "Plan Year" means the  twelve-month  period  beginning on January 1 and
ending on December 31; provided,  that the first Plan Year shall be a short Plan
Year beginning on the date the Plan becomes effective and ending on December 31,
1999.

         "Restricted  Stock  Award"  means  an  award of  Common  Stock  granted
pursuant to Section 9.

         "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as in effect from
time to time.

         "Stock  Appreciation  Right" means an award granted pursuant to Section
7.

         "Stock Bonus Award" means an award of Common Stock granted  pursuant to
Section 10.

         "Stock  Option"  means any  option to  purchase  Common  Stock  granted
pursuant to Section 6.

         "Subsidiary"  means (i) as it relates to Incentive  Stock Options,  any
corporation  (other  than the  Company)  in an  unbroken  chain of  corporations
beginning  with the Company if, at the time of the granting of the option,  each
of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns
stock  possessing 50% or more of the total combined  voting power of all classes
of stock in one of the other  corporations  in such chain and (ii) for all other
purposes, a corporation,  domestic or foreign, of which not less than 50% of the
voting  shares are held by the Company or by a  Subsidiary,  whether or not such
corporation  now exists or  hereafter is organized or acquired by the Company or
by a Subsidiary.

         3.  Administration.  The Plan  shall  be  administered  by a  committee
composed solely of two or more members of the Board (the  "Committee")  selected
by the Board, each of whom shall qualify as a "Non-Employee Director" within the
meaning of Rule 16b-3 and as an "outside director" within the meaning of Section
162(m) of the Code.

     The Committee  shall have  authority to grant to eligible  employees of the
Company  or its  Subsidiaries,  pursuant  to the  terms of the  Plan,  (a) Stock
Options,  (b) Stock  Appreciation  Rights,  (c)  Restricted  Stock  Awards,  (d)
Performance Unit Awards,  (e) Stock Bonus Awards,  or (f) any combination of the
foregoing.

     Subject to the applicable  provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have
authority to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to decide all questions of
fact arising in the  application  of such  provisions;  to select the  full-time
employees  to whom  awards or  options  shall be  granted  under  the  Plan;  to
determine  whether and to what extent  awards or options  shall be granted under
the Plan;  to determine  the types of awards and options to be granted under the
Plan and the amount, size, terms and conditions of each such award or option; to
determine  the time when awards or options  shall be granted  under the Plan; to
determine  whether,  to what extent and under what  circumstances the payment of
Common Stock and other  amounts  payable with respect to an award  granted under
the Plan  shall be  deferred  either  automatically  or at the  election  of the
grantee;  to  determine  the Fair Market  Value of the Common Stock from time to
time;  to  authorize  persons to execute on behalf of the Company any  agreement
required  to be entered  into under the Plan;  to adopt,  alter and repeal  such
administrative  rules,  guidelines  and  practices  governing  the  Plan  as the

                                       26
                                    - 821 -
<PAGE>

Committee  from  time to time  shall  deem  advisable;  and to  make  all  other
determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

     Unless  otherwise  expressly  provided  in  the  Plan,  all  decisions  and
determinations  made by the  Committee  pursuant to the  provisions  of the Plan
shall be made in the sole  discretion  of the  Committee  and shall be final and
binding  on all  persons,  including  but not  limited  to the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries,  the  full-time  employees  to whom awards and options are granted
under the Plan, the heirs and legal  representatives of such employees,  and the
personal representatives and beneficiaries of the estates of such employees.

     The Committee may delegate to any officer or officers of the Company any of
the  Committee's  duties,  powers,  and  authorities  under  the Plan  upon such
conditions and with such  limitations as the Committee may determine;  provided,
that only the  Committee  may select for awards or options  under the Plan,  and
make grants of awards or options under the Plan to,  full-time  employees of the
Company or any  Subsidiary  who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act at
the time of such selection or the making of such a grant.

         4. Common Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to adjustment  pursuant to
Section  19,  the  maximum  number of shares of Common  Stock that may be issued
under the Plan is (i) 353,000 shares of Common Stock which remain  available for
future option grants under the 1989 Plan, plus (ii) the number of shares subject
to stock options outstanding under the 1989 Plan that are forfeited, terminated,
canceled,  acquired by the Company or expire  unexercised,  which maximum number
shall not exceed  1,930,000.  The Company shall  reserve and keep  available for
issuance under the Plan such maximum  number of shares of Common Stock,  subject
to  adjustment  pursuant  to Section  19. Such shares may consist in whole or in
part of authorized  and unissued  shares or treasury  shares or any  combination
thereof.  Except as  otherwise  provided in the Plan,  any shares  subject to an
option or right which  expires for any reason or  terminates  unexercised  as to
such shares  shall again be available  for the grant of awards or options  under
the Plan.  If any shares of Common  Stock have been  pledged as  collateral  for
indebtedness  incurred by an optionee in connection with the exercise of a Stock
Option and such  shares are  returned  to the  Company in  satisfaction  of such
indebtedness,  then such shares shall again be available for the grant of awards
or options under the Plan.

         5. Eligibility to Receive Awards and Options. Awards and options may be
granted  under  the Plan to those  full-time  employees  of the  Company  or any
Subsidiary  who are  responsible  for or  contribute  to,  or are  likely  to be
responsible  for or contribute  to, the growth and success of the Company or any
Subsidiary.  The granting of an award or option under the Plan to an employee of
the  Company or any  Subsidiary  shall  conclusively  evidence  the  Committee's
determination that such grantee meets one or more of the criteria referred to in
the preceding  sentence.  Directors of the Company or of any  Subsidiary who are
not  employees  of the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  shall  not be  eligible  to
participate in the Plan.

         6. Stock Options.  A Stock Option may be an Incentive Stock Option or a
Non-Qualified Stock Option. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify
as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall constitute a separate Non-Qualified Stock
Option.  Stock  Options may be granted alone or in addition to other awards made
under the Plan.  Stock  Options shall be evidenced by agreements in such form as
the Committee  shall approve from time to time. The agreements  shall contain in
substance the following  terms and  conditions  and may contain such  additional
terms and  conditions,  not  inconsistent  with the  terms of the  Plan,  as the
Committee shall deem appropriate:

                  (a) Type of Option.  Each option  agreement shall identify the
         Stock  Option  represented  thereby as an  Incentive  Stock Option or a
         Non-Qualified Stock Option, as the case may be.

                  (b) Option Price.  The option  exercise  price per share shall
         not be less than the Fair Market  Value of the Common Stock on the date
         the Stock  Option is granted and in no event shall be less than the par
         value of the Common Stock.

                                       27
                                    - 822 -
<PAGE>

                  (c) Term.  Each  option  agreement  shall  state the period or
         periods of time  within  which the Stock  Option may be  exercised,  in
         whole or in part,  which shall be such period or periods of time as the
         Committee  may  determine  at the  time  of  the  Stock  Option  grant;
         provided,  that no  Stock  Option  granted  under  the  Plan  shall  be
         exercisable  more  than ten  years  after  the date of its  grant;  and
         provided  further,  that  one-third of the shares covered by each Stock
         Option  granted under the Plan shall become  exercisable on each of the
         first three  anniversaries of the date of its grant,  unless the option
         agreement   specifically   provides   otherwise   and  except  as  such
         exercisability  is  accelerated  upon the  death or  Disability  of the
         optionee  as  provided  in  Section  6(e).  The  Committee  shall  have
         authority to accelerate previously established exercise rights, subject
         to the requirements set forth in the Plan, under such circumstances and
         upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

                  (d) Payment for Shares.  The  Committee may permit all or part
         of the payment of the option  exercise price to be made (i) in cash, by
         check or by wire  transfer or (ii) in shares of Common  Stock (A) which
         already  are owned by the  optionee  and which are  surrendered  to the
         Company  in good form for  transfer  or (B) which are  retained  by the
         Company  from the shares of the Common  Stock which would  otherwise be
         issued  to the  optionee  upon the  optionee's  exercise  of the  Stock
         Option.  Such shares  shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the
         date of exercise of the Stock  Option.  In lieu of payment in fractions
         of shares, payment of any fractional share amount shall be made in cash
         or check payable to the Company.  The  Committee  also may provide that
         the  exercise  price  may be paid by  delivering  a  properly  executed
         exercise  notice in a form  approved  by the  Committee  together  with
         irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company
         the amount of the applicable sale or loan proceeds  required to pay the
         exercise  price.  No  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall be issued to any
         optionee upon the exercise of a Stock Option until the Company receives
         full payment therefor as described above.

                  (e) Rights upon  Termination of Employment.  In the event that
         an  optionee  ceases  to be  employed  by the  Company  and  all of its
         Subsidiaries  for any  reason  other  than  such  optionee's  death  or
         Disability,  any rights of the optionee  under any Stock Option then in
         effect immediately shall terminate; provided, that the optionee (or the
         optionee's legal  representative)  shall have the right to exercise the
         Stock  Option  during its term within a period of six (6) months  after
         such  termination of employment to the extent that the Stock Option was
         exercisable at the time of such termination or within such other period
         and subject to such other terms and  conditions  as may be specified by
         the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section
         6(e), the optionee (and the optionee's legal  representative) shall not
         have any rights under any Stock  Option,  and the Company  shall not be
         obligated to sell or deliver  shares of Common Stock (or have any other
         obligation or liability) under any Stock Option, if the Committee shall
         determine  that the  employment of the optionee with the Company or any
         Subsidiary  has  been  terminated  for  cause.  In the  event  of  such
         determination,  the optionee (and the optionee's legal  representative)
         shall have no right under any Stock  Option to  purchase  any shares of
         Common Stock  regardless  of whether the  optionee  (or the  optionee's
         legal  representative)  shall have delivered a notice of exercise prior
         to the Committee's making of such  determination.  Any Stock Option may
         be  terminated  entirely by the Committee at the time of or at any time
         subsequent to a determination  by the Committee under this Section 6(e)
         which has the effect of eliminating the Company's obligation to sell or
         deliver shares of Common Stock under such Stock Option.

                  In the event that an  optionee  ceases to be  employed  by the
         Company  and all of its  Subsidiaries  by  reason  of  such  optionee's
         Disability,  prior to the expiration of a Stock Option and without such
         optionee's  having fully exercised such Stock Option,  such optionee or
         such optionee's legal  representative  shall have the right to exercise
         such Stock Option during its term within a period of twelve (12) months
         after such  termination  of  employment  to the extent  that such Stock
         Option  was  exercisable  at the  time of  such  termination  (as  such
         exercisability is accelerated  pursuant to the next sentence) or within
         such other period and subject to such other terms and conditions as may

                                       28
                                    - 823 -
<PAGE>

         be specified by the Committee.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of this
         Section 6(e), unless otherwise specified in the Stock Option agreement,
         in the event that an optionee  ceases to be employed by the Company and
         all of its Subsidiaries by reason of such optionee's  Disability,  each
         Stock  Option  granted more than twelve (12) months prior to such event
         shall become immediately exercisable in full.

                  In the event that an  optionee  ceases to be  employed  by the
         Company and all of its Subsidiaries by reason of such optionee's death,
         prior to the  expiration of a Stock Option and without such  optionee's
         having fully exercised such Stock Option,  the personal  representative
         of such  optionee's  estate or the  person  who  acquired  the right to
         exercise such Stock Option by bequest or inheritance from such optionee
         shall  have the right to  exercise  such Stock  Option  during its term
         within a period of twelve (12) months after the date of such optionee's
         death to the extent that such Stock Option was  exercisable at the time
         of such death (as such  exercisability  is accelerated  pursuant to the
         next  sentence)  or within such other  period and subject to such other
         terms  and   conditions   as  may  be  specified   by  the   Committee.
         Notwithstanding  the provisions of this Section 6(e),  unless otherwise
         specified in the Stock Option agreement,  in the event that an optionee
         dies,  each Stock Option  granted more than twelve (12) months prior to
         such death shall become immediately exercisable in full.

                  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined
         as of the time the option is granted) of the Common  Stock with respect
         to which  Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan (and all other
         plans of the Company and its Subsidiaries)  become  exercisable for the
         first time by any  individual  in any calendar  year exceeds  $100,000,
         such Stock Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified  Stock Options. No
         Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any employee if, at the time
         the  option is  granted,  the  employee  (in his or her own right or by
         reason of the attribution  rules applicable under Section 424(d) of the
         Code)  owns  more than 10% of the total  combined  voting  power of all
         classes of stock of the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary
         unless at the time such option is granted the option  price is at least
         110% of the Fair Market Value of the stock subject to such Stock Option
         and such  Stock  Option  by its  terms  is not  exercisable  after  the
         expiration of five years from the date of its grant.

         7. Stock Appreciation  Rights.  Stock Appreciation  Rights shall enable
the  grantees  thereof to benefit  from  increases  in the Fair Market  Value of
shares of Common Stock and shall be evidenced by  agreements in such form as the
Committee  shall  approve from time to time.  The  agreements  shall  contain in
substance the following  terms and  conditions  and may contain such  additional
terms and  conditions,  not  inconsistent  with the  terms of the  Plan,  as the
Committee shall deem appropriate:

                  (a)  Award.  A Stock  Appreciation  Right  shall  entitle  the
         grantee,  subject to such terms and  conditions  as the  Committee  may
         prescribe,  to receive upon the exercise  thereof an award equal to all
         or a portion of the excess of (i) the Fair Market  Value of a specified
         number of shares of Common  Stock at the time of the  exercise  of such
         right over (ii) a specified price which shall not be less than the Fair
         Market  Value of the Common  Stock at the time the right is granted or,
         if connected with a previously  granted Stock Option, not less than the
         Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time such Stock Option was
         granted.  Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4, such award
         may be paid by the Company in cash,  shares of Common Stock  (valued at
         their  then Fair  Market  Value)  or any  combination  thereof,  as the
         Committee may determine.  Stock Appreciation Rights may be, but are not
         required  to  be,   granted  in   connection   with  a  previously   or
         contemporaneously granted Stock Option. In the event of the exercise of
         a Stock Appreciation  Right, the number of shares reserved for issuance
         under the Plan shall be reduced by the number of shares  covered by the
         Stock Appreciation Right as to which such exercise occurs.

                  (b) Term.  Each agreement shall state the period or periods of
         time within which the Stock  Appreciation  Right may be  exercised,  in
         whole or in part,  subject to such terms and conditions  prescribed for

                                       29
                                    - 824 -
<PAGE>

         such purpose by the  Committee;  provided,  that no Stock  Appreciation
         Right  shall be  exercisable  more than ten years after the date of its
         grant; and provided further,  that one-third of each Stock Appreciation
         Right  granted under the Plan shall become  exercisable  on each of the
         first  three  anniversaries  of the  date  of  its  grant,  unless  the
         agreement   specifically   provides   otherwise   and  except  as  such
         exercisability  is  accelerated  upon the  death or  Disability  of the
         grantee as provided in Section 7(c). The Committee shall have authority
         to accelerate  previously  established exercise rights,  subject to the
         requirements set forth in the Plan, under such  circumstances  and upon
         such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

                  (c) Rights upon Termination of Employment. In the event that a
         grantee of a Stock  Appreciation  Right  ceases to be  employed  by the
         Company  and all of its  Subsidiaries  for any  reason  other than such
         grantee's  death or  Disability,  any rights of the  grantee  under any
         Stock  Appreciation  Right then in effect  immediately shall terminate;
         provided,  that the grantee  (or the  grantee's  legal  representative)
         shall have the right to exercise  the Stock  Appreciation  Right during
         its term within a period of six (6) months  after such  termination  of
         employment  to  the  extent  that  the  Stock  Appreciation  Right  was
         exercisable at the time of such termination or within such other period
         and subject to such other terms and  conditions  as may be specified by
         the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section
         7(c), the grantee (and the grantee's  legal  representative)  shall not
         have any rights  under any Stock  Appreciation  Right,  and the Company
         shall not be obligated to pay or deliver any cash,  Common Stock or any
         combination  thereof (or have any other  obligation or liability) under
         any Stock Appreciation Right, if the Committee shall determine that the
         employment of the grantee with the Company or any  Subsidiary  has been
         terminated for cause. In the event of such  determination,  the grantee
         (and the grantee's legal  representative) shall have no right under any
         Stock  Appreciation  Right  regardless  of whether  the grantee (or the
         grantee's  legal  representative)  shall  have  delivered  a notice  of
         exercise prior to the  Committee's  making of such  determination.  Any
         Stock Appreciation Right may be terminated entirely by the Committee at
         the  time  of or at  any  time  subsequent  to a  determination  by the
         Committee  under this Section 7(c) which has the effect of  eliminating
         the Company's obligations under such Stock Appreciation Right.

                  In the event  that a  grantee  of a Stock  Appreciation  Right
         ceases to be employed by the  Company  and all of its  Subsidiaries  by
         reason of such grantee's Disability, prior to the expiration of a Stock
         Appreciation  Right and without such grantee's  having fully  exercised
         such Stock  Appreciation  Right,  such grantee or such grantee's  legal
         representative shall have the right to exercise such Stock Appreciation
         Right  during its term within a period of twelve (12) months after such
         termination  of employment  to the extent that such Stock  Appreciation
         Right  was  exercisable  at the  time  of  such  termination  (as  such
         exercisability is accelerated  pursuant to the next sentence) or within
         such other period and subject to such other terms and conditions as may
         be specified by the Committee.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of this
         Section  7(c),  unless  otherwise  specified in the Stock  Appreciation
         Right  agreement,  in the event that a grantee ceases to be employed by
         the Company  and all of its  Subsidiaries  by reason of such  grantee's
         Disability, each Stock Appreciation Right granted more than twelve (12)
         months  prior to such event shall  become  immediately  exercisable  in
         full.

                  In the event  that a  grantee  ceases  to be  employed  by the
         Company and all of its  Subsidiaries by reason of such grantee's death,
         prior to the expiration of a Stock  Appreciation Right and without such
         grantee's  having fully exercised such Stock  Appreciation  Right,  the
         personal  representative  of the  grantee's  estate or the  person  who
         acquired the right to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right by bequest
         or inheritance  from such grantee shall have the right to exercise such
         Stock  Appreciate  Right during its term within a period of twelve (12)
         months after the date of such  grantee's  death to the extent that such
         Stock  Appreciation Right was exercisable at the time of such death (as
         such  exercisability  is accelerated  pursuant to the next sentence) or
         within such other period and subject to such other terms and conditions
         as may be specified by the Committee. Notwithstanding the provisions of
         this Section 7(c), unless otherwise specified in the Stock Appreciation
         Right  agreement,  in  the  event  that  a  grantee  dies,  each  Stock

                                       30
                                    - 825 -
<PAGE>

         Appreciation  Right  granted more than twelve (12) months prior to such
         death shall become immediately exercisable in full.

         8. Performance  Unit Awards.  Performance Unit Awards shall entitle the
grantees  thereof  to receive  future  payments  based  upon and  subject to the
achievement  of  preestablished  long-term  performance  targets  and  shall  be
evidenced by agreements in such form as the Committee shall approve from time to
time.  The  agreements  shall  contain  in  substance  the  following  terms and
conditions  and  may  contain  such  additional   terms  and   conditions,   not
inconsistent   with  the  terms  of  the  Plan,  as  the  Committee  shall  deem
appropriate:

                  (a)  Performance  Period.  The Committee  shall establish with
         respect  to each  Performance  Unit Award a  performance  period of not
         fewer than two years nor more than five years.

                  (b) Unit Value.  The Committee shall establish with respect to
         each  Performance  Unit  Award a value  for each unit  which  shall not
         change thereafter or which may vary thereafter on the basis of criteria
         specified by the Committee.

                  (c)  Performance  Targets.  The Committee shall establish with
         respect to each Performance Unit Award maximum and minimum  performance
         targets to be achieved during the applicable  performance  period.  The
         achievement  of the maximum  targets shall entitle a grantee to payment
         with  respect  to the  full  value of a  Performance  Unit  Award.  The
         achievement  of less  than the  maximum  targets,  but in excess of the
         minimum  targets,  shall entitle a grantee to payment with respect to a
         portion  of  a  Performance  Unit  Award  according  to  the  level  of
         achievement of the applicable targets as specified by the Committee. To
         the extent the  Committee  deems  necessary or  appropriate  to protect
         against the loss of  deductibility  pursuant  to Section  162(m) of the
         Code,  such  targets  shall  be  established  in  conformity  with  the
         requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

                  (d) Performance  Measures.  Performance targets established by
         the Committee shall relate to corporate, division, subsidiary, group or
         unit   performance  in  terms  of  objective   financial   criteria  or
         performance  goals which satisfy the  requirements of Section 162(m) of
         the Code or, with respect to grantees not subject to Section  162(m) of
         the Code,  such other  measures  or  standards  of  performance  as the
         Committee may determine.  Multiple targets may be used and may have the
         same or  different  weighting,  and the  targets may relate to absolute
         performance or relative  performance  measured against other companies,
         businesses or indexes.

                  (e)  Adjustments.  At  any  time  prior  to the  payment  of a
         Performance Unit Award, the Committee may adjust previously established
         performance  targets or other terms and conditions of such  Performance
         Unit Award,  including  the  Company's or another  company's  financial
         performance for Plan purposes, in order to reduce or eliminate, but not
         to increase,  the payment with respect to a Performance Unit Award that
         otherwise   would  be  due  upon  the  attainment  of  such  previously
         established  performance  targets.  Such  adjustments  shall be made to
         reflect major unforeseen events such as changes in laws, regulations or
         accounting  practices,  mergers,  acquisitions or divestitures or other
         extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring items or events.
  
                  (f) Payment of Performance Unit Awards. Upon the conclusion of
         each  performance  period,  the Committee shall determine the extent to
         which the  applicable  performance  targets have been  attained and any
         other  terms and  conditions  have been  satisfied  for such period and
         shall provide such certification thereof as may be necessary to satisfy
         the  requirements  of Section 162(m) of the Code.  The Committee  shall
         determine what, if any, payment is due on a Performance Unit Award and,
         subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4, whether such payment
         shall be made in cash,  shares of Common  Stock  (valued  at their then
         Fair Market Value) or a combination  thereof.  Payment of a Performance
         Unit  Award  shall  be  made  in a  lump  sum  or in  installments,  as
         determined  by the  Committee,  commencing  as promptly as  practicable

                                       31
                                    - 826 -
<PAGE>

         after the end of the performance period unless such payment is deferred
         upon such terms and conditions as may be specified by the Committee.

                  (g) Termination of Employment.  In the event that a grantee of
         a  Performance  Unit Award ceases to be employed by the Company and all
         of its  Subsidiaries  for any reason other than such grantee's death or
         Disability, any rights of such grantee under any Performance Unit Award
         then in effect whose  performance  period has not ended shall terminate
         immediately;  provided,  that the  Committee  may authorize the partial
         payment of any such Performance Unit Award if the Committee  determines
         such action to be equitable.

                  In the event that a grantee of a Performance Unit Award ceases
         to be employed by the Company and all of its  Subsidiaries by reason of
         such grantee's  death or  Disability,  any rights of such grantee under
         any Performance Unit Award then in effect whose performance  period has
         not ended shall terminate immediately; provided, that the Committee may
         authorize  the  payment  to  such  grantee  or  such  grantee's   legal
         representative  of all or any portion of such Performance Unit Award to
         the extent earned under the applicable performance targets, even though
         the applicable  performance  period has not ended,  upon such terms and
         conditions as may be specified by the Committee.

         9. Restricted  Stock Awards.  Restricted  Stock Awards shall consist of
shares of Common Stock  restricted  against  transfer,  subject to a substantial
risk of  forfeiture  and to other terms and  conditions  intended to further the
purpose of the Plan as the  Committee may  determine,  and shall be evidenced by
agreements  in such form as the Committee  shall approve from time to time.  The
agreements shall contain in substance the following terms and conditions and may
contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of
the Plan, as the Committee shall deem appropriate:

                  (a) Restriction Period. The Common Stock covered by Restricted
         Stock   Awards  shall  be  subject  to  the   applicable   restrictions
         established  by the Committee  over such period as the Committee  shall
         determine.  To the extent the Committee  deems necessary or appropriate
         to protect against the loss of deductibility pursuant to Section 162(m)
         of the  Code,  Restricted  Stock  Awards  also  may be  subject  to the
         attainment of one or more preestablished  performance  objectives which
         relate to corporate, subsidiary, division, group or unit performance in
         terms of  objective  financial  criteria  or  performance  goals  which
         satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code; provided,  that
         any  such  preestablished   financial  criteria  or  performance  goals
         subsequently  may be adjusted by the  Committee to reduce or eliminate,
         but not to  increase,  a  Restricted  Stock Award in order to take into
         account unforeseen events or changes in circumstances.

                  (b) Restriction upon Transfer.  Shares of Common Stock covered
         by  Restricted  Stock  Awards may not be sold,  assigned,  transferred,
         exchanged,  pledged,  hypothecated or otherwise  encumbered,  except as
         provided in the Plan or in any Restricted Stock Award agreement entered
         into between the Company and a grantee,  during the restriction  period
         applicable to such shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of
         this Section 9(b), and except as otherwise  provided in the Plan or the
         applicable Restricted Stock Award agreement,  a grantee of a Restricted
         Stock  Award  shall have all of the other  rights of a holder of Common
         Stock  including but not limited to the right to receive  dividends and
         the right to vote such shares.

                  (c) Payment.  The Committee shall  determine the amount,  form
         and time of payment, if any, that shall be required from the grantee of
         a Restricted  Stock Award in consideration of the issuance and delivery
         of the shares of Common Stock covered by such Restricted Stock Award.

                  (d) Certificates. Each certificate issued in respect of shares
         of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Award shall be registered
         in the name of the  grantee  and shall  bear the  following  legend (in
         addition to any other legends which may be appropriate):

                                       32
                                    - 827 -
<PAGE>

                           "This certificate and the shares of stock represented
                           hereby  are  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions
                           (including  forfeiture  provisions  and  restrictions
                           against transfer)  contained in the Data Transmission
                           Network  Corporation  1999 Stock Incentive Plan and a
                           Restricted Stock Award Agreement entered into between
                           the registered  owner and Data  Transmission  Network
                           Corporation.  Release from such terms and  conditions
                           may  be  obtained   only  in   accordance   with  the
                           provisions of such Plan and Agreement, a copy of each
                           of which is on file in the office of the Secretary of
                           Data Transmission Network Corporation."

         The  Committee  may require the grantee of a Restricted  Stock Award to
         enter  into  an  escrow  agreement   providing  that  the  certificates
         representing  the shares  covered by such  Restricted  Stock Award will
         remain  in  the   physical   custody  of  an  escrow  agent  until  all
         restrictions are removed or expire. The Committee also may require that
         the  certificates  held in such escrow be accompanied by a stock power,
         endorsed in blank by the grantee,  relating to the Common Stock covered
         by such certificates.

                  (e)  Lapse  of   Restrictions.   Except   for   preestablished
         performance  objectives  established  with respect to Restricted  Stock
         Awards to grantees subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee
         may provide for the lapse of  restrictions  applicable  to Common Stock
         subject to Restricted  Stock Awards in installments  and may waive such
         restrictions  in whole or in part  based  upon  such  factors  and such
         circumstances as the Committee shall determine.  Upon the lapse of such
         restrictions,  certificates  for  shares of Common  Stock,  free of the
         restrictive  legend set forth in Section  9(c),  shall be issued to the
         grantee or the grantee's legal representative. The Committee shall have
         authority to accelerate the  expiration of the  applicable  restriction
         period with respect to all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock
         covered by a Restricted  Stock Award  except,  with respect to grantees
         subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent such  acceleration
         would result in the loss of the  deductibility of such Restricted Stock
         Award pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code.

                  (f) Termination of Employment.  In the event that a grantee of
         a  Restricted  Stock Award ceases to be employed by the Company and all
         of its  Subsidiaries  for any reason,  any rights of such  grantee with
         respect to shares of Common Stock that remain  subject to  restrictions
         under such Restricted Stock Award shall terminate immediately,  and any
         shares of  Common  Stock  covered  by a  Restricted  Stock  Award  with
         unlapsed  restrictions shall be subject to reacquisition by the Company
         upon the terms set forth in the applicable agreement with such grantee.
         The  Committee  may provide for complete or partial  exceptions to such
         employment  requirement if the Committee  determines  such action to be
         equitable.

         10. Stock Bonus Awards.  The Committee may grant a Stock Bonus Award to
an eligible grantee under the Plan based upon corporate,  division,  subsidiary,
group  or unit  performance  in  terms  of  preestablished  objective  financial
criteria or performance  goals or, with respect to  participants  not subject to
Section  162(m) of the Code,  such other  measures or standards  of  performance
(including but not limited to performance already accomplished) as the Committee
may determine;  provided,  that any such  preestablished  financial  criteria or
performance goals  subsequently may be adjusted to reduce or eliminate,  but not
to increase, a Stock Bonus Award in order to take into account unforeseen events
or changes in circumstances.

         If  appropriate in the sole  discretion of the  Committee,  Stock Bonus
Awards shall be  evidenced by  agreements  in such form as the  Committee  shall
approve from time to time. In addition to any  applicable  performance  goals or

                                       33
                                    - 828 -
<PAGE>

standards and subject to the terms of the Plan, shares of Common Stock which are
the subject of a Stock Bonus Award may be (i) subject to additional restrictions
(including but not limited to restrictions on transfer) or (ii) granted directly
to a grantee free of any restrictions, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

         11. General  Restrictions.  Each award or grant under the Plan shall be
subject to the  requirement  that if at any time the Committee  shall  determine
that (i) the  listing,  registration  or  qualification  of the shares of Common
Stock subject or related thereto upon any securities exchange or under any state
or federal  law,  (ii) the consent or approval  of any  governmental  regulatory
body,  or (iii) an agreement by the grantee of an award or grant with respect to
the  disposition  of the shares of Common  Stock  subject or related  thereto is
necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection  with,  such award or
grant or the  issuance or purchase of shares of Common  Stock  thereunder,  then
such award or grant may not be consummated and any rights  thereunder may not be
exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration,  qualification,
consent,  approval  or  agreement  shall have been  effected  or  obtained  upon
conditions acceptable to the Committee. Awards or grants under the Plan shall be
subject to such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan,
as the Committee in its sole discretion deems necessary or desirable,  including
but not  limited  to such  terms and  conditions  as are  necessary  to enable a
grantee to avoid any short-swing profit recapture  liability under Section 16 of
the Exchange Act.

         12. Single or Multiple  Agreements.  Multiple forms of awards or grants
or  combinations  thereof may be  evidenced  either by a single  agreement or by
multiple agreements, as determined by the Committee.

         13. Rights of a Stockholder. Unless otherwise provided by the Plan, the
grantee  of any  award or  grant  under  the  Plan  shall  have no  rights  as a
stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject or
related to such award or grant unless and until  certificates for such shares of
Common Stock are issued to such grantee.

         14.  No Right to  Continue  Employment.  Nothing  in the Plan or in any
agreement  entered  into  pursuant to the Plan shall confer upon any grantee the
right to continue in the  employment of the Company or any  Subsidiary or affect
any  right  which  the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  may have to  terminate  the
employment of any grantee with or without cause.

         15.  Withholding.  The Company's  obligation  to (i) deliver  shares of
Common  Stock or pay  cash  upon  the  exercise  of any  Stock  Option  or Stock
Appreciation  Right,  (ii) deliver shares of Common Stock or pay cash in payment
of any Performance Unit Award, (iii) deliver stock certificates upon the vesting
of any Restricted  Stock Award, and (iv) deliver shares of Common Stock upon the
grant of any Stock Bonus Award shall be subject to applicable federal, state and
local tax withholding requirements.  In the discretion of the Committee, amounts
required to be  withheld  for taxes may be paid by the grantee in cash or shares
of Common  Stock  (either  through the  surrender of  previously  held shares of
Common Stock or the  withholding  of shares of Common Stock  otherwise  issuable
upon the exercise or payment of such Stock Option,  Stock  Appreciation Right or
Award) having a Fair Market Value equal to the required tax  withholding  amount
and upon such other  terms and  conditions  as the  Committee  shall  determine;
provided,  that any  election  by a  grantee  subject  to  Section  16(b) of the
Exchange  Act to pay any tax  withholding  in shares of  Common  Stock  shall be
subject to and must comply with any applicable  rules under Section 16(b) of the
Exchange Act.

         16. Indemnification.  No member of the Board or the Committee,  nor any
officer or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary acting on behalf of the Board
or the Committee,  shall be personally  liable for any action,  determination or
interpretation  taken or made in good  faith with  respect to the Plan;  and all
members of the Board or the  Committee  and each and any  officer or employee of
the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  acting on their  behalf  shall,  to the extent
permitted by law, be fully  indemnified  and protected by the Company in respect
of any such action, determination or interpretation.

         17.  Non-Assignability.  No  award  or grant  under  the Plan  shall be
assignable or transferable by the recipient  thereof except by will, by the laws
of  descent  and  distribution  or, in the case of awards or grants  other  than

                                       34
                                    - 829 -
<PAGE>

Incentive Stock Options,  pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or by
such other means (if any) as the  Committee  may approve  from time to time.  No
right or  benefit  under the Plan  shall in any  manner be subject to the debts,
contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such right or benefit.

         18. Nonuniform Determinations. The Committee's determinations under the
Plan  (including  but not  limited to  determinations  of the persons to receive
awards or grants,  the form,  amount and  timing of such  awards or grants,  the
terms and provisions of such awards or grants and the agreements evidencing them
and the establishment of values and performance targets) need not be uniform and
may be made by the Committee  selectively among the persons who receive,  or are
eligible  to  receive,  awards or grants  under  the Plan,  whether  or not such
persons are similarly situated.

         19.  Adjustments.  In the event of any change in the outstanding shares
of Common Stock,  by reason of a stock  dividend or  distribution,  stock split,
recapitalization,  merger,  reorganization,  consolidation,  split-up, spin-off,
combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change in corporate structure
affecting the Common Stock, the Committee shall make appropriate  adjustments in
(a) the  aggregate  number of shares of Common  Stock (i)  reserved for issuance
under the Plan,  (ii) for which  grants or awards  may be made to an  individual
grantee and (iii) covered by outstanding awards and grants denominated in shares
or units of Common Stock,  (b) the exercise or other applicable price related to
outstanding awards or grants and (c) the appropriate Fair Market Value and other
price  determinations  relevant to  outstanding  awards or grants and shall make
such other  adjustments as may be equitable under the  circumstances;  provided,
that the number of shares  subject to any award or grant always shall be a whole
number.

         20. Terms of Payment. Subject to any other applicable provisions of the
Plan and to any applicable laws,  whenever payment by a grantee is required with
respect  to shares of Common  Stock  which are the  subject of an award or grant
under the Plan, the Committee  shall determine the time, form and manner of such
payment, including but not limited to lump-sum payments and installment payments
upon such terms and  conditions  as the  Committee  may  prescribe.  Installment
payment   obligations   of  a  grantee  may  be  evidenced   by   full-recourse,
limited-recourse or non-recourse promissory notes or other instruments,  with or
without  interest  and  with or  without  collateral  or other  security  as the
Committee may determine.

         21.  Termination  and  Amendment.  The Board may  terminate the Plan or
amend the Plan or any portion thereof at any time,  including but not limited to
amendments  to the Plan  necessary  to comply with the  requirements  of Section
16(b) of the Exchange Act,  Section 162(m) of the Code,  Section 422 of the Code
or  any  regulations  issued  under  any  of  such  statutory  provisions.   The
termination or any  modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the
consent of a grantee,  adversely  affect such grantee's rights under an award or
grant  previously  made to such grantee under the Plan.  The Committee may amend
the terms of any award or grant previously made under the Plan, prospectively or
retroactively;  but,  except as  otherwise  expressly  permitted by the Plan and
subject to the  provisions  of Section  19, no such  amendment  shall  adversely
affect the rights of the grantee of such award or grant  without such  grantee's
consent.   Notwithstanding   the  foregoing   provisions  of  this  Section  21,
stockholder  approval  of any  action  referred  to in this  Section 21 shall be
required  whenever  necessary to satisfy the applicable  requirements of Section
16(b) of the Exchange Act,  Section 162(m) of the Code,  Section 422 of the Code
or any regulations issued under any of such statutory provisions.

         22. Severability. With respect to participants subject to Section 16 of
the  Exchange  Act,  (i) the Plan is  intended  to  comply  with all  applicable
conditions  of Rule 16b-3 or any successor to such rule,  (ii) all  transactions
involving  grantees  who are subject to Section  16(b) of the  Exchange  Act are
subject to such  conditions,  regardless of whether the conditions are expressly
set forth in the Plan and (iii) any  provision of the Plan that is contrary to a
condition  of Rule 16b-3 shall not apply to grantees  who are subject to Section
16(b) of the Exchange  Act. If any of the terms or  provisions  of the Plan,  or
awards or grants made under the Plan,  conflict with the requirements of Section
162(m) or Section 422 of the Code with respect to awards or grants subject to or
governed by Section  162(m) or Section 422 of the Code, as the case may be, then
such terms or  provisions  shall be deemed  inoperative  to the  extent  they so
conflict with the  requirements of Section 162(m) or Section 422 of the Code, as

                                       35
                                    - 830 -
<PAGE>

the case may be. With respect to an Incentive Stock Option, if the Plan does not
contain any  provision  required to be included in the Plan under Section 422 of
the Code (as amended from time to time) or any successor to such  section,  then
such  provision  shall be  deemed to be  incorporated  in the Plan with the same
force and effect as if such provision had been expressly set out in the Plan.

         23. Effect on Other Plans.  Participation  in the Plan shall not affect
an employee's  eligibility to participate in any other benefit or incentive plan
of the Company or any Subsidiary. Any grants or awards made pursuant to the Plan
shall not be taken into account in  determining  the benefits  provided or to be
provided under any other plan of the Company or any Subsidiary  unless otherwise
specifically provided in such other plan.

         24. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become  effective upon the approval of
the Plan by the  stockholders  of the Company not later than  December 31, 1999,
and shall  terminate for purposes of further grants on the first to occur of (i)
the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is initially  approved and adopted by
the  stockholders of the Company,  or (ii) the effective date of the termination
of the Plan by the Board  pursuant  to Section  21. No awards or options  may be
granted under the Plan after the  termination of the Plan, but such  termination
shall  not  affect  any  awards  or  options  outstanding  at the  time  of such
termination or the authority of the Committee to continue to administer the Plan
apart from the making of further grants.

         25.  Governing  Law.  The Plan shall be  governed by and  construed  in
accordance with the laws of Delaware.




                                       36
                                    - 831 -
<PAGE>






                      (This page intentionally left blank.






                                       37
                                    - 832 -
<PAGE>





                      DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION
                         9110 West Dodge Road, Suite 200
                                 Omaha, NE 68114







                                       38
                                    - 833 -
                                       
<PAGE>

                  DATA TRANSMISSION NETWORK CORPORATION PROXY
            Annual Meeting of Stockholders To Be Held April 28, 1999

          THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS


The  undersigned  hereby  appoints  Roger R.  Brodersen and Brian L. Larson,  or
either of them, as proxies of the  undersigned,  with full power of substitution
to either of them, and hereby authorizes them to vote all shares of common stock
of Data  Transmission  Network  Corporation held of record by the undersigned on
March 1, 1999 at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 28, 1999
and at any further adjournments thereof (a) as designated below on the following
matters and (b) in their  discretion on any other matters that properly may come
before the meeting or any adjournments thereof:


1.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

          FOR all nominees listed below (except as marked)                     
    -----                        

          WITHHOLD AUTHORITY to vote for all nominees listed below
    -----    


(INSTRUCTIONS: To withhold authority to vote for any individual nominee(s), draw
a line through the nominee's name below.)

    Roger R. Brodersen   Scott A. Fleck       Richard R. Jaros
    Peter H. Kamin       David K. Karnes      J. Michael Parks
    Jay E. Ricks         Greg T. Sloma        Roger W. Wallace



2.  ADOPTION OF 1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN         FOR      AGAINST       ABSTAIN
                                              ----     ----          ----



3.   RATIFICATION  OF  APPOINTMENT  OF  DELOITTE  &  TOUCHE  LLP as  independent
     auditors of the Corporation for fiscal year ending December 31, 1999.

         FOR                            AGAINST                          ABSTAIN
     ----                           ----                             ----

This proxy will be voted as specified.  IF NO SPECIFICATION IS GIVEN, THIS PROXY
WILL BE  VOTED  FOR THE  PROPOSALS  SET  FORTH  ABOVE.  The  undersigned  hereby
acknowledges  receipt of the Notice of Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  of Data
Transmission  Network  Corporation  to be held on April  28,  1999 and the Proxy
Statement for such meeting.

Dated                             , 1999
      ---------------------------          -----------------------------------
 

                                           -----------------------------------
                                                  (Signature of Stockholder)

Note:  Please sign exactly as name appears on stock certificate (as Indicated on
reverse  side).   All  joint  owners  should  sign.  When  signing  as  personal
representative,  executor, administrator,  attorney, trustee or guardian, please
give full title as such. If a corporation,  please sign in full corporation name
by  president  or other  authorized  person.  If a  partnership,  please sign in
partnership name by a partner.

                                       39
                                    - 834 -





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission